The Satanic Wiki - User contributions [en]

The Black Flame Vol. 4 No. 3 and No. 4

2026-10-10T08:34:50Z

Overlord: /* PC in D.C. */

Full uncorrected text (3/17/25) of [https://the.satanic.wiki/images/f/f2/The_Black_Flame_4%283-4%29.pdf The Black Flame Vol. 4 No. 3 and No. 4].

<hr>

INSIDE THIS ISSUE:
ANTON LA VEY - INTERVIEW "DESIDERATA SATANICUS" KING DIAMOND - INTERVIEW
"DUELING DUALITIES"
"HERD ELITIST IDEOLOGIES" "EUGENICS AND DYSGENICS" "ODDITORIUM:"
PRINT, MUSIC, VIDEO REVIEWS
AND MUCH MORE!

Editor Peter H Gilmore

Associate Editor Peggy Nadramia

The Black Flame is published by Hell's Kitchen Productions, Inc.

Copyright 1993 C.E. by Hell's Kitchen Productions, Inc. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without written permission is prohibited.

Mailing address: P.O. Box 499, Radio City Station, New York, NY 10101 - 0499 U.S.A.
Double issue price: $6.00 in the U.S.,
$8.00 outside the U.S. Subscriptions: $12.00 in the U.S. for two double issues.
$16.00 outside the U.S. for two double issues.
Single issues and fuck issues are not avaiJahle. Send check, bank draught or money order in U.S. funds only.
Opinions expressed herein are those of the authars al,one.

We accept no responsibility for unsolicited manuscripts. Correspondence requesting a response must be accompanied by an S.A.S.E.

COVER IMAGE: Lance Thimmes

==Desiderata Satanicus==
My worst enemies are those who presume me to be harmless. They cannot imagine how much I resent and disdain them, or just how great a threat they would face if I could get at them. Everything in their behavior speaks of insult and presumptuousness, and for now it is all I can do to make constructive use of my anger toward them. At this time, I just make a list of them and keep a watch on. Some day, with the help of time, space, and circumstance, I will be able to humiliate them properly — not in a manner they would enjoy, but in a style calculated to make them wish that they had never been born.
—Anton Szandor LaVey, 1989

==The Tide Turns==
By Peter H. Gilmore

WE HAVE SEEN IN RECENT MONTHS a trend on the part of academics, picked up by the media, towards refutation of the contemporary urban legend of "Satanic Ritual Abuse" which has been the foundation of entire "consultation" and "therapy" industries. The idiot fundamentalist effort to convince people that a worldwide conspiracy exists (to breed babies from dysfunctional women, spread drugs, pornography, and snuff films in an effort to dominate the globe) is finally being perceived to be a laughable fantasy. How long will it be until the McMartin trial joins the Salem debacle as a symbol of the American "justice" system gone wrong?

Yet during the entire hoohah, real Satanists have been untouched by this "witch hunt." Instead, children of Christian parents have come under the influence ot their pastors and therapists and have accused family members and friends of being Satanists, often ruining their lives. And who can ignore the continuing media-touted scandal of child molestation perpetrated by Christian clergymen? This is all so well deserved. Behold the utter desperation of Christianity in its last gasp to find an enemy which can frighten the gullible into their churches. This enemy is but a projection of their own misdeeds which stem from the heart of their anti-life creed. Let them feed on themselves, as followers of the flaccid Nazarene should.

Church of Satan spokespersons have been going on talk-shows for years, debunking this hysteria, yet now that "official" sources are coming to their senses does anyone look to us and say, "Gee, you were right all along?" Of course not.

We were invited on these shows not as sources of truth, but as freaks, "real live Satanists" at whom the proles could gawk. However, we did not shrink from articulating the unvarnished truth of our beliefs which many label as brutal, fascist, animalistic. If people want to fear us, then let them fear us for the '''correct''' reasons. We made this effort so that there would be an accurate presentation of our beliefs, especially should the time come when we could face legal difficulties because of our affiliations.

The real danger lies in the remaining influence of this mythology on law enforcement agencies. Tax dollars are still being wasted on seminars run by self-proclaimed experts (often retired, moonlighting, or would-be law officers of a decidedly Christian slant) who spread completely bogus information. The gullible local cops, wowed by jargon-laden presentations, swallow this stuff whole as it comes from apparent "experts" and thus they help spread a panic by seeing signs of the Devil's work in minor and typical crimes. Just recently I was called in to examine evidence that Satanic cult activity was the basis for vandalism of a house up for sale that had remained vacant for about a year. Prior to examining the site, I was told that certain Satanic graffiti and an inverted cross had been found, proof positive that this had been done by a local cult. Yeah, right.

When I got to the house, an old structure that is fairly isolated, I examined every room and the entire grounds. What I found was an old mattress in the living room, with a collapsed card table next to it as well as two candles (one green, one pink). A small cross pendant was hung on the edge of the table, which seemed to have been removed by the wearer before going to sleep on the aforementioned mattress (the cross had sharp edges, but was not inverted). The only graffiti were various slogans such as "Nicole loves Mark" (if there is hidden Satanic significance, it escapes me). And in an upstairs room, once belonging to a child as evidenced by the garish sports-figure wall paper, there was a copy of the ''Necronomicon'' and a Ouija board. We all know how essential how essential this paraphernalia is to authentic Satanic ritual - NOT! Outdoors, the squatters had taken the lawn mower from the garage and hot a path through the overgrown grass to a section of the yard surrounded by pine trees. Here they mowed out a roughly circular patch, about eight feet in diameter, in which to sun-bathe. There were no signs of ritualistic activity in this circle. So, here was, at most, teenage dabbler stuff, but hardly evidence of a cult. This sort of incident has been repeated across the nation and has been inflated by the overactive imaginations of the gullible (ofien those with Christian beliefs) into evidence for a broad-based conspiracy. I don't particularly care about the paranoid fantasies of the dysfunctional, but when members of the police are convinced that there are Satanists lurking under the beds of innocent Americans, that is when we must insistently stand up and tell them the truth about our beliefs. And so we have been doing.

I have been active in recent months as a consultant/expert witness regarding the practice of Satanism in cases concerning the religious rights of prisoners (individuals who have become members of the Church of Satan after their incarceration). Numerous prisons are very "liberal" where religious observences (''sic'') are concerned and some even have multi-million dollar complexes to serve the needs of their inmate population, yet when it comes to allowing Satanists to ritualize, or even have their literature, there has been resistance from some institutional authorities. We have been making headway in this area by demonstrating our credentials as a legally-recognized religious organization whose existence must be tolerated along with the other minority religions permitted. We do not seek special treatment for these incarcerated Satanists, simply that they be given equal treatment concerning religious practices.

Also, we assist only those inmates whose professed Satanism is consistent with our philosophy, which has been clearly delineated in our publicly available literature and other media presentations.

It has never been the goal of the Church of Satan to take its place among the other world religions, with dutiful followers and neatly labeled congregations. No, Satanism will permeate the societies of the globe as a secular lifestyle.

Indeed, Satanism '''has''' penetrated the culture in many ways, and obvious imagery has particularly conquered the heavy metal world. Yet our religion is often not taken seriously. This can be used as a strength, for Satanists continue to influence larger cultural movement without being recognized as such, except by the astute - and some of our Christian enemies ''do'' know what we really stand for.

We do '''not''' intend to turn the vast insensate masses into Satanists. Nor do we wish to eliminate those whom we consider to be less than elite (though we'd definitely like to see their numbers reduced from the overwhelming majority they now hold). How then could we predators exercise our prerogative? The masses will do as always and follow their inertia. However, in the growing Satanic Age, we shall find desired situations and objects a bit more easily obtainable, and we shall have direct recourse to justice. In the interim, we will not be treated with any less respect than other religions.

While the Christians have been tilting at straw men, we have continued to extend our influence through society. We have defended real Satanism, and have spread our literature so that our fellows will know by what name they are to be known, Meanwhile, the altruist/egalitarians have continued to force situations into extremes so that even the dullard couch potatoes have come to see the error of this doctrine - ''reductio ad absurdum'' works again!

As always, we remain aloof from the hubub with our cherished objects and individuals, and when the time comes we '''push''' and direct the currents as they should naturally go. Our victory is assured as we are in harmony with Nature-avatars of the Universe's Order. We demand that ''Lex Talionis'' be the rallying cry for a return to justice, and that - as long as this present system lasts - those who are hired to administer justice, and thus act as agents of the state, will leave their religious prejudices at home. Not for nothing did our Satanic founding fathers create a Constitution which demands a separation of church and state.

So enjoy the ringside Colosseum seats and the spectacle of Christians being thrown to Christians, but keep an eye on those gullible constables. As our influence continues, we will see '''real order''' based on Natural law, not the criminal-favoring morass enshrined in today's "justice" system. And don't be surprised if some of those men and women in blue, who aren't the least bit gullible, put on Baphomets when their badges come off.

==Elbow Patch Commandos==
By Blanche Barton

RAN ACROSS A NEW BOOK on the Sociology shelves yesterday - ''Satanic Panic: The Creation of a Contemporary Legend'', by Jeffrey S. Victor. At first glance, it's a much-needed objective debunking of the Satanic hysteria, analyzing it not from a Christian perspective, but from the standpoint of an academically-accredited scholar well-versed in the phenomena of rumor-panics. Upon closer examination, though the book is 310 pages long (minus appendices, notes and references), it is a relatively superficial analysis and adds little to the debunking books already out, such as ''In Pursuit of Satan'', ''Satanism in America'', and ''The Satanism Scare''. Bulk is impressive to those of small minds, however, so I suppose the more anti-hysteria books on the shelves, the better. But there is a fault that is emerging with the "academic" anti-hysteric stance that we, as Satanists, should be aware of and prepared to combat. This article doesn't concern everyone who is in academia; I will use the term "academic" in the perjorative (''sic'') to define only those professors, writers and researchers who are too wrapped-up in their ivory tower cocoons to see what's happening around them.

It seems, in their recent passion for disproving the Christian myth of an international Satanic conspiracy, academics are overlooking the modern Satanic movement altogether. Instead of defining Satanism, and showing where the presuppositions by which we are damned by society are '''false''' (i.e. sacrificing animals and babies, drinking blood, holding weekly Black Masses and orgies), certain academics find it easier to say "there are no Satanists," period. Or, at best, that any "Satanic movement" is limited and inconsequential (therefore, not a threat to society).

In Victor's book, for example, there are only two references to "Anton LeVey" in the index, one of which reads:
"In the 1970s, small groups calling themselves followers of Satanic religion developed. However, they really didn't receive much public attention. Even Anton LeVey (''sic''), who is now touted as the Godfather of Satanism in popular accounts of the subject, was a relative unknown." What rock was this guy under? Didn't he bother to End out when the Church of Satan started? Or call up any media coverage of the occult scene from that time? Anton LaVey was getting '''worldwide''' coverage from 1966 on, hardly a "relative unknown." I don't make this point simply to defend Anton LaVey, but to point out that such glaring errors call an academician's research, objectivity and ego needs into question.

There is an underlying presupposition that pervades works like Victor's that indicates that he is buying into the very myths he is trying to debunk! That is a presupposition that Satanists are baby-sacrificing, blood-drinking muderers (''sic''). But there has been no evidence presented that such miscreants exist so Satanists don't exist. It's easier to write Anton LaVey and modern Satanism out of history than to get into the polemics of exactly what Satanism is and, more importantly, what it is not.

Any Satanist should be deeply offended by this kind of shoddy dismissal of the real issues. It's like saying. "No, these people aren't really Jews who suck the blood out of babies, don't worry." The poor parents accused of abusing their children in Satanic rituals aren't really dirty Satanists. We all know how awful they are. Taking it a step further: "These people aren't really dirty, filthy, buggering queers. It you publically (''sic'') accuse them of such heinous acts, it could mark them for life - ruin their lives and reputations." The presuppositions remain. Especially in today's heavy PC climate, Victor wouldn't dare make those kind of assumptions about gays, or Jews. He never once bothers to define the tenets of modern Satanists, explaining that there is nothing in our philosophy about child sacrificing or animal slaying. He never asks, "'''What would be wrong if they ''were'' Satanists? What's wrong with being a Satanist?'''" He simply dismisses us.

It irks me that academics remained silent for so long. allowing the hysteria to build to such a fever pitch before they stepped in. Perhaps that's why they prefer to overlook us.

Where were they ten years ago? We were yelling our heads off and left to dangle in the wind. Talk shows often didn't want us because we were the real thing and would blow holes in their breeder stories and generational Satanists. After all, what would Satanists know about Satanism? We'd only lie anyway, right? I'm sure you found yourself muttering, as I did, "Where are they? Where are the sociologists, the Freudian psychiatrists, where are the cultural anthropologists? Have we forgotten everything we've learned about mass psychology and the madness of crowds? Why aren't they offended by this madness? Why aren't they speaking out? When we contacted them to back us up, they, safely insulated from the real world, would act as if the phenomenon wasn't happening and that it wasn't worthy of their attention. They didn't want to put themselves on the line. Their precious objectivity might be compromised; their colleagues might jeer. Now, after we've blown a hole in the wall, the academics come along on their white horses to clear up all this horrible mess, without even a nod to Satanists! Victor, for example, never bothered to contact the Church of Satan while writing his book - ostensibly on a topic we might have some experience with. Academicians are safe; they aren't Satanists and they have letters after their names.

Evangelists, at least, go out of their way to explain our vile philosophy, often reprinting the Nine Satanic Statements in their books of rants. The academicians seem to want to pretend we don't even exist. So who is more threatened by our existence? And why? Christians need us. Now, academia needs us too, for our very emergence and growing influence has brought with it '''Reason'''. Yet, academia surely must have a monopoly on "reason." Hence, '''the very grouping that has provided food for study must be purged by the established purveyors of enlightenment'''. No wonder they're pissed off - they're supposed to be the smart ones, not us. Is it so threatening to find that there are other people out there who might know more about the subject than they do? Or are they just too steeped in Judeo-Christian myths ''themselves'', regardless of their sanctimonious posture as defenders of rationality, to understand what true Satanism is? Perhaps we should, as Anton LaVey suggested recently, contemporize the Ninth Satanic Statement to: *Satan is the best friend academia ever had.." There is plenty of ''prurient'' interest evoked by Satanism in the academic community, just as there is in law enforcement circles. It's a lot more fun to spend department money to attend a seminar on "Satanic crimes" than another boring seminar on the finer points of suspects rights or footprint casting. Satanism provides juicy grant opportunities, like studying the sociological and psychological profiles of whores. We've all seen the books by Jeffrey Bunton Russell who managed to write an entire series of at least four doorstop-sized tomes on the subject of historical" Satanism with barely a mention of the Church of Satan.

By neglecting the phenomenen (''sic'') of modern Satanism as defined and refined by Anton LaVey, sociologists and contemporary culture scholars are missing out on some very rich soil to till. They examine Satanic hysteria but neglect to adequately answer the underlying question: '''What prompted''' it? They study the symptom but overlook the first cause itself. The "Satanic panic" is a direct result of the rise in contemporary Satanism and the trappings of Satanism in modern society. Death or black metal music, horror movies and books, fashions, Satanic attitudes, New Age dabblings are all part of a burgeoning Satanic aesthetic. If sociologists or social psychologists want to study Satanism, why don't they ask themselves what the social conditions were and are that instigated the rise in Satanism in the first place - the "death" of God, the slipping away of "moral" underpinnings, the sexual revolution, the technological revolution, the disintegration of the nuclear family, a hunger for metaphors of strength and mastery in a world that is increasingly violent and oppressive... Now that would be a book! There are plenty of avenues of research to bleed grant money with if academics want to study Satanism, but they'll be forced to confront more than nude altars and drug-induced orgies.

As it is, academics who refuse to acknowledge a modern Satanic movement are taking one step forward but two steps back. The two main problems with this stance are:

1) '''In trying to maintain their objective posture, they are compromising the validity of their research.''' As with any witch-hunt phenomenon, academics are afraid that, by explaining what contemporary Satanism is, they themselves would then be labelled Satanists, and their objectivity might be compromised. It is a simpler argument for them to pretend that real Satanism doesn't exist and is therefore no threat, than to get into the polemics of exactly what it is and, more importantly, what it is not. That muddies people's brains too much. Things get complicated. But by '''not''' acknowledging and defining the modern Satanic movement, their research appears superficial and incomplete. Therefore their conclusions '''are''' compromised.

2) It '''perpetuates the problem'''. Showing the Christian agenda behind most of these accusations and exposing the accusers for the liars that they are is half the battle, but it doesn't work toward communicating what Satanism really is. And it doesn't work toward protecting ''our'' religious freedom. Nothing is solved if a distinction isn't forced that there '''are''' a significant number of practicing Satanists, but that we aren't involved in illegal activities and, on the contrary, have a rational and life-loving philosophy. By underplaying our influence, our very existence(!), these "objective researchers" insidiously perpetuate the underlying myths. Then when people are found reading ''The Satanic Bible'', or practicing rituals in the woods or in their own homes, the rumors, panic, and accusations continue. It still leaves a wide-open door for deliberate misunderstanding and righteous persecution. Real Satanists might still be in danger of losing jobs, spouses and perhaps their own children, because of wild, unfounded accusations. But Satanists will triumph. And simply saying we don't exist and therefore there is no Satanic "threat" evades that fact.

We can thank the elbow-patch commandos for their "brave and dauntless" stance, but Satanists, more than ever, need to come forward to kick them in the shins.

==Satanic Witches Ad==
Witches! Have you been touched by Satan?...

..Or perhaps another supematural or alien being? If so, Tid like to hear from you. I'm researching a new book on ''true'' womanly power, contemporary sexual mythology, and connections with Satanism and Evil. I'd like to get some frank answers from women who haven't had a chance to voice certain dark thoughts. Anonymity is assured - names will not be required, but honesty is essential. To receive a questionnaire, please send a self-addressed, stamped envelope to:

Blanche Barton
Post Office Box 210082
San Francisco, CA 94121

==Interview with Anton Szandor Lavey==
By Peter H. Gilmore & Peggy Nadramia

IN LATE SUMMER, SOUTHERN ARIZONA is often buffeted by wild and ferocious electrical storms. Such a display of nature's savagery had just occurred as we began this interview; our little circle was gathered on the covered patio to watch the incredible flashes of lightning and hy to listen to thunder crashing in the nearby mountains. A brisk breeze drove the few remaining storm clouds across a fragment of moon, and brought the scent of creosote bushes and ozone. We sat comfortably on cushioned chairs of old Mexican wrought-iron, the flagstones lit by a single hurricane lamp. The huge black Belgian Shepherd at the High Priest's feet pricked his ears at the far-off yips of foraging coyotes, but was otherwise motionless.

===On Satanism: The Movement, and the role of the Church of Satan -===
Anton Szandor LaVey: Among dedicated Satanists, there will be a direction toward living Satanism and promoting a Satanic lifestyle rather than simply doing rituals and exploring Satanic "theology." No, Satanism won't cease as a religion to become a political movement; rather, it will be activated more as a secular lifestyle than as a religious or theological set of principles.

Man needs ritual, so religious Satanism is an "opener of the way," to foster the eventual ''lifestyle'' of Satanism. We're hoping to develop practitioners versus parishioners. The Church of Satan's role, increasingly, will be to turn the latter into the former.

The present evolutionary stage, the one we're seeing right now, is for Satanism to enter the mainstream, to evolve from a religious to a secular lifestyle. Christianity has done the reverse; it developed from Man's precepts about following an "ethical lifestyle," into an organization, an edifice known as "The Church." It's entrenched. Man looks to the Church for rules, regulations, divine inspiration, redemption.

Blanche Barton: We make people ''self''-dedicated, ''self''-sufficient - the reverse of Christianity.

ASL: The secular powers-that-be know what we're doing, realize that this is the only way human animals can be weaned away from an outmoded belief system. The 1980's witnessed, for real Satanism, only a cosmetic persecution, nothing like the real persecution of the witch hunts.

On the surface, Satanism is economically disastrous. Our people keep things, honor them, cherish them - the expendability of certain goods will lessen a great deal.

But then, humans have been inculcated to be dissatisfied. We can't change them overnight; the workability of this concept will be less than ideal. When Satanism is completely mainstream, planned obsolescence will continue tor a time-business as usual. But there's a trade-off: there's money to be made by applying Satanism to merchandising. The streets are paved with gold.

Humans will buy products that appeal to individualism and reinforce stratification. Satanism won't knock the economy off for the multitudes. For every outmoded economic dinosaur, there will be a new Satanic opportunity. For instance, home architecture - since "anything goes," opportunities will abound for those who can create modular castles, total environments, anything fun, indulgent, childlike. For a popular culture already steeped in the Gothic, the past, the dark - "Dracular vernacular." Music - a return to something that's fading out, a new classicism and lyricism. Movies - where the "villains" are shown to be the "good guys." Stories, novels, a whole new literary realm based on Satanic justice. ''The Most Dangerous Game'' codified. ''Death Wish'' amplified.

All it takes is for the Satanic aesthetic to get out there, not just in anti-hero figures, but in ever-increasing areas like clothing, cars - all kinds of product design. We're living in the Satanic Age now, but there's so much static - the static created by the last rustlings of Judeo Christian ethics and procedures, inherent in the restrictions of our bureaucratic legal system. "When there are too many lawyers, there can be no justice."

===On the role of the Active Members of the Church of Satan ===
ASL: They represent a conscious alternative to herd mentality; they should be viable role models for the rest of society. There is a growth potential for each member and by this, I don't mean that they should all wear black or buy more candles. 1 want most to encourage an individuality within a uniform mode that will benefit the whole. If you live by the Nine Satanic Statements, then you're a living embodiment of Satanism - a true role model. Even though we don't proselytize, true Active Advocates, true Satanists, are proselytizing by what they '''are'''.

They should also recognize opponents of the Church of Satan for what ''they'' are; they should recognize their intent to damage or destroy what we're fighting so hard to develop And vanquish them. Deal with them as they deserve.

===On the role of Magic: Group vs. Personal -===
ASL: Satanic magic differentiates between rites, ceremonies, and rituals or rallies. To rally together as Satanists can be productive - gathering to share and celebrate a common philosophy can reinforce that philosophy.

A ritual, conversely, should involve only one or two people; the presence of others only dilutes the potency and effectiveness. If one wishes to practice Satanic magic and feels he needs a group, it should be noted that the mere presence of others not personally involved in the situation can lessen the potency. In a large group ritual, the generation of energy is confined to the identity needs of the individuals involved, rather than the goal or Is-To-Be the ritual is intended to produce. Better two than twenty - the latter serves certain social and identity needs and can bolster the participants, but does noching to amplify the outcome. A real Greater Magic ritual is about the outcome.

===Addressing claimants to the "Satanic Mandate" -===
ASL: Mandate? Mandate? I never used the word. I thought a mandate was some kind of monkey - a cross between a mandrill and a primate. Or maybe something a spinster looked under the bed for or a gay guy went out cruising for. If you mean a bestowal of authority from a higher, supernatural source, I have no use for such horseshit. A "Satanic Mandate" is a non-sequitur, an oxymoron. I didn't know or care about any Infernal bestowal. 1 presented reasons for a Church of Satan - I wasn't inspired by any external source; I wasn't given "dispensation," or any "honorific." I would never be so presumptuous.

Recognize these claimants for what they are: self-deluded, pretentious goofs who must announce, must proclaim their exalted, self-gratifying status to all.

They lack any true identity; the only way they can have one is by stealing it from us. The Church of Satan's identity is established; they have to pretend it was bestowed by "supernatural" forces. My right I have made for myself. You know how I feel about hypocrisy and Goodguy Badges. Only when needed for one's survival. I don't '''got''' to show you no stinking badges.

But getting back to mandates, you really put a nickel in me on that one. For eighteen years, for example, one obsessive shit-disturber has been trying to undermine and extinguish myself and the Church of Satan - to pretend it's kaput, gone, disappeared. In the guise of receiving a "Satanic Mandate," this nut case endowed a "Temple" based on the supposed revealed word of the Prince of Darkness himself. Those who were suckered into what was really his Christianized warmed-over Madame Blavatsky Egyptoid kind of Rosicrucianism, were fed a self-help, personal success premise - not promise - called "Xeper," which as I understand it means "to become."

While ostensibly "Xepering" and "becoming," the main activities of this outfit consisted of Sons of the Desert type conventions where the supposedly defunct Church of Satan was the bottomless wellspring for gossip. Between conventions, an ongoing barrage prevailed of surly denigration of, yet parasitic dependency on, the Church of Satan and its founder: me - far more contrived than evangelical identity Christians or Wicca types.

Beyond a catalytic burst of notoriety involving alleged child molestation, this mandated "Temple" and its progenitor did absolutely nothing to produce evidence of any remotely Satanic plan, purpose, direction or implementation during its entire existence. At best, just being around provided the media with a readily exploitive alternative to the Church of Satan. In other words, "the ''other'' bunch of Satanists."

My unsolicited advice to this mandated Temple and its supernal potentate is to take your mandate, go out among the world of mere mortals, cease your parasitic dependency upon me and my finest and, if you can, ''do something''. Or at least, as they say, "get a life." You got your goddamned mandate, so Xeper-De-Doo-Dah and either get the show on the road, or fold up your tents and silently steal away - 'cause you can't do business with a surly Temple.

===On "Authentic" Satanists -===
ASL: We must resist any attempts by individuals, groups or agencies - Christian, "Satanic" or otherwise, to differentiate Satanism and Satanists into denominations. Check the copyright dates; there are no ecumenical Satanists!

I'm all for individuality within the scope of Satanism. If anyone wants to start his or her own thing, fine. If it's basically a spin-off of real Satanism, it's still Satanism. If not, it's either Christian "new age" mysticism or Christian blasphemy.

===On fascism -===
It seems apparent that Nazism and fascism sell. It's too horrible to contemplate (smacks lips). 1 could write a book - and maybe will - on the repulsive attraction of tyranny. It would speak of aesthetic imperatives and Jewish doctors and lawyers who drive Mercedes and BMWs and latter-day hippies in VW Beetles and WASP Yuppies whose non-lives are perpetuated by every manner of techno-goody cunningly fashioned by sneaky Jap sub-humans. Of all things fascistic, even greater than the forgetfulness of past orthodoxies, the aesthetic of dominance is making its mark. There'll be a lot more to come.

I won't even get into the clichéd defense of National Socialism: "There were some important things which should be studied - we shouldn't condemn the whole thing without extracting the worthwhile." So what else is new? I think young people are doing a pretty good job of extracting the pay dirt from fascism. Unlike the hypocritical Yuppies, they're plugging into what feels and looks and sounds good about it. No guilts, because they weren't around at the time of World War Two. Their parents, most of whom weren't around either, are the Boomer inheritors of post-war jitters and misgivings who had to yell "peace" and "love" until they were hoarse.

If a neo-fascist look - and outlook - makes for men who look like men and women who look like women, I'm all for it.

===What is the greatest fear people need have of Satanism?===

ASL: That they might have to think for themselves.

“When guns are outlawed, only outlaws will have guns” ...has its parallels. When heterosexual procreative sex is discouraged, only the unfit will produce children.

If you were an exponent of, and participant in, herd behavior and mentality, would you tolerate, much less encourage, the birthright of little enemies of the State?

If beauty is in the eye of the beholder, what the world needs is a new class of beholders. A class with clear vision and undrugged minds who can reaffirm an aesthetic almost lost from sight. An aesthetic standard of sights and sounds proven by the predictable honesty of their forms - forms which will regain the dignity and invigoration of Western Civilization at its zenith. For this, we must resurrect the past at its most stimulating, that it might be presented to a bold young race.

This bold new race will be the vanquishers of muddied mediocrity and economically-induced ugliness - the kind of contrived ugliness masquerading as beauty that only the tasteless, inept and insecure could foist upon an overburdened world.

-Anton Szandor LaVey

==The Nose ad==
Don't miss Issue number 18 of The Nose, that wonderfully iconoclastic magazine, as it features a fashion layout with Dr.
LaVey - "Full Devil Jacket." This includes spiffy photos of Dr. LaVey and the denizens of the Den of Iniquity, as well as two curvaceous blondes - one of whom is Blanche Barton! Images are accompanied by quotations from The Devil's Notebook.

To order, send $5.00 to: '''The Nose Magazine''', P.O. Box 31353, San Francisco, CA 94131.

FOR SALE: 1 paperback copy of ''The Devil's Avenger'' by Burton H. Wolfe. Book will go to the one producing the best offer. CONTACT: Steve Schultz, P.O. Box 11704, Portland OR 97211-0704, U.S.A.

==Answer Me ad==
ANTON LAVEY
Answer Me/Honolulu Baby 7" 45 RPM single

Church of Satan founder Anton LaVey lends his evocative keyboard style and vocal presence to a pair of neglected unes. Beautifully packaged, pressed in blue vinyl, anc trictly limited to 1000 numbered copies.

55.00 + $1.00 shipping.
Make checks payable to Gregg Turkington

send orders to:
AMARILLO RECORDS
P.O. BOX 24433
SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94124 USA

==Pretenders to the Throne: Regarding the Temple of Set==
By Peter H. Gilmore

THROUGHOUT THE TWENTY-EIGHT YEARS of the existence of the Church of Satan, the organization has continued to expand while its character has undergone a number of carefully-planned developmental phases. In the process, we have at times found it necessary to eject individuals who have acted in ways that were not in keeping with our high standards for social behavior. We have also had a small number of individuals freely depart from us, finding our means too challenging to their false images of personal superiority. Neither types are ever missed, as the true elite of talented, highly-motivated, productive, creative, and above all, independent individuals still find their way to us.

There have been those who would attempt to imitate us, but they usually discover that our shoes are far too big to fill. Short-lived spinoffs have included The Church of Satanic Brotherhood, Ordo Templi Satanas, Order of the Black Ram, Church of Lucifer, Thee Orthodox Satanic Church and so on.

None of these has prospered or even affected the course of Satanism, as they have quickly collapsed due to tbe lack of energy or direction. One group formed by ex-members of the Church of Satan which has continued to exist, albeit as a small and fairly clandestine "vanity" organization riding on the fund provided by is "high priest," is the Temple of Set. This bunch is significant only in that they continue to try to ride upon the coattails of the Church of Satan, and indeed even publicly claim to be the "successor to" and "custodian off the Church of Satan. You might have come across some advertisements or writing influenced by these Setians. Don't be fooled; they are not in any way associated with the Church of Satan and their tales of schism are convenient diversions. Let us examine from whence this group appeared and clear away their false claims.

In 1974 C.E. the Church of Satan instituted its fourth phase of development. The thrust of this phase was to re-orient the members at all levels to proceed on a far more independent course. Previously we had issued charters for formal "Grottos" which were small congregations comprised of Satanists in specific geographical regions. It had been discovered that these formal Grottos led certain members to confine their efforts at personal advancement to the realm of the Grotto alone, rather than towards the success in the outside world which is of paramount importance to Satanism. Certain members were far more interested in trying to gain elevated rank yet were merely competing in the Grotto's social arena.

They neglected to develop their talents and forge ahead. Many other members were strong-willed individualists who did not mix well with other Satanists. Rather than functioning as bases for the development of Satanic strategies, these groups often became shields against true advancement, filled with huddlers who were solely interested in internecine strife. Not everyone involved fit this picture, but there were enough to make it obsolete as a system of growth.

The new phase stressed independent functioning, keeping individuals separated to pursue their own goals. If Satanists used their initiative to find their fellows, and they wished to informally create groups for socialization and ritual, that was most acceptable. But the momentum for the existence of these informal groups had to come from the social compatability (''sic'') of the constituent members, not geographical proximity.

This phase of isolation, which laid the groundwork for a much broader base for Satanism as a movement (seen today especially in the commercial acceptance of Satanic imagery in the popular Heavy Metal music business, was upsetting to the pen-pal and "coffee klatsch conclave" members, whom it was basically designed to ease out of the way. Michael A. Aquino, at that time the editor of ''The Cloven Hoof'', had attained the IV° and was injecting a strongly supernaturalist bent to the ''Hoof'''s articles. Mr. Aquino had a history of creating documents which he claimed to have transcribed from superhuman entities. These include the ''Diabolicon'' (1970 C.E.), a series of statements from Satan, Beelzebub, Azazel, Abaddon, As modeus, Astaroth, Belial, and Leviathan, as well as the ''Ninth Solstice Message'' (1974 C.E.) which declared Anton LaVey a "daimon."

Dr. LaVey who, then as now, had a firm grasp on the Church's tiller, began to implement the phase which had slowly been evolving over the previous two years. He had even outlined the basic concepts for this formal phase during the summer of 1972 C.E. in a letter to Aquino, stating that the "social Satanists" and their "limelight loving" priests contribute nothing to Satanism as a movement, and that they would fall by the wayside when they didn't receive the attention they sought by starting their own "churches." LaVey wrote that he had far more respect for his "underground clergy" who were very productive in the real world. Aquino did not accept this, especially Dr. LaVey's awarding of priesthoods to non-esoteric, non-public achievers and thus he would no longer be privy to even the small amount of information regarding underground activities that had previously been given to him.

LaVey was determined that the status of Church members should reflect their standing in the world outside of the organization. Degrees are not reflective of simple book learning and esoteric knowledge, but the actual application of Satanic principles towards personal advancement. To this end, the Church would honor values given to it in kind with degree recognition as would be deemed appropriate by Dr. LaVey.

The achievement of degrees via written tests was not to be abandoned at this time, but this additional means of advancement was now open to the "above groundo" (''sic'') members. This was formalized by the new phase in 1974 C.E. and outlined to Aquino in May; during one of his rare personal meetings with Dr. LaVey.

Aquino did not protest this policy at the meeting and later claimed this alternate route to advancement as a public reason to announce a break with the Church of Satan, accusing Dr. LaVey of "selling" degrees. He wrote letters to his handful of pen-pal cronies, fellow mystics who had also mourned the new phase, and they too resigned to go off with Aquino and form their own group. Aquino had wanted to start a "Second Church of Satan" but was thwarted by copyright laws. Instead, recalling his readings of Egyptian history and mythology, he claimed to have invoked Satan (in whom he literally believed as an entity) and to have been answered instead by Set, the "actual" Prince of Darkness who, through a series of realizations in Aquino's mind, caused him to record as Set's answer a document which he titled the ''Book of Coming Forth by Night''. This "supernatural revelation" supposedly gives him the right to supercede the Church of Satan. Doesn't that sound familiar?

Aquino would like you to believe that the "entire priest-hood" of the Church of Satan followed him in departing. This is untrue, especially as there were many underground members, including priests and higher, of whom he had no knowledge. The Church of Satan was at that time, and still continues to be, a large and highly stratified organization with many discreet individuals placed in positions of power. As Orwell had envisioned in his classic ''1984'', it is not an organization in the usual sense as it is held together by an idea whose time has come, which is indestructible. The departure of less than thirty members can hardly be called a schism. This was instead a welcome housecleaning of an element that had become less than desirable to the future development of the Church of Satan. And thus the fourth phase functioned as planned and Aquino became one of those who, as predicted in 1972 C.E., fell by the wayside.

The ex-Satanists who formed the Temple of Set follow a path quite different from that of the Church of Satan, which has never veered from its dedication to rational self-interest, indulgence, and a glorification of the carnal and material. The belief in Set as an actual entity with whom followers may commune is in marked contrast to our disbelief in '''any''' external diety (''sic'') figures. They have a consuming preoccupation with rank and status within their organization, thus titles and medallions of degree level are eagerly sought by members to affirm their position in the pecking order of the temple's internal world (particularly evident at their "conclaves"). This is not surprising considering Aquino's background - a boyhood steeped in military academies and in pursuit of Boy Scout merit badges. The Church of Satan retains its right to grant degrees, but these are still based on an individual's achievements in the outside world and his level of freedom from herd conformity and independence from forced interaction with the masses. Striving for fancy titles and rankings is not a part of Satanism. The literature of the Church of Satan is published and distributed worldwide to any interested in-dividuals. The Temple of Set prints "private" literature available only to members, and some of it is limited to those of the correct rank. To further learn about these ex-Satanists, you might choose to contact them for information, but be forewarned that real Satanism is not hiding underneath their academic exterior. A worthwhile and informative study by an anthropologist who joined the Temple of Set is ''The Magicians'', by Gini Graham Scott, Ph.D. (New World Books, 308 Spruce St., San Francisco, CA 94118). This will give you insights into their beliefs, practices, and social interactions.

We have dealt here at length with the Temple of Set to lay to rest their propaganda. They are not associated with the Church of Satan in any manner: We do not see them as being in any way significant to the future of Satanism. Dr. LaVey still proudly stands at the helm of the Church of Satan, the flagship of the movement he launched in 1966 C.E., and shall continue to oversee the forces he has put into motion. The Church of Satan is the foundry, forging the iron Will that shall continue to move the minds and hearts of humanity's elite who are even now reaching out to claim the future as their domain. They shall be the inheritors of our legacy as well as the writers of our history for the next twenty-five years, and far beyond.

[Editor's note: This article, in a slightly different form, appeared in ''Dark Lily #13'' as a response to the misinformation being spread by TOS in England at that time. This reprint was occasioned by questions received by our various contacts regarding TOS and its curious, and dubious, claims.]

==Church of Satan ad==
CHURCH OF SATAN

FOR INFORMATION:

SEND A SELF-ADDRESSED

STAMPED ENVELOPE OR FOUR IRC'S TO:

CHURCH OF SATAN

P.O. BOX 210082

SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94121 USA

==My Dark Satanic Love==
By Peggy Nadramia

I SEE A RED DOOR, and I want to paint it black. I'm one of the things that goes "bump!" in the night. I'm a born Satanist. I'm a happy little blob of custard and you can't nail me to any wall; in fact, I'd pull those nails out and aim them at ''you''. Tell me how negative I am; tell me how I'm filled with hate. You're not just stupid - you're wrong.

Dracula loved his brides. Dr. Frankenstein loved his monster. My Satanic love burns fiercely; it's perfect and uncompromising.
Firstly, necessarily, Hove myself. I'm my own God, after all, and I put no Gods before Me. I'm uppermost in my mind; I always bring me flowers. Sometimes I realize I could have done something better; sometimes I make mistakes. It's wonderful how I learn from these things; it's exciting to have an opportunity to be an even better Me. Even when I deny myself something, withhold gratification, it's always in order to enjoy something even more fulfilling and worthwhile down the road. This is why I can hate so purely, so irrevocably, anything that wastes my precious time, energy and attention.

Along with Me, I love He Who Is Not Me, my husband.

He is, for one thing, the consciousness in which I can see a wonderful reflection of my own God, myself. His love for me qualifies him with the very best of taste and discernment, after all; he obviously knows what's good for ''him''. My cells respond to his pheromones, and being around him gives me a heightened feeling of happiness, contentment and well-being.

The shape of his face is the dearest sight in the world to me.

He is my mentor, my master, my very best friend; I have placed with him my perfect trust, and he accepts it as only a real man can. His hopes, dreams, goals are mine; his disappointments are mine, too, and thusly I hate whatever distresses him or gets in his way. This hate, too, is black and pure, like gunpowder; it can burn as brightly and as feverishly as my love.
Next, I love my tribe, my folk, those who are like as me.

They can be friends or family, but in my heart they are simply my tribe, and the Black Flame burns within all of them. They light my days and bring me joy through their achievements and antics; they make the world a more interesting place, and only a Satanist knows what a gift that is. Sometimes they are close enough to share food or warmth or simply company; sometimes they are far away, voices on phone lines, words on a page. But they're always in here, part of me, my folk. I cannot feel indifferent toward those who would distress my tribe. He who attacks them attacks Me; he who places obstacles in their way earns my ire, my enmity, my hate.

As a natural-born Satanist, I'm joyfully free of the Judeo-Christian-Islamic bias against non-human animals, and so have never questioned that what I feel and have felt for my pets is pure and simple love. I love them more than I love many people; I value their lives more highly. The Black Flame of Satan burns dark and soft in animals, at its purest and deepest. I bristle and chafe at the laws that give destructive, unwanted, horrid little children more rights than my dog has. She is my property, and I can only protect her as such. A product of a thousand generations of breeding for domestication, for compatibility with humans, she is nevertheless only a hair's-breadth away from wild. As highly as I treasure her life, so deeply does my hate run for those who would be cruel to her.

I bare my fangs at them.

I love everything that belongs to me, all my stuff. I love my books, my music, my pretty china, my coffee machine, my raincoat, my old, soft green blouse. I hate anybody who would steal, destroy or disorder my precious stuff; why wouldn't I? What value could such a creep have that would exceed that of my heavy stoneware mug, my perfect leather bag?

Contingent on all of this, I love the world. It's so beautiful, so perfect a setting for my God, Me. I love mountains, the sea, acres of trees without a single house, rows of houses all antique and charming, museums, fog, delicious nourishment, quiet afternoons, star-filled nights. If only there weren't all these anti-life bastards who want to fuck it all up, who hate themselves so much they have to destroy the source of their own sustenance. I hate them. Only in the depths of the Black Flame in my heart is it known how much I hate them and what they've done to the world, these library-burners, these child-molesters, these people who, as Charlie said, kill things that are better than they are. When they ask why we hate Christians, can they ever really understand the answer unless they love as we do, love with the dark, Satanic love of life and self?

==Carnivora art==
CARNIVORA #1, BY TIMOTHY PATRICK BUTLER

==Coping With Involuntary Human Contact, Part 1: Grocery Shopping==
By Timothy Patrick Butler

TRY AS ONE MIGHT, there is almost no means by which one can avoid shopping for groceries. Eating is not only pleasurable, it's necessary, and I doubt that most of us have the financial resources to eat at our favorite restaurants every night. Grocery shopping is, therefore, imminent doom on a weekly basis.

All of the Nine Satanic Sins are in painful evidence at the supermarket, no matter where or when you might deign to shop. I always seem to arrive just after a busload of Senior Citizens or retards has come to stock their larders, or I end up going the same day that welfare checks and food stamps have been siphoned from mailboxes, or I arrive when there are no operable carts, when the aisles are crowded with boxes of Toaster Strudel and Velamints, when the line at the delicatessen is 150 yards long and wizened crones bleat that their olive loaf isn't cut thinly enough, when the only packages of meat available are eight pound "econo-paks" for Catholic families, when the only bananas left are pthalo green or black and foetid, when it's triple coupon day, when it's two days before some painful Xtian holiday like Thanksgiving or Xmas, or when someone forgot their checkbook, their credit card, their money, their brain.

I have seen (and this is all taken from actual experiences of the author) a man thumb-fuck a package of chicken breasts as his wife decided which cut of poultry that they'd be consuming that week. I've seen an old man take a plum from a display, put it in his mouth, produce a pit or seed, and throw the pit or seed '''back''' into the display. I've watched as old women have taken from three to five minutes in choosing the right bell pepper for '''them'''. I've seen acne-faced deli boys with colds make sandwiches for store patrons, sniffling and coughing all the while. I've seen tubs of chicken livers left at the register (near Soap Opera Digest) by people who decided at the last crucial minute that they didn't want chicken livers after all. I've seen welfare moms knock a jar of tomato sauce (or apple sauce, or mayonnaise) onto the floor, and keep right on going.

People (meant in as derogatory a sense as possible) consistently make untelegraphed U-turns without looking behind them, their carts inevitably bumping into some fragile, glaze-eyed hag - or '''me'''. People will spend '''hours''' gazing (for I am certain they are not '''reading''') at the labels of every brand of canned beans that the store stocks, and then decide that they never wanted canned beans in the first place. People will squeeze the shit out of the last loaf of your favorite bread and leave it. People will put their oily mitts upon all manner of fruits, vegetables, meats and baked goods without having intended to purchase any of these things. People suck. I hate them.

The corporations that produce all of the stuff in these stores suck, too. There is always some idiot (usually a horrid, maternal type) giving away free samples or coupons in which I am NEVER interested, although they will often go out of their way to insist that I am. I do not use coupons, and I do not want anything free that you want to give to me. Among the things that have been proffered to me: "Weight Watchers" stuff (Whatsa matta, am I too fat?!), little "Pizza-Snax," and diarrhea medicine (my personal favorite).

What's a law-abiding, blood-sucking, Devil-worshipping (''sic'') cultist to do! Here are some suggestions, but I'm sure you all have your own solutions already (like sending someone else or packing an Uzi).

1) Go at night, preferably after ten o'clock. The drawback with this is that many places seem to close their delis and meat counters at night, even if they're a 24-hour operation. There will, however, always be ''some'' good time to go; I've found that the herd's grazing hour (5 - 6 pm) is usually not too crowded.

2) Become a cannibal. This option will not enable you to avoid shopping entirely, however, as you still must purchase condiments and desserts.

3) Look mean. Dress in leather. Scowl. Although an obvious solution Satanically, it is truly inspiring in its effectiveness.

4) When some idiot is blocking your way checking out the maxi-pads or whatever, intone "Excuse me," in as melodious a tone as possible, and if they ignore you, '''ram your cart into them'''. (See Satanic Rule of the Earth #11.)

5) Memorize the store, and buy the same things every week. It's the same fucking store. Get out of this Hellhole as quickly as you can! I am usually able to buy sixty dollars worth of groceries (a week's supply) in about fifteen minutes, if I do not bring my beloved. Bringing your beloved will at least double your time.

6) Put the heavy objects in your order on the conveyor belt first. I cannot emphasize this point strongly enough! The retard (and often enough, it really '''is''' a genuine retard) who bags your groceries '''will not''' be attentive to the various weights and masses of the elements of your purchase, and at least half of your stuff will otherwise be annihilated.
:6) A. Bag your own groceries, you lazy shit!

7) Estimate the cost of your order before you even go to the store. You will thus avoid personal embarrassment, and my wrath, should I be behind you.

And put your goddamned cart back where you got it!

What is described above is the result of a consumer-oriented society, where demand for useless and unnecessary products is created by advertisement. How many different types of sugary cereal do you think there would be if there were no advertisements or promotions for them? Once again, the orchestrators of the Invisible War have turned a basic human need into an arena for the indoctrination of the masses.

Until ''Leviathan's 24-Hour Foode Shoppe'' is opened, our contact with the herd, though involuntary, is necessary. So the next time you need milk or pork or watermelon, growl a bit at the old lady next to you. You'll feel so much better!

==I Hate Everyone==
by Timothy Patrick Butler

1) People are ugly.
2) People are stupid.
3) People are lazy.
4) People are cruel to the wrong entities.
5) People are kind to the wrong entities.
6) People are gullible.
7) People always appreciate a little sarcasm.
8) People have bad taste.
9) People are irresponsible.
10) People have no sense of humor.
11) People insist upon being poorly educated.
12) People insist upon being ripped-off.
13) People insist upon paying high prices for bad food.
15) People do not pay attention to what they are doing.
16) People insist upon living in close proximity to one another.
17) People assume that everyone is everyone else's friend.
18) People assume that relatives should naturally get along with each other.
19) People assume that "going out," getting drunk and having a five minute fuck once per week is not only necessary, but desirable.
20) People are afraid of anything that conflicts with their programming.
21) People assume that one's worth can be discerned by one's occupation.
22) People assume that the more widely a thing is done, the more correct it is.
23) People think that God, UFO's, psychics and horoscopes are real and important.
24) People lie in attempt to cloak their deficiencies.
25) People occupy too much space, use too much raw material, and impinge upon too much of my valuable time.

Why are there so few '''persons'''?

"Why is there so much trouble in this world?"
---
==Lamp of Thoth ad==
THE LAMP OF THOTH 25

SEX MAGIC
STONE CIRCLES
AIDS
CHAOS MAGIC
LEGENDS OF LILLITH
THE KENNEDYS & THE OCCULT REINCARNATION & REGRESSION
CRAFT WAYS KEPT SECRET

'''ALL THESE AND MORE!'''

SUBSCRIPTIONS: £15.95 FOR 6 ISSUES
(£22.60 OVERSEAS)
CURRENT ISSUE: £3.58
(£4.95 OVERSEAS)
[$2.00 = £1.00]

THE LAMP OF THOTH
6-8 BURLEY LODGE RD.
LEEDS LS6 1QP
WEST YORKSHIRE, U.K.

==Dark Lily ad==
DARK LILY
The Reality of the Left Hand Path

The Leading Magazine of the Left Hand Path In the United Kingdom

Published Quarterly
£1.50 per issue, £6.00 annual subscription
Overseas: £2.00 per issue, £8.00 subscription
($2.00=£1.00)

'''BCM/Box 3406, London, WCIN 3XX, U.K.'''

==Does Satan Drive A Pontiac Firebird? An Interview with King Diamond==
by Michael Moynihan

KING DIAMOND MAY BE FAMILIAR to some readers as a popular heavy metal musician with an unmistakable voice, bizarre stage shows and a series of concept albums with allegorical themes. But that's not all - he's also an unrepentant Satanist.

Emerging out of Denmark in the early Eighties with his previous band '''Mercyful Fate''', he's had an undeniable influence on many areras of modern metal. After two initial LPs, he began a rise to prominence with a second band, named simply after his stage persona, '''King Diamond'''. Numerous records (released on the Roadrunner label), world tours and interviews have appeared since then, all the while with King remaining sincere in his beliefs.

A pleasure to speak with, both cordial and articulate, he certainly doesn't fit into any stereotype of the typical rock star.
The following interview took place via telephone in late 1992 from his homestead in Texas.

'''What kinds of music have influenced you over the years?'''

I listen to a lot of different music back home here, all kinds of music - classical too. I try to listen to a lot of different things, but when it comes to playing I only want one thing and that has to come straight from my heart. Exactly what I feel, that's what I want to do.

'''Can you describe what creates that?'''

I think the instruments we use - because we use a lot more than just guitar, bass and drums. We orchestrate a lot of things in '''King Diamond''', even with just guitars, we tend to orchestrate them in what I guess is kind of a classical way - coloring it with a lot of different moods. And then you can really underline it with cellos, violins, harpsichords, good old-fashioned Leslie organs, and that is what we're using quite a bit of in '''King Diamond'''.

'''I've always thought you can draw some comparisons with heavy metal and classical music.'''

Definitely. There are bands that are playing the basic three-chord songs, which can be nice to listen to, but for me to do something I need to satisfy myself and feel that I've gone a step further or that I'm covering a different area than what I've done before - and trying not to repeat myself and not take riffs that I've used before, which is unfortunately the case for some bands. So to really try to do something eise. And also because we're so involved in trying to create different moods, we'll end up with songs on the album that that differ quite a bit from each other. A lot of different tempos - changing the tempo within a song is something that does a lot for me. With many bands you can start a metronome at the beginning of a song and it'll go the whole way through the song - no matter what, they don't change the tempo. And changing the tempo is really hard - you have to stop thinking and start thinking in a different way, which makes it hard to perform. That's satisfying for yourself, to pull that off.

'''So in writing is it still very instinctual, or more a conscious thought process?'''

It's what I feel, you know. Some parts of songs, like the major part, can be super simple, because that's the mood that feels right there. It doesn't need to be complex, that's not the idea. I don't sit down and think, I've got to come up with some complex riffs or otherwise this song won't work. If it works from feeling, then it works.

'''Is there any time of day when you prefer to write?'''

Well, it usually has a better atmosphere in the night, definitely. I do a lot of work in the day too, but I'm not dealing with an open window and the sun coming in - I couldn't work like that! I pull the blinds and turn off all the lights...

'''How did you discover Satanism?'''

A long time back I had some really weird experiences with what I guess you would call "the occult," or the other side, the powers of the unknown... which, there was no way of explaining it - there was nothing like mass-psychosis or any bullshit like that, it really happened. I've had a lot of these experiences but the first time was really weird, because I'd never experienced - and definitely not been aware - of anything like that before. It made me go to the library and get a lot of books about the occult, start reading about it. And whenever you talked about, or heard about, that word "Satan" it was: bad, negative, killing, slaughtering, being evil, evil, evil. And that's probably the way most people see Satanism, ''they have no idea''. They've based it all on what the Church has said in history and unfortunately quite a lot of bands who are dealing with "Satanism" are actually dealing with ''Christian'' Satanism - it's exactly the view that Christians would like people to have on Satanism.

'''I think it's unfortunately just all that these kids know.'''

That's true, exactly. And then one day in an occult bookstore I saw this book that LaVey wrote and I thought, wow, I'll see what this is like and I'll give it a shot. Because I didn't really know, apart from what had been written which was so damn negative. So I thought, I'll find out here the best way, from the source itself. So I read the book and thought, "Hey, this is the way I live my lite - this is the way I tee inside!" It's not like it was a major religion or anything like that, it was a lifestyle that I could relate to 500%. And it's just nice to see your own views and thoughts in words, in a book.

It comforts you in some way. And that is how I felt. Another thing I really like a lot is you're given a big, open space for whatever you want to believe in when it comes to the other side, the afterlife, the before life, or whatever you want to believe in. Whatever you want, you can do what suits you best, without feeling you're doing something bad or something wrong - which is not the case in most religions, where it's like: follow this or you're out! We're all different individuals and we all have our different views, even if it's a simple thing like a car - we don't all like a red car. Some like it red, some like it blue, and it's the same with anything. That's the main thing.

You should also be allowed to have an individual choice, even when it comes to where you're just thinking within about what might be later on, what happens when I die, why am I here. There are a lot of thoughts you have when you're not even putting anything into action directly. You should definitely be able to have a free mind there, and whatever suits you best, you should believe in. Then of course, you ''are'' a certain way, and that comes out into your actions.

'''Christians would like to imagine everything is black and white, according to their own belief structure.'''

Yeah, and that's what I really like here - it's not like a dictatorship religion with "do this" or "do that." It's not even really described, when it comes to beliefs - because it's up to you. If people could only accept each other for being each other and having different views, and then judge each other by 'personality'', which I think we should. Then we'd have a much better world. That was very much what our last album, ''The Eye'', was about - the misuse of power in religion, any kind of religion. Even though it's (fictionally) written, it's actually historically correct. It depicts a lot of stuff that was done in the name of Christ - horrific stuff.

'''Do you remember how long ago it was when you first discovered ''The Satanic Bible''?'''

I think it must have been 1981.

'''And it had an immediate resonance?'''

Oh yeah, and you'll see it reflected in our early lyrics with '''King Diamond''' and '''Mercyful Fate'''. I used the word Satan at that time, and it had a very specific meaning for me-not the one that other people had. So I was involved in misconceptions immediately, from the first thing. A song like "Satan's Fall" from the ''Melissa'' album, for instance, it opens up with exactly that Christian view that I'm talking about, that I don't like bands portraying. But there are only two lines in the whole song that are actually the ''essence'' of it, of the lyric, and it says: ''Use your demon eyes/Uncover the disguise''. And the song opens with "7 Satanic Hell preachers, bringing the blood of a newborn child" - exactly all the stuff I'd read that I was so pissed off about after I had finally found out what it was all really about. But then I say later on that if you really want to put something down - it doesn't matter what it is, it doesn't have to be Satanism or a religion - you should experience it first, or you should at least read about it from the source. You could say, like, a Pontiac Firebird doesn't handle well - some people might say that, some might say the opposite. But how can you say it ''if you never drove one'' - just because you heard some jerk say it? You need to experience things yourself to be able to take a stand - you can't just take everyone else's word.

Because they are individuals too, with their own little viewpoints... you have to be aware of that constantly. And that was brought out in that song, but it was covered up - it was covered up too much in fact. And at that time, not many people knew about these things - it hadn't been described at all to very many people what it was really about. So immediately when they heard the word ''Satan'' or ''Lucifer'' they were scared shitless, hair standing on end everywhere, and "God, this guy's evil!"

'''Well, "evil" is another one of those words that's pretty open-ended.'''

Yeah I know it, and again as I say, it's all individual. It might be evil to somebody to kill a rat in an experiment, to see if we can come up with a drug that will save people. To some it's evil to kill that thing, but other people don't take that view at all - they find it evil to not take that opportunity to try and better the human race. It's a matter of viewpoint, what's good and what's evil. Of course most of the time you have common sense guidelines, but in a lot of examples you can come up with these things where there is no black and white, it doesn't work that way.

'''So would you define your own Satanism as extreme individualism?'''

Pretty much so, but also you recognize who you are, and you appreciate it. You try to get the most out of it, without feeling bad about it. There are so many things, and why should you feel bad about them, because what you're doing is just natural human instinct? So what's so bad about it?

We were made that way, that's the way we came out. We have these human instincts and if we don't go by them we won't survive. It's as simple as that. And those who are trying to tell people: "Hey, go by this book here and you'll be saved forever."... god, you will not be saved! You'll be the easiest victim of all.

'''If these people really followed Jesus' commandments they'd be perpetually stuck on the bottom rung and at the back of the line.'''

We'd still be in the stone age! Fortunately it's a minor part of the population who are like that. There are a lot of people who might consider themselves Christians but they don't act it out like that, according to the book anyway. It's only these preachers who are unfortunately able to get air time on TV. I watch that sometimes, just to get a cheap, good laugh you know - it's amazing, the loss of good actors we have within the field! And again, I'm not sitting here trying to condemn anybody, not at all. I'm saying, if somebody is Christian and is getting something out of it, without hurting anybody, then stick to that belief. Great - though, I don't want you on my team!

'''Were you ever influenced by the pagan religions of Scandinavia?'''

Of course you're influenced by it and you hear about it -- it's deep within the culture of the whole country. The old Vikings, the castles you can go and visit. I've visited a lot of them and I'm very much into this stuff, we've got it all there.
Definitely...

'''How did it come about that you met Dr. LaVey?'''

I ran into his daughter Zeena, in Los Angeles, it must have been in 1988 or something like that. She came to one of our shows, and of course I knew who LaVey was, but suddenly some of our crew guys came up and said, "There's somebody from the Church outside who would like to get in and she says she's Anton Szandor LaVey's daughter." So I said, "Well, let her in, let's see if it's true." And yeah, it actually was.

So she went back to the hotel with me and he knew of me and checked up on all our interviews and music and things like that. And one night we played in San Francisco and a couple of people from the Church came to the show and came up to me and said that he'd like to invite me to come by. And I said, "Wow, I'm not going to pass up that opportunity!"

'''It's very moving to actually speak with him.'''

Definitely. And that made an impression for life, no doubt about it. Spending the night there, just feeling his presence, getting to know the charisma he has, the intelligence and the humor... It's so far from what a lot of people probably imagine him as.

'''He's a true gentleman.'''

Absolutely. And the letters I've received from him... I've been given the privilege of calling him whenever I feel like it, and I haven't used it yet. I don't want to misuse his hospitality.

Some day I might really feel that I need to talk to him about things and then I'll take up the opportunity.

'''Do you consider the music you're playing to have an inherently Satanic content? For example, Dr. LaVey has certain music, especially old songs from the 30's and 40's, which he holds to be particularly powerful.'''

Well, of course that's the music he grew up with, that was some of the input he got. And even still today I, by far, listen mostly to bands from the early 70's. It's just a fact. And I grew up with that stuff. But the main thing I think, if you want to label music Satanic, is you should look at the artist and see, does this stuff really come from the ''inner feelings''? Is this person really letting out his true feelings into this stuff, or is it just a bunch of fake shit to make money? But labelling (''sic'')music is something I don't like very much. A lot of people ask, "How would you label your music?" But I ''never'' label my music - I don't say it's death metal, or Satanic metal, or classical metal, or whatever. I don't care. I write some music, with certain instruments, and this is the way it sounds. If you like it, buy it.

If you don't - too bad!

'''Do you think the fans of '''Mercyful Fate''' and '''King Diamond''' understand some of the ideas you're putting into the music?'''

Well, I make pretty sure that nobody can come and say, "Hey - you are trying to influence people into doing this or doing that," or "You want to convert people" and so on. No way. I raise a lot of questions, definitely. But I try not to give - in straight words - an answer of what I feel about it. You'll never see me doing things like that. People have got to make up their own minds. And if people are not interested in getting anything deeper out of words on an album, that's fine too. We are entertainers - we're not priests. I have my way of life and of course that will influence my music and my lyrics. I put all my feelings into both.

'''What are your future plans?'''

Right at this moment we've started shopping deals for both '''King Diamond''' and '''Mercyful Fate''' [since the time of this conversation Mercyful Fate has signed with Metal Blade and will release an LP titled ''In The Shadows'' on June 22], and they're definitely going to be two separate units, it's only me that will be part of both bands, all the other members are different. And '''Mercyful Fate''' will pursue exactly where we left off, because we definitely left something undone, and that's the feeling of all the old guys. The '''King Diamond''' side of it, the album has already been written, we need the deal and we'll go into the studio and do it. It's 11 songs, the title of the album will be the ''Spider's Lullaby'', and there are only three songs connected lyric-wise into a small trilogy, the rest is individual songs. The reason being that I have enough concept with actually trying to put them and ''Conspiracy'' into book form, which I'm also doing. That's a project that won't be done for some time, but once it is I'll have people into reading horror books read through it and get their input, and if they like it then I'll start pursuing some big publishers and hopefully get the book out sometime. And if the book is a hit - there are a lot of "ifs" here, but you have to be positive - then that might make way for a movie, finally!

==Odditorium==
'''FROM THE PIT''', Volumes 1 & 2, comprising eight issues published throughout 1991, 1992 and 1993. (Available in two compilations, one for each volume, at $8.00 each. Volume Three, #1 at $2.00/$3.00 outside the U.S. Contact: Rev. Michael Rose, P.O. Box 1413, Decatur, AL 35602.)
:Michael Rose is a member of the Church of Satan, and his magazine reflects his own roots in true Satanism. His opinions are forthright, strong and delivered clearly, and I know you'll enjoy his publication.

:Each compilation is digest sized, computer-typeset very readably on grey paper with red covers. Volume One is 64 pages, Volume Two is 76 pages. From Volume One: "Bigotry," an article on "Why Charlie's Not Free," "The Fruits of Egalitarianism," and "Law and Order," as well as many other articles, "Lucifer's Library" (book reviews) and Satanic quotes. Volume Two has more good stuff on "Eugenics," "That Old Time Religion," the writings of Thomas Szasz, as well as an ever-growing review section and more.

:Volume Three, #1, starts with a perceptive editorial examining the conflict of Christians in Waco, and includes an incisive statement concerning the differences between Setians and Satanists, an examination of Objectivism, "Manfred vs. Faust," and an exploration of chandala vs. aristocratic values. This issue is rounded out with a fine review section and Satanic quotes [''sic'']

:'''From The Pit''' is well worth your time and buckage; send for it today.

'''DARK REFLECTIONS #1''', March 1993 ($4.00 per issue, $16.00 for a four-issue sub-scription, all checks and money orders made payable to Jeffrey Deboo, 1442A Walnut Street, #64, Berkeley, CA 94709. Will be bimonthly).
:Twenty-two pages of neat, clear typing plus a red cover stapled on the side. Deboo has authored the entire contents, which include essays, a poem and a list of contacts and publications. Particularly good is the "Satanic Catechism," and "Clash of Judgements: The Case of Sexual Morality." Deboo seems a little disturbed by what he sees as "the fetish for fascism" that "so many Satanists" display. Until a scientific opinion poll of Satanists is taken, I think he's over-reacting to a perception, not an actual majority. Otherwise, very rational, well-thought-out arguments - should prove inspirational to many. Highly recommended.

'''DARK LILY # 15''' (available from BCM/3406, London WCIN 3XX, England. Americans and Canadians: send $4.00 per issue, $16:00 for a four-issue subscription, in US dollars cash or postal money orders in US funds).
:''Dark Lily'' is digest-sized and always has a snappy blue cover, quite a contrast to the many other Satanic 'zines who feel red is the only color of choice. Twelve pages of reduced but readable type containing an article on "Cultural Supremacism and Its Effect on Satanic Belief," a goal and mission statement from Impetus Niger, and an eye-opening account of "The Advantages of Disability," plus an exhaustive listing of other interesting groups, publications and services. Definitely worth your time and $$$.

'''THE LAMP OF THOTH''', Volume 4, Issue #6 ($4.95 for this issue, $22.60 for subscription from the US. Contact: L.O.T., 6-8 Burley Lodge Road, Leeds, LS6 1QP, West Yorkshire, UK).
:Digest-sized, 56 neatly typed pages crammed with articles and contact addresses. The editor is Chris Bray, the proprietor of the Sorcerer's Apprentice, an excellent source of books and magical supplies based in England. This issue has many highlights. First, there's a wonderful editorial by Bray, expressing his fears and doubts about the future of religious freedom for occultists worldwide. "Golem's Gossip" is just that, gossipy and mean but amusing to read. There are well-thought-out articles on astrology, visualization (how to get someone to spring for a drink in a bar), hypnosis and even an "Occult Problem Page." There's a piece entitled "Magic as a Refuge For Failures," along with much more. As a parting shot, the last article is "Laurel and Hardy Satanism," detailing the controversy surrounding Setian David Austen and his participation in the ‘’Cook Report‘’, a Geraldo-esque TV special broadcast several years ago in Britain and produced by fundamentalist Xtians. The people behind this report courted UK occultists without telling them their real agenda, and as a result of the slanderous broadcast, Chris Bray's store was firebombed. John Freedom, the author of the article, further describes Michael Aquino's campaign against other UK Satanic groups. "Americans may fall for Aquino's self-righteous hypocritical double-speak," he contends, "but British Satanists are less gullible. The Temple of Set's UK representative is a dangerous media quisling and publicity junkie." This issue was sent to us along with an amusing button showing Michael Aquino wearing mouse ears.

'''THE HERETIC''' (one year/four issues: $7.00 in New Zealand, $10.00 elsewhere for surface, $15.00 elsewhere for air. Make check/mo payable to Realist Publications, P.O. Box 38-262, Petone, Wellington, NZ).
:K.R. Bolton is the editor/publisher here, and I think it's safe to assume he authors the contents unless otherwise noted; he is a Satanist. The masthead of ‘’The Heretic‘’ declares: "We champion the creative individual above the mass, the defiant above the submissive." October 1992, No. 2. This issue begins with a great lead article on Saddam Hussein and his efforts to create a new Babylon. There is apparently a historical basis for Hussein's role as the heir to Nebuchadnezzar, a heritage preceding Islam. Bolton describes the Iraquis' recent resanctification of the Ishtar Gate and Temple, Nebuchadnezzar's Palace, etc. I wish it had been longer. There is as well a review section featuring Michael Moynihan, a lengthy article on "War & Slavery," and a puzzling piece by Anton Long of the ONA, entitled "The Deceitful Occult Ego." He depicts very accurately the sort of puffed-up intellectuals who haunt the occult community, those displaying "pretension, artifice, the 'I must preserve my own ego by doing down all others' syndrome." But his depiction of the real occultist is scarcely any better, as he stresses hardship, deprivation and the casting-aside of any quest for personal happiness (only an illusion, to Long) to achieve... something that is not clear. I know Long is no Christian, but on the surface this sounds Christian - work, sacrifice, the unwillingness to accept Man as he is.
:
:Also includes lots of news notes, some nice poetry, and a bit of folklore about Herne the Hunter: Only 16 digest-sized pages, reduced photocopies, but there's a good deal here for the money. Definitely one of the better Satanic 'zines.
:
:Issue #3, Jan/Feb/Mar 1993. The lead article details "The Rise of Iron Youth," and mentions Boyd Rice and Michael Moynihan. Includes four pages of reviews, and an update on the BBC exposé of "anti-Satanists," the Christian child abuse scare and its debunkers. The ONA article this time around is clear and inspired; in "Satanism & Race," the author asserts correctly that "Satanism, as part of its sinister strategy, may encourage those forms/beliefs/groups which express this type of Imperium [Satanic goals]. For instance, present day 'extreme Right Wing movements.' In this, Satanists are being sinister - they are not expressing or supporting such views as 'racialism' for instance, because they believe them, but because they know those views may or will aid their Satanic goals, in particular by countering the Nazarene sickness of spirit." Wish some Satanists could see past the ends of their noses to grasp this fact.
:
:Bolton's "Current Comment" is here again, as well as another "Folklore" piece, this time about Wayland the Smith. An article detailing "Australia's Pagan Art" rounds out another fine issue.
:
:Issue #4, April/May/June 1993. With an attractive new logo, this issue starts with an excellent, extensive article on the "Rebirth of the Pagan Ethos" by Karsten O'Rourke. O'Rourke follows the stony path of European paganism from the Roman era through Wagner, Nietzsche, Von List, Von Liebenfels and the New Templars, concluding that "Pagan ideals erected a New Order which was only drowned out by WWII... As the 20th century closes, there rises again these same metapolitical forces. May our end now be success!"
:
:Other articles include "Celtic Left Hand Path" and a piece on the origin of "SAT-TAN" by Tani Jantsang. The other extensive piece is on "The Strange Case of David Austen," a Magister in the Temple of Set and member of its Council of Nine. Bolton's criticisms and observations of Austen are merciless; Austen's responses are cryptic, obtuse and often hilarious. As Bugs Bunny would say, "Whatta maroon!"
:
:The usual reviews, news, poems, and editor Bolton took extra care to get some illustrations into this one.
:
:Issue #5, July/ August/September 1993 This gets off to a fine start documenting the Satanic activities and views of Albert Pike, Confederate Brigadier General. Next Tosser Michael Aquino's response to the previous issue's Austen exposé along with Bolton's reply. Articles on "Satanism & the Cthulhu Mythos," "Vlad Dracula," and more fun at the expense of T/S (including cartoons!) as well as the usual features complete another fine issue.
:
:Also from Realist Publications be sure to examine '''Temple of Set: Behind the Facade''' (NZ - $10, US - $5) which documents in detail the various attempts by T/S to slander various occultists and how it has blown up in their faces. Also of interest is '''The Dark Doctrine''', the principal doctrinal text of the OLHP. This 34 page booklet (NZ- $10, US - $5) covers the Satanic philosophy espoused by this organization and presents several original rituals based on various historically Satanic traditions.

'''BLOOD OF YGGDRASIL: A Pictorial Journey Through the Nine Norse Worlds''' ($8.00 from COWAN, PO Box 15, Altadena, CA 91003 USA. Postage: $1.00 US, $2.00 foreign).
:
:A curious and enchanting little volume of illustrations depicting characters and incidents from the Norse legends. Those involved in Norse and Runic magic will want this, as may any Wagner fans. The book itself is about 6" × 9", 48 heavy pages, clothbound in an antique-looking red. The old-fashioned cover printing is in gold.
:
:When you open these "lids" (for so book covers were once called, when they were all hardbound) you'll find more red pages with black printing, hand-sewn into the heavy binding. The illustrations are good, for the most part, and the introduction emphasizes and encourages a turning-away from the slave religion of Christianity and back to the rich traditions of our pagan ancestors. The publisher has recreated the kind of magical old book you might find in a flea market and take home to wonder over.

'''KING OF INSTRUMENTS, INSTRUMENT OF KINGS''' by Doran Ragnarok ($5.00 from COWAN, PO Box 15, Altadena, CA 91003 USA. Postage: $1.00 US, $2.00 foreign).
:
:A digest-sized pamphlet, but more than a pamphlet, produced with the same quirky care for the beauty and perhaps an air of antiquity, as the volume mentioned above (‘’BLOOD OF YGGDRASIL‘’). Only twelve little red pages, bound into a leather-textured softcover, hand-glued around red "end-papers." The same gold printing and lovely runic design grace the cover. This is the story of the theatre organ, that great roaring orchestra-in-itself that most of our generation has never been able to experience in its native state. Ragnarok's treatment covers the highlights, but it is not meant to be exhaustive, only an introduction pointing the way to more for those who are interested. Some nice illustrations and quality printing.

'''GEEK''' Issue #1, March 1993 (full-sized, 48 pages. $5.00 postpaid, or $20.00 for 5 issues. c/o ACI, P.O. Box 480531, Denver, CO 80248-0531). Michael Moynihan is a Senior Editor here.
:
:''GEEK'' tells us it's "mostly great stuff," and it's true. Firstly, the format is professional and attractive, and it's chock-full of material. There's an overview of the career of Bodil, a Danish porn queen whose specialty was animals and whose early beauty has decayed rapidly; Bodil's fall from a fresh-checked young girl who loved animals (really - she ran her own farm) to the broken-down whore with swollen ankles is pathetic and devastating. One of my favorite pieces was an analysis of potted meat product; I now feel justified in my lifelong aversion to it. But the highlight of the issue is the "Interview With a Bum," conducted by Michael Moynihan and Shaun Partridge of the Partridge Family Temple - the reporters buy a homeless man a McDonald's meal and get him to spill his guts about life on the street. According to him, the biggest problem is all those people who pretend to be homeless; they're just messing it up for everyone. A rather odd sexual encounter comprises "The Tadger Chronicles," and there's another excellent interview with film composer Danny Elfman. F.C. Dobbs contributes a personal experiencepiece on drugs; the issue is rounded out with several pieces of strange fiction which I didn't find particularly interesting, but the editors are promising more, by Paul DiFilippo and Marc Laidlaw, two SF writers of note.

'''ABRASAX''' # 17, 18, 19, 20, edited by James M. Martin ($5.00 each from P.O. Box 1219, Corpus Christi, TX 78403-1219).
:
:Billing itself as an "occult quarterly," ''ABRASAX'' (not to be confused with ‘’ABRAXAS‘’) is mainly concerned with Thelema and Crowley, but is happy to stray into any area of 20th Century magick editor James Martin feels may be of interest to his readers. Articles from these issues include: "Music Magick," "I Spy: Secret Societies & Occult Espionage," "The Rite of the Ankh," and in issue #19, a remembrance of Satanic poet Andre Soly witten by Tani Jantsang.
:
:Of possible interest to Satanists is a regular column by Diane Vera - the Miss Hathaway of Satanism. In her inaugural installment of "From the Darkside," Vera professes to be seeking historical references to Satanic religions prior to the founding of the Church of Satan in 1966 C.E. But when presented with a wealth of such material by the Jantsang/Marsh cabal, she glosses over it quickly in her column in #17, preferring to spend the next seven pages or so discussing 20 year old gossip about Michael Aquino and Anton LaVey that is boring and inaccurate. Vera has her own ad, "Satanism Without Delusions of Grandeur"? "And Without Right-Wing Politics"? It's interesting that Vera constantly professes her ignorance of the Satanic scene, then tries to sum it up in a couple of pat phrases like these: "I'm not qualified to judge them one way or the other." "The word 'spiritual' is admittedly vague..." "I have no way of knowing whose story is true." which only attest to her cluelessness. Presumably Jantsang/Marsh's suggestions would have had her cracking the books for weeks, but instead she appeals, more than once, to the readership for their thoughts on the subjects.
Why? For more gossip, hearsay, unfounded and undocumented assertions?
:
:Vera further asserts that "there's no such thing as a Satanic political philosophy."
:
:Perhaps. But there are certain implications to tenets like "responsibility to the responsible" and smashing your enemies three-fold. If this kind of power philosophy isn't what attracted Vera to Satanism, what did? Maybe she'd like to share her own feelings about Satan as freely as she discusses LaVey's.
:
:Issue #19 sees the premiere of a magickal advice column, "The Sorcerer's Apprentice," which should be of interest to beginners while #20 has a splendid article "Humanism and the Invisible War" which examines Dr. LaVey's influnce [‘’sic‘’] on magic(k) and is a perfect antidote to Vera's meanderings. ‘’ABRASAX‘’ improves with each issue, the last three moving on to laser typesetting and even more interesting graphic art so don't hesitate to subscribe.
:
:This one's a keeper.

'''THE SWORD & SHIELD''' #1 (by the Knights of Satan, 12 pages, no price but $3.00 should do it: P.O. Box 81137, Fiddlers Green Postal Station, Ancaster, Ontario, Canada LIG 4X1).
:
:"Magic: Does it really Work?," poetry by Marguerite Thompson, art, endangered species, articles about "Non-Hollywood," "Young Satanists," "Legends Born of Myths," and "The Reality of Demons." Nice, neat format and some real Satanic spirit here - check it out.

'''BALDER''' July 1992 Issue, 32 digest-sized pages - free to members - editor Jason Bridgehead c/o Order of the Jarls of Baelder, 60 Elmhurst Rd., Reading, Berks. RG1 5HY England).
:
:The cover depicts a rather bucolic scene, ancient Greeks discussing a written document. The tone of ‘’Balder‘’ is equally gentle; while the articles advise us that the elite are at war with things-as-they-are, there is a spirit of community and concern for other members of "The Brotherhood." This magic is not overtly Satan-inspired, although the contents reveal that these brothers do consider themselves Satanists - affiliated orders listed in the back include O.N.A., O.L.H.P., and the O.T.B.
:
:There is a page of letters from members and a discussion of two major runes. Next comes a delightful article on Botticelli, a historical piece on the Berbers, "The Greatest Prize" (an exhortation by a recently-passed-on Elder advocating a coming together of elite folk under ‘’Balder‘’ to battle the Xtian scourge), "The Ethos of Warriors" part 1B lays it all down, stressing respect, "Conquer, Destroy, Create" by the O.N.A.'s Anton Long advocating the destruction of the mediocrity breeding powers-that-be and an exploration of space - though he seems to think happiness and comfort are illusions (perhaps for him ‘’they are‘’), and finally a discussion of the swastika and the Thule Society.

'''SATANISM - A Basic Introduction for Perspective Adherents''', under the auspices of the Order of Nine Angles (Thormynd Press, P.O. Box 700, Shrewsbury, Shropshire, England [no code]. It's $5.00 US cash, $25.00 if paying by US check, 1 £ in the UK).
:
:This is digest-sized, coverless, about 15 pages typewritten. It's an excellent introduction to what the ONA's all about, if you've been reading their work elsewhere and would like a handle on it. The author claims he has the "honour of being the Grand Master representing traditional Satanists." The ONA veers from the Church of Satan in several ways. Firstly, they stress the Satanic path as one that is difficult and fraught with adversity. No one's denying that life can throw you some curves and that you're usually better off when you learn to deal with them. But no Satanist I know seeks pain or the path of greatest resistance; certainly no animal would. ONA also stresses amorality for Satanists, and I agree - but why then do they say "there is also real evil"? Is the judging of something as "evil" not a subjective judgement based on some moral code? The ONA also stresses that a Satanist "desires to evolve... to fulfill the potential of existence, of godhead/divinity latent within them [sic]." Once again, a man is not good enough as he is; he's not permitted to accept himself until he's gone on some journey to fulfillment. To me, this is moving in exactly the wrong direction: most people's biggest problems stem from their inability to live the truth of their flesh, to accept themselves as the animals they are. This striving toward Divinity, is Christian in nature.

'''LIVE!''' (sixteen pages, typewriter type printer sideways in a digest-sized format, $3.00 from P.O. Box 101, St. Boniface Postal Station, Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada R2H 3B4).
:
:The cover is of a laughing young man lounging on a mussed-up bed in someone's attic bedroom; there's a cute l'il [''sic''] devil cartoon in one corner (logo of the Order of Dionysus/Sabazios of which this is an affiliating publication). Issue #2, January 1993, articles include dealing with the "Age of Consent," and another on "The Oppression of Youth." Sandwiched between these are little pearls of wisdom from the editor, whose views on other issues are usually in line with true Satanic principles as put forth in ''The Satanic Bible''. A little pricey for 16 pages, but it's printed very neatly and attractively, and the editor writes well. Issue #3, April 1993, begins with a rather obtuse, four-page explanation that their "cover-youth" is Billy Bob, and he personifies some principle important to the editor.
:
:Youthfulness (and sexuality) is certainly a theme in this little publication; the editorial tells us that "visiting locations where younger guys or gals hang out is obviously essential but not that difficult. You, as the seeker, do not have to be a Boy Scout troop leader, or a Big Brother or Sister, or a Roman Catholic priest or nun, or a school teacher, or the like, though you have a head start if you are." The article "Hypocrisy in Society" also bears this out, as it bemoans society's two-faced approach to youth, stressing its beauty but forbidding its freedom. The best piece is probably "The Human Animal," a lightweight analysis of the progressively greater repression of our instincts in civilized countries. Neatly done, clean and readable, but thin.

'''REJUVENATION MAGAZINE''', Issues 3, 4,5, 6 edited by Joe Aufricht ($4.00 USA, $5.00 elsewhere from P.O. Box 711, Lakewood, OH 44107).
:
:Thirty pages, digest-sized, typewriter typeset, a little difficult to read (a new typewriter is called for, I believe). This publication, edited by the founder of the Order of Dionysus/Sabazios, has a similar focus to that of LIVE/ Teen freedom, sexual freedom in particular, is advocated. In issue #3 topics covered include "Free Will vs. God's Will," "Evolution Theory Isn't Evil," "Drunks Are Not Satanists," and "Future Sex." Issue #4 includes a poem about a young man and his 9-year-old girlfriend, "Self-Sacrifice What For?", and "Let Teens Vote." Issue #5 runs the gamut from "Myths: Psychotherapy and Mental Illness," and "The Threatening Gym Teacher," to Demo reviews. Issue #6 includes youth advocate poetry, "Bowling Alley Bullshit," Death Metal Reviews and a commentary on accusations that their order advocates paedophilia. Each issue contains "Lilith Lustlove's Personals" for those seeking contact. Mr. Aufricht explores areas of Satanism and his particular slant on the maturity and right to freedom of adolescents as well as their ability to "rejuvenate" older individuals through interaction.

'''CALL OF THE RACE: An Epic Poem''' by Kenneth Lloyd Anderson ($3.00 from White Temple Books, P.O. Box 452, Hastings, MN 5503).
:
:A tiny, 4" ×7" pamphlet bound in red, with 26 professionally-typeset pages inside.
:
:Anderson talks, in free verse, about what he views as the roots of the White race's downfall, what's keeping it down, and how Whites must lift themselves up again. One might expect such a "racist" (Anderson prefers the term "racialism") to be illiterate and shallow, but this poem is poignant and moving. "This is still Nietzsche's age," he tells us. "We have run away from what's necessary.. whole men know/That hate is as necessary as love."

'''THELEMIX 1993''', a production of the Ordo Mysterium Baphe-metis, printed in a limited print run of 56 copies, available only by the selection of Grand Mistress MegAstron and Grand Master Megalion.
:
:Digest-sized, thirty-five pages with the ubiquitous red cover. Well-written essays concerning the number of wisdom, "naga," the Serpent, chivalry in the occult world, the Major Greek Gods, the powers of the True Self, "crowns, Sceptres and Thrones," and computers. Not without its own wry humor; finishes with something called "The Emerald 'Tablet." If Thelema is your thing, these people seem very knowledgeable but with their feet on the ground; contact them at P.O. Box 156, W. Nottingham, NH 03291-0156, USA.

'''ONSLAUGHT''', Vol. 4, no. 1, edited by Dragon Undomiel ($5.00 from the Luciferian Light Group, P.O. Box 7207,
Tampa FL 33673).
:
:The LLG is a White Power group that calls itself Satanic; they use Satanic symbols and say that "the Aryan peoples are the true children of Satan." This issue contains a ritual of "Gratitude/Honor Before Satan," some charts of "magickal" elements and correspondences, and a lengthy section of reprinted new articles titled "Dateline: HellA Special Report from Hell's Newsroom." Nice use of graphics here. There are extensive listings and ads of other Satanic groups and publications, as well as an explanation of the "Unified Churches," an attempt to put together several of the self-proclaimed Satanic groups operating right now. This may be already defunct, as this issue was followed up by a bulletin detailing the LLG's split from Embasat. An attractive, neat publication but not much "meat."

'''THE NEW JACKAL''', Vol. 1, Embassy of Lucifer, Chad Ian Miller, presiding, P.O. Box 998, Stewart, BC, VOT 1WO, Canada. (No price given, try $5.00. Fifteen pieces of 8.5'x 11" paper, covered front and back with poorly photocopied, single space dot matrix output.)
Setian Chad starts out by preaching to the converted about how bad Xtianity is.
:
:Then he goes into a long description of the Embassy and its degree system, which must be a real degree system because you get to change the color of your robes and belts a lot. Next a discussion of "Satanic Child Molestation and Animal Sacrifice which barely mentions these topics although the article is six pages in length. Then a treatise about math and magic which Pythagoras would spit upon, followed by a piece on time which is actually about "Creation." Concludes with a very extended dictionary of Demons. Entire contents by Chad.
:
:It was reported to us that Chad has again changed horses and formed an Xtian church, but this is unverified. However, this zine may be unavailable for that reason - inquire.

'''LUCIFER RISING''' #1, yet another new publication by Chad Ian Miller, who changes his projects (and his mind) like other people change their sheets, it would seem. ($6.00 from the Embassy of Lucifer, P.O. Box 998, Stewart, BC VOT 1WO, Canada.)
:
:Typewriter-typeset on goldenrod paper and stapled in one corner, the cover is the god Baphomet, an oft-copied piece of artwork. There's about eight pages of Chad outlining his perspectives on the Satanic scene plus the rules and regulations for his own, much-better-than-new organization.
:
:Then there's the reprinting of a sample issue of ONSLAUGHT, the publication of the Luciferian Light Group (separate from Chad's) and finally the reprinting of some pages from The King in Yellow (hence, perhaps, Chad's choice of paper). Chad claims to be providing a neutral forum for all Satanists, via this publication and his Embassy of Lucifer and Church of Lucifer.
:
:However, he has been a member of the Temple of Set for about eight months, and immediately launches into the spurious story of the "collapse of the Church of Satan" and how Anton LaVey "plagerized" [sic] ''The Satanic Bible''. How neutral does that sound to you? This is warmed-over non-information plus more blathering from Chad; your six bucks would be well-spent elsewhere.

'''ECLECTIC MAGE JOURNAL''', Issue H3, Jan/Feb 1993, edited by H.J. Mowry, Jr. aka Zepher ($3.00 from P.O. Box 6911, Pittsburgh, PA 15212).
:
:Very perky layout with interesting use of scanned graphics, full-sized with eighteen pages, EM's subtitle is "Achieving Goals Through a Diverse System of Magick" Poetry is sandwiched between articles on witchcraft, color magic, etc. This issue is concerned with Satan: "Is He Really a Bad Guy?" The authors demonstrate sympathy for the Devil even if their sources re modern Satanism are more than a bit myopic. We've learned that the editor has become enamored of Aquino's world view so take that into consideration should you have cause to deal with this person.

'''INCREDIBLY STRANGE MUSIC VOL. I''', edited by V. Vale and Andrea Juno (Re/Search, 20 Romolo St., #B, San Francisco, CA 94133 1993; 193 pages, ISBN 0-940642-22-0, $17.99, full-sized softcover).
:
:A series of interviews with record collectors and recording artists, focusing on music from the 50's and 60's. The music they talk about is largely rockabilly and trash bin discoveries, and the emphasis is on what middle class American culture has left behind, deemed "tacky" or "bad." And some of it is bad; how good could a bunch of songs by Rodney Allen Rippy be? Some of these collectors are interested in the obscurity of the recordings themselves, while others genuinely enjoy the sounds; all seem a little disappointed that many others are beginning to discover their finds and are driving up the flea market prices. However, if the underground had never embraced Martin Denny, there wouldn't be the wonderful Exotica release on CD and I wouldn't have been able to enjoy it.The interview with Denny is good, as are the reproductions of album covers throughout the volume.
:
:What interested me Satanically about the book, was the principle of cultural scavenging, roaming through what the status quo has left behind and pulling out the real gems, the truly magical recordings. then returning to your lair to enjoy that magic, to send those vibes out into the ether. You don't have to like these people or their music to learn something about the power of getting off the cultural beaten track. As the editors says in their introduction, "These records become more than a consumeristic product; they become an expression of the collector's inner vision and express an alternate aesthetic philosophy."
:
:The fact that Juno and Vale have termed this "Volume One," gives them an out, I suppose, to explain the glaring omissions of musical preservationists like Anton LaVey, Tiny Tim, Boyd Rice and even Dr. Demento, the latter whose radio show drove me out into the garage sales for 78's when I was only fifteen. I hope Volume Two is a little more adventurous.

'''ANSWER ME!''' Issue 3, edited by Jim Goad (Goad to Hell Ents., 1608 N. Cahuenga Blvd, #666, Hollywood, CA 90028. $5.00
first class; $4.00 third rate).
:
:Long awaited, but worth the wait.
:
:Jim and Debbie have hit their stride with this one, with full color Nazi cover and 131 pages of beautifully-designed mayhem.
Many artists have contributed cartoons and drawings, including John Wayne Gacy, Ottis Toole, Mark David Chapman and Charles Manson, so if you're a serial killer collector, get out your checkbook. Jim does another excellent "encyclopedia," this time about unique and notorious suicides - photos abound. Debbie's tirades are right on the money; particularly touching is "I Hate Being a Jew," wherein she rails against her psychological heritage of being a penny-pinching pessimist. I got the biggest kick of all, though, from Jim's article on guns.
:
:Goad's poison pen was never sharper, and after reading this to myself I read it aloud to others and we laughed until the tears ran.
Combining truth with masterful wit and sarcasm, Jim tells One Man's Gun Story, and includes devastating pro-gun quotes from our founding fathers.
:
:Also included are interviews with Boyd Rice, Al Sharpton, the Underdog Lady, the Kids of Widney High, and Debbie contributes a couple of phony phone calls to Dr. Kevorkian and a suicide prevention hot line. Debbie is great at these things; the call to Kevorkian is chilling.
:
:What's really gonna get Answer Mel #3 on America's shit list, however, is Adam Parfrey's article, "Pederastic Park." This piece takes up the notion that director Steven Spielberg has "short eyes," and analyzes his past film efforts as expressions of this proclivity. Cartoonist Coop supplies the accompanying artwork, which shows Spielberg wielding a "hook" at a bare-butted Peter Pan.
:
:You might find this issue on a newsstand somewhere, or you can order it from See/Hear. I recommend you send out immediately and get it right from the Goads own hot little hands. You need Answer Mel, the misanthropist's balm for cultural ennui.

'''PANTY LINE FEVER #4''', edited by Rick Hall ($4.00 from PLF, 234 E. 7th St., #1FE, New York, NY 10009 - age statement must accompany order; make check/m.o. payable to Rick S. Hall).
:
:The Biannual Bulletin of Sex, Film and Intellectual Smuggery, ''PLF'' is a perky little mag that never fails to satisfy. This time around, an interview with underground comic artist Daniel Clowes, a visit to a Manhattan S&M parlor, a critique of Ken Russell's film ''The Devils'' by Ivan Lerner, Reuben Radding's column "The Final Judgement," lovely lasses with half-clad asses, and more.

'''EVIL: The Newsletter For True Crime Book Fanatics''' edited by Dan Kelly ($1.00 from P.O. Box 476641, Chicago, IL 60647).
:
:I guess the tag title says it all; I know there are such fans in our readership. Editor Kelly gets lots of reviews of true crime books into a slim but well-laid-out and typeset format. This might be the place for you to trade info on new or old books and find out what clinkers to avoid on the bookracks.

'''VAMPIRES ANONYMOUS''', Winter and Summer 1993, edited by Amoura ($5.00 from P.O. Box 803, Langhorne PA, 19047).
:
:Each issue is about 20 pages of manuscript-format poetry and fiction dealing with vampires and vampiric magic. The magazine is produced by the Order of Xanastia, "an Elitist Society for Thelemic heathens of all persuasions, writers, artists, vampire, horror and science fiction fans." The poetry was in the usual romantic, Dark Shadows-esque vein, and I particularly liked the full-page, black and white sigils which would make nice tattoos.

===GUEST REVIEWS===
'''THE MONSTER SHOW: A Cultural History of Horror''' by David J. Skal. (W.W. Norton and Co., 1993, 432 pages, $25.00)
:
:''William Everisto, Reviewer.''
:
:If you're looking for an excellent survey of general horror and its interaction with our culture from the turn of the century to modern chillers like Silence of the Lambs, this is the book for you. Skal dredges up authors and connections from the early days of Dracula, Frankenstein and the Mummy that other writers have neglected. He makes quite a point of the Nazi fascination with wolves and the concurrent American rage of Wolfmen and Cat people movies. From there, he moves deftly through Entertaining Comics vs. Dr. Fredric Wertham, Maila Nurmi as the original "doom, gloom and va-va-voom" TV hostess, and the Japanese 50's Godzilla type screamers which, in Skal's analysis, "put a face on the Bomb."
:
:The book opens with a still from Freaks, setting a tone throughout the book of American horror as sideshow. Skal states that "the motion picture itself had begun its career as a sideshow attraction, a curiosity at the fringes of mainstream entertainment." He credits one man, Tod Browning, with setting the tone with his productions of Dracula and Freaks - a carnival barker's tone that naturally grew from his background in carnivals and vaudeville. Though Skal does a thorough job of showing the influence of Freaks, it's too bad he hadn't contacted Anton LaVey to fill in some gaps regarding its re-release in the late 50's, which LaVey was responsible for.
:
:Skal marks 1931 as the birth of the horror film, with the release of ''Frankenstein'' and ''Dracula'' and neatly closes the book by paralleling the releases of modern versions in 1991: ''Terminator 2'' and ''Silence of the Lambs''.
:
:Throughout this book, he ties our compulsion toward horror to events dominating the mass consciousness at the time - wars, economic collapse, epidemics and political witch-hunts. One particularly pertinent summing quote comes from anti-feminist feminist Camille Paglia: "Horror films are rituals of pagan worship. There Western man obsessively confronts what Christianity has never been able to bury or explain away." Skal's book shows that as long as Man continues his lurchings toward "civilization," there will always be a place for nightmares.

'''FRIGHTEN THE HORSES''', edited by Mark Pritchard (Heat Seeking Publishing, 41 Sutter St. #1108, San Francisco, CA 94104; $5.00 for sample issue, $16.00 for four-issue subscription).
:
:''Jeffrey Deboo, Reviewer.''
:
:Professional-quality quarterly dedicated to the cutting edge of sexuality, especially in its more unorthodox variants. Bondage, fetishism, sadomasochism, gay/bi - whatever you'e into, you'll find it here. Both erotic fantasy fiction and serious articles are featured, along with reviews and a news roundup from the front lines of the depressingly endless battle for sexual freedom against life-hating religious fanatics.
:
:A leftist political undertone sometimes intrudes, but in the main these people skewer the "progressive" P.C. sacred cows as eagerly as those of Christian "traditional family values" - article topics have included the menace of overpopulation, the biological/evolutionary roots of human behavior, an exposé of the myth that AIDS threatens U.S. heterosexuals, and a deliciously ruthless piece on revenge against rapists. It's rough, raw, and gritty, not sweetness-and-light romanticism; a pleasure-loving, life affirming philosophy is evident throughout. Highly recommended.

'''CHRISTIAN CHILD ABUSE: The Reality''' (42 pages, digest-sized, $10.00 from Realist Publications, P.O. Box 38-262, Petone, Wellington, New Zealand).
:
:''Jeffrey Deboo, reviewer.''
:
:After reading this item, you'll be enraged on two counts: first on behalf of all the children molested by the perverts who seem to infest the clergy of almost every branch of Christianity, and second at the colossal nerve of those who have been spreading the "Satanic ritual abuse" myths while the reality of their holy men's depravities outstrips even their '''fantasies''' about us!
:
:The text analyzes why Christianity is a breeding ground of pedophilia (a religion which demands repression of mormal [''sic''] sexual urges, notably Catholicism with its celibate clergy, just bottles up those urges until they explode in some twisted new form) and dissects a few celebrated cases such as the Mt. Cashel Catholic Orphanage in Canada. The rest is accounts culled from news media around the world, in which countless men of God seem almost to vie with one another to see who can heap the worst abuse on any minor in reach. A New Orleans priest carries off the trophy with allegations that he made his dog take part in the molesting sessions (which were sometimes done at gunpoint), accumulated a 160-hour hardcore video library of his acts, and supplied a kiddie-porn magazine with photos of a retarded youth he had victimized.
:
:Worst of all is how, in case after case, higher church authorities actively shield molestors (''sic''). Parents outraged at some clergyman's depredations are told to exercise (yes, you guessed it) the Christian virtue of forgiveness, while the offender is transferred out of trouble and into a new locality where he is unknown and where fresh, unsuspecting victims await.
:
:Now that even the mainstream media are focusing increased attention on this subject, it's clear that our New Zealand brethren have found a potent issue to wield against the sick Nazarene cult befouling our civilization.

'''SATANISM AND WITCHCRAFT''' by Jules Michelet, translated by A.R. Allinson (Citadel Pres, New York, 1992 E.V.; 332 pages, $12.95, paperback).
:
:''Jeffrey Deboo, reviewer.''
:
:Originally written over a century ago and now newly republished, this formidable work (the product of thirty years of research) brings to life the story of Satanism from the birth of the Middle Ages to the Renaissance, in elegant and stately yet easily-devoured prose. This is history as epic rather than dry chronicle, a tapestry of words more moving and revealing than a thousand clinical photographs.
:
:Never, save perhaps in the best of Twain, have the utter misery and squalor and degradation of medieval life been made so vived. Michelet shows how medieval man's hopelessness and desperation, born of a thousand torments rained down upon him by Church and State in the name of God, drove him to seek the aid of the Rebel who was that God's chief adversary - and who, alone of the dieties available to him, would sanction his own rebelliousness against the vile abominations of his masters, rather than telling him to turn the other cheek.
:
:Medieval Satanism took a thousand forms, from the dumb masses' fearful veneration of old women who had managed to preserve the old pharmaceutical knowledge demonized and forgotten by the Church, to the invocation of forbidden arts by the victimized to better their lot and strike back against their oppressors, to the Dionysian abandon of the "Sabbaths" and the solemn blasphemies of the Black Mass. Medieval Satanism was widespread and '''it was real''' - the similarity of accounts from widely separated lands and eras affirms this. The term Satanism (rather than Devil-worship) is appropriately used here, since with rare exceptions the witches and sorcerers of those days saw Satan as an ally and fellow foe of tyranny and injustice, not as a stern and demanding master like Jehovah.
:
:Michelet clearly wrote with no concern about how his prim-and-proper contemporaries would react to the results of his research. He pulls no punches in revealing - even with some sympathy - the frequency of incestuous practices in the Middle Ages, and the intimate links between incest and Satanism in every era. He emphasizes the fully equal and sometimes even pre eminent role of women in Satanism, from the lone witch to the "Sabbath" priestess, in a day when Christianity's byword was still mulier taceat in ecclesia. But interestingly, though medieval witchcraft did indeed preserve many pagan practices, he finds therein no trace of any etherial prehistoric goddess-worship - which will probably make the re-publication of this work something of an unwelcome event among certain groups who have long made a practice of beefing up their own rather wan mythology by ripping off what turns out to be our heritage after all.
:
:But for us, who seek to '''reclaim''' that heritage, it is essential reading - our history retold with all its drama and tragedy shining through.
:
:I cannot close this review without one quote from Michelet's splendid peroration. Asking himself whether Satanism and Christianity can be reconciled in modern times, he proclaims:
:
:"Is there one science you can name that was not originally a revolt against authority? There is only one way to reconcile the two spirits and unite the two Churches. This is to demolish the new one, the one which, from its earliest beginnings, was declared sinful and damnable. Let us destroy, if we can, all the sciences of nature, demolish the observatory, the museum, the botanic garden, the school of medicine, every library of modern books. Let us burn our legal enactments and our codes. Let us go back to the Canon Law. These novelties, one and all, were Satanic; no progress ever made but was his guilty work...How to expiate all this? ... will Satan undo this great work? Never! for it rests on three eternal foundation-stones, - Reason, Right, and Nature."
:
:This man was one of us in spirit. Even a century late, his book should be read.

'''GLENN DANZIG''', musician and member of the bands '''Samhain''', '''Misfits''' and '''DANZIG'''. (Check larger music stores for albums).
:
:''Ken Gage, reviewer.''
:
:BOMBASTIC MUSIC IS HERE! In a market so glutted with anything-goes mediocrity, the commercial release of Glenn Danzig's ''Black Aria'' is a true Hellsend. ''Black Aria'''s darkly powerful and revisionist sound keeps the album from being categorized with Neo-Classical or New Age music, yet this is no rock album. But this may only be an experimental departure for the musician, whose three DANZIG albums are often described as a blend of R&B and melodious heavy metal, a la John Lee Hooker meets Black Sabbath. Although his early years with Samhain and the Misfits were a punk-rock legend, they can't hold a black candle to DANZIG or his latest - lend an ear to Black Aria. I think you'll discover that your only regret is the album is far, far too short.

'''MINISTRY''', a unique musical group. (Check any large music store).
:
:''Ken Gage, reviewer.''
:
:If you’ve been haunting music stores for a sound that meets His Satanic Majesty's measure, then '''MINISTRY''' has arrivesd (''sic'')! Although the band has been extant since the early 80's, its viscerally distinct industrial/cyberbilly sound didn't blossom until the 1988 release of ''Land of Rape and Honey''. What's cyberbilly, you ponder? - a combination of bluegrass and thrash! Now, don't be frightened by '''MINISTRY''''s semi-commercial viability. (And don't give me any unholier-than-thou lip about melody either! - I'm talking about an overall Devilish musicianship!)
:
:Sporting Ol' Nick's pentagram tattooed on his shoulder, lead vocalist Al Jourgensen gleefully disdains mainstream religion: "It's one giant, false life-insurance policy: 'Pay us money now, we'll promise you'll have a good afterlife.' So they pay their money and happily go off on their own merry little way, making sacrifices on the promise of a better afterlife. Do you know anyone who's come back and complained about their policy? ...It's the biggest insurance scam ever invented." Nothing new to our ears.
:
:'''MINISTRY''''s bassist, Paul Barker, offers his own aphoristic evilspeak in punctuation to Jourgensen's. "So, if you're gonna sin," says Barker, "sin boldly. Because, if you believe, you're gonna have to do something in the long run to make up for it." If you know what he's saying, give the band a listen. But if you don't appreciate '''Psychic TV''', '''Godflesh''', or '''Prong''', this won't be your cup of tea either.

:'''TERRA-SHOCK''' ''The Art of Impact'' Demo tape. Contact: Black Mosaic Management, c/o Brent Miller, P.O. Box 1074, Rockland,
ME 04841.
:
:''Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.''
:
:Satanism has greatly influenced the field of heavy metal, from surface imagery to deeper philosphical explorations of Satanic principles. This tape is a fine example of the latter, with well-crafted music whose lyrics investigate the invisible war, social Darwinist thinking, and living apart from the herd.
:
:The five songs herein are professionally performed and well recorded. Under Stefan Blacart's able hand, this demo is a strong start from a band that will certainly be heard from in the near future.

'''RUNNING WITH THE DEVIL, Power, Gender, and Madness in Heavy Metal Music''' by Robert Walser. (Wesleyan University Press, Hanover, NH, 1993; 222 pages, ISBN 0-8195-6260-2, paperback.)
:
:''Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.''
:
:Here at last is a book exploring the subject of heavy metal music without the usual moralistic condemnation or plain condescension so prevalent in other works to touch the subject. Walser is a musician (he's even played with metal bands) and gives a detailed musical analysis whose complexity, and links to such past virtuosic styles as baroque music, might surprise many. Also explored are the sociological factors which have made this such a potent genre in recent years. The author gives some history and confines his work to the more popular and obvious musicians, thus avoiding the more Satanic subgenres and their symbolism and lyrics. Satanism as a motivating philosophy is not part of this book, but the author demolishes arguments against heavy metal made by Carl Raschke in his "academic potboiler," Painted Black.
:
:This book will be an eye-opener and is a great foundation for future works to take this musical genre seriously.

'''HAMMER AGAINST CROSSI''', Issue 2, edited by J.P. Tabone (Poste Restante, 31000 Toulouse R.P., France, 1992; 19 pages, A 4 format, 15 francs, in French).
:
:''Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.''
:
:This graphically beautiful 'zine covers the alternative music scene with a social Darwinist slant. Featured here are interviews with Michael Moynihan (Blood Axis), Sveinbjörn Beinteinsson, Reptilicus, Fire & Ice, and Cthulhu Records. If you can read French and like this style of music, get it.

'''BRIMSTONE PRESS #1''', Spring XXVIII A.S., edited by Earl Hammons (1912 East Cleland, Cabot, AR 72023-9666 USA, 1993;
35 pages, photocopied, 8.5" × 11", side-stapled).
:
:''Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.''
:
:This is a new Death Metal 'zine that features many reviews and interviews with Pale Unearthed, Hands of Filth, Banished, Impetigo, Acheron, Boneyard Press, Crematorial Death, Living Sacrifice, and Peter Gilmore. A good start for Mr. Hammons. No price listed but $4.00 should get you a copy.

'''D.B.N. Magazine #10''', ($2.50 from P.O. Box 3547, Lantana, FL 33465-3547; 40 pages, 8.5" × 11" on newsprint).
:
:''Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.''
:
:Billed as "Your source for subversive entertainment," this 'zine features music reviews and has interviews with such luminaries as G.G. Allin, Alice Donut, White Zombie, and Forced Entry. Has some fine comic art, especially the cover image of Death by Eddie Garcia.

'''SECONDS''', (various issues, $2.95, on newstands (''sic'') everywhere.
:
:''Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.''
:
:Under the capable hands of managing editor George Petros (of EX/T fame) this music magazine has broken ground in their willingness to interview not only the usual bands being promoted to exasperation, but "fringier" folk such as Foetus and Laibach, as well as pioneers like Wendy Carlos and Timothy Leary. At this rate, maybe Norman Conquest will be next? They even criticized Deicide's claim to being Satanic!

'''EXPLODING HEARTS EXPLODING STARS''', The Serial Art & Propaganda of George Petros ($11.95 from Norman Gosney, 208 W. 23rd St., New York, NY 10011, 1992; 96 pages, 11" × 14" paperback).
:
:''Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.''
:
:This oversized compendium of black and white art clearly demonstrates Petros' mastery of the form of narrative graphic propaganda. Pieces herein shatter PC concepts of racism, sexuality, politics, aesthetics and the philosophies that underlie these topics, creating disturbing icons of archetypes long denied, yet now finding a resurgence of power. With a blend of brutality and elegance, Petros challenges his viewers to come to terms with elements of reality that can only be ignored at the peril of the perceiver.

'''SIEGE, The Collected Writings of James Mason''' edited and Introduced by Michael M. Jenkins (Storm Books, P.O. Box 18009,
Denver, CO 80218 U.S.A., 1992; 434 pages, $22.00, paperback).
:
:''Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.''
:
:This book is a monumental achievement. Editor Jenkins took great care to assemble Mason's writings, which had been published in his newsletter SIEGE from 1980-1986, into a coherent progression that charts Mason's thinking on his National Socialist odyssey, from an explorer picking up from his predecessors to the sage with wisdom gained from working to make an effective revolutionary movement in the exacting arena of reality. Mason is most certainly a political extremist, but dear reader, as a Satanist you are also an extremist in the realm of religion and philosophy. This book ofters great insight into the progression and evolution of an extremist movement here in the US. I found remarkable parallels between the types of individuals that Mason encountered in his field to those that I have experienced in the "Satanic scene."
:
:Even amongst his "peers" Mason became a loner as he comprehended the meaning behind the deeds attributed to Charles Manson, and thus founded Universal Order, a concept very much akin to the Satanic view of Man's place in the cosmos. If you are a Satanist and have not gotten a sense of perspective on how your movement fits into American Society, look at this account of the American National Socialist movement and learn. Mason's writing is clear and filled with clarity.
:
:This massive tome is graced with rare photographs of individuals, posters, and documents that are central to the issues covered. It's design is elegant and monolithic, and quite easy to read. Here is the unvarnished thinking of an American radical offered up for you to judge as you see fit. If you are truly aware, this book will give you much to ponder, and if not, it could make a difference in how you view yourself and the world about you. Don't miss it.

'''COSMIC RETRIBUTION, The Infernal Art of Joe Coleman''' (Feral House, P.O. Box 3466, Portland OR 97208-3466, 1992; 135 pages, ISBN (softcover) 0-922915-067 $22.95, ISBN (hardcover) 0-922915-13-X $39.95).
:
:''Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.''
:
:I have had the good fortune to have seen numerous actual Coleman originals on exhibition, and they leave an indelible mark on your visual memory. If you are a connoisseur of images of misanthropia, then this is a portable feast that you must have.
Coleman's paintings and drawings of the human animal at his/her most candidly humane behavior are icons of the Seventh Satanic Statement that leap off of their canvasses to shove their foetid tongues down your throat. And Coleman directs his scrutiny at himself as well as the various strata of "human" society with honesty that is deeply moving.
:
:A handsome volume filled with 32 full color pages and one hundred pages of black and white work, there is an illuminating interview with Coleman that gives the reader a glimpse into the psyche that is the gateway for these extraordinary and indicting pictures. I see Coleman as a lycanthropic shaman, evidenced by his performances wherein he bites the heads off of mice and blows himself up, who crystallizes his deeply felt and penetrating grasp of our species in images of devastating epiphany. Here is truly Satanic art that you will savour for decades. A must for every Satanist.

'''SYMPHONY''' by Adrian Savage (Pocket Books, 1230 Avenue f the Americas, New York, NY 10020, 1992; 277 pages, ISBN O-671-67249-5, $4.99, paperback).
:
:''Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.''
:
:Here's an odd little number, a horror novel in which several of the protagonists are Satanists, from Prometheus Faust - ex-cop and founder of a Satanic Church, Cal Hudson - worshipper of Satan who is working on a symphony comprised of sampled screams of the victims of his brutal and graphically described tortures, and Terry - dabbling with the Children of Belial.
:
:Savage has herein included all the sorts of Satanism claimed to exist by the Christers, but he attempts a partially sympathetic portrait of Faust as a genuine, if masochistic, Satanist. This novel is the stuff of "B" movies, but is entertainingly written. I was disappointed in the lack of pursuit of the idea of the "scream symphony" beyond its mere mention and the change of attitude wrought in Faust by the novel's end, but that is to be expected as the author is a practitioner of Chaos magic. A fun read to fill your spare time.

'''HALF DRESSED, SHE OBEYED''' by Deborah Ryder (Divine Press, P.O. Box 108, Stockport, Cheshire, SK1 4DD, England, 1993; 189 pages, $19.99, trade paperback).
:
:''Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.''
:
:This volume of S&M erotic fiction is well illustrated by Trevor Brown and includes a perceptive forward by Tuppy Owens as well as a prelude by the author, '"Writing Sado-Masochistic Pornography: A Woman's Defence," wherein she does just that with clarity and conviction. If this area of erotica is one you enjoy, or if you'd like to explore an area that is new to you, the tales herein will certainly supply you with archetypal scenarios for fantasy. There are many insights to be gained as well concerning the psyche's of those who belong to this realm, where there are clearly defined roles and no lacking of discipline. Check it out!

'''ARKTOS: The Polar Myth in Science, Symbolism, and Nazi Survival''' by Joscelyn Godwin (Phanes Press, P.O. Box 6114, Grand Rapids, MI 49516, 1993; 260 pages, ISBN 0-933999-46-1, $16.95, trade paperback).
:
:''Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.''
:
:A fascinating volume that brings some needed research and factual grounding to this topic. If you are interested in Thule, The Black Order, Shambhala, Agartha and other Hyperborean subjects, then you must have this book. There is an extensive bibliography as well to point you towards further sources of information.

'''THE FIFTH PATH''', issue 4, edited by Robert Ward (P.O. Box 1632, Carmichael, CA 95609-1632, 1993; 76 pages, full-sized softcover magazine, $6.00).
:
:''Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.''
:
:Once again editor Ward has put together an issue to delight and intrigue. Of particular interest are the interviews with Adam Parfrey of Feral House and Thomas Thorn of the Satanic band The Electric Hellfire Club. Also of note is the very extensive review section which covers audio, video, and print media. We suggest that you subscribe so as not to miss a single issue.

'''PRIMAL CHAOS''', edited by Wendy Van Dusen (1072 Folsom Street, #388, San Francisco, CA 94103, 1993; Current issue #7, $3.00, full-sizes softcover magazine).
:
:''Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.''
:
:We are in possession of Primal Chaos #2 through #7 and have been highly impressed with the growth in quality and depth displayed under the very able helm of editor Wendy Van Dusen. This 'zine has from the start shown a good sense of graphics and fine artwork and poetry. Articles are meant to get one's feet wet in the subjects covered (Odinism, Runology, and Lycanthropy are regular topics of discussion). Each issue also contains an interview with someone of note:
:
:Monte Cazazza (72), Kenneth Grant (#3), Peter Carroll (#4), Nick Bougas (#5), Peter Gilmore (#6), and Z'ev (#7).
:
:Miss Van Dusen is also a musician and her band Neither/Neither World, has produced a darkly lyrical album with 13 songs, Sociopathic Pleasures. This is available as an LP ($8.00 postpaid to: Subterranean Records, P.O. Box 2530, Berkeley, CA 94702) or CD (Funky Mushroom, P.O. Box 100270, Brooklyn, NY 11210). Do be sure to keep up with these endeavors.

'''THE FENRIS WOLF - The Journal Of Contemporary Occultism''', Issue No. 3, edited by Carl Abrahamsson (Psychick Release PCP, P.O. Box 26067, S-100 41, Stockholm, Sweden, 1993; 200 pages, $20, paperback).
:
:''Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.''
:This hefty volume ranges quite widely in material, much of it Satanic, such as: "Tests" by Anton LaVey, "The Demonic Glamour of Cinema" by the editor, "The Left-Handed Path" by The O.N.A., "The Rite of Ragnarök" by Peter Gilmore, "Recognizing Pseudo Satanism" by Nemo, and "Pythagoras, Plato and the Hellenes" by Philip Marsh. There are other articles on magickal topics by Freya Aswynn, Hymenaeus Beta and a reprint of Austin Osman Spare's "Anathema of Zos." There is much here to get you thinking and doing. Don't miss it.

'''PROMETHEAN CIRCLE''', A publication dedicated to Satanism and the path of the strong, edited by John Hiotellis and George Zaharopoulos (P.O. Box 79006, 17202 Himmittos, Athens, Greece, 1993; 28 pages, 825" × 11.75" side stapled).
:
:''Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.''
:
:This is a fine debut issue. Editor Zaharopoulos starts off with a fine blast at Humanism, Faustus Scorpius expounds on "The Promethean Quest," "Life is War, War is Life" presents philosophy from the Chuch of WAR, Stephen Waters offers insights into
"Wolf Lore," and perhaps most apropos is editor Hiotellis' piece on ancient Hellenic Satanic mythology. There's much material of interest here and the editors seek articles for future issues.

'''DIABOLICAL CREATIONS #1''', edited by Ken Gage (IZM Enterprises, P.O. Box 353, Maple Park, IL 60151, 1993; 42 pages, full-sized, side stapled).
:
:''Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.''
:
:Yet another new Satanic publication that is ballsy and fun. There's pieces on Satanism, Godzilla, Occult themes in Rap, Satan and the Soul, plus poetry, reviews, many ads, and underground comic style artwork. There's even a piece by a Christian providing his proof for his choice in God-belief. A new perspective here that you should enjoy - check it out.

'''THEE INFERNAL TEMPLER, Vol. 1, No. 2''' edited by Varek Ultra (T.O.P.Y. Station 23, P.O. Box 687, Halfway, Sheffield, S19 5UX, England, 1993; 16 pages, A4 format. No price listed).
:
:''Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.''
:
:Having never previously received review materials from T.O.P.Y., I imagine that this issue was sent because the opening article entitled "Satan Is Dead" is a meandering misprision of the Church of Satan and The Black Flame. The balance of the publication is concerned with various Thelemic and Chaosian concerns, as well as reviews of material with a similar bent. A cassette accompanied this, but I was not inspired to listen. If such is your interest, then this is a source for additional material.

'''ESOTERRA, No. 2''', edited by R.F. Paul and Chad Hensley (2116 Guadalupe, #114, Austin, TX 78705, 1992; 40 pages, digest-sized, $5.00).
:
:''Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.''
:
:This is a neat 'zine which commences with a fun piece by Adam Parfrey on "Weird Sex Cults" which is followed by an interview with Parfrey. There are three tarot-esque "Esoteric Images" by David Grimbleby with explanations, an intro to the Esoteric Order of Dagon, an analysis of the symbols in Lovecraft's "The White Ship," an interview with Sleep Chamber, poetry by Frater Orcen, and some very fine art. This is a well done effort that is worth your attention.

'''VILE PEACOCK, issue 2''', edited by Richao Polysorbate 60° (Maggot Bait, 409 North P.C.H. 106, suite 439, Redondo Beach, CA 90277, 1992; 38 pages, digest-sized, $2.00).
:
:''Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.''
:
:This is a zine filled with comics, collages, and collated images of misanthropy.
:
:This collection is not for the squeamish, with both visceral and sexually explicit material. Just a little bit of "human" life.

'''TI-MOV, issue 1''', edited by Richao Polysorbate 60° (Maggot Bait, 409 North P.C.H. 106, suite 439, Redondo Beach, CA 90277, 1992; 24 pages, digest-sized, $1.00).
:
:''Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.''
:
:More of the same kind of material as VILE PEACOCK, which is not surprising since this is called a "first and last breakaway" from that publication. My favorite image is on page three titled "Nature's Kingdom Sees No Evil."

'''THE OHM CLOCK''', issue 1, edited by Aaron Garland (P.O. Box 43894, Las Vegas, NV 89116-1894, 1993; 31 pages, full-sized magazine, $3.00 US, $5.00 foreign, postpaid
:
:''Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.''
:
:This new 'zine is generally focused on alternative music and thus has interviews with the misanthropic band Man Is The Bastard, Kingdom Scum, Anomalous Records, as well as a piece about Richard Wagner plus music reviews. Also interviewed is Robert Ward, editor of The Fifth Path, and there is an article about Ancient Egypt. There is a good blend of material in this first issue.

'''MODERN TABOO, #3''', edited by Mitch F. (P.O. Box 55138, Atlanta, GA 30308-013
1993; 14 pages, full-sized, $2.00).
:
:''Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.''
:
:Included herein are articles on Mantras , The Plecid Foundation, EMBASAT, and interviews with Chad Ian Miller and Jim Goad. There's also a review section of recordings and publications. For some reason there are often handwritten heading for articles and for all the reviews.

'''FLASHBACK, #1''', edited by Jan Axelsson (P.O. Box 676, S-114 79, Stockholm, Sweden, 1993; 80 pages, A4 format, 29 kronor).
:
:''Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.''
:
:A new Swedish music 'zine with explorations of other cultural oddities. Mos interesting is the first part of an article on the Church of Satan by Carl Abrahamsson. Other topics covered: LSD, Film Censorsh in Sweden, Jean-Michel Jarre, Iggy Pop, an more. This is all in Swedish, so it is for those who can speak Swedish.

'''GRAY AREAS, Vol. 1, No. 1''' edited by Netta Gilboa (P.O. 808, Broomall, PA 19008-0808
:
:''Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.''
:
:This is a magazine that wishes to examine the "gray areas of life," thus they have a massive review section of alternative products in all media that attempts to one-up that of Factsbeet Five. The production values are very high here, but outside of the incredible reviews the focus seems to be on the Grateful Dead. The reviews are quite clear and supportive and definitely provide an excellent source for your browsing.

'''PARAPSYCHOLOGY, NEW AGE. AND THE OCCULT, A Source Encyclopedia''', edited by Cheryl Klein Lacoff (Reference Press International, P.O.
Box 4126, Greenwich, CT 06830, 1993; 526 pages, full-sized paperback, $24.95).
:
:''Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.''
:
:This massive reference work has detailed listings of groups, publications, spas, centers, communities, museums, schools biographies, bookstores, distributors, media producers, and even events! I must say that it is skimpy on Satanism (it's not even listed in the "Topics Index") and there are two listings for the Church of Satan, one of which has an old, defunct mailing address.
:
:I found this to be a fun volume to flip through, as you never quite know what you'll come across, though there's a bit too much occultnik stuff to wade through.
:
:There's quite a guide to stores and services which could help folks find local sources for items of interest. It is a very professional publication and quite reasonable at the price.

'''GO TO HELL #3, Family Values''', a video by John Dewey ($9.95 postpaid, Brimstone Ministries, Box 660, Marstons Mills, MA 02648, 1993; 30 minutes, VHS format).
:
:''Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.''
:
:Once again Daimon Egan is back and seems to have hit his stride with this video.
:
:It begins with some paranoia evoking closeups of Egan, then moves on to the running joke, a returning rondo refrain wherein a priest knocks on Egan's front door (emblazoned with a Halloween witch with a rather phallic nose) with some such pro-Christ blather to which Egan has a snappy comeback. Also included is an interview with Ralph Frasier, who doesn't let blindness stop him from resisting the Christians' smugness, a wonderful take-off on Serrano's Piss Christ, Egan's sermon exposing the namesake of the Gideons, those obnoxious folk who put Bibles in hotel rooms, and also a segment called "The 666 Club," in which Egan and his associate Lucifer Taylor discuss the family values exemplified by the holy men of the Bible.
:
:The tape is finished with Taylor, naked, reciting a statement that was read into the congressional record (on Walpurgisnacht!) which mocks Christian charity. All in all a fun tape and well worth the asking price.

'''LAISSEZ FAIRE BOOKS CATALOGUE''', (942 Howard Street, San Francisco, CA 94103).
:
:''Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.''
:
:This is an excellent source for books in the Libertarian vein of thought, and stocks such classic authors as Thomas Szasz, H.L. Mencken, Mark Twain, Ayn Rand, and many others who you will find fascinating and useful. Contact them for the latest issue.

'''EXPOSING THE FRAUDS JOURNAL OF PSYCHOLOGY & THEOLOGY, Fall 1992, Volume 20, Number 3. Special Issue - Satanic Ritual Abuse: The Current State of Knowledge'''. guest edited by Martha L. Rogers (Biola University, 13800 Biola Avenue, La Mirada, CA 90639-0001, 1992; 172 pages, paperback, $10.00).
:
:''Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.''
:
:This is a Christian publication wherein those who promote the SRA fraud are taken quite thoroughly to task by some heavy hitters in this field. It seems that the Christian community of intellectuals decided that it was time to clean house. Just as we separate ourselves from misguided dabblers who kill cats and vandalize cemeteries, the mainstream Christians want nothing to do with this Satanic scam fostered by mentally disturbed individuals and the therapists and consultants who've grown fat from this urban legend. There's great ammo in here from Christians to use should you be in a position to need to debunk the hysteria.
:
:Highly recommended.

'''CORNERSTONE''', Volume 21, issue 98, edited by Dawn Herrin (939 W. Wilson Ave., Chicago, IL 60640, 1992; 38 pages, tabloid format, $2.00).
:
:''Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.''
:
:In this issue, Jon Trott and Mike Hertenstein shine the light of investigative reporting on Mike Warnke, author of The Satan Seller, and they demolish his claims to having been a member of a Satanic organization and expose his use of his ministry for personal gain. Once again, this is a Christian publication which wishes to get the sleaze out of their corner. Warnke has been making big bucks for years with his phony tales, and now he's been caught and pinned-down. Much useful into here, should this "clown for Christ" bring his evangelism to your area.

'''FALSE MEMORY SYNDROME FOUNDATION''', 3508 Market Street - suite 128, Philadelphia, PA 19104.
:
:''Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.''
:
:Let me quote from an informational pamphlet published by this organization. "It is the purpose of the Foundation: To seek the reasons for the spread of False Memory Syndrome; To work for the prevention of new cases of False Memory Syndrome; and To aid the victims, both primary and secondary, of False Memory Syndrome." Here we have an organization that is working to combat the spread of false memories of sexual abuse in general, which will certainly be of use to smash the hysteria concerning "ritual abuse" that is a subset of this spectator sport. If information is needed to debunk the lies of fundies and Xtian "therapists," this organization can be of use.
:
:Also, should proponents of the hysteria arise in your locale, alert this organization and put responsible local officials in touch so that they can get a balanced point of view concerning the issue, and not be hoodwinked out of sympathy for those claiming (falsely) to having been the victims of extraordinarily heinous crimes.

==The Taoist==
Sway with the breeze Smell the scent of the trees
Feel the SAT pushing Llfe through you

Smoke drifting along the tides of the moon Surrounded by her presence, my senses swoon Twilight's peace beckons their beastial so

Leopard hunting, gaz.elle dying, a sparrow born in a mere moments passing
Sri Kala Chalcra, nothing is wasted or everlasting

A mere thread in Life's woven weave
His bright cloak shining, Yin gracefully leaves These are the best moments of Life

Andre T. Soly

(1970 - 1992) POET, SATANIST

"That is not dead which can eternal lie, And with strange aeons even death may die."

ANTICHRIST
BY BILL EHMANN,]R..

==Who's There?==
By Nemo

STANDING IN THE RITUAL CHAMBER, the dim light of a single brazier does little to dispel the darkness. I stand before the Baphomet and for the duration of this ceremony consciously suspend my disbelief in the reality
of Satan and the infernal demons of Hell.

But as commonly happens when I speak less and pause more, I feel the presence of someone there, someone listening, someone watching.

I feel a benevolent interest and a strange sense of comradeship with this presence. As I continue to move through the ritual and address Satan, I am addressing this presence I feel but do not see. Always, when finished with such a ritual I have the profound sense of having communicated with someone and this communication feels meaningful and unbounded by the limitations imposed by the words which were spoken.

What is more, when I have had these experiences in ritual with others, the other individuals consistently report the same feeling of a presence. In talking with different Satanists about this experience I find they commonly have felt this curious communication.

So what is happening here? Our religion stands solidly based upon the bedrock of doubt not faith. We have rejected exterior gods in favor of recognizing our personal godhood in the present moment. We indulge in the power of belief only within the framework of ritual but agree to cap that powerful drug at ritual's end. We agree to turn on again the light switch of reason. We choose to be the magician and not the rube.

Yet the experience in ritual keeps occurring, like the persistant scratching of a cat who wants to be let in. There remains this powerful sense of feeling that there is someone present in ritual who, once called, has come to visit.

I realize that only two conclusions have been drawn by those who have reported this experience since 1966. They either rejected it as mere fantasy (which does not address the intensity of the experience) or embraced it as belief (which ignores the ambiguity of the experience). I wondered if there might not be a third option.

Experimenting with the elements of ritual I discovered that there are several factors which seem to produce this sense of a visitor. First is darkness. When I have conducted ritual with two or more brightly lit candles in a chamber I have not become aware of this ghostly presence. If the chamber is dimly lit by a single burning lamp of jellied fuel (such as sterno) or even in complete pitch darkness, then the awareness of another is felt.

The second factor is the act of expectation through speech and action. When I correctly enter into the Satanic ritual and address Satan as if He were actually listening and present, then the phenomenon of feeling someone present occurs.

Of course all of this could be explained by suggestion. The dim or dark chamber softens the shapes I can see so that the aspect of my mind which imposes sensory order is activated to make sense out of what is there. This is the same action the mind takes when we say that our eyes are "playing tricks." One example of this is when we are driving a car and can barely see some indistinct object on the road ahead. As we approach it looks to be a body of an animal until we get close enough to see it actually is a cardboard box. By suspending my disbelief in the context of ritual, I am certainly entering into the same dreamlike world of imagination where the mind creates impressions. Thus this experience could be nothing more than a form of self≠ hypnosis.

Digging deeper, however, I wondered how exactly I am aware of this ense of presence in the ritual. I do not normally see anything (such as a shadowy form). Neither do I hear any voice or breathing or some such. Neither is there a smell, taste nor touch. Yet somehow I kept sensing this presence. How?

I began to experiment in ritual. I would invoke the presence and then (with no small humor at this situation) ask myself how the Hell I knew there was this presence. What was this feeling and how did I know about it?

At one point I decided it must actually be that peculiar subset of the sense of hearing which can detect the physical presence of surrounding objects nearby. Physically blind people have demonstrated this remarkable use of "sonar" to "feel" physical objects and people around them through a subtle awareness of sounds. But I found that the visitor was not felt by me to have a specific physical location. It wasn't so simple.

Finally I came to realize that there is a peculiar difference between how I feel when I am alone and when there is another person present. If you are in a room and someone enters who could be important to you (a friend, for example) there is a special complex of subtle physical shifts that occur which you can feel. You will not feel these shifts if someone enters who is totally unimportant and does not require any degree of social interaction (such as a stranger entering a bus depot where you are reading a book). This feeling of social preparation, of readying oneself to interact with another person, was exactly what I have been experiencing as the visitor phenomenon.

However, even this has not answered the ultimate question. After all, am I sensing this presence because it is actually there or because I have fallen prey to my own suggestive expectations?

And then finally the answer loomed clear and distinct.

Since in ritual, the magic is most effective when the magician suspends disbelief and believes totally and completely in the magical reality of Satan and his minions, and since so many feel this presence in ritual, then the answer is to BELIEVE IT... in ritual; DISBELIEVE IT... outside of ritual.

Just the way it was described in 7he Satanic Bible in 1969.

==In The Blink of An Eye==
By George Sprague

DON'T BLINK - WATCH 1-IlS HANDS! The hand is
quicker than the eye!" Phrases often heard from an audience observing the artistry of prestidigitation.
Perhaps some of you have uttered similar comments while enjoying a magical entertainer at a circus, cruise ship, Las Vegas or tableside at a restaurant. And the most popular comment: How do they do that? Part of the answer comes from MISDIRECTION.

Come closer. I am about to reveal a secret. The hand IS NOT quicker than the eye! That is why you, the audience, must be made to look elsewhere without realizing that you have been: MISDIRECTED! Fear not! Even with this knowledge you will be hard pressed to catch a pro at his game. So come closer, I shall tell you more.

One particular technique is BOREDOM. Stay awake no,w and I will share an example of one magician who w.as a master at misdirection. His name: MAX MALINI. Born in 1873 in Ostrov (between Poland and Austria); emigrated to New York at age fifteen. His passion and hobby, magic, became his profession, and by age twenty he was one of the nation's top saloon entertainers. Malini went on to perform at major cities in the USA, and from there he entertained world≠ wide. Malini was described as having the airs of an opera star: expensive clothes, cigar, finess and panache. His strongest feats were the appearance of a block of ice in a spectator's hat and blindfolded card tricks. Quite impressive for a man who was described as pudgy with very small hands! In fact, Malini could not hide a playing card in his hand. Yet he still managed_ to do so. Malini knew that if an action is repeated constantly, it becomes BORING and the mind will not pay attention to it. Thus he would repeat the same shuffle several times, then interject a "secret move," right under the proverbial nose of the audience!

And so on, with some other actions safely hidden from perception. Malini amazed audiences up to the time of his death in the early 1940's. He is buried in Hawaii, the place of his last performance.

Would you like to put this to a test? The next time you are at the dinner table, try this: pick up and lay down your fork in exactly the same way. Look at the fork as you do so, but make no mention of this. Just let the action sink in. Do this three or four times. Then, look at the fork, PRETEND to pick it up. Bring the hand (pretending to hold the fork) towards you and SIMULTANEOUSLY look at someone next to you and say "Could you hold this fork?" If your timing is correct, you will enjoy watching your victim reach for the non-existing fork! With a little practice, you can do this with coins, salt-shakers and other small objects.

So practice well and please do not drop your fork!

==What If They Gave a War and Nobody Came?==
By R. N. Taylor

November 1387: A massive army of Tartars appear on the plains outside the city of Ispahan in central Iran.

Their leader, the Turkish war-lord Tammerlaine, dispatches emissaries to announce his arrival and to convey his challenge of battle to commence on the following day.

The Mussaffarid governor of Ispahan, Muzaffar-I-Kashi receives Tammerlaine's emissaries and is informed of the challenge they have come to deliver. He wastes no time in conferring with his ministers of state. The rich mercantile population of the city has little stomach for battle. They lack the necessary courage and fortitude to meet the Tartar challenge with resolve. There must be some other less dangerous course to follow, they plead.

Muzaffar-I-Kashi politely declines the challenge. Instead he offers the keys of the city to Tammerlaine, hoping to placate him.

The inhabitants of Ispahan, oblivious to their impending doom, carry on "business as usual."

Tammerlaine, a seasoned warrior of a hundred desperate battles, can feel no compassion for men so cowardly and indolent as to refuse to defend their own families, city and posessions. To his fierce warrior ethic, this refusal, and subsequent token of submission, is both an insult and an outrage!

Tammerlaine orders the wholesale slaughter of the city's inhabitants. Each of his army units is required to contribute a fixed number of heads to the general "pool."

The horror that ensues is unequalled by even the Golden Horde of Genghiz Khan in the previous century. For the Mongols, despite their ferocity, were but simple savages, whereas Tammerlaine is a cultured Turk.

The city of Ispahan becomes a chaos of thunderous hoofbeats, curved scimitars flashing in arcs beneath a dazzling Arabian sun, cries of terror and pain, and the sickly-sweet fragrance of death lingering in the aftermath.

Tammerlaine decrees that a pyramid reaching many stories high is to be constructed on the following day. It is to be a monument to the once prosperous, but cowardly people of Ispahan. It is to be composed of the 70,CXIJ skulls of the men, women, and children of the city who have perished there that unforgettable day.

==Sparks==
By [Peter H. Gilmore]

INFLUENCE FELT in society. We've seen how many individua1s have launched publications as
platforms for their particular focus and this is a healthy development. The Church of Satan encourages its members to make their influence felt in the real world, and this is a very direct method. We also have seen many new grottos rise, and fall as well, as Satanists attempt to make a social organization that will satisfy the wants of those involved. In this column, we'll focus on several grottos and their activities.

'''Grotto ODM''' (P.O. Box 163, Stratford, CT 06497)
:
:Here is a group of Satanists that are organized and having fun too! From their Genera/, Information papers: "Grotto ODM, also referred to as ODM, is an organization whose primary function is the fraternal bonding and mutual support and advancement of individua1s of like interest in magical and related topics, who share the same basic philosophy on the nature of the world and of humans.
:
:"Our name, 'GROTTO ODM,' derives from the Latin 'Oderint Dum Metuant,' 'Let them hate, so long as they fear.' This reflects the esoteric nature of the grotto, which sets itself apart from the social mainstream, and also the general tone of the grotto's philosophy, which disregards opinions of outsiders who do not share nor even understand our beliefs. The motto could be understood to convey the sentiment, in everyday language, 'I don't care if you don't understand me, or even if you hate me - just don't bother me.'
:
:"ODM's pragmatic philosophy is based on the principles set forth in Anton LaVey's The Satanic Bible; familiarity with and understanding of this work are essential for membership. Since our founders are members of Dr. LaVey's Church of Satan, we maintain a 'spiritual affiliation' with the Church.
Membership in the Church is not mandatory for General members of ODM, although it is strongly recommended. There are some Grotto functions which are reserved only for members of the Church of Satan.
:
:"ODM does not evangelize nor proselytize; we don't practice overt recruitment. We welcome inquiry by persons whose interest and participation could be mutually beneficial, and membership is typically by referral. Naturally, any area members of the Church of Satan are welcome to join should they so desire."
:
:This grotto also puts out a newsletter called The Raven which is humorous and insightful with columns on food (From Hell's Kitchen) and drink (Exploring the Spirit World≠ de gustibus non disputandum), as well as commentary. They are open to article submissions.
:
:Do contact them if this sounds to be what you seek.

'''The Infernal Garrison''' (7205 Goreway Drive, P.O. Box 59049, Mississauga, Ontario, L4T 4J1, Canada)
:
:Having grown out of the Knights of Satan, from whom we haven't heard much in a while, Doug Richards has here forged an active ensemble promoting real Satanism. The membership package includes "Statutes That Govern The Infernal Garrison," and many fine images drawn by Mr. Richards as well as his militant Satanic poetry and their initiation ritual. They also have spiffy membership cards. From one of their information sheets:
:
:"The Infernal Garrison was formed in response to the demands of those in the Toronto area... [We] follow the philosophies of the Church of Satan and practice true Satanic magic, not what society 'thinks' is practiced...With determination, perhaps more groups will eventually follow to offer man identity instead of herd conformity."
:
:They've a1so produced a cassette of music for rituals, basically from various soundtracks (Bram Stoker's Dracula) and Orff's Carmina Burana, among others. It is an effective blend Contact them for further information.

'''The Shiva Grotto''' (710 1/2 Courtland Ave., Kokomo, IN 46901)
:
:The basic intent of the Shiva Grotto, according to James M. Davis, is to destroy the "Geraldo-satanist" image as well as the over-rated Christian religion. A further goal is to show that when need be, instead of ritualizing for everything, real Satanists get off their asses and employ their natural intelligence and wit in order to make their desires happen. From one of their pamphlets:
:
:"Throughout history, anyone who veers from the mainstream and has obtained any success has been accused of diabolical connections to a darker force. Satanism is not about who can sacrifice the most babies or take the most drugs, it's about living by a set philosophy and calling up the darker forces in nature to exert your Will into the world as you see fit... Satan demands a much harder task than signing over your soul in blood. He demands that you live your life as fully as possible, prosper by your own wits and avoid misery."
:
:Their organization is firmly based on the writings of Anton Szandor LaVey.

'''Please note''': Both William Gidney and the "Infernal Grotto" are no longer associated with the Church of Satan, by decree of the Council of Nine.
:
:Also, there are still pseudo-Satanic organizations out there claiming that the Church of Satan is defunct, bankrupt, or in some way non-existent - and that they are taking over. A bogus history is usually supplied to give credibility to their pedigree.
Ignore them. Innovators succeed while imitators fail!

==Hell's Kitchen Ad==
HELL'S KITCHEN PRODUCTIONS PRESENT
CLOISONNE
SIGIL OF BAPHOMET MEDALLIONS
THE CHURCH OF SATAN
by Blanche Barton

A History Of The World's Most Notorious Religion

Where Satanism has been, its present state, and where it is going, plus a guide to ritual magic and formation of groups and grottos.

1.75 INCHES IN DIAMETER SILVER SYMBOL BACKED BY ENAMEL IN BLACK, RED, OR PURPLE ORDER NOW!

ONLY $30 EACH (ADD $5.00 EACH, OUTSIDE U.S.)

$8.95 plus $1.50 shipping and handling ($5.00 for overseas orders)

SEND CHECK, MONEY ORDER, OR BANK DRAUGHT IN U.S. FUNDS TO:

HELL'S KITCHEN PRODUCTIONS,
P.O. BOX 499, RADIO CITY STATION, NY, NY 10101-0499 U.S.A.

SPEAK OF THE DEVIL: THE CANON OF ANTON LAVEY

A 90 minute documentary featuring all-new interviews with the High Priest of the Church of Satan.

Don't miss the tour of The Black House, including the forbidden Den of Iniquity.

You'll be dazzled by his keyboard artistry as the Maestro takes you to worlds gone by - soon to be resurrected. Also featuring interviews with other Satanists of note. Don't miss it!

AVAILABLE THIS FALL FROM:
WAVELENGTH VIDEO,
BOX 1290, BURBANK, CA 91507
Send a self-addressed, stamped envelope for information.

THE FENRIS WOLF #3
Featuring:
"Tests" by Anton LaVey "Pseudo Satanism" by N emo
"Rite of Ragnarok" by Peter Gilmore "Roots of Satanism" by Philip Marsh and other articles of interest.

To order: send U.S. $25 in cash or International Money Order for 150 Swedish Crowns

Coming in 1994:
Den Sataniska Bibeln
(Swedish translation of The Satanic Bible by Carl Abrahamsson)

for information contact:
Psychick Release PCP, P.0. Box 26067, S-100 41, Stockholm, Sweden

==Laugh! The Death Penalty==
By Mark Hands and Andrea Welch

How much more overcrowded can our prisons get? People should be laughing WITH the death penalty, not AT it. Those who are laughing at
the death penalty are confused in thinking that it is not a deterrent. A person who is put to death can never harm another innocent person again. A corpse doesn't have a chance for parole, nor does it have any opportunities for escape.

Convicts who have no substantial evidence against them, but who are on death row, are spared (for the time being).
Those criminals who have admitted openly to murder, or who have overwhelming evidence against them, MUST be put to death without reservation. Of course, those who kill in self≠ defense should be spared by the government, and commended by the Satanist.

Capitol Punishment is a euphemism for "destroying low-lifes." If Satanists ruled the government, the degenerates
would go bound and gagged to the victim's family for them to torture, then destroy. Sheer torture would make any would-be perpetrator think twice. Since this isn't going to happen in our world just yet, let the government destroy the degenerates. An end would come to the building of more and more prisons, paying people to "rehabilitate" those beyond rehabilitation, as well as the feeding and health care of these morons.

Whenever someone is put to death, and it is not in your own state, the newspapers print only a very small article about it. I suppose this is to not offend Christians by making a big story out of how the state got rid of someone who would have eaten up the taxpayers money, and "gulp," put someone to death. Some politicians will whine that it costs the state too much money to execute these parasites. (What about the expenses of the court cases, and prison?) Some defense lawyers are suckering the criminal's loved ones into prolonging trials at their, and the taxpayers' expense, knowing full well the criminal will not go free.
When an animal gets impounded, they are either
adopted, or the inevitable happens. A thirty or forty year sentence served in full, would be very unfortunate for the criminal who commits a heinous crime, as they usually get out earlier now.

In our state, a criminal was mistakenly let out of the Maryland State Penitentiary. The result? An innocent boy and girl were shot to death in a convenience store for no reason at all. He said he just did it because the world stinks. He's right there, the world does stink. That's only because the Christian/Humanist government doesn't give a damn and only a Satanic government would have the guts to stand up and say, (as all Dark Heroes) "All wrong doers - You shall perish!" More quality people - less quantity. As the ABRAXAS Foundation states in Apoodyse Culture: "Long Live Death!"

==Church of War ad==
Wolf Against Sheep

Quality Against Equality

The Children of Fenris

Primal Paganism

Fierce Fascism

The Final Religion

The Church of War

FOR INFO SEND $6 (CASH OR POSTAL MONEY ORDER) TO: C.O.W.A.N., POST BOX 15, ALTADENA, CA 91003 USA.

YOUR TIME GROWS SHORT, PREPARE FOR HOLY WAR

==Promethean Circle ad==
Sinister Greetings!

Announcing the birth of a new magazine, dedicated to spreading the Satanic Word, the path of the strong, and the dark side of the human psyche. You are invited to present your ideas and principles through our pages. Please send materials and articles, we will publish original as well as reprints. Thanks in advance.

MIGHT IS RIGHT. HAIL SATAN!

John Hiotellis, George Zaharopoulos
Editors

Promethean Circle
P.O. BOX 79006
17202 Himittos Athens, Greece

==Dark Reflections ad==

==The Infernal Garrison ad==

BEHOLD AND LET THOSE THAT REGARD LIFE AS THE GREAT AND ULTIMATE INDULGENCE COME FORTH TO a.AIM ITS REWARDS!
SATANISM IS A RECOGNIZED RELIGION, ALLOWING GROUPS AND GROTTOS TO BE FORMED. THESE GARRISONS ARE LED BY FORMIDABLE WITCHES AND WARLOCKS LOYAL TO THE SATANIC MOVEMENT AND ITS GOALS.
HERE IN CANADA ANOTHER ORGANIZATION HAS EMERGED. WE RECOGNIZE THE NEED FOR SATANIC RITUAL AND AS SUCH EXCHANGE METHODS TO BRING THIS INTO MANIFESTATION. WE ARE LOOKING FOR OTHERS WHO SHARE THE SAME PHILOSOPHY AS THE CHURCH OF SATAN.
ANYONE INTERESTED IN MORE INFORMATION MAY WRITE TO:
THE INFERNAL GARRISON P.0.BOX 59049
MISSISSAUGA, ONTARIO L4T 4Jl CANADA

==Magickal Childe ad==

==Essays on Satanism ad==

==Dueling Dualities==
FOR CENTURIES, Western society has been dominated by a philosophical system that can be best described as antagonistic dualism, the belief that the world is comprised of pairs of irreconciliable opposites. Under this system, life is reduced to a series of either/or choices. This worldview is so pervasive that it provides the basis of most of the philosophies which provide the foundations of modem western culture. Since this philosophy touches upon virtually every facet of modern life I will not be attempting a comprehensive look at it in this article.

Instead I will touch upon a few examples of the results of such ideas, and touch upon the origins of this insidious philosophy.

The roots of antagonistic dualism go back some 2500-3000 years to ancient Persia. It was there that the Zoroastrians developed what was probably the first religion/ethical system based upon the idea of a metaphysical struggle between good and evil. Today, thanks to the Zoroastrians, people tend to think of good and evil as fixed absolutes, causes rather than effects, but this was not always the case. Many ancient societies thought of this dichotomy quite differently. Generally, good was whatever was beneficial to you, your family or your tribe/nation. Evil on the other hand was simply whatever was harmful to these same groups. Good and evil were seen as effects and not causes. Antagonistic duality lies behind this inversion of ideas. Consider the Greco-Roman, or Germano-Celtic mythologies. You'll find no such notions of ethical dualism as you find in Zoroastrian or Judaic mythology, you simply cannot
compare a figure such as Zeus, or Odin to an Ahura-Mauia or Yahveh. Contrary to the conventional opinion however, the leap from the Zeuses and Odins to Yahveh and his ilk is hardly an advancement, it is instead a great leap backwards. The ancients all recognized the duality of nature but they did not attach any moral values to such things, they were simply recognized as counterparts in the overall scheme of thin . Antagonistic duality, as manifested first among the Persians and later among the Jews, was bad enough but it was primarily concerned with good and evil. After the idea spread to the decadent philosophers of the late Hellenic period, such as Plato and Socrates, it broadened it's scope to include almost all of the world in it's pointless divisiveness.

Today, these dichotomies can be generally divided into two categories. The internal dichotomies are the first group and would include such thin as good vs. evil, intellect vs. instinct and reason vs. passion. The second group, the external dichotomies would include such thin as civilization vs. nature, life vs. death and male vs. female. It is with these dichotomies that I will be concerning myself hereafter.

The idea of good vs. evil has a long history in the world, and is central to the Judea-Christian ethic which has so polluted the world. The ideas of this group I have already dealt with, so I'll not repeat all of that. The other internal dichotomies are very similar to the good vs. evil dichotomy in many respects. Each is characterized by a refusal to recognize the totality of man's inner makeup. And each of these groups of people are prone to the same adverse effects which derive from this self-imposed internal conflict.

One of the most common internal dichotomies today is intellect vs. instinct. There are some who bdieve that the only knowledge of any value is intellectual in nature, learned knowledge. These people do not believe that inborn, instinctive understanding is of any value, in fact there are some who deny that man has any instincts. To be sure, man's instincts are not so absolute as the instincts of insects or birds but it would be a mistake to claim that man is devoid of instinct. As a primate, man has a fairly open-ended set of instincts, which leaves a great deal to be learned. There are however deeply felt drives which are inborn. There would be no conflict between instinct and intellect were it not for man's tendency to build up unnatural institutions to make the world more agreeable to his overdelicate sensibilities. When an instinctive drive runs counter to the rules man has established, a new action is taught to replace the instinctive act in the individual's mind. To claim that all intellect is without value is less prevalent, but equally erroneous. These people follow the Rousseauesque doctrine of the noble savage. The error of these people lies in the fact that the human animal does not come with a complete program as does a bee, or ant. A human being must acquire a certain degree of intellectual learning in order to survive. Anti-intellectualism may be rooted in a reasonable distrust of inordinate intellectualism, but it goes too far in the other direction. Just as the ultimate end of the intellectualists is a world where everyone does precisely as he has been taught to do, a world where every move is analyzed and spontaneity is a thing of the past, the end of the anti-intellectualists is a world of ignorance, and mistrust of any learning.

A very closely related conflict is reason vs. passion. The worshippers of reason regard reason as the be-all and end-all of human existence. These people fail to recognize that reason is only a tool. This overdependence on reason goes back to Greece, notably the philosopher Aristotle. The ideal of such people is a being that is totally dominated by reason. A being that is not swayed by passion. These people are continually stressing that man is not "just an animal." Their passions remind them of their animal nature and must therefore be done away with. As I see it, their ideal is a bloodless machine. Ultimately, by their very nature these deifiers of reason will fall into the same trap as the overly intellectual. Once again the other side is equally mistaken.
Traditionally, artists fall within the category of those who stress the passions over reason. The virulently anti-rational are a minority in this group. Those who reject reason, and are totally ruled by passions are not taking advantage of some of the unique characteristics of the human animal. These slaves to their passions will often drift aimlessly through life. They will follow their feelin even if they lead to their own destruction.

All of these groups are united in their desire to tear themselves into two parts. Whether that division is between good/evil, reason/passion, or instinct/intellect is ultimately irrelevent. They can all be roughly divided into two types, exterminators and suppresors. Those I call exterminators are driven to purge themselves of every trace of whatever undesireable element they find in their nature. The other group, the suppressors, are less driven. They usually understand that they will never purge themselves entirely of the offensive element and so they are satisfied in suppre g it as much as possible. These types often believe that in time these offensive traits, if suppressed, will atrophy d die. While both groups are fighting futile battles against themselves, battles which they are doomed to lose, the suppressors can US\lally come through with fewer of the more unpleasant side-effects.

The worst that will befall a suppressor is, more often than not, a few neuroses of varying degree. It is another story with the exterminators. With each failure to destroy the hated element of their nature they will grow more single-minded and fanatical. It is from the ranks of the exterminators that all of the inquisitors, puritans and witch≠ hunters have come. While the suppressor will avoid the middle ground of balance, the exterminator will find it so repellent that he will go to any extreme, even the opposite extreme to avoid it. This is reflected in the well known fact that the quickest to convert to any extremist philosophy are those who, until recently, adhered to the opposing doctrine. Until an exterminator breaks away from his position, which is usually a very sudden decision, they will almost certainly be unwilling to consider any other opinion. It is a fools errand to try to reason with an exterminator, even those who have exalted reason.

The external dichotomies cannot be divided into exterminators and suppressors because they operate in a very different way. These are not struggles of man vs. himself. The external dichotomies are a manifestation of man's struggle against the world around him. These struggles are the same as the internalized ones in this regard, though they are equally pointless. A good example of the kind of idiotic conflict that falls under this heading is civilization vs. nature. The forces of civilization are responsible for the continuing deforestation of the Earth, the extermination of wild animal species to make room for surplus
humans and other domesticated animals, and a general preference for the artificial to the natural. On the other side are more of Rousseau's disciples. These people would delight in restoring an age of innocence which they believe existed in the long ago dim past. They yearn for a return to the garden of Eden, but would only accomplish a return to the cave. While no one can argue that all of the so-called advances of modern civilization are in fact advances, it should be obvious that it is not in our interest to throw it all away in pursuit of a golden age that never did, and never will, exist.

Another of the external dichotomies is life vs. death. Today there is a widely held belief that there is an innate sanctity in human life, and that life, at any level, is better than death. As a direct result of this idea, the human population of the Earth is escalating at an ever increasing rate. As a natural consequence of this overcrowding, famine and pestilence occasionally break out and natural disasters such as earthquakes, hurricanes, and flooding wreak greater havoc. Such things, while they are vital elements of nature's population control system, are violations of man's rules.

Whenever nature intervenes with a famine or somesuch measure, in comes a flood of "humanitarian" aid- food, clothing, and medicine - in an effort to thwart nature's design. If mankind does not change its course, nature will change it for him. You cannot circumvent nature indefinitely. Like it or not, man will have to start playing by nature's rules. On a more personal level, it is not unusual to see people who will cling to life, even a bedridden life dependent upon machines, rather than accept death and go out with a little dignity. What sane person can say that it is better to live as a frail, senile shadow of their former selves than to die when they have reached the logical conclusion of their lives?

Another product of this worldview is the "battle of the sexes." It has promoted a uselessly divisive outlook which has done nothing except create unwarranted hostility and pointless bickering. Each side argues over which sex is superior. You might as well argue over whether a saw is a better tool than a hammer. It is certainly true that nowhere in nature is equality to be found, but inequality does not follow gender lines. We are individuals and must be judged as such. A division of the human race into two uniform gender blocs is ridiculous. It is true that some women are utterly worthless for anything other than childbearing, but there are some that are superior to many men I've known who are useful only for mindless menial labor. No, ultimately gender is not a valid factor in establishing the social hierarchy. Even more insane than the extremists on behalf of either side are what passes for a moderate in this issue. These people would destroy the enmity between male and female through an attempt at destroying the differences. They seek to establish an androgynous, unisex world where the innate differences between the sexes are suppressed through socialization and "test-tube" reproduction. The solution to the problems brought about through antagonistic dualism is not to be found in the pursuit of a thoroughly unnatural state of affairs, it lies in an understanding of the fact that despite their innate differences, the sexes are not bound into an adversary relationship; an understanding that it is possible to view them as complimentary halves of a larger whole.

Ultimately, though the mind perceives the duality inherent in nature, it seeks to restore a unified whole. Antagonistic dualism, in all its varied forms, believes that only one side of the duality is natural. They believe that the rest is a sort of cancerous growth which must be excised. Their ultimate goal is a world torn in half, a barren monotonous life free of the inner conflict that they themselves have promoted. It is tme for a restoration of that older, healthier view that there is a balance in nature between the duality's halves, a recognition that all are necessary in their place. A good illustration of this is found in the symbology of the sigil of Baphomet. As Dr. LaVey has stated in 1be Saktnic Bibl.e, the horns of the goat symbolize duality. Each horn is separate and distinct from the other, yet both are but part of the goat. Since the goat is a symbol of carnality, and thus of nature, it is therefore seen that everything is part of nature and that to exalt some part of nature above the whole is foolish. It should be obvious to everyone that only by recognizing the totality of nature, including human nature - despite what superficially appear to be contradictions, can life continue in any worthwhile sense. The road which western culture is presently traveling leads only to destruction. Until mankind no longer feels compelled to engage in counterproductive struggles with himself and nature there can be no real progress.

This Persian monster, and its offspring, must be destroyed. If we do not destroy them they will certainly destroy us.

==Occultic Haven ad==

==Lovecraft, Landscaping, and the Law of the Trapezoid==
By Tobias Leshand(?)

"FEW THERE ARE WHO HAVE SUCCEEDED in passing the Barrier to the twilit grotto that shines beyond'. For know ye well, that the dwellers in the Abyss hunt souls like unto thine to hold in their thrall."
Anton Szandor LaVey,
"Die Elektrischen Vorspiele," ''The Satanic Ritual''1

We are all familiar by now with the uses of alienation in Satanism. The writer of evocative literature is seldom thought of as being a magician. The American Gothic literary genre has produced such marvels as Nathaniel Hawthorne, E.A. Poe, and H.P. Lovecraft. Few in the world of those Without would understand why these writers might be considered Satanic magicians. Yet each of their stories has exerted a diabolic influence on their readers' imaginations, creating 'rifts' in mass consciousness. For as 'fictional' as their writings are said to be, indeed they have opened the Gates - have they not? Every story can be seen as an exercise in indulgence, each indulgence being a magical Working in its own right.

Geometry, landscaping and weird imagery in the modern horror tale have been used to great effect to create states of alienation within their readers. The Law of the Trapezoid refers to more than just the strange angles of architectural structures. In a literary context this would refer to the bizarre room of Keziah Mason's house in H.P.L.'s "Dreams in the Witch House." The 'Law' also includes geographical areas and landscapings. This was discussed briefly by Dr. LaVey in his most recent work The Devii's Notebook.2

This article will focus on landscaping and its power to alienate the literary character, as well as the reader. This alienation makes the character the other, whereas it is usually assumed that the "alien beings" of Lovecraft's Mythos are the Outsiders. The protagonist, in fact, becomes alien through a paradigmatic shift. This can be seen as a type of gnosis or "enlightenment."

Within the context of this article 'landscaping' shall mean any geographic area, its size, dimension - any feature, fixture, atmosphere, or phenomenon connected with that area. Also, landscaping refers specifically to nature and its peculiar manifestations.

The use of weird landscapings, unlike the convention of 'Gothic architecture' as found in Walpole's The Castle of Otranto (meaning the geometry of the physical structures within the stories), deserve more attention than they have received.

Author T.E.D. Klein, former editor of The Twilight Zone magazine, works on a somewhat "Lovecraftian" base. In his short story, "Black Man with a Horn," from Dark Gods (1980), he draws mostly on the Mythos. However, in The Ceremonies (1984) he borrows concepts from Arthur Machen's short story "The White People." Machen was one of H.P.L.'s literary influences. In both of Klein's works there are liberal doses of weird landscapings. In the "Lovecraftian" tradition, images of dark twisted trees, menacing forests, blasted wastelands, whispering lonely fields, as well as savage jungles, frozen arctic environments, and other forlorn extreme manifestations of nature assail us. A heath of odd squatting hills, such as in H.P.L.'s "The Whisperer in Darkness," or Machen's "The Great God Pan," and all such stimuli jar our senses because of their alienness. One does not have to travel with his head disconnected to black Yuggoth to find the kind of strangeness which can be found on Earth.

The rough, wild, feral quality of Lovecraftian nature, and indeed, within all Gothic traditional depictions of nature, serve to alienate the reader from the common, to set them up for the story's awful culmination. Within these environments those caught up in them are transformed. Perhaps it can be better said that they adapt to their environment. One example which comes to mind is the goat-like Wilbur Whately in H.P.L.'s "The Dunwich Horror." Dunwich is supposed to be an all-around diconcerting place. It disturbs or adversely affects the protagonist.

This type of imagery is nothing new as a convention in the American Gothic genre. Hawthorne utilized such images as in "Young Goodman Brown," where the Witches' Sabbath takes place in a fiery pine forest. Here the Devil Himself is met on lonesome country roads near the midnight hour. H.P.L.'s "The Colour Out of Space," and "The Shadow Out of Time," present us with places of mystery, darkness and especially of geographical isolation.

It might be said that this proliferation of isolation≠ imagery in the American Gothic genre comes from the nature of early America itself. America was a vast wilderness at one time (before we "became fruitful and multiplied," that is). It is reasonable to assume that this exerted a sizeable influence on writers up until the recent time of mass urbanization.
Currently, the horror story tends to focus itself on the 'concrete jungle,' such as in T.E.D. Klein's "The Children of the Kingdom," and many of us know of H.P.L.'s loathing for New York City. While the city streets have apparently become the new forum of literary alienation, the city environment is still safe. It is predictable because it is a human fabrication. Nature, even unto this hour, remains unconquerable, it is an unknown.

Weird, isolated geography also includes the Nebraska countryside of Stephen King's "The Chidren of the Corn," and the rural neighborhood in Carl Jacobi's "The Unpleasantness at Carver House." Now consider, in light of the above, the influence of nature/landscaping on the psyche in &ther Forbes' A Mirror for Witches (1928). Louis Gross, author of Redefining the American Gothic, gives us a sample of this,

The forest is a place of dark evil for the village, [in Forbes' novel] and as the dwelling of the Indian, a habitation for Satan and his followers.3

What can be said about the above discussed process of alienating nature? By shifting the perceptual ground upon which we have built our notions of reality, writers like H.P.L. have raped our tunnel-realities by displacing our familiar world, and thrusting us, not into an "Abyss," but into a world we never understood in the first place. One might say that the Akeleys and Robert Blakes have their reality-filter lenses removed and become alien beings to the world. Robert Price, author of "Lovecraft's Artificial Mythology," tells us that, His [Lovecraft's] aim was not to make the reader feel that supernatural entities (i.e. gods) exist. Such is the misunderstanding of many readers of Lovecraft. Rather, he sought to stimulate the removal of natural limits on human perception so as to provide a full view of the horribly empty (naturalistic) cosmos.4

According to Price, Yog-Sothoth, Cthulhu and the gang are supposed to be "the aliens." The essence of what he is saying, as this author interprets it, is that the Old Ones are no mere anomalous disturbances, but are the true inhabitants of a sphere we never really owned (i.e. "the Domain of Man"). We become alien creatures in an existential universe to which we are rudely awakened. The long forbidden realities of this world have turned hostile and demonic through centuries of denial. Stefan Dziemianowicz, author of "Outsiders and Aliens: The Uses of Isolation in Lovecraft's Fiction," backs the observations put forth so far,
This telescoped point of view [refering to the existential quality of H.P.L.'s works] presents an image of mankind as an isolated presence on the "black seas" of an infinite cosmos, a figure dwarfed into insignificance by the vastness of the universe.5

The Gothic genre (in general), being a product of a predominantly Christian culture is going to reflect its anti≠ nature bias. All horrors attributed to the natural world have, in the past, made titillating reading for proper Victorian ladies who were in need of a polite, socially acceptable catharsis - or exorcism, however one cares to look at it.

It is the psychodramatic quality of these works which exert their Satanic influence. As acts of 'black magic,' these above-mentioned works and countless others have served to disturb the complacency of readers, leading them down the Left-Hand-Path. Those less sensitive readers will undoubtedly shrug off the exigency of an H.P.L. work as "just a scary story," denying any heuristic value therein. For those who are not disturbed by what may come to them in the middle of the night, on some lonesome heath (perhaps through a shining trapezohedron?), the goal of the Working is revealed:

Each of us must find our own way through the wilderness, and like Nietzsche's Zarathustra, must imbue our lives with personal meaning and power. No god, avatar, president or pope will do it for us. We, in fact, must recreate ourselves as the 'O Id Ones.' In The Satanic Rituals Dr. LaVey tells us that,

One can not help speculating upon the reality suggested by the fantasy - the possibility that the Old Ones are spectres of a future human mentality.6

But for that to happen, we must first AWAKE.

Notes

1. Anton Szandor LaVey, The Satanic Rituals (New York: Avon, 1972), p. 124.
2. Anton Szandor LaVey, The Devil's Notebook
(Portland: Feral House, 1992), p. 116.
3. Louis Gross, Redefining the American Gothic (London: U.M.I. Research Press, 1989), p. 32.
4. Robert Price, "Lovecraft's Artificial Mythology," An Epicure in the Terribk, eds. Schultz & Joshi, (Cranbury: Associated University Presses, 1991), p. 248.
5. Stefan Dziemianowicz, "Outsiders and Aliens: The Uses of Isolation in Lovecraft's Fiction," An Epicure in the Terribk, eds. Schultz & Joshi, (Cranbury: Associated University Presses, 1991), p. 159.
6. LaVey, The Satanic Rituals, P. 178.

==Satanic Doctrines ad==

==Herd Elitist Ideologies: A Field Guide==
BY [???]

AS WE WORK THROUGH THE third decade of modern Satanism, we often find the Devil's "undefiled wisdom" obscured by a veritable blizzard of superficially similar imitators using His name but playing an altogether different game. Like marketing consultants stuck with pushing a dud product, these hangers-on try to flog some tired, unimaginative belief system by scotch-taping an ill-fitting inverse pentagram over it to give it that "alluringly evil" cachet which it could never emanate on its own. Among these are a specific subcategory which I call "herd-elitist" ideologies.

There is no shortage of people and groups with impeccable elitist credentials, if by elitism we mean any assertion that certain specific people are distinct from, and superior to, the rest of humanity. What distinguishes a herd-elitist ideology from a Satanic one is its criterion of superiority: rather than judging each individual independently as superior or inferior on the basis of that individual's unique qualities, the herd-elitist assigns superior or inferior status to people based on their membership in a category. Everybody who happens to fall into Category Xis superior, while everyone in Category Y (which usually, though not always, includes everyone not in Category X) is inferior - disregarding, in both cases, the individual attributes of each person being assessed.

Herd-elitist ideologies differ from one another mainly in how they define Category X. Some examples:

Racism: To the white supremacist, a white person, even one devoid of talent or achievement, falls within the definition of the "superior race" and is thus a higher type than any non-white person, even if the latter happens to be of exceptional individual ability. There are also black supremacists and people who confer elite status based on
various other permutations of skin color and facial features, whose beliefs could be equally well described by the preceding sentence with the appropriate term or trems replacing each occurrence of the word "white."

Racistfringe elements have traditionally been associated with hard-line fundamentalist Christianity or with even zanier derivatives thereof, such as the subgroups who hold that the Anglo-Saxons

are descended from the Lost Tribes of Israel. However, reams of their standard simplistic and ungrammatical rhetoricare now availabl.ci'with an alleged "Satanic" imprimatur. The assumption, presumably, is that we individualists will fall for this particular form of group identity just because it happens to be socially unacceptable.

Ethnic nationalism: Similar to racism but based on cultural groupin rather than physical characteristics. The adherent will point to the glorious achievements "of his nation," ignoring the fact that these are actually achievements of a small number of individuals who came from that nation. Isaac Newton's accomplishments prove that he was a man of exceptional talent; they prove nothing of the sort about any other randomly selected person who happens to have also been born in England.

Cultism: In this category I would put all the innumerable (usually tiny) organizations who, de facto, define the elite as consisting of those who are members of the organization. Members gather together to reassure each other of their superiority and to sneer at those who are not members of the Cult. The strongest disdain is aimed not at the social mainstream but at those who, instead of belonging to the Cult, belong to some rival cult which in fact is hardly different. Most pseudo-Satanic groups fall into this category; each a small, insular knot of people with little in the way of a philosophical stance except repeated assertions that they are the Real Thing and that all the other similar groups are phonies.

Aristocracy: In most medieval societies, there was a hereditary nobility which wielded power and considered itself superior to the masses, with whom it refrained from intermarrying. Most noble families were descended from some individual founder whose genuine strength and ability enabled him to secure power and wealth and bequeath them to his descendants.
Unfortunately, although there is indeed a large genetic/hereditary component to most forms of talent, mere descent from a great man is a rather poor predicator of quality several generations later; most hereditary aristocracies quickly degenerated into inbred collections of hothouse plants, protected by an aura of superiority rather than its substance. The doltish character of most European and Mideastern political leadership in the Middle Ages illustrates this, as does the frequency with which ruling dynasties were overthrown by fresh challengers. The main effect of hereditary aristocracies was to prevent creative individuals born to the "lower" social castes -- part of the true elite, from a Satanic viewpoint - from achieving their potential.

As I discussed earlier in The Black Flame (see "Naziism, Racism, and Satanism," Volume 3, N 1 & 2), herd-elitist ideologies have a natural appeal to inferior people. It is the person without talents or accomplishments of his own who needs to shore up his ego by focusing on his membership in a supposedly superior race, or by joining some organization made up of a few fellow pretentious losers with a secret handshake among whom he will bear the title of Grand Kolossal Kosmic Supremo.
The creative and successful person is secure in the knowledge of his own individual superiority and has no need for such tripe.

The Satanist identifies fellow members of the elite by their individual qualities and achievements - not by their race, nationality, group affiliation, descent, or any other categorical criterion. There is no form of "hypocritical self-deceit" more insidious than thinking oneself Satanic merely because one has joined a small herd which is out of favor with the big one.

==Temple of the Vampire ad==

Yampires ctexist !
Join Ifs!
jfor complete i11for11111tio11
on the 11.ibing ((ult of tbc 1lnl:lc11l:1 mhc l\itunls, tf)e mcncbings
ijtlJc l)riestf)ool) of all\
.%cnl:I $5.00 al..s9. to:

Temple of the Vampire
Box 3582-TBF
Lacey, WA 98503

==Photo Portrait of Anton Szandor LaVey==

At last you can own a beautiful, black & white poster of the founder and High Priest of the Church of Satan.

Photographer Nick Bougas has captured LaVey and his serpentine friend Boaz in a moment of Satanic communion. At almost life size, this 23" x 29" print is on heavy, glossy poster stock, replete with the High Priest's name in large type across the bottom.
No Satanic lair should be without this handsome item!
Carefully packaged in a crush-proof mailing tube, the poster is only $20.00, plus $5.00
shipping & handling. (Outside the U.S., $20.00 plus $10.00 shipping & handling).

Make checks, money orders or bank draughts in U.S. funds out to:
Hell's Kitchen Productions
P.O. Box 499, Radio City Station, New York, NY 10101-0499, U.S.A.

==Eugenics and Dysgenics==
By [K.R. Bolton]]

EVERY INDIVIDUAL "MAY BE REGARDED as repnting the ascending or descending line of life. When one has decided which, one has there≠ by decided a canon for the value of his egoism. H he rep nts the ascending line his value is in fact extraordinary - and for the sake of the life collective, which with him takes a step forward, the care expended on his preservation, may even be extreme if he represents the descending development, decay, chronic degeneration, sickening then he can be accorded little value." Nietzsche, Twiligpt of the Idols

Eugenics: Upbreeding through genetic selection.

Dysgenics: "Exerting a detrimental effect on later generations."

Nature, left to its own devices, is eugenic. Nature's imperative is to breed higher fonns. Darwin showed that species evolve by selecting those who are of higher quality to survive and thus perpetuate their genes.

Evolution is a struggle for survival - genetic survival. An organism survives largely on the basis of the quality of its genetic inheritance. Those organisms of lesser genetic inheritance fail to find a mate, fall to a predatoi; are too weak to withstand harsh environmental conditions, and therefore their genes are not passed on to future generations. Nature, through a combination of factors, weeds and cultivates genetically. This is the basis of evolution, of natural selection.

The same principles apply to humankind. Primitive societies continue to be subjected to genetic selection in much the same way as other mganisms.

However; as a population gene pool is subjected to the laws of genetic selection, and as it thereby reaches higher biological levels, naturally does its culture. As a culture develops, a paradox rises: a culture, particularly if it rises to a level called "civiliza≠ tion," increasingly eliminates the struggles for survival through its advances in technology and material comfort. The mentally and physically impaired no longer die soon after birth, as they would in a raw state of nature. They are more likely to survive and in turn breed, thus p3$ing their genes on to future generations. A civilization may reach a stage where the selection mechanism is completely reversed: the most intelligent and creative have fewer or no offspring, and are taxed to support the increasing proliferation of the least intelligent and creative.

Nature's eugenic imperative is replaced by a man-made system which is dysgenic. This situation may continue until there are no longer sufficient numbers of intelligent and creative people to sustain a civilization and it collapses. This is the view of D.r: Elmer Pendell, a foremost population expert. In Why Civiliz.ations Self Destruct (Howard Allen, Florida 1977), Pendell writes: "To un≠ derstand who were deprived of direct descen≠ dants by early death we must first look at human beings in a state of nature, when each individual had to provide for himself in much greater measure than now... Those with fewer of the favourable traits, or more of the unfavourable traits, were much more likely to die - and die early before they them≠ selves reproduced Death not only removed
a deficient individual from a blossoming roety, but it removed his genes from the gene pool of his tribe. Consequently, the tribe and the species were both improved by nature's program of 'negative eugenics'."

Surveying a number of civilizations, Pendell states: "Why did Egypt's Old Kingdom, a magnificent civilization, 'crumble to the dust before the battering thistledown'? \ery simply, the less capable had the most offspring and a high degree of roal organization permitted this offspring to survive and produce offspring of their own."

This hypothesis on the fall of civiliza≠ tion is plausible for us today, not only due to the present knowledge of genetics and evolu≠ tion, but because we can observe the dys≠ genic impact on Western Civilization before our eyes. Indeed, as our civilization becomes increasingly more technically specialized there is an increasing number of unemploy≠ ables being subsidized by a dwindling ntllD≠ ber of technocrats and other professionals.
\'1Cestern Civilization will shortly reach the point of collapse as have other civilizations.

As Pendell observes in his remarks on the contemporary USA: "There is no dead≠ lier form of self-destruction than forcing the worthy elements of a civilization to become servants of the dross."

"Unless we revise our attitudes towards the 'rights' of those who are dragging us undei; the USA will soon follow the pattern set by two earlier - and extinct - Western Hemisphere Civilizations - the Mayan and the Incan."

In fact, the population problem is not only within Western Civilization, but on a wider scale than hitherto in history; in the form of the \1"!st's subsidization of the proliferating Third rid (many of whose nations are themselves pitiful vestiges of an≠ cient civilizations which collapsed through dysgenics; e.g. India).

Pendell's answer to the self-destruct mechanism of civilization is for man to inter≠ vene where nature no longer can, by means of sterilization of the lowest genetic specimens, marriage licensing based on eugenic considerations, and State Human Genetics Boards authorizing quotas of chil≠ dren for couples on the basis of IQ.

The only country with the farsighted≠ ness to adopt eugenic social measures is Singapore. Several years ago the then Japanese Prime Minister observed aloud that the reason for the USA's declining economic performance is the decline in the quality of its population. Squeals of protest from out≠ raged liberals in the USA extracted an apol≠ ogy from him, but did nothing to change the facts.

Unless current population trends are reversed the \'1Cestern industrial nations will soon become the hewers of wood and drawers of water for more realistic societies, such as Japan, whose national IQ average has been increasing steadily over the past 50 years.

The Welfare State should start function≠ ing in reverse, in the form of tax incentives and disincentives applied to assist those who are the most intelligent and creative to sire larger families, while encouraging the curtail≠ ing of the numbers of the lower level of society. Sterilization (which could also be en≠ couraged with financial incentives) and eugenically-applied abortion, should also be utilized. Of course such realistic propositions remain utopian so long as the tis dominated by the moral slush of Christianity and liberalism. The battle first has to be fought and won on the ideological front.

"Now it is the higher man's role to pro≠ duce the children of the future. Quality is now more important than quantity."
Anton Szandor LaVey,
''The Satanic Rituals'', p. 12.

==Prints of Darkness ad==
SEND S.A.S.E. OR 2 IRC'S FOR A COMPLTE LISTING OF
HELL'S KITCHEN PRODUCTIONS MERCHANDISE.

==PC in D.C.==
By Deacon Brodie

"A man is a wolf to man."
-Ancient Roman proverb

I like to think of Washington D.C. as an apocalyptic city. It is, in a sense, an end times city, with all the turmoil of conflicting doctrines and political tempests a last days preacher could imagine. Our nation's capitol is a kind of modern day Rome, complete with Emperor (President), senators, wealthy patricians on the take and the plebians who ride on their coattails, not to mention the masses of the unemployed and homeless.

The architecture speaks for itself.

One might even stretch the analogy further by pointing out that America's Rome seems to have its mystery cults and underground societies. Like their ancient counterparts, there are many here who loyally and sometimes desperately cling to their religious or political raison d'etre. With rare exception, most of these Romans need their party line handed down to them on a silver platter from above and in some cases even a lead plate will do. The faithful followers wax their egos with that smug self≠ assurance which comes with "getting involved" or "fighting the power." The leaders glut their egos with the gratification which comes in having control and
influence over others and taking credit for their organization's accomplishments.

Whether it comes from the theologically correct (TC) right wing or the politically correct (PC) left wing, the rhetoric, speeches, tactics and thought molding are basically the same.

So what has all this to do with the price of Satanic tea in China?

As a Satanist I take a sort of detached interest in activism and politics. Why not? One never knows when one might be forced into the arena to face a TC lion or a PC tiger. A sure method of self-defense is to know one's enemy. I try to attend as many demonstrations as possible and to keep at least a modest file on the various local activist groups in D.C.

My favorite target of Satanic espionage is Operation Rescue (OR). Of all the crusading organizations which I despise (and being politically incorrect I despise them all), OR is the one group I deem most worthy of my mischievous prying and monkey wrenching.

OR is truly an ironic phenomenon. It used to be, in the good old days of pagan Rome, that the Christians were the ones fed to the lions. Now, in the days of Christianized Rome, the Christians are the lions who devour women of desperate circumstances and rape victims. If you haven't seen an OR "rescue" with your own eyes, I highly recommend that you do so at least once in your life. Take pictures so you can show your grandchildren when they ask you if such nonsense actually occurred in your day. You'll need proof.

So what does a spy see upon attending an OR rally/"rescue"?

In the D.C. area it usually starts off with a pre-action meeting held on a Thursday or Friday evening, about 7:30 pm. This will be a kind of religious pep rally. I put on my best suit and fix a "Jesus is Lord" pin to the lapel. A Bible in hand will lend more credibility as I mingle with the sheep. The more you can look and speak the part the more chance there is of getting them to take you into their confidence. The rally site will probably be a church, one sympathetic to OR's cause. Once inside, it is sometimes required to surrender one's drivers license, a security precaution of theirs. It will be returned on the way out. I always take a seat near the front. This reduces suspicion and there is a better chance of overhearing something important from one of their leaders who sit in the front pews.

Here is a world where all of history, philosophy, science, everything is re≠ interpreted by a first-century standard. Here is the world of either/or, where the sons of light ) struggle against the sons of darkness. These stormtroopers of righteousness have a mission - to save this wayward nation from the likely wrath of their fearsome and angry God by putting it back on the proper course
- theocracy.

The church soon fills up and the born again frenzy begins. The typical rally starts out with the singing of hymns which can become quite lively with people clapping, swaying from side to side; some are weeping, others are uplifting their hands to heaven with eyes closed, their faces testifying to the close kinship between religious ecstasy and a good orgasm. The son sometimes sound like battle hymns, for instance:

CHORUS:
Lift high the banners of love, HalleluJah!
Sound the trumpets of war.
Christ has given us the victory,
Hallelujah!
Jericho must fall.

1. The body of Christ is an army, fighting powers unseen, bringing captives to freedom, in the name of Jesus the King. CHORUS.
2. Brothers, are you sure of your calling? Will you fight for Jesus the King? Are you prepared for this battle, to lay down your lives for your friends?

And on it goes. There will also be prayers, of course. If fortune favors me, these will be led by the OR leaders, if not, then the congregation will break up into groups of five to eight. This is the most difficult part of the night. Each person will be expected to take a turn at a long, drawn out prayer of repentance and calling on God. This is a true test of any would-be spy's acting ability and knowledge of fundamentalist theology. Fortunately for myself, I come from a religious background and have a degree in theology which helps me to speak the born-again jargon and fake the prayers to righteous satisfaction. It always provides me with a certain amount of amusement when the sheep are instructed to turn to a particular passage in their Bibles. Now I can see if any of the people sitting next to me are spys from one of the local pro-choice organizations. They'll be the ones who take the longest time to find the text. A dead giveaway to the pro-lifer sitting next to them when they have to refer to the table of contents to get to the gospel of John.

After the hymns and prayers will come the lively and charismatic speeches by the OR leaders. If it is going to be a major attack the following day, then there will be big name speakers; Randall Terry (founder OR), Rev. Pat Mahoney (Vice Pres. Christian Defense Coalition), Carrol Everett (former abortion clinic owner turned crusading Christian bitch), and any "pro-life" politicians who wish to add their two cents worth, i.e. Ambassador Alan Keyes, congressman Chris Smith, etcetera.

The mood of an OR rally can vary greatly. Some are terribly serious as the lambs of God prepare themselves to suffer in the following day's activities. Others are little more than comedy acts by Terry and Mahoney as they spend their entire speech time making jokes from the pulpit. To give credit where due, I must say they can really be quite fwmy at times, like two stand up Christian comedians. Occasionally there will be shown video tapes of Christians being arrested by the police for blocking the clinic doors. The purpose is to make all potential pep talk and indoctrination encourage the flock to "fear God rather than man" and risk arrest to save "the unborn children."

Finally, after the crowd has been whipped into its usual psychological state of righteous indignation over the "sin of child killing" and given a hardened resolve to do whatever is deemed necessary to end abortion, the time and place of tomorrow's gathering will be announced. The army of God then breaks up into groups according to function. Now the atmosphere becomes that of war - onward Christian soldiers!

This is the time when the battalions are to be formed. The main body will spearhead the attack. They consist of the hardcore members, who have been arrested again and again in the past, and however many first≠ timers who have been sucked into the righteous enthusiasm of the moment.

Veterans may be asked to bear the brunt of the arrests. Another battalion is comprised of women acting as "counselors" (guiltmongers). They direct their psychological warfare at any abortion bound woman trying to enter the clinic. These fine examples of Christian womanhood (boring females who all look like Saturday Night Live's "Church Chat" lady) are there to "help" her choose life for her "unborn child."

As in the army, there are the support troops. These are the "prayer warriors" who stand or kneel at the sidelines praying for those Christians being "brutaliud" (arrested) by the police "for simply praying on the sidewalk" (blocking the entrance to a building and terrorizing those trying to get in). The prayer warrior's job is to incessantly call upon the name of Jesus and in general make a grand display of repentance for the six o'clock news.

I once posed as a prayer warrior with an elderly couple who were kind enough to take me on a tour of the 13th century. After a seemingly ceaseless round of prayers for the sins of the nation and forgiveness of their "pro-abort" enemies, the weary couple pulled out a piece of paper and read from it an exorcism. So there we stood, the three of us "casting out abortion demons" from the clinic. And here I thought all that Linda Blair stuff was just a movie! Later in the day's festivities I saw this same woman weeping and wailing hysterically. She and several other handmaids of the Lord had fallen to the ground in prayerful agony. Another woman behind me was speaking in tongues (babbling in a foreign language one has never learned). The actual wording which she repeated over and over again went like this, "Shun da la ta ta ta ta." I've studied quite a few languages in my time but I have to confess I don't recognize this one; must be an angelic language - Archangelese? Gabrielese? Cherubimian?

Christians claim themselves the salt of the earth; small wonder the planet suffers from hypertension.

The remaining support troops will consist of legal observers and those with video cameras for possible use in court.

With the order of battle established, the troops turn in for a few hours sleep. The time is usually about 10 or 11 pm. At this point I deliver any pertinent information to my cohort and best friend who then informs his political contacts among the political opponents of OR. The crucial task of any spy here is to gain as much information about the next day's tactics as well as obtain names and memorize faces. Some of these yahoos are out of state and have outstanding warrants or injunctions still in effect on them. The more one learns about the enemy the greater the chance of guessing their next move or pursuing legal action against them.

The next day's attack begins early, about 6am. The inquisition gathers at the appointed place. Already there are several "pro-choice" shadowers pacing about with walkie-talkies in hand, ready to report on enemy troop movements. The prayer warriors begin their medieval mumb others are softly singing apocalyptic hymns. Some have brought their invalid relatives and friends, paraplegics and quadraplegics in wheel chairs. Some are near mental vegetables who can do little but grunt and moan unintelligibly. See how sacred human life is?

Then the generals arrive and God's mob gets underway. OR has its chain of command, with the leaders giving orders and the rest following without question. Only those at the top know the location of the clinic to be attacked. The rest are kept ignorant of any battle plans. Usually there will be a ride on the metro (subway) and then they hit the streets. A false attack might be staged by a smaller group at another site in order to draw the opposition from the intended target.

The pace quickens as the main body approaches its destination. The clinic defenders will consist mostly of members of the Washington Area Clinic Defense Task Force (:IIACDTF) along with members of smaller, less effective organizations as well as a few revolution-mongers from D.C.'s Revolutionary Communist Party (RCP).

Some of these left-wing self-annointed "defenders of individual liberty" wouldn't know what to do with themselves if they didn't have a cause to fight for. I dare say that if the state were magically transformed into a utopia overnight, these "politically aware" individuals would have to create a whole new set of social ills just so they could have something to fight against in the morning.

The mayhem begins with OR's arrival. Clinic defenders lock arms, form a human barricade and brace themselves for the incoming holy salvo. Shouting and chanting soon fill the air. The modem day crusaders assail the infidel fortress by sitting as close as possible to the entrance in an attempt to shut down what they call an "abortion mill." There will be some jostling and surreptitious pushing as well as the occasional arrest for assault.

After the authorities have dilly-dallied for a spell, they then begin their legal masturbations which consist of giving OR members several warnings to vacate the area and the reading of any existing injunctions. Finally they put the taxpayers' money to good use and begin to haul them away.

Don't think that you've seen the last of them though; unlike OR chapters in some other areas of the country the "rescuers" here pay the meager fine and come right back for the next attack.

Eventually a path is cleared and the clinic is reopened. Each side claims victory with the defenders boasting that all the patients got in to their appointments and the attackers bragging that X number of "mothers" chose life for their "unborn child" as a result of their righteous intervention. As for myself, I retreat back into my Medmenham library and add any new information into my slowly growing files.

So why bother with all of this?

It enriches my life, simply this and nothing more. First of all I wish to see first hand what others can only glimpse on their TV screens. The news media is an unreliable source of information and incapable of giving the viewer anything but a portion of the events. Deeper intricacies are usually missed. Therefore I investigate these matters myself. I am, in a way, my own news service. In my political directory are the necessary phone numbers to find out which of the major activist groups are doing what and when.

In the second place it amuses me. I enjoy taking a stroll through the human zoo which politically correct people term a "democracy." A democracy is a sort of free range game preserve where a primatologist such as myself can study the habits of nature's most awkward and embarrassing ape.

Thirdly, I wish to provide intelligence service to the opposition groups presently fighting the fundamentalist right≠ wing. My best friend and I have a motto to champion our goal - "We take fun out of fundamentalism." Timely reporting on the activities of the inquisition can give the liberal opposition a headstart in making their counter battle plans.

But don't think for a moment that I'm into crusading or Idealism or PC. My reason for activism is pure self-interest and revenge. It's in my self-interest to throw a monkey wrench into the Judeo-Christian machinery whenever the opportunity presents itself and it is also a form of revenge for what these increasingly "concerned" Christians have done to this world and their far-reaching impact which inevitably contaminates the quality and/or quantity of life for us all.

They wish to pry into our private lives? Fine, we'll pry into theirs.

The PC left-wing is certainly useful in providing a counter-balance to the TC right≠ wing. But no self-respecting Satanist wants to live in a society built by the feeble hands of hippies, yippies, pacifists, yuppies, mentally castrated males, testosterized
feminists or any other genetic mutation resulting from nature's failed philosophical experiments.

And when does the battle end?

It doesn't. It goes on and on. War is its own rationale. Think about one possible future for a moment. If the conservative Christians could be ousted from power then the victorious liberals woud become the new and dominant species of herd mentality, therefore the new enemy. Today's allies, tomorrows enemies, and vice versa. Thus the importance of keeping informed on everyone's political progress - everyone's.

Until the realization of the Satanic Empire, I shall continue to play my game of "Deacon Brodie" (Brodie was the real life character upon whom Robert Louis Stevenson based his novel Dr.Jekyll and Mr. Hyde). My best friend and I shall play up to anyone, repeat any party line, play any political ploy so long as it benefits the Satanic lifestyle, our lifestyle!

Until the earth is once again green and free, as the hymn of the Satanic Empire states, with a place for you and a place for me, when the shadow of the cross no longer obfuscates and darkens the natural life, when PC and TC are sent away to wander in the desert regions of humanity's intellect, there to die of thirst for the vital waters of recognition; then and only then will I cease my endless flow of cynicism and misanthropy.

Finally, I seek to perfect the art of Satanic espionage because it enriches my life intellectually and culturally. Networking in the political arena has provided some interesting contacts and resources.This avails the fringe benefits of obtaining greater access to hard-to-find books, alternative information, rare music and the undergrowid arts. Building a Satanic library can become an engrossing and rewarding life's passion.

By remaining true to the Renaissance lifestyle, we remain true to life's highest fulfillment and goals. Let the commoners sweat and toil to build a cathedral for their clergy masters while we question the flatness of the Earth and forge trade routes to China!
Life was meant to be lived - for oneself!

Not to be impaled upon the enemy's bayonettes for the sake of any "cause." Martyrs never live to see the bronze monument erected to their memory, if one is ever raised at all.

Nietzsche knew it well, that spirit of the diabolical, when he wrote, "Man is a bridge to the Overman." It is not that the mindless masses have no purpose. They serve their purpose in that they provide the mud and filth from which the genius may arise and shine forth so brilliantly.

The Christian holds the Truth and the Truth has set him free. Give to the Christian his Bible, that he may warm himself by the dying embers of his faith and in his blind rapture, bless you with the kindness he thinks he owes you. But, beware his "love" for in such a "love" there is venom enough for all his enemies.

And give to the addict his heroin, that he may sleep in narcotic bliss and not rob you.

And humor the lunatic who fancies himself Emperor, for he will treat you to a royal feast someday.

For those of us who enjoy the sword-play between the various political gladiators there exists here in Rome a kind of circus, and as long as there is the Circus Maximus, I'll be here, either in the grandstands spectating or trying my luck in the arena.
We who are about to LIVE, salute you! Rege Satanas!

Long live LaVey!

Hail the Satanic Empire!

==Abrasax ad==

==The Fifth Path Magazine ad==

==My Concerns About Christianity==
By Jeffrey Wade Nagy

RECENTLY MY COUSIN FOUND OUT that I was a Satanist, and it came as quite a shock to her; after all, I'm an "A" student, hold a lofty position at work, and am a fairly nice chap. Unfortunately, she sent a copy of an unnamed Christian hysterical account of Satanism to, of all people, my parents! I read the book, and was amazed at how sick-minded these Christians are to come up with these deluded fantasies.

So, I sent a letter questioning her antics. She told me to read Revelations, that her prayer group was praying for me and my family (oh, how nice!), and told me basically to blindly follow Jesus if I wish to accomplish anything! This from a person who leads a tremendously screwed-up life!

So, after reading this unnamable book, a thought occured to me: "Have they ever considered the fact that they may actually have their wishes fulfilled?" I mean, if they remove real books on Satanism (which I've noticed in my area: just try to get one of Dr. LaVey's books here) from the shelves and put these books up for people (kids as well), the thought of what could happen is scary. Hell, these book's covers look more fascinating than any real Satanic books. If a kid (or adult, for that matter) is turned-off by Christianity, as was I, and is looking into Satanism as an alternative, and the only example he can find is in these paranoid books depicting the killing of animals and babies, if he's quite unstable he may well do it.

After all, these are Satanic experts, aren't they? They must know the truth! If they didn't make this stuff up, kids or adults could read something sensible, i.e. Tbe Satanic Bible. But then, how would the poor Christers survive?

Then I decided, "What the Hell, I'll read Revelations again, after all, it is a good fictitious book!" In it, it states that when the Beast rises that every man must take the Mark of the Beast to buy, sell, trade, own property- basically, just to survive. Will the Christians take the Mark? Why of course, I forgot that they already had! They all have Social Security numbers - for you can't legally do any of the aforementioned activities here in the US without it. Your Mark. Which just goes to prove on a theological level (not that need be one) that we are indeed living in the midst of the Satanic Age.

Also, in this nifty little book of Revelations, it seems as if God has something against every tribe. And God has all these creatures around his throne which are described as basic lycanthropes: all are were-beings of one type or another. What fanciful literature! It also shows that sacrifice in a physical sense is definitely a Christian deed, not Satanic.

Not that I'm implying in any way that anyone should believe the words in Revelations; in fact, quite the contrary. One can look back in history, at any time or place and see these prophesies of Revelations in full sway somewhere. My hope is if there is any one truth to the Bible it is thus: that the Rapture will come, the Christians will disappear, and the Satanist shall rule the Earth.

But, one way or another, this shall happen. Lex Talionis!

==The Ultimate Explanation==
After a long and hair-raising excursion upon our fair freeways, I was struck by diabolical inspiration. In a single devilish moment, I perceived The Ultimate Psychological Explanation of Modern America. I have distilled Paul Fussell's Class and the writings of Albert Ellis to their essence.

Following are the essential philosophical statements of the various classes, revealing The Ultimate Psychological Explanation of Modern America.

Metaphysics (upon the nature of reality): Proles: "I am my car."

Middle Class: "I am my house." Upper Class: "I am my money." X Class: "I am!"

Epistemology (upon the nature of acquiring knowledge): Proles: "'Cause."

Middle Class: "'Cause they say so." Upper Class: "Because Daddums says so." X Class: "Because it's there."

Ethics (upon what to do): Proles: "Sports is good."

Middle Class: "Richer is better." Upper Class: "Old is best."

X Class: "What works for me?"

So there you have it. The Ultimate Psychological Explanation of Modern America. W?at more could you want?

—R. Elizabeth Fox

==Storm Mail Order ad==
"Supplying the Heretical"
-NOW AVAILABLE-
DEATH IN JUNE SHIRTS

FRONT
BACK

These beautiful new shirts are designed by STORM and based on the cover of the masterpiece LP, BUT, WHAT ENDS WHEN THE SYMBOLS SHATTER? Printed on the absolute heaviest, best quality 100% cotton pre-shrunk maroon shirts (like background of album jacket), the stunning front print is in two colors and the back design is printed in black ink. These are the ONLY legitimate Death In June shirts being sold in America, and were produced with the express permission of the band. Limited print run; when these are sold out we will be issuing new designs. ORDER NOW! Size: Available in XL ONLY. Price: $14 plus $2.50 p&h in USA/Can (add $5 for foreign airmail)

OTHER NEW PRODUCTS:
BLOOD AXIS lyric booklet - A limited edition booklet featuring lyrics to the songs on THE LAMP OF THE INVISIBLE LIGHT CD, as well as one song from the upcoming CD "Storm Songs". Also includes photos, background information and details on upcoming releases. Deluxe presentation, with marble covers; each booklet includes a Blood Axis sticker. Price: $2 ppd in USA/Can $3 ppd foreign airmail UNLEASHED - Two CD's are currently available from these Swedish Odinist death metal masters. Warning: this is very loud, violent music. WHERE NO LIFE DWELLS Their first release, with "Into Glory Ride", "Violent Ecstasy" and 9 other tracks

SHADOWS IN THE DEEP The second album featuring "The Immortals", "Land of Ice" and 8 other tracks
Price each: $16 ppd USA/Can $18 ppd foreign airmail

THE GREEN BOOK by Muammar al Qaddafi. In our search for heretical expressions, we have come across a supply of this notorious work by Libya's leader. A valuable explanation of his anti- Western "democracy", tribal social philosophy. Hard to find paperback edition.
Price: $6 ppd in USA/Can $7 ppd foreign airmail

SIEGE
Also due out in January, at long last, is the book SIEGE by James Mason. This incredible tome of heresy has been over three years in the making. Now comprising a massive 400+ pages, it will be one of the final statements on extremism in America. SIEGE represents one man's journey on the farthest fringes of revolutionary ideology, from Hitlerian National Socialism to the lucid thoughts of the world's foremost outlaw, Charles Manson. From a unique insider's perspective it details a philosophy of a truly radical nature, rendering all previous conceptions of Leftist, Rightist and Conservative politics obsolete. Undeniably consistent, SIEGE presents a powerful message of survival, set free from moral constraint and popular delusions. You will never encounter another book such as this in your entire life. STORM is therefore proud to finally issue the first printing of this landmark work. SIEGE has been alternately called "The Mein Kampf of the 90's" and "The mind fuck of the century"- you be the judge. Suffice to say, you will not spot this title on the shelves of you local "alternative" bookshop. Why? Because it decisively flies in the face of everything currently held sacred by humanity. Presently being printed, the finished book is a professional production, with numerous rare and unpublished photos, texts and graphics. We are now accepting advance orders at the cover price of $14.95 plus $2 shipping and handling (foreign orders add $5 for surface, or $10 airmail). All orders received before Feb. 30th, 1993 will receive special autographed copies of the book. These special inscribed copies will not be available after that date.

ALSO COMING FROM STORM:
In January 1993 we will finally be sending out our new catalog, so if you are on the mailing list, expect to receive it soon. We will be offering an extensive selection of new T-shirts (Blood Axis, Allerseelen, and much more), as well as new books (Nietzsche, etc.) and CDs (Ain Soph, Bathory, etc.) Please send $1 to be placed on the mailing list, or two first class stamps (2 IRCs outside USA) for a sample catalog.

==The Law of the Forbidden==
NEWBOOKS FROM FERAL HOUSE

The Devil's Notebook
by Anton Szandor LaVey

The Devil's Notebook is the first original collection of Anton LaVey's writings to be published in over two decades.

"In a clear polemical style, the good doctor rips into a number of deserving targets ... and imparts wise-ass wisdom that, for me, is worth more than a stack of ancient grimoires. Like 1be Satanic Bible, Tbe Devil 'i Notebook is a tome only the clever among us will appreciate." - ''The Nose''
$10.95 • Trade Paperback • ISBN: 0-922915-11-3

‘’’Secret and Suppressed: Banned Ideas and Hidden History’’’
:’’Edited by Jim Keith’’

A guidebook to alternative views of contemporary events and world history, Secret and Suppressed confronts the reader with disquieting revelations on mind control, secret societies, media disinformation, cults and elite cabals. The hard evidence supplied by many of these articles is startling. Other entries veer into a twilight realm of paranoia, speculation and horror. If you believe that ignorance is bliss, Secret and Suppressed is sure to make you very unhappy.
$12.95 • Trade Paperback • ISBN: 0-922915-14-8

Cosmic Retribution: The Infernal Art of Joe Coleman

This stunningly designed presentation of Joe Coleman's paintings and illustrations reveals the artist's obsessive visions of outlaws, madness and distressed religious impulses. Includes 32 color pages, 110 black and white pages and an incisive interview conducted by Adam Parfrey. "Coleman unleashes a hallucinatory violence of image and content that is unrelenting and unforgettable." -Artfom,m
$22.95 • Deluxe Paperback Edition • ISBN: 0-922915-06-7
$39.95 • Limited Signed Cloth Edition • ISBN: 0-922915-13-X

The Secret Life of a Satanist: The Authorized Biography of Anton LaVey
by Blanche Barton

Now available in paperback, this photo-illustrated biography of "the most dangerous man in America" will stand as the definitive portrait of this influential and fascinating genius.
$1 2.95 • Trade Paperback • ISBN: 0-922915-1 2-1
$19.95 • Cloth • ISBN: 0-922915-03-2

To order, send check or money order for cost of book(s), plus $1.75 shipping. Send SASE for free catalogue.

Feral House • PO Box 3466 • Portland, OR ï 97208

The Black Flame Vol. 4 No. 3 and No. 4

2026-10-10T08:25:03Z

Overlord: /* The Taoist */ adding section breaks

Full uncorrected text (3/17/25) of [https://the.satanic.wiki/images/f/f2/The_Black_Flame_4%283-4%29.pdf The Black Flame Vol. 4 No. 3 and No. 4].

<hr>

INSIDE THIS ISSUE:
ANTON LA VEY - INTERVIEW "DESIDERATA SATANICUS" KING DIAMOND - INTERVIEW
"DUELING DUALITIES"
"HERD ELITIST IDEOLOGIES" "EUGENICS AND DYSGENICS" "ODDITORIUM:"
PRINT, MUSIC, VIDEO REVIEWS
AND MUCH MORE!

Editor Peter H Gilmore

Associate Editor Peggy Nadramia

The Black Flame is published by Hell's Kitchen Productions, Inc.

Copyright 1993 C.E. by Hell's Kitchen Productions, Inc. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without written permission is prohibited.

Mailing address: P.O. Box 499, Radio City Station, New York, NY 10101 - 0499 U.S.A.
Double issue price: $6.00 in the U.S.,
$8.00 outside the U.S. Subscriptions: $12.00 in the U.S. for two double issues.
$16.00 outside the U.S. for two double issues.
Single issues and fuck issues are not avaiJahle. Send check, bank draught or money order in U.S. funds only.
Opinions expressed herein are those of the authars al,one.

We accept no responsibility for unsolicited manuscripts. Correspondence requesting a response must be accompanied by an S.A.S.E.

COVER IMAGE: Lance Thimmes

==Desiderata Satanicus==
My worst enemies are those who presume me to be harmless. They cannot imagine how much I resent and disdain them, or just how great a threat they would face if I could get at them. Everything in their behavior speaks of insult and presumptuousness, and for now it is all I can do to make constructive use of my anger toward them. At this time, I just make a list of them and keep a watch on. Some day, with the help of time, space, and circumstance, I will be able to humiliate them properly — not in a manner they would enjoy, but in a style calculated to make them wish that they had never been born.
—Anton Szandor LaVey, 1989

==The Tide Turns==
By Peter H. Gilmore

WE HAVE SEEN IN RECENT MONTHS a trend on the part of academics, picked up by the media, towards refutation of the contemporary urban legend of "Satanic Ritual Abuse" which has been the foundation of entire "consultation" and "therapy" industries. The idiot fundamentalist effort to convince people that a worldwide conspiracy exists (to breed babies from dysfunctional women, spread drugs, pornography, and snuff films in an effort to dominate the globe) is finally being perceived to be a laughable fantasy. How long will it be until the McMartin trial joins the Salem debacle as a symbol of the American "justice" system gone wrong?

Yet during the entire hoohah, real Satanists have been untouched by this "witch hunt." Instead, children of Christian parents have come under the influence ot their pastors and therapists and have accused family members and friends of being Satanists, often ruining their lives. And who can ignore the continuing media-touted scandal of child molestation perpetrated by Christian clergymen? This is all so well deserved. Behold the utter desperation of Christianity in its last gasp to find an enemy which can frighten the gullible into their churches. This enemy is but a projection of their own misdeeds which stem from the heart of their anti-life creed. Let them feed on themselves, as followers of the flaccid Nazarene should.

Church of Satan spokespersons have been going on talk-shows for years, debunking this hysteria, yet now that "official" sources are coming to their senses does anyone look to us and say, "Gee, you were right all along?" Of course not.

We were invited on these shows not as sources of truth, but as freaks, "real live Satanists" at whom the proles could gawk. However, we did not shrink from articulating the unvarnished truth of our beliefs which many label as brutal, fascist, animalistic. If people want to fear us, then let them fear us for the '''correct''' reasons. We made this effort so that there would be an accurate presentation of our beliefs, especially should the time come when we could face legal difficulties because of our affiliations.

The real danger lies in the remaining influence of this mythology on law enforcement agencies. Tax dollars are still being wasted on seminars run by self-proclaimed experts (often retired, moonlighting, or would-be law officers of a decidedly Christian slant) who spread completely bogus information. The gullible local cops, wowed by jargon-laden presentations, swallow this stuff whole as it comes from apparent "experts" and thus they help spread a panic by seeing signs of the Devil's work in minor and typical crimes. Just recently I was called in to examine evidence that Satanic cult activity was the basis for vandalism of a house up for sale that had remained vacant for about a year. Prior to examining the site, I was told that certain Satanic graffiti and an inverted cross had been found, proof positive that this had been done by a local cult. Yeah, right.

When I got to the house, an old structure that is fairly isolated, I examined every room and the entire grounds. What I found was an old mattress in the living room, with a collapsed card table next to it as well as two candles (one green, one pink). A small cross pendant was hung on the edge of the table, which seemed to have been removed by the wearer before going to sleep on the aforementioned mattress (the cross had sharp edges, but was not inverted). The only graffiti were various slogans such as "Nicole loves Mark" (if there is hidden Satanic significance, it escapes me). And in an upstairs room, once belonging to a child as evidenced by the garish sports-figure wall paper, there was a copy of the ''Necronomicon'' and a Ouija board. We all know how essential how essential this paraphernalia is to authentic Satanic ritual - NOT! Outdoors, the squatters had taken the lawn mower from the garage and hot a path through the overgrown grass to a section of the yard surrounded by pine trees. Here they mowed out a roughly circular patch, about eight feet in diameter, in which to sun-bathe. There were no signs of ritualistic activity in this circle. So, here was, at most, teenage dabbler stuff, but hardly evidence of a cult. This sort of incident has been repeated across the nation and has been inflated by the overactive imaginations of the gullible (ofien those with Christian beliefs) into evidence for a broad-based conspiracy. I don't particularly care about the paranoid fantasies of the dysfunctional, but when members of the police are convinced that there are Satanists lurking under the beds of innocent Americans, that is when we must insistently stand up and tell them the truth about our beliefs. And so we have been doing.

I have been active in recent months as a consultant/expert witness regarding the practice of Satanism in cases concerning the religious rights of prisoners (individuals who have become members of the Church of Satan after their incarceration). Numerous prisons are very "liberal" where religious observences (''sic'') are concerned and some even have multi-million dollar complexes to serve the needs of their inmate population, yet when it comes to allowing Satanists to ritualize, or even have their literature, there has been resistance from some institutional authorities. We have been making headway in this area by demonstrating our credentials as a legally-recognized religious organization whose existence must be tolerated along with the other minority religions permitted. We do not seek special treatment for these incarcerated Satanists, simply that they be given equal treatment concerning religious practices.

Also, we assist only those inmates whose professed Satanism is consistent with our philosophy, which has been clearly delineated in our publicly available literature and other media presentations.

It has never been the goal of the Church of Satan to take its place among the other world religions, with dutiful followers and neatly labeled congregations. No, Satanism will permeate the societies of the globe as a secular lifestyle.

Indeed, Satanism '''has''' penetrated the culture in many ways, and obvious imagery has particularly conquered the heavy metal world. Yet our religion is often not taken seriously. This can be used as a strength, for Satanists continue to influence larger cultural movement without being recognized as such, except by the astute - and some of our Christian enemies ''do'' know what we really stand for.

We do '''not''' intend to turn the vast insensate masses into Satanists. Nor do we wish to eliminate those whom we consider to be less than elite (though we'd definitely like to see their numbers reduced from the overwhelming majority they now hold). How then could we predators exercise our prerogative? The masses will do as always and follow their inertia. However, in the growing Satanic Age, we shall find desired situations and objects a bit more easily obtainable, and we shall have direct recourse to justice. In the interim, we will not be treated with any less respect than other religions.

While the Christians have been tilting at straw men, we have continued to extend our influence through society. We have defended real Satanism, and have spread our literature so that our fellows will know by what name they are to be known, Meanwhile, the altruist/egalitarians have continued to force situations into extremes so that even the dullard couch potatoes have come to see the error of this doctrine - ''reductio ad absurdum'' works again!

As always, we remain aloof from the hubub with our cherished objects and individuals, and when the time comes we '''push''' and direct the currents as they should naturally go. Our victory is assured as we are in harmony with Nature-avatars of the Universe's Order. We demand that ''Lex Talionis'' be the rallying cry for a return to justice, and that - as long as this present system lasts - those who are hired to administer justice, and thus act as agents of the state, will leave their religious prejudices at home. Not for nothing did our Satanic founding fathers create a Constitution which demands a separation of church and state.

So enjoy the ringside Colosseum seats and the spectacle of Christians being thrown to Christians, but keep an eye on those gullible constables. As our influence continues, we will see '''real order''' based on Natural law, not the criminal-favoring morass enshrined in today's "justice" system. And don't be surprised if some of those men and women in blue, who aren't the least bit gullible, put on Baphomets when their badges come off.

==Elbow Patch Commandos==
By Blanche Barton

RAN ACROSS A NEW BOOK on the Sociology shelves yesterday - ''Satanic Panic: The Creation of a Contemporary Legend'', by Jeffrey S. Victor. At first glance, it's a much-needed objective debunking of the Satanic hysteria, analyzing it not from a Christian perspective, but from the standpoint of an academically-accredited scholar well-versed in the phenomena of rumor-panics. Upon closer examination, though the book is 310 pages long (minus appendices, notes and references), it is a relatively superficial analysis and adds little to the debunking books already out, such as ''In Pursuit of Satan'', ''Satanism in America'', and ''The Satanism Scare''. Bulk is impressive to those of small minds, however, so I suppose the more anti-hysteria books on the shelves, the better. But there is a fault that is emerging with the "academic" anti-hysteric stance that we, as Satanists, should be aware of and prepared to combat. This article doesn't concern everyone who is in academia; I will use the term "academic" in the perjorative (''sic'') to define only those professors, writers and researchers who are too wrapped-up in their ivory tower cocoons to see what's happening around them.

It seems, in their recent passion for disproving the Christian myth of an international Satanic conspiracy, academics are overlooking the modern Satanic movement altogether. Instead of defining Satanism, and showing where the presuppositions by which we are damned by society are '''false''' (i.e. sacrificing animals and babies, drinking blood, holding weekly Black Masses and orgies), certain academics find it easier to say "there are no Satanists," period. Or, at best, that any "Satanic movement" is limited and inconsequential (therefore, not a threat to society).

In Victor's book, for example, there are only two references to "Anton LeVey" in the index, one of which reads:
"In the 1970s, small groups calling themselves followers of Satanic religion developed. However, they really didn't receive much public attention. Even Anton LeVey (''sic''), who is now touted as the Godfather of Satanism in popular accounts of the subject, was a relative unknown." What rock was this guy under? Didn't he bother to End out when the Church of Satan started? Or call up any media coverage of the occult scene from that time? Anton LaVey was getting '''worldwide''' coverage from 1966 on, hardly a "relative unknown." I don't make this point simply to defend Anton LaVey, but to point out that such glaring errors call an academician's research, objectivity and ego needs into question.

There is an underlying presupposition that pervades works like Victor's that indicates that he is buying into the very myths he is trying to debunk! That is a presupposition that Satanists are baby-sacrificing, blood-drinking muderers (''sic''). But there has been no evidence presented that such miscreants exist so Satanists don't exist. It's easier to write Anton LaVey and modern Satanism out of history than to get into the polemics of exactly what Satanism is and, more importantly, what it is not.

Any Satanist should be deeply offended by this kind of shoddy dismissal of the real issues. It's like saying. "No, these people aren't really Jews who suck the blood out of babies, don't worry." The poor parents accused of abusing their children in Satanic rituals aren't really dirty Satanists. We all know how awful they are. Taking it a step further: "These people aren't really dirty, filthy, buggering queers. It you publically (''sic'') accuse them of such heinous acts, it could mark them for life - ruin their lives and reputations." The presuppositions remain. Especially in today's heavy PC climate, Victor wouldn't dare make those kind of assumptions about gays, or Jews. He never once bothers to define the tenets of modern Satanists, explaining that there is nothing in our philosophy about child sacrificing or animal slaying. He never asks, "'''What would be wrong if they ''were'' Satanists? What's wrong with being a Satanist?'''" He simply dismisses us.

It irks me that academics remained silent for so long. allowing the hysteria to build to such a fever pitch before they stepped in. Perhaps that's why they prefer to overlook us.

Where were they ten years ago? We were yelling our heads off and left to dangle in the wind. Talk shows often didn't want us because we were the real thing and would blow holes in their breeder stories and generational Satanists. After all, what would Satanists know about Satanism? We'd only lie anyway, right? I'm sure you found yourself muttering, as I did, "Where are they? Where are the sociologists, the Freudian psychiatrists, where are the cultural anthropologists? Have we forgotten everything we've learned about mass psychology and the madness of crowds? Why aren't they offended by this madness? Why aren't they speaking out? When we contacted them to back us up, they, safely insulated from the real world, would act as if the phenomenon wasn't happening and that it wasn't worthy of their attention. They didn't want to put themselves on the line. Their precious objectivity might be compromised; their colleagues might jeer. Now, after we've blown a hole in the wall, the academics come along on their white horses to clear up all this horrible mess, without even a nod to Satanists! Victor, for example, never bothered to contact the Church of Satan while writing his book - ostensibly on a topic we might have some experience with. Academicians are safe; they aren't Satanists and they have letters after their names.

Evangelists, at least, go out of their way to explain our vile philosophy, often reprinting the Nine Satanic Statements in their books of rants. The academicians seem to want to pretend we don't even exist. So who is more threatened by our existence? And why? Christians need us. Now, academia needs us too, for our very emergence and growing influence has brought with it '''Reason'''. Yet, academia surely must have a monopoly on "reason." Hence, '''the very grouping that has provided food for study must be purged by the established purveyors of enlightenment'''. No wonder they're pissed off - they're supposed to be the smart ones, not us. Is it so threatening to find that there are other people out there who might know more about the subject than they do? Or are they just too steeped in Judeo-Christian myths ''themselves'', regardless of their sanctimonious posture as defenders of rationality, to understand what true Satanism is? Perhaps we should, as Anton LaVey suggested recently, contemporize the Ninth Satanic Statement to: *Satan is the best friend academia ever had.." There is plenty of ''prurient'' interest evoked by Satanism in the academic community, just as there is in law enforcement circles. It's a lot more fun to spend department money to attend a seminar on "Satanic crimes" than another boring seminar on the finer points of suspects rights or footprint casting. Satanism provides juicy grant opportunities, like studying the sociological and psychological profiles of whores. We've all seen the books by Jeffrey Bunton Russell who managed to write an entire series of at least four doorstop-sized tomes on the subject of historical" Satanism with barely a mention of the Church of Satan.

By neglecting the phenomenen (''sic'') of modern Satanism as defined and refined by Anton LaVey, sociologists and contemporary culture scholars are missing out on some very rich soil to till. They examine Satanic hysteria but neglect to adequately answer the underlying question: '''What prompted''' it? They study the symptom but overlook the first cause itself. The "Satanic panic" is a direct result of the rise in contemporary Satanism and the trappings of Satanism in modern society. Death or black metal music, horror movies and books, fashions, Satanic attitudes, New Age dabblings are all part of a burgeoning Satanic aesthetic. If sociologists or social psychologists want to study Satanism, why don't they ask themselves what the social conditions were and are that instigated the rise in Satanism in the first place - the "death" of God, the slipping away of "moral" underpinnings, the sexual revolution, the technological revolution, the disintegration of the nuclear family, a hunger for metaphors of strength and mastery in a world that is increasingly violent and oppressive... Now that would be a book! There are plenty of avenues of research to bleed grant money with if academics want to study Satanism, but they'll be forced to confront more than nude altars and drug-induced orgies.

As it is, academics who refuse to acknowledge a modern Satanic movement are taking one step forward but two steps back. The two main problems with this stance are:

1) '''In trying to maintain their objective posture, they are compromising the validity of their research.''' As with any witch-hunt phenomenon, academics are afraid that, by explaining what contemporary Satanism is, they themselves would then be labelled Satanists, and their objectivity might be compromised. It is a simpler argument for them to pretend that real Satanism doesn't exist and is therefore no threat, than to get into the polemics of exactly what it is and, more importantly, what it is not. That muddies people's brains too much. Things get complicated. But by '''not''' acknowledging and defining the modern Satanic movement, their research appears superficial and incomplete. Therefore their conclusions '''are''' compromised.

2) It '''perpetuates the problem'''. Showing the Christian agenda behind most of these accusations and exposing the accusers for the liars that they are is half the battle, but it doesn't work toward communicating what Satanism really is. And it doesn't work toward protecting ''our'' religious freedom. Nothing is solved if a distinction isn't forced that there '''are''' a significant number of practicing Satanists, but that we aren't involved in illegal activities and, on the contrary, have a rational and life-loving philosophy. By underplaying our influence, our very existence(!), these "objective researchers" insidiously perpetuate the underlying myths. Then when people are found reading ''The Satanic Bible'', or practicing rituals in the woods or in their own homes, the rumors, panic, and accusations continue. It still leaves a wide-open door for deliberate misunderstanding and righteous persecution. Real Satanists might still be in danger of losing jobs, spouses and perhaps their own children, because of wild, unfounded accusations. But Satanists will triumph. And simply saying we don't exist and therefore there is no Satanic "threat" evades that fact.

We can thank the elbow-patch commandos for their "brave and dauntless" stance, but Satanists, more than ever, need to come forward to kick them in the shins.

==Satanic Witches Ad==
Witches! Have you been touched by Satan?...

..Or perhaps another supematural or alien being? If so, Tid like to hear from you. I'm researching a new book on ''true'' womanly power, contemporary sexual mythology, and connections with Satanism and Evil. I'd like to get some frank answers from women who haven't had a chance to voice certain dark thoughts. Anonymity is assured - names will not be required, but honesty is essential. To receive a questionnaire, please send a self-addressed, stamped envelope to:

Blanche Barton
Post Office Box 210082
San Francisco, CA 94121

==Interview with Anton Szandor Lavey==
By Peter H. Gilmore & Peggy Nadramia

IN LATE SUMMER, SOUTHERN ARIZONA is often buffeted by wild and ferocious electrical storms. Such a display of nature's savagery had just occurred as we began this interview; our little circle was gathered on the covered patio to watch the incredible flashes of lightning and hy to listen to thunder crashing in the nearby mountains. A brisk breeze drove the few remaining storm clouds across a fragment of moon, and brought the scent of creosote bushes and ozone. We sat comfortably on cushioned chairs of old Mexican wrought-iron, the flagstones lit by a single hurricane lamp. The huge black Belgian Shepherd at the High Priest's feet pricked his ears at the far-off yips of foraging coyotes, but was otherwise motionless.

===On Satanism: The Movement, and the role of the Church of Satan -===
Anton Szandor LaVey: Among dedicated Satanists, there will be a direction toward living Satanism and promoting a Satanic lifestyle rather than simply doing rituals and exploring Satanic "theology." No, Satanism won't cease as a religion to become a political movement; rather, it will be activated more as a secular lifestyle than as a religious or theological set of principles.

Man needs ritual, so religious Satanism is an "opener of the way," to foster the eventual ''lifestyle'' of Satanism. We're hoping to develop practitioners versus parishioners. The Church of Satan's role, increasingly, will be to turn the latter into the former.

The present evolutionary stage, the one we're seeing right now, is for Satanism to enter the mainstream, to evolve from a religious to a secular lifestyle. Christianity has done the reverse; it developed from Man's precepts about following an "ethical lifestyle," into an organization, an edifice known as "The Church." It's entrenched. Man looks to the Church for rules, regulations, divine inspiration, redemption.

Blanche Barton: We make people ''self''-dedicated, ''self''-sufficient - the reverse of Christianity.

ASL: The secular powers-that-be know what we're doing, realize that this is the only way human animals can be weaned away from an outmoded belief system. The 1980's witnessed, for real Satanism, only a cosmetic persecution, nothing like the real persecution of the witch hunts.

On the surface, Satanism is economically disastrous. Our people keep things, honor them, cherish them - the expendability of certain goods will lessen a great deal.

But then, humans have been inculcated to be dissatisfied. We can't change them overnight; the workability of this concept will be less than ideal. When Satanism is completely mainstream, planned obsolescence will continue tor a time-business as usual. But there's a trade-off: there's money to be made by applying Satanism to merchandising. The streets are paved with gold.

Humans will buy products that appeal to individualism and reinforce stratification. Satanism won't knock the economy off for the multitudes. For every outmoded economic dinosaur, there will be a new Satanic opportunity. For instance, home architecture - since "anything goes," opportunities will abound for those who can create modular castles, total environments, anything fun, indulgent, childlike. For a popular culture already steeped in the Gothic, the past, the dark - "Dracular vernacular." Music - a return to something that's fading out, a new classicism and lyricism. Movies - where the "villains" are shown to be the "good guys." Stories, novels, a whole new literary realm based on Satanic justice. ''The Most Dangerous Game'' codified. ''Death Wish'' amplified.

All it takes is for the Satanic aesthetic to get out there, not just in anti-hero figures, but in ever-increasing areas like clothing, cars - all kinds of product design. We're living in the Satanic Age now, but there's so much static - the static created by the last rustlings of Judeo Christian ethics and procedures, inherent in the restrictions of our bureaucratic legal system. "When there are too many lawyers, there can be no justice."

===On the role of the Active Members of the Church of Satan ===
ASL: They represent a conscious alternative to herd mentality; they should be viable role models for the rest of society. There is a growth potential for each member and by this, I don't mean that they should all wear black or buy more candles. 1 want most to encourage an individuality within a uniform mode that will benefit the whole. If you live by the Nine Satanic Statements, then you're a living embodiment of Satanism - a true role model. Even though we don't proselytize, true Active Advocates, true Satanists, are proselytizing by what they '''are'''.

They should also recognize opponents of the Church of Satan for what ''they'' are; they should recognize their intent to damage or destroy what we're fighting so hard to develop And vanquish them. Deal with them as they deserve.

===On the role of Magic: Group vs. Personal -===
ASL: Satanic magic differentiates between rites, ceremonies, and rituals or rallies. To rally together as Satanists can be productive - gathering to share and celebrate a common philosophy can reinforce that philosophy.

A ritual, conversely, should involve only one or two people; the presence of others only dilutes the potency and effectiveness. If one wishes to practice Satanic magic and feels he needs a group, it should be noted that the mere presence of others not personally involved in the situation can lessen the potency. In a large group ritual, the generation of energy is confined to the identity needs of the individuals involved, rather than the goal or Is-To-Be the ritual is intended to produce. Better two than twenty - the latter serves certain social and identity needs and can bolster the participants, but does noching to amplify the outcome. A real Greater Magic ritual is about the outcome.

===Addressing claimants to the "Satanic Mandate" -===
ASL: Mandate? Mandate? I never used the word. I thought a mandate was some kind of monkey - a cross between a mandrill and a primate. Or maybe something a spinster looked under the bed for or a gay guy went out cruising for. If you mean a bestowal of authority from a higher, supernatural source, I have no use for such horseshit. A "Satanic Mandate" is a non-sequitur, an oxymoron. I didn't know or care about any Infernal bestowal. 1 presented reasons for a Church of Satan - I wasn't inspired by any external source; I wasn't given "dispensation," or any "honorific." I would never be so presumptuous.

Recognize these claimants for what they are: self-deluded, pretentious goofs who must announce, must proclaim their exalted, self-gratifying status to all.

They lack any true identity; the only way they can have one is by stealing it from us. The Church of Satan's identity is established; they have to pretend it was bestowed by "supernatural" forces. My right I have made for myself. You know how I feel about hypocrisy and Goodguy Badges. Only when needed for one's survival. I don't '''got''' to show you no stinking badges.

But getting back to mandates, you really put a nickel in me on that one. For eighteen years, for example, one obsessive shit-disturber has been trying to undermine and extinguish myself and the Church of Satan - to pretend it's kaput, gone, disappeared. In the guise of receiving a "Satanic Mandate," this nut case endowed a "Temple" based on the supposed revealed word of the Prince of Darkness himself. Those who were suckered into what was really his Christianized warmed-over Madame Blavatsky Egyptoid kind of Rosicrucianism, were fed a self-help, personal success premise - not promise - called "Xeper," which as I understand it means "to become."

While ostensibly "Xepering" and "becoming," the main activities of this outfit consisted of Sons of the Desert type conventions where the supposedly defunct Church of Satan was the bottomless wellspring for gossip. Between conventions, an ongoing barrage prevailed of surly denigration of, yet parasitic dependency on, the Church of Satan and its founder: me - far more contrived than evangelical identity Christians or Wicca types.

Beyond a catalytic burst of notoriety involving alleged child molestation, this mandated "Temple" and its progenitor did absolutely nothing to produce evidence of any remotely Satanic plan, purpose, direction or implementation during its entire existence. At best, just being around provided the media with a readily exploitive alternative to the Church of Satan. In other words, "the ''other'' bunch of Satanists."

My unsolicited advice to this mandated Temple and its supernal potentate is to take your mandate, go out among the world of mere mortals, cease your parasitic dependency upon me and my finest and, if you can, ''do something''. Or at least, as they say, "get a life." You got your goddamned mandate, so Xeper-De-Doo-Dah and either get the show on the road, or fold up your tents and silently steal away - 'cause you can't do business with a surly Temple.

===On "Authentic" Satanists -===
ASL: We must resist any attempts by individuals, groups or agencies - Christian, "Satanic" or otherwise, to differentiate Satanism and Satanists into denominations. Check the copyright dates; there are no ecumenical Satanists!

I'm all for individuality within the scope of Satanism. If anyone wants to start his or her own thing, fine. If it's basically a spin-off of real Satanism, it's still Satanism. If not, it's either Christian "new age" mysticism or Christian blasphemy.

===On fascism -===
It seems apparent that Nazism and fascism sell. It's too horrible to contemplate (smacks lips). 1 could write a book - and maybe will - on the repulsive attraction of tyranny. It would speak of aesthetic imperatives and Jewish doctors and lawyers who drive Mercedes and BMWs and latter-day hippies in VW Beetles and WASP Yuppies whose non-lives are perpetuated by every manner of techno-goody cunningly fashioned by sneaky Jap sub-humans. Of all things fascistic, even greater than the forgetfulness of past orthodoxies, the aesthetic of dominance is making its mark. There'll be a lot more to come.

I won't even get into the clichéd defense of National Socialism: "There were some important things which should be studied - we shouldn't condemn the whole thing without extracting the worthwhile." So what else is new? I think young people are doing a pretty good job of extracting the pay dirt from fascism. Unlike the hypocritical Yuppies, they're plugging into what feels and looks and sounds good about it. No guilts, because they weren't around at the time of World War Two. Their parents, most of whom weren't around either, are the Boomer inheritors of post-war jitters and misgivings who had to yell "peace" and "love" until they were hoarse.

If a neo-fascist look - and outlook - makes for men who look like men and women who look like women, I'm all for it.

===What is the greatest fear people need have of Satanism?===

ASL: That they might have to think for themselves.

“When guns are outlawed, only outlaws will have guns” ...has its parallels. When heterosexual procreative sex is discouraged, only the unfit will produce children.

If you were an exponent of, and participant in, herd behavior and mentality, would you tolerate, much less encourage, the birthright of little enemies of the State?

If beauty is in the eye of the beholder, what the world needs is a new class of beholders. A class with clear vision and undrugged minds who can reaffirm an aesthetic almost lost from sight. An aesthetic standard of sights and sounds proven by the predictable honesty of their forms - forms which will regain the dignity and invigoration of Western Civilization at its zenith. For this, we must resurrect the past at its most stimulating, that it might be presented to a bold young race.

This bold new race will be the vanquishers of muddied mediocrity and economically-induced ugliness - the kind of contrived ugliness masquerading as beauty that only the tasteless, inept and insecure could foist upon an overburdened world.

-Anton Szandor LaVey

==The Nose ad==
Don't miss Issue number 18 of The Nose, that wonderfully iconoclastic magazine, as it features a fashion layout with Dr.
LaVey - "Full Devil Jacket." This includes spiffy photos of Dr. LaVey and the denizens of the Den of Iniquity, as well as two curvaceous blondes - one of whom is Blanche Barton! Images are accompanied by quotations from The Devil's Notebook.

To order, send $5.00 to: '''The Nose Magazine''', P.O. Box 31353, San Francisco, CA 94131.

FOR SALE: 1 paperback copy of ''The Devil's Avenger'' by Burton H. Wolfe. Book will go to the one producing the best offer. CONTACT: Steve Schultz, P.O. Box 11704, Portland OR 97211-0704, U.S.A.

==Answer Me ad==
ANTON LAVEY
Answer Me/Honolulu Baby 7" 45 RPM single

Church of Satan founder Anton LaVey lends his evocative keyboard style and vocal presence to a pair of neglected unes. Beautifully packaged, pressed in blue vinyl, anc trictly limited to 1000 numbered copies.

55.00 + $1.00 shipping.
Make checks payable to Gregg Turkington

send orders to:
AMARILLO RECORDS
P.O. BOX 24433
SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94124 USA

==Pretenders to the Throne: Regarding the Temple of Set==
By Peter H. Gilmore

THROUGHOUT THE TWENTY-EIGHT YEARS of the existence of the Church of Satan, the organization has continued to expand while its character has undergone a number of carefully-planned developmental phases. In the process, we have at times found it necessary to eject individuals who have acted in ways that were not in keeping with our high standards for social behavior. We have also had a small number of individuals freely depart from us, finding our means too challenging to their false images of personal superiority. Neither types are ever missed, as the true elite of talented, highly-motivated, productive, creative, and above all, independent individuals still find their way to us.

There have been those who would attempt to imitate us, but they usually discover that our shoes are far too big to fill. Short-lived spinoffs have included The Church of Satanic Brotherhood, Ordo Templi Satanas, Order of the Black Ram, Church of Lucifer, Thee Orthodox Satanic Church and so on.

None of these has prospered or even affected the course of Satanism, as they have quickly collapsed due to tbe lack of energy or direction. One group formed by ex-members of the Church of Satan which has continued to exist, albeit as a small and fairly clandestine "vanity" organization riding on the fund provided by is "high priest," is the Temple of Set. This bunch is significant only in that they continue to try to ride upon the coattails of the Church of Satan, and indeed even publicly claim to be the "successor to" and "custodian off the Church of Satan. You might have come across some advertisements or writing influenced by these Setians. Don't be fooled; they are not in any way associated with the Church of Satan and their tales of schism are convenient diversions. Let us examine from whence this group appeared and clear away their false claims.

In 1974 C.E. the Church of Satan instituted its fourth phase of development. The thrust of this phase was to re-orient the members at all levels to proceed on a far more independent course. Previously we had issued charters for formal "Grottos" which were small congregations comprised of Satanists in specific geographical regions. It had been discovered that these formal Grottos led certain members to confine their efforts at personal advancement to the realm of the Grotto alone, rather than towards the success in the outside world which is of paramount importance to Satanism. Certain members were far more interested in trying to gain elevated rank yet were merely competing in the Grotto's social arena.

They neglected to develop their talents and forge ahead. Many other members were strong-willed individualists who did not mix well with other Satanists. Rather than functioning as bases for the development of Satanic strategies, these groups often became shields against true advancement, filled with huddlers who were solely interested in internecine strife. Not everyone involved fit this picture, but there were enough to make it obsolete as a system of growth.

The new phase stressed independent functioning, keeping individuals separated to pursue their own goals. If Satanists used their initiative to find their fellows, and they wished to informally create groups for socialization and ritual, that was most acceptable. But the momentum for the existence of these informal groups had to come from the social compatability (''sic'') of the constituent members, not geographical proximity.

This phase of isolation, which laid the groundwork for a much broader base for Satanism as a movement (seen today especially in the commercial acceptance of Satanic imagery in the popular Heavy Metal music business, was upsetting to the pen-pal and "coffee klatsch conclave" members, whom it was basically designed to ease out of the way. Michael A. Aquino, at that time the editor of ''The Cloven Hoof'', had attained the IV° and was injecting a strongly supernaturalist bent to the ''Hoof'''s articles. Mr. Aquino had a history of creating documents which he claimed to have transcribed from superhuman entities. These include the ''Diabolicon'' (1970 C.E.), a series of statements from Satan, Beelzebub, Azazel, Abaddon, As modeus, Astaroth, Belial, and Leviathan, as well as the ''Ninth Solstice Message'' (1974 C.E.) which declared Anton LaVey a "daimon."

Dr. LaVey who, then as now, had a firm grasp on the Church's tiller, began to implement the phase which had slowly been evolving over the previous two years. He had even outlined the basic concepts for this formal phase during the summer of 1972 C.E. in a letter to Aquino, stating that the "social Satanists" and their "limelight loving" priests contribute nothing to Satanism as a movement, and that they would fall by the wayside when they didn't receive the attention they sought by starting their own "churches." LaVey wrote that he had far more respect for his "underground clergy" who were very productive in the real world. Aquino did not accept this, especially Dr. LaVey's awarding of priesthoods to non-esoteric, non-public achievers and thus he would no longer be privy to even the small amount of information regarding underground activities that had previously been given to him.

LaVey was determined that the status of Church members should reflect their standing in the world outside of the organization. Degrees are not reflective of simple book learning and esoteric knowledge, but the actual application of Satanic principles towards personal advancement. To this end, the Church would honor values given to it in kind with degree recognition as would be deemed appropriate by Dr. LaVey.

The achievement of degrees via written tests was not to be abandoned at this time, but this additional means of advancement was now open to the "above groundo" (''sic'') members. This was formalized by the new phase in 1974 C.E. and outlined to Aquino in May; during one of his rare personal meetings with Dr. LaVey.

Aquino did not protest this policy at the meeting and later claimed this alternate route to advancement as a public reason to announce a break with the Church of Satan, accusing Dr. LaVey of "selling" degrees. He wrote letters to his handful of pen-pal cronies, fellow mystics who had also mourned the new phase, and they too resigned to go off with Aquino and form their own group. Aquino had wanted to start a "Second Church of Satan" but was thwarted by copyright laws. Instead, recalling his readings of Egyptian history and mythology, he claimed to have invoked Satan (in whom he literally believed as an entity) and to have been answered instead by Set, the "actual" Prince of Darkness who, through a series of realizations in Aquino's mind, caused him to record as Set's answer a document which he titled the ''Book of Coming Forth by Night''. This "supernatural revelation" supposedly gives him the right to supercede the Church of Satan. Doesn't that sound familiar?

Aquino would like you to believe that the "entire priest-hood" of the Church of Satan followed him in departing. This is untrue, especially as there were many underground members, including priests and higher, of whom he had no knowledge. The Church of Satan was at that time, and still continues to be, a large and highly stratified organization with many discreet individuals placed in positions of power. As Orwell had envisioned in his classic ''1984'', it is not an organization in the usual sense as it is held together by an idea whose time has come, which is indestructible. The departure of less than thirty members can hardly be called a schism. This was instead a welcome housecleaning of an element that had become less than desirable to the future development of the Church of Satan. And thus the fourth phase functioned as planned and Aquino became one of those who, as predicted in 1972 C.E., fell by the wayside.

The ex-Satanists who formed the Temple of Set follow a path quite different from that of the Church of Satan, which has never veered from its dedication to rational self-interest, indulgence, and a glorification of the carnal and material. The belief in Set as an actual entity with whom followers may commune is in marked contrast to our disbelief in '''any''' external diety (''sic'') figures. They have a consuming preoccupation with rank and status within their organization, thus titles and medallions of degree level are eagerly sought by members to affirm their position in the pecking order of the temple's internal world (particularly evident at their "conclaves"). This is not surprising considering Aquino's background - a boyhood steeped in military academies and in pursuit of Boy Scout merit badges. The Church of Satan retains its right to grant degrees, but these are still based on an individual's achievements in the outside world and his level of freedom from herd conformity and independence from forced interaction with the masses. Striving for fancy titles and rankings is not a part of Satanism. The literature of the Church of Satan is published and distributed worldwide to any interested in-dividuals. The Temple of Set prints "private" literature available only to members, and some of it is limited to those of the correct rank. To further learn about these ex-Satanists, you might choose to contact them for information, but be forewarned that real Satanism is not hiding underneath their academic exterior. A worthwhile and informative study by an anthropologist who joined the Temple of Set is ''The Magicians'', by Gini Graham Scott, Ph.D. (New World Books, 308 Spruce St., San Francisco, CA 94118). This will give you insights into their beliefs, practices, and social interactions.

We have dealt here at length with the Temple of Set to lay to rest their propaganda. They are not associated with the Church of Satan in any manner: We do not see them as being in any way significant to the future of Satanism. Dr. LaVey still proudly stands at the helm of the Church of Satan, the flagship of the movement he launched in 1966 C.E., and shall continue to oversee the forces he has put into motion. The Church of Satan is the foundry, forging the iron Will that shall continue to move the minds and hearts of humanity's elite who are even now reaching out to claim the future as their domain. They shall be the inheritors of our legacy as well as the writers of our history for the next twenty-five years, and far beyond.

[Editor's note: This article, in a slightly different form, appeared in ''Dark Lily #13'' as a response to the misinformation being spread by TOS in England at that time. This reprint was occasioned by questions received by our various contacts regarding TOS and its curious, and dubious, claims.]

==Church of Satan ad==
CHURCH OF SATAN

FOR INFORMATION:

SEND A SELF-ADDRESSED

STAMPED ENVELOPE OR FOUR IRC'S TO:

CHURCH OF SATAN

P.O. BOX 210082

SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94121 USA

==My Dark Satanic Love==
By Peggy Nadramia

I SEE A RED DOOR, and I want to paint it black. I'm one of the things that goes "bump!" in the night. I'm a born Satanist. I'm a happy little blob of custard and you can't nail me to any wall; in fact, I'd pull those nails out and aim them at ''you''. Tell me how negative I am; tell me how I'm filled with hate. You're not just stupid - you're wrong.

Dracula loved his brides. Dr. Frankenstein loved his monster. My Satanic love burns fiercely; it's perfect and uncompromising.
Firstly, necessarily, Hove myself. I'm my own God, after all, and I put no Gods before Me. I'm uppermost in my mind; I always bring me flowers. Sometimes I realize I could have done something better; sometimes I make mistakes. It's wonderful how I learn from these things; it's exciting to have an opportunity to be an even better Me. Even when I deny myself something, withhold gratification, it's always in order to enjoy something even more fulfilling and worthwhile down the road. This is why I can hate so purely, so irrevocably, anything that wastes my precious time, energy and attention.

Along with Me, I love He Who Is Not Me, my husband.

He is, for one thing, the consciousness in which I can see a wonderful reflection of my own God, myself. His love for me qualifies him with the very best of taste and discernment, after all; he obviously knows what's good for ''him''. My cells respond to his pheromones, and being around him gives me a heightened feeling of happiness, contentment and well-being.

The shape of his face is the dearest sight in the world to me.

He is my mentor, my master, my very best friend; I have placed with him my perfect trust, and he accepts it as only a real man can. His hopes, dreams, goals are mine; his disappointments are mine, too, and thusly I hate whatever distresses him or gets in his way. This hate, too, is black and pure, like gunpowder; it can burn as brightly and as feverishly as my love.
Next, I love my tribe, my folk, those who are like as me.

They can be friends or family, but in my heart they are simply my tribe, and the Black Flame burns within all of them. They light my days and bring me joy through their achievements and antics; they make the world a more interesting place, and only a Satanist knows what a gift that is. Sometimes they are close enough to share food or warmth or simply company; sometimes they are far away, voices on phone lines, words on a page. But they're always in here, part of me, my folk. I cannot feel indifferent toward those who would distress my tribe. He who attacks them attacks Me; he who places obstacles in their way earns my ire, my enmity, my hate.

As a natural-born Satanist, I'm joyfully free of the Judeo-Christian-Islamic bias against non-human animals, and so have never questioned that what I feel and have felt for my pets is pure and simple love. I love them more than I love many people; I value their lives more highly. The Black Flame of Satan burns dark and soft in animals, at its purest and deepest. I bristle and chafe at the laws that give destructive, unwanted, horrid little children more rights than my dog has. She is my property, and I can only protect her as such. A product of a thousand generations of breeding for domestication, for compatibility with humans, she is nevertheless only a hair's-breadth away from wild. As highly as I treasure her life, so deeply does my hate run for those who would be cruel to her.

I bare my fangs at them.

I love everything that belongs to me, all my stuff. I love my books, my music, my pretty china, my coffee machine, my raincoat, my old, soft green blouse. I hate anybody who would steal, destroy or disorder my precious stuff; why wouldn't I? What value could such a creep have that would exceed that of my heavy stoneware mug, my perfect leather bag?

Contingent on all of this, I love the world. It's so beautiful, so perfect a setting for my God, Me. I love mountains, the sea, acres of trees without a single house, rows of houses all antique and charming, museums, fog, delicious nourishment, quiet afternoons, star-filled nights. If only there weren't all these anti-life bastards who want to fuck it all up, who hate themselves so much they have to destroy the source of their own sustenance. I hate them. Only in the depths of the Black Flame in my heart is it known how much I hate them and what they've done to the world, these library-burners, these child-molesters, these people who, as Charlie said, kill things that are better than they are. When they ask why we hate Christians, can they ever really understand the answer unless they love as we do, love with the dark, Satanic love of life and self?

==Carnivora art==
CARNIVORA #1, BY TIMOTHY PATRICK BUTLER

==Coping With Involuntary Human Contact, Part 1: Grocery Shopping==
By Timothy Patrick Butler

TRY AS ONE MIGHT, there is almost no means by which one can avoid shopping for groceries. Eating is not only pleasurable, it's necessary, and I doubt that most of us have the financial resources to eat at our favorite restaurants every night. Grocery shopping is, therefore, imminent doom on a weekly basis.

All of the Nine Satanic Sins are in painful evidence at the supermarket, no matter where or when you might deign to shop. I always seem to arrive just after a busload of Senior Citizens or retards has come to stock their larders, or I end up going the same day that welfare checks and food stamps have been siphoned from mailboxes, or I arrive when there are no operable carts, when the aisles are crowded with boxes of Toaster Strudel and Velamints, when the line at the delicatessen is 150 yards long and wizened crones bleat that their olive loaf isn't cut thinly enough, when the only packages of meat available are eight pound "econo-paks" for Catholic families, when the only bananas left are pthalo green or black and foetid, when it's triple coupon day, when it's two days before some painful Xtian holiday like Thanksgiving or Xmas, or when someone forgot their checkbook, their credit card, their money, their brain.

I have seen (and this is all taken from actual experiences of the author) a man thumb-fuck a package of chicken breasts as his wife decided which cut of poultry that they'd be consuming that week. I've seen an old man take a plum from a display, put it in his mouth, produce a pit or seed, and throw the pit or seed '''back''' into the display. I've watched as old women have taken from three to five minutes in choosing the right bell pepper for '''them'''. I've seen acne-faced deli boys with colds make sandwiches for store patrons, sniffling and coughing all the while. I've seen tubs of chicken livers left at the register (near Soap Opera Digest) by people who decided at the last crucial minute that they didn't want chicken livers after all. I've seen welfare moms knock a jar of tomato sauce (or apple sauce, or mayonnaise) onto the floor, and keep right on going.

People (meant in as derogatory a sense as possible) consistently make untelegraphed U-turns without looking behind them, their carts inevitably bumping into some fragile, glaze-eyed hag - or '''me'''. People will spend '''hours''' gazing (for I am certain they are not '''reading''') at the labels of every brand of canned beans that the store stocks, and then decide that they never wanted canned beans in the first place. People will squeeze the shit out of the last loaf of your favorite bread and leave it. People will put their oily mitts upon all manner of fruits, vegetables, meats and baked goods without having intended to purchase any of these things. People suck. I hate them.

The corporations that produce all of the stuff in these stores suck, too. There is always some idiot (usually a horrid, maternal type) giving away free samples or coupons in which I am NEVER interested, although they will often go out of their way to insist that I am. I do not use coupons, and I do not want anything free that you want to give to me. Among the things that have been proffered to me: "Weight Watchers" stuff (Whatsa matta, am I too fat?!), little "Pizza-Snax," and diarrhea medicine (my personal favorite).

What's a law-abiding, blood-sucking, Devil-worshipping (''sic'') cultist to do! Here are some suggestions, but I'm sure you all have your own solutions already (like sending someone else or packing an Uzi).

1) Go at night, preferably after ten o'clock. The drawback with this is that many places seem to close their delis and meat counters at night, even if they're a 24-hour operation. There will, however, always be ''some'' good time to go; I've found that the herd's grazing hour (5 - 6 pm) is usually not too crowded.

2) Become a cannibal. This option will not enable you to avoid shopping entirely, however, as you still must purchase condiments and desserts.

3) Look mean. Dress in leather. Scowl. Although an obvious solution Satanically, it is truly inspiring in its effectiveness.

4) When some idiot is blocking your way checking out the maxi-pads or whatever, intone "Excuse me," in as melodious a tone as possible, and if they ignore you, '''ram your cart into them'''. (See Satanic Rule of the Earth #11.)

5) Memorize the store, and buy the same things every week. It's the same fucking store. Get out of this Hellhole as quickly as you can! I am usually able to buy sixty dollars worth of groceries (a week's supply) in about fifteen minutes, if I do not bring my beloved. Bringing your beloved will at least double your time.

6) Put the heavy objects in your order on the conveyor belt first. I cannot emphasize this point strongly enough! The retard (and often enough, it really '''is''' a genuine retard) who bags your groceries '''will not''' be attentive to the various weights and masses of the elements of your purchase, and at least half of your stuff will otherwise be annihilated.
:6) A. Bag your own groceries, you lazy shit!

7) Estimate the cost of your order before you even go to the store. You will thus avoid personal embarrassment, and my wrath, should I be behind you.

And put your goddamned cart back where you got it!

What is described above is the result of a consumer-oriented society, where demand for useless and unnecessary products is created by advertisement. How many different types of sugary cereal do you think there would be if there were no advertisements or promotions for them? Once again, the orchestrators of the Invisible War have turned a basic human need into an arena for the indoctrination of the masses.

Until ''Leviathan's 24-Hour Foode Shoppe'' is opened, our contact with the herd, though involuntary, is necessary. So the next time you need milk or pork or watermelon, growl a bit at the old lady next to you. You'll feel so much better!

==I Hate Everyone==
by Timothy Patrick Butler

1) People are ugly.
2) People are stupid.
3) People are lazy.
4) People are cruel to the wrong entities.
5) People are kind to the wrong entities.
6) People are gullible.
7) People always appreciate a little sarcasm.
8) People have bad taste.
9) People are irresponsible.
10) People have no sense of humor.
11) People insist upon being poorly educated.
12) People insist upon being ripped-off.
13) People insist upon paying high prices for bad food.
15) People do not pay attention to what they are doing.
16) People insist upon living in close proximity to one another.
17) People assume that everyone is everyone else's friend.
18) People assume that relatives should naturally get along with each other.
19) People assume that "going out," getting drunk and having a five minute fuck once per week is not only necessary, but desirable.
20) People are afraid of anything that conflicts with their programming.
21) People assume that one's worth can be discerned by one's occupation.
22) People assume that the more widely a thing is done, the more correct it is.
23) People think that God, UFO's, psychics and horoscopes are real and important.
24) People lie in attempt to cloak their deficiencies.
25) People occupy too much space, use too much raw material, and impinge upon too much of my valuable time.

Why are there so few '''persons'''?

"Why is there so much trouble in this world?"
---
==Lamp of Thoth ad==
THE LAMP OF THOTH 25

SEX MAGIC
STONE CIRCLES
AIDS
CHAOS MAGIC
LEGENDS OF LILLITH
THE KENNEDYS & THE OCCULT REINCARNATION & REGRESSION
CRAFT WAYS KEPT SECRET

'''ALL THESE AND MORE!'''

SUBSCRIPTIONS: £15.95 FOR 6 ISSUES
(£22.60 OVERSEAS)
CURRENT ISSUE: £3.58
(£4.95 OVERSEAS)
[$2.00 = £1.00]

THE LAMP OF THOTH
6-8 BURLEY LODGE RD.
LEEDS LS6 1QP
WEST YORKSHIRE, U.K.

==Dark Lily ad==
DARK LILY
The Reality of the Left Hand Path

The Leading Magazine of the Left Hand Path In the United Kingdom

Published Quarterly
£1.50 per issue, £6.00 annual subscription
Overseas: £2.00 per issue, £8.00 subscription
($2.00=£1.00)

'''BCM/Box 3406, London, WCIN 3XX, U.K.'''

==Does Satan Drive A Pontiac Firebird? An Interview with King Diamond==
by Michael Moynihan

KING DIAMOND MAY BE FAMILIAR to some readers as a popular heavy metal musician with an unmistakable voice, bizarre stage shows and a series of concept albums with allegorical themes. But that's not all - he's also an unrepentant Satanist.

Emerging out of Denmark in the early Eighties with his previous band '''Mercyful Fate''', he's had an undeniable influence on many areras of modern metal. After two initial LPs, he began a rise to prominence with a second band, named simply after his stage persona, '''King Diamond'''. Numerous records (released on the Roadrunner label), world tours and interviews have appeared since then, all the while with King remaining sincere in his beliefs.

A pleasure to speak with, both cordial and articulate, he certainly doesn't fit into any stereotype of the typical rock star.
The following interview took place via telephone in late 1992 from his homestead in Texas.

'''What kinds of music have influenced you over the years?'''

I listen to a lot of different music back home here, all kinds of music - classical too. I try to listen to a lot of different things, but when it comes to playing I only want one thing and that has to come straight from my heart. Exactly what I feel, that's what I want to do.

'''Can you describe what creates that?'''

I think the instruments we use - because we use a lot more than just guitar, bass and drums. We orchestrate a lot of things in '''King Diamond''', even with just guitars, we tend to orchestrate them in what I guess is kind of a classical way - coloring it with a lot of different moods. And then you can really underline it with cellos, violins, harpsichords, good old-fashioned Leslie organs, and that is what we're using quite a bit of in '''King Diamond'''.

'''I've always thought you can draw some comparisons with heavy metal and classical music.'''

Definitely. There are bands that are playing the basic three-chord songs, which can be nice to listen to, but for me to do something I need to satisfy myself and feel that I've gone a step further or that I'm covering a different area than what I've done before - and trying not to repeat myself and not take riffs that I've used before, which is unfortunately the case for some bands. So to really try to do something eise. And also because we're so involved in trying to create different moods, we'll end up with songs on the album that that differ quite a bit from each other. A lot of different tempos - changing the tempo within a song is something that does a lot for me. With many bands you can start a metronome at the beginning of a song and it'll go the whole way through the song - no matter what, they don't change the tempo. And changing the tempo is really hard - you have to stop thinking and start thinking in a different way, which makes it hard to perform. That's satisfying for yourself, to pull that off.

'''So in writing is it still very instinctual, or more a conscious thought process?'''

It's what I feel, you know. Some parts of songs, like the major part, can be super simple, because that's the mood that feels right there. It doesn't need to be complex, that's not the idea. I don't sit down and think, I've got to come up with some complex riffs or otherwise this song won't work. If it works from feeling, then it works.

'''Is there any time of day when you prefer to write?'''

Well, it usually has a better atmosphere in the night, definitely. I do a lot of work in the day too, but I'm not dealing with an open window and the sun coming in - I couldn't work like that! I pull the blinds and turn off all the lights...

'''How did you discover Satanism?'''

A long time back I had some really weird experiences with what I guess you would call "the occult," or the other side, the powers of the unknown... which, there was no way of explaining it - there was nothing like mass-psychosis or any bullshit like that, it really happened. I've had a lot of these experiences but the first time was really weird, because I'd never experienced - and definitely not been aware - of anything like that before. It made me go to the library and get a lot of books about the occult, start reading about it. And whenever you talked about, or heard about, that word "Satan" it was: bad, negative, killing, slaughtering, being evil, evil, evil. And that's probably the way most people see Satanism, ''they have no idea''. They've based it all on what the Church has said in history and unfortunately quite a lot of bands who are dealing with "Satanism" are actually dealing with ''Christian'' Satanism - it's exactly the view that Christians would like people to have on Satanism.

'''I think it's unfortunately just all that these kids know.'''

That's true, exactly. And then one day in an occult bookstore I saw this book that LaVey wrote and I thought, wow, I'll see what this is like and I'll give it a shot. Because I didn't really know, apart from what had been written which was so damn negative. So I thought, I'll find out here the best way, from the source itself. So I read the book and thought, "Hey, this is the way I live my lite - this is the way I tee inside!" It's not like it was a major religion or anything like that, it was a lifestyle that I could relate to 500%. And it's just nice to see your own views and thoughts in words, in a book.

It comforts you in some way. And that is how I felt. Another thing I really like a lot is you're given a big, open space for whatever you want to believe in when it comes to the other side, the afterlife, the before life, or whatever you want to believe in. Whatever you want, you can do what suits you best, without feeling you're doing something bad or something wrong - which is not the case in most religions, where it's like: follow this or you're out! We're all different individuals and we all have our different views, even if it's a simple thing like a car - we don't all like a red car. Some like it red, some like it blue, and it's the same with anything. That's the main thing.

You should also be allowed to have an individual choice, even when it comes to where you're just thinking within about what might be later on, what happens when I die, why am I here. There are a lot of thoughts you have when you're not even putting anything into action directly. You should definitely be able to have a free mind there, and whatever suits you best, you should believe in. Then of course, you ''are'' a certain way, and that comes out into your actions.

'''Christians would like to imagine everything is black and white, according to their own belief structure.'''

Yeah, and that's what I really like here - it's not like a dictatorship religion with "do this" or "do that." It's not even really described, when it comes to beliefs - because it's up to you. If people could only accept each other for being each other and having different views, and then judge each other by 'personality'', which I think we should. Then we'd have a much better world. That was very much what our last album, ''The Eye'', was about - the misuse of power in religion, any kind of religion. Even though it's (fictionally) written, it's actually historically correct. It depicts a lot of stuff that was done in the name of Christ - horrific stuff.

'''Do you remember how long ago it was when you first discovered ''The Satanic Bible''?'''

I think it must have been 1981.

'''And it had an immediate resonance?'''

Oh yeah, and you'll see it reflected in our early lyrics with '''King Diamond''' and '''Mercyful Fate'''. I used the word Satan at that time, and it had a very specific meaning for me-not the one that other people had. So I was involved in misconceptions immediately, from the first thing. A song like "Satan's Fall" from the ''Melissa'' album, for instance, it opens up with exactly that Christian view that I'm talking about, that I don't like bands portraying. But there are only two lines in the whole song that are actually the ''essence'' of it, of the lyric, and it says: ''Use your demon eyes/Uncover the disguise''. And the song opens with "7 Satanic Hell preachers, bringing the blood of a newborn child" - exactly all the stuff I'd read that I was so pissed off about after I had finally found out what it was all really about. But then I say later on that if you really want to put something down - it doesn't matter what it is, it doesn't have to be Satanism or a religion - you should experience it first, or you should at least read about it from the source. You could say, like, a Pontiac Firebird doesn't handle well - some people might say that, some might say the opposite. But how can you say it ''if you never drove one'' - just because you heard some jerk say it? You need to experience things yourself to be able to take a stand - you can't just take everyone else's word.

Because they are individuals too, with their own little viewpoints... you have to be aware of that constantly. And that was brought out in that song, but it was covered up - it was covered up too much in fact. And at that time, not many people knew about these things - it hadn't been described at all to very many people what it was really about. So immediately when they heard the word ''Satan'' or ''Lucifer'' they were scared shitless, hair standing on end everywhere, and "God, this guy's evil!"

'''Well, "evil" is another one of those words that's pretty open-ended.'''

Yeah I know it, and again as I say, it's all individual. It might be evil to somebody to kill a rat in an experiment, to see if we can come up with a drug that will save people. To some it's evil to kill that thing, but other people don't take that view at all - they find it evil to not take that opportunity to try and better the human race. It's a matter of viewpoint, what's good and what's evil. Of course most of the time you have common sense guidelines, but in a lot of examples you can come up with these things where there is no black and white, it doesn't work that way.

'''So would you define your own Satanism as extreme individualism?'''

Pretty much so, but also you recognize who you are, and you appreciate it. You try to get the most out of it, without feeling bad about it. There are so many things, and why should you feel bad about them, because what you're doing is just natural human instinct? So what's so bad about it?

We were made that way, that's the way we came out. We have these human instincts and if we don't go by them we won't survive. It's as simple as that. And those who are trying to tell people: "Hey, go by this book here and you'll be saved forever."... god, you will not be saved! You'll be the easiest victim of all.

'''If these people really followed Jesus' commandments they'd be perpetually stuck on the bottom rung and at the back of the line.'''

We'd still be in the stone age! Fortunately it's a minor part of the population who are like that. There are a lot of people who might consider themselves Christians but they don't act it out like that, according to the book anyway. It's only these preachers who are unfortunately able to get air time on TV. I watch that sometimes, just to get a cheap, good laugh you know - it's amazing, the loss of good actors we have within the field! And again, I'm not sitting here trying to condemn anybody, not at all. I'm saying, if somebody is Christian and is getting something out of it, without hurting anybody, then stick to that belief. Great - though, I don't want you on my team!

'''Were you ever influenced by the pagan religions of Scandinavia?'''

Of course you're influenced by it and you hear about it -- it's deep within the culture of the whole country. The old Vikings, the castles you can go and visit. I've visited a lot of them and I'm very much into this stuff, we've got it all there.
Definitely...

'''How did it come about that you met Dr. LaVey?'''

I ran into his daughter Zeena, in Los Angeles, it must have been in 1988 or something like that. She came to one of our shows, and of course I knew who LaVey was, but suddenly some of our crew guys came up and said, "There's somebody from the Church outside who would like to get in and she says she's Anton Szandor LaVey's daughter." So I said, "Well, let her in, let's see if it's true." And yeah, it actually was.

So she went back to the hotel with me and he knew of me and checked up on all our interviews and music and things like that. And one night we played in San Francisco and a couple of people from the Church came to the show and came up to me and said that he'd like to invite me to come by. And I said, "Wow, I'm not going to pass up that opportunity!"

'''It's very moving to actually speak with him.'''

Definitely. And that made an impression for life, no doubt about it. Spending the night there, just feeling his presence, getting to know the charisma he has, the intelligence and the humor... It's so far from what a lot of people probably imagine him as.

'''He's a true gentleman.'''

Absolutely. And the letters I've received from him... I've been given the privilege of calling him whenever I feel like it, and I haven't used it yet. I don't want to misuse his hospitality.

Some day I might really feel that I need to talk to him about things and then I'll take up the opportunity.

'''Do you consider the music you're playing to have an inherently Satanic content? For example, Dr. LaVey has certain music, especially old songs from the 30's and 40's, which he holds to be particularly powerful.'''

Well, of course that's the music he grew up with, that was some of the input he got. And even still today I, by far, listen mostly to bands from the early 70's. It's just a fact. And I grew up with that stuff. But the main thing I think, if you want to label music Satanic, is you should look at the artist and see, does this stuff really come from the ''inner feelings''? Is this person really letting out his true feelings into this stuff, or is it just a bunch of fake shit to make money? But labelling (''sic'')music is something I don't like very much. A lot of people ask, "How would you label your music?" But I ''never'' label my music - I don't say it's death metal, or Satanic metal, or classical metal, or whatever. I don't care. I write some music, with certain instruments, and this is the way it sounds. If you like it, buy it.

If you don't - too bad!

'''Do you think the fans of '''Mercyful Fate''' and '''King Diamond''' understand some of the ideas you're putting into the music?'''

Well, I make pretty sure that nobody can come and say, "Hey - you are trying to influence people into doing this or doing that," or "You want to convert people" and so on. No way. I raise a lot of questions, definitely. But I try not to give - in straight words - an answer of what I feel about it. You'll never see me doing things like that. People have got to make up their own minds. And if people are not interested in getting anything deeper out of words on an album, that's fine too. We are entertainers - we're not priests. I have my way of life and of course that will influence my music and my lyrics. I put all my feelings into both.

'''What are your future plans?'''

Right at this moment we've started shopping deals for both '''King Diamond''' and '''Mercyful Fate''' [since the time of this conversation Mercyful Fate has signed with Metal Blade and will release an LP titled ''In The Shadows'' on June 22], and they're definitely going to be two separate units, it's only me that will be part of both bands, all the other members are different. And '''Mercyful Fate''' will pursue exactly where we left off, because we definitely left something undone, and that's the feeling of all the old guys. The '''King Diamond''' side of it, the album has already been written, we need the deal and we'll go into the studio and do it. It's 11 songs, the title of the album will be the ''Spider's Lullaby'', and there are only three songs connected lyric-wise into a small trilogy, the rest is individual songs. The reason being that I have enough concept with actually trying to put them and ''Conspiracy'' into book form, which I'm also doing. That's a project that won't be done for some time, but once it is I'll have people into reading horror books read through it and get their input, and if they like it then I'll start pursuing some big publishers and hopefully get the book out sometime. And if the book is a hit - there are a lot of "ifs" here, but you have to be positive - then that might make way for a movie, finally!

==Odditorium==
'''FROM THE PIT''', Volumes 1 & 2, comprising eight issues published throughout 1991, 1992 and 1993. (Available in two compilations, one for each volume, at $8.00 each. Volume Three, #1 at $2.00/$3.00 outside the U.S. Contact: Rev. Michael Rose, P.O. Box 1413, Decatur, AL 35602.)
:Michael Rose is a member of the Church of Satan, and his magazine reflects his own roots in true Satanism. His opinions are forthright, strong and delivered clearly, and I know you'll enjoy his publication.

:Each compilation is digest sized, computer-typeset very readably on grey paper with red covers. Volume One is 64 pages, Volume Two is 76 pages. From Volume One: "Bigotry," an article on "Why Charlie's Not Free," "The Fruits of Egalitarianism," and "Law and Order," as well as many other articles, "Lucifer's Library" (book reviews) and Satanic quotes. Volume Two has more good stuff on "Eugenics," "That Old Time Religion," the writings of Thomas Szasz, as well as an ever-growing review section and more.

:Volume Three, #1, starts with a perceptive editorial examining the conflict of Christians in Waco, and includes an incisive statement concerning the differences between Setians and Satanists, an examination of Objectivism, "Manfred vs. Faust," and an exploration of chandala vs. aristocratic values. This issue is rounded out with a fine review section and Satanic quotes [''sic'']

:'''From The Pit''' is well worth your time and buckage; send for it today.

'''DARK REFLECTIONS #1''', March 1993 ($4.00 per issue, $16.00 for a four-issue sub-scription, all checks and money orders made payable to Jeffrey Deboo, 1442A Walnut Street, #64, Berkeley, CA 94709. Will be bimonthly).
:Twenty-two pages of neat, clear typing plus a red cover stapled on the side. Deboo has authored the entire contents, which include essays, a poem and a list of contacts and publications. Particularly good is the "Satanic Catechism," and "Clash of Judgements: The Case of Sexual Morality." Deboo seems a little disturbed by what he sees as "the fetish for fascism" that "so many Satanists" display. Until a scientific opinion poll of Satanists is taken, I think he's over-reacting to a perception, not an actual majority. Otherwise, very rational, well-thought-out arguments - should prove inspirational to many. Highly recommended.

'''DARK LILY # 15''' (available from BCM/3406, London WCIN 3XX, England. Americans and Canadians: send $4.00 per issue, $16:00 for a four-issue subscription, in US dollars cash or postal money orders in US funds).
:''Dark Lily'' is digest-sized and always has a snappy blue cover, quite a contrast to the many other Satanic 'zines who feel red is the only color of choice. Twelve pages of reduced but readable type containing an article on "Cultural Supremacism and Its Effect on Satanic Belief," a goal and mission statement from Impetus Niger, and an eye-opening account of "The Advantages of Disability," plus an exhaustive listing of other interesting groups, publications and services. Definitely worth your time and $$$.

'''THE LAMP OF THOTH''', Volume 4, Issue #6 ($4.95 for this issue, $22.60 for subscription from the US. Contact: L.O.T., 6-8 Burley Lodge Road, Leeds, LS6 1QP, West Yorkshire, UK).
:Digest-sized, 56 neatly typed pages crammed with articles and contact addresses. The editor is Chris Bray, the proprietor of the Sorcerer's Apprentice, an excellent source of books and magical supplies based in England. This issue has many highlights. First, there's a wonderful editorial by Bray, expressing his fears and doubts about the future of religious freedom for occultists worldwide. "Golem's Gossip" is just that, gossipy and mean but amusing to read. There are well-thought-out articles on astrology, visualization (how to get someone to spring for a drink in a bar), hypnosis and even an "Occult Problem Page." There's a piece entitled "Magic as a Refuge For Failures," along with much more. As a parting shot, the last article is "Laurel and Hardy Satanism," detailing the controversy surrounding Setian David Austen and his participation in the ‘’Cook Report‘’, a Geraldo-esque TV special broadcast several years ago in Britain and produced by fundamentalist Xtians. The people behind this report courted UK occultists without telling them their real agenda, and as a result of the slanderous broadcast, Chris Bray's store was firebombed. John Freedom, the author of the article, further describes Michael Aquino's campaign against other UK Satanic groups. "Americans may fall for Aquino's self-righteous hypocritical double-speak," he contends, "but British Satanists are less gullible. The Temple of Set's UK representative is a dangerous media quisling and publicity junkie." This issue was sent to us along with an amusing button showing Michael Aquino wearing mouse ears.

'''THE HERETIC''' (one year/four issues: $7.00 in New Zealand, $10.00 elsewhere for surface, $15.00 elsewhere for air. Make check/mo payable to Realist Publications, P.O. Box 38-262, Petone, Wellington, NZ).
:K.R. Bolton is the editor/publisher here, and I think it's safe to assume he authors the contents unless otherwise noted; he is a Satanist. The masthead of ‘’The Heretic‘’ declares: "We champion the creative individual above the mass, the defiant above the submissive." October 1992, No. 2. This issue begins with a great lead article on Saddam Hussein and his efforts to create a new Babylon. There is apparently a historical basis for Hussein's role as the heir to Nebuchadnezzar, a heritage preceding Islam. Bolton describes the Iraquis' recent resanctification of the Ishtar Gate and Temple, Nebuchadnezzar's Palace, etc. I wish it had been longer. There is as well a review section featuring Michael Moynihan, a lengthy article on "War & Slavery," and a puzzling piece by Anton Long of the ONA, entitled "The Deceitful Occult Ego." He depicts very accurately the sort of puffed-up intellectuals who haunt the occult community, those displaying "pretension, artifice, the 'I must preserve my own ego by doing down all others' syndrome." But his depiction of the real occultist is scarcely any better, as he stresses hardship, deprivation and the casting-aside of any quest for personal happiness (only an illusion, to Long) to achieve... something that is not clear. I know Long is no Christian, but on the surface this sounds Christian - work, sacrifice, the unwillingness to accept Man as he is.
:
:Also includes lots of news notes, some nice poetry, and a bit of folklore about Herne the Hunter: Only 16 digest-sized pages, reduced photocopies, but there's a good deal here for the money. Definitely one of the better Satanic 'zines.
:
:Issue #3, Jan/Feb/Mar 1993. The lead article details "The Rise of Iron Youth," and mentions Boyd Rice and Michael Moynihan. Includes four pages of reviews, and an update on the BBC exposé of "anti-Satanists," the Christian child abuse scare and its debunkers. The ONA article this time around is clear and inspired; in "Satanism & Race," the author asserts correctly that "Satanism, as part of its sinister strategy, may encourage those forms/beliefs/groups which express this type of Imperium [Satanic goals]. For instance, present day 'extreme Right Wing movements.' In this, Satanists are being sinister - they are not expressing or supporting such views as 'racialism' for instance, because they believe them, but because they know those views may or will aid their Satanic goals, in particular by countering the Nazarene sickness of spirit." Wish some Satanists could see past the ends of their noses to grasp this fact.
:
:Bolton's "Current Comment" is here again, as well as another "Folklore" piece, this time about Wayland the Smith. An article detailing "Australia's Pagan Art" rounds out another fine issue.
:
:Issue #4, April/May/June 1993. With an attractive new logo, this issue starts with an excellent, extensive article on the "Rebirth of the Pagan Ethos" by Karsten O'Rourke. O'Rourke follows the stony path of European paganism from the Roman era through Wagner, Nietzsche, Von List, Von Liebenfels and the New Templars, concluding that "Pagan ideals erected a New Order which was only drowned out by WWII... As the 20th century closes, there rises again these same metapolitical forces. May our end now be success!"
:
:Other articles include "Celtic Left Hand Path" and a piece on the origin of "SAT-TAN" by Tani Jantsang. The other extensive piece is on "The Strange Case of David Austen," a Magister in the Temple of Set and member of its Council of Nine. Bolton's criticisms and observations of Austen are merciless; Austen's responses are cryptic, obtuse and often hilarious. As Bugs Bunny would say, "Whatta maroon!"
:
:The usual reviews, news, poems, and editor Bolton took extra care to get some illustrations into this one.
:
:Issue #5, July/ August/September 1993 This gets off to a fine start documenting the Satanic activities and views of Albert Pike, Confederate Brigadier General. Next Tosser Michael Aquino's response to the previous issue's Austen exposé along with Bolton's reply. Articles on "Satanism & the Cthulhu Mythos," "Vlad Dracula," and more fun at the expense of T/S (including cartoons!) as well as the usual features complete another fine issue.
:
:Also from Realist Publications be sure to examine '''Temple of Set: Behind the Facade''' (NZ - $10, US - $5) which documents in detail the various attempts by T/S to slander various occultists and how it has blown up in their faces. Also of interest is '''The Dark Doctrine''', the principal doctrinal text of the OLHP. This 34 page booklet (NZ- $10, US - $5) covers the Satanic philosophy espoused by this organization and presents several original rituals based on various historically Satanic traditions.

'''BLOOD OF YGGDRASIL: A Pictorial Journey Through the Nine Norse Worlds''' ($8.00 from COWAN, PO Box 15, Altadena, CA 91003 USA. Postage: $1.00 US, $2.00 foreign).
:
:A curious and enchanting little volume of illustrations depicting characters and incidents from the Norse legends. Those involved in Norse and Runic magic will want this, as may any Wagner fans. The book itself is about 6" × 9", 48 heavy pages, clothbound in an antique-looking red. The old-fashioned cover printing is in gold.
:
:When you open these "lids" (for so book covers were once called, when they were all hardbound) you'll find more red pages with black printing, hand-sewn into the heavy binding. The illustrations are good, for the most part, and the introduction emphasizes and encourages a turning-away from the slave religion of Christianity and back to the rich traditions of our pagan ancestors. The publisher has recreated the kind of magical old book you might find in a flea market and take home to wonder over.

'''KING OF INSTRUMENTS, INSTRUMENT OF KINGS''' by Doran Ragnarok ($5.00 from COWAN, PO Box 15, Altadena, CA 91003 USA. Postage: $1.00 US, $2.00 foreign).
:
:A digest-sized pamphlet, but more than a pamphlet, produced with the same quirky care for the beauty and perhaps an air of antiquity, as the volume mentioned above (‘’BLOOD OF YGGDRASIL‘’). Only twelve little red pages, bound into a leather-textured softcover, hand-glued around red "end-papers." The same gold printing and lovely runic design grace the cover. This is the story of the theatre organ, that great roaring orchestra-in-itself that most of our generation has never been able to experience in its native state. Ragnarok's treatment covers the highlights, but it is not meant to be exhaustive, only an introduction pointing the way to more for those who are interested. Some nice illustrations and quality printing.

'''GEEK''' Issue #1, March 1993 (full-sized, 48 pages. $5.00 postpaid, or $20.00 for 5 issues. c/o ACI, P.O. Box 480531, Denver, CO 80248-0531). Michael Moynihan is a Senior Editor here.
:
:''GEEK'' tells us it's "mostly great stuff," and it's true. Firstly, the format is professional and attractive, and it's chock-full of material. There's an overview of the career of Bodil, a Danish porn queen whose specialty was animals and whose early beauty has decayed rapidly; Bodil's fall from a fresh-checked young girl who loved animals (really - she ran her own farm) to the broken-down whore with swollen ankles is pathetic and devastating. One of my favorite pieces was an analysis of potted meat product; I now feel justified in my lifelong aversion to it. But the highlight of the issue is the "Interview With a Bum," conducted by Michael Moynihan and Shaun Partridge of the Partridge Family Temple - the reporters buy a homeless man a McDonald's meal and get him to spill his guts about life on the street. According to him, the biggest problem is all those people who pretend to be homeless; they're just messing it up for everyone. A rather odd sexual encounter comprises "The Tadger Chronicles," and there's another excellent interview with film composer Danny Elfman. F.C. Dobbs contributes a personal experiencepiece on drugs; the issue is rounded out with several pieces of strange fiction which I didn't find particularly interesting, but the editors are promising more, by Paul DiFilippo and Marc Laidlaw, two SF writers of note.

'''ABRASAX''' # 17, 18, 19, 20, edited by James M. Martin ($5.00 each from P.O. Box 1219, Corpus Christi, TX 78403-1219).
:
:Billing itself as an "occult quarterly," ''ABRASAX'' (not to be confused with ‘’ABRAXAS‘’) is mainly concerned with Thelema and Crowley, but is happy to stray into any area of 20th Century magick editor James Martin feels may be of interest to his readers. Articles from these issues include: "Music Magick," "I Spy: Secret Societies & Occult Espionage," "The Rite of the Ankh," and in issue #19, a remembrance of Satanic poet Andre Soly witten by Tani Jantsang.
:
:Of possible interest to Satanists is a regular column by Diane Vera - the Miss Hathaway of Satanism. In her inaugural installment of "From the Darkside," Vera professes to be seeking historical references to Satanic religions prior to the founding of the Church of Satan in 1966 C.E. But when presented with a wealth of such material by the Jantsang/Marsh cabal, she glosses over it quickly in her column in #17, preferring to spend the next seven pages or so discussing 20 year old gossip about Michael Aquino and Anton LaVey that is boring and inaccurate. Vera has her own ad, "Satanism Without Delusions of Grandeur"? "And Without Right-Wing Politics"? It's interesting that Vera constantly professes her ignorance of the Satanic scene, then tries to sum it up in a couple of pat phrases like these: "I'm not qualified to judge them one way or the other." "The word 'spiritual' is admittedly vague..." "I have no way of knowing whose story is true." which only attest to her cluelessness. Presumably Jantsang/Marsh's suggestions would have had her cracking the books for weeks, but instead she appeals, more than once, to the readership for their thoughts on the subjects.
Why? For more gossip, hearsay, unfounded and undocumented assertions?
:
:Vera further asserts that "there's no such thing as a Satanic political philosophy."
:
:Perhaps. But there are certain implications to tenets like "responsibility to the responsible" and smashing your enemies three-fold. If this kind of power philosophy isn't what attracted Vera to Satanism, what did? Maybe she'd like to share her own feelings about Satan as freely as she discusses LaVey's.
:
:Issue #19 sees the premiere of a magickal advice column, "The Sorcerer's Apprentice," which should be of interest to beginners while #20 has a splendid article "Humanism and the Invisible War" which examines Dr. LaVey's influnce [‘’sic‘’] on magic(k) and is a perfect antidote to Vera's meanderings. ‘’ABRASAX‘’ improves with each issue, the last three moving on to laser typesetting and even more interesting graphic art so don't hesitate to subscribe.
:
:This one's a keeper.

'''THE SWORD & SHIELD''' #1 (by the Knights of Satan, 12 pages, no price but $3.00 should do it: P.O. Box 81137, Fiddlers Green Postal Station, Ancaster, Ontario, Canada LIG 4X1).
:
:"Magic: Does it really Work?," poetry by Marguerite Thompson, art, endangered species, articles about "Non-Hollywood," "Young Satanists," "Legends Born of Myths," and "The Reality of Demons." Nice, neat format and some real Satanic spirit here - check it out.

'''BALDER''' July 1992 Issue, 32 digest-sized pages - free to members - editor Jason Bridgehead c/o Order of the Jarls of Baelder, 60 Elmhurst Rd., Reading, Berks. RG1 5HY England).
:
:The cover depicts a rather bucolic scene, ancient Greeks discussing a written document. The tone of ‘’Balder‘’ is equally gentle; while the articles advise us that the elite are at war with things-as-they-are, there is a spirit of community and concern for other members of "The Brotherhood." This magic is not overtly Satan-inspired, although the contents reveal that these brothers do consider themselves Satanists - affiliated orders listed in the back include O.N.A., O.L.H.P., and the O.T.B.
:
:There is a page of letters from members and a discussion of two major runes. Next comes a delightful article on Botticelli, a historical piece on the Berbers, "The Greatest Prize" (an exhortation by a recently-passed-on Elder advocating a coming together of elite folk under ‘’Balder‘’ to battle the Xtian scourge), "The Ethos of Warriors" part 1B lays it all down, stressing respect, "Conquer, Destroy, Create" by the O.N.A.'s Anton Long advocating the destruction of the mediocrity breeding powers-that-be and an exploration of space - though he seems to think happiness and comfort are illusions (perhaps for him ‘’they are‘’), and finally a discussion of the swastika and the Thule Society.

'''SATANISM - A Basic Introduction for Perspective Adherents''', under the auspices of the Order of Nine Angles (Thormynd Press, P.O. Box 700, Shrewsbury, Shropshire, England [no code]. It's $5.00 US cash, $25.00 if paying by US check, 1 £ in the UK).
:
:This is digest-sized, coverless, about 15 pages typewritten. It's an excellent introduction to what the ONA's all about, if you've been reading their work elsewhere and would like a handle on it. The author claims he has the "honour of being the Grand Master representing traditional Satanists." The ONA veers from the Church of Satan in several ways. Firstly, they stress the Satanic path as one that is difficult and fraught with adversity. No one's denying that life can throw you some curves and that you're usually better off when you learn to deal with them. But no Satanist I know seeks pain or the path of greatest resistance; certainly no animal would. ONA also stresses amorality for Satanists, and I agree - but why then do they say "there is also real evil"? Is the judging of something as "evil" not a subjective judgement based on some moral code? The ONA also stresses that a Satanist "desires to evolve... to fulfill the potential of existence, of godhead/divinity latent within them [sic]." Once again, a man is not good enough as he is; he's not permitted to accept himself until he's gone on some journey to fulfillment. To me, this is moving in exactly the wrong direction: most people's biggest problems stem from their inability to live the truth of their flesh, to accept themselves as the animals they are. This striving toward Divinity, is Christian in nature.

'''LIVE!''' (sixteen pages, typewriter type printer sideways in a digest-sized format, $3.00 from P.O. Box 101, St. Boniface Postal Station, Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada R2H 3B4).
:
:The cover is of a laughing young man lounging on a mussed-up bed in someone's attic bedroom; there's a cute l'il [''sic''] devil cartoon in one corner (logo of the Order of Dionysus/Sabazios of which this is an affiliating publication). Issue #2, January 1993, articles include dealing with the "Age of Consent," and another on "The Oppression of Youth." Sandwiched between these are little pearls of wisdom from the editor, whose views on other issues are usually in line with true Satanic principles as put forth in ''The Satanic Bible''. A little pricey for 16 pages, but it's printed very neatly and attractively, and the editor writes well. Issue #3, April 1993, begins with a rather obtuse, four-page explanation that their "cover-youth" is Billy Bob, and he personifies some principle important to the editor.
:
:Youthfulness (and sexuality) is certainly a theme in this little publication; the editorial tells us that "visiting locations where younger guys or gals hang out is obviously essential but not that difficult. You, as the seeker, do not have to be a Boy Scout troop leader, or a Big Brother or Sister, or a Roman Catholic priest or nun, or a school teacher, or the like, though you have a head start if you are." The article "Hypocrisy in Society" also bears this out, as it bemoans society's two-faced approach to youth, stressing its beauty but forbidding its freedom. The best piece is probably "The Human Animal," a lightweight analysis of the progressively greater repression of our instincts in civilized countries. Neatly done, clean and readable, but thin.

'''REJUVENATION MAGAZINE''', Issues 3, 4,5, 6 edited by Joe Aufricht ($4.00 USA, $5.00 elsewhere from P.O. Box 711, Lakewood, OH 44107).
:
:Thirty pages, digest-sized, typewriter typeset, a little difficult to read (a new typewriter is called for, I believe). This publication, edited by the founder of the Order of Dionysus/Sabazios, has a similar focus to that of LIVE/ Teen freedom, sexual freedom in particular, is advocated. In issue #3 topics covered include "Free Will vs. God's Will," "Evolution Theory Isn't Evil," "Drunks Are Not Satanists," and "Future Sex." Issue #4 includes a poem about a young man and his 9-year-old girlfriend, "Self-Sacrifice What For?", and "Let Teens Vote." Issue #5 runs the gamut from "Myths: Psychotherapy and Mental Illness," and "The Threatening Gym Teacher," to Demo reviews. Issue #6 includes youth advocate poetry, "Bowling Alley Bullshit," Death Metal Reviews and a commentary on accusations that their order advocates paedophilia. Each issue contains "Lilith Lustlove's Personals" for those seeking contact. Mr. Aufricht explores areas of Satanism and his particular slant on the maturity and right to freedom of adolescents as well as their ability to "rejuvenate" older individuals through interaction.

'''CALL OF THE RACE: An Epic Poem''' by Kenneth Lloyd Anderson ($3.00 from White Temple Books, P.O. Box 452, Hastings, MN 5503).
:
:A tiny, 4" ×7" pamphlet bound in red, with 26 professionally-typeset pages inside.
:
:Anderson talks, in free verse, about what he views as the roots of the White race's downfall, what's keeping it down, and how Whites must lift themselves up again. One might expect such a "racist" (Anderson prefers the term "racialism") to be illiterate and shallow, but this poem is poignant and moving. "This is still Nietzsche's age," he tells us. "We have run away from what's necessary.. whole men know/That hate is as necessary as love."

'''THELEMIX 1993''', a production of the Ordo Mysterium Baphe-metis, printed in a limited print run of 56 copies, available only by the selection of Grand Mistress MegAstron and Grand Master Megalion.
:
:Digest-sized, thirty-five pages with the ubiquitous red cover. Well-written essays concerning the number of wisdom, "naga," the Serpent, chivalry in the occult world, the Major Greek Gods, the powers of the True Self, "crowns, Sceptres and Thrones," and computers. Not without its own wry humor; finishes with something called "The Emerald 'Tablet." If Thelema is your thing, these people seem very knowledgeable but with their feet on the ground; contact them at P.O. Box 156, W. Nottingham, NH 03291-0156, USA.

'''ONSLAUGHT''', Vol. 4, no. 1, edited by Dragon Undomiel ($5.00 from the Luciferian Light Group, P.O. Box 7207,
Tampa FL 33673).
:
:The LLG is a White Power group that calls itself Satanic; they use Satanic symbols and say that "the Aryan peoples are the true children of Satan." This issue contains a ritual of "Gratitude/Honor Before Satan," some charts of "magickal" elements and correspondences, and a lengthy section of reprinted new articles titled "Dateline: HellA Special Report from Hell's Newsroom." Nice use of graphics here. There are extensive listings and ads of other Satanic groups and publications, as well as an explanation of the "Unified Churches," an attempt to put together several of the self-proclaimed Satanic groups operating right now. This may be already defunct, as this issue was followed up by a bulletin detailing the LLG's split from Embasat. An attractive, neat publication but not much "meat."

'''THE NEW JACKAL''', Vol. 1, Embassy of Lucifer, Chad Ian Miller, presiding, P.O. Box 998, Stewart, BC, VOT 1WO, Canada. (No price given, try $5.00. Fifteen pieces of 8.5'x 11" paper, covered front and back with poorly photocopied, single space dot matrix output.)
Setian Chad starts out by preaching to the converted about how bad Xtianity is.
:
:Then he goes into a long description of the Embassy and its degree system, which must be a real degree system because you get to change the color of your robes and belts a lot. Next a discussion of "Satanic Child Molestation and Animal Sacrifice which barely mentions these topics although the article is six pages in length. Then a treatise about math and magic which Pythagoras would spit upon, followed by a piece on time which is actually about "Creation." Concludes with a very extended dictionary of Demons. Entire contents by Chad.
:
:It was reported to us that Chad has again changed horses and formed an Xtian church, but this is unverified. However, this zine may be unavailable for that reason - inquire.

'''LUCIFER RISING''' #1, yet another new publication by Chad Ian Miller, who changes his projects (and his mind) like other people change their sheets, it would seem. ($6.00 from the Embassy of Lucifer, P.O. Box 998, Stewart, BC VOT 1WO, Canada.)
:
:Typewriter-typeset on goldenrod paper and stapled in one corner, the cover is the god Baphomet, an oft-copied piece of artwork. There's about eight pages of Chad outlining his perspectives on the Satanic scene plus the rules and regulations for his own, much-better-than-new organization.
:
:Then there's the reprinting of a sample issue of ONSLAUGHT, the publication of the Luciferian Light Group (separate from Chad's) and finally the reprinting of some pages from The King in Yellow (hence, perhaps, Chad's choice of paper). Chad claims to be providing a neutral forum for all Satanists, via this publication and his Embassy of Lucifer and Church of Lucifer.
:
:However, he has been a member of the Temple of Set for about eight months, and immediately launches into the spurious story of the "collapse of the Church of Satan" and how Anton LaVey "plagerized" [sic] ''The Satanic Bible''. How neutral does that sound to you? This is warmed-over non-information plus more blathering from Chad; your six bucks would be well-spent elsewhere.

'''ECLECTIC MAGE JOURNAL''', Issue H3, Jan/Feb 1993, edited by H.J. Mowry, Jr. aka Zepher ($3.00 from P.O. Box 6911, Pittsburgh, PA 15212).
:
:Very perky layout with interesting use of scanned graphics, full-sized with eighteen pages, EM's subtitle is "Achieving Goals Through a Diverse System of Magick" Poetry is sandwiched between articles on witchcraft, color magic, etc. This issue is concerned with Satan: "Is He Really a Bad Guy?" The authors demonstrate sympathy for the Devil even if their sources re modern Satanism are more than a bit myopic. We've learned that the editor has become enamored of Aquino's world view so take that into consideration should you have cause to deal with this person.

'''INCREDIBLY STRANGE MUSIC VOL. I''', edited by V. Vale and Andrea Juno (Re/Search, 20 Romolo St., #B, San Francisco, CA 94133 1993; 193 pages, ISBN 0-940642-22-0, $17.99, full-sized softcover).
:
:A series of interviews with record collectors and recording artists, focusing on music from the 50's and 60's. The music they talk about is largely rockabilly and trash bin discoveries, and the emphasis is on what middle class American culture has left behind, deemed "tacky" or "bad." And some of it is bad; how good could a bunch of songs by Rodney Allen Rippy be? Some of these collectors are interested in the obscurity of the recordings themselves, while others genuinely enjoy the sounds; all seem a little disappointed that many others are beginning to discover their finds and are driving up the flea market prices. However, if the underground had never embraced Martin Denny, there wouldn't be the wonderful Exotica release on CD and I wouldn't have been able to enjoy it.The interview with Denny is good, as are the reproductions of album covers throughout the volume.
:
:What interested me Satanically about the book, was the principle of cultural scavenging, roaming through what the status quo has left behind and pulling out the real gems, the truly magical recordings. then returning to your lair to enjoy that magic, to send those vibes out into the ether. You don't have to like these people or their music to learn something about the power of getting off the cultural beaten track. As the editors says in their introduction, "These records become more than a consumeristic product; they become an expression of the collector's inner vision and express an alternate aesthetic philosophy."
:
:The fact that Juno and Vale have termed this "Volume One," gives them an out, I suppose, to explain the glaring omissions of musical preservationists like Anton LaVey, Tiny Tim, Boyd Rice and even Dr. Demento, the latter whose radio show drove me out into the garage sales for 78's when I was only fifteen. I hope Volume Two is a little more adventurous.

'''ANSWER ME!''' Issue 3, edited by Jim Goad (Goad to Hell Ents., 1608 N. Cahuenga Blvd, #666, Hollywood, CA 90028. $5.00
first class; $4.00 third rate).
:
:Long awaited, but worth the wait.
:
:Jim and Debbie have hit their stride with this one, with full color Nazi cover and 131 pages of beautifully-designed mayhem.
Many artists have contributed cartoons and drawings, including John Wayne Gacy, Ottis Toole, Mark David Chapman and Charles Manson, so if you're a serial killer collector, get out your checkbook. Jim does another excellent "encyclopedia," this time about unique and notorious suicides - photos abound. Debbie's tirades are right on the money; particularly touching is "I Hate Being a Jew," wherein she rails against her psychological heritage of being a penny-pinching pessimist. I got the biggest kick of all, though, from Jim's article on guns.
:
:Goad's poison pen was never sharper, and after reading this to myself I read it aloud to others and we laughed until the tears ran.
Combining truth with masterful wit and sarcasm, Jim tells One Man's Gun Story, and includes devastating pro-gun quotes from our founding fathers.
:
:Also included are interviews with Boyd Rice, Al Sharpton, the Underdog Lady, the Kids of Widney High, and Debbie contributes a couple of phony phone calls to Dr. Kevorkian and a suicide prevention hot line. Debbie is great at these things; the call to Kevorkian is chilling.
:
:What's really gonna get Answer Mel #3 on America's shit list, however, is Adam Parfrey's article, "Pederastic Park." This piece takes up the notion that director Steven Spielberg has "short eyes," and analyzes his past film efforts as expressions of this proclivity. Cartoonist Coop supplies the accompanying artwork, which shows Spielberg wielding a "hook" at a bare-butted Peter Pan.
:
:You might find this issue on a newsstand somewhere, or you can order it from See/Hear. I recommend you send out immediately and get it right from the Goads own hot little hands. You need Answer Mel, the misanthropist's balm for cultural ennui.

'''PANTY LINE FEVER #4''', edited by Rick Hall ($4.00 from PLF, 234 E. 7th St., #1FE, New York, NY 10009 - age statement must accompany order; make check/m.o. payable to Rick S. Hall).
:
:The Biannual Bulletin of Sex, Film and Intellectual Smuggery, ''PLF'' is a perky little mag that never fails to satisfy. This time around, an interview with underground comic artist Daniel Clowes, a visit to a Manhattan S&M parlor, a critique of Ken Russell's film ''The Devils'' by Ivan Lerner, Reuben Radding's column "The Final Judgement," lovely lasses with half-clad asses, and more.

'''EVIL: The Newsletter For True Crime Book Fanatics''' edited by Dan Kelly ($1.00 from P.O. Box 476641, Chicago, IL 60647).
:
:I guess the tag title says it all; I know there are such fans in our readership. Editor Kelly gets lots of reviews of true crime books into a slim but well-laid-out and typeset format. This might be the place for you to trade info on new or old books and find out what clinkers to avoid on the bookracks.

'''VAMPIRES ANONYMOUS''', Winter and Summer 1993, edited by Amoura ($5.00 from P.O. Box 803, Langhorne PA, 19047).
:
:Each issue is about 20 pages of manuscript-format poetry and fiction dealing with vampires and vampiric magic. The magazine is produced by the Order of Xanastia, "an Elitist Society for Thelemic heathens of all persuasions, writers, artists, vampire, horror and science fiction fans." The poetry was in the usual romantic, Dark Shadows-esque vein, and I particularly liked the full-page, black and white sigils which would make nice tattoos.

===GUEST REVIEWS===
'''THE MONSTER SHOW: A Cultural History of Horror''' by David J. Skal. (W.W. Norton and Co., 1993, 432 pages, $25.00)
:
:''William Everisto, Reviewer.''
:
:If you're looking for an excellent survey of general horror and its interaction with our culture from the turn of the century to modern chillers like Silence of the Lambs, this is the book for you. Skal dredges up authors and connections from the early days of Dracula, Frankenstein and the Mummy that other writers have neglected. He makes quite a point of the Nazi fascination with wolves and the concurrent American rage of Wolfmen and Cat people movies. From there, he moves deftly through Entertaining Comics vs. Dr. Fredric Wertham, Maila Nurmi as the original "doom, gloom and va-va-voom" TV hostess, and the Japanese 50's Godzilla type screamers which, in Skal's analysis, "put a face on the Bomb."
:
:The book opens with a still from Freaks, setting a tone throughout the book of American horror as sideshow. Skal states that "the motion picture itself had begun its career as a sideshow attraction, a curiosity at the fringes of mainstream entertainment." He credits one man, Tod Browning, with setting the tone with his productions of Dracula and Freaks - a carnival barker's tone that naturally grew from his background in carnivals and vaudeville. Though Skal does a thorough job of showing the influence of Freaks, it's too bad he hadn't contacted Anton LaVey to fill in some gaps regarding its re-release in the late 50's, which LaVey was responsible for.
:
:Skal marks 1931 as the birth of the horror film, with the release of ''Frankenstein'' and ''Dracula'' and neatly closes the book by paralleling the releases of modern versions in 1991: ''Terminator 2'' and ''Silence of the Lambs''.
:
:Throughout this book, he ties our compulsion toward horror to events dominating the mass consciousness at the time - wars, economic collapse, epidemics and political witch-hunts. One particularly pertinent summing quote comes from anti-feminist feminist Camille Paglia: "Horror films are rituals of pagan worship. There Western man obsessively confronts what Christianity has never been able to bury or explain away." Skal's book shows that as long as Man continues his lurchings toward "civilization," there will always be a place for nightmares.

'''FRIGHTEN THE HORSES''', edited by Mark Pritchard (Heat Seeking Publishing, 41 Sutter St. #1108, San Francisco, CA 94104; $5.00 for sample issue, $16.00 for four-issue subscription).
:
:''Jeffrey Deboo, Reviewer.''
:
:Professional-quality quarterly dedicated to the cutting edge of sexuality, especially in its more unorthodox variants. Bondage, fetishism, sadomasochism, gay/bi - whatever you'e into, you'll find it here. Both erotic fantasy fiction and serious articles are featured, along with reviews and a news roundup from the front lines of the depressingly endless battle for sexual freedom against life-hating religious fanatics.
:
:A leftist political undertone sometimes intrudes, but in the main these people skewer the "progressive" P.C. sacred cows as eagerly as those of Christian "traditional family values" - article topics have included the menace of overpopulation, the biological/evolutionary roots of human behavior, an exposé of the myth that AIDS threatens U.S. heterosexuals, and a deliciously ruthless piece on revenge against rapists. It's rough, raw, and gritty, not sweetness-and-light romanticism; a pleasure-loving, life affirming philosophy is evident throughout. Highly recommended.

'''CHRISTIAN CHILD ABUSE: The Reality''' (42 pages, digest-sized, $10.00 from Realist Publications, P.O. Box 38-262, Petone, Wellington, New Zealand).
:
:''Jeffrey Deboo, reviewer.''
:
:After reading this item, you'll be enraged on two counts: first on behalf of all the children molested by the perverts who seem to infest the clergy of almost every branch of Christianity, and second at the colossal nerve of those who have been spreading the "Satanic ritual abuse" myths while the reality of their holy men's depravities outstrips even their '''fantasies''' about us!
:
:The text analyzes why Christianity is a breeding ground of pedophilia (a religion which demands repression of mormal [''sic''] sexual urges, notably Catholicism with its celibate clergy, just bottles up those urges until they explode in some twisted new form) and dissects a few celebrated cases such as the Mt. Cashel Catholic Orphanage in Canada. The rest is accounts culled from news media around the world, in which countless men of God seem almost to vie with one another to see who can heap the worst abuse on any minor in reach. A New Orleans priest carries off the trophy with allegations that he made his dog take part in the molesting sessions (which were sometimes done at gunpoint), accumulated a 160-hour hardcore video library of his acts, and supplied a kiddie-porn magazine with photos of a retarded youth he had victimized.
:
:Worst of all is how, in case after case, higher church authorities actively shield molestors (''sic''). Parents outraged at some clergyman's depredations are told to exercise (yes, you guessed it) the Christian virtue of forgiveness, while the offender is transferred out of trouble and into a new locality where he is unknown and where fresh, unsuspecting victims await.
:
:Now that even the mainstream media are focusing increased attention on this subject, it's clear that our New Zealand brethren have found a potent issue to wield against the sick Nazarene cult befouling our civilization.

'''SATANISM AND WITCHCRAFT''' by Jules Michelet, translated by A.R. Allinson (Citadel Pres, New York, 1992 E.V.; 332 pages, $12.95, paperback).
:
:''Jeffrey Deboo, reviewer.''
:
:Originally written over a century ago and now newly republished, this formidable work (the product of thirty years of research) brings to life the story of Satanism from the birth of the Middle Ages to the Renaissance, in elegant and stately yet easily-devoured prose. This is history as epic rather than dry chronicle, a tapestry of words more moving and revealing than a thousand clinical photographs.
:
:Never, save perhaps in the best of Twain, have the utter misery and squalor and degradation of medieval life been made so vived. Michelet shows how medieval man's hopelessness and desperation, born of a thousand torments rained down upon him by Church and State in the name of God, drove him to seek the aid of the Rebel who was that God's chief adversary - and who, alone of the dieties available to him, would sanction his own rebelliousness against the vile abominations of his masters, rather than telling him to turn the other cheek.
:
:Medieval Satanism took a thousand forms, from the dumb masses' fearful veneration of old women who had managed to preserve the old pharmaceutical knowledge demonized and forgotten by the Church, to the invocation of forbidden arts by the victimized to better their lot and strike back against their oppressors, to the Dionysian abandon of the "Sabbaths" and the solemn blasphemies of the Black Mass. Medieval Satanism was widespread and '''it was real''' - the similarity of accounts from widely separated lands and eras affirms this. The term Satanism (rather than Devil-worship) is appropriately used here, since with rare exceptions the witches and sorcerers of those days saw Satan as an ally and fellow foe of tyranny and injustice, not as a stern and demanding master like Jehovah.
:
:Michelet clearly wrote with no concern about how his prim-and-proper contemporaries would react to the results of his research. He pulls no punches in revealing - even with some sympathy - the frequency of incestuous practices in the Middle Ages, and the intimate links between incest and Satanism in every era. He emphasizes the fully equal and sometimes even pre eminent role of women in Satanism, from the lone witch to the "Sabbath" priestess, in a day when Christianity's byword was still mulier taceat in ecclesia. But interestingly, though medieval witchcraft did indeed preserve many pagan practices, he finds therein no trace of any etherial prehistoric goddess-worship - which will probably make the re-publication of this work something of an unwelcome event among certain groups who have long made a practice of beefing up their own rather wan mythology by ripping off what turns out to be our heritage after all.
:
:But for us, who seek to '''reclaim''' that heritage, it is essential reading - our history retold with all its drama and tragedy shining through.
:
:I cannot close this review without one quote from Michelet's splendid peroration. Asking himself whether Satanism and Christianity can be reconciled in modern times, he proclaims:
:
:"Is there one science you can name that was not originally a revolt against authority? There is only one way to reconcile the two spirits and unite the two Churches. This is to demolish the new one, the one which, from its earliest beginnings, was declared sinful and damnable. Let us destroy, if we can, all the sciences of nature, demolish the observatory, the museum, the botanic garden, the school of medicine, every library of modern books. Let us burn our legal enactments and our codes. Let us go back to the Canon Law. These novelties, one and all, were Satanic; no progress ever made but was his guilty work...How to expiate all this? ... will Satan undo this great work? Never! for it rests on three eternal foundation-stones, - Reason, Right, and Nature."
:
:This man was one of us in spirit. Even a century late, his book should be read.

'''GLENN DANZIG''', musician and member of the bands '''Samhain''', '''Misfits''' and '''DANZIG'''. (Check larger music stores for albums).
:
:''Ken Gage, reviewer.''
:
:BOMBASTIC MUSIC IS HERE! In a market so glutted with anything-goes mediocrity, the commercial release of Glenn Danzig's ''Black Aria'' is a true Hellsend. ''Black Aria'''s darkly powerful and revisionist sound keeps the album from being categorized with Neo-Classical or New Age music, yet this is no rock album. But this may only be an experimental departure for the musician, whose three DANZIG albums are often described as a blend of R&B and melodious heavy metal, a la John Lee Hooker meets Black Sabbath. Although his early years with Samhain and the Misfits were a punk-rock legend, they can't hold a black candle to DANZIG or his latest - lend an ear to Black Aria. I think you'll discover that your only regret is the album is far, far too short.

'''MINISTRY''', a unique musical group. (Check any large music store).
:
:''Ken Gage, reviewer.''
:
:If you’ve been haunting music stores for a sound that meets His Satanic Majesty's measure, then '''MINISTRY''' has arrivesd (''sic'')! Although the band has been extant since the early 80's, its viscerally distinct industrial/cyberbilly sound didn't blossom until the 1988 release of ''Land of Rape and Honey''. What's cyberbilly, you ponder? - a combination of bluegrass and thrash! Now, don't be frightened by '''MINISTRY''''s semi-commercial viability. (And don't give me any unholier-than-thou lip about melody either! - I'm talking about an overall Devilish musicianship!)
:
:Sporting Ol' Nick's pentagram tattooed on his shoulder, lead vocalist Al Jourgensen gleefully disdains mainstream religion: "It's one giant, false life-insurance policy: 'Pay us money now, we'll promise you'll have a good afterlife.' So they pay their money and happily go off on their own merry little way, making sacrifices on the promise of a better afterlife. Do you know anyone who's come back and complained about their policy? ...It's the biggest insurance scam ever invented." Nothing new to our ears.
:
:'''MINISTRY''''s bassist, Paul Barker, offers his own aphoristic evilspeak in punctuation to Jourgensen's. "So, if you're gonna sin," says Barker, "sin boldly. Because, if you believe, you're gonna have to do something in the long run to make up for it." If you know what he's saying, give the band a listen. But if you don't appreciate '''Psychic TV''', '''Godflesh''', or '''Prong''', this won't be your cup of tea either.

:'''TERRA-SHOCK''' ''The Art of Impact'' Demo tape. Contact: Black Mosaic Management, c/o Brent Miller, P.O. Box 1074, Rockland,
ME 04841.
:
:''Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.''
:
:Satanism has greatly influenced the field of heavy metal, from surface imagery to deeper philosphical explorations of Satanic principles. This tape is a fine example of the latter, with well-crafted music whose lyrics investigate the invisible war, social Darwinist thinking, and living apart from the herd.
:
:The five songs herein are professionally performed and well recorded. Under Stefan Blacart's able hand, this demo is a strong start from a band that will certainly be heard from in the near future.

'''RUNNING WITH THE DEVIL, Power, Gender, and Madness in Heavy Metal Music''' by Robert Walser. (Wesleyan University Press, Hanover, NH, 1993; 222 pages, ISBN 0-8195-6260-2, paperback.)
:
:''Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.''
:
:Here at last is a book exploring the subject of heavy metal music without the usual moralistic condemnation or plain condescension so prevalent in other works to touch the subject. Walser is a musician (he's even played with metal bands) and gives a detailed musical analysis whose complexity, and links to such past virtuosic styles as baroque music, might surprise many. Also explored are the sociological factors which have made this such a potent genre in recent years. The author gives some history and confines his work to the more popular and obvious musicians, thus avoiding the more Satanic subgenres and their symbolism and lyrics. Satanism as a motivating philosophy is not part of this book, but the author demolishes arguments against heavy metal made by Carl Raschke in his "academic potboiler," Painted Black.
:
:This book will be an eye-opener and is a great foundation for future works to take this musical genre seriously.

'''HAMMER AGAINST CROSSI''', Issue 2, edited by J.P. Tabone (Poste Restante, 31000 Toulouse R.P., France, 1992; 19 pages, A 4 format, 15 francs, in French).
:
:''Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.''
:
:This graphically beautiful 'zine covers the alternative music scene with a social Darwinist slant. Featured here are interviews with Michael Moynihan (Blood Axis), Sveinbjörn Beinteinsson, Reptilicus, Fire & Ice, and Cthulhu Records. If you can read French and like this style of music, get it.

'''BRIMSTONE PRESS #1''', Spring XXVIII A.S., edited by Earl Hammons (1912 East Cleland, Cabot, AR 72023-9666 USA, 1993;
35 pages, photocopied, 8.5" × 11", side-stapled).
:
:''Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.''
:
:This is a new Death Metal 'zine that features many reviews and interviews with Pale Unearthed, Hands of Filth, Banished, Impetigo, Acheron, Boneyard Press, Crematorial Death, Living Sacrifice, and Peter Gilmore. A good start for Mr. Hammons. No price listed but $4.00 should get you a copy.

'''D.B.N. Magazine #10''', ($2.50 from P.O. Box 3547, Lantana, FL 33465-3547; 40 pages, 8.5" × 11" on newsprint).
:
:''Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.''
:
:Billed as "Your source for subversive entertainment," this 'zine features music reviews and has interviews with such luminaries as G.G. Allin, Alice Donut, White Zombie, and Forced Entry. Has some fine comic art, especially the cover image of Death by Eddie Garcia.

'''SECONDS''', (various issues, $2.95, on newstands (''sic'') everywhere.
:
:''Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.''
:
:Under the capable hands of managing editor George Petros (of EX/T fame) this music magazine has broken ground in their willingness to interview not only the usual bands being promoted to exasperation, but "fringier" folk such as Foetus and Laibach, as well as pioneers like Wendy Carlos and Timothy Leary. At this rate, maybe Norman Conquest will be next? They even criticized Deicide's claim to being Satanic!

'''EXPLODING HEARTS EXPLODING STARS''', The Serial Art & Propaganda of George Petros ($11.95 from Norman Gosney, 208 W. 23rd St., New York, NY 10011, 1992; 96 pages, 11" × 14" paperback).
:
:''Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.''
:
:This oversized compendium of black and white art clearly demonstrates Petros' mastery of the form of narrative graphic propaganda. Pieces herein shatter PC concepts of racism, sexuality, politics, aesthetics and the philosophies that underlie these topics, creating disturbing icons of archetypes long denied, yet now finding a resurgence of power. With a blend of brutality and elegance, Petros challenges his viewers to come to terms with elements of reality that can only be ignored at the peril of the perceiver.

'''SIEGE, The Collected Writings of James Mason''' edited and Introduced by Michael M. Jenkins (Storm Books, P.O. Box 18009,
Denver, CO 80218 U.S.A., 1992; 434 pages, $22.00, paperback).
:
:''Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.''
:
:This book is a monumental achievement. Editor Jenkins took great care to assemble Mason's writings, which had been published in his newsletter SIEGE from 1980-1986, into a coherent progression that charts Mason's thinking on his National Socialist odyssey, from an explorer picking up from his predecessors to the sage with wisdom gained from working to make an effective revolutionary movement in the exacting arena of reality. Mason is most certainly a political extremist, but dear reader, as a Satanist you are also an extremist in the realm of religion and philosophy. This book ofters great insight into the progression and evolution of an extremist movement here in the US. I found remarkable parallels between the types of individuals that Mason encountered in his field to those that I have experienced in the "Satanic scene."
:
:Even amongst his "peers" Mason became a loner as he comprehended the meaning behind the deeds attributed to Charles Manson, and thus founded Universal Order, a concept very much akin to the Satanic view of Man's place in the cosmos. If you are a Satanist and have not gotten a sense of perspective on how your movement fits into American Society, look at this account of the American National Socialist movement and learn. Mason's writing is clear and filled with clarity.
:
:This massive tome is graced with rare photographs of individuals, posters, and documents that are central to the issues covered. It's design is elegant and monolithic, and quite easy to read. Here is the unvarnished thinking of an American radical offered up for you to judge as you see fit. If you are truly aware, this book will give you much to ponder, and if not, it could make a difference in how you view yourself and the world about you. Don't miss it.

'''COSMIC RETRIBUTION, The Infernal Art of Joe Coleman''' (Feral House, P.O. Box 3466, Portland OR 97208-3466, 1992; 135 pages, ISBN (softcover) 0-922915-067 $22.95, ISBN (hardcover) 0-922915-13-X $39.95).
:
:''Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.''
:
:I have had the good fortune to have seen numerous actual Coleman originals on exhibition, and they leave an indelible mark on your visual memory. If you are a connoisseur of images of misanthropia, then this is a portable feast that you must have.
Coleman's paintings and drawings of the human animal at his/her most candidly humane behavior are icons of the Seventh Satanic Statement that leap off of their canvasses to shove their foetid tongues down your throat. And Coleman directs his scrutiny at himself as well as the various strata of "human" society with honesty that is deeply moving.
:
:A handsome volume filled with 32 full color pages and one hundred pages of black and white work, there is an illuminating interview with Coleman that gives the reader a glimpse into the psyche that is the gateway for these extraordinary and indicting pictures. I see Coleman as a lycanthropic shaman, evidenced by his performances wherein he bites the heads off of mice and blows himself up, who crystallizes his deeply felt and penetrating grasp of our species in images of devastating epiphany. Here is truly Satanic art that you will savour for decades. A must for every Satanist.

'''SYMPHONY''' by Adrian Savage (Pocket Books, 1230 Avenue f the Americas, New York, NY 10020, 1992; 277 pages, ISBN O-671-67249-5, $4.99, paperback).
:
:''Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.''
:
:Here's an odd little number, a horror novel in which several of the protagonists are Satanists, from Prometheus Faust - ex-cop and founder of a Satanic Church, Cal Hudson - worshipper of Satan who is working on a symphony comprised of sampled screams of the victims of his brutal and graphically described tortures, and Terry - dabbling with the Children of Belial.
:
:Savage has herein included all the sorts of Satanism claimed to exist by the Christers, but he attempts a partially sympathetic portrait of Faust as a genuine, if masochistic, Satanist. This novel is the stuff of "B" movies, but is entertainingly written. I was disappointed in the lack of pursuit of the idea of the "scream symphony" beyond its mere mention and the change of attitude wrought in Faust by the novel's end, but that is to be expected as the author is a practitioner of Chaos magic. A fun read to fill your spare time.

'''HALF DRESSED, SHE OBEYED''' by Deborah Ryder (Divine Press, P.O. Box 108, Stockport, Cheshire, SK1 4DD, England, 1993; 189 pages, $19.99, trade paperback).
:
:''Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.''
:
:This volume of S&M erotic fiction is well illustrated by Trevor Brown and includes a perceptive forward by Tuppy Owens as well as a prelude by the author, '"Writing Sado-Masochistic Pornography: A Woman's Defence," wherein she does just that with clarity and conviction. If this area of erotica is one you enjoy, or if you'd like to explore an area that is new to you, the tales herein will certainly supply you with archetypal scenarios for fantasy. There are many insights to be gained as well concerning the psyche's of those who belong to this realm, where there are clearly defined roles and no lacking of discipline. Check it out!

'''ARKTOS: The Polar Myth in Science, Symbolism, and Nazi Survival''' by Joscelyn Godwin (Phanes Press, P.O. Box 6114, Grand Rapids, MI 49516, 1993; 260 pages, ISBN 0-933999-46-1, $16.95, trade paperback).
:
:''Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.''
:
:A fascinating volume that brings some needed research and factual grounding to this topic. If you are interested in Thule, The Black Order, Shambhala, Agartha and other Hyperborean subjects, then you must have this book. There is an extensive bibliography as well to point you towards further sources of information.

'''THE FIFTH PATH''', issue 4, edited by Robert Ward (P.O. Box 1632, Carmichael, CA 95609-1632, 1993; 76 pages, full-sized softcover magazine, $6.00).
:
:''Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.''
:
:Once again editor Ward has put together an issue to delight and intrigue. Of particular interest are the interviews with Adam Parfrey of Feral House and Thomas Thorn of the Satanic band The Electric Hellfire Club. Also of note is the very extensive review section which covers audio, video, and print media. We suggest that you subscribe so as not to miss a single issue.

'''PRIMAL CHAOS''', edited by Wendy Van Dusen (1072 Folsom Street, #388, San Francisco, CA 94103, 1993; Current issue #7, $3.00, full-sizes softcover magazine).
:
:''Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.''
:
:We are in possession of Primal Chaos #2 through #7 and have been highly impressed with the growth in quality and depth displayed under the very able helm of editor Wendy Van Dusen. This 'zine has from the start shown a good sense of graphics and fine artwork and poetry. Articles are meant to get one's feet wet in the subjects covered (Odinism, Runology, and Lycanthropy are regular topics of discussion). Each issue also contains an interview with someone of note:
:
:Monte Cazazza (72), Kenneth Grant (#3), Peter Carroll (#4), Nick Bougas (#5), Peter Gilmore (#6), and Z'ev (#7).
:
:Miss Van Dusen is also a musician and her band Neither/Neither World, has produced a darkly lyrical album with 13 songs, Sociopathic Pleasures. This is available as an LP ($8.00 postpaid to: Subterranean Records, P.O. Box 2530, Berkeley, CA 94702) or CD (Funky Mushroom, P.O. Box 100270, Brooklyn, NY 11210). Do be sure to keep up with these endeavors.

'''THE FENRIS WOLF - The Journal Of Contemporary Occultism''', Issue No. 3, edited by Carl Abrahamsson (Psychick Release PCP, P.O. Box 26067, S-100 41, Stockholm, Sweden, 1993; 200 pages, $20, paperback).
:
:''Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.''
:This hefty volume ranges quite widely in material, much of it Satanic, such as: "Tests" by Anton LaVey, "The Demonic Glamour of Cinema" by the editor, "The Left-Handed Path" by The O.N.A., "The Rite of Ragnarök" by Peter Gilmore, "Recognizing Pseudo Satanism" by Nemo, and "Pythagoras, Plato and the Hellenes" by Philip Marsh. There are other articles on magickal topics by Freya Aswynn, Hymenaeus Beta and a reprint of Austin Osman Spare's "Anathema of Zos." There is much here to get you thinking and doing. Don't miss it.

'''PROMETHEAN CIRCLE''', A publication dedicated to Satanism and the path of the strong, edited by John Hiotellis and George Zaharopoulos (P.O. Box 79006, 17202 Himmittos, Athens, Greece, 1993; 28 pages, 825" × 11.75" side stapled).
:
:''Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.''
:
:This is a fine debut issue. Editor Zaharopoulos starts off with a fine blast at Humanism, Faustus Scorpius expounds on "The Promethean Quest," "Life is War, War is Life" presents philosophy from the Chuch of WAR, Stephen Waters offers insights into
"Wolf Lore," and perhaps most apropos is editor Hiotellis' piece on ancient Hellenic Satanic mythology. There's much material of interest here and the editors seek articles for future issues.

'''DIABOLICAL CREATIONS #1''', edited by Ken Gage (IZM Enterprises, P.O. Box 353, Maple Park, IL 60151, 1993; 42 pages, full-sized, side stapled).
:
:''Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.''
:
:Yet another new Satanic publication that is ballsy and fun. There's pieces on Satanism, Godzilla, Occult themes in Rap, Satan and the Soul, plus poetry, reviews, many ads, and underground comic style artwork. There's even a piece by a Christian providing his proof for his choice in God-belief. A new perspective here that you should enjoy - check it out.

'''THEE INFERNAL TEMPLER, Vol. 1, No. 2''' edited by Varek Ultra (T.O.P.Y. Station 23, P.O. Box 687, Halfway, Sheffield, S19 5UX, England, 1993; 16 pages, A4 format. No price listed).
:
:''Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.''
:
:Having never previously received review materials from T.O.P.Y., I imagine that this issue was sent because the opening article entitled "Satan Is Dead" is a meandering misprision of the Church of Satan and The Black Flame. The balance of the publication is concerned with various Thelemic and Chaosian concerns, as well as reviews of material with a similar bent. A cassette accompanied this, but I was not inspired to listen. If such is your interest, then this is a source for additional material.

'''ESOTERRA, No. 2''', edited by R.F. Paul and Chad Hensley (2116 Guadalupe, #114, Austin, TX 78705, 1992; 40 pages, digest-sized, $5.00).
:
:''Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.''
:
:This is a neat 'zine which commences with a fun piece by Adam Parfrey on "Weird Sex Cults" which is followed by an interview with Parfrey. There are three tarot-esque "Esoteric Images" by David Grimbleby with explanations, an intro to the Esoteric Order of Dagon, an analysis of the symbols in Lovecraft's "The White Ship," an interview with Sleep Chamber, poetry by Frater Orcen, and some very fine art. This is a well done effort that is worth your attention.

'''VILE PEACOCK, issue 2''', edited by Richao Polysorbate 60° (Maggot Bait, 409 North P.C.H. 106, suite 439, Redondo Beach, CA 90277, 1992; 38 pages, digest-sized, $2.00).
:
:''Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.''
:
:This is a zine filled with comics, collages, and collated images of misanthropy.
:
:This collection is not for the squeamish, with both visceral and sexually explicit material. Just a little bit of "human" life.

'''TI-MOV, issue 1''', edited by Richao Polysorbate 60° (Maggot Bait, 409 North P.C.H. 106, suite 439, Redondo Beach, CA 90277, 1992; 24 pages, digest-sized, $1.00).
:
:''Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.''
:
:More of the same kind of material as VILE PEACOCK, which is not surprising since this is called a "first and last breakaway" from that publication. My favorite image is on page three titled "Nature's Kingdom Sees No Evil."

'''THE OHM CLOCK''', issue 1, edited by Aaron Garland (P.O. Box 43894, Las Vegas, NV 89116-1894, 1993; 31 pages, full-sized magazine, $3.00 US, $5.00 foreign, postpaid
:
:''Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.''
:
:This new 'zine is generally focused on alternative music and thus has interviews with the misanthropic band Man Is The Bastard, Kingdom Scum, Anomalous Records, as well as a piece about Richard Wagner plus music reviews. Also interviewed is Robert Ward, editor of The Fifth Path, and there is an article about Ancient Egypt. There is a good blend of material in this first issue.

'''MODERN TABOO, #3''', edited by Mitch F. (P.O. Box 55138, Atlanta, GA 30308-013
1993; 14 pages, full-sized, $2.00).
:
:''Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.''
:
:Included herein are articles on Mantras , The Plecid Foundation, EMBASAT, and interviews with Chad Ian Miller and Jim Goad. There's also a review section of recordings and publications. For some reason there are often handwritten heading for articles and for all the reviews.

'''FLASHBACK, #1''', edited by Jan Axelsson (P.O. Box 676, S-114 79, Stockholm, Sweden, 1993; 80 pages, A4 format, 29 kronor).
:
:''Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.''
:
:A new Swedish music 'zine with explorations of other cultural oddities. Mos interesting is the first part of an article on the Church of Satan by Carl Abrahamsson. Other topics covered: LSD, Film Censorsh in Sweden, Jean-Michel Jarre, Iggy Pop, an more. This is all in Swedish, so it is for those who can speak Swedish.

'''GRAY AREAS, Vol. 1, No. 1''' edited by Netta Gilboa (P.O. 808, Broomall, PA 19008-0808
:
:''Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.''
:
:This is a magazine that wishes to examine the "gray areas of life," thus they have a massive review section of alternative products in all media that attempts to one-up that of Factsbeet Five. The production values are very high here, but outside of the incredible reviews the focus seems to be on the Grateful Dead. The reviews are quite clear and supportive and definitely provide an excellent source for your browsing.

'''PARAPSYCHOLOGY, NEW AGE. AND THE OCCULT, A Source Encyclopedia''', edited by Cheryl Klein Lacoff (Reference Press International, P.O.
Box 4126, Greenwich, CT 06830, 1993; 526 pages, full-sized paperback, $24.95).
:
:''Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.''
:
:This massive reference work has detailed listings of groups, publications, spas, centers, communities, museums, schools biographies, bookstores, distributors, media producers, and even events! I must say that it is skimpy on Satanism (it's not even listed in the "Topics Index") and there are two listings for the Church of Satan, one of which has an old, defunct mailing address.
:
:I found this to be a fun volume to flip through, as you never quite know what you'll come across, though there's a bit too much occultnik stuff to wade through.
:
:There's quite a guide to stores and services which could help folks find local sources for items of interest. It is a very professional publication and quite reasonable at the price.

'''GO TO HELL #3, Family Values''', a video by John Dewey ($9.95 postpaid, Brimstone Ministries, Box 660, Marstons Mills, MA 02648, 1993; 30 minutes, VHS format).
:
:''Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.''
:
:Once again Daimon Egan is back and seems to have hit his stride with this video.
:
:It begins with some paranoia evoking closeups of Egan, then moves on to the running joke, a returning rondo refrain wherein a priest knocks on Egan's front door (emblazoned with a Halloween witch with a rather phallic nose) with some such pro-Christ blather to which Egan has a snappy comeback. Also included is an interview with Ralph Frasier, who doesn't let blindness stop him from resisting the Christians' smugness, a wonderful take-off on Serrano's Piss Christ, Egan's sermon exposing the namesake of the Gideons, those obnoxious folk who put Bibles in hotel rooms, and also a segment called "The 666 Club," in which Egan and his associate Lucifer Taylor discuss the family values exemplified by the holy men of the Bible.
:
:The tape is finished with Taylor, naked, reciting a statement that was read into the congressional record (on Walpurgisnacht!) which mocks Christian charity. All in all a fun tape and well worth the asking price.

'''LAISSEZ FAIRE BOOKS CATALOGUE''', (942 Howard Street, San Francisco, CA 94103).
:
:''Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.''
:
:This is an excellent source for books in the Libertarian vein of thought, and stocks such classic authors as Thomas Szasz, H.L. Mencken, Mark Twain, Ayn Rand, and many others who you will find fascinating and useful. Contact them for the latest issue.

'''EXPOSING THE FRAUDS JOURNAL OF PSYCHOLOGY & THEOLOGY, Fall 1992, Volume 20, Number 3. Special Issue - Satanic Ritual Abuse: The Current State of Knowledge'''. guest edited by Martha L. Rogers (Biola University, 13800 Biola Avenue, La Mirada, CA 90639-0001, 1992; 172 pages, paperback, $10.00).
:
:''Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.''
:
:This is a Christian publication wherein those who promote the SRA fraud are taken quite thoroughly to task by some heavy hitters in this field. It seems that the Christian community of intellectuals decided that it was time to clean house. Just as we separate ourselves from misguided dabblers who kill cats and vandalize cemeteries, the mainstream Christians want nothing to do with this Satanic scam fostered by mentally disturbed individuals and the therapists and consultants who've grown fat from this urban legend. There's great ammo in here from Christians to use should you be in a position to need to debunk the hysteria.
:
:Highly recommended.

'''CORNERSTONE''', Volume 21, issue 98, edited by Dawn Herrin (939 W. Wilson Ave., Chicago, IL 60640, 1992; 38 pages, tabloid format, $2.00).
:
:''Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.''
:
:In this issue, Jon Trott and Mike Hertenstein shine the light of investigative reporting on Mike Warnke, author of The Satan Seller, and they demolish his claims to having been a member of a Satanic organization and expose his use of his ministry for personal gain. Once again, this is a Christian publication which wishes to get the sleaze out of their corner. Warnke has been making big bucks for years with his phony tales, and now he's been caught and pinned-down. Much useful into here, should this "clown for Christ" bring his evangelism to your area.

'''FALSE MEMORY SYNDROME FOUNDATION''', 3508 Market Street - suite 128, Philadelphia, PA 19104.
:
:''Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.''
:
:Let me quote from an informational pamphlet published by this organization. "It is the purpose of the Foundation: To seek the reasons for the spread of False Memory Syndrome; To work for the prevention of new cases of False Memory Syndrome; and To aid the victims, both primary and secondary, of False Memory Syndrome." Here we have an organization that is working to combat the spread of false memories of sexual abuse in general, which will certainly be of use to smash the hysteria concerning "ritual abuse" that is a subset of this spectator sport. If information is needed to debunk the lies of fundies and Xtian "therapists," this organization can be of use.
:
:Also, should proponents of the hysteria arise in your locale, alert this organization and put responsible local officials in touch so that they can get a balanced point of view concerning the issue, and not be hoodwinked out of sympathy for those claiming (falsely) to having been the victims of extraordinarily heinous crimes.

==The Taoist==
Sway with the breeze Smell the scent of the trees
Feel the SAT pushing Llfe through you

Smoke drifting along the tides of the moon Surrounded by her presence, my senses swoon Twilight's peace beckons their beastial so

Leopard hunting, gaz.elle dying, a sparrow born in a mere moments passing
Sri Kala Chalcra, nothing is wasted or everlasting

A mere thread in Life's woven weave
His bright cloak shining, Yin gracefully leaves These are the best moments of Life

Andre T. Soly

(1970 - 1992) POET, SATANIST

"That is not dead which can eternal lie, And with strange aeons even death may die."

ANTICHRIST
BY BILL EHMANN,]R..

==Who's There?==
By Nemo

STANDING IN THE RITUAL CHAMBER, the dim light of a single brazier does little to dispel the darkness. I stand before the Baphomet and for the duration of this ceremony consciously suspend my disbelief in the reality
of Satan and the infernal demons of Hell.

But as commonly happens when I speak less and pause more, I feel the presence of someone there, someone listening, someone watching.

I feel a benevolent interest and a strange sense of comradeship with this presence. As I continue to move through the ritual and address Satan, I am addressing this presence I feel but do not see. Always, when finished with such a ritual I have the profound sense of having communicated with someone and this communication feels meaningful and unbounded by the limitations imposed by the words which were spoken.

What is more, when I have had these experiences in ritual with others, the other individuals consistently report the same feeling of a presence. In talking with different Satanists about this experience I find they commonly have felt this curious communication.

So what is happening here? Our religion stands solidly based upon the bedrock of doubt not faith. We have rejected exterior gods in favor of recognizing our personal godhood in the present moment. We indulge in the power of belief only within the framework of ritual but agree to cap that powerful drug at ritual's end. We agree to turn on again the light switch of reason. We choose to be the magician and not the rube.

Yet the experience in ritual keeps occurring, like the persistant scratching of a cat who wants to be let in. There remains this powerful sense of feeling that there is someone present in ritual who, once called, has come to visit.

I realize that only two conclusions have been drawn by those who have reported this experience since 1966. They either rejected it as mere fantasy (which does not address the intensity of the experience) or embraced it as belief (which ignores the ambiguity of the experience). I wondered if there might not be a third option.

Experimenting with the elements of ritual I discovered that there are several factors which seem to produce this sense of a visitor. First is darkness. When I have conducted ritual with two or more brightly lit candles in a chamber I have not become aware of this ghostly presence. If the chamber is dimly lit by a single burning lamp of jellied fuel (such as sterno) or even in complete pitch darkness, then the awareness of another is felt.

The second factor is the act of expectation through speech and action. When I correctly enter into the Satanic ritual and address Satan as if He were actually listening and present, then the phenomenon of feeling someone present occurs.

Of course all of this could be explained by suggestion. The dim or dark chamber softens the shapes I can see so that the aspect of my mind which imposes sensory order is activated to make sense out of what is there. This is the same action the mind takes when we say that our eyes are "playing tricks." One example of this is when we are driving a car and can barely see some indistinct object on the road ahead. As we approach it looks to be a body of an animal until we get close enough to see it actually is a cardboard box. By suspending my disbelief in the context of ritual, I am certainly entering into the same dreamlike world of imagination where the mind creates impressions. Thus this experience could be nothing more than a form of self≠ hypnosis.

Digging deeper, however, I wondered how exactly I am aware of this ense of presence in the ritual. I do not normally see anything (such as a shadowy form). Neither do I hear any voice or breathing or some such. Neither is there a smell, taste nor touch. Yet somehow I kept sensing this presence. How?

I began to experiment in ritual. I would invoke the presence and then (with no small humor at this situation) ask myself how the Hell I knew there was this presence. What was this feeling and how did I know about it?

At one point I decided it must actually be that peculiar subset of the sense of hearing which can detect the physical presence of surrounding objects nearby. Physically blind people have demonstrated this remarkable use of "sonar" to "feel" physical objects and people around them through a subtle awareness of sounds. But I found that the visitor was not felt by me to have a specific physical location. It wasn't so simple.

Finally I came to realize that there is a peculiar difference between how I feel when I am alone and when there is another person present. If you are in a room and someone enters who could be important to you (a friend, for example) there is a special complex of subtle physical shifts that occur which you can feel. You will not feel these shifts if someone enters who is totally unimportant and does not require any degree of social interaction (such as a stranger entering a bus depot where you are reading a book). This feeling of social preparation, of readying oneself to interact with another person, was exactly what I have been experiencing as the visitor phenomenon.

However, even this has not answered the ultimate question. After all, am I sensing this presence because it is actually there or because I have fallen prey to my own suggestive expectations?

And then finally the answer loomed clear and distinct.

Since in ritual, the magic is most effective when the magician suspends disbelief and believes totally and completely in the magical reality of Satan and his minions, and since so many feel this presence in ritual, then the answer is to BELIEVE IT... in ritual; DISBELIEVE IT... outside of ritual.

Just the way it was described in 7he Satanic Bible in 1969.

==In The Blink of An Eye==
By George Sprague

DON'T BLINK - WATCH 1-IlS HANDS! The hand is
quicker than the eye!" Phrases often heard from an audience observing the artistry of prestidigitation.
Perhaps some of you have uttered similar comments while enjoying a magical entertainer at a circus, cruise ship, Las Vegas or tableside at a restaurant. And the most popular comment: How do they do that? Part of the answer comes from MISDIRECTION.

Come closer. I am about to reveal a secret. The hand IS NOT quicker than the eye! That is why you, the audience, must be made to look elsewhere without realizing that you have been: MISDIRECTED! Fear not! Even with this knowledge you will be hard pressed to catch a pro at his game. So come closer, I shall tell you more.

One particular technique is BOREDOM. Stay awake no,w and I will share an example of one magician who w.as a master at misdirection. His name: MAX MALINI. Born in 1873 in Ostrov (between Poland and Austria); emigrated to New York at age fifteen. His passion and hobby, magic, became his profession, and by age twenty he was one of the nation's top saloon entertainers. Malini went on to perform at major cities in the USA, and from there he entertained world≠ wide. Malini was described as having the airs of an opera star: expensive clothes, cigar, finess and panache. His strongest feats were the appearance of a block of ice in a spectator's hat and blindfolded card tricks. Quite impressive for a man who was described as pudgy with very small hands! In fact, Malini could not hide a playing card in his hand. Yet he still managed_ to do so. Malini knew that if an action is repeated constantly, it becomes BORING and the mind will not pay attention to it. Thus he would repeat the same shuffle several times, then interject a "secret move," right under the proverbial nose of the audience!

And so on, with some other actions safely hidden from perception. Malini amazed audiences up to the time of his death in the early 1940's. He is buried in Hawaii, the place of his last performance.

Would you like to put this to a test? The next time you are at the dinner table, try this: pick up and lay down your fork in exactly the same way. Look at the fork as you do so, but make no mention of this. Just let the action sink in. Do this three or four times. Then, look at the fork, PRETEND to pick it up. Bring the hand (pretending to hold the fork) towards you and SIMULTANEOUSLY look at someone next to you and say "Could you hold this fork?" If your timing is correct, you will enjoy watching your victim reach for the non-existing fork! With a little practice, you can do this with coins, salt-shakers and other small objects.

So practice well and please do not drop your fork!

==What If They Gave a War and Nobody Came?==
By R. N. Taylor

November 1387: A massive army of Tartars appear on the plains outside the city of Ispahan in central Iran.

Their leader, the Turkish war-lord Tammerlaine, dispatches emissaries to announce his arrival and to convey his challenge of battle to commence on the following day.

The Mussaffarid governor of Ispahan, Muzaffar-I-Kashi receives Tammerlaine's emissaries and is informed of the challenge they have come to deliver. He wastes no time in conferring with his ministers of state. The rich mercantile population of the city has little stomach for battle. They lack the necessary courage and fortitude to meet the Tartar challenge with resolve. There must be some other less dangerous course to follow, they plead.

Muzaffar-I-Kashi politely declines the challenge. Instead he offers the keys of the city to Tammerlaine, hoping to placate him.

The inhabitants of Ispahan, oblivious to their impending doom, carry on "business as usual."

Tammerlaine, a seasoned warrior of a hundred desperate battles, can feel no compassion for men so cowardly and indolent as to refuse to defend their own families, city and posessions. To his fierce warrior ethic, this refusal, and subsequent token of submission, is both an insult and an outrage!

Tammerlaine orders the wholesale slaughter of the city's inhabitants. Each of his army units is required to contribute a fixed number of heads to the general "pool."

The horror that ensues is unequalled by even the Golden Horde of Genghiz Khan in the previous century. For the Mongols, despite their ferocity, were but simple savages, whereas Tammerlaine is a cultured Turk.

The city of Ispahan becomes a chaos of thunderous hoofbeats, curved scimitars flashing in arcs beneath a dazzling Arabian sun, cries of terror and pain, and the sickly-sweet fragrance of death lingering in the aftermath.

Tammerlaine decrees that a pyramid reaching many stories high is to be constructed on the following day. It is to be a monument to the once prosperous, but cowardly people of Ispahan. It is to be composed of the 70,CXIJ skulls of the men, women, and children of the city who have perished there that unforgettable day.

==Sparks==
By [Peter H. Gilmore]

INFLUENCE FELT in society. We've seen how many individua1s have launched publications as
platforms for their particular focus and this is a healthy development. The Church of Satan encourages its members to make their influence felt in the real world, and this is a very direct method. We also have seen many new grottos rise, and fall as well, as Satanists attempt to make a social organization that will satisfy the wants of those involved. In this column, we'll focus on several grottos and their activities.

'''Grotto ODM''' (P.O. Box 163, Stratford, CT 06497)
:
:Here is a group of Satanists that are organized and having fun too! From their Genera/, Information papers: "Grotto ODM, also referred to as ODM, is an organization whose primary function is the fraternal bonding and mutual support and advancement of individua1s of like interest in magical and related topics, who share the same basic philosophy on the nature of the world and of humans.
:
:"Our name, 'GROTTO ODM,' derives from the Latin 'Oderint Dum Metuant,' 'Let them hate, so long as they fear.' This reflects the esoteric nature of the grotto, which sets itself apart from the social mainstream, and also the general tone of the grotto's philosophy, which disregards opinions of outsiders who do not share nor even understand our beliefs. The motto could be understood to convey the sentiment, in everyday language, 'I don't care if you don't understand me, or even if you hate me - just don't bother me.'
:
:"ODM's pragmatic philosophy is based on the principles set forth in Anton LaVey's The Satanic Bible; familiarity with and understanding of this work are essential for membership. Since our founders are members of Dr. LaVey's Church of Satan, we maintain a 'spiritual affiliation' with the Church.
Membership in the Church is not mandatory for General members of ODM, although it is strongly recommended. There are some Grotto functions which are reserved only for members of the Church of Satan.
:
:"ODM does not evangelize nor proselytize; we don't practice overt recruitment. We welcome inquiry by persons whose interest and participation could be mutually beneficial, and membership is typically by referral. Naturally, any area members of the Church of Satan are welcome to join should they so desire."
:
:This grotto also puts out a newsletter called The Raven which is humorous and insightful with columns on food (From Hell's Kitchen) and drink (Exploring the Spirit World≠ de gustibus non disputandum), as well as commentary. They are open to article submissions.
:
:Do contact them if this sounds to be what you seek.

'''The Infernal Garrison''' (7205 Goreway Drive, P.O. Box 59049, Mississauga, Ontario, L4T 4J1, Canada)
:
:Having grown out of the Knights of Satan, from whom we haven't heard much in a while, Doug Richards has here forged an active ensemble promoting real Satanism. The membership package includes "Statutes That Govern The Infernal Garrison," and many fine images drawn by Mr. Richards as well as his militant Satanic poetry and their initiation ritual. They also have spiffy membership cards. From one of their information sheets:
:
:"The Infernal Garrison was formed in response to the demands of those in the Toronto area... [We] follow the philosophies of the Church of Satan and practice true Satanic magic, not what society 'thinks' is practiced...With determination, perhaps more groups will eventually follow to offer man identity instead of herd conformity."
:
:They've a1so produced a cassette of music for rituals, basically from various soundtracks (Bram Stoker's Dracula) and Orff's Carmina Burana, among others. It is an effective blend Contact them for further information.

'''The Shiva Grotto''' (710 1/2 Courtland Ave., Kokomo, IN 46901)
:
:The basic intent of the Shiva Grotto, according to James M. Davis, is to destroy the "Geraldo-satanist" image as well as the over-rated Christian religion. A further goal is to show that when need be, instead of ritualizing for everything, real Satanists get off their asses and employ their natural intelligence and wit in order to make their desires happen. From one of their pamphlets:
:
:"Throughout history, anyone who veers from the mainstream and has obtained any success has been accused of diabolical connections to a darker force. Satanism is not about who can sacrifice the most babies or take the most drugs, it's about living by a set philosophy and calling up the darker forces in nature to exert your Will into the world as you see fit... Satan demands a much harder task than signing over your soul in blood. He demands that you live your life as fully as possible, prosper by your own wits and avoid misery."
:
:Their organization is firmly based on the writings of Anton Szandor LaVey.

'''Please note''': Both William Gidney and the "Infernal Grotto" are no longer associated with the Church of Satan, by decree of the Council of Nine.
:
:Also, there are still pseudo-Satanic organizations out there claiming that the Church of Satan is defunct, bankrupt, or in some way non-existent - and that they are taking over. A bogus history is usually supplied to give credibility to their pedigree.
Ignore them. Innovators succeed while imitators fail!

==Hell's Kitchen Ad==
HELL'S KITCHEN PRODUCTIONS PRESENT
CLOISONNE
SIGIL OF BAPHOMET MEDALLIONS
THE CHURCH OF SATAN
by Blanche Barton

A History Of The World's Most Notorious Religion

Where Satanism has been, its present state, and where it is going, plus a guide to ritual magic and formation of groups and grottos.

1.75 INCHES IN DIAMETER SILVER SYMBOL BACKED BY ENAMEL IN BLACK, RED, OR PURPLE ORDER NOW!

ONLY $30 EACH (ADD $5.00 EACH, OUTSIDE U.S.)

$8.95 plus $1.50 shipping and handling ($5.00 for overseas orders)

SEND CHECK, MONEY ORDER, OR BANK DRAUGHT IN U.S. FUNDS TO:

HELL'S KITCHEN PRODUCTIONS,
P.O. BOX 499, RADIO CITY STATION, NY, NY 10101-0499 U.S.A.

SPEAK OF THE DEVIL: THE CANON OF ANTON LAVEY

A 90 minute documentary featuring all-new interviews with the High Priest of the Church of Satan.

Don't miss the tour of The Black House, including the forbidden Den of Iniquity.

You'll be dazzled by his keyboard artistry as the Maestro takes you to worlds gone by - soon to be resurrected. Also featuring interviews with other Satanists of note. Don't miss it!

AVAILABLE THIS FALL FROM:
WAVELENGTH VIDEO,
BOX 1290, BURBANK, CA 91507
Send a self-addressed, stamped envelope for information.

THE FENRIS WOLF #3
Featuring:
"Tests" by Anton LaVey "Pseudo Satanism" by N emo
"Rite of Ragnarok" by Peter Gilmore "Roots of Satanism" by Philip Marsh and other articles of interest.

To order: send U.S. $25 in cash or International Money Order for 150 Swedish Crowns

Coming in 1994:
Den Sataniska Bibeln
(Swedish translation of The Satanic Bible by Carl Abrahamsson)

for information contact:
Psychick Release PCP, P.0. Box 26067, S-100 41, Stockholm, Sweden

==Laugh! The Death Penalty==
By Mark Hands and Andrea Welch

How much more overcrowded can our prisons get? People should be laughing WITH the death penalty, not AT it. Those who are laughing at
the death penalty are confused in thinking that it is not a deterrent. A person who is put to death can never harm another innocent person again. A corpse doesn't have a chance for parole, nor does it have any opportunities for escape.

Convicts who have no substantial evidence against them, but who are on death row, are spared (for the time being).
Those criminals who have admitted openly to murder, or who have overwhelming evidence against them, MUST be put to death without reservation. Of course, those who kill in self≠ defense should be spared by the government, and commended by the Satanist.

Capitol Punishment is a euphemism for "destroying low-lifes." If Satanists ruled the government, the degenerates
would go bound and gagged to the victim's family for them to torture, then destroy. Sheer torture would make any would-be perpetrator think twice. Since this isn't going to happen in our world just yet, let the government destroy the degenerates. An end would come to the building of more and more prisons, paying people to "rehabilitate" those beyond rehabilitation, as well as the feeding and health care of these morons.

Whenever someone is put to death, and it is not in your own state, the newspapers print only a very small article about it. I suppose this is to not offend Christians by making a big story out of how the state got rid of someone who would have eaten up the taxpayers money, and "gulp," put someone to death. Some politicians will whine that it costs the state too much money to execute these parasites. (What about the expenses of the court cases, and prison?) Some defense lawyers are suckering the criminal's loved ones into prolonging trials at their, and the taxpayers' expense, knowing full well the criminal will not go free.
When an animal gets impounded, they are either
adopted, or the inevitable happens. A thirty or forty year sentence served in full, would be very unfortunate for the criminal who commits a heinous crime, as they usually get out earlier now.

In our state, a criminal was mistakenly let out of the Maryland State Penitentiary. The result? An innocent boy and girl were shot to death in a convenience store for no reason at all. He said he just did it because the world stinks. He's right there, the world does stink. That's only because the Christian/Humanist government doesn't give a damn and only a Satanic government would have the guts to stand up and say, (as all Dark Heroes) "All wrong doers - You shall perish!" More quality people - less quantity. As the ABRAXAS Foundation states in Apoodyse Culture: "Long Live Death!"

==Church of War ad==
Wolf Against Sheep

Quality Against Equality

The Children of Fenris

Primal Paganism

Fierce Fascism

The Final Religion

The Church of War

FOR INFO SEND $6 (CASH OR POSTAL MONEY ORDER) TO: C.O.W.A.N., POST BOX 15, ALTADENA, CA 91003 USA.

YOUR TIME GROWS SHORT, PREPARE FOR HOLY WAR

==Promethean Circle ad==
Sinister Greetings!

Announcing the birth of a new magazine, dedicated to spreading the Satanic Word, the path of the strong, and the dark side of the human psyche. You are invited to present your ideas and principles through our pages. Please send materials and articles, we will publish original as well as reprints. Thanks in advance.

MIGHT IS RIGHT. HAIL SATAN!

John Hiotellis, George Zaharopoulos
Editors

Promethean Circle
P.O. BOX 79006
17202 Himittos Athens, Greece

==Dark Reflections ad==

==The Infernal Garrison ad==

BEHOLD AND LET THOSE THAT REGARD LIFE AS THE GREAT AND ULTIMATE INDULGENCE COME FORTH TO a.AIM ITS REWARDS!
SATANISM IS A RECOGNIZED RELIGION, ALLOWING GROUPS AND GROTTOS TO BE FORMED. THESE GARRISONS ARE LED BY FORMIDABLE WITCHES AND WARLOCKS LOYAL TO THE SATANIC MOVEMENT AND ITS GOALS.
HERE IN CANADA ANOTHER ORGANIZATION HAS EMERGED. WE RECOGNIZE THE NEED FOR SATANIC RITUAL AND AS SUCH EXCHANGE METHODS TO BRING THIS INTO MANIFESTATION. WE ARE LOOKING FOR OTHERS WHO SHARE THE SAME PHILOSOPHY AS THE CHURCH OF SATAN.
ANYONE INTERESTED IN MORE INFORMATION MAY WRITE TO:
THE INFERNAL GARRISON P.0.BOX 59049
MISSISSAUGA, ONTARIO L4T 4Jl CANADA

==Magickal Childe ad==

==Essays on Satanism ad==

==Dueling Dualities==
FOR CENTURIES, Western society has been dominated by a philosophical system that can be best described as antagonistic dualism, the belief that the world is comprised of pairs of irreconciliable opposites. Under this system, life is reduced to a series of either/or choices. This worldview is so pervasive that it provides the basis of most of the philosophies which provide the foundations of modem western culture. Since this philosophy touches upon virtually every facet of modern life I will not be attempting a comprehensive look at it in this article.

Instead I will touch upon a few examples of the results of such ideas, and touch upon the origins of this insidious philosophy.

The roots of antagonistic dualism go back some 2500-3000 years to ancient Persia. It was there that the Zoroastrians developed what was probably the first religion/ethical system based upon the idea of a metaphysical struggle between good and evil. Today, thanks to the Zoroastrians, people tend to think of good and evil as fixed absolutes, causes rather than effects, but this was not always the case. Many ancient societies thought of this dichotomy quite differently. Generally, good was whatever was beneficial to you, your family or your tribe/nation. Evil on the other hand was simply whatever was harmful to these same groups. Good and evil were seen as effects and not causes. Antagonistic duality lies behind this inversion of ideas. Consider the Greco-Roman, or Germano-Celtic mythologies. You'll find no such notions of ethical dualism as you find in Zoroastrian or Judaic mythology, you simply cannot
compare a figure such as Zeus, or Odin to an Ahura-Mauia or Yahveh. Contrary to the conventional opinion however, the leap from the Zeuses and Odins to Yahveh and his ilk is hardly an advancement, it is instead a great leap backwards. The ancients all recognized the duality of nature but they did not attach any moral values to such things, they were simply recognized as counterparts in the overall scheme of thin . Antagonistic duality, as manifested first among the Persians and later among the Jews, was bad enough but it was primarily concerned with good and evil. After the idea spread to the decadent philosophers of the late Hellenic period, such as Plato and Socrates, it broadened it's scope to include almost all of the world in it's pointless divisiveness.

Today, these dichotomies can be generally divided into two categories. The internal dichotomies are the first group and would include such thin as good vs. evil, intellect vs. instinct and reason vs. passion. The second group, the external dichotomies would include such thin as civilization vs. nature, life vs. death and male vs. female. It is with these dichotomies that I will be concerning myself hereafter.

The idea of good vs. evil has a long history in the world, and is central to the Judea-Christian ethic which has so polluted the world. The ideas of this group I have already dealt with, so I'll not repeat all of that. The other internal dichotomies are very similar to the good vs. evil dichotomy in many respects. Each is characterized by a refusal to recognize the totality of man's inner makeup. And each of these groups of people are prone to the same adverse effects which derive from this self-imposed internal conflict.

One of the most common internal dichotomies today is intellect vs. instinct. There are some who bdieve that the only knowledge of any value is intellectual in nature, learned knowledge. These people do not believe that inborn, instinctive understanding is of any value, in fact there are some who deny that man has any instincts. To be sure, man's instincts are not so absolute as the instincts of insects or birds but it would be a mistake to claim that man is devoid of instinct. As a primate, man has a fairly open-ended set of instincts, which leaves a great deal to be learned. There are however deeply felt drives which are inborn. There would be no conflict between instinct and intellect were it not for man's tendency to build up unnatural institutions to make the world more agreeable to his overdelicate sensibilities. When an instinctive drive runs counter to the rules man has established, a new action is taught to replace the instinctive act in the individual's mind. To claim that all intellect is without value is less prevalent, but equally erroneous. These people follow the Rousseauesque doctrine of the noble savage. The error of these people lies in the fact that the human animal does not come with a complete program as does a bee, or ant. A human being must acquire a certain degree of intellectual learning in order to survive. Anti-intellectualism may be rooted in a reasonable distrust of inordinate intellectualism, but it goes too far in the other direction. Just as the ultimate end of the intellectualists is a world where everyone does precisely as he has been taught to do, a world where every move is analyzed and spontaneity is a thing of the past, the end of the anti-intellectualists is a world of ignorance, and mistrust of any learning.

A very closely related conflict is reason vs. passion. The worshippers of reason regard reason as the be-all and end-all of human existence. These people fail to recognize that reason is only a tool. This overdependence on reason goes back to Greece, notably the philosopher Aristotle. The ideal of such people is a being that is totally dominated by reason. A being that is not swayed by passion. These people are continually stressing that man is not "just an animal." Their passions remind them of their animal nature and must therefore be done away with. As I see it, their ideal is a bloodless machine. Ultimately, by their very nature these deifiers of reason will fall into the same trap as the overly intellectual. Once again the other side is equally mistaken.
Traditionally, artists fall within the category of those who stress the passions over reason. The virulently anti-rational are a minority in this group. Those who reject reason, and are totally ruled by passions are not taking advantage of some of the unique characteristics of the human animal. These slaves to their passions will often drift aimlessly through life. They will follow their feelin even if they lead to their own destruction.

All of these groups are united in their desire to tear themselves into two parts. Whether that division is between good/evil, reason/passion, or instinct/intellect is ultimately irrelevent. They can all be roughly divided into two types, exterminators and suppresors. Those I call exterminators are driven to purge themselves of every trace of whatever undesireable element they find in their nature. The other group, the suppressors, are less driven. They usually understand that they will never purge themselves entirely of the offensive element and so they are satisfied in suppre g it as much as possible. These types often believe that in time these offensive traits, if suppressed, will atrophy d die. While both groups are fighting futile battles against themselves, battles which they are doomed to lose, the suppressors can US\lally come through with fewer of the more unpleasant side-effects.

The worst that will befall a suppressor is, more often than not, a few neuroses of varying degree. It is another story with the exterminators. With each failure to destroy the hated element of their nature they will grow more single-minded and fanatical. It is from the ranks of the exterminators that all of the inquisitors, puritans and witch≠ hunters have come. While the suppressor will avoid the middle ground of balance, the exterminator will find it so repellent that he will go to any extreme, even the opposite extreme to avoid it. This is reflected in the well known fact that the quickest to convert to any extremist philosophy are those who, until recently, adhered to the opposing doctrine. Until an exterminator breaks away from his position, which is usually a very sudden decision, they will almost certainly be unwilling to consider any other opinion. It is a fools errand to try to reason with an exterminator, even those who have exalted reason.

The external dichotomies cannot be divided into exterminators and suppressors because they operate in a very different way. These are not struggles of man vs. himself. The external dichotomies are a manifestation of man's struggle against the world around him. These struggles are the same as the internalized ones in this regard, though they are equally pointless. A good example of the kind of idiotic conflict that falls under this heading is civilization vs. nature. The forces of civilization are responsible for the continuing deforestation of the Earth, the extermination of wild animal species to make room for surplus
humans and other domesticated animals, and a general preference for the artificial to the natural. On the other side are more of Rousseau's disciples. These people would delight in restoring an age of innocence which they believe existed in the long ago dim past. They yearn for a return to the garden of Eden, but would only accomplish a return to the cave. While no one can argue that all of the so-called advances of modern civilization are in fact advances, it should be obvious that it is not in our interest to throw it all away in pursuit of a golden age that never did, and never will, exist.

Another of the external dichotomies is life vs. death. Today there is a widely held belief that there is an innate sanctity in human life, and that life, at any level, is better than death. As a direct result of this idea, the human population of the Earth is escalating at an ever increasing rate. As a natural consequence of this overcrowding, famine and pestilence occasionally break out and natural disasters such as earthquakes, hurricanes, and flooding wreak greater havoc. Such things, while they are vital elements of nature's population control system, are violations of man's rules.

Whenever nature intervenes with a famine or somesuch measure, in comes a flood of "humanitarian" aid- food, clothing, and medicine - in an effort to thwart nature's design. If mankind does not change its course, nature will change it for him. You cannot circumvent nature indefinitely. Like it or not, man will have to start playing by nature's rules. On a more personal level, it is not unusual to see people who will cling to life, even a bedridden life dependent upon machines, rather than accept death and go out with a little dignity. What sane person can say that it is better to live as a frail, senile shadow of their former selves than to die when they have reached the logical conclusion of their lives?

Another product of this worldview is the "battle of the sexes." It has promoted a uselessly divisive outlook which has done nothing except create unwarranted hostility and pointless bickering. Each side argues over which sex is superior. You might as well argue over whether a saw is a better tool than a hammer. It is certainly true that nowhere in nature is equality to be found, but inequality does not follow gender lines. We are individuals and must be judged as such. A division of the human race into two uniform gender blocs is ridiculous. It is true that some women are utterly worthless for anything other than childbearing, but there are some that are superior to many men I've known who are useful only for mindless menial labor. No, ultimately gender is not a valid factor in establishing the social hierarchy. Even more insane than the extremists on behalf of either side are what passes for a moderate in this issue. These people would destroy the enmity between male and female through an attempt at destroying the differences. They seek to establish an androgynous, unisex world where the innate differences between the sexes are suppressed through socialization and "test-tube" reproduction. The solution to the problems brought about through antagonistic dualism is not to be found in the pursuit of a thoroughly unnatural state of affairs, it lies in an understanding of the fact that despite their innate differences, the sexes are not bound into an adversary relationship; an understanding that it is possible to view them as complimentary halves of a larger whole.

Ultimately, though the mind perceives the duality inherent in nature, it seeks to restore a unified whole. Antagonistic dualism, in all its varied forms, believes that only one side of the duality is natural. They believe that the rest is a sort of cancerous growth which must be excised. Their ultimate goal is a world torn in half, a barren monotonous life free of the inner conflict that they themselves have promoted. It is tme for a restoration of that older, healthier view that there is a balance in nature between the duality's halves, a recognition that all are necessary in their place. A good illustration of this is found in the symbology of the sigil of Baphomet. As Dr. LaVey has stated in 1be Saktnic Bibl.e, the horns of the goat symbolize duality. Each horn is separate and distinct from the other, yet both are but part of the goat. Since the goat is a symbol of carnality, and thus of nature, it is therefore seen that everything is part of nature and that to exalt some part of nature above the whole is foolish. It should be obvious to everyone that only by recognizing the totality of nature, including human nature - despite what superficially appear to be contradictions, can life continue in any worthwhile sense. The road which western culture is presently traveling leads only to destruction. Until mankind no longer feels compelled to engage in counterproductive struggles with himself and nature there can be no real progress.

This Persian monster, and its offspring, must be destroyed. If we do not destroy them they will certainly destroy us.

==Occultic Haven ad==

==Lovecraft, Landscaping, and the Law of the Trapezoid==
By Tobias Leshand(?)

"FEW THERE ARE WHO HAVE SUCCEEDED in passing the Barrier to the twilit grotto that shines beyond'. For know ye well, that the dwellers in the Abyss hunt souls like unto thine to hold in their thrall."
Anton Szandor LaVey,
"Die Elektrischen Vorspiele," ''The Satanic Ritual''1

We are all familiar by now with the uses of alienation in Satanism. The writer of evocative literature is seldom thought of as being a magician. The American Gothic literary genre has produced such marvels as Nathaniel Hawthorne, E.A. Poe, and H.P. Lovecraft. Few in the world of those Without would understand why these writers might be considered Satanic magicians. Yet each of their stories has exerted a diabolic influence on their readers' imaginations, creating 'rifts' in mass consciousness. For as 'fictional' as their writings are said to be, indeed they have opened the Gates - have they not? Every story can be seen as an exercise in indulgence, each indulgence being a magical Working in its own right.

Geometry, landscaping and weird imagery in the modern horror tale have been used to great effect to create states of alienation within their readers. The Law of the Trapezoid refers to more than just the strange angles of architectural structures. In a literary context this would refer to the bizarre room of Keziah Mason's house in H.P.L.'s "Dreams in the Witch House." The 'Law' also includes geographical areas and landscapings. This was discussed briefly by Dr. LaVey in his most recent work The Devii's Notebook.2

This article will focus on landscaping and its power to alienate the literary character, as well as the reader. This alienation makes the character the other, whereas it is usually assumed that the "alien beings" of Lovecraft's Mythos are the Outsiders. The protagonist, in fact, becomes alien through a paradigmatic shift. This can be seen as a type of gnosis or "enlightenment."

Within the context of this article 'landscaping' shall mean any geographic area, its size, dimension - any feature, fixture, atmosphere, or phenomenon connected with that area. Also, landscaping refers specifically to nature and its peculiar manifestations.

The use of weird landscapings, unlike the convention of 'Gothic architecture' as found in Walpole's The Castle of Otranto (meaning the geometry of the physical structures within the stories), deserve more attention than they have received.

Author T.E.D. Klein, former editor of The Twilight Zone magazine, works on a somewhat "Lovecraftian" base. In his short story, "Black Man with a Horn," from Dark Gods (1980), he draws mostly on the Mythos. However, in The Ceremonies (1984) he borrows concepts from Arthur Machen's short story "The White People." Machen was one of H.P.L.'s literary influences. In both of Klein's works there are liberal doses of weird landscapings. In the "Lovecraftian" tradition, images of dark twisted trees, menacing forests, blasted wastelands, whispering lonely fields, as well as savage jungles, frozen arctic environments, and other forlorn extreme manifestations of nature assail us. A heath of odd squatting hills, such as in H.P.L.'s "The Whisperer in Darkness," or Machen's "The Great God Pan," and all such stimuli jar our senses because of their alienness. One does not have to travel with his head disconnected to black Yuggoth to find the kind of strangeness which can be found on Earth.

The rough, wild, feral quality of Lovecraftian nature, and indeed, within all Gothic traditional depictions of nature, serve to alienate the reader from the common, to set them up for the story's awful culmination. Within these environments those caught up in them are transformed. Perhaps it can be better said that they adapt to their environment. One example which comes to mind is the goat-like Wilbur Whately in H.P.L.'s "The Dunwich Horror." Dunwich is supposed to be an all-around diconcerting place. It disturbs or adversely affects the protagonist.

This type of imagery is nothing new as a convention in the American Gothic genre. Hawthorne utilized such images as in "Young Goodman Brown," where the Witches' Sabbath takes place in a fiery pine forest. Here the Devil Himself is met on lonesome country roads near the midnight hour. H.P.L.'s "The Colour Out of Space," and "The Shadow Out of Time," present us with places of mystery, darkness and especially of geographical isolation.

It might be said that this proliferation of isolation≠ imagery in the American Gothic genre comes from the nature of early America itself. America was a vast wilderness at one time (before we "became fruitful and multiplied," that is). It is reasonable to assume that this exerted a sizeable influence on writers up until the recent time of mass urbanization.
Currently, the horror story tends to focus itself on the 'concrete jungle,' such as in T.E.D. Klein's "The Children of the Kingdom," and many of us know of H.P.L.'s loathing for New York City. While the city streets have apparently become the new forum of literary alienation, the city environment is still safe. It is predictable because it is a human fabrication. Nature, even unto this hour, remains unconquerable, it is an unknown.

Weird, isolated geography also includes the Nebraska countryside of Stephen King's "The Chidren of the Corn," and the rural neighborhood in Carl Jacobi's "The Unpleasantness at Carver House." Now consider, in light of the above, the influence of nature/landscaping on the psyche in &ther Forbes' A Mirror for Witches (1928). Louis Gross, author of Redefining the American Gothic, gives us a sample of this,

The forest is a place of dark evil for the village, [in Forbes' novel] and as the dwelling of the Indian, a habitation for Satan and his followers.3

What can be said about the above discussed process of alienating nature? By shifting the perceptual ground upon which we have built our notions of reality, writers like H.P.L. have raped our tunnel-realities by displacing our familiar world, and thrusting us, not into an "Abyss," but into a world we never understood in the first place. One might say that the Akeleys and Robert Blakes have their reality-filter lenses removed and become alien beings to the world. Robert Price, author of "Lovecraft's Artificial Mythology," tells us that, His [Lovecraft's] aim was not to make the reader feel that supernatural entities (i.e. gods) exist. Such is the misunderstanding of many readers of Lovecraft. Rather, he sought to stimulate the removal of natural limits on human perception so as to provide a full view of the horribly empty (naturalistic) cosmos.4

According to Price, Yog-Sothoth, Cthulhu and the gang are supposed to be "the aliens." The essence of what he is saying, as this author interprets it, is that the Old Ones are no mere anomalous disturbances, but are the true inhabitants of a sphere we never really owned (i.e. "the Domain of Man"). We become alien creatures in an existential universe to which we are rudely awakened. The long forbidden realities of this world have turned hostile and demonic through centuries of denial. Stefan Dziemianowicz, author of "Outsiders and Aliens: The Uses of Isolation in Lovecraft's Fiction," backs the observations put forth so far,
This telescoped point of view [refering to the existential quality of H.P.L.'s works] presents an image of mankind as an isolated presence on the "black seas" of an infinite cosmos, a figure dwarfed into insignificance by the vastness of the universe.5

The Gothic genre (in general), being a product of a predominantly Christian culture is going to reflect its anti≠ nature bias. All horrors attributed to the natural world have, in the past, made titillating reading for proper Victorian ladies who were in need of a polite, socially acceptable catharsis - or exorcism, however one cares to look at it.

It is the psychodramatic quality of these works which exert their Satanic influence. As acts of 'black magic,' these above-mentioned works and countless others have served to disturb the complacency of readers, leading them down the Left-Hand-Path. Those less sensitive readers will undoubtedly shrug off the exigency of an H.P.L. work as "just a scary story," denying any heuristic value therein. For those who are not disturbed by what may come to them in the middle of the night, on some lonesome heath (perhaps through a shining trapezohedron?), the goal of the Working is revealed:

Each of us must find our own way through the wilderness, and like Nietzsche's Zarathustra, must imbue our lives with personal meaning and power. No god, avatar, president or pope will do it for us. We, in fact, must recreate ourselves as the 'O Id Ones.' In The Satanic Rituals Dr. LaVey tells us that,

One can not help speculating upon the reality suggested by the fantasy - the possibility that the Old Ones are spectres of a future human mentality.6

But for that to happen, we must first AWAKE.

Notes

1. Anton Szandor LaVey, The Satanic Rituals (New York: Avon, 1972), p. 124.
2. Anton Szandor LaVey, The Devil's Notebook
(Portland: Feral House, 1992), p. 116.
3. Louis Gross, Redefining the American Gothic (London: U.M.I. Research Press, 1989), p. 32.
4. Robert Price, "Lovecraft's Artificial Mythology," An Epicure in the Terribk, eds. Schultz & Joshi, (Cranbury: Associated University Presses, 1991), p. 248.
5. Stefan Dziemianowicz, "Outsiders and Aliens: The Uses of Isolation in Lovecraft's Fiction," An Epicure in the Terribk, eds. Schultz & Joshi, (Cranbury: Associated University Presses, 1991), p. 159.
6. LaVey, The Satanic Rituals, P. 178.

==Satanic Doctrines ad==

==Herd Elitist Ideologies: A Field Guide==
BY [???]

AS WE WORK THROUGH THE third decade of modern Satanism, we often find the Devil's "undefiled wisdom" obscured by a veritable blizzard of superficially similar imitators using His name but playing an altogether different game. Like marketing consultants stuck with pushing a dud product, these hangers-on try to flog some tired, unimaginative belief system by scotch-taping an ill-fitting inverse pentagram over it to give it that "alluringly evil" cachet which it could never emanate on its own. Among these are a specific subcategory which I call "herd-elitist" ideologies.

There is no shortage of people and groups with impeccable elitist credentials, if by elitism we mean any assertion that certain specific people are distinct from, and superior to, the rest of humanity. What distinguishes a herd-elitist ideology from a Satanic one is its criterion of superiority: rather than judging each individual independently as superior or inferior on the basis of that individual's unique qualities, the herd-elitist assigns superior or inferior status to people based on their membership in a category. Everybody who happens to fall into Category Xis superior, while everyone in Category Y (which usually, though not always, includes everyone not in Category X) is inferior - disregarding, in both cases, the individual attributes of each person being assessed.

Herd-elitist ideologies differ from one another mainly in how they define Category X. Some examples:

Racism: To the white supremacist, a white person, even one devoid of talent or achievement, falls within the definition of the "superior race" and is thus a higher type than any non-white person, even if the latter happens to be of exceptional individual ability. There are also black supremacists and people who confer elite status based on
various other permutations of skin color and facial features, whose beliefs could be equally well described by the preceding sentence with the appropriate term or trems replacing each occurrence of the word "white."

Racistfringe elements have traditionally been associated with hard-line fundamentalist Christianity or with even zanier derivatives thereof, such as the subgroups who hold that the Anglo-Saxons

are descended from the Lost Tribes of Israel. However, reams of their standard simplistic and ungrammatical rhetoricare now availabl.ci'with an alleged "Satanic" imprimatur. The assumption, presumably, is that we individualists will fall for this particular form of group identity just because it happens to be socially unacceptable.

Ethnic nationalism: Similar to racism but based on cultural groupin rather than physical characteristics. The adherent will point to the glorious achievements "of his nation," ignoring the fact that these are actually achievements of a small number of individuals who came from that nation. Isaac Newton's accomplishments prove that he was a man of exceptional talent; they prove nothing of the sort about any other randomly selected person who happens to have also been born in England.

Cultism: In this category I would put all the innumerable (usually tiny) organizations who, de facto, define the elite as consisting of those who are members of the organization. Members gather together to reassure each other of their superiority and to sneer at those who are not members of the Cult. The strongest disdain is aimed not at the social mainstream but at those who, instead of belonging to the Cult, belong to some rival cult which in fact is hardly different. Most pseudo-Satanic groups fall into this category; each a small, insular knot of people with little in the way of a philosophical stance except repeated assertions that they are the Real Thing and that all the other similar groups are phonies.

Aristocracy: In most medieval societies, there was a hereditary nobility which wielded power and considered itself superior to the masses, with whom it refrained from intermarrying. Most noble families were descended from some individual founder whose genuine strength and ability enabled him to secure power and wealth and bequeath them to his descendants.
Unfortunately, although there is indeed a large genetic/hereditary component to most forms of talent, mere descent from a great man is a rather poor predicator of quality several generations later; most hereditary aristocracies quickly degenerated into inbred collections of hothouse plants, protected by an aura of superiority rather than its substance. The doltish character of most European and Mideastern political leadership in the Middle Ages illustrates this, as does the frequency with which ruling dynasties were overthrown by fresh challengers. The main effect of hereditary aristocracies was to prevent creative individuals born to the "lower" social castes -- part of the true elite, from a Satanic viewpoint - from achieving their potential.

As I discussed earlier in The Black Flame (see "Naziism, Racism, and Satanism," Volume 3, N 1 & 2), herd-elitist ideologies have a natural appeal to inferior people. It is the person without talents or accomplishments of his own who needs to shore up his ego by focusing on his membership in a supposedly superior race, or by joining some organization made up of a few fellow pretentious losers with a secret handshake among whom he will bear the title of Grand Kolossal Kosmic Supremo.
The creative and successful person is secure in the knowledge of his own individual superiority and has no need for such tripe.

The Satanist identifies fellow members of the elite by their individual qualities and achievements - not by their race, nationality, group affiliation, descent, or any other categorical criterion. There is no form of "hypocritical self-deceit" more insidious than thinking oneself Satanic merely because one has joined a small herd which is out of favor with the big one.

==Temple of the Vampire ad==

Yampires ctexist !
Join Ifs!
jfor complete i11for11111tio11
on the 11.ibing ((ult of tbc 1lnl:lc11l:1 mhc l\itunls, tf)e mcncbings
ijtlJc l)riestf)ool) of all\
.%cnl:I $5.00 al..s9. to:

Temple of the Vampire
Box 3582-TBF
Lacey, WA 98503

==Photo Portrait of Anton Szandor LaVey==

At last you can own a beautiful, black & white poster of the founder and High Priest of the Church of Satan.

Photographer Nick Bougas has captured LaVey and his serpentine friend Boaz in a moment of Satanic communion. At almost life size, this 23" x 29" print is on heavy, glossy poster stock, replete with the High Priest's name in large type across the bottom.
No Satanic lair should be without this handsome item!
Carefully packaged in a crush-proof mailing tube, the poster is only $20.00, plus $5.00
shipping & handling. (Outside the U.S., $20.00 plus $10.00 shipping & handling).

Make checks, money orders or bank draughts in U.S. funds out to:
Hell's Kitchen Productions
P.O. Box 499, Radio City Station, New York, NY 10101-0499, U.S.A.

==Eugenics and Dysgenics==
By [K.R. Bolton]]

EVERY INDIVIDUAL "MAY BE REGARDED as repnting the ascending or descending line of life. When one has decided which, one has there≠ by decided a canon for the value of his egoism. H he rep nts the ascending line his value is in fact extraordinary - and for the sake of the life collective, which with him takes a step forward, the care expended on his preservation, may even be extreme if he represents the descending development, decay, chronic degeneration, sickening then he can be accorded little value." Nietzsche, Twiligpt of the Idols

Eugenics: Upbreeding through genetic selection.

Dysgenics: "Exerting a detrimental effect on later generations."

Nature, left to its own devices, is eugenic. Nature's imperative is to breed higher fonns. Darwin showed that species evolve by selecting those who are of higher quality to survive and thus perpetuate their genes.

Evolution is a struggle for survival - genetic survival. An organism survives largely on the basis of the quality of its genetic inheritance. Those organisms of lesser genetic inheritance fail to find a mate, fall to a predatoi; are too weak to withstand harsh environmental conditions, and therefore their genes are not passed on to future generations. Nature, through a combination of factors, weeds and cultivates genetically. This is the basis of evolution, of natural selection.

The same principles apply to humankind. Primitive societies continue to be subjected to genetic selection in much the same way as other mganisms.

However; as a population gene pool is subjected to the laws of genetic selection, and as it thereby reaches higher biological levels, naturally does its culture. As a culture develops, a paradox rises: a culture, particularly if it rises to a level called "civiliza≠ tion," increasingly eliminates the struggles for survival through its advances in technology and material comfort. The mentally and physically impaired no longer die soon after birth, as they would in a raw state of nature. They are more likely to survive and in turn breed, thus p3$ing their genes on to future generations. A civilization may reach a stage where the selection mechanism is completely reversed: the most intelligent and creative have fewer or no offspring, and are taxed to support the increasing proliferation of the least intelligent and creative.

Nature's eugenic imperative is replaced by a man-made system which is dysgenic. This situation may continue until there are no longer sufficient numbers of intelligent and creative people to sustain a civilization and it collapses. This is the view of D.r: Elmer Pendell, a foremost population expert. In Why Civiliz.ations Self Destruct (Howard Allen, Florida 1977), Pendell writes: "To un≠ derstand who were deprived of direct descen≠ dants by early death we must first look at human beings in a state of nature, when each individual had to provide for himself in much greater measure than now... Those with fewer of the favourable traits, or more of the unfavourable traits, were much more likely to die - and die early before they them≠ selves reproduced Death not only removed
a deficient individual from a blossoming roety, but it removed his genes from the gene pool of his tribe. Consequently, the tribe and the species were both improved by nature's program of 'negative eugenics'."

Surveying a number of civilizations, Pendell states: "Why did Egypt's Old Kingdom, a magnificent civilization, 'crumble to the dust before the battering thistledown'? \ery simply, the less capable had the most offspring and a high degree of roal organization permitted this offspring to survive and produce offspring of their own."

This hypothesis on the fall of civiliza≠ tion is plausible for us today, not only due to the present knowledge of genetics and evolu≠ tion, but because we can observe the dys≠ genic impact on Western Civilization before our eyes. Indeed, as our civilization becomes increasingly more technically specialized there is an increasing number of unemploy≠ ables being subsidized by a dwindling ntllD≠ ber of technocrats and other professionals.
\'1Cestern Civilization will shortly reach the point of collapse as have other civilizations.

As Pendell observes in his remarks on the contemporary USA: "There is no dead≠ lier form of self-destruction than forcing the worthy elements of a civilization to become servants of the dross."

"Unless we revise our attitudes towards the 'rights' of those who are dragging us undei; the USA will soon follow the pattern set by two earlier - and extinct - Western Hemisphere Civilizations - the Mayan and the Incan."

In fact, the population problem is not only within Western Civilization, but on a wider scale than hitherto in history; in the form of the \1"!st's subsidization of the proliferating Third rid (many of whose nations are themselves pitiful vestiges of an≠ cient civilizations which collapsed through dysgenics; e.g. India).

Pendell's answer to the self-destruct mechanism of civilization is for man to inter≠ vene where nature no longer can, by means of sterilization of the lowest genetic specimens, marriage licensing based on eugenic considerations, and State Human Genetics Boards authorizing quotas of chil≠ dren for couples on the basis of IQ.

The only country with the farsighted≠ ness to adopt eugenic social measures is Singapore. Several years ago the then Japanese Prime Minister observed aloud that the reason for the USA's declining economic performance is the decline in the quality of its population. Squeals of protest from out≠ raged liberals in the USA extracted an apol≠ ogy from him, but did nothing to change the facts.

Unless current population trends are reversed the \'1Cestern industrial nations will soon become the hewers of wood and drawers of water for more realistic societies, such as Japan, whose national IQ average has been increasing steadily over the past 50 years.

The Welfare State should start function≠ ing in reverse, in the form of tax incentives and disincentives applied to assist those who are the most intelligent and creative to sire larger families, while encouraging the curtail≠ ing of the numbers of the lower level of society. Sterilization (which could also be en≠ couraged with financial incentives) and eugenically-applied abortion, should also be utilized. Of course such realistic propositions remain utopian so long as the tis dominated by the moral slush of Christianity and liberalism. The battle first has to be fought and won on the ideological front.

"Now it is the higher man's role to pro≠ duce the children of the future. Quality is now more important than quantity."
Anton Szandor LaVey,
''The Satanic Rituals'', p. 12.

==Prints of Darkness ad==
SEND S.A.S.E. OR 2 IRC'S FOR A COMPLTE LISTING OF
HELL'S KITCHEN PRODUCTIONS MERCHANDISE.

==PC in D.C.==
BY Deacon Brodie

"A man is a wolf to man."

-Ancient Roman proverb

I like to think of Washington D.C. as an apocalyptic city. It is, in a sense, an end times city, with all the turmoil of conflicting doctrines and political tempests a last days preacher could imagine. Our nation's capitol is a kind of modern day Rome, complete with Emperor (President), senators, wealthy patricians on the take and the plebians who ride on their coattails, not to mention the masses of the unemployed and homeless.

The architecture speaks for itself.

One might even stretch the analogy further by pointing out that America's Rome seems to have its mystery cults and underground societies. Like their ancient counterparts, there are many here who loyally and sometimes desperately cling to their religious or political raison d'etre. With rare exception, most of these Romans need their party line handed down to them on a silver platter from above and in some cases even a lead plate will do. The faithful followers wax their egos with that smug self≠ assurance which comes with "getting involved" or "fighting the power." The leaders glut their egos with the gratification which comes in having control and
influence over others and taking credit for their organization's accomplishments.
Whether it comes from the theologically correct (TC) right wing or the politically correct (PC) left wing, the rhetoric, speeches, tactics and thought molding are basically the same.

So what has all this to do with the price of Satanic tea in China?

As a Satanist I take a sort of detached interest in activism and politics. Why not? One never knows when one might be forced into the arena to face a TC lion or a PC tiger. A sure method of self-defense is to know one's enemy. I try to attend as many demonstrations as possible and to keep at least a modest file on the various local activist groups in D.C.

My favorite target of Satanic espionage is Operation Rescue (OR). Of all the crusading organizations which I despise (and being politically incorrect I despise them all), OR is the one group I deem most worthy of my mischievous prying and monkey wrenching.

OR is truly an ironic phenomenon. It used to be, in the good old days of pagan Rome, that the Christians were the ones fed to the lions. Now, in the days of Christianized Rome, the Christians are the lions who devour women of desperate circumstances and rape victims. If you haven't seen an OR "rescue" with your own eyes, I highly recommend that you do so at least once in your life. Take pictures so you can show your grandchildren when they ask you if such nonsense actually occurred in your day. You'll need proof.

So what does a spy see upon attending an OR rally/"rescue"?

In the D.C. area it usually starts off with a pre-action meeting held on a Thursday or Friday evening, about 7:30 pm. This will be a kind of religious pep rally. I put on my best suit and fix a "Jesus is Lord" pin to the lapel. A Bible in hand will lend more credibility as I mingle with the sheep. The more you can look and speak the part the more chance there is of getting them to take you into their confidence. The rally site will probably be a church, one sympathetic to OR's cause. Once inside, it is sometimes required to surrender one's drivers license, a security precaution of theirs. It will be returned on the way out. I always take a seat near the front. This reduces suspicion and there is a better chance of overhearing something important from one of their leaders who sit in the front pews.

Here is a world where all of history, philosophy, science, everything is re≠ interpreted by a first-century standard. Here is the world of either/or, where the sons of light ) struggle against the sons of darkness. These stormtroopers of righteousness have a mission - to save this wayward nation from the likely wrath of their fearsome and angry God by putting it back on the proper course
- theocracy.

The church soon fills up and the born again frenzy begins. The typical rally starts out with the singing of hymns which can become quite lively with people clapping, swaying from side to side; some are weeping, others are uplifting their hands to heaven with eyes closed, their faces testifying to the close kinship between religious ecstasy and a good orgasm. The son sometimes sound like battle hymns, for instance:

CHORUS:
Lift high the banners of
love, HalleluJah!
Sound the trumpets of war. Christ has given us the victory, Hallelujah!
Jericho must fall.

1. The body of Christ is an army, fighting powers unseen, bringing captives to freedom, in the name of Jesus the King. CHORUS.
2. Brothers, are you sure of your calling? Will you fight for Jesus the King? Are you prepared for this battle, to lay down your lives for your friends?

And on it goes. There will also be prayers, of course. If fortune favors me, these will be led by the OR leaders, if not, then the congregation will break up into groups of five to eight. This is the most difficult part of the night. Each person will be expected to take a turn at a long, drawn out prayer of repentance and calling on God. This is a true test of any would-be spy's acting ability and knowledge of fundamentalist theology. Fortunately for myself, I come from a religious background
and have a degree in theology which helps me to speak the born-again jargon and fake the prayers to righteous satisfaction. It always provides me with a certain amount of amusement when the sheep are instructed to turn to a particular passage in their Bibles.
Now I can see if any of the people sitting next to me are spys from one of the local pro-choice organizations. They'll be the ones who take the longest time to find the text. A dead giveaway to the pro-lifer sitting next to them when they have to refer to the
table of contents to get to the gospel of John.

After the hymns and prayers will come the lively and charismatic speeches by the OR leaders. If it is going to be a major attack the following day, then there will be big name speakers; Randall Terry (founder OR), Rev. Pat Mahoney (Vice Pres. Christian Defense Coalition), Carrol Everett (former abortion clinic owner turned crusading Christian bitch), and any "pro-life" politicians who wish to add their two cents worth, i.e. Ambassador Alan Keyes, congresmian Chris Smith, etcetera.

The mood of an OR rally can vary greatly. Some are terribly serious as the lambs of God prepare themselves to suffer in the following day's activities. Others are little more than comedy acts by Terry and

Mahoney as they spend their entire speech time making jokes from the pulpit. To give credit where due, I must say they can really be quite fwmy at times, like two stand up Christian comedians. Occasionally there will be shown video tapes of Christians being arrested by the police for blocking the clinic doors. The purpose is to make all potential pep talk and indoctrination encourage the flock to "fear God rather than man" and risk arrest to save "the unborn children."

Finally, after the crowd has been whipped into its usual psychological state of righteous indignation over the "sin of child killing" and given a hardened resolve to do whatever is deemed necessary to end abortion, the time and place of tomorrow's gathering will be announced. The army of God then breaks up into groups according to function. Now the atmosphere becomes that of war - onward Christian soldiers!

This is the time when the battalions are to be formed. The main body will spearhead the attack. They consist of the hardcore members, who have been arrested again and again in the past, and however many first≠ timers who have been sucked into the righteous enthusiasm of the moment.
Veterans may be asked to bear the brunt of the arrests. Another battalion is comprised of women acting as "counselors" (guiltmongers). They direct their psychological warfare at any abortion bound woman trying to enter the clinic. These fine examples of Christian womanhood (boring females who all look like Saturday Night Live's "Church Chat" lady) are there to "help" her choose life for her "unborn child."

As in the army, there are the support troops. These are the "prayer warriors" who stand or kneel at the sidelines praying for those Christians being "brutaliud" (arrested) by the police "for simply praying on the sidewalk" (blocking the entrance to a building and terrorizing those trying to get in). The prayer warrior's job is to incessantly call upon the name of Jesus and in general make a grand display of repentance for the six o'clock news.

I once posed as a prayer warrior with an elderly couple who were kind enough to take me on a tour of the 13th century. After a seemingly ceaseless round of prayers for the sins of the nation and forgiveness of their "pro-abort" enemies, the weary couple pulled out a piece of paper and read from it an exorcism. So there we stood, the three of us "casting out abortion demons" from the clinic. And here I thought all that Linda

Blair stuff was just a movie! Later in the day's festivities I saw this same woman weeping and wailing hysterically. She and several other handmaids of the Lord had fallen to the ground in prayerful agony. Another woman behind me was speaking in tongues (babbling in a foreign language one has never learned). The actual wording which she repeated over and over again went like this, "Shun da la ta ta ta ta." I've studied quite a few languages in my time but I have to confess I don't recogniu this one; must
be an angelic language - Archangelese? Gabrielese? Cherubimian?

Christians claim themselves the salt of the earth; small wonder the planet suffers from hypertension.

The remaining support troops will consist of legal observers and those with video cameras for possible use in court.

With the order of battle established, the troops turn in for a few hours sleep. The time is usually about 10 or 11 pm. At this point I deliver any pertinent information to my cohort and best friend who then informs his political contacts among the political opponents of OR. The crucial task of any spy here is to gain as much information about the next day's tactics as well as obtain names and memorize faces. Some of these yahoos are out of state and have outstanding warrants or injunctions still in effect on them. The more one learns about the enemy the greater the chance of guessing their next move or pursuing legal action against them.

The next day's attack begins early, about 6am. The inquisition gathers at the appointed place. Already there are several "pro-choice" shadowers pacing about with walkie-talkies in hand, ready to report on enemy troop movements. The prayer warriors begin their medieval mumb others are softly singing apocalyptic hymns. Some have brought their invalid relatives and friends, paraplegics and quadraplegics in wheel chairs. Some are near mental vegetables who can do little but grunt and moan unintelligibly. See how sacred human
1u:£re. JS.

Then the generals arrive and God's mob gets underway. OR has its chain of command, with the leaders giving orders and the rest following without question. Only those at the top know the location of the clinic to be attacked. The rest are kept ignorant of any battle plans. Usually there will be a ride on the metro (subway) and then they hit the streets. A false attack might be staged by a smaller group at another site in order to draw the opposition from the intended target.

The pace quickens as the main body approaches its destination. The clinic defenders will consist mostly of members of the Washington Area Clinic Defense Task Force (:IIACDTF) along with members of smaller, less effective organizations as well as a few revolution-mongers from D.C.'s Revolutionary Communist Party (RCP).
Some of these left-wing self-annointed "defenders of individual liberty" wouldn't know what to do with themselves if they didn't have a cause to fight for. I dare say that if the state were magically transformed into a utopia overnight, these "politically aware" individuals would have to create a whole new set of social ills just so they could have something to fight against in the morning.

The mayhem begins with OR's arrival. Clinic defenders lock arms, form a human barricade and brace themselves for the incoming holy salvo. Shouting and chanting soon fill the air. The modem day crusaders assail the infidel fortress by sitting as close as possible to the entrance in an attempt to shut down what they call an "abortion mill." There will be some jostling and surreptitious pushing as well as the occasional arrest for assault.

After the authorities have dilly-dallied for a spell, they then begin their legal masturbations which consist of giving OR members several warnings to vacate the area and the reading of any existing injunctions. Finally they put the taxpayers' money to good use and begin to haul them away.
Don't think that you've seen the last of them though; unlike OR chapters in some other areas of the country the "rescuers" here pay the meager fine and come right back for the next attack.

Eventually a path is cleared and the clinic is reopened. Each side claims victory with the defenders boasting that all the patients got in to their appointments and the attackers bragging that X number of "mothers" chose life for their "unborn child" as a result of their righteous intervention. As for myself, I retreat back into my Medmenham library and add any new information into my slowly growing files.
So why bother with all of this?

It enriches my life, simply this and nothing more. First of all I wish to see first hand what others can only glimpse on their TV screens. The news media is an unreliable source of information and incapable of giving the viewer anything but a portion of the events. Deeper intricacies are usually missed. Therefore I investigate these matters myself. I am, in a way, my own news service. In my political directory are the necessary phone numbers to find out which of the major activist groups are doing what and when.

In the second place it amuses me. I enjoy taking a stroll through the human zoo which politically correct people term a "democracy." A democracy is a sort of free range game preserve where a primatologist such as myself can study the habits of nature's most awkward and embarrassing ape.

Thirdly, I wish to provide intelligence service to the opposition groups presently fighting the fundamentalist right≠ wing. My best friend and I have a motto to champion our goal - "We take fun out of fundamentalism." Timely reporting on the activities of the inquisition can give the liberal opposition a headstart in making their counter battle plans.

But don't think for a moment that I'm into crusading or Idealism or PC. My reason for activism is pure self-interest and revenge. It's in my self-interest to throw a monkey wrench into the Judeo-Christian machinery whenever the opportunity presents itself and it is also a form of revenge for what these increasingly "concerned" Christians have done to this world and their far-reaching impact which inevitably contaminates the quality and/or quantity of life for us all.

They wish to pry into our private lives? Fine, we'll pry into theirs.

The PC left-wing is certainly useful in providing a counter-balance to the TC right≠ wing. But no self-respecting Satanist wants to live in a society built by the feeble hands of hippies, yippies, pacifists, yuppies, mentally castrated males, testosterized
feminists or any other genetic mutation resulting from nature's failed philosophical experiments.

And when does the battle end?

It doesn't. It goes on and on. War is its own rationale. Think about one possible future for a moment. If the conservative Christians could be ousted from power then the victorious liberals woud become the new and dominant species of herd mentality, therefore the new enemy. Today's allies, tomorrows enemies, and vice versa. Thus the importance of keeping informed on everyone's political progress - everyone's.

Until the realization of the Satanic Empire, I shall continue to play my game of "Deacon Brodie" (Brodie was the real life character upon whom Robert Louis

Stevenson based his novel Dr.Jekyll and Mr. Hyde). My best friend and I shall play up to anyone, repeat any party line, play any political ploy so long as it benefits the Satanic lifestyle, our lifestyle!

Until the earth is once again green and free, as the ffymn of the Satanic Empire states, with a place for you and a place for me, when the shadow of the cross no longer obfuscates and darkens the natural life, when PC and TC are sent away to wander in the desert regions of humanity's intellect, there to die of thirst for the vital waters of recognition; then and only then will I cease my endless flow of cynicism and misanthropy.

Finally, I seek to perfect the art of Satanic espionage because it enriches my life intellectually and culturally. Networking in the political arena has provided some interesting contacts and resources.This avails the fringe benefits of obtaining greater access to hard-to-find books, alternative information, rare music and the undergrowid arts. Building a Satanic library can become an engrossing and rewarding life's passion.

By remaining true to the Renaissance lifestyle, we remain true to life's highest fulfillment and goals. Let the commoners sweat and toil to build a cathedral for their clergy masters while we question the flatness of the Earth and forge trade routes to China!
Life was meant to be lived - for oneself!

Not to be impaled upon the enemy's bayonettes for the sake of any "cause." Martyrs never live to see the bronze monument erected to their memory, if one is ever raised at all.

Nietzsche knew it well, that spirit of the diabolical, when he wrote, "Man is a bridge to the Overman." It is not that the mindless masses have no purpose. They serve their purpose in that they provide the mud and filth from which the genius may arise and shine forth so brilliantly.

The Christian holds the Truth and the Truth has set him free. Give to the Christian his Bible, that he may warm himself by the dying embers of his faith and in his blind rapture, bless you with the kindness he thinks he owes you. But, beware his "love" for in such a "love" there is venom enough for all his enemies.

And give to the addict his heroin, that he may sleep in narcotic bliss and not rob you.

And humor the lwiatic who fancies himself Emperor, for he will treat you to a royal feast someday.

For those of us who enjoy the sword-play between the various political gladiators there exists here in Rome a kind of circus, and as long as there is the Circus Maximus, I'll be here, either in the grandstands spectating or trying my luck in the arena.
We who are about to LIVE, salute you! Rege Satanas!

Long live LaVey!

Hail the Satanic Empire!

==Abrasax ad==

==The Fifth Path Magazine ad==

==My Concerns About Christianity==
By Jeffrey Wade Nagy

RECENTLY MY COUSIN FOUND OUT that I was a Satanist, and it came as quite a shock to her; after all, I'm an "A" student, hold a lofty position at work, and am a fairly nice chap. Unfortunately, she sent a copy of an unnamed Christian hysterical account of Satanism to, of all people, my parents! I read the book, and was amazed at how sick-minded these Christians are to come up with these deluded fantasies.

So, I sent a letter questioning her antics. She told me to read Revelations, that her prayer group was praying for me and my family (oh, how nice!), and told me basically to blindly follow Jesus if I wish to accomplish anything! This from a person who leads a tremendously screwed-up life!

So, after reading this unnamable book, a thought occured to me: "Have they ever considered the fact that they may actually have their wishes fulfilled?" I mean, if they remove real books on Satanism (which I've noticed in my area: just try to get one of Dr. LaVey's books here) from the shelves and put these books up for people (kids as well), the thought of what could happen is scary. Hell, these book's covers look more fascinating than any real Satanic books. If a kid (or adult, for that matter) is turned-off by Christianity, as was I, and is looking into Satanism as an alternative, and the only example he can find is in these paranoid books depicting the killing of animals and babies, if he's quite unstable he may well do it.

After all, these are Satanic experts, aren't they? They must know the truth! If they didn't make this stuff up, kids or adults could read something sensible, i.e. Tbe Satanic Bible. But then, how would the poor Christers survive?

Then I decided, "What the Hell, I'll read Revelations again, after all, it is a good fictitious book!" In it, it states that when the Beast rises that every man must take the Mark of the Beast to buy, sell, trade, own property- basically, just to survive. Will the Christians take the Mark? Why of course, I forgot that they already had! They all have Social Security numbers - for you can't legally do any of the aforementioned activities here in the US without it. Your Mark. Which just goes to prove on a theological level (not that need be one) that we are indeed living in the midst of the Satanic Age.

Also, in this nifty little book of Revelations, it seems as if God has something against every tribe. And God has all these creatures around his throne which are described as basic lycanthropes: all are were-beings of one type or another. What fanciful literature! It also shows that sacrifice in a physical sense is definitely a Christian deed, not Satanic.

Not that I'm implying in any way that anyone should believe the words in Revelations; in fact, quite the contrary. One can look back in history, at any time or place and see these prophesies of Revelations in full sway somewhere. My hope is if there is any one truth to the Bible it is thus: that the Rapture will come, the Christians will disappear, and the Satanist shall rule the Earth.

But, one way or another, this shall happen. Lex Talionis!

==The Ultimate Explanation==
After a long and hair-raising excursion upon our fair freeways, I was struck by diabolical inspiration. In a single devilish moment, I perceived The Ultimate Psychological Explanation of Modern America. I have distilled Paul Fussell's Class and the writings of Albert Ellis to their essence.

Following are the essential philosophical statements of the various classes, revealing The Ultimate Psychological Explanation of Modern America.

Metaphysics (upon the nature of reality): Proles: "I am my car."

Middle Class: "I am my house." Upper Class: "I am my money." X Class: "I am!"

Epistemology (upon the nature of acquiring knowledge): Proles: "'Cause."

Middle Class: "'Cause they say so." Upper Class: "Because Daddums says so." X Class: "Because it's there."

Ethics (upon what to do): Proles: "Sports is good."

Middle Class: "Richer is better." Upper Class: "Old is best."

X Class: "What works for me?"

So there you have it. The Ultimate Psychological Explanation of Modern America. W?at more could you want?

—R. Elizabeth Fox

==Storm Mail Order ad==
"Supplying the Heretical"
-NOW AVAILABLE-
DEATH IN JUNE SHIRTS

FRONT
BACK

These beautiful new shirts are designed by STORM and based on the cover of the masterpiece LP, BUT, WHAT ENDS WHEN THE SYMBOLS SHATTER? Printed on the absolute heaviest, best quality 100% cotton pre-shrunk maroon shirts (like background of album jacket), the stunning front print is in two colors and the back design is printed in black ink. These are the ONLY legitimate Death In June shirts being sold in America, and were produced with the express permission of the band. Limited print run; when these are sold out we will be issuing new designs. ORDER NOW! Size: Available in XL ONLY. Price: $14 plus $2.50 p&h in USA/Can (add $5 for foreign airmail)

OTHER NEW PRODUCTS:
BLOOD AXIS lyric booklet - A limited edition booklet featuring lyrics to the songs on THE LAMP OF THE INVISIBLE LIGHT CD, as well as one song from the upcoming CD "Storm Songs". Also includes photos, background information and details on upcoming releases. Deluxe presentation, with marble covers; each booklet includes a Blood Axis sticker. Price: $2 ppd in USA/Can $3 ppd foreign airmail UNLEASHED - Two CD's are currently available from these Swedish Odinist death metal masters. Warning: this is very loud, violent music. WHERE NO LIFE DWELLS Their first release, with "Into Glory Ride", "Violent Ecstasy" and 9 other tracks

SHADOWS IN THE DEEP The second album featuring "The Immortals", "Land of Ice" and 8 other tracks
Price each: $16 ppd USA/Can $18 ppd foreign airmail

THE GREEN BOOK by Muammar al Qaddafi. In our search for heretical expressions, we have come across a supply of this notorious work by Libya's leader. A valuable explanation of his anti- Western "democracy", tribal social philosophy. Hard to find paperback edition.
Price: $6 ppd in USA/Can $7 ppd foreign airmail

SIEGE
Also due out in January, at long last, is the book SIEGE by James Mason. This incredible tome of heresy has been over three years in the making. Now comprising a massive 400+ pages, it will be one of the final statements on extremism in America. SIEGE represents one man's journey on the farthest fringes of revolutionary ideology, from Hitlerian National Socialism to the lucid thoughts of the world's foremost outlaw, Charles Manson. From a unique insider's perspective it details a philosophy of a truly radical nature, rendering all previous conceptions of Leftist, Rightist and Conservative politics obsolete. Undeniably consistent, SIEGE presents a powerful message of survival, set free from moral constraint and popular delusions. You will never encounter another book such as this in your entire life. STORM is therefore proud to finally issue the first printing of this landmark work. SIEGE has been alternately called "The Mein Kampf of the 90's" and "The mind fuck of the century"- you be the judge. Suffice to say, you will not spot this title on the shelves of you local "alternative" bookshop. Why? Because it decisively flies in the face of everything currently held sacred by humanity. Presently being printed, the finished book is a professional production, with numerous rare and unpublished photos, texts and graphics. We are now accepting advance orders at the cover price of $14.95 plus $2 shipping and handling (foreign orders add $5 for surface, or $10 airmail). All orders received before Feb. 30th, 1993 will receive special autographed copies of the book. These special inscribed copies will not be available after that date.

ALSO COMING FROM STORM:
In January 1993 we will finally be sending out our new catalog, so if you are on the mailing list, expect to receive it soon. We will be offering an extensive selection of new T-shirts (Blood Axis, Allerseelen, and much more), as well as new books (Nietzsche, etc.) and CDs (Ain Soph, Bathory, etc.) Please send $1 to be placed on the mailing list, or two first class stamps (2 IRCs outside USA) for a sample catalog.

==The Law of the Forbidden==
NEWBOOKS FROM FERAL HOUSE

The Devil's Notebook
by Anton Szandor LaVey

The Devil's Notebook is the first original collection of Anton LaVey's writings to be published in over two decades.

"In a clear polemical style, the good doctor rips into a number of deserving targets ... and imparts wise-ass wisdom that, for me, is worth more than a stack of ancient grimoires. Like 1be Satanic Bible, Tbe Devil 'i Notebook is a tome only the clever among us will appreciate." - ''The Nose''
$10.95 • Trade Paperback • ISBN: 0-922915-11-3

‘’’Secret and Suppressed: Banned Ideas and Hidden History’’’
:’’Edited by Jim Keith’’

A guidebook to alternative views of contemporary events and world history, Secret and Suppressed confronts the reader with disquieting revelations on mind control, secret societies, media disinformation, cults and elite cabals. The hard evidence supplied by many of these articles is startling. Other entries veer into a twilight realm of paranoia, speculation and horror. If you believe that ignorance is bliss, Secret and Suppressed is sure to make you very unhappy.
$12.95 • Trade Paperback • ISBN: 0-922915-14-8

Cosmic Retribution: The Infernal Art of Joe Coleman

This stunningly designed presentation of Joe Coleman's paintings and illustrations reveals the artist's obsessive visions of outlaws, madness and distressed religious impulses. Includes 32 color pages, 110 black and white pages and an incisive interview conducted by Adam Parfrey. "Coleman unleashes a hallucinatory violence of image and content that is unrelenting and unforgettable." -Artfom,m
$22.95 • Deluxe Paperback Edition • ISBN: 0-922915-06-7
$39.95 • Limited Signed Cloth Edition • ISBN: 0-922915-13-X

The Secret Life of a Satanist: The Authorized Biography of Anton LaVey
by Blanche Barton

Now available in paperback, this photo-illustrated biography of "the most dangerous man in America" will stand as the definitive portrait of this influential and fascinating genius.
$1 2.95 • Trade Paperback • ISBN: 0-922915-1 2-1
$19.95 • Cloth • ISBN: 0-922915-03-2

To order, send check or money order for cost of book(s), plus $1.75 shipping. Send SASE for free catalogue.

Feral House • PO Box 3466 • Portland, OR ï 97208

The Black Flame Vol. 4 No. 3 and No. 4

2026-10-02T08:32:32Z

Overlord: /* Odditorium */ adding formatting and indents

Full uncorrected text (3/17/25) of [https://the.satanic.wiki/images/f/f2/The_Black_Flame_4%283-4%29.pdf The Black Flame Vol. 4 No. 3 and No. 4].

<hr>

INSIDE THIS ISSUE:
ANTON LA VEY - INTERVIEW "DESIDERATA SATANICUS" KING DIAMOND - INTERVIEW
"DUELING DUALITIES"
"HERD ELITIST IDEOLOGIES" "EUGENICS AND DYSGENICS" "ODDITORIUM:"
PRINT, MUSIC, VIDEO REVIEWS
AND MUCH MORE!

Editor Peter H Gilmore

Associate Editor Peggy Nadramia

The Black Flame is published by Hell's Kitchen Productions, Inc.

Copyright 1993 C.E. by Hell's Kitchen Productions, Inc. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without written permission is prohibited.

Mailing address: P.O. Box 499, Radio City Station, New York, NY 10101 - 0499 U.S.A.
Double issue price: $6.00 in the U.S.,
$8.00 outside the U.S. Subscriptions: $12.00 in the U.S. for two double issues.
$16.00 outside the U.S. for two double issues.
Single issues and fuck issues are not avaiJahle. Send check, bank draught or money order in U.S. funds only.
Opinions expressed herein are those of the authars al,one.

We accept no responsibility for unsolicited manuscripts. Correspondence requesting a response must be accompanied by an S.A.S.E.

COVER IMAGE: Lance Thimmes

==Desiderata Satanicus==
My worst enemies are those who presume me to be harmless. They cannot imagine how much I resent and disdain them, or just how great a threat they would face if I could get at them. Everything in their behavior speaks of insult and presumptuousness, and for now it is all I can do to make constructive use of my anger toward them. At this time, I just make a list of them and keep a watch on. Some day, with the help of time, space, and circumstance, I will be able to humiliate them properly — not in a manner they would enjoy, but in a style calculated to make them wish that they had never been born.
—Anton Szandor LaVey, 1989

==The Tide Turns==
By Peter H. Gilmore

WE HAVE SEEN IN RECENT MONTHS a trend on the part of academics, picked up by the media, towards refutation of the contemporary urban legend of "Satanic Ritual Abuse" which has been the foundation of entire "consultation" and "therapy" industries. The idiot fundamentalist effort to convince people that a worldwide conspiracy exists (to breed babies from dysfunctional women, spread drugs, pornography, and snuff films in an effort to dominate the globe) is finally being perceived to be a laughable fantasy. How long will it be until the McMartin trial joins the Salem debacle as a symbol of the American "justice" system gone wrong?

Yet during the entire hoohah, real Satanists have been untouched by this "witch hunt." Instead, children of Christian parents have come under the influence ot their pastors and therapists and have accused family members and friends of being Satanists, often ruining their lives. And who can ignore the continuing media-touted scandal of child molestation perpetrated by Christian clergymen? This is all so well deserved. Behold the utter desperation of Christianity in its last gasp to find an enemy which can frighten the gullible into their churches. This enemy is but a projection of their own misdeeds which stem from the heart of their anti-life creed. Let them feed on themselves, as followers of the flaccid Nazarene should.

Church of Satan spokespersons have been going on talk-shows for years, debunking this hysteria, yet now that "official" sources are coming to their senses does anyone look to us and say, "Gee, you were right all along?" Of course not.

We were invited on these shows not as sources of truth, but as freaks, "real live Satanists" at whom the proles could gawk. However, we did not shrink from articulating the unvarnished truth of our beliefs which many label as brutal, fascist, animalistic. If people want to fear us, then let them fear us for the '''correct''' reasons. We made this effort so that there would be an accurate presentation of our beliefs, especially should the time come when we could face legal difficulties because of our affiliations.

The real danger lies in the remaining influence of this mythology on law enforcement agencies. Tax dollars are still being wasted on seminars run by self-proclaimed experts (often retired, moonlighting, or would-be law officers of a decidedly Christian slant) who spread completely bogus information. The gullible local cops, wowed by jargon-laden presentations, swallow this stuff whole as it comes from apparent "experts" and thus they help spread a panic by seeing signs of the Devil's work in minor and typical crimes. Just recently I was called in to examine evidence that Satanic cult activity was the basis for vandalism of a house up for sale that had remained vacant for about a year. Prior to examining the site, I was told that certain Satanic graffiti and an inverted cross had been found, proof positive that this had been done by a local cult. Yeah, right.

When I got to the house, an old structure that is fairly isolated, I examined every room and the entire grounds. What I found was an old mattress in the living room, with a collapsed card table next to it as well as two candles (one green, one pink). A small cross pendant was hung on the edge of the table, which seemed to have been removed by the wearer before going to sleep on the aforementioned mattress (the cross had sharp edges, but was not inverted). The only graffiti were various slogans such as "Nicole loves Mark" (if there is hidden Satanic significance, it escapes me). And in an upstairs room, once belonging to a child as evidenced by the garish sports-figure wall paper, there was a copy of the ''Necronomicon'' and a Ouija board. We all know how essential how essential this paraphernalia is to authentic Satanic ritual - NOT! Outdoors, the squatters had taken the lawn mower from the garage and hot a path through the overgrown grass to a section of the yard surrounded by pine trees. Here they mowed out a roughly circular patch, about eight feet in diameter, in which to sun-bathe. There were no signs of ritualistic activity in this circle. So, here was, at most, teenage dabbler stuff, but hardly evidence of a cult. This sort of incident has been repeated across the nation and has been inflated by the overactive imaginations of the gullible (ofien those with Christian beliefs) into evidence for a broad-based conspiracy. I don't particularly care about the paranoid fantasies of the dysfunctional, but when members of the police are convinced that there are Satanists lurking under the beds of innocent Americans, that is when we must insistently stand up and tell them the truth about our beliefs. And so we have been doing.

I have been active in recent months as a consultant/expert witness regarding the practice of Satanism in cases concerning the religious rights of prisoners (individuals who have become members of the Church of Satan after their incarceration). Numerous prisons are very "liberal" where religious observences (''sic'') are concerned and some even have multi-million dollar complexes to serve the needs of their inmate population, yet when it comes to allowing Satanists to ritualize, or even have their literature, there has been resistance from some institutional authorities. We have been making headway in this area by demonstrating our credentials as a legally-recognized religious organization whose existence must be tolerated along with the other minority religions permitted. We do not seek special treatment for these incarcerated Satanists, simply that they be given equal treatment concerning religious practices.

Also, we assist only those inmates whose professed Satanism is consistent with our philosophy, which has been clearly delineated in our publicly available literature and other media presentations.

It has never been the goal of the Church of Satan to take its place among the other world religions, with dutiful followers and neatly labeled congregations. No, Satanism will permeate the societies of the globe as a secular lifestyle.

Indeed, Satanism '''has''' penetrated the culture in many ways, and obvious imagery has particularly conquered the heavy metal world. Yet our religion is often not taken seriously. This can be used as a strength, for Satanists continue to influence larger cultural movement without being recognized as such, except by the astute - and some of our Christian enemies ''do'' know what we really stand for.

We do '''not''' intend to turn the vast insensate masses into Satanists. Nor do we wish to eliminate those whom we consider to be less than elite (though we'd definitely like to see their numbers reduced from the overwhelming majority they now hold). How then could we predators exercise our prerogative? The masses will do as always and follow their inertia. However, in the growing Satanic Age, we shall find desired situations and objects a bit more easily obtainable, and we shall have direct recourse to justice. In the interim, we will not be treated with any less respect than other religions.

While the Christians have been tilting at straw men, we have continued to extend our influence through society. We have defended real Satanism, and have spread our literature so that our fellows will know by what name they are to be known, Meanwhile, the altruist/egalitarians have continued to force situations into extremes so that even the dullard couch potatoes have come to see the error of this doctrine - ''reductio ad absurdum'' works again!

As always, we remain aloof from the hubub with our cherished objects and individuals, and when the time comes we '''push''' and direct the currents as they should naturally go. Our victory is assured as we are in harmony with Nature-avatars of the Universe's Order. We demand that ''Lex Talionis'' be the rallying cry for a return to justice, and that - as long as this present system lasts - those who are hired to administer justice, and thus act as agents of the state, will leave their religious prejudices at home. Not for nothing did our Satanic founding fathers create a Constitution which demands a separation of church and state.

So enjoy the ringside Colosseum seats and the spectacle of Christians being thrown to Christians, but keep an eye on those gullible constables. As our influence continues, we will see '''real order''' based on Natural law, not the criminal-favoring morass enshrined in today's "justice" system. And don't be surprised if some of those men and women in blue, who aren't the least bit gullible, put on Baphomets when their badges come off.

==Elbow Patch Commandos==
By Blanche Barton

RAN ACROSS A NEW BOOK on the Sociology shelves yesterday - ''Satanic Panic: The Creation of a Contemporary Legend'', by Jeffrey S. Victor. At first glance, it's a much-needed objective debunking of the Satanic hysteria, analyzing it not from a Christian perspective, but from the standpoint of an academically-accredited scholar well-versed in the phenomena of rumor-panics. Upon closer examination, though the book is 310 pages long (minus appendices, notes and references), it is a relatively superficial analysis and adds little to the debunking books already out, such as ''In Pursuit of Satan'', ''Satanism in America'', and ''The Satanism Scare''. Bulk is impressive to those of small minds, however, so I suppose the more anti-hysteria books on the shelves, the better. But there is a fault that is emerging with the "academic" anti-hysteric stance that we, as Satanists, should be aware of and prepared to combat. This article doesn't concern everyone who is in academia; I will use the term "academic" in the perjorative (''sic'') to define only those professors, writers and researchers who are too wrapped-up in their ivory tower cocoons to see what's happening around them.

It seems, in their recent passion for disproving the Christian myth of an international Satanic conspiracy, academics are overlooking the modern Satanic movement altogether. Instead of defining Satanism, and showing where the presuppositions by which we are damned by society are '''false''' (i.e. sacrificing animals and babies, drinking blood, holding weekly Black Masses and orgies), certain academics find it easier to say "there are no Satanists," period. Or, at best, that any "Satanic movement" is limited and inconsequential (therefore, not a threat to society).

In Victor's book, for example, there are only two references to "Anton LeVey" in the index, one of which reads:
"In the 1970s, small groups calling themselves followers of Satanic religion developed. However, they really didn't receive much public attention. Even Anton LeVey (''sic''), who is now touted as the Godfather of Satanism in popular accounts of the subject, was a relative unknown." What rock was this guy under? Didn't he bother to End out when the Church of Satan started? Or call up any media coverage of the occult scene from that time? Anton LaVey was getting '''worldwide''' coverage from 1966 on, hardly a "relative unknown." I don't make this point simply to defend Anton LaVey, but to point out that such glaring errors call an academician's research, objectivity and ego needs into question.

There is an underlying presupposition that pervades works like Victor's that indicates that he is buying into the very myths he is trying to debunk! That is a presupposition that Satanists are baby-sacrificing, blood-drinking muderers (''sic''). But there has been no evidence presented that such miscreants exist so Satanists don't exist. It's easier to write Anton LaVey and modern Satanism out of history than to get into the polemics of exactly what Satanism is and, more importantly, what it is not.

Any Satanist should be deeply offended by this kind of shoddy dismissal of the real issues. It's like saying. "No, these people aren't really Jews who suck the blood out of babies, don't worry." The poor parents accused of abusing their children in Satanic rituals aren't really dirty Satanists. We all know how awful they are. Taking it a step further: "These people aren't really dirty, filthy, buggering queers. It you publically (''sic'') accuse them of such heinous acts, it could mark them for life - ruin their lives and reputations." The presuppositions remain. Especially in today's heavy PC climate, Victor wouldn't dare make those kind of assumptions about gays, or Jews. He never once bothers to define the tenets of modern Satanists, explaining that there is nothing in our philosophy about child sacrificing or animal slaying. He never asks, "'''What would be wrong if they ''were'' Satanists? What's wrong with being a Satanist?'''" He simply dismisses us.

It irks me that academics remained silent for so long. allowing the hysteria to build to such a fever pitch before they stepped in. Perhaps that's why they prefer to overlook us.

Where were they ten years ago? We were yelling our heads off and left to dangle in the wind. Talk shows often didn't want us because we were the real thing and would blow holes in their breeder stories and generational Satanists. After all, what would Satanists know about Satanism? We'd only lie anyway, right? I'm sure you found yourself muttering, as I did, "Where are they? Where are the sociologists, the Freudian psychiatrists, where are the cultural anthropologists? Have we forgotten everything we've learned about mass psychology and the madness of crowds? Why aren't they offended by this madness? Why aren't they speaking out? When we contacted them to back us up, they, safely insulated from the real world, would act as if the phenomenon wasn't happening and that it wasn't worthy of their attention. They didn't want to put themselves on the line. Their precious objectivity might be compromised; their colleagues might jeer. Now, after we've blown a hole in the wall, the academics come along on their white horses to clear up all this horrible mess, without even a nod to Satanists! Victor, for example, never bothered to contact the Church of Satan while writing his book - ostensibly on a topic we might have some experience with. Academicians are safe; they aren't Satanists and they have letters after their names.

Evangelists, at least, go out of their way to explain our vile philosophy, often reprinting the Nine Satanic Statements in their books of rants. The academicians seem to want to pretend we don't even exist. So who is more threatened by our existence? And why? Christians need us. Now, academia needs us too, for our very emergence and growing influence has brought with it '''Reason'''. Yet, academia surely must have a monopoly on "reason." Hence, '''the very grouping that has provided food for study must be purged by the established purveyors of enlightenment'''. No wonder they're pissed off - they're supposed to be the smart ones, not us. Is it so threatening to find that there are other people out there who might know more about the subject than they do? Or are they just too steeped in Judeo-Christian myths ''themselves'', regardless of their sanctimonious posture as defenders of rationality, to understand what true Satanism is? Perhaps we should, as Anton LaVey suggested recently, contemporize the Ninth Satanic Statement to: *Satan is the best friend academia ever had.." There is plenty of ''prurient'' interest evoked by Satanism in the academic community, just as there is in law enforcement circles. It's a lot more fun to spend department money to attend a seminar on "Satanic crimes" than another boring seminar on the finer points of suspects rights or footprint casting. Satanism provides juicy grant opportunities, like studying the sociological and psychological profiles of whores. We've all seen the books by Jeffrey Bunton Russell who managed to write an entire series of at least four doorstop-sized tomes on the subject of historical" Satanism with barely a mention of the Church of Satan.

By neglecting the phenomenen (''sic'') of modern Satanism as defined and refined by Anton LaVey, sociologists and contemporary culture scholars are missing out on some very rich soil to till. They examine Satanic hysteria but neglect to adequately answer the underlying question: '''What prompted''' it? They study the symptom but overlook the first cause itself. The "Satanic panic" is a direct result of the rise in contemporary Satanism and the trappings of Satanism in modern society. Death or black metal music, horror movies and books, fashions, Satanic attitudes, New Age dabblings are all part of a burgeoning Satanic aesthetic. If sociologists or social psychologists want to study Satanism, why don't they ask themselves what the social conditions were and are that instigated the rise in Satanism in the first place - the "death" of God, the slipping away of "moral" underpinnings, the sexual revolution, the technological revolution, the disintegration of the nuclear family, a hunger for metaphors of strength and mastery in a world that is increasingly violent and oppressive... Now that would be a book! There are plenty of avenues of research to bleed grant money with if academics want to study Satanism, but they'll be forced to confront more than nude altars and drug-induced orgies.

As it is, academics who refuse to acknowledge a modern Satanic movement are taking one step forward but two steps back. The two main problems with this stance are:

1) '''In trying to maintain their objective posture, they are compromising the validity of their research.''' As with any witch-hunt phenomenon, academics are afraid that, by explaining what contemporary Satanism is, they themselves would then be labelled Satanists, and their objectivity might be compromised. It is a simpler argument for them to pretend that real Satanism doesn't exist and is therefore no threat, than to get into the polemics of exactly what it is and, more importantly, what it is not. That muddies people's brains too much. Things get complicated. But by '''not''' acknowledging and defining the modern Satanic movement, their research appears superficial and incomplete. Therefore their conclusions '''are''' compromised.

2) It '''perpetuates the problem'''. Showing the Christian agenda behind most of these accusations and exposing the accusers for the liars that they are is half the battle, but it doesn't work toward communicating what Satanism really is. And it doesn't work toward protecting ''our'' religious freedom. Nothing is solved if a distinction isn't forced that there '''are''' a significant number of practicing Satanists, but that we aren't involved in illegal activities and, on the contrary, have a rational and life-loving philosophy. By underplaying our influence, our very existence(!), these "objective researchers" insidiously perpetuate the underlying myths. Then when people are found reading ''The Satanic Bible'', or practicing rituals in the woods or in their own homes, the rumors, panic, and accusations continue. It still leaves a wide-open door for deliberate misunderstanding and righteous persecution. Real Satanists might still be in danger of losing jobs, spouses and perhaps their own children, because of wild, unfounded accusations. But Satanists will triumph. And simply saying we don't exist and therefore there is no Satanic "threat" evades that fact.

We can thank the elbow-patch commandos for their "brave and dauntless" stance, but Satanists, more than ever, need to come forward to kick them in the shins.

==Satanic Witches Ad==
Witches! Have you been touched by Satan?...

..Or perhaps another supematural or alien being? If so, Tid like to hear from you. I'm researching a new book on ''true'' womanly power, contemporary sexual mythology, and connections with Satanism and Evil. I'd like to get some frank answers from women who haven't had a chance to voice certain dark thoughts. Anonymity is assured - names will not be required, but honesty is essential. To receive a questionnaire, please send a self-addressed, stamped envelope to:

Blanche Barton
Post Office Box 210082
San Francisco, CA 94121

==Interview with Anton Szandor Lavey==
By Peter H. Gilmore & Peggy Nadramia

IN LATE SUMMER, SOUTHERN ARIZONA is often buffeted by wild and ferocious electrical storms. Such a display of nature's savagery had just occurred as we began this interview; our little circle was gathered on the covered patio to watch the incredible flashes of lightning and hy to listen to thunder crashing in the nearby mountains. A brisk breeze drove the few remaining storm clouds across a fragment of moon, and brought the scent of creosote bushes and ozone. We sat comfortably on cushioned chairs of old Mexican wrought-iron, the flagstones lit by a single hurricane lamp. The huge black Belgian Shepherd at the High Priest's feet pricked his ears at the far-off yips of foraging coyotes, but was otherwise motionless.

===On Satanism: The Movement, and the role of the Church of Satan -===
Anton Szandor LaVey: Among dedicated Satanists, there will be a direction toward living Satanism and promoting a Satanic lifestyle rather than simply doing rituals and exploring Satanic "theology." No, Satanism won't cease as a religion to become a political movement; rather, it will be activated more as a secular lifestyle than as a religious or theological set of principles.

Man needs ritual, so religious Satanism is an "opener of the way," to foster the eventual ''lifestyle'' of Satanism. We're hoping to develop practitioners versus parishioners. The Church of Satan's role, increasingly, will be to turn the latter into the former.

The present evolutionary stage, the one we're seeing right now, is for Satanism to enter the mainstream, to evolve from a religious to a secular lifestyle. Christianity has done the reverse; it developed from Man's precepts about following an "ethical lifestyle," into an organization, an edifice known as "The Church." It's entrenched. Man looks to the Church for rules, regulations, divine inspiration, redemption.

Blanche Barton: We make people ''self''-dedicated, ''self''-sufficient - the reverse of Christianity.

ASL: The secular powers-that-be know what we're doing, realize that this is the only way human animals can be weaned away from an outmoded belief system. The 1980's witnessed, for real Satanism, only a cosmetic persecution, nothing like the real persecution of the witch hunts.

On the surface, Satanism is economically disastrous. Our people keep things, honor them, cherish them - the expendability of certain goods will lessen a great deal.

But then, humans have been inculcated to be dissatisfied. We can't change them overnight; the workability of this concept will be less than ideal. When Satanism is completely mainstream, planned obsolescence will continue tor a time-business as usual. But there's a trade-off: there's money to be made by applying Satanism to merchandising. The streets are paved with gold.

Humans will buy products that appeal to individualism and reinforce stratification. Satanism won't knock the economy off for the multitudes. For every outmoded economic dinosaur, there will be a new Satanic opportunity. For instance, home architecture - since "anything goes," opportunities will abound for those who can create modular castles, total environments, anything fun, indulgent, childlike. For a popular culture already steeped in the Gothic, the past, the dark - "Dracular vernacular." Music - a return to something that's fading out, a new classicism and lyricism. Movies - where the "villains" are shown to be the "good guys." Stories, novels, a whole new literary realm based on Satanic justice. ''The Most Dangerous Game'' codified. ''Death Wish'' amplified.

All it takes is for the Satanic aesthetic to get out there, not just in anti-hero figures, but in ever-increasing areas like clothing, cars - all kinds of product design. We're living in the Satanic Age now, but there's so much static - the static created by the last rustlings of Judeo Christian ethics and procedures, inherent in the restrictions of our bureaucratic legal system. "When there are too many lawyers, there can be no justice."

===On the role of the Active Members of the Church of Satan ===
ASL: They represent a conscious alternative to herd mentality; they should be viable role models for the rest of society. There is a growth potential for each member and by this, I don't mean that they should all wear black or buy more candles. 1 want most to encourage an individuality within a uniform mode that will benefit the whole. If you live by the Nine Satanic Statements, then you're a living embodiment of Satanism - a true role model. Even though we don't proselytize, true Active Advocates, true Satanists, are proselytizing by what they '''are'''.

They should also recognize opponents of the Church of Satan for what ''they'' are; they should recognize their intent to damage or destroy what we're fighting so hard to develop And vanquish them. Deal with them as they deserve.

===On the role of Magic: Group vs. Personal -===
ASL: Satanic magic differentiates between rites, ceremonies, and rituals or rallies. To rally together as Satanists can be productive - gathering to share and celebrate a common philosophy can reinforce that philosophy.

A ritual, conversely, should involve only one or two people; the presence of others only dilutes the potency and effectiveness. If one wishes to practice Satanic magic and feels he needs a group, it should be noted that the mere presence of others not personally involved in the situation can lessen the potency. In a large group ritual, the generation of energy is confined to the identity needs of the individuals involved, rather than the goal or Is-To-Be the ritual is intended to produce. Better two than twenty - the latter serves certain social and identity needs and can bolster the participants, but does noching to amplify the outcome. A real Greater Magic ritual is about the outcome.

===Addressing claimants to the "Satanic Mandate" -===
ASL: Mandate? Mandate? I never used the word. I thought a mandate was some kind of monkey - a cross between a mandrill and a primate. Or maybe something a spinster looked under the bed for or a gay guy went out cruising for. If you mean a bestowal of authority from a higher, supernatural source, I have no use for such horseshit. A "Satanic Mandate" is a non-sequitur, an oxymoron. I didn't know or care about any Infernal bestowal. 1 presented reasons for a Church of Satan - I wasn't inspired by any external source; I wasn't given "dispensation," or any "honorific." I would never be so presumptuous.

Recognize these claimants for what they are: self-deluded, pretentious goofs who must announce, must proclaim their exalted, self-gratifying status to all.

They lack any true identity; the only way they can have one is by stealing it from us. The Church of Satan's identity is established; they have to pretend it was bestowed by "supernatural" forces. My right I have made for myself. You know how I feel about hypocrisy and Goodguy Badges. Only when needed for one's survival. I don't '''got''' to show you no stinking badges.

But getting back to mandates, you really put a nickel in me on that one. For eighteen years, for example, one obsessive shit-disturber has been trying to undermine and extinguish myself and the Church of Satan - to pretend it's kaput, gone, disappeared. In the guise of receiving a "Satanic Mandate," this nut case endowed a "Temple" based on the supposed revealed word of the Prince of Darkness himself. Those who were suckered into what was really his Christianized warmed-over Madame Blavatsky Egyptoid kind of Rosicrucianism, were fed a self-help, personal success premise - not promise - called "Xeper," which as I understand it means "to become."

While ostensibly "Xepering" and "becoming," the main activities of this outfit consisted of Sons of the Desert type conventions where the supposedly defunct Church of Satan was the bottomless wellspring for gossip. Between conventions, an ongoing barrage prevailed of surly denigration of, yet parasitic dependency on, the Church of Satan and its founder: me - far more contrived than evangelical identity Christians or Wicca types.

Beyond a catalytic burst of notoriety involving alleged child molestation, this mandated "Temple" and its progenitor did absolutely nothing to produce evidence of any remotely Satanic plan, purpose, direction or implementation during its entire existence. At best, just being around provided the media with a readily exploitive alternative to the Church of Satan. In other words, "the ''other'' bunch of Satanists."

My unsolicited advice to this mandated Temple and its supernal potentate is to take your mandate, go out among the world of mere mortals, cease your parasitic dependency upon me and my finest and, if you can, ''do something''. Or at least, as they say, "get a life." You got your goddamned mandate, so Xeper-De-Doo-Dah and either get the show on the road, or fold up your tents and silently steal away - 'cause you can't do business with a surly Temple.

===On "Authentic" Satanists -===
ASL: We must resist any attempts by individuals, groups or agencies - Christian, "Satanic" or otherwise, to differentiate Satanism and Satanists into denominations. Check the copyright dates; there are no ecumenical Satanists!

I'm all for individuality within the scope of Satanism. If anyone wants to start his or her own thing, fine. If it's basically a spin-off of real Satanism, it's still Satanism. If not, it's either Christian "new age" mysticism or Christian blasphemy.

===On fascism -===
It seems apparent that Nazism and fascism sell. It's too horrible to contemplate (smacks lips). 1 could write a book - and maybe will - on the repulsive attraction of tyranny. It would speak of aesthetic imperatives and Jewish doctors and lawyers who drive Mercedes and BMWs and latter-day hippies in VW Beetles and WASP Yuppies whose non-lives are perpetuated by every manner of techno-goody cunningly fashioned by sneaky Jap sub-humans. Of all things fascistic, even greater than the forgetfulness of past orthodoxies, the aesthetic of dominance is making its mark. There'll be a lot more to come.

I won't even get into the clichéd defense of National Socialism: "There were some important things which should be studied - we shouldn't condemn the whole thing without extracting the worthwhile." So what else is new? I think young people are doing a pretty good job of extracting the pay dirt from fascism. Unlike the hypocritical Yuppies, they're plugging into what feels and looks and sounds good about it. No guilts, because they weren't around at the time of World War Two. Their parents, most of whom weren't around either, are the Boomer inheritors of post-war jitters and misgivings who had to yell "peace" and "love" until they were hoarse.

If a neo-fascist look - and outlook - makes for men who look like men and women who look like women, I'm all for it.

===What is the greatest fear people need have of Satanism?===

ASL: That they might have to think for themselves.

“When guns are outlawed, only outlaws will have guns” ...has its parallels. When heterosexual procreative sex is discouraged, only the unfit will produce children.

If you were an exponent of, and participant in, herd behavior and mentality, would you tolerate, much less encourage, the birthright of little enemies of the State?

If beauty is in the eye of the beholder, what the world needs is a new class of beholders. A class with clear vision and undrugged minds who can reaffirm an aesthetic almost lost from sight. An aesthetic standard of sights and sounds proven by the predictable honesty of their forms - forms which will regain the dignity and invigoration of Western Civilization at its zenith. For this, we must resurrect the past at its most stimulating, that it might be presented to a bold young race.

This bold new race will be the vanquishers of muddied mediocrity and economically-induced ugliness - the kind of contrived ugliness masquerading as beauty that only the tasteless, inept and insecure could foist upon an overburdened world.

-Anton Szandor LaVey

==The Nose ad==
Don't miss Issue number 18 of The Nose, that wonderfully iconoclastic magazine, as it features a fashion layout with Dr.
LaVey - "Full Devil Jacket." This includes spiffy photos of Dr. LaVey and the denizens of the Den of Iniquity, as well as two curvaceous blondes - one of whom is Blanche Barton! Images are accompanied by quotations from The Devil's Notebook.

To order, send $5.00 to: '''The Nose Magazine''', P.O. Box 31353, San Francisco, CA 94131.

FOR SALE: 1 paperback copy of ''The Devil's Avenger'' by Burton H. Wolfe. Book will go to the one producing the best offer. CONTACT: Steve Schultz, P.O. Box 11704, Portland OR 97211-0704, U.S.A.

==Answer Me ad==
ANTON LAVEY
Answer Me/Honolulu Baby 7" 45 RPM single

Church of Satan founder Anton LaVey lends his evocative keyboard style and vocal presence to a pair of neglected unes. Beautifully packaged, pressed in blue vinyl, anc trictly limited to 1000 numbered copies.

55.00 + $1.00 shipping.
Make checks payable to Gregg Turkington

send orders to:
AMARILLO RECORDS
P.O. BOX 24433
SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94124 USA

==Pretenders to the Throne: Regarding the Temple of Set==
By Peter H. Gilmore

THROUGHOUT THE TWENTY-EIGHT YEARS of the existence of the Church of Satan, the organization has continued to expand while its character has undergone a number of carefully-planned developmental phases. In the process, we have at times found it necessary to eject individuals who have acted in ways that were not in keeping with our high standards for social behavior. We have also had a small number of individuals freely depart from us, finding our means too challenging to their false images of personal superiority. Neither types are ever missed, as the true elite of talented, highly-motivated, productive, creative, and above all, independent individuals still find their way to us.

There have been those who would attempt to imitate us, but they usually discover that our shoes are far too big to fill. Short-lived spinoffs have included The Church of Satanic Brotherhood, Ordo Templi Satanas, Order of the Black Ram, Church of Lucifer, Thee Orthodox Satanic Church and so on.

None of these has prospered or even affected the course of Satanism, as they have quickly collapsed due to tbe lack of energy or direction. One group formed by ex-members of the Church of Satan which has continued to exist, albeit as a small and fairly clandestine "vanity" organization riding on the fund provided by is "high priest," is the Temple of Set. This bunch is significant only in that they continue to try to ride upon the coattails of the Church of Satan, and indeed even publicly claim to be the "successor to" and "custodian off the Church of Satan. You might have come across some advertisements or writing influenced by these Setians. Don't be fooled; they are not in any way associated with the Church of Satan and their tales of schism are convenient diversions. Let us examine from whence this group appeared and clear away their false claims.

In 1974 C.E. the Church of Satan instituted its fourth phase of development. The thrust of this phase was to re-orient the members at all levels to proceed on a far more independent course. Previously we had issued charters for formal "Grottos" which were small congregations comprised of Satanists in specific geographical regions. It had been discovered that these formal Grottos led certain members to confine their efforts at personal advancement to the realm of the Grotto alone, rather than towards the success in the outside world which is of paramount importance to Satanism. Certain members were far more interested in trying to gain elevated rank yet were merely competing in the Grotto's social arena.

They neglected to develop their talents and forge ahead. Many other members were strong-willed individualists who did not mix well with other Satanists. Rather than functioning as bases for the development of Satanic strategies, these groups often became shields against true advancement, filled with huddlers who were solely interested in internecine strife. Not everyone involved fit this picture, but there were enough to make it obsolete as a system of growth.

The new phase stressed independent functioning, keeping individuals separated to pursue their own goals. If Satanists used their initiative to find their fellows, and they wished to informally create groups for socialization and ritual, that was most acceptable. But the momentum for the existence of these informal groups had to come from the social compatability (''sic'') of the constituent members, not geographical proximity.

This phase of isolation, which laid the groundwork for a much broader base for Satanism as a movement (seen today especially in the commercial acceptance of Satanic imagery in the popular Heavy Metal music business, was upsetting to the pen-pal and "coffee klatsch conclave" members, whom it was basically designed to ease out of the way. Michael A. Aquino, at that time the editor of ''The Cloven Hoof'', had attained the IV° and was injecting a strongly supernaturalist bent to the ''Hoof'''s articles. Mr. Aquino had a history of creating documents which he claimed to have transcribed from superhuman entities. These include the ''Diabolicon'' (1970 C.E.), a series of statements from Satan, Beelzebub, Azazel, Abaddon, As modeus, Astaroth, Belial, and Leviathan, as well as the ''Ninth Solstice Message'' (1974 C.E.) which declared Anton LaVey a "daimon."

Dr. LaVey who, then as now, had a firm grasp on the Church's tiller, began to implement the phase which had slowly been evolving over the previous two years. He had even outlined the basic concepts for this formal phase during the summer of 1972 C.E. in a letter to Aquino, stating that the "social Satanists" and their "limelight loving" priests contribute nothing to Satanism as a movement, and that they would fall by the wayside when they didn't receive the attention they sought by starting their own "churches." LaVey wrote that he had far more respect for his "underground clergy" who were very productive in the real world. Aquino did not accept this, especially Dr. LaVey's awarding of priesthoods to non-esoteric, non-public achievers and thus he would no longer be privy to even the small amount of information regarding underground activities that had previously been given to him.

LaVey was determined that the status of Church members should reflect their standing in the world outside of the organization. Degrees are not reflective of simple book learning and esoteric knowledge, but the actual application of Satanic principles towards personal advancement. To this end, the Church would honor values given to it in kind with degree recognition as would be deemed appropriate by Dr. LaVey.

The achievement of degrees via written tests was not to be abandoned at this time, but this additional means of advancement was now open to the "above groundo" (''sic'') members. This was formalized by the new phase in 1974 C.E. and outlined to Aquino in May; during one of his rare personal meetings with Dr. LaVey.

Aquino did not protest this policy at the meeting and later claimed this alternate route to advancement as a public reason to announce a break with the Church of Satan, accusing Dr. LaVey of "selling" degrees. He wrote letters to his handful of pen-pal cronies, fellow mystics who had also mourned the new phase, and they too resigned to go off with Aquino and form their own group. Aquino had wanted to start a "Second Church of Satan" but was thwarted by copyright laws. Instead, recalling his readings of Egyptian history and mythology, he claimed to have invoked Satan (in whom he literally believed as an entity) and to have been answered instead by Set, the "actual" Prince of Darkness who, through a series of realizations in Aquino's mind, caused him to record as Set's answer a document which he titled the ''Book of Coming Forth by Night''. This "supernatural revelation" supposedly gives him the right to supercede the Church of Satan. Doesn't that sound familiar?

Aquino would like you to believe that the "entire priest-hood" of the Church of Satan followed him in departing. This is untrue, especially as there were many underground members, including priests and higher, of whom he had no knowledge. The Church of Satan was at that time, and still continues to be, a large and highly stratified organization with many discreet individuals placed in positions of power. As Orwell had envisioned in his classic ''1984'', it is not an organization in the usual sense as it is held together by an idea whose time has come, which is indestructible. The departure of less than thirty members can hardly be called a schism. This was instead a welcome housecleaning of an element that had become less than desirable to the future development of the Church of Satan. And thus the fourth phase functioned as planned and Aquino became one of those who, as predicted in 1972 C.E., fell by the wayside.

The ex-Satanists who formed the Temple of Set follow a path quite different from that of the Church of Satan, which has never veered from its dedication to rational self-interest, indulgence, and a glorification of the carnal and material. The belief in Set as an actual entity with whom followers may commune is in marked contrast to our disbelief in '''any''' external diety (''sic'') figures. They have a consuming preoccupation with rank and status within their organization, thus titles and medallions of degree level are eagerly sought by members to affirm their position in the pecking order of the temple's internal world (particularly evident at their "conclaves"). This is not surprising considering Aquino's background - a boyhood steeped in military academies and in pursuit of Boy Scout merit badges. The Church of Satan retains its right to grant degrees, but these are still based on an individual's achievements in the outside world and his level of freedom from herd conformity and independence from forced interaction with the masses. Striving for fancy titles and rankings is not a part of Satanism. The literature of the Church of Satan is published and distributed worldwide to any interested in-dividuals. The Temple of Set prints "private" literature available only to members, and some of it is limited to those of the correct rank. To further learn about these ex-Satanists, you might choose to contact them for information, but be forewarned that real Satanism is not hiding underneath their academic exterior. A worthwhile and informative study by an anthropologist who joined the Temple of Set is ''The Magicians'', by Gini Graham Scott, Ph.D. (New World Books, 308 Spruce St., San Francisco, CA 94118). This will give you insights into their beliefs, practices, and social interactions.

We have dealt here at length with the Temple of Set to lay to rest their propaganda. They are not associated with the Church of Satan in any manner: We do not see them as being in any way significant to the future of Satanism. Dr. LaVey still proudly stands at the helm of the Church of Satan, the flagship of the movement he launched in 1966 C.E., and shall continue to oversee the forces he has put into motion. The Church of Satan is the foundry, forging the iron Will that shall continue to move the minds and hearts of humanity's elite who are even now reaching out to claim the future as their domain. They shall be the inheritors of our legacy as well as the writers of our history for the next twenty-five years, and far beyond.

[Editor's note: This article, in a slightly different form, appeared in ''Dark Lily #13'' as a response to the misinformation being spread by TOS in England at that time. This reprint was occasioned by questions received by our various contacts regarding TOS and its curious, and dubious, claims.]

==Church of Satan ad==
CHURCH OF SATAN

FOR INFORMATION:

SEND A SELF-ADDRESSED

STAMPED ENVELOPE OR FOUR IRC'S TO:

CHURCH OF SATAN

P.O. BOX 210082

SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94121 USA

==My Dark Satanic Love==
By Peggy Nadramia

I SEE A RED DOOR, and I want to paint it black. I'm one of the things that goes "bump!" in the night. I'm a born Satanist. I'm a happy little blob of custard and you can't nail me to any wall; in fact, I'd pull those nails out and aim them at ''you''. Tell me how negative I am; tell me how I'm filled with hate. You're not just stupid - you're wrong.

Dracula loved his brides. Dr. Frankenstein loved his monster. My Satanic love burns fiercely; it's perfect and uncompromising.
Firstly, necessarily, Hove myself. I'm my own God, after all, and I put no Gods before Me. I'm uppermost in my mind; I always bring me flowers. Sometimes I realize I could have done something better; sometimes I make mistakes. It's wonderful how I learn from these things; it's exciting to have an opportunity to be an even better Me. Even when I deny myself something, withhold gratification, it's always in order to enjoy something even more fulfilling and worthwhile down the road. This is why I can hate so purely, so irrevocably, anything that wastes my precious time, energy and attention.

Along with Me, I love He Who Is Not Me, my husband.

He is, for one thing, the consciousness in which I can see a wonderful reflection of my own God, myself. His love for me qualifies him with the very best of taste and discernment, after all; he obviously knows what's good for ''him''. My cells respond to his pheromones, and being around him gives me a heightened feeling of happiness, contentment and well-being.

The shape of his face is the dearest sight in the world to me.

He is my mentor, my master, my very best friend; I have placed with him my perfect trust, and he accepts it as only a real man can. His hopes, dreams, goals are mine; his disappointments are mine, too, and thusly I hate whatever distresses him or gets in his way. This hate, too, is black and pure, like gunpowder; it can burn as brightly and as feverishly as my love.
Next, I love my tribe, my folk, those who are like as me.

They can be friends or family, but in my heart they are simply my tribe, and the Black Flame burns within all of them. They light my days and bring me joy through their achievements and antics; they make the world a more interesting place, and only a Satanist knows what a gift that is. Sometimes they are close enough to share food or warmth or simply company; sometimes they are far away, voices on phone lines, words on a page. But they're always in here, part of me, my folk. I cannot feel indifferent toward those who would distress my tribe. He who attacks them attacks Me; he who places obstacles in their way earns my ire, my enmity, my hate.

As a natural-born Satanist, I'm joyfully free of the Judeo-Christian-Islamic bias against non-human animals, and so have never questioned that what I feel and have felt for my pets is pure and simple love. I love them more than I love many people; I value their lives more highly. The Black Flame of Satan burns dark and soft in animals, at its purest and deepest. I bristle and chafe at the laws that give destructive, unwanted, horrid little children more rights than my dog has. She is my property, and I can only protect her as such. A product of a thousand generations of breeding for domestication, for compatibility with humans, she is nevertheless only a hair's-breadth away from wild. As highly as I treasure her life, so deeply does my hate run for those who would be cruel to her.

I bare my fangs at them.

I love everything that belongs to me, all my stuff. I love my books, my music, my pretty china, my coffee machine, my raincoat, my old, soft green blouse. I hate anybody who would steal, destroy or disorder my precious stuff; why wouldn't I? What value could such a creep have that would exceed that of my heavy stoneware mug, my perfect leather bag?

Contingent on all of this, I love the world. It's so beautiful, so perfect a setting for my God, Me. I love mountains, the sea, acres of trees without a single house, rows of houses all antique and charming, museums, fog, delicious nourishment, quiet afternoons, star-filled nights. If only there weren't all these anti-life bastards who want to fuck it all up, who hate themselves so much they have to destroy the source of their own sustenance. I hate them. Only in the depths of the Black Flame in my heart is it known how much I hate them and what they've done to the world, these library-burners, these child-molesters, these people who, as Charlie said, kill things that are better than they are. When they ask why we hate Christians, can they ever really understand the answer unless they love as we do, love with the dark, Satanic love of life and self?

==Carnivora art==
CARNIVORA #1, BY TIMOTHY PATRICK BUTLER

==Coping With Involuntary Human Contact, Part 1: Grocery Shopping==
By Timothy Patrick Butler

TRY AS ONE MIGHT, there is almost no means by which one can avoid shopping for groceries. Eating is not only pleasurable, it's necessary, and I doubt that most of us have the financial resources to eat at our favorite restaurants every night. Grocery shopping is, therefore, imminent doom on a weekly basis.

All of the Nine Satanic Sins are in painful evidence at the supermarket, no matter where or when you might deign to shop. I always seem to arrive just after a busload of Senior Citizens or retards has come to stock their larders, or I end up going the same day that welfare checks and food stamps have been siphoned from mailboxes, or I arrive when there are no operable carts, when the aisles are crowded with boxes of Toaster Strudel and Velamints, when the line at the delicatessen is 150 yards long and wizened crones bleat that their olive loaf isn't cut thinly enough, when the only packages of meat available are eight pound "econo-paks" for Catholic families, when the only bananas left are pthalo green or black and foetid, when it's triple coupon day, when it's two days before some painful Xtian holiday like Thanksgiving or Xmas, or when someone forgot their checkbook, their credit card, their money, their brain.

I have seen (and this is all taken from actual experiences of the author) a man thumb-fuck a package of chicken breasts as his wife decided which cut of poultry that they'd be consuming that week. I've seen an old man take a plum from a display, put it in his mouth, produce a pit or seed, and throw the pit or seed '''back''' into the display. I've watched as old women have taken from three to five minutes in choosing the right bell pepper for '''them'''. I've seen acne-faced deli boys with colds make sandwiches for store patrons, sniffling and coughing all the while. I've seen tubs of chicken livers left at the register (near Soap Opera Digest) by people who decided at the last crucial minute that they didn't want chicken livers after all. I've seen welfare moms knock a jar of tomato sauce (or apple sauce, or mayonnaise) onto the floor, and keep right on going.

People (meant in as derogatory a sense as possible) consistently make untelegraphed U-turns without looking behind them, their carts inevitably bumping into some fragile, glaze-eyed hag - or '''me'''. People will spend '''hours''' gazing (for I am certain they are not '''reading''') at the labels of every brand of canned beans that the store stocks, and then decide that they never wanted canned beans in the first place. People will squeeze the shit out of the last loaf of your favorite bread and leave it. People will put their oily mitts upon all manner of fruits, vegetables, meats and baked goods without having intended to purchase any of these things. People suck. I hate them.

The corporations that produce all of the stuff in these stores suck, too. There is always some idiot (usually a horrid, maternal type) giving away free samples or coupons in which I am NEVER interested, although they will often go out of their way to insist that I am. I do not use coupons, and I do not want anything free that you want to give to me. Among the things that have been proffered to me: "Weight Watchers" stuff (Whatsa matta, am I too fat?!), little "Pizza-Snax," and diarrhea medicine (my personal favorite).

What's a law-abiding, blood-sucking, Devil-worshipping (''sic'') cultist to do! Here are some suggestions, but I'm sure you all have your own solutions already (like sending someone else or packing an Uzi).

1) Go at night, preferably after ten o'clock. The drawback with this is that many places seem to close their delis and meat counters at night, even if they're a 24-hour operation. There will, however, always be ''some'' good time to go; I've found that the herd's grazing hour (5 - 6 pm) is usually not too crowded.

2) Become a cannibal. This option will not enable you to avoid shopping entirely, however, as you still must purchase condiments and desserts.

3) Look mean. Dress in leather. Scowl. Although an obvious solution Satanically, it is truly inspiring in its effectiveness.

4) When some idiot is blocking your way checking out the maxi-pads or whatever, intone "Excuse me," in as melodious a tone as possible, and if they ignore you, '''ram your cart into them'''. (See Satanic Rule of the Earth #11.)

5) Memorize the store, and buy the same things every week. It's the same fucking store. Get out of this Hellhole as quickly as you can! I am usually able to buy sixty dollars worth of groceries (a week's supply) in about fifteen minutes, if I do not bring my beloved. Bringing your beloved will at least double your time.

6) Put the heavy objects in your order on the conveyor belt first. I cannot emphasize this point strongly enough! The retard (and often enough, it really '''is''' a genuine retard) who bags your groceries '''will not''' be attentive to the various weights and masses of the elements of your purchase, and at least half of your stuff will otherwise be annihilated.
:6) A. Bag your own groceries, you lazy shit!

7) Estimate the cost of your order before you even go to the store. You will thus avoid personal embarrassment, and my wrath, should I be behind you.

And put your goddamned cart back where you got it!

What is described above is the result of a consumer-oriented society, where demand for useless and unnecessary products is created by advertisement. How many different types of sugary cereal do you think there would be if there were no advertisements or promotions for them? Once again, the orchestrators of the Invisible War have turned a basic human need into an arena for the indoctrination of the masses.

Until ''Leviathan's 24-Hour Foode Shoppe'' is opened, our contact with the herd, though involuntary, is necessary. So the next time you need milk or pork or watermelon, growl a bit at the old lady next to you. You'll feel so much better!

==I Hate Everyone==
by Timothy Patrick Butler

1) People are ugly.
2) People are stupid.
3) People are lazy.
4) People are cruel to the wrong entities.
5) People are kind to the wrong entities.
6) People are gullible.
7) People always appreciate a little sarcasm.
8) People have bad taste.
9) People are irresponsible.
10) People have no sense of humor.
11) People insist upon being poorly educated.
12) People insist upon being ripped-off.
13) People insist upon paying high prices for bad food.
15) People do not pay attention to what they are doing.
16) People insist upon living in close proximity to one another.
17) People assume that everyone is everyone else's friend.
18) People assume that relatives should naturally get along with each other.
19) People assume that "going out," getting drunk and having a five minute fuck once per week is not only necessary, but desirable.
20) People are afraid of anything that conflicts with their programming.
21) People assume that one's worth can be discerned by one's occupation.
22) People assume that the more widely a thing is done, the more correct it is.
23) People think that God, UFO's, psychics and horoscopes are real and important.
24) People lie in attempt to cloak their deficiencies.
25) People occupy too much space, use too much raw material, and impinge upon too much of my valuable time.

Why are there so few '''persons'''?

"Why is there so much trouble in this world?"
---
==Lamp of Thoth ad==
THE LAMP OF THOTH 25

SEX MAGIC
STONE CIRCLES
AIDS
CHAOS MAGIC
LEGENDS OF LILLITH
THE KENNEDYS & THE OCCULT REINCARNATION & REGRESSION
CRAFT WAYS KEPT SECRET

'''ALL THESE AND MORE!'''

SUBSCRIPTIONS: £15.95 FOR 6 ISSUES
(£22.60 OVERSEAS)
CURRENT ISSUE: £3.58
(£4.95 OVERSEAS)
[$2.00 = £1.00]

THE LAMP OF THOTH
6-8 BURLEY LODGE RD.
LEEDS LS6 1QP
WEST YORKSHIRE, U.K.

==Dark Lily ad==
DARK LILY
The Reality of the Left Hand Path

The Leading Magazine of the Left Hand Path In the United Kingdom

Published Quarterly
£1.50 per issue, £6.00 annual subscription
Overseas: £2.00 per issue, £8.00 subscription
($2.00=£1.00)

'''BCM/Box 3406, London, WCIN 3XX, U.K.'''

==Does Satan Drive A Pontiac Firebird? An Interview with King Diamond==
by Michael Moynihan

KING DIAMOND MAY BE FAMILIAR to some readers as a popular heavy metal musician with an unmistakable voice, bizarre stage shows and a series of concept albums with allegorical themes. But that's not all - he's also an unrepentant Satanist.

Emerging out of Denmark in the early Eighties with his previous band '''Mercyful Fate''', he's had an undeniable influence on many areras of modern metal. After two initial LPs, he began a rise to prominence with a second band, named simply after his stage persona, '''King Diamond'''. Numerous records (released on the Roadrunner label), world tours and interviews have appeared since then, all the while with King remaining sincere in his beliefs.

A pleasure to speak with, both cordial and articulate, he certainly doesn't fit into any stereotype of the typical rock star.
The following interview took place via telephone in late 1992 from his homestead in Texas.

'''What kinds of music have influenced you over the years?'''

I listen to a lot of different music back home here, all kinds of music - classical too. I try to listen to a lot of different things, but when it comes to playing I only want one thing and that has to come straight from my heart. Exactly what I feel, that's what I want to do.

'''Can you describe what creates that?'''

I think the instruments we use - because we use a lot more than just guitar, bass and drums. We orchestrate a lot of things in '''King Diamond''', even with just guitars, we tend to orchestrate them in what I guess is kind of a classical way - coloring it with a lot of different moods. And then you can really underline it with cellos, violins, harpsichords, good old-fashioned Leslie organs, and that is what we're using quite a bit of in '''King Diamond'''.

'''I've always thought you can draw some comparisons with heavy metal and classical music.'''

Definitely. There are bands that are playing the basic three-chord songs, which can be nice to listen to, but for me to do something I need to satisfy myself and feel that I've gone a step further or that I'm covering a different area than what I've done before - and trying not to repeat myself and not take riffs that I've used before, which is unfortunately the case for some bands. So to really try to do something eise. And also because we're so involved in trying to create different moods, we'll end up with songs on the album that that differ quite a bit from each other. A lot of different tempos - changing the tempo within a song is something that does a lot for me. With many bands you can start a metronome at the beginning of a song and it'll go the whole way through the song - no matter what, they don't change the tempo. And changing the tempo is really hard - you have to stop thinking and start thinking in a different way, which makes it hard to perform. That's satisfying for yourself, to pull that off.

'''So in writing is it still very instinctual, or more a conscious thought process?'''

It's what I feel, you know. Some parts of songs, like the major part, can be super simple, because that's the mood that feels right there. It doesn't need to be complex, that's not the idea. I don't sit down and think, I've got to come up with some complex riffs or otherwise this song won't work. If it works from feeling, then it works.

'''Is there any time of day when you prefer to write?'''

Well, it usually has a better atmosphere in the night, definitely. I do a lot of work in the day too, but I'm not dealing with an open window and the sun coming in - I couldn't work like that! I pull the blinds and turn off all the lights...

'''How did you discover Satanism?'''

A long time back I had some really weird experiences with what I guess you would call "the occult," or the other side, the powers of the unknown... which, there was no way of explaining it - there was nothing like mass-psychosis or any bullshit like that, it really happened. I've had a lot of these experiences but the first time was really weird, because I'd never experienced - and definitely not been aware - of anything like that before. It made me go to the library and get a lot of books about the occult, start reading about it. And whenever you talked about, or heard about, that word "Satan" it was: bad, negative, killing, slaughtering, being evil, evil, evil. And that's probably the way most people see Satanism, ''they have no idea''. They've based it all on what the Church has said in history and unfortunately quite a lot of bands who are dealing with "Satanism" are actually dealing with ''Christian'' Satanism - it's exactly the view that Christians would like people to have on Satanism.

'''I think it's unfortunately just all that these kids know.'''

That's true, exactly. And then one day in an occult bookstore I saw this book that LaVey wrote and I thought, wow, I'll see what this is like and I'll give it a shot. Because I didn't really know, apart from what had been written which was so damn negative. So I thought, I'll find out here the best way, from the source itself. So I read the book and thought, "Hey, this is the way I live my lite - this is the way I tee inside!" It's not like it was a major religion or anything like that, it was a lifestyle that I could relate to 500%. And it's just nice to see your own views and thoughts in words, in a book.

It comforts you in some way. And that is how I felt. Another thing I really like a lot is you're given a big, open space for whatever you want to believe in when it comes to the other side, the afterlife, the before life, or whatever you want to believe in. Whatever you want, you can do what suits you best, without feeling you're doing something bad or something wrong - which is not the case in most religions, where it's like: follow this or you're out! We're all different individuals and we all have our different views, even if it's a simple thing like a car - we don't all like a red car. Some like it red, some like it blue, and it's the same with anything. That's the main thing.

You should also be allowed to have an individual choice, even when it comes to where you're just thinking within about what might be later on, what happens when I die, why am I here. There are a lot of thoughts you have when you're not even putting anything into action directly. You should definitely be able to have a free mind there, and whatever suits you best, you should believe in. Then of course, you ''are'' a certain way, and that comes out into your actions.

'''Christians would like to imagine everything is black and white, according to their own belief structure.'''

Yeah, and that's what I really like here - it's not like a dictatorship religion with "do this" or "do that." It's not even really described, when it comes to beliefs - because it's up to you. If people could only accept each other for being each other and having different views, and then judge each other by 'personality'', which I think we should. Then we'd have a much better world. That was very much what our last album, ''The Eye'', was about - the misuse of power in religion, any kind of religion. Even though it's (fictionally) written, it's actually historically correct. It depicts a lot of stuff that was done in the name of Christ - horrific stuff.

'''Do you remember how long ago it was when you first discovered ''The Satanic Bible''?'''

I think it must have been 1981.

'''And it had an immediate resonance?'''

Oh yeah, and you'll see it reflected in our early lyrics with '''King Diamond''' and '''Mercyful Fate'''. I used the word Satan at that time, and it had a very specific meaning for me-not the one that other people had. So I was involved in misconceptions immediately, from the first thing. A song like "Satan's Fall" from the ''Melissa'' album, for instance, it opens up with exactly that Christian view that I'm talking about, that I don't like bands portraying. But there are only two lines in the whole song that are actually the ''essence'' of it, of the lyric, and it says: ''Use your demon eyes/Uncover the disguise''. And the song opens with "7 Satanic Hell preachers, bringing the blood of a newborn child" - exactly all the stuff I'd read that I was so pissed off about after I had finally found out what it was all really about. But then I say later on that if you really want to put something down - it doesn't matter what it is, it doesn't have to be Satanism or a religion - you should experience it first, or you should at least read about it from the source. You could say, like, a Pontiac Firebird doesn't handle well - some people might say that, some might say the opposite. But how can you say it ''if you never drove one'' - just because you heard some jerk say it? You need to experience things yourself to be able to take a stand - you can't just take everyone else's word.

Because they are individuals too, with their own little viewpoints... you have to be aware of that constantly. And that was brought out in that song, but it was covered up - it was covered up too much in fact. And at that time, not many people knew about these things - it hadn't been described at all to very many people what it was really about. So immediately when they heard the word ''Satan'' or ''Lucifer'' they were scared shitless, hair standing on end everywhere, and "God, this guy's evil!"

'''Well, "evil" is another one of those words that's pretty open-ended.'''

Yeah I know it, and again as I say, it's all individual. It might be evil to somebody to kill a rat in an experiment, to see if we can come up with a drug that will save people. To some it's evil to kill that thing, but other people don't take that view at all - they find it evil to not take that opportunity to try and better the human race. It's a matter of viewpoint, what's good and what's evil. Of course most of the time you have common sense guidelines, but in a lot of examples you can come up with these things where there is no black and white, it doesn't work that way.

'''So would you define your own Satanism as extreme individualism?'''

Pretty much so, but also you recognize who you are, and you appreciate it. You try to get the most out of it, without feeling bad about it. There are so many things, and why should you feel bad about them, because what you're doing is just natural human instinct? So what's so bad about it?

We were made that way, that's the way we came out. We have these human instincts and if we don't go by them we won't survive. It's as simple as that. And those who are trying to tell people: "Hey, go by this book here and you'll be saved forever."... god, you will not be saved! You'll be the easiest victim of all.

'''If these people really followed Jesus' commandments they'd be perpetually stuck on the bottom rung and at the back of the line.'''

We'd still be in the stone age! Fortunately it's a minor part of the population who are like that. There are a lot of people who might consider themselves Christians but they don't act it out like that, according to the book anyway. It's only these preachers who are unfortunately able to get air time on TV. I watch that sometimes, just to get a cheap, good laugh you know - it's amazing, the loss of good actors we have within the field! And again, I'm not sitting here trying to condemn anybody, not at all. I'm saying, if somebody is Christian and is getting something out of it, without hurting anybody, then stick to that belief. Great - though, I don't want you on my team!

'''Were you ever influenced by the pagan religions of Scandinavia?'''

Of course you're influenced by it and you hear about it -- it's deep within the culture of the whole country. The old Vikings, the castles you can go and visit. I've visited a lot of them and I'm very much into this stuff, we've got it all there.
Definitely...

'''How did it come about that you met Dr. LaVey?'''

I ran into his daughter Zeena, in Los Angeles, it must have been in 1988 or something like that. She came to one of our shows, and of course I knew who LaVey was, but suddenly some of our crew guys came up and said, "There's somebody from the Church outside who would like to get in and she says she's Anton Szandor LaVey's daughter." So I said, "Well, let her in, let's see if it's true." And yeah, it actually was.

So she went back to the hotel with me and he knew of me and checked up on all our interviews and music and things like that. And one night we played in San Francisco and a couple of people from the Church came to the show and came up to me and said that he'd like to invite me to come by. And I said, "Wow, I'm not going to pass up that opportunity!"

'''It's very moving to actually speak with him.'''

Definitely. And that made an impression for life, no doubt about it. Spending the night there, just feeling his presence, getting to know the charisma he has, the intelligence and the humor... It's so far from what a lot of people probably imagine him as.

'''He's a true gentleman.'''

Absolutely. And the letters I've received from him... I've been given the privilege of calling him whenever I feel like it, and I haven't used it yet. I don't want to misuse his hospitality.

Some day I might really feel that I need to talk to him about things and then I'll take up the opportunity.

'''Do you consider the music you're playing to have an inherently Satanic content? For example, Dr. LaVey has certain music, especially old songs from the 30's and 40's, which he holds to be particularly powerful.'''

Well, of course that's the music he grew up with, that was some of the input he got. And even still today I, by far, listen mostly to bands from the early 70's. It's just a fact. And I grew up with that stuff. But the main thing I think, if you want to label music Satanic, is you should look at the artist and see, does this stuff really come from the ''inner feelings''? Is this person really letting out his true feelings into this stuff, or is it just a bunch of fake shit to make money? But labelling (''sic'')music is something I don't like very much. A lot of people ask, "How would you label your music?" But I ''never'' label my music - I don't say it's death metal, or Satanic metal, or classical metal, or whatever. I don't care. I write some music, with certain instruments, and this is the way it sounds. If you like it, buy it.

If you don't - too bad!

'''Do you think the fans of '''Mercyful Fate''' and '''King Diamond''' understand some of the ideas you're putting into the music?'''

Well, I make pretty sure that nobody can come and say, "Hey - you are trying to influence people into doing this or doing that," or "You want to convert people" and so on. No way. I raise a lot of questions, definitely. But I try not to give - in straight words - an answer of what I feel about it. You'll never see me doing things like that. People have got to make up their own minds. And if people are not interested in getting anything deeper out of words on an album, that's fine too. We are entertainers - we're not priests. I have my way of life and of course that will influence my music and my lyrics. I put all my feelings into both.

'''What are your future plans?'''

Right at this moment we've started shopping deals for both '''King Diamond''' and '''Mercyful Fate''' [since the time of this conversation Mercyful Fate has signed with Metal Blade and will release an LP titled ''In The Shadows'' on June 22], and they're definitely going to be two separate units, it's only me that will be part of both bands, all the other members are different. And '''Mercyful Fate''' will pursue exactly where we left off, because we definitely left something undone, and that's the feeling of all the old guys. The '''King Diamond''' side of it, the album has already been written, we need the deal and we'll go into the studio and do it. It's 11 songs, the title of the album will be the ''Spider's Lullaby'', and there are only three songs connected lyric-wise into a small trilogy, the rest is individual songs. The reason being that I have enough concept with actually trying to put them and ''Conspiracy'' into book form, which I'm also doing. That's a project that won't be done for some time, but once it is I'll have people into reading horror books read through it and get their input, and if they like it then I'll start pursuing some big publishers and hopefully get the book out sometime. And if the book is a hit - there are a lot of "ifs" here, but you have to be positive - then that might make way for a movie, finally!

==Odditorium==
'''FROM THE PIT''', Volumes 1 & 2, comprising eight issues published throughout 1991, 1992 and 1993. (Available in two compilations, one for each volume, at $8.00 each. Volume Three, #1 at $2.00/$3.00 outside the U.S. Contact: Rev. Michael Rose, P.O. Box 1413, Decatur, AL 35602.)
:Michael Rose is a member of the Church of Satan, and his magazine reflects his own roots in true Satanism. His opinions are forthright, strong and delivered clearly, and I know you'll enjoy his publication.

:Each compilation is digest sized, computer-typeset very readably on grey paper with red covers. Volume One is 64 pages, Volume Two is 76 pages. From Volume One: "Bigotry," an article on "Why Charlie's Not Free," "The Fruits of Egalitarianism," and "Law and Order," as well as many other articles, "Lucifer's Library" (book reviews) and Satanic quotes. Volume Two has more good stuff on "Eugenics," "That Old Time Religion," the writings of Thomas Szasz, as well as an ever-growing review section and more.

:Volume Three, #1, starts with a perceptive editorial examining the conflict of Christians in Waco, and includes an incisive statement concerning the differences between Setians and Satanists, an examination of Objectivism, "Manfred vs. Faust," and an exploration of chandala vs. aristocratic values. This issue is rounded out with a fine review section and Satanic quotes [''sic'']

:'''From The Pit''' is well worth your time and buckage; send for it today.

'''DARK REFLECTIONS #1''', March 1993 ($4.00 per issue, $16.00 for a four-issue sub-scription, all checks and money orders made payable to Jeffrey Deboo, 1442A Walnut Street, #64, Berkeley, CA 94709. Will be bimonthly).
:Twenty-two pages of neat, clear typing plus a red cover stapled on the side. Deboo has authored the entire contents, which include essays, a poem and a list of contacts and publications. Particularly good is the "Satanic Catechism," and "Clash of Judgements: The Case of Sexual Morality." Deboo seems a little disturbed by what he sees as "the fetish for fascism" that "so many Satanists" display. Until a scientific opinion poll of Satanists is taken, I think he's over-reacting to a perception, not an actual majority. Otherwise, very rational, well-thought-out arguments - should prove inspirational to many. Highly recommended.

'''DARK LILY # 15''' (available from BCM/3406, London WCIN 3XX, England. Americans and Canadians: send $4.00 per issue, $16:00 for a four-issue subscription, in US dollars cash or postal money orders in US funds).
:''Dark Lily'' is digest-sized and always has a snappy blue cover, quite a contrast to the many other Satanic 'zines who feel red is the only color of choice. Twelve pages of reduced but readable type containing an article on "Cultural Supremacism and Its Effect on Satanic Belief," a goal and mission statement from Impetus Niger, and an eye-opening account of "The Advantages of Disability," plus an exhaustive listing of other interesting groups, publications and services. Definitely worth your time and $$$.

'''THE LAMP OF THOTH''', Volume 4, Issue #6 ($4.95 for this issue, $22.60 for subscription from the US. Contact: L.O.T., 6-8 Burley Lodge Road, Leeds, LS6 1QP, West Yorkshire, UK).
:Digest-sized, 56 neatly typed pages crammed with articles and contact addresses. The editor is Chris Bray, the proprietor of the Sorcerer's Apprentice, an excellent source of books and magical supplies based in England. This issue has many highlights. First, there's a wonderful editorial by Bray, expressing his fears and doubts about the future of religious freedom for occultists worldwide. "Golem's Gossip" is just that, gossipy and mean but amusing to read. There are well-thought-out articles on astrology, visualization (how to get someone to spring for a drink in a bar), hypnosis and even an "Occult Problem Page." There's a piece entitled "Magic as a Refuge For Failures," along with much more. As a parting shot, the last article is "Laurel and Hardy Satanism," detailing the controversy surrounding Setian David Austen and his participation in the ‘’Cook Report‘’, a Geraldo-esque TV special broadcast several years ago in Britain and produced by fundamentalist Xtians. The people behind this report courted UK occultists without telling them their real agenda, and as a result of the slanderous broadcast, Chris Bray's store was firebombed. John Freedom, the author of the article, further describes Michael Aquino's campaign against other UK Satanic groups. "Americans may fall for Aquino's self-righteous hypocritical double-speak," he contends, "but British Satanists are less gullible. The Temple of Set's UK representative is a dangerous media quisling and publicity junkie." This issue was sent to us along with an amusing button showing Michael Aquino wearing mouse ears.

'''THE HERETIC''' (one year/four issues: $7.00 in New Zealand, $10.00 elsewhere for surface, $15.00 elsewhere for air. Make check/mo payable to Realist Publications, P.O. Box 38-262, Petone, Wellington, NZ).
:K.R. Bolton is the editor/publisher here, and I think it's safe to assume he authors the contents unless otherwise noted; he is a Satanist. The masthead of ‘’The Heretic‘’ declares: "We champion the creative individual above the mass, the defiant above the submissive." October 1992, No. 2. This issue begins with a great lead article on Saddam Hussein and his efforts to create a new Babylon. There is apparently a historical basis for Hussein's role as the heir to Nebuchadnezzar, a heritage preceding Islam. Bolton describes the Iraquis' recent resanctification of the Ishtar Gate and Temple, Nebuchadnezzar's Palace, etc. I wish it had been longer. There is as well a review section featuring Michael Moynihan, a lengthy article on "War & Slavery," and a puzzling piece by Anton Long of the ONA, entitled "The Deceitful Occult Ego." He depicts very accurately the sort of puffed-up intellectuals who haunt the occult community, those displaying "pretension, artifice, the 'I must preserve my own ego by doing down all others' syndrome." But his depiction of the real occultist is scarcely any better, as he stresses hardship, deprivation and the casting-aside of any quest for personal happiness (only an illusion, to Long) to achieve... something that is not clear. I know Long is no Christian, but on the surface this sounds Christian - work, sacrifice, the unwillingness to accept Man as he is.
:
:Also includes lots of news notes, some nice poetry, and a bit of folklore about Herne the Hunter: Only 16 digest-sized pages, reduced photocopies, but there's a good deal here for the money. Definitely one of the better Satanic 'zines.
:
:Issue #3, Jan/Feb/Mar 1993. The lead article details "The Rise of Iron Youth," and mentions Boyd Rice and Michael Moynihan. Includes four pages of reviews, and an update on the BBC exposé of "anti-Satanists," the Christian child abuse scare and its debunkers. The ONA article this time around is clear and inspired; in "Satanism & Race," the author asserts correctly that "Satanism, as part of its sinister strategy, may encourage those forms/beliefs/groups which express this type of Imperium [Satanic goals]. For instance, present day 'extreme Right Wing movements.' In this, Satanists are being sinister - they are not expressing or supporting such views as 'racialism' for instance, because they believe them, but because they know those views may or will aid their Satanic goals, in particular by countering the Nazarene sickness of spirit." Wish some Satanists could see past the ends of their noses to grasp this fact.
:
:Bolton's "Current Comment" is here again, as well as another "Folklore" piece, this time about Wayland the Smith. An article detailing "Australia's Pagan Art" rounds out another fine issue.
:
:Issue #4, April/May/June 1993. With an attractive new logo, this issue starts with an excellent, extensive article on the "Rebirth of the Pagan Ethos" by Karsten O'Rourke. O'Rourke follows the stony path of European paganism from the Roman era through Wagner, Nietzsche, Von List, Von Liebenfels and the New Templars, concluding that "Pagan ideals erected a New Order which was only drowned out by WWII... As the 20th century closes, there rises again these same metapolitical forces. May our end now be success!"
:
:Other articles include "Celtic Left Hand Path" and a piece on the origin of "SAT-TAN" by Tani Jantsang. The other extensive piece is on "The Strange Case of David Austen," a Magister in the Temple of Set and member of its Council of Nine. Bolton's criticisms and observations of Austen are merciless; Austen's responses are cryptic, obtuse and often hilarious. As Bugs Bunny would say, "Whatta maroon!"
:
:The usual reviews, news, poems, and editor Bolton took extra care to get some illustrations into this one.
:
:Issue #5, July/ August/September 1993 This gets off to a fine start documenting the Satanic activities and views of Albert Pike, Confederate Brigadier General. Next Tosser Michael Aquino's response to the previous issue's Austen exposé along with Bolton's reply. Articles on "Satanism & the Cthulhu Mythos," "Vlad Dracula," and more fun at the expense of T/S (including cartoons!) as well as the usual features complete another fine issue.
:
:Also from Realist Publications be sure to examine '''Temple of Set: Behind the Facade''' (NZ - $10, US - $5) which documents in detail the various attempts by T/S to slander various occultists and how it has blown up in their faces. Also of interest is '''The Dark Doctrine''', the principal doctrinal text of the OLHP. This 34 page booklet (NZ- $10, US - $5) covers the Satanic philosophy espoused by this organization and presents several original rituals based on various historically Satanic traditions.

'''BLOOD OF YGGDRASIL: A Pictorial Journey Through the Nine Norse Worlds''' ($8.00 from COWAN, PO Box 15, Altadena, CA 91003 USA. Postage: $1.00 US, $2.00 foreign).
:
:A curious and enchanting little volume of illustrations depicting characters and incidents from the Norse legends. Those involved in Norse and Runic magic will want this, as may any Wagner fans. The book itself is about 6" × 9", 48 heavy pages, clothbound in an antique-looking red. The old-fashioned cover printing is in gold.
:
:When you open these "lids" (for so book covers were once called, when they were all hardbound) you'll find more red pages with black printing, hand-sewn into the heavy binding. The illustrations are good, for the most part, and the introduction emphasizes and encourages a turning-away from the slave religion of Christianity and back to the rich traditions of our pagan ancestors. The publisher has recreated the kind of magical old book you might find in a flea market and take home to wonder over.

'''KING OF INSTRUMENTS, INSTRUMENT OF KINGS''' by Doran Ragnarok ($5.00 from COWAN, PO Box 15, Altadena, CA 91003 USA. Postage: $1.00 US, $2.00 foreign).
:
:A digest-sized pamphlet, but more than a pamphlet, produced with the same quirky care for the beauty and perhaps an air of antiquity, as the volume mentioned above (‘’BLOOD OF YGGDRASIL‘’). Only twelve little red pages, bound into a leather-textured softcover, hand-glued around red "end-papers." The same gold printing and lovely runic design grace the cover. This is the story of the theatre organ, that great roaring orchestra-in-itself that most of our generation has never been able to experience in its native state. Ragnarok's treatment covers the highlights, but it is not meant to be exhaustive, only an introduction pointing the way to more for those who are interested. Some nice illustrations and quality printing.

'''GEEK''' Issue #1, March 1993 (full-sized, 48 pages. $5.00 postpaid, or $20.00 for 5 issues. c/o ACI, P.O. Box 480531, Denver, CO 80248-0531). Michael Moynihan is a Senior Editor here.
:
:''GEEK'' tells us it's "mostly great stuff," and it's true. Firstly, the format is professional and attractive, and it's chock-full of material. There's an overview of the career of Bodil, a Danish porn queen whose specialty was animals and whose early beauty has decayed rapidly; Bodil's fall from a fresh-checked young girl who loved animals (really - she ran her own farm) to the broken-down whore with swollen ankles is pathetic and devastating. One of my favorite pieces was an analysis of potted meat product; I now feel justified in my lifelong aversion to it. But the highlight of the issue is the "Interview With a Bum," conducted by Michael Moynihan and Shaun Partridge of the Partridge Family Temple - the reporters buy a homeless man a McDonald's meal and get him to spill his guts about life on the street. According to him, the biggest problem is all those people who pretend to be homeless; they're just messing it up for everyone. A rather odd sexual encounter comprises "The Tadger Chronicles," and there's another excellent interview with film composer Danny Elfman. F.C. Dobbs contributes a personal experiencepiece on drugs; the issue is rounded out with several pieces of strange fiction which I didn't find particularly interesting, but the editors are promising more, by Paul DiFilippo and Marc Laidlaw, two SF writers of note.

'''ABRASAX''' # 17, 18, 19, 20, edited by James M. Martin ($5.00 each from P.O. Box 1219, Corpus Christi, TX 78403-1219).
:
:Billing itself as an "occult quarterly," ''ABRASAX'' (not to be confused with ‘’ABRAXAS‘’) is mainly concerned with Thelema and Crowley, but is happy to stray into any area of 20th Century magick editor James Martin feels may be of interest to his readers. Articles from these issues include: "Music Magick," "I Spy: Secret Societies & Occult Espionage," "The Rite of the Ankh," and in issue #19, a remembrance of Satanic poet Andre Soly witten by Tani Jantsang.
:
:Of possible interest to Satanists is a regular column by Diane Vera - the Miss Hathaway of Satanism. In her inaugural installment of "From the Darkside," Vera professes to be seeking historical references to Satanic religions prior to the founding of the Church of Satan in 1966 C.E. But when presented with a wealth of such material by the Jantsang/Marsh cabal, she glosses over it quickly in her column in #17, preferring to spend the next seven pages or so discussing 20 year old gossip about Michael Aquino and Anton LaVey that is boring and inaccurate. Vera has her own ad, "Satanism Without Delusions of Grandeur"? "And Without Right-Wing Politics"? It's interesting that Vera constantly professes her ignorance of the Satanic scene, then tries to sum it up in a couple of pat phrases like these: "I'm not qualified to judge them one way or the other." "The word 'spiritual' is admittedly vague..." "I have no way of knowing whose story is true." which only attest to her cluelessness. Presumably Jantsang/Marsh's suggestions would have had her cracking the books for weeks, but instead she appeals, more than once, to the readership for their thoughts on the subjects.
Why? For more gossip, hearsay, unfounded and undocumented assertions?
:
:Vera further asserts that "there's no such thing as a Satanic political philosophy."
:
:Perhaps. But there are certain implications to tenets like "responsibility to the responsible" and smashing your enemies three-fold. If this kind of power philosophy isn't what attracted Vera to Satanism, what did? Maybe she'd like to share her own feelings about Satan as freely as she discusses LaVey's.
:
:Issue #19 sees the premiere of a magickal advice column, "The Sorcerer's Apprentice," which should be of interest to beginners while #20 has a splendid article "Humanism and the Invisible War" which examines Dr. LaVey's influnce [‘’sic‘’] on magic(k) and is a perfect antidote to Vera's meanderings. ‘’ABRASAX‘’ improves with each issue, the last three moving on to laser typesetting and even more interesting graphic art so don't hesitate to subscribe.
:
:This one's a keeper.

'''THE SWORD & SHIELD''' #1 (by the Knights of Satan, 12 pages, no price but $3.00 should do it: P.O. Box 81137, Fiddlers Green Postal Station, Ancaster, Ontario, Canada LIG 4X1).
:
:"Magic: Does it really Work?," poetry by Marguerite Thompson, art, endangered species, articles about "Non-Hollywood," "Young Satanists," "Legends Born of Myths," and "The Reality of Demons." Nice, neat format and some real Satanic spirit here - check it out.

'''BALDER''' July 1992 Issue, 32 digest-sized pages - free to members - editor Jason Bridgehead c/o Order of the Jarls of Baelder, 60 Elmhurst Rd., Reading, Berks. RG1 5HY England).
:
:The cover depicts a rather bucolic scene, ancient Greeks discussing a written document. The tone of ‘’Balder‘’ is equally gentle; while the articles advise us that the elite are at war with things-as-they-are, there is a spirit of community and concern for other members of "The Brotherhood." This magic is not overtly Satan-inspired, although the contents reveal that these brothers do consider themselves Satanists - affiliated orders listed in the back include O.N.A., O.L.H.P., and the O.T.B.
:
:There is a page of letters from members and a discussion of two major runes. Next comes a delightful article on Botticelli, a historical piece on the Berbers, "The Greatest Prize" (an exhortation by a recently-passed-on Elder advocating a coming together of elite folk under ‘’Balder‘’ to battle the Xtian scourge), "The Ethos of Warriors" part 1B lays it all down, stressing respect, "Conquer, Destroy, Create" by the O.N.A.'s Anton Long advocating the destruction of the mediocrity breeding powers-that-be and an exploration of space - though he seems to think happiness and comfort are illusions (perhaps for him ‘’they are‘’), and finally a discussion of the swastika and the Thule Society.

'''SATANISM - A Basic Introduction for Perspective Adherents''', under the auspices of the Order of Nine Angles (Thormynd Press, P.O. Box 700, Shrewsbury, Shropshire, England [no code]. It's $5.00 US cash, $25.00 if paying by US check, 1 £ in the UK).
:
:This is digest-sized, coverless, about 15 pages typewritten. It's an excellent introduction to what the ONA's all about, if you've been reading their work elsewhere and would like a handle on it. The author claims he has the "honour of being the Grand Master representing traditional Satanists." The ONA veers from the Church of Satan in several ways. Firstly, they stress the Satanic path as one that is difficult and fraught with adversity. No one's denying that life can throw you some curves and that you're usually better off when you learn to deal with them. But no Satanist I know seeks pain or the path of greatest resistance; certainly no animal would. ONA also stresses amorality for Satanists, and I agree - but why then do they say "there is also real evil"? Is the judging of something as "evil" not a subjective judgement based on some moral code? The ONA also stresses that a Satanist "desires to evolve... to fulfill the potential of existence, of godhead/divinity latent within them [sic]." Once again, a man is not good enough as he is; he's not permitted to accept himself until he's gone on some journey to fulfillment. To me, this is moving in exactly the wrong direction: most people's biggest problems stem from their inability to live the truth of their flesh, to accept themselves as the animals they are. This striving toward Divinity, is Christian in nature.

'''LIVE!''' (sixteen pages, typewriter type printer sideways in a digest-sized format, $3.00 from P.O. Box 101, St. Boniface Postal Station, Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada R2H 3B4).
:
:The cover is of a laughing young man lounging on a mussed-up bed in someone's attic bedroom; there's a cute l'il [''sic''] devil cartoon in one corner (logo of the Order of Dionysus/Sabazios of which this is an affiliating publication). Issue #2, January 1993, articles include dealing with the "Age of Consent," and another on "The Oppression of Youth." Sandwiched between these are little pearls of wisdom from the editor, whose views on other issues are usually in line with true Satanic principles as put forth in ''The Satanic Bible''. A little pricey for 16 pages, but it's printed very neatly and attractively, and the editor writes well. Issue #3, April 1993, begins with a rather obtuse, four-page explanation that their "cover-youth" is Billy Bob, and he personifies some principle important to the editor.
:
:Youthfulness (and sexuality) is certainly a theme in this little publication; the editorial tells us that "visiting locations where younger guys or gals hang out is obviously essential but not that difficult. You, as the seeker, do not have to be a Boy Scout troop leader, or a Big Brother or Sister, or a Roman Catholic priest or nun, or a school teacher, or the like, though you have a head start if you are." The article "Hypocrisy in Society" also bears this out, as it bemoans society's two-faced approach to youth, stressing its beauty but forbidding its freedom. The best piece is probably "The Human Animal," a lightweight analysis of the progressively greater repression of our instincts in civilized countries. Neatly done, clean and readable, but thin.

'''REJUVENATION MAGAZINE''', Issues 3, 4,5, 6 edited by Joe Aufricht ($4.00 USA, $5.00 elsewhere from P.O. Box 711, Lakewood, OH 44107).
:
:Thirty pages, digest-sized, typewriter typeset, a little difficult to read (a new typewriter is called for, I believe). This publication, edited by the founder of the Order of Dionysus/Sabazios, has a similar focus to that of LIVE/ Teen freedom, sexual freedom in particular, is advocated. In issue #3 topics covered include "Free Will vs. God's Will," "Evolution Theory Isn't Evil," "Drunks Are Not Satanists," and "Future Sex." Issue #4 includes a poem about a young man and his 9-year-old girlfriend, "Self-Sacrifice What For?", and "Let Teens Vote." Issue #5 runs the gamut from "Myths: Psychotherapy and Mental Illness," and "The Threatening Gym Teacher," to Demo reviews. Issue #6 includes youth advocate poetry, "Bowling Alley Bullshit," Death Metal Reviews and a commentary on accusations that their order advocates paedophilia. Each issue contains "Lilith Lustlove's Personals" for those seeking contact. Mr. Aufricht explores areas of Satanism and his particular slant on the maturity and right to freedom of adolescents as well as their ability to "rejuvenate" older individuals through interaction.

'''CALL OF THE RACE: An Epic Poem''' by Kenneth Lloyd Anderson ($3.00 from White Temple Books, P.O. Box 452, Hastings, MN 5503).
:
:A tiny, 4" ×7" pamphlet bound in red, with 26 professionally-typeset pages inside.
:
:Anderson talks, in free verse, about what he views as the roots of the White race's downfall, what's keeping it down, and how Whites must lift themselves up again. One might expect such a "racist" (Anderson prefers the term "racialism") to be illiterate and shallow, but this poem is poignant and moving. "This is still Nietzsche's age," he tells us. "We have run away from what's necessary.. whole men know/That hate is as necessary as love."

'''THELEMIX 1993''', a production of the Ordo Mysterium Baphe-metis, printed in a limited print run of 56 copies, available only by the selection of Grand Mistress MegAstron and Grand Master Megalion.
:
:Digest-sized, thirty-five pages with the ubiquitous red cover. Well-written essays concerning the number of wisdom, "naga," the Serpent, chivalry in the occult world, the Major Greek Gods, the powers of the True Self, "crowns, Sceptres and Thrones," and computers. Not without its own wry humor; finishes with something called "The Emerald 'Tablet." If Thelema is your thing, these people seem very knowledgeable but with their feet on the ground; contact them at P.O. Box 156, W. Nottingham, NH 03291-0156, USA.

'''ONSLAUGHT''', Vol. 4, no. 1, edited by Dragon Undomiel ($5.00 from the Luciferian Light Group, P.O. Box 7207,
Tampa FL 33673).
:
:The LLG is a White Power group that calls itself Satanic; they use Satanic symbols and say that "the Aryan peoples are the true children of Satan." This issue contains a ritual of "Gratitude/Honor Before Satan," some charts of "magickal" elements and correspondences, and a lengthy section of reprinted new articles titled "Dateline: HellA Special Report from Hell's Newsroom." Nice use of graphics here. There are extensive listings and ads of other Satanic groups and publications, as well as an explanation of the "Unified Churches," an attempt to put together several of the self-proclaimed Satanic groups operating right now. This may be already defunct, as this issue was followed up by a bulletin detailing the LLG's split from Embasat. An attractive, neat publication but not much "meat."

'''THE NEW JACKAL''', Vol. 1, Embassy of Lucifer, Chad Ian Miller, presiding, P.O. Box 998, Stewart, BC, VOT 1WO, Canada. (No price given, try $5.00. Fifteen pieces of 8.5'x 11" paper, covered front and back with poorly photocopied, single space dot matrix output.)
Setian Chad starts out by preaching to the converted about how bad Xtianity is.
:
:Then he goes into a long description of the Embassy and its degree system, which must be a real degree system because you get to change the color of your robes and belts a lot. Next a discussion of "Satanic Child Molestation and Animal Sacrifice which barely mentions these topics although the article is six pages in length. Then a treatise about math and magic which Pythagoras would spit upon, followed by a piece on time which is actually about "Creation." Concludes with a very extended dictionary of Demons. Entire contents by Chad.
:
:It was reported to us that Chad has again changed horses and formed an Xtian church, but this is unverified. However, this zine may be unavailable for that reason - inquire.

'''LUCIFER RISING''' #1, yet another new publication by Chad Ian Miller, who changes his projects (and his mind) like other people change their sheets, it would seem. ($6.00 from the Embassy of Lucifer, P.O. Box 998, Stewart, BC VOT 1WO, Canada.)
:
:Typewriter-typeset on goldenrod paper and stapled in one corner, the cover is the god Baphomet, an oft-copied piece of artwork. There's about eight pages of Chad outlining his perspectives on the Satanic scene plus the rules and regulations for his own, much-better-than-new organization.
:
:Then there's the reprinting of a sample issue of ONSLAUGHT, the publication of the Luciferian Light Group (separate from Chad's) and finally the reprinting of some pages from The King in Yellow (hence, perhaps, Chad's choice of paper). Chad claims to be providing a neutral forum for all Satanists, via this publication and his Embassy of Lucifer and Church of Lucifer.
:
:However, he has been a member of the Temple of Set for about eight months, and immediately launches into the spurious story of the "collapse of the Church of Satan" and how Anton LaVey "plagerized" [sic] ''The Satanic Bible''. How neutral does that sound to you? This is warmed-over non-information plus more blathering from Chad; your six bucks would be well-spent elsewhere.

'''ECLECTIC MAGE JOURNAL''', Issue H3, Jan/Feb 1993, edited by H.J. Mowry, Jr. aka Zepher ($3.00 from P.O. Box 6911, Pittsburgh, PA 15212).
:
:Very perky layout with interesting use of scanned graphics, full-sized with eighteen pages, EM's subtitle is "Achieving Goals Through a Diverse System of Magick" Poetry is sandwiched between articles on witchcraft, color magic, etc. This issue is concerned with Satan: "Is He Really a Bad Guy?" The authors demonstrate sympathy for the Devil even if their sources re modern Satanism are more than a bit myopic. We've learned that the editor has become enamored of Aquino's world view so take that into consideration should you have cause to deal with this person.

'''INCREDIBLY STRANGE MUSIC VOL. I''', edited by V. Vale and Andrea Juno (Re/Search, 20 Romolo St., #B, San Francisco, CA 94133 1993; 193 pages, ISBN 0-940642-22-0, $17.99, full-sized softcover).
:
:A series of interviews with record collectors and recording artists, focusing on music from the 50's and 60's. The music they talk about is largely rockabilly and trash bin discoveries, and the emphasis is on what middle class American culture has left behind, deemed "tacky" or "bad." And some of it is bad; how good could a bunch of songs by Rodney Allen Rippy be? Some of these collectors are interested in the obscurity of the recordings themselves, while others genuinely enjoy the sounds; all seem a little disappointed that many others are beginning to discover their finds and are driving up the flea market prices. However, if the underground had never embraced Martin Denny, there wouldn't be the wonderful Exotica release on CD and I wouldn't have been able to enjoy it.The interview with Denny is good, as are the reproductions of album covers throughout the volume.
:
:What interested me Satanically about the book, was the principle of cultural scavenging, roaming through what the status quo has left behind and pulling out the real gems, the truly magical recordings. then returning to your lair to enjoy that magic, to send those vibes out into the ether. You don't have to like these people or their music to learn something about the power of getting off the cultural beaten track. As the editors says in their introduction, "These records become more than a consumeristic product; they become an expression of the collector's inner vision and express an alternate aesthetic philosophy."
:
:The fact that Juno and Vale have termed this "Volume One," gives them an out, I suppose, to explain the glaring omissions of musical preservationists like Anton LaVey, Tiny Tim, Boyd Rice and even Dr. Demento, the latter whose radio show drove me out into the garage sales for 78's when I was only fifteen. I hope Volume Two is a little more adventurous.

'''ANSWER ME!''' Issue 3, edited by Jim Goad (Goad to Hell Ents., 1608 N. Cahuenga Blvd, #666, Hollywood, CA 90028. $5.00
first class; $4.00 third rate).
:
:Long awaited, but worth the wait.
:
:Jim and Debbie have hit their stride with this one, with full color Nazi cover and 131 pages of beautifully-designed mayhem.
Many artists have contributed cartoons and drawings, including John Wayne Gacy, Ottis Toole, Mark David Chapman and Charles Manson, so if you're a serial killer collector, get out your checkbook. Jim does another excellent "encyclopedia," this time about unique and notorious suicides - photos abound. Debbie's tirades are right on the money; particularly touching is "I Hate Being a Jew," wherein she rails against her psychological heritage of being a penny-pinching pessimist. I got the biggest kick of all, though, from Jim's article on guns.
:
:Goad's poison pen was never sharper, and after reading this to myself I read it aloud to others and we laughed until the tears ran.
Combining truth with masterful wit and sarcasm, Jim tells One Man's Gun Story, and includes devastating pro-gun quotes from our founding fathers.
:
:Also included are interviews with Boyd Rice, Al Sharpton, the Underdog Lady, the Kids of Widney High, and Debbie contributes a couple of phony phone calls to Dr. Kevorkian and a suicide prevention hot line. Debbie is great at these things; the call to Kevorkian is chilling.
:
:What's really gonna get Answer Mel #3 on America's shit list, however, is Adam Parfrey's article, "Pederastic Park." This piece takes up the notion that director Steven Spielberg has "short eyes," and analyzes his past film efforts as expressions of this proclivity. Cartoonist Coop supplies the accompanying artwork, which shows Spielberg wielding a "hook" at a bare-butted Peter Pan.
:
:You might find this issue on a newsstand somewhere, or you can order it from See/Hear. I recommend you send out immediately and get it right from the Goads own hot little hands. You need Answer Mel, the misanthropist's balm for cultural ennui.

'''PANTY LINE FEVER #4''', edited by Rick Hall ($4.00 from PLF, 234 E. 7th St., #1FE, New York, NY 10009 - age statement must accompany order; make check/m.o. payable to Rick S. Hall).
:
:The Biannual Bulletin of Sex, Film and Intellectual Smuggery, ''PLF'' is a perky little mag that never fails to satisfy. This time around, an interview with underground comic artist Daniel Clowes, a visit to a Manhattan S&M parlor, a critique of Ken Russell's film ''The Devils'' by Ivan Lerner, Reuben Radding's column "The Final Judgement," lovely lasses with half-clad asses, and more.

'''EVIL: The Newsletter For True Crime Book Fanatics''' edited by Dan Kelly ($1.00 from P.O. Box 476641, Chicago, IL 60647).
:
:I guess the tag title says it all; I know there are such fans in our readership. Editor Kelly gets lots of reviews of true crime books into a slim but well-laid-out and typeset format. This might be the place for you to trade info on new or old books and find out what clinkers to avoid on the bookracks.

'''VAMPIRES ANONYMOUS''', Winter and Summer 1993, edited by Amoura ($5.00 from P.O. Box 803, Langhorne PA, 19047).
:
:Each issue is about 20 pages of manuscript-format poetry and fiction dealing with vampires and vampiric magic. The magazine is produced by the Order of Xanastia, "an Elitist Society for Thelemic heathens of all persuasions, writers, artists, vampire, horror and science fiction fans." The poetry was in the usual romantic, Dark Shadows-esque vein, and I particularly liked the full-page, black and white sigils which would make nice tattoos.

===GUEST REVIEWS===
'''THE MONSTER SHOW: A Cultural History of Horror''' by David J. Skal. (W.W. Norton and Co., 1993, 432 pages, $25.00)
:
:''William Everisto, Reviewer.''
:
:If you're looking for an excellent survey of general horror and its interaction with our culture from the turn of the century to modern chillers like Silence of the Lambs, this is the book for you. Skal dredges up authors and connections from the early days of Dracula, Frankenstein and the Mummy that other writers have neglected. He makes quite a point of the Nazi fascination with wolves and the concurrent American rage of Wolfmen and Cat people movies. From there, he moves deftly through Entertaining Comics vs. Dr. Fredric Wertham, Maila Nurmi as the original "doom, gloom and va-va-voom" TV hostess, and the Japanese 50's Godzilla type screamers which, in Skal's analysis, "put a face on the Bomb."
:
:The book opens with a still from Freaks, setting a tone throughout the book of American horror as sideshow. Skal states that "the motion picture itself had begun its career as a sideshow attraction, a curiosity at the fringes of mainstream entertainment." He credits one man, Tod Browning, with setting the tone with his productions of Dracula and Freaks - a carnival barker's tone that naturally grew from his background in carnivals and vaudeville. Though Skal does a thorough job of showing the influence of Freaks, it's too bad he hadn't contacted Anton LaVey to fill in some gaps regarding its re-release in the late 50's, which LaVey was responsible for.
:
:Skal marks 1931 as the birth of the horror film, with the release of ''Frankenstein'' and ''Dracula'' and neatly closes the book by paralleling the releases of modern versions in 1991: ''Terminator 2'' and ''Silence of the Lambs''.
:
:Throughout this book, he ties our compulsion toward horror to events dominating the mass consciousness at the time - wars, economic collapse, epidemics and political witch-hunts. One particularly pertinent summing quote comes from anti-feminist feminist Camille Paglia: "Horror films are rituals of pagan worship. There Western man obsessively confronts what Christianity has never been able to bury or explain away." Skal's book shows that as long as Man continues his lurchings toward "civilization," there will always be a place for nightmares.

'''FRIGHTEN THE HORSES''', edited by Mark Pritchard (Heat Seeking Publishing, 41 Sutter St. #1108, San Francisco, CA 94104; $5.00 for sample issue, $16.00 for four-issue subscription).
:
:''Jeffrey Deboo, Reviewer.''
:
:Professional-quality quarterly dedicated to the cutting edge of sexuality, especially in its more unorthodox variants. Bondage, fetishism, sadomasochism, gay/bi - whatever you'e into, you'll find it here. Both erotic fantasy fiction and serious articles are featured, along with reviews and a news roundup from the front lines of the depressingly endless battle for sexual freedom against life-hating religious fanatics.
:
:A leftist political undertone sometimes intrudes, but in the main these people skewer the "progressive" P.C. sacred cows as eagerly as those of Christian "traditional family values" - article topics have included the menace of overpopulation, the biological/evolutionary roots of human behavior, an exposé of the myth that AIDS threatens U.S. heterosexuals, and a deliciously ruthless piece on revenge against rapists. It's rough, raw, and gritty, not sweetness-and-light romanticism; a pleasure-loving, life affirming philosophy is evident throughout. Highly recommended.

'''CHRISTIAN CHILD ABUSE: The Reality''' (42 pages, digest-sized, $10.00 from Realist Publications, P.O. Box 38-262, Petone, Wellington, New Zealand).
:
:''Jeffrey Deboo, reviewer.''
:
:After reading this item, you'll be enraged on two counts: first on behalf of all the children molested by the perverts who seem to infest the clergy of almost every branch of Christianity, and second at the colossal nerve of those who have been spreading the "Satanic ritual abuse" myths while the reality of their holy men's depravities outstrips even their '''fantasies''' about us!
:
:The text analyzes why Christianity is a breeding ground of pedophilia (a religion which demands repression of mormal [''sic''] sexual urges, notably Catholicism with its celibate clergy, just bottles up those urges until they explode in some twisted new form) and dissects a few celebrated cases such as the Mt. Cashel Catholic Orphanage in Canada. The rest is accounts culled from news media around the world, in which countless men of God seem almost to vie with one another to see who can heap the worst abuse on any minor in reach. A New Orleans priest carries off the trophy with allegations that he made his dog take part in the molesting sessions (which were sometimes done at gunpoint), accumulated a 160-hour hardcore video library of his acts, and supplied a kiddie-porn magazine with photos of a retarded youth he had victimized.
:
:Worst of all is how, in case after case, higher church authorities actively shield molestors (''sic''). Parents outraged at some clergyman's depredations are told to exercise (yes, you guessed it) the Christian virtue of forgiveness, while the offender is transferred out of trouble and into a new locality where he is unknown and where fresh, unsuspecting victims await.
:
:Now that even the mainstream media are focusing increased attention on this subject, it's clear that our New Zealand brethren have found a potent issue to wield against the sick Nazarene cult befouling our civilization.

'''SATANISM AND WITCHCRAFT''' by Jules Michelet, translated by A.R. Allinson (Citadel Pres, New York, 1992 E.V.; 332 pages, $12.95, paperback).
:
:''Jeffrey Deboo, reviewer.''
:
:Originally written over a century ago and now newly republished, this formidable work (the product of thirty years of research) brings to life the story of Satanism from the birth of the Middle Ages to the Renaissance, in elegant and stately yet easily-devoured prose. This is history as epic rather than dry chronicle, a tapestry of words more moving and revealing than a thousand clinical photographs.
:
:Never, save perhaps in the best of Twain, have the utter misery and squalor and degradation of medieval life been made so vived. Michelet shows how medieval man's hopelessness and desperation, born of a thousand torments rained down upon him by Church and State in the name of God, drove him to seek the aid of the Rebel who was that God's chief adversary - and who, alone of the dieties available to him, would sanction his own rebelliousness against the vile abominations of his masters, rather than telling him to turn the other cheek.
:
:Medieval Satanism took a thousand forms, from the dumb masses' fearful veneration of old women who had managed to preserve the old pharmaceutical knowledge demonized and forgotten by the Church, to the invocation of forbidden arts by the victimized to better their lot and strike back against their oppressors, to the Dionysian abandon of the "Sabbaths" and the solemn blasphemies of the Black Mass. Medieval Satanism was widespread and '''it was real''' - the similarity of accounts from widely separated lands and eras affirms this. The term Satanism (rather than Devil-worship) is appropriately used here, since with rare exceptions the witches and sorcerers of those days saw Satan as an ally and fellow foe of tyranny and injustice, not as a stern and demanding master like Jehovah.
:
:Michelet clearly wrote with no concern about how his prim-and-proper contemporaries would react to the results of his research. He pulls no punches in revealing - even with some sympathy - the frequency of incestuous practices in the Middle Ages, and the intimate links between incest and Satanism in every era. He emphasizes the fully equal and sometimes even pre eminent role of women in Satanism, from the lone witch to the "Sabbath" priestess, in a day when Christianity's byword was still mulier taceat in ecclesia. But interestingly, though medieval witchcraft did indeed preserve many pagan practices, he finds therein no trace of any etherial prehistoric goddess-worship - which will probably make the re-publication of this work something of an unwelcome event among certain groups who have long made a practice of beefing up their own rather wan mythology by ripping off what turns out to be our heritage after all.
:
:But for us, who seek to '''reclaim''' that heritage, it is essential reading - our history retold with all its drama and tragedy shining through.
:
:I cannot close this review without one quote from Michelet's splendid peroration. Asking himself whether Satanism and Christianity can be reconciled in modern times, he proclaims:
:
:"Is there one science you can name that was not originally a revolt against authority? There is only one way to reconcile the two spirits and unite the two Churches. This is to demolish the new one, the one which, from its earliest beginnings, was declared sinful and damnable. Let us destroy, if we can, all the sciences of nature, demolish the observatory, the museum, the botanic garden, the school of medicine, every library of modern books. Let us burn our legal enactments and our codes. Let us go back to the Canon Law. These novelties, one and all, were Satanic; no progress ever made but was his guilty work...How to expiate all this? ... will Satan undo this great work? Never! for it rests on three eternal foundation-stones, - Reason, Right, and Nature."
:
:This man was one of us in spirit. Even a century late, his book should be read.

'''GLENN DANZIG''', musician and member of the bands '''Samhain''', '''Misfits''' and '''DANZIG'''. (Check larger music stores for albums).
:
:''Ken Gage, reviewer.''
:
:BOMBASTIC MUSIC IS HERE! In a market so glutted with anything-goes mediocrity, the commercial release of Glenn Danzig's ''Black Aria'' is a true Hellsend. ''Black Aria'''s darkly powerful and revisionist sound keeps the album from being categorized with Neo-Classical or New Age music, yet this is no rock album. But this may only be an experimental departure for the musician, whose three DANZIG albums are often described as a blend of R&B and melodious heavy metal, a la John Lee Hooker meets Black Sabbath. Although his early years with Samhain and the Misfits were a punk-rock legend, they can't hold a black candle to DANZIG or his latest - lend an ear to Black Aria. I think you'll discover that your only regret is the album is far, far too short.

'''MINISTRY''', a unique musical group. (Check any large music store).
:
:''Ken Gage, reviewer.''
:
:If you’ve been haunting music stores for a sound that meets His Satanic Majesty's measure, then '''MINISTRY''' has arrivesd (''sic'')! Although the band has been extant since the early 80's, its viscerally distinct industrial/cyberbilly sound didn't blossom until the 1988 release of ''Land of Rape and Honey''. What's cyberbilly, you ponder? - a combination of bluegrass and thrash! Now, don't be frightened by '''MINISTRY''''s semi-commercial viability. (And don't give me any unholier-than-thou lip about melody either! - I'm talking about an overall Devilish musicianship!)
:
:Sporting Ol' Nick's pentagram tattooed on his shoulder, lead vocalist Al Jourgensen gleefully disdains mainstream religion: "It's one giant, false life-insurance policy: 'Pay us money now, we'll promise you'll have a good afterlife.' So they pay their money and happily go off on their own merry little way, making sacrifices on the promise of a better afterlife. Do you know anyone who's come back and complained about their policy? ...It's the biggest insurance scam ever invented." Nothing new to our ears.
:
:'''MINISTRY''''s bassist, Paul Barker, offers his own aphoristic evilspeak in punctuation to Jourgensen's. "So, if you're gonna sin," says Barker, "sin boldly. Because, if you believe, you're gonna have to do something in the long run to make up for it." If you know what he's saying, give the band a listen. But if you don't appreciate '''Psychic TV''', '''Godflesh''', or '''Prong''', this won't be your cup of tea either.

:'''TERRA-SHOCK''' ''The Art of Impact'' Demo tape. Contact: Black Mosaic Management, c/o Brent Miller, P.O. Box 1074, Rockland,
ME 04841.
:
:''Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.''
:
:Satanism has greatly influenced the field of heavy metal, from surface imagery to deeper philosphical explorations of Satanic principles. This tape is a fine example of the latter, with well-crafted music whose lyrics investigate the invisible war, social Darwinist thinking, and living apart from the herd.
:
:The five songs herein are professionally performed and well recorded. Under Stefan Blacart's able hand, this demo is a strong start from a band that will certainly be heard from in the near future.

'''RUNNING WITH THE DEVIL, Power, Gender, and Madness in Heavy Metal Music''' by Robert Walser. (Wesleyan University Press, Hanover, NH, 1993; 222 pages, ISBN 0-8195-6260-2, paperback.)
:
:''Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.''
:
:Here at last is a book exploring the subject of heavy metal music without the usual moralistic condemnation or plain condescension so prevalent in other works to touch the subject. Walser is a musician (he's even played with metal bands) and gives a detailed musical analysis whose complexity, and links to such past virtuosic styles as baroque music, might surprise many. Also explored are the sociological factors which have made this such a potent genre in recent years. The author gives some history and confines his work to the more popular and obvious musicians, thus avoiding the more Satanic subgenres and their symbolism and lyrics. Satanism as a motivating philosophy is not part of this book, but the author demolishes arguments against heavy metal made by Carl Raschke in his "academic potboiler," Painted Black.
:
:This book will be an eye-opener and is a great foundation for future works to take this musical genre seriously.

'''HAMMER AGAINST CROSSI''', Issue 2, edited by J.P. Tabone (Poste Restante, 31000 Toulouse R.P., France, 1992; 19 pages, A 4 format, 15 francs, in French).
:
:''Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.''
:
:This graphically beautiful 'zine covers the alternative music scene with a social Darwinist slant. Featured here are interviews with Michael Moynihan (Blood Axis), Sveinbjörn Beinteinsson, Reptilicus, Fire & Ice, and Cthulhu Records. If you can read French and like this style of music, get it.

'''BRIMSTONE PRESS #1''', Spring XXVIII A.S., edited by Earl Hammons (1912 East Cleland, Cabot, AR 72023-9666 USA, 1993;
35 pages, photocopied, 8.5" × 11", side-stapled).
:
:''Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.''
:
:This is a new Death Metal 'zine that features many reviews and interviews with Pale Unearthed, Hands of Filth, Banished, Impetigo, Acheron, Boneyard Press, Crematorial Death, Living Sacrifice, and Peter Gilmore. A good start for Mr. Hammons. No price listed but $4.00 should get you a copy.

'''D.B.N. Magazine #10''', ($2.50 from P.O. Box 3547, Lantana, FL 33465-3547; 40 pages, 8.5" × 11" on newsprint).
:
:''Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.''
:
:Billed as "Your source for subversive entertainment," this 'zine features music reviews and has interviews with such luminaries as G.G. Allin, Alice Donut, White Zombie, and Forced Entry. Has some fine comic art, especially the cover image of Death by Eddie Garcia.

'''SECONDS''', (various issues, $2.95, on newstands (''sic'') everywhere.
:
:''Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.''
:
:Under the capable hands of managing editor George Petros (of EX/T fame) this music magazine has broken ground in their willingness to interview not only the usual bands being promoted to exasperation, but "fringier" folk such as Foetus and Laibach, as well as pioneers like Wendy Carlos and Timothy Leary. At this rate, maybe Norman Conquest will be next? They even criticized Deicide's claim to being Satanic!

'''EXPLODING HEARTS EXPLODING STARS''', The Serial Art & Propaganda of George Petros ($11.95 from Norman Gosney, 208 W. 23rd St., New York, NY 10011, 1992; 96 pages, 11" × 14" paperback).
:
:''Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.''
:
:This oversized compendium of black and white art clearly demonstrates Petros' mastery of the form of narrative graphic propaganda. Pieces herein shatter PC concepts of racism, sexuality, politics, aesthetics and the philosophies that underlie these topics, creating disturbing icons of archetypes long denied, yet now finding a resurgence of power. With a blend of brutality and elegance, Petros challenges his viewers to come to terms with elements of reality that can only be ignored at the peril of the perceiver.

'''SIEGE, The Collected Writings of James Mason''' edited and Introduced by Michael M. Jenkins (Storm Books, P.O. Box 18009,
Denver, CO 80218 U.S.A., 1992; 434 pages, $22.00, paperback).
:
:''Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.''
:
:This book is a monumental achievement. Editor Jenkins took great care to assemble Mason's writings, which had been published in his newsletter SIEGE from 1980-1986, into a coherent progression that charts Mason's thinking on his National Socialist odyssey, from an explorer picking up from his predecessors to the sage with wisdom gained from working to make an effective revolutionary movement in the exacting arena of reality. Mason is most certainly a political extremist, but dear reader, as a Satanist you are also an extremist in the realm of religion and philosophy. This book ofters great insight into the progression and evolution of an extremist movement here in the US. I found remarkable parallels between the types of individuals that Mason encountered in his field to those that I have experienced in the "Satanic scene."
:
:Even amongst his "peers" Mason became a loner as he comprehended the meaning behind the deeds attributed to Charles Manson, and thus founded Universal Order, a concept very much akin to the Satanic view of Man's place in the cosmos. If you are a Satanist and have not gotten a sense of perspective on how your movement fits into American Society, look at this account of the American National Socialist movement and learn. Mason's writing is clear and filled with clarity.
:
:This massive tome is graced with rare photographs of individuals, posters, and documents that are central to the issues covered. It's design is elegant and monolithic, and quite easy to read. Here is the unvarnished thinking of an American radical offered up for you to judge as you see fit. If you are truly aware, this book will give you much to ponder, and if not, it could make a difference in how you view yourself and the world about you. Don't miss it.

'''COSMIC RETRIBUTION, The Infernal Art of Joe Coleman''' (Feral House, P.O. Box 3466, Portland OR 97208-3466, 1992; 135 pages, ISBN (softcover) 0-922915-067 $22.95, ISBN (hardcover) 0-922915-13-X $39.95).
:
:''Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.''
:
:I have had the good fortune to have seen numerous actual Coleman originals on exhibition, and they leave an indelible mark on your visual memory. If you are a connoisseur of images of misanthropia, then this is a portable feast that you must have.
Coleman's paintings and drawings of the human animal at his/her most candidly humane behavior are icons of the Seventh Satanic Statement that leap off of their canvasses to shove their foetid tongues down your throat. And Coleman directs his scrutiny at himself as well as the various strata of "human" society with honesty that is deeply moving.
:
:A handsome volume filled with 32 full color pages and one hundred pages of black and white work, there is an illuminating interview with Coleman that gives the reader a glimpse into the psyche that is the gateway for these extraordinary and indicting pictures. I see Coleman as a lycanthropic shaman, evidenced by his performances wherein he bites the heads off of mice and blows himself up, who crystallizes his deeply felt and penetrating grasp of our species in images of devastating epiphany. Here is truly Satanic art that you will savour for decades. A must for every Satanist.

'''SYMPHONY''' by Adrian Savage (Pocket Books, 1230 Avenue f the Americas, New York, NY 10020, 1992; 277 pages, ISBN O-671-67249-5, $4.99, paperback).
:
:''Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.''
:
:Here's an odd little number, a horror novel in which several of the protagonists are Satanists, from Prometheus Faust - ex-cop and founder of a Satanic Church, Cal Hudson - worshipper of Satan who is working on a symphony comprised of sampled screams of the victims of his brutal and graphically described tortures, and Terry - dabbling with the Children of Belial.
:
:Savage has herein included all the sorts of Satanism claimed to exist by the Christers, but he attempts a partially sympathetic portrait of Faust as a genuine, if masochistic, Satanist. This novel is the stuff of "B" movies, but is entertainingly written. I was disappointed in the lack of pursuit of the idea of the "scream symphony" beyond its mere mention and the change of attitude wrought in Faust by the novel's end, but that is to be expected as the author is a practitioner of Chaos magic. A fun read to fill your spare time.

'''HALF DRESSED, SHE OBEYED''' by Deborah Ryder (Divine Press, P.O. Box 108, Stockport, Cheshire, SK1 4DD, England, 1993; 189 pages, $19.99, trade paperback).
:
:''Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.''
:
:This volume of S&M erotic fiction is well illustrated by Trevor Brown and includes a perceptive forward by Tuppy Owens as well as a prelude by the author, '"Writing Sado-Masochistic Pornography: A Woman's Defence," wherein she does just that with clarity and conviction. If this area of erotica is one you enjoy, or if you'd like to explore an area that is new to you, the tales herein will certainly supply you with archetypal scenarios for fantasy. There are many insights to be gained as well concerning the psyche's of those who belong to this realm, where there are clearly defined roles and no lacking of discipline. Check it out!

'''ARKTOS: The Polar Myth in Science, Symbolism, and Nazi Survival''' by Joscelyn Godwin (Phanes Press, P.O. Box 6114, Grand Rapids, MI 49516, 1993; 260 pages, ISBN 0-933999-46-1, $16.95, trade paperback).
:
:''Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.''
:
:A fascinating volume that brings some needed research and factual grounding to this topic. If you are interested in Thule, The Black Order, Shambhala, Agartha and other Hyperborean subjects, then you must have this book. There is an extensive bibliography as well to point you towards further sources of information.

'''THE FIFTH PATH''', issue 4, edited by Robert Ward (P.O. Box 1632, Carmichael, CA 95609-1632, 1993; 76 pages, full-sized softcover magazine, $6.00).
:
:''Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.''
:
:Once again editor Ward has put together an issue to delight and intrigue. Of particular interest are the interviews with Adam Parfrey of Feral House and Thomas Thorn of the Satanic band The Electric Hellfire Club. Also of note is the very extensive review section which covers audio, video, and print media. We suggest that you subscribe so as not to miss a single issue.

'''PRIMAL CHAOS''', edited by Wendy Van Dusen (1072 Folsom Street, #388, San Francisco, CA 94103, 1993; Current issue #7, $3.00, full-sizes softcover magazine).
:
:''Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.''
:
:We are in possession of Primal Chaos #2 through #7 and have been highly impressed with the growth in quality and depth displayed under the very able helm of editor Wendy Van Dusen. This 'zine has from the start shown a good sense of graphics and fine artwork and poetry. Articles are meant to get one's feet wet in the subjects covered (Odinism, Runology, and Lycanthropy are regular topics of discussion). Each issue also contains an interview with someone of note:
:
:Monte Cazazza (72), Kenneth Grant (#3), Peter Carroll (#4), Nick Bougas (#5), Peter Gilmore (#6), and Z'ev (#7).
:
:Miss Van Dusen is also a musician and her band Neither/Neither World, has produced a darkly lyrical album with 13 songs, Sociopathic Pleasures. This is available as an LP ($8.00 postpaid to: Subterranean Records, P.O. Box 2530, Berkeley, CA 94702) or CD (Funky Mushroom, P.O. Box 100270, Brooklyn, NY 11210). Do be sure to keep up with these endeavors.

'''THE FENRIS WOLF - The Journal Of Contemporary Occultism''', Issue No. 3, edited by Carl Abrahamsson (Psychick Release PCP, P.O. Box 26067, S-100 41, Stockholm, Sweden, 1993; 200 pages, $20, paperback).
:
:''Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.''
:This hefty volume ranges quite widely in material, much of it Satanic, such as: "Tests" by Anton LaVey, "The Demonic Glamour of Cinema" by the editor, "The Left-Handed Path" by The O.N.A., "The Rite of Ragnarök" by Peter Gilmore, "Recognizing Pseudo Satanism" by Nemo, and "Pythagoras, Plato and the Hellenes" by Philip Marsh. There are other articles on magickal topics by Freya Aswynn, Hymenaeus Beta and a reprint of Austin Osman Spare's "Anathema of Zos." There is much here to get you thinking and doing. Don't miss it.

'''PROMETHEAN CIRCLE''', A publication dedicated to Satanism and the path of the strong, edited by John Hiotellis and George Zaharopoulos (P.O. Box 79006, 17202 Himmittos, Athens, Greece, 1993; 28 pages, 825" × 11.75" side stapled).
:
:''Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.''
:
:This is a fine debut issue. Editor Zaharopoulos starts off with a fine blast at Humanism, Faustus Scorpius expounds on "The Promethean Quest," "Life is War, War is Life" presents philosophy from the Chuch of WAR, Stephen Waters offers insights into
"Wolf Lore," and perhaps most apropos is editor Hiotellis' piece on ancient Hellenic Satanic mythology. There's much material of interest here and the editors seek articles for future issues.

'''DIABOLICAL CREATIONS #1''', edited by Ken Gage (IZM Enterprises, P.O. Box 353, Maple Park, IL 60151, 1993; 42 pages, full-sized, side stapled).
:
:''Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.''
:
:Yet another new Satanic publication that is ballsy and fun. There's pieces on Satanism, Godzilla, Occult themes in Rap, Satan and the Soul, plus poetry, reviews, many ads, and underground comic style artwork. There's even a piece by a Christian providing his proof for his choice in God-belief. A new perspective here that you should enjoy - check it out.

'''THEE INFERNAL TEMPLER, Vol. 1, No. 2''' edited by Varek Ultra (T.O.P.Y. Station 23, P.O. Box 687, Halfway, Sheffield, S19 5UX, England, 1993; 16 pages, A4 format. No price listed).
:
:''Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.''
:
:Having never previously received review materials from T.O.P.Y., I imagine that this issue was sent because the opening article entitled "Satan Is Dead" is a meandering misprision of the Church of Satan and The Black Flame. The balance of the publication is concerned with various Thelemic and Chaosian concerns, as well as reviews of material with a similar bent. A cassette accompanied this, but I was not inspired to listen. If such is your interest, then this is a source for additional material.

'''ESOTERRA, No. 2''', edited by R.F. Paul and Chad Hensley (2116 Guadalupe, #114, Austin, TX 78705, 1992; 40 pages, digest-sized, $5.00).
:
:''Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.''
:
:This is a neat 'zine which commences with a fun piece by Adam Parfrey on "Weird Sex Cults" which is followed by an interview with Parfrey. There are three tarot-esque "Esoteric Images" by David Grimbleby with explanations, an intro to the Esoteric Order of Dagon, an analysis of the symbols in Lovecraft's "The White Ship," an interview with Sleep Chamber, poetry by Frater Orcen, and some very fine art. This is a well done effort that is worth your attention.

'''VILE PEACOCK, issue 2''', edited by Richao Polysorbate 60° (Maggot Bait, 409 North P.C.H. 106, suite 439, Redondo Beach, CA 90277, 1992; 38 pages, digest-sized, $2.00).
:
:''Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.''
:
:This is a zine filled with comics, collages, and collated images of misanthropy.
:
:This collection is not for the squeamish, with both visceral and sexually explicit material. Just a little bit of "human" life.

'''TI-MOV, issue 1''', edited by Richao Polysorbate 60° (Maggot Bait, 409 North P.C.H. 106, suite 439, Redondo Beach, CA 90277, 1992; 24 pages, digest-sized, $1.00).
:
:''Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.''
:
:More of the same kind of material as VILE PEACOCK, which is not surprising since this is called a "first and last breakaway" from that publication. My favorite image is on page three titled "Nature's Kingdom Sees No Evil."

'''THE OHM CLOCK''', issue 1, edited by Aaron Garland (P.O. Box 43894, Las Vegas, NV 89116-1894, 1993; 31 pages, full-sized magazine, $3.00 US, $5.00 foreign, postpaid
:
:''Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.''
:
:This new 'zine is generally focused on alternative music and thus has interviews with the misanthropic band Man Is The Bastard, Kingdom Scum, Anomalous Records, as well as a piece about Richard Wagner plus music reviews. Also interviewed is Robert Ward, editor of The Fifth Path, and there is an article about Ancient Egypt. There is a good blend of material in this first issue.

'''MODERN TABOO, #3''', edited by Mitch F. (P.O. Box 55138, Atlanta, GA 30308-013
1993; 14 pages, full-sized, $2.00).
:
:''Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.''
:
:Included herein are articles on Mantras , The Plecid Foundation, EMBASAT, and interviews with Chad Ian Miller and Jim Goad. There's also a review section of recordings and publications. For some reason there are often handwritten heading for articles and for all the reviews.

'''FLASHBACK, #1''', edited by Jan Axelsson (P.O. Box 676, S-114 79, Stockholm, Sweden, 1993; 80 pages, A4 format, 29 kronor).
:
:''Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.''
:
:A new Swedish music 'zine with explorations of other cultural oddities. Mos interesting is the first part of an article on the Church of Satan by Carl Abrahamsson. Other topics covered: LSD, Film Censorsh in Sweden, Jean-Michel Jarre, Iggy Pop, an more. This is all in Swedish, so it is for those who can speak Swedish.

'''GRAY AREAS, Vol. 1, No. 1''' edited by Netta Gilboa (P.O. 808, Broomall, PA 19008-0808
:
:''Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.''
:
:This is a magazine that wishes to examine the "gray areas of life," thus they have a massive review section of alternative products in all media that attempts to one-up that of Factsbeet Five. The production values are very high here, but outside of the incredible reviews the focus seems to be on the Grateful Dead. The reviews are quite clear and supportive and definitely provide an excellent source for your browsing.

'''PARAPSYCHOLOGY, NEW AGE. AND THE OCCULT, A Source Encyclopedia''', edited by Cheryl Klein Lacoff (Reference Press International, P.O.
Box 4126, Greenwich, CT 06830, 1993; 526 pages, full-sized paperback, $24.95).
:
:''Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.''
:
:This massive reference work has detailed listings of groups, publications, spas, centers, communities, museums, schools biographies, bookstores, distributors, media producers, and even events! I must say that it is skimpy on Satanism (it's not even listed in the "Topics Index") and there are two listings for the Church of Satan, one of which has an old, defunct mailing address.
:
:I found this to be a fun volume to flip through, as you never quite know what you'll come across, though there's a bit too much occultnik stuff to wade through.
:
:There's quite a guide to stores and services which could help folks find local sources for items of interest. It is a very professional publication and quite reasonable at the price.

'''GO TO HELL #3, Family Values''', a video by John Dewey ($9.95 postpaid, Brimstone Ministries, Box 660, Marstons Mills, MA 02648, 1993; 30 minutes, VHS format).
:
:''Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.''
:
:Once again Daimon Egan is back and seems to have hit his stride with this video.
:
:It begins with some paranoia evoking closeups of Egan, then moves on to the running joke, a returning rondo refrain wherein a priest knocks on Egan's front door (emblazoned with a Halloween witch with a rather phallic nose) with some such pro-Christ blather to which Egan has a snappy comeback. Also included is an interview with Ralph Frasier, who doesn't let blindness stop him from resisting the Christians' smugness, a wonderful take-off on Serrano's Piss Christ, Egan's sermon exposing the namesake of the Gideons, those obnoxious folk who put Bibles in hotel rooms, and also a segment called "The 666 Club," in which Egan and his associate Lucifer Taylor discuss the family values exemplified by the holy men of the Bible.
:
:The tape is finished with Taylor, naked, reciting a statement that was read into the congressional record (on Walpurgisnacht!) which mocks Christian charity. All in all a fun tape and well worth the asking price.

'''LAISSEZ FAIRE BOOKS CATALOGUE''', (942 Howard Street, San Francisco, CA 94103).
:
:''Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.''
:
:This is an excellent source for books in the Libertarian vein of thought, and stocks such classic authors as Thomas Szasz, H.L. Mencken, Mark Twain, Ayn Rand, and many others who you will find fascinating and useful. Contact them for the latest issue.

'''EXPOSING THE FRAUDS JOURNAL OF PSYCHOLOGY & THEOLOGY, Fall 1992, Volume 20, Number 3. Special Issue - Satanic Ritual Abuse: The Current State of Knowledge'''. guest edited by Martha L. Rogers (Biola University, 13800 Biola Avenue, La Mirada, CA 90639-0001, 1992; 172 pages, paperback, $10.00).
:
:''Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.''
:
:This is a Christian publication wherein those who promote the SRA fraud are taken quite thoroughly to task by some heavy hitters in this field. It seems that the Christian community of intellectuals decided that it was time to clean house. Just as we separate ourselves from misguided dabblers who kill cats and vandalize cemeteries, the mainstream Christians want nothing to do with this Satanic scam fostered by mentally disturbed individuals and the therapists and consultants who've grown fat from this urban legend. There's great ammo in here from Christians to use should you be in a position to need to debunk the hysteria.
:
:Highly recommended.

'''CORNERSTONE''', Volume 21, issue 98, edited by Dawn Herrin (939 W. Wilson Ave., Chicago, IL 60640, 1992; 38 pages, tabloid format, $2.00).
:
:''Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.''
:
:In this issue, Jon Trott and Mike Hertenstein shine the light of investigative reporting on Mike Warnke, author of The Satan Seller, and they demolish his claims to having been a member of a Satanic organization and expose his use of his ministry for personal gain. Once again, this is a Christian publication which wishes to get the sleaze out of their corner. Warnke has been making big bucks for years with his phony tales, and now he's been caught and pinned-down. Much useful into here, should this "clown for Christ" bring his evangelism to your area.

'''FALSE MEMORY SYNDROME FOUNDATION''', 3508 Market Street - suite 128, Philadelphia, PA 19104.
:
:''Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.''
:
:Let me quote from an informational pamphlet published by this organization. "It is the purpose of the Foundation: To seek the reasons for the spread of False Memory Syndrome; To work for the prevention of new cases of False Memory Syndrome; and To aid the victims, both primary and secondary, of False Memory Syndrome." Here we have an organization that is working to combat the spread of false memories of sexual abuse in general, which will certainly be of use to smash the hysteria concerning "ritual abuse" that is a subset of this spectator sport. If information is needed to debunk the lies of fundies and Xtian "therapists," this organization can be of use.
:
:Also, should proponents of the hysteria arise in your locale, alert this organization and put responsible local officials in touch so that they can get a balanced point of view concerning the issue, and not be hoodwinked out of sympathy for those claiming (falsely) to having been the victims of extraordinarily heinous crimes.

==The Taoist==
Sway with the breeze Smell the scent of the trees
Feel the SAT pushing Llfe through you

Smoke drifting along the tides of the moon Surrounded by her presence, my senses swoon Twilight's peace beckons their beastial so

Leopard hunting, gaz.elle dying, a sparrow born in a mere moments passing
Sri Kala Chalcra, nothing is wasted or everlasting

A mere thread in Life's woven weave
His bright cloak shining, Yin gracefully leaves These are the best moments of Life

Andre T. Soly

(1970 - 1992) POET, SATANIST

"That is not dead which can eternal lie, And with strange aeons even death may die."

ANTICHRIST
BY BILL EHMANN,]R..

TANDING IN THE RITUAL CHAMBER, the dim
light of a single brazier does little to dispel the darkness. I stand before the Baphomet and for the duration of this ceremony consciously suspend my disbelief in the reality
of Satan and the infernal demons of Hell.
But as commonly happens when I speak less and pause more, I feel the presence of someone there, someone listening, someone watching.
I feel a benevolent interest and a strange sense of comradeship with this presence. As I continue to move through the ritual and address Satan, I am addressing this presence I feel but do not see. Always, when finished with such a ritual I have the profound sense of having communicated with someone and this communication feels meaningful and unbounded by the limitations imposed by the words which were spoken.
What is more, when I have had these experiences in ritual with others, the other individuals consistently report the same feeling of a presence. In talking with different Satanists about this experience I find they commonly have felt this curious communication.
So what is happening here? Our religion stands solidly based upon the bedrock of doubt not faith. We have rejected exterior gods in favor of recognizing our personal godhood in the present moment. We indulge in the power of belief only within the framework of ritual but agree to cap that powerful drug at ritual's end. We agree to turn on again the light switch of reason. We choose to be the magician and not the rube.
Yet the experience in ritual keeps occurring, like the persistant scratching of a cat who wants to be let in. There remains this powerful sense of feeling that there is someone present in ritual who, once called, has come to visit.
I realiz.e that only two conclusions have been drawn by those who have reported this experience since 1966. They either rejected it as mere fantasy (which does not address the intensity of the experience) or embraced it as belief (which ignores the ambiguity of the experience). I wondered if there might not be a third option.
Experimenting with the elements of ritual I discovered that there are several factors which seem to produce this sense of a visitor. First is darkness. When I have conducted ritual with two or more brightly lit candles in a chamber I have not become aware of this ghostly presence. If the chamber is dimly lit by a single burning lamp of jellied fuel (such as sterno) or even in complete pitch darkness, then the awareness of another is felt.
The second factor is the act of expectation through speech and action. When I correctly enter into the Satanic ritual and address Satan as if He were actually listening and present, then the phenomenon of feeling someone present occurs.
Of course all of this could be explained by suggestion. The dim or dark chamber softens the shapes I can see so that the

aspect of my mind which imposes sensory order is activated to make sense out of what is there. This is the same action the mind takes when we say that our eyes are "playing tricks." One example of this is when we are driving a car and can barely see some indistinct object on the road ahead. As we approach it looks to be a body of an animal until we get close enough to see it actually is a cardboard box. By suspending my disbelief in the context of ritual, I am certainly entering into the same dreamlike world of imagination where the mind creates impressions. Thus this experience could be nothing more than a form of self≠ hypnosis.
Digging deeper, however, I wondered how exactly I am aware of this ense of presence in the ritual. I do not normally see anything (such as a shadowy form). Neither do I hear any voice or breathing or some such. Neither is there a smell, taste nor touch. Yet somehow I kept sensing this presence. How?
I began to experiment in ritual. I would invoke the presence and then (with no small humor at this situation) ask myself how the Hell I knew there was this presence. What was this feeling and how did I know about it?
At one point I decided it must actually be that peculiar subset of the sense of hearing which can detect the physical presence of surrounding objects nearby. Physically blind people have demonstrated this remarkable use of "sonar" to "feel" physical objects and people around them through a subtle awareness of sounds. But I found that the visitor was not felt by me to have a specific physical location. It wasn't so simple.
Finally I came to realiz.e that there is a peculiar difference between how I feel when I am alone and when there is another person present. If you are in a room and someone enters who could be important to you (a friend, for example) there is a special complex of subtle physical shifts that occur which you can feel. You will not feel these shifts if someone enters who is totally unimportant and does not require any degree of social interaction (such as a stranger entering a bus depot where you are reading a book). This feeling of social preparation, of readying oneself to interact with another person, was exactly what I have been experiencing as the visitor phenomenon.
However, even this has not answered the ultimate question. After all, am I sensing this presence because it is actually there or because I have fallen prey to my own suggestive expectations?
And then finally the answer loomed clear and distinct.
Since in ritual, the magic is most effective when the magician suspends disbelief and believes totally and completely in the magical reality of Satan and his minions, and since so many feel this presence in ritual, then the answer is to BELIEVE IT... in ritual; DISBELIEVE IT... outside of ritual.
Just the way it was described in 7he Satanic Bible in 1969.

WHAT If THEY 0AVE A WAR ANDNOBODY CAME?

ON'T BLINK - WATCH 1-IlS HANDS! The hand is
quicker than the eye!" Phrases often heard from an audience observing the artistry of prestidigitation.
Perhaps some of you have uttered similar comments while enjoying a magical entertainer at a circus, cruise ship, Las Vegas or tableside at a restaurant. And the most popular comment: How do they do that? Part of the answer comes from MISDIRECTION.
Come closer. I am about to reveal a secret. The hand IS NOT quicker than the eye! That is why you, the audience, must be made to look elsewhere without realizing that you have been: MISDIRECTED! Fear not! Even with this knowledge you will be hard pressed to catch a pro at his game. So come closer, I shall tell you more.
One particular technique is BOREDOM. Stay awake no,w and I will share an example of one magician who w.as a master at misdirection. His name: MAX MALINI. Born m
1873 in Ostrov (between Poland and Austria); emigrated to New York at age fifteen. His passion and hobby, magic, became his profession, and by age twenty he was one of the nation's top saloon entertainers. Malini went on to perform at major cities in the USA, and from there he entertained world≠ wide. Malini was described as having the airs of an opera star: expensive clothes, cigar, finess and panache. His strongest feats were the appearance of a block of ice in a spectator's hat and blindfolded card tricks. Quite impressive for a man who was described as pudgy with very small hands! In fact, Malini could not hide a playing card in his hand. Yet he still managed_ to do so. Malini knew that if an action is repeated constantly, it becomes BORING and the mind will not pay attention to it. Thus he would repeat the same shuffle several times, then interject a "secret move," right under the proverbial nose of the audience!
And so on, with some other actions safely hidden from
perception. Malini amazed audiences up to the time of his death in the early 1940's. He is buried in Hawaii, the place of his last performance.
Would you like to put this to a test? The next time you are at the dinner table, try this: pick up and lay down your fork in exactly the same way. Look at the fork as you do so, but make no mention of this. Just let the action sink in. Do this three or four times. Then, look at the fork, PRETEND to pick it up. Bring the hand (pretending to hold the fork) towards you and SIMULTANEOUSLY look at someone next to you and say "Could you hold this fork?" If your timing is correct, you will enjoy watching your victim reach for the
non-existing fork! With a little practice, you can do this with coins, salt-shakers and other small objects.
So practice well and please do not drop your fork!

November 1387: A massive army of Tartars appear on the plains outside the city of Ispahan in central Iran.

Their leader, the Turkish war-lord Tammerlaine, dispatches emissaries to announce his arrival and to convey his challenge of battle to commence on the following day.
The Mussaffarid governor of Ispahan, Muzaffar-I-Kashi receives Tammerlaine's emissaries and is informed of the challenge they have come to deliver. He wastes no time in conferring with his ministers of state. The rich mercantile population of the city has little stomach for battle. They lack the necessary courage and fortitude to meet the Tartar challenge with resolve. There must be some other less dangerous course to follow, they plead.
Muzaffar-I-Kashi politely declines the challenge. Instead he offers the keys of the city to Tammerlaine, hoping to placate him.

The inhabitants of Ispahan, oblivious to their impending doom, carry on "business as usual."

Tammerlaine, a seasoned warrior of a hundred desperate battles, can feel no compassion for men so cowardly and indolent as to refuse to defend their own families, city and posessions. To his fierce warrior ethic, this refusal, and subsequent token of submission, is both an insult and an outrage!

Tammerlaine orders the wholesale slaughter of the city's inhabitants. Each of his army units is required to contribute a fixed number of heads to the general "pool."

The horror that ensues is unequalled by even the Golden Horde of Genghiz Khan in the previous century. For the Mongols, despite their ferocity, were but simple savages, whereas Tammerlaine is a cultured Turk.

The city of Ispahan becomes a chaos of thunderous hoofbeats, curved scimitars flashing in arcs beneath a dazzling Arabian sun, cries of terror and pain, and the sickly-sweet fragrance of death lingering in the aftermath.

Tammerlaine decrees that a pyramid reaching many stories high is to be constructed on the following day. It is to be a monument to the once prosperous, but cowardly people of Ispahan. It is to be composed of the 70,CXIJ skulls of the men, women, and children of the city who have perished there that unforgettable day.

R. N. Taylor

INFLUENCE FELT in society. We've seen how many individua1s have launched publications as
platforms for their particular focus and this is a healthy development. The Church of Satan encourages its members to make their influence felt in the real world, and this is a very direct method. We also have seen many new grottos rise, and fall as well, as Satanists attempt to make a social organization that will satisfy the wants of those involved. In this column, we'll focus on several grottos and their activities.

Grotto ODM (P.O. Box 163, Stratford, CT 06497)
Here is a group of Satanists that are organized and having fun too! From their Genera/, Information papers: "Grotto ODM, also referred to as ODM, is an organization whose primary function is the fraternal bonding and mutual support and advancement of individua1s of like interest in magical and related topics, who share the same basic philosophy on the nature of the world and of humans.
"Our name, 'GROTTO ODM,' derives from the Latin 'Oderint Dum Metuant,' 'Let them hate, so long as they fear.' This reflects the esoteric nature of the grotto, which sets itself apart from the social mainstream, and also the general tone of the grotto's philosophy, which disregards opinions of outsiders who do not share nor even understand our beliefs. The motto could be understood to convey the sentiment, in everyday language, 'I don't care if you don't understand me, or even if you hate me - just don't bother me.'
"ODM's pragmatic philosophy is based on the principles set forth in Anton LaVey's The Satanic Bible; familiarity with and understanding of this work are essential for membership. Since our founders are members of Dr. LaVey's Church of Satan, we maintain a 'spiritual affiliation' with the Church.
Membership in the Church is not mandatory for General members of ODM, although it is strongly recommended. There are some Grotto functions which are reserved only for members of the Church of Satan.
"ODM does not evangelize nor proselytize; we don't practice overt recruitment. We welcome inquiry by persons whose interest and participation could be mutually beneficial, and membership is typically by referral. Naturally, any area members of the Church of Satan are welcome to join should they so desire."
This grotto also puts out a newsletter called The Raven which is humorous and insightful with columns on food (From Hell's Kitchen) and drink (Exploring the Spirit World≠ de gustibus non disputandum), as well as commentary. They are open to article submissions.
Do contact them if this sounds to be what you seek.

The Infernal Garrison (7205 Goreway Drive, P.O. Box 59049, Mississauga, Ontario, L4T 4J1, Canada)
Having grown out of the Knights of Satan, from whom we haven't heard much in a while, Doug Richards has here forged an active ensemble promoting real Satanism. The membership package includes "Statutes That Govern The Infernal Garrison," and many fine images drawn by Mr.
Richards as well as his militant Satanic poetry and their initiation ritual. They also have spiffy membership cards. From one of their information sheets:
"The Infernal Garrison was formed in response to the demands of those in the Toronto area... [We] follow the philosophies of the Church of Satan and practice true Satanic magic, not what society 'thinks' is practiced...With determination, perhaps more groups will eventually follow to offer man identity instead of herd conformity."
They've a1so produced a cassette of music for rituals, basically from various soundtracks (Bram Stoker's Dracula) and Orff's Carmina Burana, among others. It is an effective blend Contact them for further information.

The Shiva Grotto (710 1/2 Courtland Ave., Kokomo, IN 46901) The basic intent of the Shiva Grotto, according to James
M. Davis, is to destroy the "Geraldo-satanist" image as well as the over-rated Christian religion. A further goal is to show that when need be, instead of ritualizing for everything, real Satanists get off their asses and employ their natural intelligence and wit in order to make their desires happen. From one of their pamphlets:
"Throughout history, anyone who veers from the mainstream and has obtained any success has been accused of diabolical connections to a darker force. Satanism is not about who can sacrifice the most babies or take the most drugs, it's about living by a set philosophy and calling up the darker forces in nature to exert your Will into the world as you see fit... Satan demands a much harder task than signing over your soul in blood. He demands that you live your life as fully as possible, prosper by your own wits and avoid misery."
Their organization is firmly based on the writings of Anton Szandor LaVey.

Please note: Both William Gidney and the "Infernal Grotto" are no longer associated with the Church of Satan, by decree of the Council of Nine.
Also, there are still pseudo-Satanic organizations out there claiming that the Church of Satan is defunct, bankrupt, or in some way non-existent - and that they are taking over. A bogus history is usually supplied to give credibility to their pedigree.
Ignore them. Innovators succeed while imitators fail!

HELL'S KITCHEN PRODUCTIONS PRESENT
CLOISONNE
SIGIL OF BAPHOMET MEDALLIONS
THE CHURCH OF SATAN
by Blanche Barton

A History Of The World's Most Notorious Religion
Where Satanism has been,
its present state, and where it is going, plus a guide to ritual magic and formation of groups and grottos.
1.75 INCHES IN DIAMETER SILVER SYMBOL BACKED BY
ENAMEL IN BLACK, RED, OR PURPLE
ORDER NOW!
ONLY $30 EACH
(ADD $5.00 EACH, OUTSIDE U.S.)
$8.95 plus $1.50 shipping and handling
($5.00 for overseas orders)
SEND CHECK, MONEY ORDER, OR BANK DRAUGHT IN U.S. FUNDS TO:
HELL'S KITCHEN PRODUCTIONS,
P.O. BOX 499, RADIO CITY STATION, NY, NY 10101-0499 U.S.A.

SPEAK OF TIIE DEVIL: 1HECANONOF ANTONLAVEY

A 90 minute docwnentary featuring all-new interviews with the High Priest of the Church of Satan.
Don't mis.5 the tour of The
Black House, including the forbidden Den of Iniquity.
You'll be dazzled by his keyboard artistry as the Maestro takes you to worlds gone by - soon to be resurrected. Also featuring interviews with other Satanists of note. Don't miss it!
AVAILABLE THIS FALL FROM:

WAVFLENG1HVIDEO,
BOX 1290, BURBANK, CA 91507
Send a self-addressed, stamped envelope for information.

THE FENRIS WOLF #3
Featuring:
"Tests" by Anton LaVey "Pseudo Satanism" by N emo
"Rite of Ragnarok" by Peter Gilmore "Roots of Satanism" by Philip Marsh and other articles of interest.

To order: send U.S. $25 in cash or International Money Order for
150 Swedish Crowns
Coming in 1994:
Den Sataniska Bibeln
(Swedish translation of The Satanic Bible
by Carl Abrahamsson)

for information contact:
Psychick Release PCP, P.0. Box 26067, S-100 41, Stockholm, Sweden

prisons get? People should be laughing WITH the death penalty, not AT it. Those who are laughing at
the death penalty are confused in thinking that it is not a deterrent. A person who is put to death can never harm another innocent person again. A corpse doesn't have a chance for parole, nor does it have any opportunities for escape.
Convicts who have no substantial evidence against them, but who are on death row, are spared (for the time being).
Those criminals who have admitted openly to murder, or who have overwhelming evidence against them, MUST be put to death without reservation. Of course, those who kill in self≠ defense should be spared by the government, and commended by the Satanist.
Capitol Punishment is a euphemism for "destroying low-lifes." If Satanists ruled the government, the degenerates
would go bound and gagged to the victim's family for them to torture, then destroy. Sheer torture would make any would-be perpetrator think twice. Since this isn't going to happen in our world just yet, let the government destroy the degenerates. An end would come to the building of more and more prisons, paying people to "rehabilitate" those beyond rehabilitation, as well as the feeding and health care of these morons.
Whenever someone is put to death, and it is not in your own state, the newspapers print only a very small article about it. I suppose this is to not offend Christians by making a big story out of how the state got rid of someone who would have eaten up the taxpayers money, and "gulp," put someone to death. Some politicians will whine that it costs the state too much money to execute these parasites. (What about the expenses of the court cases, and prison?) Some defense lawyers are suckering the criminal's loved ones into prolonging trials at their, and the taxpayers' expense, knowing full well the criminal will not go free.
When an animal gets impounded, they are either
adopted, or the inevitable happens. A thirty or forty year sentence served in full, would be very unfortunate for the criminal who commits a heinous crime, as they usually get out earlier now.
In our state, a criminal was mistakenly let out of the Maryland State Penitentiary. The result? An innocent boy and girl were shot to death in a convenience store for no reason at all. He said he just did it because the world stinks. He's right there, the world does stink. That's only because the Christian/Humanist government doesn't give a damn and only a Satanic government would have the guts to stand up and say, (as all Dark Heroes) "All wrong doers - You shall perish!" More quality people - less quantity. As the ABRAXAS Foundation states in Apoodyse Culture: "Long Live Death!"

olf nninat £1ljeep unrttu nofngt quorttu 6c i6fl6ttn of Stntia lltimnl l)n9nniam &ietce Snaciam 6e 8fnnl elf nfon 1ije utcij of nt

FOR INFOSEND $6(CASH OR PCl!TAL lllNEY ORDER!TO: CO.UN, PCllT BOX15, AIJ'ADENA, C\ 91MlUSA.
YOUR TIME GROWS SHORT, PREPARE FOR HOLY WAR

PROMETHEAN CIRCLE
Sinister Greetings!
Announcing the birth of a new magazine, dedicated to spreading the Satanic Word, the path of the strong, and the dark side of the human psyche. You are invited to present your ideas and principles through our pages. Please send materials and articles, we will publish original as well as reprints. Thanks in advance.

MIGHT IS RIGHT. HAIL SATAN!
JOHN HIOTELLIS, GEORGE ZAHAROPOULOS
EDITORS
PROMETHEAN CIRCLE
P.O. BOX 79006
17202 HIMITTOS ATHENS,GREECE

THE
INFERNAL GARRISON

BEHOLD AND LET THOSE THAT REGARD LIFE AS THE GREAT AND ULTIMATE INDULGENCE COME FORTH TO a.AIM ITS REWARDS!
SATANISM IS A RECOGNIZED RELIGION, ALLOWING GROUPS AND GROTTOS TO BE FORMED. THESE GARRISONS ARE LED BY FORMIDABLE WITCHES AND WARLOCKS LOYAL TO THE SATANIC MOVEMENT AND ITS GOALS.
HERE IN CANADA ANOTHER ORGANIZATION HAS EMERGED. WE RECOGNIZE THE NEED FOR SATANIC RITUAL AND AS SUCH EXCHANGE METHODS TO BRING THIS INTO MANIFESTATION. WE ARE LOOKING FOR OTHERS WHO SHARE THE SAME PHILOSOPHY AS THE CHURCH OF SATAN.
ANYONE INTERESTED IN MORE INFORMATION MAY WRITE TO:
THE INFERNAL GARRISON P.0.BOX 59049
MISSISSAUGA, ONTARIO L4T 4Jl CANADA

OR CENTURIES, Western society has been dominated by a philosophical system that can be
best described as antagonistic dualism, the belief that the world is comprised of pairs of irreconciliable opposites. Under this system, life is reduced to a series of either/or choices. This worldview is so pervasive that it provides the basis of most of the philosophies which provide the foundations of modem western culture. Since this philosophy touches upon virtually every fac.et of modern life I will not be attempting a comprehensive look at it in this article.
Instead I will touch upon a few examples of the results of such ideas, and touch upon the origins of this insidious philosophy.
The roots of antagonistic dualism go back some 2500-3000 years to ancient Persia. It was there that the Zoroastrians developed what was probably the first religion/ethical system based upon the idea of a metaphysical struggle between good and evil. Today, thanks to the Zoroastrians, people tend to think of good and evil as fixed absolutes, causes rather than effects, but this was not always the case. Many ancient societies thought of this dichotomy quite differently. Generally, good was whatever was beneficial to you, your family or your tribe/nation. Evil on the other hand was simply whatever was harmful to these same groups. Good and evil were seen as effects and not causes. Antagonistic duality lies behind this inversion of ideas. Consider the Greco-Roman, or Germano-Celtic mythologies. You'll find no such notions of ethical dualism as you find in Zoroastrian or Judaic mythology, you simply cannot
compare a figure such as Zeus, or Odin to an
Ahura-Mauia or Yahveh. Contrary to the conventional opinion however, the leap from the Zeuses and Odins to Yahveh and his ilk is hardly an advancement, it is instead a great leap backwards. The ancients all recognized the duality of nature but they did not attach any moral values to such things, they were simply recognized as counterparts in the overall scheme of thin . Antagonistic duality, as manifested first among the Persians and later among the Jews, was bad enough but it was primarily concerned with good and evil. After the idea spread to the decadent philosophers of the late Hellenic period, such as Plato and Socrates, it

broadened it's scope to include almost all of the world in it's pointless divisiveness.
Today, these dichotomies can be generally divided into two categories. The internal dichotomies are the first group and would include such thin as good vs. evil, intellect vs. instinct and reason vs. passion. The second group, the external dichotomies would include such thin as civilization vs. nature, life vs. death and male vs. female. It is with these dichotomies that I will be concerning myself hereafter.
The idea of good vs. evil has a long history in the world, and is central to the Judea-Christian ethic which has so polluted the world. The ideas of this group I have already dealt with, so I'll not repeat all of that. The other internal dichotomies are very similar to the good vs. evil dichotomy in many respects. Each is characterized by a refusal to recognize the totality of man's inner makeup. And each of these groups of people are prone to the same adverse effects which derive from this self-imposed internal conflict.

One of the most common internal dichotomies today is intellect vs. instinct. There are some who bdieve that the only knowledge of any value is intellectual in nature, learned knowledge. These people do not believe that inborn, instinctive understanding is of any value, in fact there are some who deny that man has any instincts. To be sure, man's instincts are not so absolute as the instincts of insects or birds but it would be a mistake to claim that man is devoid of instinct. As a primate, man has a fairly open-ended set of instincts, which leaves a great deal to be learned. There are however deeply felt drives which are inborn. There would be no conflict between instinct and intellect were it not for man's tendency to build up unnatural institutions to make the world more agreeable to his overdelicate sensibilities. When an instinctive drive runs counter to the rules man has established, a new action is taught to replace the instinctive act in the individual's mind. To
claim that all intellect is without value is less prevalent, but equally erroneous. These people follow the Rousseauesque doctrine of the noble savage. The error of these people lies in the fact that the human animal does not come with a complete program as does a

bee, or ant. A human being must acquire a certain degree of intellectual learning in order to survive. Anti-intellectualism may be rooted in a reasonable distrust of inordinate intellectualism, but it goes too far in the other direction. Just as the ultimate end of the intellectualists is a world where everyone does precisely as he has been taught to do, a world where every move is analyzed and spontaneity is a thing of the past, the end of the anti-intellectualists is a world of ignorance, and mistrust of any learning.
A very closely related conflict is reason vs. passion. The worshippers of reason regard reason as the be-all and end-all of human existence. These people fail to recognize that reason is only a tool. This overdependence on reason goes back to Greece, notably the philosopher Aristotle. The ideal of such people is a being that is totally dominated by reason. A being that is not swayed by passion. These people are continually stressing that man is not "just an animal." Their passions remind them of their animal nature and must therefore be done away with. As I see it, their ideal is a bloodless machine. Ultimately, by their very nature these deifiers of reason will fall into the same trap as the overly intellectual. Once again the other side is equally mistaken.
Traditionally, artists fall within the category of those who stress the passions over reason. The virulently anti-rational are a minority in this group. Those who reject reason, and are totally ruled by passions are not taking advantage of some of the unique characteristics of the human animal. These slaves to their passions will often drift aimlessly through life. They will follow their feelin even if they lead to their own destruction.
All of these groups are united in their desire to tear themselves into two parts. Whether that division is between good/evil, reason/passion, or instinct/intellect is ultimately irrelevent. They can all be roughly divided into two types, exterminators and suppresors. Those I call exterminators are driven to purge themselves of every trace of whatever undesireable element they find in their nature. The other group, the suppressors, are less driven. They usually understand that they will never purge themselves entirely of the offensive element and so they are

satisfied in suppre g it as much as possible. These types often believe that in time these offensive traits, if suppressed, will atrophy d die. While both groups are fighting futile battles against themselves, battles which they are doomed to lose, the suppressors can US\lally come through with fewer of the more unpleasant side-effects.
The worst that will befall a suppressor is, more often than not, a few neuroses of varying degree. It is another story with the exterminators. With each failure to destroy the hated element of their nature they will grow more single-minded and fanatical. It is from the ranks of the exterminators that all of the inquisitors, puritans and witch≠ hunters have come. While the suppressor will avoid the middle ground of balance, the exterminator will find it so repellent that he will go to any extreme, even the opposite extreme to avoid it. This is reflected in the well known fact that the quickest to convert to any extremist philosophy are those who, until recently, adhered to the opposing doctrine. Until an exterminator breaks away from his position, which is usually a very sudden decision, they will almost certainly be unwilling to consider any other opinion. It is a fools errand to try to reason with an exterminator, even those who have exalted reason.
The external dichotomies cannot be divided into exterminators and suppressors because they operate in a very different way. These are not struggles of man vs. himself. The external dichotomies are a manifestation of man's struggle against the world around him. These struggles are the same as the internalized ones in this regard, though they are equally pointless. A good example of the kind of idiotic conflict that falls under this heading is civilization vs. nature. The forces of civilization are responsible for the continuing deforestation of the Earth, the extermination of wild animal species to make room for surplus
humans and other domesticated animals, and a general preference for the artificial to the natural. On the other side are more of Rousseau's disciples. These people would delight in restoring an age of innocence which they believe existed in the long ago dim past. They yearn for a return to the garden of Eden, but would only accomplish a return to the cave. While no one can argue that all of the so-called advances of modern civilization are in fact advances, it should be obvious that it is not in our interest to throw it all away in pursuit of a golden age that never did, and never will, exist.

Another of the external dichotomies is life vs. death. Today there is a widely held belief that there is an innate sanctity in human life, and that life, at any level, is better than death. As a direct result of this idea, the human population of the Earth is escalating at an ever increasing rate. As a natural consequence of this overcrowding, famine and pestilence occasionally break out and natural disasters such as earthquakes, hurricanes, and flooding wreak greater havoc. Such things, while they are vital elements of nature's population control system, are violations of man's rules.
Whenever nature intervenes with a famine or somesuch measure, in comes a flood of "humanitarian" aid- food, clothing, and medicine - in an effort to thwart nature's design. If mankind does not change its course, nature will change it for him. You cannot circumvent nature indefinitely. Like it or not, man will have to start playing by nature's rules. On a more personal level, it is not unusual to see people who will cling to life, even a bedridden life dependent upon machines, rather than accept death and go out with a little dignity. What sane person can say that it is better to live as a frail, senile shadow of their former selves than to die when they have reached the logical conclusion of their lives?
Another product of this worldview is the "battle of the sexes." It has promoted a uselessly divisive outlook which has done nothing except create unwarranted hostility and pointless bickering. Each side argues over which sex is superior. You might as well argue over whether a saw is a better tool than a hammer. It is certainly true that nowhere in nature is equality to be found, but inequality does not follow gender lines. We are individuals and must be judged as such. A division of the human race into two uniform gender blocs is ridiculous. It is true that some women are utterly worthless for anything other than childbearing, but there are some that are superior to many men I've known who are useful only for mindless menial labor. No, ultimately gender is not a valid factor in establishing the social hierarchy. Even more insane than the extremists on behalf of either side are what passes for a moderate in this issue. These people would destroy the enmity between male and female through an attempt at destroying the differences. They seek to establish an androgynous, unisex world where the innate differences between the sexes are suppressed through socialization and "test-tube" reproduction. The solution

to the problems brought about through antagonistic dualism is not to be found in the pursuit of a thoroughly unnatural state of affairs, it lies in an understanding of the fact that despite their innate differences, the sexes are not bound into an adversary relationship; an understanding that it is possible to view them as complimentary halves of a larger whole.
Ultimately, though the mind perceives the duality inherent in nature, it seeks to restore a unified whole. Antagonistic dualism, in all its varied forms, believes that only one side of the duality is natural. They believe that the rest is a sort of cancerous growth which must be excised. Their ultimate goal is a world torn in half, a barren monotonous life free of the inner conflict that they themselves have promoted. It is tme for a restoration of that older, healthier view that there is a balance in nature between the duality's halves, a recognition that all are necessary in their place. A good illustration of this is found in the symbology of the sigil of Baphomet. As Dr. LaVey has stated in 1be Saktnic Bibl.e, the horns of the goat symbolize duality. Each horn is separate and distinct from the other, yet both are but part of the goat. Since the goat is a symbol of carnality, and thus of nature, it is therefore seen that everything is part of nature and that to exalt some part of nature above the whole is foolish. It should be obvious to everyone that only by recognizing the totality of nature, including human nature - despite what superficially appear to be contradictions, can life continue in any worthwhile sense. The road which western culture is presently traveling leads only to destruction. Until mankind no longer feels compelled to engage in counterproductive struggles with himself and nature there can be no real progress.
This Persian monster, and its offspring, must be destroyed. If we do not destroy them they will certainly destroy us.

EW THERE ARE WHO HAVE SUCCEEDED in
passing the Barrier to the twilit grotto that shines beyond'. For know ye well, that the dwellers in the
Abyss hunt souls like unto thine to hold in their thrall."
Anton Szandor LaVey,
"Die Elektrischen Vorspiele," The Satanic Ritual/

We are all familiar by now with the uses of alienation in Satanism. The writer of evocative literature is seldom thought of as being a magician. The American Gothic literary genre has produced such marvels as Nathaniel Hawthorne, E.A. Poe,
and H.P. Lovecraft. Few in the world of those Without would understand why these writers might be considered Satanic magicians. Yet each of their stories has exerted a diabolic influence on their readers' imaginations, creating 'rifts' in mass consciousness. For as 'fictional' as their writings are said to be, indeed they have opened the Gates - have they not? Every story can be seen as an exercise in indulgence, each indulgence being a magical Working in its own right.
Geometry, landscaping and weird imagery in the modern horror tale have been used to great effect to create states of alienation within their readers. The Law of the Trapezoid refers to more than just the strange angles of architectural structures. In a literary context this would refer to the bizarre room of Keziah Mason's house in H.P.L.'s "Dreams in the Witch House." The 'Law' also includes geographical areas and landscapings. This was discussed briefly
by Dr. LaVey in his most recent work The Devii's Notebook.2
This article will focus on landscaping and its power to alienate the literary character, as well as the reader. This alienation makes the character the other, whereas it is usually assumed that the "alien beings" of Lovecraft's Mythos are the Outsiders. The protagonist, in fact, becomes alien through a paradigmatic shift. This can be seen as a type of gnosis or "enlightenment."
Within the context of this article 'landscaping' shall mean any geographic area, its size, dimension - any feature, fixture, atmosphere, or phenomenon connected with that area. Also, landscaping refers specifically to nature and its peculiar manifestations.
The use of weird landscapings, unlike the convention of 'Gothic architecture' as found in Walpole's The Castle of Otranto (meaning the geometry of the physical structures within the stories), deserve more attention than they have received.
Author T.E.D. Klein, former editor of The Twilig/Jt Zone magazine, works on a somewhat "Lovecraftian" base. In his short story, "Black Man with a Horn," from Dark Gods (1980), he draws mostly on the Mythos. However, in The

Ceremoni.es (1984) he borrows concepts from Arthur Machen's short story "The White People." Machen was one of H.P.L.'s literary influences. In both of Klein's works there are liberal doses of weird landscapings. In the "Lovecraftian" tradition, images of dark twisted trees, menacing forests, blasted wastelands, whispering lonely fields, as well as savage jungles, frozen arctic environments, and other forlorn extreme manifestations of nature assail us. A heath of odd squatting hills, such as in H.P.L.'s "The Whisperer in Darkness," or Machen's "The Great God Pan," and all such stimuli jar our senses because of their ali.enness. One does not have to travel with his head disconnected to black Yuggoth to find the kind of strangeness which can be found on Earth.
The rough, wild, feral quality of Lovecraftian nature, and indeed, within all Gothic traditional depictions of nature, serve to alienate the reader from the common, to set them up for the story's awful culmination. Within these environments those caught up in them are transformed. Perhaps it can be better said that they adapt to their environment. One example which comes to mind is the goat-like Wilbur Whately in H.P.L.'s "The Dunwich Horror." Dunwich is supposed to be an all-around diconcerting place. It disturbs or adversely affects the protagonist.
This type of imagery is nothing new as a convention in the American Gothic genre. Hawthorne utilized such images as in "Young Goodman Brown," where the Witches' Sabbath takes place in a fiery pine forest. Here the Devil Himself is met on lonesome country roads near the midnight hour. H.P.L.'s "The Colour Out of Space," and "The Shadow Out of Time," present us with places of mystery, darkness and especially of geographical isolation.
It might be said that this proliferation of isolation≠ imagery in the American Gothic genre comes from the nature of early America itself. America was a vast wilderness at one time (before we "became fruitful and multiplied," that is). It is reasonable to assume that this exerted a sizeable influence on writers up until the recent time of mass urbanization.
Currently, the horror story tends to focus itself on the 'concrete jungle,' such as in T.E.D. Klein's "The Children of the Kingdom," and many of us know of H.P.L.'s loathing for New York City. While the city streets have apparently become the new forum of literary alienation, the city environment is still safe. It is predictable because it is a human fabrication. Nature, even unto this hour, remains unconquerable, it is an unknown.
Weird, isolated geography also includes the Nebraska countryside of Stephen King's "The Chidren of the Corn," and the rural neighborhood in Carl Jacobi's "The Unpleasantness at Carver House." Now consider, in light of the above, the

m \/()/,(1;\/J,'./,#.;('.-;

influence of nature/landscapingon the psyche in &ther Forbes' A Mirror for WitdJes (1928). Louis Gross, author of Redefining the American Gothic, gives us a sample of this,
The forest is a place of dark evil for the village, [in Forbes' novel] and as the dwelling of the Indian, a habitation for Satan and his followers.3
What can be said about the above discussed process of
alienating nature? By shifting the perceptual ground upon which we have built our notions of reality, writers like H.P.L. have raped our tunnel-realities by displacing our familiar world, and thrusting us, not into an "Abyss," but into a world we never understood in the first place. One might say that the Akeleys and Robert Blakes have their reality-filter lenses removed and become alien beings to the world. Robert Price, author of "Lovecraft's Artificial Mythology," tells us that,
His [Lovecraft's] aim was not to make the reader feel that supernatural entities (i.e. gods) exist. Such is the misunderstanding of many readers of Lovecraft. Rather, he sought to stimulate the removal of natural limits onhuman perception so as to provide a full view of the horribly empty (naturalistic) cosmos.4
According to Price, Yog-Sothoth, Cthulhu and the gang are supposed to be "the aliens." The essence of what he is saying, as this author interprets it, is that the Old Ones are no mere anomalous disturbances, but are the true inhabitants of a sphere we never really owned (i.e. "the Domain of Man"). We become alien creatures in an existential universe to which we are rudely awakened. The long forbidden realities of this world have turned hostile and demonic through centuries of denial. Stefan Dziemianowicz, author of "Outsiders and Aliens: The Uses of Isolation in Lovecraft's Fiction," backs the observations put forth so far,
This telescoped point of view [refering to the existential quality of H.P.L.'s works] presents an image of mankind as an isolated presence on the "black seas" of an infinite cosmos, a figure dwarfed into insignificance by the vastness of the universe.5
The Gothic genre (in general), being a product of a predominantly Christian culture is going to reflect its anti≠ nature bias. All horrors attributed to the natural world have, in the past, made titillating reading for proper Victorian ladies who were in need of a polite, socially acceptable catharsis - or exorcism, however one cares to look at it.
It is the psychodramatic quality of these works which exert their Satanic influence. As acts of 'black magic,' these above-mentioned works and countless others have served to disturb the complacency of readers, leading them down the Left-Hand-Path. Those less sensitive readers will undoubtedly shrug off the exigency of an H.P.L. work as "just a scary story," denying any heuristic value therein. For those who are not disturbed by what may come to them in the middle of the night, on some lonesome heath (perhaps through a shining

trapezohedron?), the goal of the Working is revealed:
Each of us must find our own way through the wilderness, and like Nietzsche's Zarathustra, must imbue our lives with personal meaning and power. No god, avatar, president or pope will do it for us. We, in fact, must recreate ourselves as the 'O Id Ones.' In The Satanic Rituals Dr. LaVey tells us that,
One can not help speculating upon the reality
suggested by the fantasy - the possibility that the Old Ones are spectres of a future human
. 6
mental1ty.
But for that to happen, we must first AWAKE.
? ? ?
Notes

1. Anton Szandor LaVey, The Satanic Rituals (New York: Avon, 1972), p. 124.
2. Anton Szandor LaVey, The Devil's Notebook
(Portland: Feral House, 1992), p. 116.
3. Louis Gross, Redefining the American Gothic (London: U.M.I. Research Press, 1989), p. 32.
4. Robert Price, "Lovecraft's Artificial Mythology," An Epicure in the Terribk, eds. Schultz & Joshi, (Cranbury: Associated University Presses, 1991), p. 248.
5. Stefan Dziemianowicz, "Outsiders and Aliens: The Uses of Isolation in Lovecraft's Fiction," An Epicure in the Terribk, eds. Schultz & Joshi, (Cranbury: Associated University Presses, 1991), p. 159.
6. LaVey, The Satanic Rituals, P. 178.

S WE WORK THROUGH THE
third decade of modern Satanism, we often find the Devil's "undefiled
wisdom" obscured by a veritable bliz:zard of superficially similar imitators using His name but playing an altogether different game. Like marketing consultants stuck with pushing a dud product, these hangers-on try to flog some tired, unimaginative belief system by scotch-taping an ill-fitting inverse pentagram over it to give it that "alluringly evil" cachet which it could never emanate on its own. Among these are a specific subcategory which I call "herd-elitist" ideologies.
There is no shortage of people and groups with impeccable elitist credentials, if by elitism we mean any assertion that certain specific people are distinct from, and superior to, the rest of humanity. What distinguishes a herd-elitist ideology from a Satanic one is its criterion of superiority: rather than judging each individual independently as superior or inferior on the basis of that individual's unique qualities, the herd-elitist assigns superior or inferior status to people based on their membership in a category. Everybody who happens to fall into Category Xis superior, while everyone in Category Y (which usually, though not always, includes everyone not in Category
X) is inferior - disregarding, in both cases, the individual attributes of each person being assessed.
Herd-elitist ideologies differ from one another mainly in how they define Category
X. Some examples:
Racism: To the white supremacist, a white person, even one devoid of talent or achievement, falls within the definition of the "superior race" and is thus a higher type than any non-white person, even if the latter happens to be of exceptional individual ability. There are also black supremacists and people who confer elite status based on
various other permutations of skin color and facial features, whose beliefs could be equally well described by the preceding sentence with the appropriate term or trems replacing each occurrence of the word "white."
Racistfringe elements have traditionally been associated with hard-line fundamentalist Christianity or with even zanier derivatives thereof, such as the subgroups who hold that the Anglo-Saxons

are descended from the Lost Tribes of Israel. However, reams of their standard simplistic and ungrammatical rhetoricare now availabl.ci'with an alleged "Satanic" imprimatur. The assumption, presumably, is that we individualists will fall for this particular form of group identity just because it happens to be socially unacceptable.
Ethnic nationalism: Similar to racism
but based on cultural groupin rather than physical characteristics. The adherent will point to the glorious achievements "of his nation," ignoring the fact that these are actually achievements of a small number of individuals who came from that nation. Isaac Newton's accomplishments prove that he was a man of exceptional talent; they prove nothing of the sort about any other randomly selected person who happens to have also been born in England.
Cultism: In this category I would put
all the innumerable (usually tiny) organizations who, de facto, define the elite as consisting of those who are members of the organization. Members gather together to reassure each other of their superiority and to sneer at those who are not members of the Cult. The strongest disdain is aimed not at the social mainstream but at those who, instead of belonging to the Cult, belong to some rival cult which in fact is hardly different. Most pseudo-Satanic groups fall into this category; each a small, insular knot of people with little in the way of a philosophical stance except repeated assertions that they are the Real Thing and that all the other similar groups are phonies.
Aristocracy: In most medieval societies, there was a hereditary nobility which wielded power and considered itself superior to the masses, with whom it refrained from intermarrying. Most noble families were descended from some individual founder whose genuine strength and ability enabled him to secure power and wealth and bequeath them to his descendants.
Unfortunately, although there is indeed a large genetic/hereditary component to most forms of talent, mere descent from a great man is a rather poor predicator of quality several generations later; most hereditary aristocracies quickly degenerated into inbred collections of hothouse plants, protected by an aura of superiority rather than its

substance. The doltish character of most European and Mideastern political leadership in the Middle Ages illustrates this, as does the frequency with which ruling dynasties were overthrown by fresh challengers. The main effect of hereditary aristocracies was to prevent creative individuals born to the "lower" social castes -
- part of the true elite, from a Satanic viewpoint - from achieving their potential.
As I discussed earlier in The Black Flame
(see "Naziism, Racism, and Satanism," Volume 3, N 1 & 2), herd-elitist ideologies have a natural appeal to inferior people. It is the person without talents or accomplishments of his own who needs to shore up his ego by focusing on his membership in a supposedly superior race, or by joining some organization made up of a few fellow pretentious losers with a secret handshake among whom he will bear the title of Grand Kolossal Kosmic Supremo.
The creative and successful person is secure in the knowledge of his own individual superiority and has no need for such tripe.
The Satanist identifies fellow members of the elite by their individual qualities and achievements - not by their race, nationality, group affiliation, descent, or any other categorical criterion. There is no form of "hypocritical self-deceit" more insidious than thinking oneself Satanic merely because one has joined a small herd which is out of favor with the big one.

Yampires ctexist !
Join Ifs!
jfor complete i11for11111tio11
on the 11.ibing ((ult of tbc 1lnl:lc11l:1 mhc l\itunls, tf)e mcncbings
ijtlJc l)riestf)ool) of all\
.%cnl:I $5.00 al..s9. to:

memple of tbe 1Jnmptre Jßox 3582--mJßjf I.acep, D 98503

∑ ∑

Photo Portrait of Anton Szandor LaVey

At last you can own a beautiful, black & white poster of the founder and High Priest of the Church of Satan.

Photographer Nick Bougas has captured LaVey and his serpentine friend Boaz in a moment of Satanic communion. At almost life size, this 23" x 29" print is on heavy, glossy poster stock, replete with the High Priest's name in large type across the bottom.
No Satanic lair should be without this handsome item!
Carefully packaged in a crush-proof mailing tube, the poster is only $20.00, plus $5.00
shipping & handling. (Outside the U.S., $20.00 plus $10.00 shipping & handling).

Make checks, money orders or bank draughts in U.S. funds out to:
Hell's Kitchen Productions
P.O. Box 499, Radio City Station, New York, NY 10101-0499, U.S.A.

VERY INDIVIDUAL "MAY BE
REGARDED as rep nting the as≠
cending or descending line of life. When one has decided which, one has there≠ by decided a canon for the value of his egoism. H he rep nts the ascending line his value is in fact extraordinary - and for the sake of the life-<:ollective, which with him takes a step forward, the care expended on his preservation, may even be extreme ff
he represents the descending development, decay, chronic degeneration, sickening then
he can be accorded little value." Nietzsche, Twiligpt of the Idols

Eugenics: Upbreeding through genetic selec≠ tion.
Dysgenics: "Exerting a detrimental effect on later generations."

Nature, left to its own devices, is eugenic. Nature's imperative is to breed higher fonns. Darwin showed that species evolve by selecting those who are of higher quality to survive and thus perpetuate their genes.
Evolution is a struggle for survival - genetic survival. An organism survives largely on the basis of the quality of its genetic in≠ heritance. Those organisms of lesser genetic inheritance fail to find a mate, fall to a predatoi; are too weak to withstand harsh en≠ vironmental conditions, and therefore their genes are not passed on to future generations. Nature, through a combination of factors, weeds and cultivates genetically. This is the basis of evolution, of natural selection.
The same principles apply to humankind. Primitive societies continue to be subjected to genetic selection in much the same way as other mganisms.
Howevei; as a population gene pool is
subjected to the laws of genetic selection, and as it thereby reaches higher biological levels,
naturally does its culture. As a culture develops, a paradox rises: a culture, par≠ ticularly if it rises to a level called "civiliza≠ tion," increasingly eliminates the struggles for survival through its advances in technology and material comfort. The mentally and physically impaired no longer die soon after birth, as they would in a raw state of nature. They are more likely to survive and in turn breed, thus p3$ing their genes on to future generations. A civilization may reach a stage where the selection mechanism is completely

reversed: the most intelligent and creative have fewer or no offspring, and are taxed to support the increasing proliferation of the least intelligent and creative.
Nature's eugenic imperative is replaced by a man-made system which is dysgenic. This situation may continue until there are no longer sufficient numbers of intelligent and creative people to sustain a civilization and it collapses. This is the view of D.r: Elmer Pendell, a foremost population expert. In Why Civiliz.ations Self Destruct (Howard Allen, Florida 1977), Pendell writes: "To un≠ derstand who were deprived of direct descen≠ dants by early death we must first look at human beings in a state of nature, when each individual had to provide for himself in much greater measure than now... Those with fewer of the favourable traits, or more of the unfavourable traits, were much more
likely to die - and die early before they them≠ selves reproduced Death not only removed
a deficient individual from a blossoming roety, but it removed his genes from the gene pool of his tribe. Consequently, the tribe and the species were both improved by nature's program of 'negative eugenics'."
Surveying a number of civilizations, Pendell states: "Why did Egypt's Old Kingdom, a magnificent civilization, 'crumble to the dust before the battering thistledown'? \ery simply, the less capable had the most offspring and a high degree of roal organization permitted this offspring to survive and produce offspring of their own."
This hypothesis on the fall of civiliza≠ tion is plausible for us today, not only due to the present knowledge of genetics and evolu≠ tion, but because we can observe the dys≠ genic impact on Western Civilization before our eyes. Indeed, as our civilization becomes increasingly more technically specialized there is an increasing number of unemploy≠ ables being subsidized by a dwindling ntllD≠ ber of technocrats and other professionals.
\'1Cestern Civilization will shortly reach the point of collapse as have other civilizations.
As Pendell observes in his remarks on the contemporary USA: "There is no dead≠ lier form of self-destruction than forcing the worthy elements of a civilization to become servants of the dross."
"Unless we revise our attitudes towards the 'rights' of those who are dragging us undei; the USA will soon follow the pattern

set by two earlier - and extinct - Western Hemisphere Civilizations - the Mayan and the Incan."
In fact, the population problem is not only within Western Civilization, but on a wider scale than hitherto in history; in the form of the \1"!st's subsidization of the proliferating Third rid (many of whose nations are themselves pitiful vestiges of an≠ cient civilizations which collapsed through dysgenics; e.g. India).
Pendell's answer to the self-destruct mechanism of civilization is for man to inter≠ vene where nature no longer can, by means of sterilization of the lowest genetic specimens, marriage licensing based on eugenic considerations, and State Human Genetics Boards authorizing quotas of chil≠ dren for couples on the basis of IQ.
The only country with the farsighted≠ ness to adopt eugenic social measures is Singapore. Several years ago the then Japanese Prime Minister observed aloud that the reason for the USA's declining economic performance is the decline in the quality of its population. Squeals of protest from out≠ raged liberals in the USA extracted an apol≠ ogy from him, but did nothing to change the facts.
Unless current population trends are reversed the \'1Cestern industrial nations will soon become the hewers of wood and drawers of water for more realistic societies, such as Japan, whose national IQ average has been increasing steadily over the past 50 years.
The Welfare State should start function≠ ing in reverse, in the form of tax incentives and disincentives applied to assist those who are the most intelligent and creative to sire larger families, while encouraging the curtail≠ ing of the numbers of the lower level of society. Sterilization (which could also be en≠ couraged with financial incentives) and eugenically-applied abortion, should also be utilized. Of course such realistic propositions remain utopian so long as the tis dominated by the moral slush of Christianity and liberalism. The battle first has to be fought and won on the ideological front.

"Now it is the higher man's role to pro≠ duce the children of the future. Quality is now more important than quantity."
Anton Szandor La\ey,
1be Satanic Rituals, p. 12.

PRINTS OF DARKNESS

SEND S.A.S.E. OR 2 IRC'S FOR A COMPLETE LISTING OF
HELL'S KITCHEN PRODUCTIONS MERCHANDISE.

---

>I l

I F -/., # 3 c>

-Ancient Roman pr<YVerb-

l like to think of Washington D.C. as an apocalyptic city. It is, in a sense, an end times city, with all the turmoil of conflicting doctrines and political tempests a last days preacher could imagine. Our nation's capitol is a kind of modern day Rome, complete with Emperor (President), senators, wealthy patricians on the take and the plebians who ride on their coattails, not to mention the masses of the unemployed and homeless.
The architecture speaks for itself.
One might even stretch the analogy further by pointing out that America's Rome seems to have its mystery cults and underground societies. Like their ancient counterparts, there are many here who loyally and sometimes desperately cling to their religious or political raison d'etre. With rare exception, most of these Romans need their party line handed down to them on a silver platter from above and in some cases even a lead plate will do. The faithful followers wax their egos with that smug self≠ assurance which comes with "getting involved" or "fighting the power." The leaders glut their egos with the gratification which comes in having control and
influence over others and taking credit for their organization's accomplishments.
Whether it comes from the theologically correct (TC) right wing or the politically correct (PC) left wing, the rhetoric, speeches, tactics and thought molding are basically the same.
So what has all this to do with the price of Satanic tea in China?
As a Satanist I take a sort of detached interest in activism and politics. Why not? One never knows when one might be forced into the arena to face a TC lion or a PC tiger. A sure method of self-defense is to know one's enemy. I try to attend as many demonstrations as possible and to keep at least a modest file on the various local activist groups in D.C.
My favorite target of Satanic espionage is Operation Rescue (OR). Of all the crusading organizations which I despise (and being politically incorrect I despise them all), OR is the one group I deem most worthy of my mischievous prying and monkey wrenching.

OR is truly an ironic phenomenon. It used to be, in the good old days of pagan Rome, that the Christians were the ones fed to the lions. Now, in the days of Christianized Rome, the Christians are the lions who devour women of desperate circumstances and rape victims. If you haven't seen an OR "rescue" with your own eyes, I highly recommend that you do so at least once in your life. Take pictures so you can show your grandchildren when they ask you if such nonsense actually occurred in your day. You'll need proof.
So what does a spy see upon attending an OR rally/"rescue"?
In the D.C. area it usually starts off with a pre-action meeting held on a Thursday or Friday evening, about 7:30 pm. This will be a kind of religious pep rally. I put on my best suit and fix a "Jesus is Lord" pin to the lapel. A Bible in hand will lend more credibility as I mingle with the sheep. The more you can look and speak the part the more chance there is of getting them to take you into their confidence. The rally site will probably be a church, one sympathetic to OR's cause. Once inside, it is sometimes required to surrender one's drivers license, a security precaution of theirs. It will be returned on the way out. I always take a seat near the front. This reduces suspicion and there is a better chance of overhearing something important from one of their leaders who sit in the front pews.
Here is a world where all of history,
philosophy, science, everything is re≠ interpreted by a first-century standard. Here is the world of either/or, where the sons of light ) struggle against the sons of darkness. These stormtroopers of righteousness have a mission - to save this wayward nation from the likely wrath of their fearsome and angry God by putting it back on the proper course
- theocracy.
The church soon fills up and the born again frenzy begins. The typical rally starts out with the singing of hymns which can become quite lively with people clapping, swaying from side to side; some are weeping, others are uplifting their hands to heaven with eyes closed, their faces testifying to the close kinship between religious ecstasy and a good orgasm. The son sometimes sound like battle hymns, for instance:
CHORUS: Lift high the banners of

love, HalleluJah!
Sound the trumpets of war. Christ has given us the victory, Hallelujah!
Jericho must fall.
1. The body of Christ is an army, fighting powers unseen, bringing captives to freedom, in the name of Jesus the King. CHORUS.
2. Brothers, are you sure of your calling? Will you fight for Jesus the King? Are you prepared for this battle, to lay down your lives for your friends?
And on it goes. There will also be prayers, of course. If fortune favors me, these will be led by the OR leaders, if not, then the congregation will break up into groups of five to eight. This is the most difficult part of the night. Each person will be expected to take a turn at a long, drawn out prayer of repentance and calling on God. This is a true test of any would-be spy's acting ability and knowledge of fundamentalist theology. Fortunately for myself, I come from a religious background
and have a degree in theology which helps me to speak the born-again jargon and fake the prayers to righteous satisfaction. It always provides me with a certain amount of amusement when the sheep are instructed to turn to a particular passage in their Bibles.
Now I can see if any of the people sitting next to me are spys from one of the local pro-choice organizations. They'll be the ones who take the longest time to find the text. A dead giveaway to the pro-lifer sitting next to them when they have to refer to the
table of contents to get to the gospel of John.
After the hymns and prayers will come the lively and charismatic speeches by the OR leaders. If it is going to be a major attack the following day, then there will be big name speakers; Randall Terry (founder OR), Rev. Pat Mahoney (Vice Pres. Christian Defense Coalition), Carrol Everett (former abortion clinic owner turned crusading Christian bitch), and any "pro-life" politicians who wish to add their two cents worth, i.e. Ambassador Alan Keyes, congresmian Chris Smith, etcetera.
The mood of an OR rally can vary greatly. Some are terribly serious as the lambs of God prepare themselves to suffer in the following day's activities. Others are little more than comedy acts by Terry and

Mahoney as they spend their entire speech time making jokes from the pulpit. To give credit where due, I must say they can really be quite fwmy at times, like two stand up Christian comedians. Occasionally there will be shown video tapes of Christians being arrested by the police for blocking the clinic doors. The purpose is to make all potential pep talk and indoctrination encourage the flock to "fear God rather than man" and risk arrest to save "the unborn children."
Finally, after the crowd has been whipped into its usual psychological state of righteous indignation over the "sin of child killing" and given a hardened resolve to do whatever is deemed necessary to end abortion, the time and place of tomorrow's gathering will be announced. The army of God then breaks up into groups according to function. Now the atmosphere becomes that of war - onward Christian soldiers!
This is the time when the battalions are to be formed. The main body will spearhead the attack. They consist of the hardcore members, who have been arrested again and again in the past, and however many first≠ timers who have been sucked into the righteous enthusiasm of the moment.
Veterans may be asked to bear the brunt of the arrests. Another battalion is comprised of women acting as "counselors" (guiltmongers). They direct their psychological warfare at any abortion bound woman trying to enter the clinic. These fine examples of Christian womanhood (boring females who all look like Saturday Night Live's "Church Chat" lady) are there to "help" her choose life for her "unborn child."
As in the army, there are the support troops. These are the "prayer warriors" who stand or kneel at the sidelines praying for those Christians being "brutaliud" (arrested) by the police "for simply praying on the sidewalk" (blocking the entrance to a building and terrorizing those trying to get in). The prayer warrior's job is to incessantly call upon the name of Jesus and in general make a grand display of repentance for the six o'clock news.
I once posed as a prayer warrior with an elderly couple who were kind enough to take me on a tour of the 13th century. After a seemingly ceaseless round of prayers for the sins of the nation and forgiveness of their "pro-abort" enemies, the weary couple pulled out a piece of paper and read from it an exorcism. So there we stood, the three of us "casting out abortion demons" from the clinic. And here I thought all that Linda

Blair stuff was just a movie! Later in the day's festivities I saw this same woman weeping and wailing hysterically. She and several other handmaids of the Lord had fallen to the ground in prayerful agony. Another woman behind me was speaking in tongues (babbling in a foreign language one has never learned). The actual wording which she repeated over and over again went like this, "Shun da la ta ta ta ta." I've studied quite a few languages in my time but I have to confess I don't recogniu this one; must
be an angelic language - Archangelese? Gabrielese? Cherubimian?
Christians claim themselves the salt of the earth; small wonder the planet suffers from hypertension.
The remaining support troops will consist of legal observers and those with video cameras for possible use in court.
With the order of battle established, the troops turn in for a few hours sleep. The time is usually about 10 or 11 pm. At this point I deliver any pertinent information to my cohort and best friend who then informs his political contacts among the political opponents of OR. The crucial task of any spy here is to gain as much information about the next day's tactics as well as obtain names and memorize faces. Some of these yahoos are out of state and have outstanding warrants or injunctions still in effect on them. The more one learns about the enemy the greater the chance of guessing their next move or pursuing legal action against them.
The next day's attack begins early, about 6am. The inquisition gathers at the appointed place. Already there are several "pro-choice" shadowers pacing about with walkie-talkies in hand, ready to report on enemy troop movements. The prayer warriors begin their medieval mumb others are softly singing apocalyptic hymns. Some have brought their invalid relatives and friends, paraplegics and quadraplegics in wheel chairs. Some are near mental vegetables who can do little but grunt and moan unintelligibly. See how sacred human
1u:£re. JS.
Then the generals arrive and God's mob gets underway. OR has its chain of command, with the leaders giving orders and the rest following without question. Only those at the top know the location of the clinic to be attacked. The rest are kept ignorant of any battle plans. Usually there will be a ride on the metro (subway) and then they hit the streets. A false attack might be staged by a smaller group at another site in order to draw the opposition from the

intended target.
The pace quickens as the main body approaches its destination. The clinic defenders will consist mostly of members of the Washington Area Clinic Defense Task Force (:IIACDTF) along with members of smaller, less effective organizations as well as a few revolution-mongers from D.C.'s Revolutionary Communist Party (RCP).
Some of these left-wing self-annointed "defenders of individual liberty" wouldn't know what to do with themselves if they didn't have a cause to fight for. I dare say that if the state were magically transformed into a utopia overnight, these "politically aware" individuals would have to create a whole new set of social ills just so they could have something to fight against in the morning.
The mayhem begins with OR's arrival. Clinic defenders lock arms, form a human barricade and brace themselves for the incoming holy salvo. Shouting and chanting soon fill the air. The modem day crusaders assail the infidel fortress by sitting as close as possible to the entrance in an attempt to shut down what they call an "abortion mill." There will be some jostling and surreptitious pushing as well as the occasional arrest for assault.
After the authorities have dilly-dallied for a spell, they then begin their legal masturbations which consist of giving OR members several warnings to vacate the area and the reading of any existing injunctions. Finally they put the taxpayers' money to good use and begin to haul them away.
Don't think that you've seen the last of them though; unlike OR chapters in some other areas of the country the "rescuers" here pay the meager fine and come right back for the next attack.
Eventually a path is cleared and the clinic is reopened. Each side claims victory with the defenders boasting that all the patients got in to their appointments and the attackers bragging that X number of "mothers" chose life for their "unborn child" as a result of their righteous intervention. As for myself, I retreat back into my Medmenham library and add any new information into my slowly growing files.
So why bother with all of this?
It enriches my life, simply this and nothing more. First of all I wish to see first hand what others can only glimpse on their TV screens. The news media is an unreliable source of information and incapable of giving the viewer anything but a portion of the events. Deeper intricacies are usually

""

missed. Therefore I investigate these matters myself. I am, in a way, my own news service. In my political directory are the necessary phone numbers to find out which of the major activist groups are doing what and when.
In the second place it amuses me. I enjoy taking a stroll through the human zoo which politically correct people term a "democracy." A democracy is a sort of free range game preserve where a primatologist such as myself can study the habits of nature's most awkward and embarrassing ape.
Thirdly, I wish to provide
intelligence service to the opposition groups presently fighting the fundamentalist right≠ wing. My best friend and I have a motto to champion our goal - "We take fun out of fundamentalism." Timely reporting on the activities of the inquisition can give the liberal opposition a headstart in making their counter battle plans.
But don't think for a moment that I'm into crusading or Idealism or PC. My reason for activism is pure self-interest and revenge. It's in my self-interest to throw a monkey wrench into the Judeo-Christian machinery whenever the opportunity presents itself and it is also a form of revenge for what these increasingly "concerned" Christians have done to this world and their far-reaching impact which inevitably contaminates the quality and/or quantity of life for us all.
They wish to pry into our private lives? Fine, we'll pry into theirs.
The PC left-wing is certainly useful in providing a counter-balance to the TC right≠ wing. But no self-respecting Satanist wants to live in a society built by the feeble hands of hippies, yippies, pacifists, yuppies, mentally castrated males, testosterized
feminists or any other genetic mutation resulting from nature's failed philosophical experiments.
And when does the battle end?
It doesn't. It goes on and on. War is its own rationale. Think about one possible future for a moment. If the conservative Christians could be ousted from power then the victorious liberals woud become the new and dominant species of herd mentality, therefore the new enemy. Today's allies, tomorrows enemies, and vice versa. Thus the importance of keeping informed on everyone's political progress - everyone's.
Until the realization of the Satanic Empire, I shall continue to play my game of "Deacon Brodie" (Brodie was the real life character upon whom Robert Louis

Stevenson based his novel Dr.Jekyll and Mr. Hyde). My best friend and I shall play up to anyone, repeat any party line, play any political ploy so long as it benefits the Satanic lifestyle, our lifestyle!
Until the earth is once again green and free, as the ffymn of the Satanic Empire states, with a place for you and a place for me, when the shadow of the cross no longer obfuscates and darkens the natural life, when PC and TC are sent away to wander in the desert regions of humanity's intellect, there to die of thirst for the vital waters of recognition; then and only then will I cease my endless flow of cynicism and misanthropy.
Finally, I seek to perfect the art of Satanic espionage because it enriches my life intellectually and culturally. Networking in the political arena has provided some interesting contacts and resources.This avails the fringe benefits of obtaining greater access to hard-to-find books, alternative information, rare music and the undergrowid arts. Building a Satanic library can become an engrossing and rewarding life's passion.
By remaining true to the Renaissance lifestyle, we remain true to life's highest fulfillment and goals. Let the commoners sweat and toil to build a cathedral for their clergy masters while we question the flatness of the Earth and forge trade routes to China!
Life was meant to be lived - for oneself!
Not to be impaled upon the enemy's bayonettes for the sake of any "cause." Martyrs never live to see the bronze monument erected to their memory, if one is ever raised at all.
Nietzsche knew it well, that spirit of the diabolical, when he wrote, "Man is a bridge to the Overman." It is not that the mindless masses have no purpose. They serve their purpose in that they provide the mud and filth from which the genius may arise and shine forth so brilliantly.
The Christian holds the Truth and the Truth has set him free. Give to the Christian his Bible, that he may warm himself by the dying embers of his faith and in his blind rapture, bless you with the kindness he thinks he owes you. But, beware his "love" for in such a "love" there is venom enough for all his enemies.
And give to the addict his heroin, that he may sleep in narcotic bliss and not rob you.
And humor the lwiatic who fancies himself Emperor, for he will treat you to a royal feast someday.
For those of us who enjoy the sword-

play between the various political gladiators there exists here in Rome a kind of circus, and as long as there is the Circus Maximus, I'll be here, either in the grandstands spectating or trying my luck in the arena.
We who are about to LIVE, salute you! Rege Satanas!
Long live LaVey!
Hail the Satanic Empire!

---∑----------

ECENUY MY COUSIN FOUND OUT that I was
a Satanist, and it came as quite a shock to her; after all,
I'm an "A" student, hold a lofty position at work, and am a fairly nice chap. Unfortunately, she sent a copy of an unnamed Christian hysterical account of Satanism to, of all people, my parents! I read the book, and was amazed at how sick-minded these Christians are to come up with these deluded fantasies.
So, I sent a letter questioning her antics. She told me to read Revelations, that her prayer group was praying for me and my family (oh, how nice!), and told me basically to blindly follow Jesus if I wish to accomplish anything! This from a person who leads a tremendously screwed-up life!
So, after reading this unnamable book, a thought occured to me: "Have they ever considered the fact that they may actually have their wishes fulfilled?" I mean, if they remove real books on Satanism (which I've noticed in my area: just try to get one of Dr. LaVey's books here) from the shelves and put these books up for people (kids as well), the thought of what could happen is scary. Hell, these book's covers look more fascinating than any real Satanic books. If a kid (or adult, for that matter) is turned-off by Christianity, as was I, and is looking into Satanism as an alternative, and the only example he can find is in these paranoid books depicting the killing of animals and babies, if he's quite unstable he may well do it.
After all, these are Satanic experts, aren't they? They must know the truth! If they didn't make this stuff up, kids or adults could read something sensible, i.e. Tbe Satanic Bible. But then, how would the poor Christers survive?
Then I decided, "What the Hell, I'll read Revelations again, after all, it is a good fictitious book!" In it, it states that when the Beast rises that every man must take the Mark of the Beast to buy, sell, trade, own property- basically, just to survive. Will the Christians take the Mark? Why of course, I forgot that they already had! They all have Social Security numbers - for you can't legally do any of the aforementioned activities here in the US without it. Your Mark. Which just goes to prove on a theological level (not that need be one) that we are indeed living in the midst of the Satanic Age.
Also, in this nifty little book of Revelations, it seems as if God has something against every tribe. And God has all these creatures around his throne which are described as basic lycanthropes: all are were-beings of one type or another. What fanciful literature! It also shows that sacrifice in a physical sense is definitely a Christian deed, not Satanic.
Not that I'm implying in any way that anyone should believe the words in Revelations; in fact, quite the contrary. One can look back in history, at any time or place and see these prophesies of Revelations in full sway somewhere. My

hope is if there is any one truth to the Bible it is thus: that the Rapture will come, the Christians will disappear, and the Satanist shall rule the Earth.
But, one way or another, this shall happen. Lex Talionisl

TIIE ULTIMATE EXPLANATION
After a long and hair-raising excursion upon our fair freeways, I was struck by diabolical inspiration. In a single devilish moment, I perceived The Ultimate Psychological Explanation of Modern America. I have distilled Paul Fussell's Class and the writings of Albert Ellis to their essence.
Following are the essential philosophical statements of the various classes, revealing The Ultimate Psychological Explanation of Modern America.

Metaphysics (upon the nature of reality): Proles: "I am my car."
Middle Class: "I am my house." Upper Class: "I am my money." X Class: "I am!"

Epistemology (upon the nature of acquiring knowledge): Proles: "'Cause."
Middle Class: "'Cause they say so." Upper Class: "Because Daddums says so." X Class: "Because it's there."

Ethics (upon what to do): Proles: "Sports is good."
Middle Class: "Richer is better." Upper Class: "Old is best."
X Class: "What works for me?"

So there you have it. The Ultimate Psychological Explanation of Modern America. W?at more could you want?
R. Elizabeth Fox

STORM MAIL ORDER
"Supplying the Heretical"
-NOW AVAILABLE-
DEATH IN JUNE SHIRTS

FRONT BACK

These beautiful new shirts are designed by STORM and based on the cover of the masterpiece LP, BUT, WHAT ENDS WHEN THE SYMBOLS SHATTER? Printed on the absolute heaviest, best quality 100% cotton pre-shrunk maroon shirts (like background of album jacket), the stunning front print is in two colors and the back design is printed in black ink. These are the ONLY legitimate Death In June shirts being sold in America, and were produced with the express permission of the band. Limited print run; when these are sold out we will be issuing new designs. ORDER NOW! Size: Available in XL ONLY. Price: $14 plus $2.50 p&h in USA/Can (add $5 for foreign airmail)
OTHER NEW PRODUCTS:
BLOOD AXIS lyric booklet - A limited edition booklet featuring lyrics to the songs on THE LAMP OF THE INVISIBLE LIGHT CD, as well as one song from the upcoming CD "Storm Songs". Also includes photos, background information and details on upcoming releases. Deluxe presentation, with marble covers; each booklet includes a Blood Axis sticker. Price: $2 ppd in USA/Can $3 ppd foreign airmail UNLEASHED - Two CD's are currently available from these Swedish Odinist death metal masters. Warning: this is very loud, violent music. WHERE NO LIFE DWELLS Their first release, with "Into Glory Ride", "Violent Ecstasy" and 9 other tracks
SHADOWS IN THE DEEP The second album featuring "The Immortals", "Land of Ice" and 8 other tracks
Price each: $16 ppd USA/Can $18 ppd foreign airmail
THE GREEN BOOK by Muammar al Qaddafi. In our search for heretical expressions, we have come across a supply of this notorious work by Libya's leader. A valuable explanation of his anti- Western "democracy", tribal social philosophy. Hard to find paperback edition.
Price: $6 ppd in USA/Can $7 ppd foreign airmail
SIEGE
Also due out in January, at long last, is the book SIEGE by James Mason. This incredible tome of heresy has been over three years in the making. Now comprising a massive 400+ pages, it will be one of the final statements on extremism in America. SIEGE represents one man's journey on the farthest fringes of revolutionary ideology, from Hitlerian National Socialism to the lucid thoughts of the world's foremost outlaw, Charles Manson. From a unique insider's perspective it details a philosophy of a truly radical nature, rendering all previous conceptions of Leftist, Rightist and Conservative politics obsolete. Undeniably consistent, SIEGE presents a powerful message of survival, set free from moral constraint and popular delusions. You will never encounter another book such as this in your entire life. STORM is therefore proud to finally issue the first printing of this landmark work. SIEGE has been alternately called "The Mein Kampf of the 90's" and "The mind fuck of the century"- you be the judge. Suffice to say, you will not spot this title on the shelves of you local "alternative" bookshop. Why? Because it decisively flies in the face of everything currently held sacred by humanity. Presently being printed, the finished book is a professional production, with numerous rare and unpublished photos, texts and graphics. We are now accepting advance orders at the cover price of $14.95 plus $2 shipping and handling (foreign orders add $5 for surface, or $10 airmail). All orders received before Feb. 30th, 1993 will receive special autographed copies of the book. These special inscribed copies will not be available after that date.
ALSO COMING FROM STORM:
In January 1993 we will finally be sending out our new catalog, so if you are on the mailing list, expectto receive it soon. We will be offering an extensive selection of new T-shirts (Blood Axis, Allerseelen, and much more), as well as new books (Nietzsche, etc.) and CDs (Ain Soph, Bathory, etc.) Please send $1 to be placed on the mailing list, or two first class stamps (2 IRCs outside USA) for a sample catalog.

i ;i; "
THELAYIOFTH;EFORBIDDEN
NEWBOOKS FROM FERAL HOUSE

The Devil's Notebook
by Anton Szandor LaVey
1be Devil's Notebook is the first original collection of Anton La Vey's
writings to be published in over two decades.
"In a clear polemical style, the good doctor rips into a number of deserving targets ... and imparts wise-ass wisdom that, for me, is worth more than a stack of ancient grimoires. Like 1be Satanic Bible, Tbe Devil 'i Notebook is a tome only the clever among us will appreciate." - 1be Nose
$10.95 ï Trade Paperbackï ISBN: 0-922915-11-3

‘’’Secret and Suppressed: Banned Ideas and Hidden History’’’
:’’Edited by Jim Keith’’

A guidebook to alternative views of contemporary events and world history, Secret and Suppressed confronts the reader with disquieting revelations on mind control, secret societies, media disinformation, cults and elite cabals. The hard evidence supplied by many of these articles is startling. Other entries veer into a twilight realm of paranoia, speculation and horror. If you believe that ignorance is bliss, Secret and Suppressed is sure to make you very unhappy.
$12.95 ï Trade Paperbackï ISBN: 0-922915-14-8

Cosmic Retribution: The Infernal Art of Joe Coleman

This stunningly designed presentation of Joe Coleman's paintings and illustrations reveals the artist's obsessive visions of outlaws, madness and distressed religious impulses. Includes 32 color pages, 110 black and white pages and an incisive interview conducted by Adam Parfrey. "Coleman unleashes a hallucinatory violence of image and content that is unrelenting and unforgettable." -Artfom,m
$22.95 ï Deluxe Paperback Edition ï ISBN: 0-922915-06-7
$39.95 ï Limited Signed Cloth Editionï ISBN: 0-922915-13-X

The Secret Life of a Satanist: The Authorized Biography of Anton LaVey
by Blanche Barton

Now available in paperback, this photo-illustrated biography of "the most dangerous man in America" will stand as the definitive portrait of this influential and fascinating genius.
$1 2.95 ï Trade Paperback ï ISBN: 0-922915-1 2-1
$19.95 ïClothï ISBN: 0-922915-03-2
To order, send check or money order for cost of book(s), plus $1.75 shipping. Send SASE for free catalogue.
Feral House ï PO Box 3466 ï Portland, OR ï 97208

The Satanic Temple

2026-10-02T08:08:12Z

Overlord: /* For-Profit Corporation Lawsuits */ adding link to appellate docket

* The [[United Federation of Churches, LLC]] does business as "The Satanic Temple", and owns its trademarks. It was originally registered in 2014. Its governing persons are jointly [[Cevin Soling]] and [[Douglas Misicko]], as well as their pseudonyms. It is a for-profit Limited Liability Company.
* [[The Satanic Temple Inc]] achieved Public Charity Status in 2019 as "a church or a convention or association of churches." It was originally registered in 2017 as "The Satanic Temple" before changing to its current name following the change in its federal tax status. Its governing board consists of Misicko, solely.

Both entities have been involved in a number of [[lawsuits]] under the name "The Satanic Temple", including "Inc" taking over some recent appeals of cases begun by "UFC LLC". In addition, TST members have been involved in religious discrimination arguments when representing themselves or when represented by the ACLU.

=Lawsuits=
==Nonprofit Church Lawsuits==
The Satanic Temple Inc. became the primary legal entity used for in suits involving "The Satanic Temple" beginning in 2019; this followed IRS recognition of the entity as a nonprofit church. The shift would include at one instance of taking over case begun by United Federation of Churches LLC. However, a point of contention in [[Cave et al v. Thurston]] between TST and the state of Arkansas has been which entity has actually officially involved in that case, begun in May 2018.

{| class="wikitable sortable mw-collapsible"
|+ style="text-align: left;" | The Satanic Temple Inc. Cases
|-
! scope="col" | Issue
! scope="col" | Date Filed
! scope="col" | Case Name
! scope="col" | Original Jurisdiction
! scope="col" | Case Number
! scope="col" | Original Result
! scope="col" | First Appeal
! scope="col" | Second Appeal
! scope="col" | Notes
|-
!style="background:#FFEB9C; color:#9C6500;" | Public Monuments
|04/22/2025
|The Satanic Temple, Inc. v. City of Boston ("Boston flag")
|US District Court of Massachusetts - Boston
|[http://courtlistener.com/docket/69911722/the-satanic-temple-inc-v-city-of-boston/?filed_after=&filed_before=&entry_gte=&entry_lte=&order_by=desc 1:25-cv-11024]
! style="background:#FFEB9C; color:#9C6500;" | Ongoing
|
|
|Suit targeting city of Boston for not flying TST flag and demanding Jan. 14 be declared "Satanic Appreciation Day".<ref>[https://www.courtlistener.com/docket/69911722/1/the-satanic-temple-inc-v-city-of-boston/ CourtListener.com], ''The Satanic Temple, Inc. v. City of Boston'', Complaint — Document #1.</ref><ref>[https://www.universalhub.com/2025/satanists-run-another-boston-lawsuit-flagpole UniversalHub.com], "Satanists run another Boston lawsuit up the flagpole", April 22, 2025.</ref>
|-
! style="background:#FFC7CE; color:#9C0006;" |Invocations
|5/03/2023
|[[The Satanic Temple Inc. v. The City of Chicago]]
|US District Court for the Northern District of Illinois
|[https://www.courtlistener.com/docket/67320005/the-satanic-temple-inc-v-the-city-of-chicago/?order_by=desc 1:23-cv-02780]
! style="background:#FFC7CE; color:#9C0006;" |Dismissed (failure)
|
|
|''Suit targeting the city of Chicago for failure to invite TST minister Adam Vavrick to give invocation.<ref>[https://www.courthousenews.com/satanic-temple-sues-chicago CourthouseNews.com], "Satanic Temple sues Chicago", May 3, 2023. ''The Satanic Temple sued the city of Chicago in federal court Wednesday over its refusal to allow an ordained minister of the Satanic Temple to deliver an invocation before City Council meetings “without providing any clear explanation of why.” The Establishment Clause requires that the opportunity to deliver a legislative prayer be made available “in a non-discriminatory manner,” according to the lawsuit.''</ref>Suit voluntarily dismissed with prejudice July 24,2024, after plaintiff Vavrick announced his departure from TST's Ministry program July 8.<ref>[https://www.courtlistener.com/docket/67320005/36/the-satanic-temple-inc-v-the-city-of-chicago/ CourtListener.com], ''Civil case dismissed with prejudice - Document #36'', The Satanic Temple Inc. v. The City of Chicago (1:23-cv-02780), Northern District of Illinois.</ref><ref>[https://facebook.com/profile.php?id=726422036 Facebook.com], Facebook update by Adam Vavrick July 8, 2024: "Left Job at Satanic Ministry - Minister of Satan"</ref>''
|-
! style="background:#F8CBAD; color:#000000;" |Defamation
|11/23/2022
|[[Satanic Temple, Inc v. Jessica Snow]]
|261st Civil District Court (Travis County, Texas)
|[https://odysseyweb.traviscountytx.gov/app/RegisterOfActions/#/B6CCF0E9F718EE227EE4C550504C3D86C158247E2E208022B462965B12347FD0101CD04A60AF9128B5D056B2BE3B4DE66B4FA22B17CC2BF0D2D0C538F868656117FF6C86F26AEA7998297F12FCC8F50B/anon/portalembed D-1-GN-22-006797]
! style="background:#F8CBAD; color:#000000;" |No Movement
|
|
|''Suit targeting "The Satanic Housewife" for TikTok videos.<ref>[https://the.satanic.wiki/images/7/78/D-1-GN-22-006797_-_Plaintiff%27s_Original_Petition_w_Ex_76AC6EC7_-_2022-11-23.pdf TST complaint] filed Nov. 23, 2022</ref><ref>SatanicEurope.Wordpress.com, [https://sataniceurope.wordpress.com/2022/12/04/the-freedom-to-offend/ analysis] and [https://sataniceurope.wordpress.com/2023/02/15/the-satanic-housewife/ interview with defendant].</ref><ref>[https://queersatanic.com/the-satanic-housewife-videos-and-legal-threat-by-the-satanic-temple/ QueerSatanic.com], ''“The Satanic Housewife” videos and legal threat by The Satanic Temple''</ref> No docket activity since complaint filed in November 2022. ''
|-
! style="background:#FFC7CE; color:#9C0006;"|Abortion
|9/30/2022
|[[The Satanic Temple v. Little]]
|US District Court for the District of Idaho
|[https://www.courtlistener.com/docket/65392308/the-satanic-temple-v-little/ 1:22-cv-00411]
! style="background:#FFC7CE; color:#9C0006;" | Dismissed (failure)
! style="background:#FFC7CE; color:#9C0006;" | Affirmed (failure)
<ref>[https://www.courtlistener.com/docket/69009053/the-satanic-temple-v-labrador-et-al/ CourtListener.com], ''The Satanic Temple v. Labrador, et al.'' (24-1243), in United States Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit; case opened March 1, 2024.</ref><ref>[https://cdn.ca9.uscourts.gov/datastore/opinions/2025/08/11/24-1243.pdf USCourts.gov], ''Opinion'', August 11, 2025</ref>
|
|''Idaho abortion ban challenge. Complaint largely identical to The Satanic Temple v. Rokita (22-1859) except for references to Idaho instead of Indiana.''
|-
! style="background:#FFC7CE; color:#9C0006;" |Abortion
| 9/21/2022
| [[The Satanic Temple v. Rokita]]
| US District Court for the Southern District of Indiana
|[https://www.courtlistener.com/docket/65364722/the-satanic-temple-v-holcomb/ 1:22-cv-01859]
! style="background:#FFC7CE; color:#9C0006;" |Dismissed (failure)
<ref>[https://www.courtlistener.com/docket/65364722/66/the-satanic-temple-inc-v-rokita/ CourtListener.com], ''Order on Motion for Leave to File AND Order on Motion to Dismiss for Failure to State a Claim — Document #66'', District Court, S.D. Indiana</ref>
! style="background:#FFC7CE; color:#9C0006;" | Affirmed (failure)
<ref>[https://www.courtlistener.com/docket/68071163/satanic-temple-inc-v-todd-rokita/ CourtListener.com],[https://media.ca7.uscourts.gov/cgi-bin/OpinionsWeb/processWebInputExternal.pl?Submit=Display&Path=Y2026/D01-06/C:23-3247:J:Pryor:aut:T:fnOp:N:3474376:S:0 USCourts.gov],''Satanic Temple, Inc. v. Todd Rokita (23-3247)'', Court of Appeals for the Seventh Circuit</ref>
|
| ''Indiana abortion ban challenge but involving no specific pregnant client. TST represented by [[W. James MacNaughton]].''
|-
! style="background:#FFC7CE; color:#9C0006;" |Abortion
| 9/08/2022
| [[Satanic Temple v. TX Hlth and Human Svc]]
| US Court of Appeals for the Fifth Circuit
| [https://www.courtlistener.com/docket/66693942/satanic-temple-v-tx-hlth-and-human-svc/?filed_after=&filed_before=&entry_gte=&entry_lte=&order_by=desc 22-20459]
! style="background:#FFC7CE; color:#9C0006;" |Failed motion
! style="background:#FFC7CE; color:#9C0006;" | Dismissed (failure)
<ref>[https://www.courtlistener.com/docket/66693942/69/1/satanic-temple-v-tx-hlth-and-human/ CourtListener.com], ''Satanic Temple v. TX Hlth and Human, Published Opinion — Document #69, Attachment #1, Court of Appeals for the Fifth Circuit''</ref>
|
| ''Originating from U.S. District Court case 4:21-CV-387 ("[[The Satanic Temple, Inc. et al v. Hellerstedt et al|Ann Doe I]]")''
|-
! style="background:#FFC7CE; color:#9C0006;" |Other
| 6/06/2022
| [[Matthew Kezhaya v. City of Belle Plaine]]<ref>Matthew Kezhaya is listed as "Movant - Appellant" with "The Satanic Temple Inc." as Plaintiff and renamed after case was initially mistakenly captioned</ref>
| US Court of Appeals for the Eighth Circuit
| [https://www.courtlistener.com/docket/66806046/matthew-kezhaya-v-city-of-belle-plaine/?filed_after=&filed_before=&entry_gte=&entry_lte=&order_by=desc 22-2183]
! style="background:#FFC7CE; color:#9C0006;" | Sanctions imposed
! style="background:#FFC7CE; color:#9C0006;" | Affirmed (failure)
<ref>[https://www.courtlistener.com/docket/66806046/804826251/1/matthew-kezhaya-v-city-of-belle-plaine/ CourtListener.com], ''Attorney Matthew Kezhaya appeals an order of the district court* sanctioning him and his co-counsel under Federal Rule of Civil Procedure 11. We conclude that there was no abuse of discretion, and therefore affirm the order.''</ref>
|
|''TST lawyer [[Matthew Kezhaya]]'s failed appeal of sanctions in the amount of $16,943.40 from [https://www.courtlistener.com/docket/59240138/satanic-temple-inc-the-v-city-of-belle-plaine-mn/?filed_after=&filed_before=&entry_gte=&entry_lte=&order_by=desc#entry-58 0:21-cv-00336-WMW] ("Satanic Temple I")''
|-
! style="background:#F8CBAD; color:#000000;" |Commerce
| 2/25/2022
| [[The Satanic Temple, Inc. v. Lamar Media Corporation]] ("Lamar II")
| US District Court for the Western District of Arkansas
| [https://www.courtlistener.com/docket/63115599/the-satanic-temple-inc-v-lamar-media-corporation/?filed_after=&filed_before=&entry_gte=&entry_lte=&order_by=desc 5:22-cv-05033]
! style="background:#F8CBAD; color:#000000;" |Dismissed (unclear)
|
|
|''TST Inc. withdrew from a previous state-level lawsuit in February 2021. August 2023 dismissal in context that "parties have resolved all issues between them".''<ref>[https://www.courtlistener.com/docket/63115599/79/the-satanic-temple-inc-v-lamar-media-corporation/ CourtListener.com], The Satanic Temple, Inc. v. Lamar Media Corporation, Stipulation — Document #79</ref>
|-
! style="background:#FFC7CE; color:#9C0006;" |Defamation
| 2/16/2022
| [[The Satanic Temple, Inc. v. Newsweek Magazine LLC]]
| US District Court for the Southern District of New York
| [https://www.courtlistener.com/docket/63011247/the-satanic-temple-inc-v-newsweek-magazine-llc/ 1:22-cv-01343]
! style="background:#FFC7CE; color:#9C0006;" |Dismissed (failure)
<ref>[https://www.courtlistener.com/docket/63011247/27/the-satanic-temple-inc-v-newsweek-magazine-llc/ CourtListener.com] The Satanic Temple, Inc. v. Newsweek Magazine LLC, Memorandum & Opinion — Document #27</ref><ref>[https://www.courtlistener.com/docket/63011247/134/the-satanic-temple-inc-v-newsweek-magazine-llc/ CourtListener.com], The Satanic Temple, Inc. v. Newsweek Magazine LLC, Memorandum & Opinion — Document #134</ref>
! style="background:#FFC7CE; color:#9C0006;" | Affirmed (failure)
<ref>[https://www.courtlistener.com/docket/69928044/the-satanic-temple-inc-v-newsweek-magazine-llc/?filed_after=&filed_before=&entry_gte=&entry_lte=&order_by=desc CourtListener.com], The Satanic Temple, Inc. v. Newsweek Magazine LLC (25-868), Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit</ref>
|
| ''Lawsuit relates to Newsweek's coverage of [[United Federation of Churches LLC v. Johnson et al|UFC LLC v. Johnson et al.]]''<ref>[https://www.newsweek.com/orgies-harassment-fraud-satanic-temple-rocked-accusations-lawsuit-1644042 Newsweek.com], ''Orgies, Harassment, Fraud: Satanic Temple Rocked by Accusations, Lawsuit'' by Julia Duin, Oct. 29, 2021</ref><ref>[https://queersatanic.com/footnotes-to-newsweeks-orgies-harassment-fraud-satanic-temple-rocked-by-accusations-lawsuit/ QueerSatanic.com], ''Footnotes to Newsweek’s “Orgies, Harassment, Fraud: Satanic Temple Rocked by Accusations, Lawsuit”'' by @QueerSatanic, Nov. 4, 2021</ref> ''All claims dismissed. Upheld on appeal with further petition for rehearing denied.''<ref>[https://www.courtlistener.com/docket/69928044/the-satanic-temple-inc-v-newsweek-magazine-llc/?filed_after=&filed_before=&entry_gte=&entry_lte=&order_by=desc#entry-78 CourtListener.com], Docket entry 78: "ORDER, petition for rehearing/rehearing en banc denied, FILED. [Entered: 07/08/2026 01:34 PM]"</ref>
|-
! style="background:#F8CBAD; color:#000000;" |Abortion
| 2/1/2022
| [[The Satanic Temple, Inc., et al v. Young et al]] ("Ann Doe II")
| 459th Civil District Court (Travis County, Texas)
| [https://odysseyweb.traviscountytx.gov/app/RegisterOfActions/#/EB351E1BD0C0C3335AD50A4075095FD7922A6CB13590D6A71A54E3ED5014C5018B9423851665908716918A3069A1B837ECF77F0AF5C8E3C79DBCC144E03437E47C0596704C203B87C161CDB380DF7AEE/anon/portalembed D-1-GN-22-000560]
! style="background:#F8CBAD; color:#000000;" |No Movement
|
|
|''State-level filing distinct from "Ann Doe I" filed the year before in federal court. No docket activity since attorney vacation notification in June 2022''

|-
! style="background:#FFC7CE; color:#9C0006;" | Abortion
| 2/5/2021
|[[The Satanic Temple, Inc. et al v. Hellerstedt et al]] ("Ann Doe I")
| US District Court for the Southern District of Texas
|[https://www.courtlistener.com/docket/59182019/the-satanic-temple-inc-v-hellerstedt/ 4:21-cv-00387]
! style="background:#FFC7CE; color:#9C0006;" | Dismissed (failure)
<ref>[https://www.courtlistener.com/docket/59182019/67/the-satanic-temple-inc-v-hellerstedt/ CourtListener.com], The Satanic Temple, Inc. v. Hellerstedt, Order — Document #67</ref>
! style="background:#FFC7CE; color:#9C0006;" | Dismissed (failure)
<ref>[https://www.courtlistener.com/docket/67601012/18/satanic-temple-v-young/ CourtListener.com], Satanic Temple v. Young (23-20329) in Court of Appeals for the Fifth Circuit, filed July 10, 2023</ref>
|
|''District court case fully dismissed July 3, 2023.<ref>[https://www.courtlistener.com/docket/59182019/67/the-satanic-temple-inc-v-hellerstedt/ CourtListener.com], Order Granting Motion to Dismiss, July 3, 2023, without leave to replead.</ref><ref>[https://www.courtlistener.com/docket/59182019/68/the-satanic-temple-inc-v-hellerstedt/ CourtListener.com], Final Judgment, July 3, 2023</ref>, appellate case dismissed because TST "desire to avail themselves of the right to replead"<ref>[https://www.courtlistener.com/docket/67601012/18/satanic-temple-v-young/ CourtListener.com</ref>''
|-
! style="background:#FFC7CE; color:#9C0006;" |Public monuments
| 2/4/2021
|[[Satanic Temple, The v. Belle Plaine, City of| Satanic Temple, Inc v. Belle Plaine, City of]] ("Satanic Temple II")
| US District Court for the District of Minnesota
|[https://www.courtlistener.com/docket/59240138/satanic-temple-inc-the-v-city-of-belle-plaine-mn/ 0:21-cv-00336]
! style="background:#FFC7CE; color:#9C0006;" |Dismissed (failure)
<ref>[https://www.courtlistener.com/docket/59240138/43/satanic-temple-inc-the-v-city-of-belle-plaine-mn/ CourtListener.com], ''Defendant’s motion for sanctions in Satanic Temple II, No. 21-cv-0336, (Dkt. 17), is GRANTED.''</ref>
! style="background:#FFC7CE; color:#9C0006;" | Affirmed (failure)
<ref name="Belle Plaine appeal">[https://www.courtlistener.com/docket/66651784/the-satanic-temple-v-city-of-belle-plaine/ 0:21-cv-03079], Case filed: Sept. 16, 2021, Eighth Circuit Court of Appeals for original case [https://www.courtlistener.com/docket/15064653/satanic-temple-the-v-belle-plaine-city-of/ 0:19-cv-01122] ("Satanic Temple I"), consolidated with with [https://www.courtlistener.com/docket/66806077/the-satanic-temple-v-city-of-belle-plaine/?filed_after=&filed_before=&entry_gte=&entry_lte=&order_by=desc 0:21-cv-03081], appealing original case [https://www.courtlistener.com/docket/59240138/satanic-temple-inc-the-v-city-of-belle-plaine-mn/ 0:21-cv-00336] ("Satanic Temple II")</ref>
|
|''Duplicative lawsuit. Judge sanctioned TST for filing second suit before first was complete''
|-
! style="background:#FFC7CE; color:#9C0006;" |Invocations
| 1/20/2021
|[[The Satanic Temple, Inc. v. City of Boston]] ("Boston Invocation")
|US District Court of Massachusetts - Boston
|[https://www.courtlistener.com/docket/31223191/the-satanic-temple-inc-v-city-of-boston/ 1:21-cv-10102]
! style="background:#FFC7CE; color:#9C0006;" |Dismissed (failure)
<ref>[https://www.universalhub.com/2023/judge-rules-boston-city-council-doesnt-have-let UniversalHub.com], ''Judge rules Boston City Council doesn't have to let Satanists give an invocation if it doesn't want to'', July 31, 2023</ref>
! style="background:#FFC7CE; color:#9C0006;" |Affirmed (failure)
<ref>[https://www.courtlistener.com/docket/67667225/satanic-temple-inc-v-city-of-boston/?filed_after=&filed_before=&entry_gte=&entry_lte=&order_by=desc CourtListener.com], Satanic Temple, Inc. v. City of Boston (23-1642), Court of Appeals for the First Circuit</ref>
|
|''TST lawyer Matthew Kezhaya sanctioned for actions related to attempt to depose then-mayoral candidate Michelle Wu on Election Day.<ref>[https://www.universalhub.com/2022/federal-judge-satanists-who-tried-force-michelle UniversalHub.com], ''Federal judge to Satanists and their lawyer, who tried to force Michelle Wu to spend Election Day answering their questions: Hell, no'', April 6, 2022</ref> First circuit affirms lower court ruling dismissing TST lawsuit, including protective order.<ref>[https://ecf.ca1.uscourts.gov/n/beam/servlet/TransportRoom?servlet=ShowDoc&pacer=i&caseId=50578&dls_id=00108175549 USCourts.Gov], We hold that TST has not shown that Boston's legislative prayer practice, either on its face or as applied, violates the Establishment Clause or the Massachusetts Free Exercise Clause. Further, the district court did not abuse its discretion by issuing a protective order preventing TST from deposing Mayor Wu. We affirm entry of judgment for Boston.</ref>''
|-
! style="background:#F8CBAD; color:#000000;" |Commerce
| 9/27/2020
|[[The Satanic Temple, Inc. v. Lamar Advertising of Louisiana, LLC]] ("Lamar I")
|19th West Circuit Court 5 (Benton County, Ark.)
|[https://caseinfo.arcourts.gov/cconnect/PROD/public/ck_public_qry_doct.cp_dktrpt_frames?backto=C&case_id=04CV-20-2100&begin_date=&end_date= 04CV-20-2100]
! style="background:#F8CBAD; color:#000000;" |Terminated (unclear)
<ref>[https://caseinfo.arcourts.gov/cconnect/PROD/public/ck_public_qry_doct.cp_dktrpt_frames?backto=C&case_id=04CV-20-2100&begin_date=&end_date= 04CV-20-2100] - Case Filed: Sep. 27, 2020; [https://web.archive.org/web/20210520054832/https://contexte.aoc.arkansas.gov/imaging/IMAGES/DMS/CK_Image.Present2?DMS_ID=C1520BBC8A01E75D790FB8CBD91388441378F38F4E9F2CA99747DFB43A95B8CBA9AD539D7BA6940D86B479E061824217D0BB406894028B58F7DF3AA8BF973CBD&i_url=https%3A%2F%2Fcontexte.aoc.arkansas.gov%2Fimaging%2FIMAGES%2FDMS Terminated]: Feb 26, 2021 via [https://casetext.com/rule/arkansas-court-rules/arkansas-rules-of-civil-procedure/rule-41-dismissal-of-actions#:~:text=Rule%2041%20%2D%20Dismissal%20of%20Actions%20(a)Voluntary%20Dismissal%3B,trial%20is%20by%20the%20court. voluntary dismissal (without prejudice)]</ref><ref>[https://www.dallasobserver.com/news/the-satanic-temple-bought-11971116 Dallas Observer], "Satanists Posted a Dallas Billboard Advocating for Reproductive Rights: 'Abortions Save Lives!'" Dec. 22, 2020, ''In September, TST sued Lamar Advertising Co. for religious discrimination because it had refused to post the religious organization’s designs. The advertising giant denies the temple’s initial allegations, according to a TST press release. Although Goodwin can’t comment on the active lawsuit, she said TST ultimately struck a deal with billboard company Clear Channel Outdoor.''</ref>
|
|
|''TST Inc. withdrew lawsuit but no terms available, if any''
|-
! style="background:#FFC7CE; color:#9C0006;" |Invocations
| 3/2/2020
|[[The Satanic Temple, Inc., et al v. City of Scottsdale]]
|U.S. Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit
|[https://www.courtlistener.com/docket/59746236/the-satanic-temple-inc-v-city-of-scottsdale/ 20-15338]
! -
! style="background:#FFC7CE; color:#9C0006;" |Affirmed (failure)
<ref>[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=9fO3ojPSA7I Video of Oral Arguments to 20-15338 The Satanic Temple, Inc. v. City of Scottsdale]</ref><ref>[https://friendlyatheist.patheos.com/2021/05/19/appeals-court-upholds-ruling-blocking-satanist-invocation-in-scottsdale-az/ Appeals Court Upholds Ruling Blocking Satanist Invocation in Scottsdale (AZ)], by Hemant Mehta for Friendly Atheist</ref><ref>[https://cdn.ca9.uscourts.gov/datastore/memoranda/2021/05/19/20-15338.pdf United States Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit decision] upholding lower court ruling</ref>
|
|''Case begun by [[United Federation of Churches, LLC|UFC LLC]]''<ref>Court of Appeals Docket #20-15338, District Court# 2:18-cv-00621-DGC, U.S. District Court for Arizona, Phoenix</ref>
|-
! style="background:#FFC7CE; color:#9C0006;" |Public monuments
| 4/25/2019
|[[Satanic Temple, The v. Belle Plaine, City of]] ("Satanic Temple I")
|US District Court for the District of Minnesota
|[https://www.courtlistener.com/docket/15064653/satanic-temple-the-v-belle-plaine-city-of/ 0:19-cv-01122]
! style="background:#FFC7CE; color:#9C0006;" | Dismissed (failure)
<ref>[https://www.startribune.com/satanic-temple-lawsuit-against-belle-plaine-will-move-forward-despite-court-dismissal-of-most-of-its-claims/572010332/?refresh=true StarTribune.com], ''Satanic Temple lawsuit against Belle Plaine will move forward, despite court dismissal of most of its claims; 1 of 10 counts still remains in the Scott County battle over church and state'', Aug. 4, 2020</ref><ref>[https://www.courtlistener.com/docket/15064653/109/satanic-temple-the-v-belle-plaine-city-of/ CourtListener.com], ''ORDER. IT IS HEREBY ORDERED: 1. Defendant's motion for summary judgment as to Plaintiff's promissory-estoppel claim in Satanic Temple I, No. 19-cv-1122 81 is GRANTED. 2. Plaintiff's motion to strike in Satanic Temple I, No. 19-cv- 1122 100 is DENIED. 3. The magistrate judge's January 26, 2021 Order in Satanic Temple I, No. 19-cv-1122 79 is AFFIRMED. 4. Defendant's motion to dismiss the complaint in Satanic Temple II, No. 21-cv-0336 10 is GRANTED. 5. Plaintiff 039;s motion to strike in Satanic Temple II, No. 21-cv-0336 29 is DENIED. 6. Defendant's motion for sanctions in Satanic Temple II, No. 21-cv-0336 17 is GRANTED. Within fourteen days after the date of this Order, Defendant shall file a mot ion and supporting evidence as to the attorneys' fees Defendant incurred responding to the complaint and seeking sanctions in Satanic Temple II, No. 21-cv-0336. (Written Opinion) Signed by Judge Wilhelmina M. Wright on 9/15/2021. Associated Cases: 0:19-cv-01122-WMW-JFD, 0:21-cv-00336-WMW-JFD (RJE)'' </ref>
! style="background:#FFC7CE; color:#9C0006;" | Affirmed (failure)<ref name="Belle Plaine appeal"></ref>
!
|''Original lawsuit.''
|}

==For-Profit Corporation Lawsuits ==
The United Federation of Churches, LLC has been involved in a number of [[lawsuits]] since its formation.

In 2018, the company sued Netflix Inc. and Warner Brothers Entertainment Inc. in the Southern District of New York over use of a breastless Baphomet statue with children in ''The Chilling Adventures of Sabrina'', claiming defamation and that its intellectual property rights had been violated, harming its business reputation.<ref>[https://www.courthousenews.com/wp-content/uploads/2018/11/Netflix-Satanic-Temple.pdf Courthousenews.com], ''By misappropriating TST Baphomet with Children (which is a registered copyright and famous mark of TST) to publish this false and defamatory depiction of TST, Defendants have engaged in three classes of wrong: copyright infringement (Claim 1) trademark violation (Claim 2), and injury to business reputation (Claim 3).''</ref>

The suit was eventually dismissed with prejudice after Netflix agreed to give a copyright credit on all episodes that had been filmed.<ref name="Bloomberg">[https://news.bloomberglaw.com/ip-law/netflix-makes-amicable-deal-with-the-devil-over-sabrina-1 Netflix Makes ‘Amicable’ Deal With the Devil Over Sabrina], Bloomberg.com, Nov. 23, 2018, ''An attorney for the Temple, Bruce H. Lederman, told Bloomberg Law Netflix agreed within 10 days of the Temple’s suit to give the it (sic) copyright credit for the statute on all episodes that have been filmed.''</ref>

The following list is non-exhaustive and includes several cases represented by lawyers of The Satanic Temple but did not include them as plaintiffs.
{| class="wikitable sortable mw-collapsible"
|+ style="text-align: left;" | United Federation of Churches LLC court cases
|-
! scope="col" | Issue
! scope="col" | Date Filed
! scope="col" | Case Name
! scope="col" | Original Jurisdiction
! scope="col" | Case Number
! scope="col" | Original Result
! scope="col" | First Appeal
! scope="col" | Second Appeal
! scope="col" | Notes
|-
! style="background:#FFC7CE; color:#9C0006;" |Commerce
|4/5/2023
|[[United Federation of Churches DBA v. Johnson AKA et al]] ("Queer Satanic II")
|King County Superior Court
|[https://dja-prd-ecexap1.kingcounty.gov/?q=node/411&199355=411110 23-2-06120-9 SEA]
! style="background:#FFC7CE; color:#9C0006;" | Dismissed (failure)
|
|
|''TST re-filed a new case in Washington state court while pursuing an appeal of the same claims in federal court. Case was stayed pending resolution of TST's appeal of federal case in Ninth Circuit then dismissed with prejudice Sep. 24, 2024.''
|-
! style="background:#FFC7CE; color:#9C0006;" |Defamation & Commerce
|4/3/2020
|[[United Federation of Churches LLC v. Johnson et al]] ("Queer Satanic I")
|US District Court for the Western District of Washington
|[https://www.courtlistener.com/docket/17042463/united-federation-of-churches-llc-v-johnson/ 2:2020-cv-00509]
! style="background:#FFC7CE; color:#9C0006;" | Dismissed
(failure)
! style="background:#FFEB9C; color:#9C6500;" | Affirmed In Part; Vacated & Remanded In Part
(split)

<ref>[https://www.courtlistener.com/docket/66805454/united-federation-of-churches-llc-v-david-johnson/?filed_after=&filed_before=&entry_gte=&entry_lte=&order_by=desc CourtListener.com], United Federation of Churches LLC v. United Federation of Churches LLC v. David Johnson, et al (23-35060)</ref>
! style="background:#FFC7CE; color:#9C0006;" | Dismissed
(failure)
|''Initial claims dismissed[https://www.bloomberglaw.com/public/desktop/document/UnitedFednofChurchesLLCvJohnsonNo220cv00509RAJ2021BL69458WDWashFe][https://casetext.com/case/united-fedn-of-churches-llc-v-johnson]; amended complaint re-filed[https://www.pacermonitor.com/public/case/33342602/United_Federation_of_Churches_LLC_v_Johnson_et_al], motion for re-consideration dismissed[https://www.courtlistener.com/docket/17042463/30/united-federation-of-churches-llc-v-johnson/]; motion to dismiss granted[https://www.courtlistener.com/docket/17042463/48/united-federation-of-churches-llc-v-johnson/]''; ''Ninth Circuit appeal affirmed in part, vacated and remanded in part [https://www.courtlistener.com/docket/66805454/40/1/united-federation-of-churches-llc-v-david-johnson/], remainder voluntarily dismissed by Plaintiff[https://www.courtlistener.com/docket/17042463/58/united-federation-of-churches-llc-v-johnson/]''
|-
! style="background:#C6EFCE; color:#006100;" |Commerce
|11/8/2018
|[[United Federation of Churches LLC v. Netflix, Inc. et al]]
|US District Court for the Southern District of New York
|[https://www.courtlistener.com/docket/8152228/united-federation-of-churches-llc-v-netflix-inc/ 1:2018-cv-10372]
! style="background:#C6EFCE; color:#006100;" |Settlement (favorable)
(Success)

<ref name="Bloomberg" /><ref>[https://www.pacermonitor.com/public/case/26138833/United_Federation_of_Churches_LLC_v_Netflix,_Inc_et_al PacerMonitor.com], United Federation of Churches LLC v. Netflix, Inc. et al</ref>
|
|
|''TST utilized outside law firm D'agostino, Levine, Landesman & Lederman LLP''
|-
! style="background:#FFEB9C; color:#9C6500;" |Public monuments
|7/12/2018
|[[Cave et al v. Thurston]]
|US District Court for the Eastern District of Arkansas
|[https://www.courtlistener.com/docket/7274697/cave-v-thurston/ 4:18-cv-00342]
! style="background:#C6EFCE; color:#006100;" |Ruling in Favor of Plaintiffs (success)
<ref>[https://www.courtlistener.com/docket/7274697/346/cave-v-jester CourtListener.com], Cave v. Jester, Judgment — Document #346, Judgment</ref>
! style="background:#FFEB9C; color:#9C6500;" | Ongoing <ref>[https://www.courtlistener.com/docket/73271832/donna-cave-v-cole-jester/?order_by=desc& CourtListener.com], Donna Cave v. Cole Jester (26-1829); Court of Appeals for the Eighth Circuit</ref>
|
|''"Doug Misicko" and "Satanic Temple" listed as Intervenors''<ref>Arkansas Civil Liberties Union [https://www.courtlistener.com/docket/7274697/1/cave-v-thurston/ filed a complaint to begin the case 5/23/2018]] on behalf of its clients, but The Satanic Temple and its clients made their [https://www.courtlistener.com/docket/7274697/17/cave-v-thurston/ motion to join as Intervenors] 7/12/2018, beginning TST's involvement.</ref>
|-
! style="background:#FFC7CE; color:#9C0006;" |Abortion
|2/28/2018
|[[Doe v. Greitens et al]] ("Judy Doe") <ref>"The Satanic Temple" was not named in the lawsuit as a plaintiff, but "Judy Doe" used the same attorney, [[W. James MacNaughton]], who represented "Mary Doe" at a similar case in Missouri's State Supreme Court and the failed federal case for "Mary Doe"</ref>
|US District Court for the Eastern District of Missouri
|[https://www.courtlistener.com/docket/6322005/doe-v-greitens/ 4:18-cv-00339]
! style="background:#FFC7CE; color:#9C0006;" |Dismissed
(failure)

<ref>[https://www.casemine.com/judgement/us/5c714ba3342cca67d9445894 CaseMind.org], Motion to Dismiss: Granted Defendant. ''This matter seeking declarative and injunctive relief comes before the Court on Defendants' Motion to Dismiss Plaintiff's Complaint for failure to state a claim, [Doc. No. 17]. Plaintiffs seek (1) declaratory judgment that certain Missouri Statutes are void and (2) injunctive relief against Defendants' enforcement of the statutes. For the reasons below, Defendants' motion to dismiss will be granted.''</ref>
! style="background:#FFC7CE; color:#9C0006;" |Affirmed
(failure)

<ref>[https://apnews.com/article/27b897fd742c1efe2e3272626c46ed70 Federal appeals court axes Satanic Temple abortion lawsuit], AP, June 9, 2020. ''The U.S. 8th Circuit Court of Appeals dismissed a lawsuit Tuesday filed by a member of the Satanic Temple against a Missouri abortion law. ... An anonymous woman, Judy Doe, sued, arguing the law violates her religious freedom as a Satanic Temple member. The Satanic Temple doesn’t believe in a literal Satan but sees the biblical Satan as a metaphor for rebellion against tyranny. A federal district judge last year ruled against Doe, and the appeals court agreed.''</ref><ref>No. 19-1578, ''A Missouri law requires Judy Doe to certify that she has had a chance to review certain information before having an abortion. This requirement, she alleges, violates her Satanist beliefs. The district court dismissed both of her First Amendment claims, and we affirm.'' ([https://ecf.ca8.uscourts.gov/opndir/20/06/191578P.pdf PDF])</ref><ref>[https://www.courtlistener.com/docket/2894/804010620/3/judy-doe-v-michael-l-parson/ CourtListener.com], Published Signed Opinion, Judy Doe v. Michael L. Parson (19-1578), filed 3/20/2019 </ref>
! style="background:#FFC7CE; color:#9C0006;" |Appeal to SCOTUS denied
(failure)

<ref>No. 20-385, ''Petitioner Judy Doe (“Petitioner”) moves, pursuant to 28 U.S.C. §455(a), for the disqualification of the Hon. Amy Coney Barrett from consideration of the Petition for Certiorari, Case No. 20-385 (the “Petition”) due to her publicly expressed religious beliefs that a human being comes into existence at conception, abortion is murder and Roe v. Wade, 410 U.S. 113 (1973) (“Roe”) was a “barbaric” decision that should “be put to an end.”'' ([https://www.supremecourt.gov/DocketPDF/20/20-385/158957/20201028113343173_final%20motion.pdf PDF]) </ref><ref>"[https://www.prnewswire.com/news-releases/supreme-court-refuses-to-disqualify-justice-barrett-from-the-satanic-temples-abortion-case-301171560.html Supreme Court Refuses to Disqualify Justice Barrett from The Satanic Temple's Abortion Case]", Press release, Nov. 12, 2020 </ref><ref>20-385, "Certiorari Denied" ([https://www.supremecourt.gov/orders/courtorders/112320zor_7l48.pdf PDF])</ref>
|''TST had also sought to disqualify new Supreme Court Justice Amy Coney Barrett''<ref>[https://www.supremecourt.gov/DocketPDF/20/20-385/158957/20201028113343173_final%20motion.pdf SupremeCourt.gov], ''Motion by Petitioner for the Disqualification of
The Hon. Amy Coney Barrett''</ref><ref>[https://www.prnewswire.com/news-releases/supreme-court-refuses-to-disqualify-justice-barrett-from-the-satanic-temples-abortion-case-301171560.html PRNewswire.com], ''Supreme Court Refuses to Disqualify Justice Barrett from The Satanic Temple's Abortion Case''</ref>
|-
! style="background:#FFC7CE; color:#9C0006;" |Invocations
|2/26/2018
|[[Satanic Temple et al v. Scottsdale, City of et al]]
|US District Court of Arizona - Phoenix
|[https://www.courtlistener.com/docket/6726362/satanic-temple-v-scottsdale-city-of/ 2:2018-cv-00621]
! style="background:#FFC7CE; color:#9C0006;" |Judgment in favor of Defendants
(failure)

<ref>[https://www.courtlistener.com/docket/6726362/92/satanic-temple-v-scottsdale-city-of/ CourtListener.com], ''ORDER AND JUDGMENT: Judgment is entered in favor of Defendants on all of Plaintiffs' claims. Signed by Senior Judge David G Campbell on 2/05/2020. (REK) (Entered: 02/06/2020)''</ref><ref>[https://www.azcentral.com/story/news/local/scottsdale/2020/02/29/scottsdale-wins-court-battle-against-satanists-over-invocation/4903564002/ Scottsdale wins court battle against Satanists over right to give invocation; Satanists appeal, Arizona Republic], Feb. 29, 2020. ''A U.S. District Court judge ruled this month that Scottsdale did not discriminate against the Satanic Temple when the city blocked a member of the group from giving an invocation before a City Council meeting in 2016.''

''Judge David Campbell ruled the Satanic Temple did not prove the city had denied its request because of its religious beliefs.'' [https://apnews.com/article/3d00de948174ad7c0a36093f1fdf1752 (AP summary)]</ref>
|
|
|''Case continued by [[The Satanic Temple Inc]] ''
|-
! style="background:#FFC7CE; color:#9C0006;" |Abortion
|6/23/2015
|[[The Satanic Temple et al v. Jeremiah Jay Nixon et al.]] ("Mary Doe II")
|US District Court for the Eastern District of Missouri
|[https://www.courtlistener.com/docket/7760360/the-satanic-temple-v-jeremiah-jay-nixon/ 4:2015-cv-00986]
! style="background:#FFC7CE; color:#9C0006;" |Dismissed
(failure)
! style="background:#FFC7CE; color:#9C0006;" |Affirmed
(failure)

<ref>[https://www.courtlistener.com/docket/6155672/the-satanic-temple-v-mike-parson/ 16-3387], ''08/28/2018 Open Document JUDGMENT FILED - The judgment of the Originating Court is AFFIRMED in accordance with the opinion. ROGER L. WOLLMAN, MICHAEL J. MELLOY and RAYMOND W. GRUENDER Hrg Sep 2017 [4698520] [16-3387] (AMT) [Entered: 08/28/2018 07:49 AM]'', US Eighth Circuit of Appeals</ref>
|
|''Mary Doe was not pregnant at time of filing federal case, so court determined she lacked standing''
|-
! style="background:#FFC7CE; color:#9C0006;" |Abortion
|5/11/2015
|[[Mary Doe v. Jeremiah J Nixon et al]] ("Mary Doe I")
|Circuit Court of Cole County, Missouri
|[https://www.courts.mo.gov/cnet/caseNoSearch.do 15AC-CC00205]
! style="background:#FFC7CE; color:#9C0006;" | Dismissed
(failure)

<ref name=":1">''The Missouri Supreme Court dismissed on Wednesday a case brought by a woman who said the state’s abortion restrictions violated her religious beliefs. ... The case dates to 2015, when Doe’s attorneys argued her case in front of the Cole County Circuit Court. Circuit Judge Jon Beetem dismissed the case.'' [https://www.stltoday.com/news/local/crime-and-courts/missouris-high-court-tosses-case-alleging-abortion-law-violated-satanic-temple-members-rights/article_ae0e57c3-305e-51e6-b6cd-28699d41fada.html Missouri's high court tosses case alleging abortion law violated Satanic Temple member's rights], ''St. Louis Post-Dispatch'', Feb 13. 2019</ref>
! style="background:#FFEB9C; color:#9C6500;" |State Appeals Court ordered transfer
(neutral)

<ref>[https://www.courts.mo.gov/file/OSummary_WD80387.pdf WD80387], ''Because we believe that this case raises real and substantial constitutional claims, it is within the Missouri Supreme Court’s exclusive jurisdiction under Article V, section 3 of the Missouri Constitution, and we hereby order its transfer'' ([https://www.courts.mo.gov/file.jsp?id=118276 PDF])</ref><ref>[https://www.stltoday.com/news/local/govt-and-politics/planned-parenthood-satanic-temple-score-initial-wins-in-abortion-fight/article_4f02f86c-ff07-5bc3-bcc9-2ce44be31cc2.html Planned Parenthood, Satanic Temple score initial wins in abortion fight], St. Louis Post-Dispatch, Oct. 3, 2017</ref>
! style="background:#FFC7CE; color:#9C0006;" |State Supreme Court affirmed
(failure)

<ref>[https://www.courts.mo.gov/casenet/cases/searchDockets.do SC96751], ''Mary Doe appeals the circuit court’s judgment dismissing with prejudice her second amended petition seeking to enjoin the enforcement of the portion of the Missouri Informed Consent Law... This Court affirms denial of Ms. Doe’s request for injunctive relief. The informed consent law does not adopt any religious tenet, as Ms. Doe claimed. ...Moreover, the informed consent law neither requires a pregnant woman to read the booklet in question nor requires her to have or pay for an ultrasound. It simply provides her with that opportunity. .. The circuit court did not err in dismissing Ms. Doe’s petition for failure to state a claim.'' ([https://www.courts.mo.gov/file.jsp?id=136817 PDF])</ref><ref name=":1" />
|''State supreme court upheld lower court decision unanimously, but two of seven justices had concurring opinion''
|}

==Other Lawsuits==
Early legal cases involved The Satanic Temple or its members being represented by the American Civil Liberties Union, however, contrary to popular belief, the Temple's only involvement in the ACLU's successful case to to remove the 10 Commandments monument from the Oklahoma State Capitol (Prescott v. Oklahoma Capitol Preservation Commission) was a footnote from the opinion.<ref>[https://www.oscn.net/applications/oscn/DeliverDocument.asp?CiteID=476438#d4ft8 OSCN.net], Footnote 8. ''One such request was from the Satanic Temple, who requested "a monument to Baphomet, which is a form of Satan, to be placed on the Capitol grounds." Record on Accelerated Appeal Ex. 4 (Deposition of Trait Thompson at 30). On December 19, 2013, the Commission minutes reflect Commission Chair, Trait Thompson, moved to put a moratorium on monument requests:''</ref>

{| class="wikitable sortable mw-collapsible"
|+ style="text-align: left;" | Cases by others involving TST
|-
! scope="col" | Issue
! scope="col" | Date Filed
! scope="col" | Case Name
! scope="col" | Original Jurisdiction
! scope="col" | Case Number
! scope="col" | Original Result
! scope="col" | First Appeal
! scope="col" | Second Appeal
! scope="col" | Notes
|-
!style="background:#FFEB9C; color:#9C6500;" | Public Monuments
|4/25/2025
|[[Iowa Atheists and Freethinkers, Inc. v. Reynolds et al.]]
|District Court for Polk County, Iowa
|[https://www.iowacourts.state.ia.us/ESAWebApp/DefaultFrame CVCV069066]
!style="background:#FFEB9C; color:#9C6500;" |Ongoing
|
|
|''[https://www.aclu-ia.org/sites/default/files/05771_cvcv069066_pfld_14653453.pdf Petition] filed challenging the assertion of executive privilege and requesting Governor Reynolds' office release public records about a decision to block The Satanic Temple of Iowa from holding an event at the State Capitol.''<ref>[https://www.aclu-ia.org/en/legal-documents aclu-ia.org], Legal Documents for April 25, 2025</ref>
|-
! style="background:#C6EFCE; color:#006100;" |School
|3/19/2024
|[[The Satanic Temple, Inc. v. Shelby County Board of Education]]
|US District Court for the Western District of Tennessee
|[https://www.courtlistener.com/docket/68356813/the-satanic-temple-inc-v-shelby-county-board-of-education/ 2:24-cv-02178]
! style="background:#C6EFCE; color:#006100;" |Settlement (favorable)
|
|
|''Plaintiff represented by the Freedom From Religion Foundation and the Kramer Law Center of Memphis. Case dismissed with school board paying FFRF's legal fees and promising not to discriminate against TST.<ref>[https://ffrf.org/news/releases/breaking-ffrf-settles-satanic-temple-discrimination-lawsuit-with-memphis-area-school/ FFRF/org], ''BREAKING: FFRF settles Satanic Temple discrimination lawsuit with Memphis-area school'', July 18, 2024</ref>''
|-
! style="background:#C6EFCE; color:#006100;" |School
|3/30/2023
|[[The Satanic Temple, Inc. v. Saucon Valley School District]]
|US District Court for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania
|[https://www.courtlistener.com/docket/67112434/the-satanic-temple-v-saucon-valley-school-district/ 5:23-cv-01244]
! style="background:#C6EFCE; color:#006100;" |Settlement (favorable)
<ref>[https://www.aclu.org/cases/the-satanic-temple-v-saucon-valley-school-district?document=Settlement-Agreement-TST-v-SVSD ACLU.org], ''Settlement Agreement'', Nov. 16, 2023</ref><ref>[https://www.wfmz.com/news/area/lehighvalley/saucon-valley-school-district-to-pay-satanic-temple-200k-in-legal-fees-over-after-school/article_82401e5c-84df-11ee-8a82-f3d05414da7b.html WFMZ-TV], ''Saucon Valley School District to pay Satanic Temple $200K in legal fees over After School Satan Club legal issue'', Nov. 16, 2023</ref>
|
|
|''School district had withdrawn use of facility for After School Satan club after bomb threat made but claimed an advertising violation; a judge required school to fulfill previous agreement as litigation continued, with school district ultimately paying ACLU $200,000 for legal costs.''<ref>[https://www.aclupa.org/en/cases/satanic-temple-v-saucon-valley-school-district ACLU.org], "ACLU Sues Saucon Valley School District for Prohibiting After School Satan Club from Meeting in District Facilities", May 1, 2023</ref>
|-
! style="background:#FFC7CE; color:#9C0006;" |Other
|9/11/2018
|[[Mayle v. Chicago Park District]] ("Emotional Support Hog")
|US District Court for the Northern District of Illinois
|[https://www.courtlistener.com/docket/7862874/mayle-v-chicago-park-district/ 1:18-cv-06211]
! style="background:#FFC7CE; color:#9C0006;" |Dismissed (failure)
<ref>[https://www.courtlistener.com/docket/7862874/64/mayle-v-chicago-park-district/ CourtListener.com], Order Granting Motion to Dismiss/Lack of Jurisdiction</ref><ref>[https://www.chicagotribune.com/news/breaking/ct-emotional-support-pig-20190710-ikpu3r6is5evvkjyyqk3k53lsi-story.html ChicagoTribune.com], July 10, 2019, ''Chicago man continues legal fight to bring his ‘emotional support’ pig to parks''</ref>
! style="background:#FFC7CE; color:#9C0006;" |Affirmed (failure)
<ref>[https://www.courtlistener.com/docket/70271552/kenneth-mayle-v-city-of-chicago/?filed_after=&filed_before=&entry_gte=&entry_lte=&order_by=desc CourtListener.com], 0:19-cv-03208, ORDER: Final judgment filed per nonprecedential disposition, Apr 29, 2020</ref>
|
|''Pro se TST Member''
|-
! style="background:#FFC7CE; color:#9C0006;" |Other
|4/24/2018
|[[Mayle v. The State of Illinois]] ("Bigamy II")
|US District Court for the Northern District of Illinois
|[https://www.courtlistener.com/docket/7373722/mayle-v-the-state-of-illinois/ 1:18-cv-02924]
! style="background:#FFC7CE; color:#9C0006;" |Dismissed (failure)
<ref>[https://www.courtlistener.com/docket/7373722/22/mayle-v-the-state-of-illinois CourtListener.com], Order Granting Motion to Dismiss/Lack of Jurisdiction</ref>
! style="background:#FFC7CE; color:#9C0006;" |Affirmed (failure)
<ref>[https://storage.courtlistener.com/pdf/2020/04/23/kenneth_mayle_v._state_of_illinois.pdf CourtListener.com], 0:19-cv-01691; ''For the second time, Kenneth Mayle has sued the State of Illinois to challenge state laws prohibiting bigamy, adultery, and fornication. The district court dismissed this second suit, in part on issue preclusion and in part for lack of standing. We affirm.''</ref>
|
|''Pro se TST Member''
|-
! style="background:#FFC7CE; color:#9C0006;" |Other
|5/5/2017
|[[Mayle v. The Congress of the United States of America]] ("In God We Trust")
|US District Court for the Northern District of Illinois
|[https://www.courtlistener.com/docket/6181929/mayle-v-the-congress-of-the-united-states-of-america/ 1:17-cv-03417]
! style="background:#FFC7CE; color:#9C0006;" |Dismissed (failure)
<ref>[https://www.chicagotribune.com/news/breaking/ct-god-we-trust-money-religion-chicago-lawsuit-20180604-story.html ChicagoTribune.com], June 5, 2018; ''Chicago man, self-described satanist, loses latest battle to remove 'In God We Trust' from U.S. money''</ref>
! style="background:#FFC7CE; color:#9C0006;" |Affirmed (failure)
<ref>[https://www.courtlistener.com/opinion/4502818/kenneth-mayle-v-united-states/pdf/ CourtListener.com], 17-3221. ''Kenneth Mayle, an adherent of what he calls non-theistic Satanism, sued the United States and officials from the United States Mint, Department of the Treasury, and Bureau of Engraving and Printing, to enjoin the printing of the national motto, “In God We Trust,” on United States currency. The district court dismissed his complaint, and we affirm.''</ref>
|
|''Pro se TST Member''
|-
! style="background:#FFC7CE; color:#9C0006;" |Other
|4/10/2017
|[[Mayle v. Orr, et al]] ("Bigamy I")
|US District Court for the Northern District of Illinois
|[https://www.courtlistener.com/docket/13396641/mayle-v-orr/ 1:17-cv-00449]
! style="background:#FFC7CE; color:#9C0006;" |Dismissed (failure)
<ref>[https://www.leagle.com/decision/infdco20170411a06 Leagle.com], Dismissal order</ref><ref>[https://www.courtlistener.com/docket/13396641/39/mayle-v-orr/ Courtlistener.com], Motion for extension to file notice of appeal denied</ref>
|
|
|''Pro se TST Member; intended appeal failed due to Plaintiff missing filing deadline''
|-
! style="background:#FFEB9C; color:#9C6500;" |Invocations
|1/9/2017
|Hunt v. Kenai Peninsula Borough
|United States District Court - District of Alaska
|[https://www.courtlistener.com/docket/60826742/hunt-v-kenai-peninsula-borough/ 3:17-cv-00007]
! style="background:#FFEB9C; color:#9C6500;" |Returned to State Superior Court (neutral)
|
|
|''ACLU representing a TST member''
|-
! style="background:#C6EFCE; color:#006100;" |Invocations
|12/14/2016
|[[Hunt, Lance vs. Kenai Peninsula Borough AP]]
|Third Judicial District Superior Court - Anchorage
|[https://records.courts.alaska.gov/eaccess/home.page.14 3AN-16-10652CI]
! style="background:#C6EFCE; color:#006100;" |Summary Judgment for Plaintiffs (success)
<ref> PeninsulaClarion.com, Satanic Temple invocation prompts protest, walkouts at assembly meeting, June 18, 2019></ref>
|
|
|''ACLU representing a TST member''
|-
! style="background:#FFC7CE; color:#9C0006;" |Public Monuments
|5/4/2016
|[[Kondrat'yev et al v. City of Pensacola et al]]
|Northern District of Florida (Pensacola)
|[https://www.courtlistener.com/docket/14450966/kondratyev-v-city-of-pensacola/ 3:16-cv-00195]
! style="background:#C6EFCE; color:#006100;" |Summary Judgment for Plaintiffs (Success)
<ref>[https://www.courtlistener.com/docket/14450966/kondratyev-v-city-of-pensacola/#entry-41 CourtListener.com], ORDER. Plaintiffs' motion for summary judgment (doc. 31 ) is GRANTED. Defendants' motion for summary judgment (doc. 30 ) is DENIED. Bayview Cross violates the Establishment Clause of the First Amendment to the United States Constitution, as interpreted by the Supreme Court and circuit precedent, and it must be removed within thirty (30) days. The City is ordered to pay damages to the plaintiffs in the amount of $1.00; and parties are directed to follow the local rules of this court with regard to attorney fees to which plaintiffs may be entitled. Signed by SENIOR JUDGE ROGER VINSON on 06/19/2017. (MB) (Entered: 06/19/2017)</ref>
! style="background:#C6EFCE; color:#006100;" |Affirmed (success)
<ref>[https://casetext.com/case/kondratyev-v-city-of-pensacola Casetext.com], No. 17-13025, Sep. 7, 2018. ''The City of Pensacola, Florida appeals a district court decision ordering it to remove a 34-foot Latin cross from a public park on the ground that the City’s maintenance of the cross violates the First Amendment’s Establishment Clause. Having concluded that we are bound by existing Circuit precedent, we find ourselves constrained to affirm.''</ref>
! style="background:#FFC7CE; color:#9C0006;" |Reversed (failure)
<ref>[https://law.justia.com/cases/federal/appellate-courts/ca11/17-13025/17-13025-2020-02-19.html Justia.com], Case: 17-13025, Feb. 19,2020. ''Having reconsidered the case in light of American Legion, we conclude, as the Supreme Court did there, that “the Cross does not offend the Constitution.” See id. at 2090. For the foregoing reasons, we hold (1) that we remain bound by this Court’s decision in Rabun to conclude that plaintiffs have Article III standing to challenge Pensacola’s maintenance of the Bayview Park cross, but (2) that when American Legion—rather than Rabun (and through it, Lemon)—is applied, the cross’s presence on city property does not violate the Establishment Clause. REVERSED.Case: 17-13025 Date Filed: 02/19/2020</ref>
| ''[[Freedom From Religion Foundation]] representing a TST member, between first appeal and second appeal, U.S. Supreme Court decided'' American Legion v. American Humanist Association ''leading to 11th Circuit Court to reverse decision.
|-
! style="background:#C6EFCE; color:#006100;" |Public Monuments
|3/24/2015
|[[Freedom from Religion Foundation, Inc. et al v. Franklin County, Indiana]]<ref>United Federation of Churches LLC d/b/a The Satanic Temple was a plaintiff on the case, however, both it and the [[Freedom from Religion Foundation]] were represented by Gavin Minor Rose with the ACLU of Indiana</ref>
|US District Court for the Southern District of Indiana
|[https://www.courtlistener.com/docket/13307466/freedom-from-religion-foundation-inc-v-franklin-county-indiana/ 1:2015-cv-00484]
! style="background:#C6EFCE; color:#006100;" |Settled Out of Court (success)
<ref>[https://www.indystar.com/story/news/2015/12/21/satanic-temple-lawsuit-over-nativity-scene-dismissed/77693518/ IndyStar], "Satanic Temple lawsuit over Nativity scene dismissed", Dec. 31, 2015. ''As part of the settlement, the county agreed to let nonresidents apply for a permit, but they must have a local contact''</ref><ref>[https://web.archive.org/web/20210208013949/https://thomasmoresociety.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/12/FFRF-v-Franklin-Co-1-15-cv-00484-Fully-Executed-Settlement-Agreement-1.pdf Thomas More Society], Settlement Agreement and Mutual Release of Claims</ref><ref>[https://www.eaglecountryonline.com/news/local-news/lawsuit-settlement-in-place-for-satanic-display-at-courthouse/ Eagle 99.3 FM], "Lawsuit Settlement In Place For Satanic Display At Courthouse" Dec. 18, 2015. ''According to the settlement, Franklin County has agreed to amend its ordinance concerning displays at the courthouse within 30 days. The amended ordinance for the courthouse display permitting process will accept the designation of a local contact in lieu of requiring that sponsorship be wholly by citizens of Franklin County. Essentially, The Satanic Temple could put up its goat-head display at the courthouse if it finds a resident of Franklin County or any adjacent Indiana county (Dearborn, Ripley, Rush, Decatur, Fayette, or Union counties) willing to serve as that local contact. The contact must be a person who lives or works in Franklin County and assumes responsibility for the display.''</ref>
|
|
|''ACLU representing [[United Federation of Churches LLC]]''
|-
|}

==Other Legal Actions==
Additionally, there are an unknown number of other cases The Satanic Temple or its affiliate entities may have been involved in either in the capacity of submitting amicus briefs, as with ''St. Michael's Media, Inc. v. The Mayor and City Council of Baltimore'', or other legal complaints that are not lawsuits.<ref>([https://www.courtlistener.com/docket/60382291/st-michaels-media-inc-v-the-mayor-and-city-council-of-baltimore/ CourtListener.com], 1:21-cv-02337, St. Michael's Media, Inc. v. The Mayor and City Council of Baltimore</ref><ref>[https://the.satanic.wiki/images/1/1a/38_4CA_21-2158_-_Amicus_TST.pdf No. 21-2158], ''Amicus brief for The Satanic Temple, Inc. In support of St. Michael’s Media, Inc. Arguing for affirmance'' (PDF)</ref>

For example, in communication with the state of Arkansas for Cave v. Thurston, The Satanic Temple revealed that TST had raised three administrative complaints to the Massachusetts Commission Against Discrimination:<ref>[https://www.courtlistener.com/docket/7274697/212/12/cave-v-thurston/ CourtListener.com], Cave v. Thurston, Exhibit 12 - Satanic Temple Responses to Def.'s First Requests April 10, 2020</ref>
# The Satanic Temple v. Window World of Boston LLC (18BPA02782)
# The Satanic Temple v. Twitter (18BPA00827)
# The Satanic Temple v. Facebook (case number unknown)

Additionally, as part of their federal lawsuit against the city of Boston, Mass., a fourth such case came to light:<ref>[https://www.courtlistener.com/docket/31223191/100/14/the-satanic-temple-inc-v-city-of-boston/ CourtListener.com], Exhibit 14 - MCAD Complaint — Document #100, Attachment #14</ref>
<li value="4">The Satanic Temple v. City of Boston (18BPA02946)</li>

However, TST had only publicly revealed the complaint against Twitter as part of a fundraising effort, which also involved disclosing that attorney [[Marc Randazza]] was representing the Temple in the complaint, over the objections of many local chapters. <ref>[https://www.flipcause.com/secure/cause_pdetails/MzUwMzg= Flipcause.com], ''The Satanic Temple vs. Twitter. Support The Satanic Temple's fight against religious discrimination.'' ($5,649 Raised of $50,000)</ref>

A final category is legal threats sent to critics and former members, which The Satanic Temple has a reputation for going back as far as 2014, as described by the Temple's first "high priest" Brian Werner.<ref>[https://youtu.be/ZIN4aZ8IMz0?t=419 YouTube.com], ''High Priest Brian Werner resigns from The Satanic Temple'', relevant portion at 6:59 - "I get an email from the lawyers accepting my resignation with an attached six page non-disclosure agreement. Really dude? After everything you and me have been through in the last three years? You've been a guest in several of my homes. You know my wife. I've been a guest in yours. You've embraced me and called me brother. You couldn't even pick up a telephone and tolk to me? You had to hide behind the lawyers. What is this, Scientology?"</ref> However, it was also present as part of the Great Schism of 2018, which involved TST threatening many of them.
<ref>[https://twitter.com/TheSatanicWiki/status/1462231609776619521 Twitter.com], @TheSatanicWiki posting The Satanic Temple's National Council Meeting Notes for Sept. 9, 2018. Relevant portion: "Legal letters have been sent to ex-CHs [Chapterheads] who have violated NDA [Non-Disclosure/Non-Disparagement Agreement] / AA [Affiliate Agreement] terms"</ref> Finally, an especially egregious example came to light in June 2022 when The Satanic Temple sent a series of emails to the TikToker @TheSatanicHousewife in reaction to one of her videos, threatening her with a lawsuit if she did not record the prepared statement they sent her.<ref>[https://queersatanic.com/the-satanic-housewife-videos-and-legal-threat-by-the-satanic-temple/ QueerSatanic.com], ''“The Satanic Housewife” videos and legal threat by The Satanic Temple''</ref>

== Criminal Court Cases ==
{| class="wikitable"
|+
!Issue
!Date Filed
!Case Name
!Original Jurisdiction
!Case Number
!Result
!Notes
|-
|Attempted bombing
|5/7/2024
|United States ''v.'' Terpstra
|US Western District of Michigan
|[https://www.courtlistener.com/docket/68510101/united-states-v-terpstra/?filed_after=&filed_before=&entry_gte=&entry_lte=&order_by=desc 1:24-cr-00067]
|Ongoing
|Defendant Luke Isaac Terpstra also indicted on federal charges relating to Michigan case# 2024000021. Sentencing scheduled for July 31, 2025.
|-
|Attempted bombing
|4/15/2024
|United States v. Palmer
|US District Court of Massachusetts
|[https://www.courtlistener.com/docket/68446029/united-states-v-palmer/?filed_after=&filed_before=&entry_gte=&entry_lte=&order_by=desc 1:24-mj-01222]

[https://www.courtlistener.com/docket/68514994/united-states-v-palmer/?filed_after=&filed_before=&entry_gte=&entry_lte=&order_by=desc 1:24-cr-10132]
|Pleaded guilty
|Defendant Sean Patrick Palmer accused of throwing an improvised explosive device, charged with "18 U.S.C. § 844(i) - Maliciously damaging or destroying a building by means of fire or explosive"; sentenced to 60 months in Bureau of Prisons and three years supervised released.<ref>[https://www.courtlistener.com/docket/68514994/united-states-v-palmer/?filed_after=&filed_before=&entry_gte=&entry_lte=&order_by=desc#entry-44 CourtListener.com], ''Judge Indira Talwani: ORDER entered. JUDGMENT as to Sean Patrick Palmer (1), Count(s) 1, Defendant was committed to the custody of the BOP to be imprisoned for a total term of 60 months. Upon release from imprisonment, the defendant shall be placed on supervised release with standard and special conditions for a term of 3 years. No fine, no restitution. Total Special Assessment in the amount of $100.00 (SEC) (Entered: 06/16/2025)''</ref>
|-
|Attempted bombing
|[UNK]
|State of Michigan v. Terpstra
|78th District Court (Newaygo County, Mich.)
|2024000021
|Ongoing
|Defendant Luke Isaac Terpstra accused of making explosives in his home with plan to "blow up" TST headquarters; charged with "Explosives - Possession of bombs with unlawful intent" in January 2024; state ID# 202402057
|-
|Vandalism
|[UNK]
|State of Iowa v. Cassidy
|Polk County (Iowa) District Court
|SRCR376781
|Pleaded guilty
|Defendant Michael Patrick Cassidy was accused of hate crime in relation to destruction of a winter holiday Baphomet display at the Iowa state capitol; charged with "729A.2 Violation of individual rights — hate crime"; Cassidy pleaded guilty to misdemeanor and received two years probation.<ref>''Michael Cassidy, a former congressional and legislative candidate, was set for trial June 3, but his attorney filed a guilty plea on his behalf to an aggravated misdemeanor count of third-degree criminal mischief''. [https://www.desmoinesregister.com/story/news/crime-and-courts/2024/05/28/iowa-capitol-satanic-temple-display-vandal-michael-cassidy-sentenced-probation/73881680007/ DesMoinesRegister.com], May 28, 2024</ref>
|-
|Arson
|[UNK]
|State of Massachusetts v. Lucey
|Salem (Mass.) District Court
|[UNK]
|In custody at Bridgewater State Hospital as of 2/22/2024
|Defendant Daniel Damien Lucey accused of setting a fire at The Satanic Temple headquarters in June 2022; was charged with "arson, civil rights violations and destruction of a place of worship"; State ID# M140599
|}

="The Satanic Temple" in its own words=
An incomplete list of the ways The Satanic Temple has described itself for official purposes, such as court complaints, depositions, press releases, and internal documents, with each listed in reverse chronological order (most recent at top, earliest at bottom).

{| class="wikitable sortable mw-collapsible mw-collapsed"
|+
!Date
!Short Description
!Source
!Long Description
|-
|5/03/2023
|'''"a non-theistic religion, federally recognized as a church and a religious public charity"'''
|The Satanic Temple Inc. v. The City of Chicago ([https://www.courtlistener.com/docket/67320005/1/the-satanic-temple-inc-v-the-city-of-chicago/ 1:23-cv-02780])
|Plaintiff The Satanic Temple, Inc. is a religious corporation organized under the laws of Massachusetts and headquartered in Salem, Massachusetts. ... The Satanic Temple (“TST”) is a non-theistic religion, federally recognized as a church and a religious public charity. IRC §§ 170(b)(1)(A)(i); 501(c)(3). ... TST has more than half a million members located in every state (including Illinois) and internationally.
|-
|4/05/2023
|'''"a religious organization"'''
|United Federation of Churches LLC v. Johnson et al ("[[Queer Satanic II]]")
|Plaintiff United Federation of Churches, LLC (dba “The Satanic Temple”) (abbreviated “TST”) ... TST is a religious organization.
|-
|3/30/2023
|'''"a non-theistic, religious not-for-profit corporation"'''
|The Satanic Temple, Inc. v. Saucon Valley School District [https://www.courtlistener.com/docket/67112434/1/the-satanic-temple-v-saucon-valley-school-district/ (5:23-cv-01244])
|Plaintiff, The Satanic Temple, Inc., is a non-theistic, religious not-for-profit corporation with its principal place of business in Salem, MA. TST has more than 700,000 individual members, who are located in every U.S. state, including in Pennsylvania and within the SVSD. TST also has recognized congregations in every state, including in eastern Pennsylvania. TST has been recognized by the IRS as a church, as defined in the Internal Revenue Code § 170(b)(1)(A)(i), and as a religious corporation, as defined in the Internal Revenue Code § 501(c)(3).
|-
|12/05/2022
|'''"a nontheistic religion whose membership openly defies the authority of God and the Church"'''
|Satanic Temple v. TX Hlth and Human Svc ([https://the.satanic.wiki/images/2/20/22-20459_Satanic_Temple_v_TX_Hlth_and_Human_Svc_TSTOpeningBrief_00516567427.pdf 22-20459])
|The Satanic Temple, Inc. (“TST”) is a nontheistic religion whose membership openly defies the authority of God and the Church. ROA.23. To the congregants of TST, Satan deserves veneration as a revolutionary antihero who stood up against impossible odds to seek justice and egalitarianism for himself and others.
|-
|11/23/2022
|'''"a famous IRS-recognized atheistic religious corporation"'''
|The Satanic Temple, Inc. v. Jessica Snow
([https://the.satanic.wiki/images/7/78/D-1-GN-22-006797_-_Plaintiff%27s_Original_Petition_w_Ex_76AC6EC7_-_2022-11-23.pdf D-1-GN-22-006797])
|The Satanic Temple, Inc., plaintiff, (“TST”) is a famous IRS-recognized atheistic religious corporation with its principal place of business in Salem, Massachusetts. TST’s membership exceeds 560,000 and was recently the subject of the acclaimed film, “Hail Satan?”... TST’s membership can be found in every state, including Texas.
|-
|9/30/2022
|'''"a religious association"'''
|The Satanic Temple v. Little ([https://www.courtlistener.com/docket/65392308/1/the-satanic-temple-v-little/ 1:22-cv-00411])
|Plaintiff The Satanic Temple (“TST”) ... is a religious association with its principal place of business in Salem, Massachusetts. TST has over 1.5 million members worldwide, including over 3,500 members in Idaho.
|-
|9/21/2022
|'''"a religious association"'''
|The Satanic Temple v. Holcomb
([https://www.courtlistener.com/docket/65364722/1/the-satanic-temple-v-holcomb/ 1:22-cv-01859])
|Plaintiff The Satanic Temple (“TST”) ... is a religious association with its principal place of business in Salem, Massachusetts. TST has over 1.5 million members worldwide, including over 11,300 members in Indiana.
|-
|2/25/2022
|'''"a Massachusetts religious corporation" and "a famous IRS-recognized atheistic religious organization"'''
|The Satanic Temple, Inc. v. Lamar Media Corporation
([https://www.courtlistener.com/docket/63115599/2/the-satanic-temple-inc-v-lamar-media-corporation/ 5:22-cv-05033])
|The Satanic Temple, Inc. (“TST,”) plaintiff, is a Massachusetts religious corporation with its principal place of business in Salem, Massachusetts. TST is a famous IRS-recognized atheistic religious organization with an international following exceeding 540,000 and which was recently the subject of the film, Hail Satan? ... TST’s membership can be found in every State, importantly to include Arkansas and Indiana.
|-
|2/16/2022
|'''"an IRS-recognized atheistic religious corporation which is organized" and "a private figure"'''
|The Satanic Temple, Inc. v. Newsweek Magazine LLC
([https://www.courtlistener.com/docket/63011247/1/the-satanic-temple-inc-v-newsweek-magazine-llc/ 1:22-cv-01343])
|The Satanic Temple, Inc. (“TST”), Plaintiff, is an IRS-recognized atheistic religious corporation which is organized under the laws of Massachusetts and is headquartered in Salem, Massachusetts.

...

TST is a private figure. TST is a private figure because it is not a household name.
|-
|2/01/2022
|'''"a famous IRS-recognized atheistic religious corporation "'''
|The Satanic Temple, Inc., et al v. Young et al
([https://the.satanic.wiki/images/a/a2/D-1-GN-22-000560-Plaintiffs-Original-Petition-with-Exhibits-2022-02-01.pdf D-1-GN-22-000560])
|The Satanic Temple, Inc., plaintiff, (“TST”) is a famous IRS-recognized atheistic religious corporation with its principal place of business in Salem, Massachusetts. TST’s membership exceeds 560,000 and was recently the subject of the acclaimed film, “Hail Satan?” ... TST’s membership can be found in every state, including Texas.
|-
|1/03/2022
|'''"an umbrella term for a religion"'''
|Cave v. Thurston
([https://www.courtlistener.com/docket/7274697/217/cave-v-thurston/ 4:18-cv-00342])
|“The Satanic Temple” is an umbrella term for a religion which is given legal structure by a constellation of affiliate entities. There is no entity named “The Satanic Temple” anymore because the errantly-named “The Satanic Temple” corrected its name to “The Satanic Temple, Inc.” See EXHIBIT 1 (articles of amendment, dated May 24, 2019, renaming the organization from “The Satanic Temple” to “The Satanic Temple, Inc.”)
|-
|11/03/2021
|'''"an atheistic religious corporation"'''
|St. Michael's Media, Inc. v. Baltimore et al.
([https://queersatanic.com/wp/wp-content/uploads/2022/03/38_4CA_21-2158_-_Amicus_TST.pdf 21-2158])
|The Satanic Temple, Inc. (“TST”) is an atheistic religious corporation with membership exceeding 530,000 throughout all 50 States and internationally.
|-
|5/24/2021
|'''“a religious organization”'''
|United Federation of Churches LLC v. Johnson
([https://www.courtlistener.com/docket/17042463/26/united-federation-of-churches-llc-v-johnson/ 2:20-cv-00509])
|Plaintiff United Federation of Churches (dba “The Satanic Temple” (abbreviated “TST”)…
…
TST is a religious organization.
|-
|3/29/2021
|'''"a religious organization"'''
|United Federation of Churches LLC v. Johnson
([https://www.courtlistener.com/docket/17042463/22/united-federation-of-churches-llc-v-johnson/ 2:20-cv-00509])
|Plaintiff United Federation of Churches (dba “The Satanic Temple” (abbreviated “TST”)...

...

TST is a religious organization.
|-
|2/05/2021
|'''"a famous IRS-recognized atheistic religious corporation with its principal place of business in Salem, Massachusetts"'''
|The Satanic Temple, Inc. v. Hellerstedt
([https://www.courtlistener.com/docket/59182019/1/the-satanic-temple-inc-v-hellerstedt/ 4:21-cv-00387])
|The Satanic Temple, Inc., plaintiff, (abbreviated to “TST”) is a famous IRS-recognized atheistic religious corporation with its principal place of business in Salem, Massachusetts. TST’s membership exceeds 270,000 and was recently the subject of the acclaimed film, “Hail Satan?”... TST’s membership can be found in every state, including Texas.
|-
|2/04/2021
|'''"an IRS-recognized atheistic religious corporation with its principal place of business in Massachusetts"'''
|Satanic Temple, Inc., The v. City of Belle Plaine, MN
([https://www.courtlistener.com/docket/59240138/1/satanic-temple-inc-the-v-city-of-belle-plaine-mn/ 0:21-cv-00336])
|The Satanic Temple, Inc., plaintiff, (abbreviated to “TST”) is an IRS-recognized atheistic religious corporation with its principal place of business in Massachusetts. TST’s membership exceeds 200,000 and was recently the subject of the film, “Hail Satan?” ... TST’s membership can be found in every state, importantly to include Minnesota.
|-
|1/31/2021
|'''"a nonprofit religious corporation with no parent corporations"'''
|The Satanic Temple v. City of Belle Plaine, et al
([https://the.satanic.wiki/images/0/0f/21-3079_Belle_Plaine_v_Satanic_Temple_TST%27s_Brief_5122392.pdf 21-3079])
|Plaintiff-Appellant The Satanic Temple, Inc. is a nonprofit religious corporation with no parent corporations and no publicly held corporations own 10% or more of Plaintiff-Appellant’s stock. As a nonprofit religious corporation, Plaintiff-Appellant has neither stock nor owners.
|-
|1/24/2021
|'''"an infamous IRS-recognized atheistic religious corporation with its principal place of business in Salem, Massachusetts"'''
|The Satanic Temple, Inc. v. City of Boston
([https://www.courtlistener.com/docket/31223191/2/the-satanic-temple-inc-v-city-of-boston/ 1:21-cv-10102])
|The Satanic Temple, Inc., plaintiff, (abbreviated to “TST”) is an infamous IRS-recognized atheistic religious corporation with its principal place of business in Salem, Massachusetts. TST’s membership exceeds 270,000 and was recently the subject of the acclaimed film, “Hail Satan?” ...TST’s membership can be found in every state, importantly to include the Boston metro area.
|-
|9/27/2020
|'''"an IRS-recognized atheistic religious organization"'''
|The Satanic Temple, Inc. v. Lamar Advertising of Louisiana, LLC
([https://the.satanic.wiki/images/a/a1/04CV-20-2100_-_SATANIC_TEMPLE_INC_V_LAMAR_ADVERTISING_OF_LOUISIAN_Complaint.pdf 04CV-20-2100])
|Plaintiff The Satanic Temple, Inc. (“TST”)...

...

TST, plaintiff, is an IRS-recognized atheistic religious organization with membership exceeding 100,000 and which was recently the subject of the film, “Hail Satan?”... TST’s membership can be found in every state, importantly to include Arkansas and Indiana, and internationally.
|-
|4/10/2020
|'''"not a discrete entity with tax returns"'''
|Cave v. Thurston
([https://www.courtlistener.com/docket/7274697/212/12/cave-v-thurston/ 4:18-cv-00342])
|TST’s objection was sustained except to the extent TST was ordered “'''the Satanic Temple''' to produce current bylaws, operating agreements, or analogous documents.” Order at p. 20 (emphasis in original). The order directs TST to confer with all parties for a reasonable protective order. Intervenors propose an attorney’s-eyes-only protective order with an obligation to delete the information following the entry of a final order, and all filings marked “confidential” and filed under seal.

...

“The Satanic Temple” is not a discrete entity with tax returns. Intervenors thus have no responsive documents.
|-
|4/03/2020
|'''"a religious organization"'''
|United Federation of Churches LLC v. Johnson
([https://www.courtlistener.com/docket/17042463/1/united-federation-of-churches-llc-v-johnson/ 2:20-cv-00509])
|Plaintiff United Federation of Churches, LLC (dba “The Satanic Temple”) (abbreviated as “TST”)...

...

TST is a religious organization.
|-
|3/10/2020
|'''"a tax-exempt religious organization" that "can also engage in for-profit commerce"'''
|Cave v. Thurston
([https://www.courtlistener.com/docket/7274697/124/7/cave-v-thurston/ 4:18-cv-00342])
|''Q. Okay. So which -- which organization is the Intervenor, The Satanic Temple, in this litigation?''

A. It's The Satanic Temple.

''Q. Okay. The Satanic Temple, Inc.?''

...

A. To me the Intervenor is The Satanic Temple as a religious organization. This kind of paperwork is meant to justify different facets sometimes of The Satanic Temple. But to me it's all this larger religious body, this -- this organization of -- of The Satanic Temple.

...

I don't even see those things as under any type of umbrella. These are -- and, you know, things like [[Reason Alliance]] and the [[United Federation of Churches]] are completely different to me than something like [[Cinephobia]]; because Cinephobia is representative of another project within The Satanic Temple. United Federation of Churches, Reason Alliance where more things, entities that emerged from consultation with either accountants or lawyers meant to help us better manage The Satanic Temple. But to me The Satanic Temple has always been this kind of one thing.

''Q. So and I'm -- I'm trying to understand how you understand this to work. So you claim that The Satanic Temple is tax exempt?''

A. No. It demonstrably is.

''Q. Okay. But when you talk about The Satanic Temple that includes organizations that are for profit and not tax exempt; right? You see the struggle I'm having?''

A. I -- I don't -- I don't see that as being -- I mean, I see plenty of religious organizations that operate in the same -- same manner, so it's not something to me that makes me think that this is something untoward or something questionable. ... there is a tax exempt religious organization of The Satanic Temple; but it can also engage in for-profit commerce, a online Web store or whatever else. And, you know, my understanding of it is that this is how you do those things, how you do those various things.
|-
|9/26/2019
|'''"a Massachusetts non-profit corporation"'''
|Cave v. Thurston
([https://www.courtlistener.com/docket/7274697/212/5/cave-v-thurston/ 4:18-cv-00342])
|TST is given corporate structure by “The Satanic Temple, Inc.” which is a Massachusetts non-profit corporation. To the extent the request seeks to discover information about members and agents of TST, the request is not proportional to the needs of the case because TST is a complex and international organization with local chapters dispersed throughout the world and whose leadership structure is in constant flux. The current membership of TST exceeds 50,000 individuals, many of whom participate in a leadership role for various charitable and religious activities.

Compounding the difficulty of adhering to the request, individual participants of TST very often have pseudonyms to protect their safety. The volume of information sought is overwhelming and has no passable bearing on the questions of this case.

Not only is the information sought onerous to procure in the first place, Rule 26 requires ongoing supplementation. Every time a volunteer steps down from–or steps up to–a leadership position would require a new supplement.

...

The IRS letter was produced on September 5.
|-
|8/30/2019
|'''"a nascent religious organization"'''
|Satanic Temple v. Scottsdale, City of
([https://www.courtlistener.com/docket/6726362/57/satanic-temple-v-scottsdale-city-of/ 2:18-cv-00621])
|THE SATANIC TEMPLE, a voluntary group of persons, without an Arizona charter, formed by mutual consent for the purpose of promoting a common enterprise or prosecuting a common objective

...

Principally, this amendment adds the various juristic bodies which, at various times, have given an organizational structure to the voluntary association of self-identified Satanists practicing under the moniker “The Satanic Temple.” Because their shared religious beliefs transcend the corporate form, and as a fallback should the Court find a fatal deficiency for any or each of the organizations, “The Satanic Temple” is reserved as an unincorporated association under Rule 17(b)(3)(A).

...

The Satanic Temple (“TST”) is a nascent religious organization.

...

TST is organizationally complex. On the international scale, TST is given structure through [[The Satanic Temple, Inc.]], a Massachusetts corporation. The Satanic Temple, Inc. has been formally recognized as a tax-exempt religious organization under IRC § 501(c)(3). At the times relevant to this litigation, TST was given structure through [[United Federation of Churches, LLC]] (dba “The Satanic Temple,”) a Massachusetts LLC.

On the local scale, TST is given structure through local chapters. Sometimes, but not always, a local chapter organizes into a formal entity. Currently, the Arizona Chapter is given structure through [[Adversarial Truth, LLC]] (dba “The Satanic Temple – Arizona Chapter.”) At the relevant times of this litigation, the Arizona Chapter was simply “a voluntary group of persons, without an Arizona charter, formed by mutual consent for the purpose of promoting a common enterprise or prosecuting a common objective.”
|-
|8/12/2019
|'''"a Massachusetts religious corporation" and "a Massachusetts LLC" and "an Arizona LLC"'''
|Satanic Temple v. Scottsdale, City of
([https://www.courtlistener.com/docket/6726362/53/satanic-temple-v-scottsdale-city-of/ 2:18-cv-00621])
|The Court directed Plaintiffs to “file a short memorandum with the Court that explains what their intent is with respect to having the real party in interest appear in the case.” Doc. 48.

Plaintiffs intend to join the following entities: [[The Satanic Temple, Inc.]], a Massachusetts religious corporation, [[The United Federation of Churches LLC]], a Massachusetts LLC, dba “The Satanic Temple” and [[Adversarial Truth LLC]], an Arizona LLC, dba “The Satanic Temple (Arizona Chapter).” For brevity, “The Satanic Temple” is shortened to its common moniker, “TST,” and interchangeably refers to both LLCs and the corporation.

...

TST, both as the local Arizona chapter and the national organization, must separately prove their standing. The three entities are functionally interchangeable because they are associations of Satanists. For ease of reading, all are treated here.

The three entities interchangeably referred to as “TST” are interrelated. Adversarial Truth LLC is the Arizona Chapter of The Satanic Temple. Michelle Shortt is the sole owner of Adversarial Truth LLC.

United Federation of Churches, LLC (dba “The Satanic Temple”) is the predecessor entity to The Satanic Temple, Inc. United Federation of Churches is owned by two individuals residing in Massachusetts. This entity was in existence at the time of the events in question.

The Satanic Temple, Inc. is an IRS-recognized “church,” complete with a 501(c)(3) ruling letter. Being a nonprofit corporation, The Satanic Temple, Inc., does not have “shareholders” as much as it had “organizers.” This entity was formed after the events in question.
|-
|7/22/2019
|'''"United Federation of Churches, LLC", which is "a tax-exempt organization"'''
|Cave v. Thurston
([https://www.courtlistener.com/docket/7274697/212/2/cave-v-thurston/ 4:18-cv-00342])
|Intervenors do not object to providing the current full legal name of The Satanic Temple. On information and belief, the full legal name of the organization is still United Federation of Churches, LLC.

...

The Satanic Temple is a tax-exempt organization. The IRS letter relating to that status will be supplemented at a later time.
|-
|4/25/2019
|'''"a Massachusetts church"'''
|Satanic Temple, The v. Belle Plaine, City of
([https://www.courtlistener.com/docket/15064653/1/satanic-temple-the-v-belle-plaine-city-of/ 0:19-cv-01122])
|Plaintiff TST is a Massachusetts church organized under section 501 (c) (3) of the Internal Revenue Code. It holds weekly religious services at its headquarters in Salem, Massachusetts.
|-
|11/08/2018
|'''"a Massachusetts limited liability company"'''
|United Federation of Churches LLC v. Netflix, Inc.
([https://www.courtlistener.com/docket/8152228/1/united-federation-of-churches-llc-v-netflix-inc/ 1:18-cv-10372])
|Plaintiff, United Federation of Churches LLC d/b/a The Satanic Temple (“Plaintiff” or “TST”)...

...

Plaintiff TST is a Massachusetts limited liability company, with its principal place of business located at 64 Bridge Street, Salem, Massachusetts 01970.
|-
|7/12/2018
|'''"an organized religion"'''
|Cave v. Thurston
([https://www.courtlistener.com/docket/7274697/17/cave-v-thurston/ 4:18-cv-00342])
|The Satanic Temple is an organized religion.
|-
|2/28/2018
|'''"an association of politically aware Satanists, secularists and advocates for individual liberty"'''
|Doe v. Greitens
([https://www.courtlistener.com/docket/6322005/1/doe-v-greitens/ 4:18-cv-00339])
|Plaintiff is a member of The Satanic Temple, an association of politically aware Satanists, secularists and advocates for individual liberty.
|-
|2/16/2018
|'''"(DBA of UFC) Religious Organization (applied for 1023) whose members support campaigns based on tenets"'''
|TST Organizational Hierarchy and Structure ([https://the.satanic.wiki/images/7/76/TST_Organizational_Hierarchy_Structure.pdf internal document])
|[[United Federation of Churches LLC]]: Registered The Satanic Temple as a trademark...
The Satanic Temple (DBA of UFC): Religious Organization (applied for 1023) whose members support campaigns based on tenets. TST organizational structure outside of EM exists to support chapters and campaigns....

[[Reason Alliance]]: Limited Partnership (LTD)...

[[Sixty Four Bridge LLC]]: Museum/Gallery property owner...

[[Salem Art Gallery]]: DBA for Sixty Four Bridge LLC

...

SAG is a separate entity owned by Sixty Four Bridge LLC. It is decidedly not a chapter of The Satanic Temple. If it were a chapter, it would need a Chapter Head, Media Liaison and complete governance by NC. It is not in the best interests of 80% of the functions of the building for TST Salem to exist. It seems appropriate for merch, weddings, rituals and other TST initiatives to fall under the governance of [[Executive Ministry|EM]]. These aspects of the building make it TST Headquarters.

...

For understanding this organizational structure in context, think of the five functions (headquarters, art, museum, venue, media) as separate tenants of SAG. They are all run differently and serve entirely different purposes. Understanding this will help us move forward coherently.
|-
|2/16/2018
|'''"has chapters throughout the United States and Europe"'''
|Satanic Temple v. Scottsdale, City of
([https://www.courtlistener.com/docket/6726362/1/satanic-temple-v-scottsdale-city-of/ 2:18-cv-00621])
|Plaintiff The Satanic Temple has chapters throughout the United States and Europe with over 50,000 members.
|-
|6/23/2015
|'''"an association of politically aware Satanists, secularists and advocates for individual liberty"'''
|The Satanic Temple v. Jeremiah Jay Nixon
([https://www.courtlistener.com/docket/7760360/1/the-satanic-temple-v-jeremiah-jay-nixon/ 4:15-cv-00986])
|The Satanic Temple is an association of politically aware Satanists, secularists and advocates for individual liberty.
|-
|3/24/2015
|'''“an international religious organization”'''
|Freedom From Religion Foundation, Inc. v. Franklin County, Indiana
([https://www.courtlistener.com/docket/13307466/1/freedom-from-religion-foundation-inc-v-franklin-county-indiana/ 1:15-cv-00484])
|The United Federation of Churches LLC d/b/a The Satanic Temple (“The Satanic Temple” or “TST”) is an international religious organization that is incorporated in Massachusetts and has its primary place of business in Somerville, Massachusetts. However, it has several chapters located throughout the United States.
|}

=References=
<references />
[[Category:Lawsuits]]
[[Incorporated Entities]]

Calling Dr. Satan

2026-09-27T02:02:27Z

Overlord:

[[Jim Goad]]'s [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Answer_Me! Answer Me!] #2, released July 1992.

[[File:Answer Me -2.png|thumb|Cover to "Answer Me!", #2]]

<hr>
=Calling Dr. Satan=

'''Does Anton LaVey Want Your Soul? No. He Has Much Better Taste Than That.'''

It’s a cool Friday night in San Francisco, and people are everywhere in their exorbitant ugliness. They’re sprinkling their oblong bodies with noxious perfumes. They’re stuffing their throbbing little gullets with hot, oily foods. Their faces slacken in cretinous simplicity as they chug-a-lug one martini after the next. They’re cruising the city for a quick score, seeking to drain their genitals of mucilaginous goop.

We circle a restaurant district in a futile quest for free parking. Block after block, and not an inch of curbside space. Cars zip past us in a hellish stream of lonely red taillights. TOO MANY FUCKING PEOPLE!

A thumbnail-sized spider scuttles across the windshield. Its moonlit body assumes the hue of white chocolate. Quietly effortless, its balletic presence rises above the depressing humanoid muck.

So does the glowering aura of Anton Szandor LaVey, whom we meet in a French restaurant after throwing up our hands and paying for parking. Accompanied by biographer/sidekick Blanche Barton, LaVey cuts quite the figure in his black suit and gangster hat. His severe Transylvanian features compensate for the innocuous, pasty-faced nobodies who fill the dining room. Unlike most neo-pagans, he’s charming and doesn’t smell bad.

Over appetizers, we discuss the global clump of human mulch, serial killer Carl Panzram, self-fulfilling surnames such as ‘Goad,’ and how to get rid of one’s enemies. While lapping up onion soup, I make a passing remark about my boundless contempt for Homo sapiens.

“I can see we’re going to get along,” he says with the faint tremors of a smile.

Why the fuck not? A friend of the devil is a friend of mine, and Anton Szandor LaVey might as well be Satan’s press agent. More than anyone else, he brought Satanism out of the closet. Blending what he called “nine parts social respectability [and] one part outrage,” he founded the Church of Satan in 1966. The self-proclaimed “Black Pope” has counted among his followers Sammy Davis, Jr., Kenneth Anger, and Jayne Mansfield. He also penned ''The Satanic Bible'', a lean, nasty tome first published in 1969. But most people, since they can’t read, would probably know him as the guy who played the devil in ''Rosemary’s Baby''.

The details of his past have been disputed by lettuce-smoking navel-gazers, but I’ll accept his version: He was bom April 11, 1930, in Chicago. An only child, LaVey sensed that he was innately different from his peers. Genetically Satanic, he had a “vestigial tail” surgically removed during adolescence. In his teens, he worked as a lion tamer and keyboardist. While pumping the ivories as a tent-show organist, he noticed that the same pious-faced men who attended revival meetings also drooled like apes at strip shows. Later, while working as a crime photographer, LaVey toured the grisliest, basest nooks of human depravity. He concluded that if there were a God, he was indifferent to human suffering.

LaVey came to believe that any religion which denies man’s carnality was doomed to fail, describing Christianity as “getting people to feel guilty for breathing and charging them for the oxygen they breathe.” Declaring that “life is the. great indulgence— death, the great abstinence,” he crystallized a philosophy which rams a hairy fist up the clenched sphincter of all “white-light” religions. While other belief systems deal in the ego’s dampening or annihilation, Satanism attempts to nourish it, preaching anti-mystical rationalism and creative vengeance.

Acknowledging that humans have a Jungian need for ritual, LaVey melded applied psychology with appropriately dark theatrics. He doesn’t accept “Satan” as the persona is understood in Christian theology— it would be rather stupid to worship a fallen angel whose damnation is sealed at an omnipotent creator’s hands. For LaVey, Satan is the creator, or at least a convenient symbol of nature’s dark, randomly brutal forces. The devil’s a lusty archetype, a superhero of the liberated id.

As leader of the “Alien Elite,” LaVey promotes a pruning of the gene pool through “bright supremacy.” Far from espousing noble savagery, he advocates strengthening the police to keep all you assholes in line. He yearns for a future of android slavery and self-contained environments. In a statement which won our hearts, he claims that “population is the biggest problem facing us now.”

After chowing down on frog’s legs and chocolate mousse, we were directed to his black Victorian mansion, a harsh edifice which nearly recoils from the houses around it. As we settled into his parlor after feeling our way down an unlit, tomblike entrance, ''Herr Doktor'' indulged us an hour-long taped interview. I expected him to sound like Bela Lugosi, but he spoke in the measured tones of a Midwestern barley farmer, an accent subversive in its unassuming normalcy. He closed his eyes as he retreated within his pinkish dome to fetch his answers, raising his lids at the end of each soliloquy.

He then wowed us with an organ concert featuring “Yes, We Have No Bananas”; “Mister Jack and Missus Jill” from the all-midget epic ''The Terror of Tiny Town''; Bach’s “Toccata and Fugue in D Minor”; Wagner’s “''Die Walkure''"; sundry circus ditties, Sousa marches, and spaghetti-western themes; and Nat King Cole’s “Answer Me.”

An unscripted conversation went on until five a.m. As I sipped coffee from a pentagram-emblazoned mug, we covered such occultic topics as the pyromaniac film ''The Flaming Urge'', miniature-pony farms, and SCTV’s Shmenge Brothers. Basking in LaVey’s genteel misanthropy, I found him to be keen-witted and palpably repulsed by a devolving, illiterate populace. I realized why he’s considered a threat— beneath his shaven pate lies a formidable brain.

But you can’t trust anything I’m saying, because when I wasn’t looking, LaVey slipped some demons— thirteen or fourteen of them, I’m not sure— into my soul. Every Friday night since the interview, after ordering out for Thai food, Debbie and I perform ritual murder. So far, we’ve bagged six preschoolers, two metalheads, and a pregnant woman who was waiting at a bus stop. We recite the Our Father backwards at midnight, and Satan appears to counsel us. He even got us cheaper car insurance!

I’m brainwashed, you see, hoodwinked by the Great Liar. I’m a Satanic zombie, a Mephistophelean marionette controlled by dark angels I never should have fucked with. I started out as a journalist, but now I’m the devil’s mouthpiece. To all ye who dare tread this perditious path, take heed: Satan ensnares minds with his seductively flawless logic. You MUST close your eyes and ears to logic, or it will DEVOUR you!

'''Why does Satan get so much bad press these days?'''

Well, because, I would say a lot of it is the ''threat'' of Satanism is coming closer and closer to the surface. And it’s nothing that can simply be vanquished as a paper tiger, as a convenience, or a theological need, or some kind of entertainment device, but it’s becoming now a very real force, philosophy, concept to be reckoned with. It’s something that holds a mirror up to not only collective identities, but what people like to think of as individual identities. And it’s overlapping, naturally, into many areas of endeavor that people never thought something called “Satanism” could. By that, I mean music, aesthetics of all kinds, literature, popular culture, and it threatens to become something that is, in fact, very threatening to not only the present economy, unless it modifies its machinations to fit, as well as to the social order as we have known it for many, many years. Probably centuries.

'''Comment on the concept of equality.'''

Well, naturally— I say “naturally” as a Satanist— I don’t believe in equality. I don’t believe there’s anything equal. If you’re going to dissect it or analyze it, even in the sense of quality control or something that’s seen under a microscope or if a spectrographic analysis is made, there are going to be tiny differences in everything, even if they’re rubber-stamp-type things or mass-production things. Nothing is really equal. And it might be quite similar, but when we’re dealing, as I assume you’re asking, in human beings, very few human beings are equal. The most equal of human beings, I would say, would be on the lowest level. Because there are, I mean, God must have loved them, ’cause he made so many of them. But when you get higher up on the evolutionary scale— or social order, whichever you prefer— you’re going to find more differentiation in human beings as you ascend. And then, of course, the higher you go, the more equal you find those from the ones at the bottom. What is usually meant by ‘equality’ is really ‘common denominators.’

But I feel that the question that would normally be put to me would be, “Well, who are you to say who is equal and who is not equal, or who’s superior and who is inferior?” And my only answer to that would be simply based on the product or the impact that these individuals have on the cosmology as we know it, our world. And the contrast between the performers and the audience— those who are the performers in life are certainly not equal to the audience, who occupies a much vaster space than the performers onstage. That isn’t to say that everyone has to be a performer, but certainly, as far as inequality is concerned, the performer, or the stimulator, as I like to call him, is someone who does deserve a little more, if you want to call it, subsidizing, than the person who needs stimulation and gains stimulation from that performer. As far as I’m concerned, the greatest need of human life is stimulation. That allows these spores in this great yeast mold to know that they’re alive, that they’re actually functioning. They ''feel'' something. The stimulation is sort of like a cattle prod or a mild shock. Anything will do to give these people an awareness that they are indeed alive— they have a functioning nervous system. I call them people because, to me, the word ‘people’ is not a positive thing. It is very much a derogatory expression.

And the second-most-vital need would be identity. Obviously, collective identities— that is, herd mentalities— seem to be in the majority. And of the herd mentality, people in the world— and again, I use that derogatorily—''people''— there are very few, or fewer, certainly, that are not collective in their identities. In other words, they haven’t gotten their identities from something that’s been prepackaged or mass-produced, but they’ve found something a trifle different to get more of a ''personal'' identity. And this is not to say that it’s less important to them than it is to the people, but it still, to me, is probably the second-most-important human need.

And getting back to equality, or staying with equality, rather: The whole concept, the entire concept of equality is simply one of wishful thinking or flight of fancy that, very much like the concept of reincarnation, will allow the lowest to feel that they are equal to the highest. And the concept of equality, with that in mind, is designed to keep the lowest satisfied, to serve as pap, or serve as a sort of cosmetic indulgence or enticement to the lowest so that they! too, can feel that they are of the same stuff as the highest.

'''We’ve been talking for a while, and you seem well-mannered and reasoned. When are you going to rip my heart out and eat it?'''

Oh, about sacrifice and that sort of thing? Well, I believe in sacrifice, but not necessarily on an unlawful basis, or one by which you would be apprehended, convicted, tried, and prosecuted or executed. This isn’t to say that I’m against human sacrifice, it’s just simply that I’m against the entanglements or the punishments or the social ''inconveniences'' that [laughs] performing human sacrifices might entail. So, when I talk about symbolic human sacrifices, I say it with the awareness that we are living in a world that frowns upon a Darwinian sort of thinning-out of the species, so there ''are'' ways of sacrificing, performing human sacrifices, without necessarily going out with a butcher knife and killing people.

One of these would be to demoralize or to, in some way, fragment the potential victim or victims into feeling their worthlessness or becoming aware of their own uselessness. And by demoralization and the ensuing, I guess you could call it, ''breakdown'' of these kinds of people, then you are in fact performing some sort of human sacrifice. But not cutting the hearts out of people, and if there’s any of that sort of thing to be done, it would be certainly ill-advised to boast of it or to speak of it.

I would say that every society has its anger and hatreds, boiling rages, either individually or collectively. War is a perfect example of that, and that’s an area that intrigues me and perhaps titillates me, even, because it gives entire countries a chance to advocate, if not cutting the hearts out of human victims, certainly shooting them down in wholesale lots or blowing them up. And yet, one need not feel any pangs of conscience when there’s a convenient enemy during times of war by doing this sort of thing. So, when we are drawing comparisons about human sacrifices on a personal scale and on a mass scale, we certainly realize, or must realize, that if these sort of things are done on a grand enough scale, such as war, they’re perfectly acceptable. So it’s, as I assume you mean, on a personal level that we’re treading on a little more, uh, controversial ground [laughs].

'''Based on what you can glean from the New Testament, give a psychoanalytic profile of Jesus. What type of human was he?'''

Yeah, that’s a question that I find interesting in that it changes as far as the needs of the believers are concerned. And if, for example, we’re living in the eighteenth century, the psychological profile of a Jesus type of divinity would be different than the psychological profile that would be analyzed in the twentieth or the twenty-first century. The current trend— I say trend— is to accept a Jesus type or a Christ figure as having some sort of strong drives, a great deal of anger and perhaps rage, and the “New Jesus,” in the sense of the Second Coming type of Christ, would, in all probability, be the kind of guy that would go out and kill a lot of people rather than one who would die on a cross. And that would simply be because of changing needs, changing myth-needs and needs that fit, of course, the social order as it stands. I think the name would not necessarily change, just as often it remains the same throughout the centuries, but there is a distinct possibility — and that’s why I use the term “the Second Coming”— there is a distinct possibility that the need, the myth-need for a new Christ will be transferred to one name that is more conducive to outrageous behavior, or anger, or revenge, or retaliation, or justice in the old sense of ''lex talionis'' [the law of retaliation], and that would be Satan. And that would provide the Christ figure, but in an updated version by a different name. So really, it’s just a question of finding a need and filling it.

'''I guess the gist of the question is, a human being who would say, “Do unto others as you would have them do unto you,” somebody who would say you have to give up all worldly goods and put on sackcloth—give your opinion of the driving forces in a person like that.'''

I can only see that as an extreme form of masochism, whether it’s self-realized or unrealized. To me, Christianity as it has been practiced or advocated is a life-denying, rather than life-affirming, thing. It has been said before, and I’ll say it again, reiterate, that wearing a cross around one’s neck— the cross being the object of the execution or the destruction of the godhead or the spiritual leader— is no different than wearing an electric chair around your neck if he had been electrocuted or a gas chamber around your neck if he died by cyanide eggs. So, venerating the object of one’s hero’s or role model’s death, to me, is rather silly. It always has been. And as far as Satanic “atrocities” go, there’s nothing that can match a child’s first impression when it walks into a room or becomes aware for the first time that what it is seeing on the wall is either a painting or a plaster statue of a man with his chest ripped open, with his entrails coming out, and with his brow torn by what appears to be barbed wire or thorns, that sort of thing. That’s the stuff of which hack-and-slash movies are made. So, I don’t ever want to hear anything about Satanic horror flicks, or any kind of supposed atrocities that are poisoning the minds of young people, because these kind of horrors have been presented by Christianity for centuries to young people, and it’s probably the only taste, as a matter of fact, they’ve got of these kind of things for a long time, until Hollywood.

'''So, I guess, would you be saying that Jesus had maybe a ''sexual'' need to be crucified? He got off on the humiliation and torture?'''

Oh, of course, yeah. I feel with that kind of masochist, rejection, destruction, I mean, self-destruction, and punishment are definitely the things that he would get off on. And the jokes that we hear and we have heard pretty well sum all that up.

Like, one of my favorites is: The guys are standing in the doorway of their little house watching Jesus being whipped and beaten with a big cross on his back up to the hill where he’s going to be crucified. They see his lips moving, and one of the guys says to the other, “What’s he saying?” And he says, “Well, I don’t know." He says, “Why don’t you go up to where you can hear him?” He says, “I don’t know whether I should go up there or not. I don’t want to get hit myself.” And the guy says, “Well, go on, it’s not gonna hurt. Maybe you can get an idea. He’s saying ''something''. I don’t know what he’s saying.” So finally, the guy goes up and sort of quickly sticks his head in front of Jesus before he gets completely past the row of houses, and he hears him singing, “''IIIII love a pa-rade. ...''”

It’s one of those sort of things. And it’s like the other one, where he’s up on the cross, and he’s motioning to Peter and trying, mumbling, to get Peter to come to him. And Peter’s out there in a crowd of centurions, and they’re throwing rocks at Jesus, and they’re trying to torment him as much as possible. And finally, Peter inches his way through the crowd and gets to the foot of his mentor. And he says, “What, what my Lord? What? What is it you have to say to me?” And Jesus looks down at him and he says, “Peter, Peter— I can see your house from here.”

And so, there was no great problem Christ had, I mean, if you’re talking about psychologically. His only problem was what the rest of the world saw in his problem and subsequently took as a role model for their own masochism. But I don’t think he, if he was as he is portrayed, felt that he was unjustly put upon. He probably felt that without this martyrdom, without this kind of masochistic satisfaction, it wouldn’t have all been worth it. Of course, that’s not what we find in latter-day interpretations, psychological interpretations, of Jesus. And I can understand the reinterpretation, because it is essentially to create a more humanized man out of Jesus, one who is not a masochistic martyr, but one who was really put upon and unjustly maligned, and as in the case of some figures of history, like Wilhelm Reich, really crucified. And I think it’s more of a convenience to psychologically see him as that after the fact. It’s not like we suddenly have discovered psychoanalysis, because Freud has been around a long time now. It’s taken a while to sort of catch up to the fact that maybe— or the supposition, it’s not a fact, certainly, but the supposition— that Christ may have been a real ballsy guy and really was struck down in the prime of his life. Or somebody that was essentially Promethean and went against the grain. That could well be. Of course, I don’t accept the reality of Christ as a living man. I accept only the reality of a myth-need, and the Christ figure to me was something that just sort of fit at the time it was promulgated, and he has been historically accepted sort of as a given, contrary to historical evidence that he never even existed.

'''Let’s dear up one of the biggest misconceptions about the Church of Satan— by “Satan,” of course, you mean an anthropomorphic being with horns and a tail, right?'''

To us, Satan is not an anthropomorphic being. Satan is certainly an anthropomorphic ''image'', though, which is a little different from an actual being. And the anthropomorphic image of Satan is pretty well fashioned in that it is bestial as opposed to ethereal, or cherubic, or patriarchal, or avuncular. Satan is seen as somewhat of a dashing, or rakish, or, perhaps, feral animal type of image. And, obviously, these depictions are something very much like talismanic magic conserved to reinforce the concepts of the philosophical ideas behind Satanism. So, I wouldn’t do anything to dispel that image. Satan as a divinity or as a deity with a pitchfork and a tail and cloven hooves and a beard and all that is certainly more viable to imagine than Satan as a guy that looked like a bespectacled accountant that was sitting behind a desk, even though there have been deviations in the public image of Satan.

Sometimes a Satanic figure has been depicted as a very heavy, or corpulent, individual with lewd sort of features— the kind of appearance you might associate with one of the Caesars. And other times, Satan has been seen, certainly ''many'' times, as a woman, or in the body of a sexy woman. And other times, Satan has been seen as a sort of grey or wizened old wizard with little hairs sprouting out of either side of his head, the sort of alchemist look about him. So, there have been other interpretations that are anthropomorphic that do work. And yet, the one we keep returning to, anthropomorphizing Satan, is the guy that looks like the devil, as devils are known. But this isn’t a person, we believe, that’s out there somewhere just sort of waiting to be called forth and appear in a puff of flame and smoke, but rather someone that walks among us and perhaps even walks ''with'' the person who is dedicated to the concept of Satan, so that when someone would ask, “Have you ever seen Satan?” that person might be able to say, “Yes. Every time I get up in the morning and shave and look in the mirror. Or every time I fix my hair or put on my lipstick,” [laughs] or something like that, if it happens to be a woman. And that would be just as valid an answer for the anthropomorphic concept.

'''One of the most profound things that I read that you said was that truth never sets you free, that doubt is much more likely to at least lead to freedom. Can you say why that is? ’Cause when I interviewed Tom Metzger, the White Aryan guy, he said, “I don’t believe in equality. When they say all men are created equal, I laugh, because nobody in power believes that.” And something just clicked. And the same thing happened when I read that, that doubt is—'''

—That’s right. I agree completely with that, that no one in power believes that. ''No'' one in power believes that. They would never be able to admit it except to their cronies, perhaps, in closed rooms. If they were all to get together, I know pretty much what kind of notes they would compare. And believe me, there would be some across-the-board similarities, and one of them would be that there is no such thing as equality. And their constituents, their disciples, would not necessarily be told what they are in public interviews for an audience.

'''About doubt setting you free . . .'''

Yeah, as far as the truth setting one free. Truth is very much a subjective thing. Because there are different kinds of truths, just like there are different kinds of love. I believe truth and love is, or are, words and terms that can almost be used interchangeably, because they bear this attribute, or this quality, of, “Which kind of love do you mean?” Or in other words, you could say, “What kind of truth do you mean?” There’s the kind of love that’s romantic love, maternal or paternal love, filial love, love as an aesthetic expression, like I love a particular object of art or a painting, a design of an automobile, or something like that. And truth is very much to me the same sort of commodity. Truth is able to be seen as the facts as we know hard facts to mean— applied, hard, demonstrable evidence can be said to be the closest thing to the truth. At least, to me it is.

Then there is, of course, more subjective truth, which can be altered or manipulated according to the dictates or the needs of what truth is supposed to be. Propagandists are experts at that sort of thing. So, if we are to believe the truth as we read it in print, or in factual evidence supposedly given by vested interests, should we really accept that as truth simply because it is put down by experts? We’re getting to a sensitive area with me, because I detest experts, or so-called experts. I distrust experts. Anyone that has the word ‘expert’ after their name immediately, to me, conveys the impression of someone who has just sort of hung out his shingle and become self-styled, whatever. And I feel that the truth coming from these kind of people is absolutely invalid.

But I should get to this other definition of the truth, and that is that the real truth that matters is the truth that matters for ''you''. That fills, or fulfills, your particular personal needs. And that could be very negative when we’re talking about masses of people or humanity in general, because what their needs for truth happen to be are fulfilled in the ''National Enquirer'' and TV. That’s as much truth as they need to know, and, of course, that is truth to them. And if it works, then that’s true enough, as true as they need it to be. But it’s a rather important point to me, being a Satanist, looking at these things like truth from a Satanic perspective. Do we ''really'' want to give these people the truth, because if they had the truth, what would they do with it? How would they react or respond to it? Would they be able to live with the truth? I don’t think they would. So, is it really fair to say that the people that print things like the ''National Enquirer'' are fogging people’s brains? What they’re really doing is dealing in fogged brains and brains that are scrambled to start with, and they’re telling them the truth according to the gospel of what their particular role models seem to put forth.

'''The meaning it had for me, too, was that it seems like the people who are most convinced that they’re right are frequently, or almost always, the dumbest people. Maybe the beginning of intelligence is the ability to question what you believe in.'''

Yeah, and the most righteous, the most self-righteous people, I have found, are not only the stupidest people, but the people who want to believe as the truth what most likely isn’t the truth, but simply the truth that fits their own needs. Now, their needs generally are to destroy anything that’s beautiful, anything that’s fine, anything that’s of quality, anything that’s Promethean or pioneering, anything that’s worth preserving— in short, they’re a pretty loutish crew, and anything that’s of value, they really want to rip apart. They will elect a person to office that in the first place is a Hobson’s choice— who is, perhaps, the lesser of two evils. And in the second place, once they have elected that person into office, then they’ll spend the rest of the time, the remaining time of their attention span with this person, trying to destroy him. So I can’t speak too highly of the discriminatory powers of the masses, because they have their own idea of the truth, and they have their own idea of what’s right and self-righteous. And what makes them feel good, or better, or more right, is what they’re gonna opt for in every case.

And as a Satanist, I prefer to attract or to draw out the kind of people that don’t have to wear the mantle of a good guy or self-righteousness but are willing, as you expressed in your own editorial views, willing to stand forth and say, “Look— you know, I’m ''not'' a nice guy. I’m not Simon Pure. I’m not trying to save the world. I don’t want to be a messiah. I don’t wish to pin any good-guy badges on myself. I just want to say things the way I feel it, and the way I want others at least to give me a chance to say them. And if they don’t want to, they can tell me I’m full of shit or whatever, but at least I’ve had the opportunity to express these views without the sanctimonious, hypocritical whitewash or varnish or sugarcoating of trying to say, ‘Well, I’m trying to build a better world by saying these things.’”

'''Isn't the fight against stupidity a losing battle?'''

Yeah. To me, I’ve written my list of the seven deadly sins— how many of them were there?

'''Blanche''': I think there were nine of them.

'''Anton''': Nine. Yeah. I sometimes forget myself. It’s like the old cliche, “I only work here [general laughter].” But the Nine Satanic Sins— the first one, the top of the list, is Stupidity. [''Note: The others are Pretentiousness, Solipsism, Self-Deceit, Herd Conformity, Lack of Perspective, Forgetfulness of Past Orthodoxies, Counterproductive Pride, and Lack of Aesthetics.''] To me, stupidity is the stuff that is needed, obviously, in the world, and the Christian concept would be to say, “Well, we’re all sinners. We are all born or conceived in sin.” To me, I would say, “''You'' are all sinners by Satanic standards. You are conceived in sin, and you are able to plod through your lives in sin, and you will always be sinners.” But to me, the great sin is stupidity. So, you could just, instead of the word ‘sin,’ substitute it with stupidity: “You are conceived in stupidity, you’re born into stupidity, you live out your lives in stupidity. So, therefore, you are sinners.” And I would accuse them, just as a Christ figure would accuse the minions, his minions, of being sinners, I would accuse these minions of being sinners, too.

'''That’s a better concept of original sin, I think: You’re born stupid.'''

Yeah, I think that’s very well put. That’s a much better concept of original sin, that it’s stupidity.

'''Blanche''': Yeah. Born into ignorance and work from there. If you ''choose'' to.

'''Anton''': I mean, I’ve been quoted as saying, “The world is full of stupes,” and I only started saying that after I sort of got tired of saying, “The world is full of creeps.” And there will always be stupid people. There’s a ''need'' for stupid people. The stupider, the better. When Nietzsche said that man, or the overman, must be eviler, I would say, “If that’s the case, then the common man must be stupider.” Constantly stupider. And this degenerative process is what we’re seeing right NOW, more than at any time in the history of the world, and if it is allowed to run rampant without an alternative or two or three to at least run interference for it, then it’s going to envelop the planet, and we’re going to be a dead planet. But that’s not going to happen, because natural law will always prevail, despite man’s efforts to quash it. So there will always be something like a Satan or a Satanic concept to run interference for this raging overabundance of stupidity.

'''We’ve already seen that Satan dresses better, dances better than God— uh, is he funnier than God, too? How does humor aid the Satanist?'''

I think a Satanic figure that would be humorless would be intolerable. The old adage that “I laughed that I might not cry,” I think [laughs] applies to Satan, or the image of Satan, or the concept of Satan. Because, concerning the sorrows of Satan, his dismay at seeing this fucked-up kind of world, would necessitate that he had to have a sense of humor or some kind of concrete outlet for his dismay or for what would be devastating to him. Because how could such a figure or figurehead be able to live in such a grim world?

I’ve been accused of being an unhappy person deep down inside— a miserable, epical, misanthropic person. I admit that I’m misanthropic. I admit that I’m cynical. And I do admit that I’m often rather miserable, perhaps, to other people. But if I am miserable at times, it’s only because, as Sartre said, “Hell is other people.” Because they make me miserable. And I’m actually a very happy person. I want to be a life-loving, happy person. I just happen to be living in a death-seeking, misery-loving world.

'''I’ve found the most superficially happy-go-lucky people seem to be in a constant state of denial of reality.'''

'''Blanche''': Yeah, there’s also that sanctimony if you compare the images of the white-light religions with Satanic images. Satan never allows himself sanctimony.

'''Where does this need to deny the way things are come from? Is it that if people admitted how shitty things were, they’d just fall apart? I have trouble understanding that myself— what’s this need to gloss over things? If you know deep down that it’s fucked-up, why do you need to think otherwise? What’s the motivation? Is it just an elaborate defense mechanism?'''

'''Blanche (to Anton)''': On the part of most people: Why do they watch Oprah Winfrey and forget about what’s happening to the rest of the world, hmm?

'''Anton''': Because I call it “masochistic America.” Or you could say, “the masochistic Western world.” It varies in some degrees from nation to nation— not much anymore. It’s because their lives are so barren of any personal meaning that the surrogate lives of these shows, of these ongoing digressions, become as real to them, or more real, than their own lives could possibly be. And so, the nature of the show, the nature of the program says it all. Their lives wouldn’t be complete without the stimulation. Again, I use the word ‘stimulation’: of chaos, and disharmony, and problems. There is no way that they could possibly be happy unless they were miserable. And, of course, their miseries are small miseries. Tiny miseries. That still gives them plenty of time to make ''other'' people miserable. Which is, of course, what they do. So, if they had big enough ''real'' problems, then they wouldn’t have time to make other people miserable. And they wouldn’t, perhaps, be as misery-loving.

But they just get stimulation in doses that are palatable. Just enough to satisfy them. By that, I mean eustress, rather than distress. Fun fear, rather than real terror. I think that it would be fun sometimes— I mean, not fun for them— but, certainly, it would be stimulating for me occasionally to see how these people react under true distress. Because I think that’s the only thing that takes them away from their soaps and their theater of disturbance that they seem to crave. And when something really happens, like an earthquake or a plane crash or a disaster or a catastrophe, then it’s no longer eustress. It really gives them what they want, but double or triple in spades. And they can’t deal with that. And that’s when you really see them for what they are, the frightened little creatures that they really are. They want so badly to live in this gradual decline, this gradual imperative to die, but on ''their'' terms, sort of like the epicurean masochist that says, “Hit me here. No— a little higher. Not quite so high, a little bit further down than that. But no, no, that’s too hard.” And that’s the way I sort of feel most people are— they crave eustress, fun fear. And when they get into real ''dis''tress, it’s the sort of thing they can’t take. They might be able to dish out to others, but they can’t take it themselves.

The only thing people generally respond to in the state of distress that they seem to crave, but not be able to cope with when it finally comes, is fear. And pain. Now, I don’t mean fun fear, but I mean TERROR. I mean real fear. And pain— by pain, I mean physical pain. I mean pain like TORTURE. And I believe that most people need periodic doses of fear and pain in order to sort of reinforce the meaning of life for them. They even have coined the term, “No pain, no gain.” And, “The sale begins when the customer says, ‘No.’” And the whole concept of business procedure, where you’re fighting these interminable odds at all times, and if the door slams in your face, it’s a victory, not a defeat. And all success courses and the aggressiveness seminars.

'''Blanche''': Yeah: ''Winning Through Intimidation.''

'''Anton''': And winning-through-intimidation techniques are proof of this. That most people really respond to what is most abrasive and what is most painful and what is most inconvenient. And here’s the real, to me, the blow-off on the whole thing is, without these things— like, these inconveniences, these pains, these turmoils— there’d be no security. That is, verily, their security. It is their habit, it is their security. So, take those things away from them, and you do them a disservice. From time to time, give them REAL pain, and real distress, rather than eustress, and it will be like a rejuvenation for them, a shot in the arm. That’s why wars, catastrophes, disasters, are necessary from time to time. Speaking as a sort of devil [laughs], if I were in that position, I would say, “Well, we’ve gotta have a catastrophe here, a disaster here from time to time, an earthquake, *a tidal wave,” whatever it is. A war. Something to really get people shaken up.

'''I’d like you to comment on what we were talking over dinner about seeing a paradox— that what society would consider the most evil outcasts are invariably the most considerate type of people. For instance, Debbie’s boss is a guy who has a business called [SELF-CENSORSHIP! SELF-CENSORSHIP!], and he speaks in this real glazed voice on the answering machine: “I hope this finds you in a happy and healing place.” And he’s a ruthless bastard! What is the principle behind that, that the most seemingly good people are often the most ruthless— evil in a truly negative sense? And Russ Meyer, yourself, and other people that society in general might consider evil are the most considerate and accommodating type of people. How does that work? I want to understand the physics behind that.'''

Because they don’t have to cover up their meanness or their pettiness or their insecurity or their true dastardly
nature. Because it’s all upfront. I mean, somebody like Russ Meyer— obviously, he’s putting out material, puttingout a product, that mates no pretense about being enlightening or redeeming or in some way a form of salvation, unless you want to say it’s salvation for poor, repressed souls that need to be released. And, obviously, people who are not wearing good-guy badges are more upfront, and they can afford to be nicer, because they’re getting this meanness out, right out in the open. They’re wearing it on their sleeves like an armband. They’re sort of like the black widow spider with the hourglass on its abdomen, saying, “Look— you know, don’t mess with me, because I’m really a pretty mean customer.” Or the rattlesnake when it rattles.

'''Blanche (to Anton)''': You always talk about sleeping on the floor, too.

'''Anton''': Yeah— I always felt that if you sleep on the floor, you never have to worry about falling out of bed. And when you get yourself in this exalted position of self-righteousness, then it’s very easy to drop down a notch into what could be called degradation or disfavor. And so, the pretense has to be kept up even stronger than ever, lest you slip. And that’s why there’s a bigger smile, a more mellifluous voice, and a more godly or saintly approach in a public sense. And it’s failure insurance, really.

'''What pisses you off more than anything else?'''

A lot of things do, and I don’t deny it. I’m not trying to say, “Oh, these things just roll off like water on a duck’s back,” and all that sort of thing, like I don’t pay any attention to these things. I think if you don’t pay any attention to any of these things and they don’t get to you, you don’t get that concentration of energy or that controlled adrenal force or energy that can make magic happen, if you want to call it magic. It has to be for real. You have to really get worked up. It might not be too good for your system— stress is pretty bad for you— but, I mean, let’s face it, it gets things done sometimes if it’s controlled and contained, and this conservation of energy translates. Sometimes a bottling-up of rage and hate, bad feelings about things, anger, is often very powerful, very potent. Because you let a little of it loose, and it’s like a lightning bolt.

And if you’re going around waving your arms wildly and punching at the air like a punch-drunk fighter or raging all the time, that’s not going to really accomplish anything, either. That’s just as bad as taking the self-righteous approach. Like the frothing-at-the-mouth kind of guy with nothing to say but vitriol about everything and anything, that has no sense of aesthetics, that can’t appreciate beauty, appreciate anything in life, that is just totally, “Whatever it is,” like Groucho used to say, “I’m against it.” . . .

Let’s see— what pisses me off? I think the Nine Satanic Sins cover what pisses me off pretty well. Generally, I have my list that would be on a scale from one to ten. Of course, I don’t like shit-disturbers. That would be right up near the top of the list. That would be people who do not have direction or who take the individuals, the institutions, the objects that ''should'' be venerated or should be given consideration, and again, as I said earlier, try to tear these worthwhile things down just simply because they’re better than who the shit-disturber is. And they can’t be allowed to live or flourish, even as simple as their wants may be. Because, however simple the wants of the superior person may be, it’s still the stuff of which resentment is made from the person who wishes to destroy it. . . .

What pisses me off? I don’t like blaming leaders for everything. Leaders are really not anything more than sounding boards for the people that either vote them in or follow them. And when people say, “I was only following orders,” or, “I really don’t feel this way myself, but I was sort of led into this.” People that blame leaders. I don’t care whether the leader is someone like Stalin or someone like Hitler or someone like Manson or someone like a guy that happens to have a group of followers that will just simply — like, Tom Metzger is a perfect example— be blamed for what the knuckleheads or the dunderheads or the stupes do to, perhaps, overextend what they have said. EACH LIVING CREATURE, whether it’s human or otherwise, should be held responsible for ITS actions.

'''OK. I'm sure you’ve been blamed for what the knuckleheads have done.'''

Of course. And I probably will continue and never, never cease to be blamed.

'''What do you think about anarchists?'''

The new self-conscious “anarchists” are humans of little or no value who have turned ineptitude into a movement. They are writers who have nothing worth saying, musicians who have nothing worth playing. Yet they think themselves to be the “cutting edge,” when invariably their blade is a butter knife. I’ve yet to see one with real talent or ability. They resent anyone with plan, purpose, or direction— especially aesthetic discipline and harmony. They’re like the hippies who considered any of the aforementioned “hang-ups.” If you happen to be on their team, when you shit, it’s “performance art.” If you’re otherwise, you could spend a lifetime perfecting a skill and go unnoticed. Anarchists wear their badges of aimless disarray well, though, and silently proclaim, in that manner, how they really want themselves to be. If they want to wear rags, let them toil the fields. Put them in a slave-labor camp for the benefit of the elite.

'''Are animals really more noble than people?'''

I wouldn’t squash a spider, but I could kill a human being. A spider is being the best spider he can be. He’s fulfilling his purpose as a spider. He meshes perfectly with nature’s overall scheme. Nothing in nature is wasted, and I can’t say the same thing about people. ■

Calling Dr. Satan

2026-09-27T01:59:27Z

Overlord: creating page of Anton LaVey (and Blanche Barton) interview in "Answer Me!"

[[Jim Goad]]'s [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Answer_Me! Answer Me!] #2, released July 1992.

[[File:Answer Me -2.png|thumb|Cover to "Answer Me!", #2]]

<hr>
=Calling Dr. Satan=

'''Does Anton LaVey Want Your Soul? No. He Has Much Better Taste Than That.'''

It’s a cool Friday night in San Francisco, and people are everywhere in their exorbitant ugliness. They’re sprinkling their oblong bodies with noxious perfumes. They’re stuffing their throbbing little gullets with hot, oily foods. Their faces slacken in cretinous simplicity as they chug-a-lug one martini after the next. They’re cruising the city for a quick score, seeking to drain their genitals of mucilaginous goop.

We circle a restaurant district in a futile quest for free parking. Block after block, and not an inch of curbside space. Cars zip past us in a hellish stream of lonely red taillights. TOO MANY FUCKING PEOPLE!

A thumbnail-sized spider scuttles across the windshield. Its moonlit body assumes the hue of white chocolate. Quietly effortless, its balletic presence rises above the depressing humanoid muck.

So does the glowering aura of Anton Szandor LaVey, whom we meet in a French restaurant after throwing up our hands and paying for parking. Accompanied by biographer/sidekick Blanche Barton, LaVey cuts quite the figure in his black suit and gangster hat. His severe Transylvanian features compensate for the innocuous, pasty-faced nobodies who fill the dining room. Unlike most neo-pagans, he’s charming and doesn’t smell bad.

Over appetizers, we discuss the global clump of human mulch, serial killer Carl Panzram, self-fulfilling surnames such as ‘Goad,’ and how to get rid of one’s enemies. While lapping up onion soup, I make a passing remark about my boundless contempt for Homo sapiens.

“I can see we’re going to get along,” he says with the faint tremors of a smile.

Why the fuck not? A friend of the devil is a friend of mine, and Anton Szandor LaVey might as well be Satan’s press agent. More than anyone else, he brought Satanism out of the closet. Blending what he called “nine parts social respectability [and] one part outrage,” he founded the Church of Satan in 1966. The self-proclaimed “Black Pope” has counted among his followers Sammy Davis, Jr., Kenneth Anger, and Jayne Mansfield. He also penned ''The Satanic Bible'', a lean, nasty tome first published in 1969. But most people, since they can’t read, would probably know him as the guy who played the devil in ''Rosemary’s Baby''.

The details of his past have been disputed by lettuce-smoking navel-gazers, but I’ll accept his version: He was bom April 11, 1930, in Chicago. An only child, LaVey sensed that he was innately different from his peers. Genetically Satanic, he had a “vestigial tail” surgically removed during adolescence. In his teens, he worked as a lion tamer and keyboardist. While pumping the ivories as a tent-show organist, he noticed that the same pious-faced men who attended revival meetings also drooled like apes at strip shows. Later, while working as a crime photographer, LaVey toured the grisliest, basest nooks of human depravity. He concluded that if there were a God, he was indifferent to human suffering.

LaVey came to believe that any religion which denies man’s carnality was doomed to fail, describing Christianity as “getting people to feel guilty for breathing and charging them for the oxygen they breathe.” Declaring that “life is the. great indulgence— death, the great abstinence,” he crystallized a philosophy which rams a hairy fist up the clenched sphincter of all “white-light” religions. While other belief systems deal in the ego’s dampening or annihilation, Satanism attempts to nourish it, preaching anti-mystical rationalism and creative vengeance.

Acknowledging that humans have a Jungian need for ritual, LaVey melded applied psychology with appropriately dark theatrics. He doesn’t accept “Satan” as the persona is understood in Christian theology— it would be rather stupid to worship a fallen angel whose damnation is sealed at an omnipotent creator’s hands. For LaVey, Satan is the creator, or at least a convenient symbol of nature’s dark, randomly brutal forces. The devil’s a lusty archetype, a superhero of the liberated id.

As leader of the “Alien Elite,” LaVey promotes a pruning of the gene pool through “bright supremacy.” Far from espousing noble savagery, he advocates strengthening the police to keep all you assholes in line. He yearns for a future of android slavery and self-contained environments. In a statement which won our hearts, he claims that “population is the biggest problem facing us now.”

After chowing down on frog’s legs and chocolate mousse, we were directed to his black Victorian mansion, a harsh edifice which nearly recoils from the houses around it. As we settled into his parlor after feeling our way down an unlit, tomblike entrance, ''Herr Doktor'' indulged us an hour-long taped interview. I expected him to sound like Bela Lugosi, but he spoke in the measured tones of a Midwestern barley farmer, an accent subversive in its unassuming normalcy. He closed his eyes as he retreated within his pinkish dome to fetch his answers, raising his lids at the end of each soliloquy.

He then wowed us with an organ concert featuring “Yes, We Have No Bananas”; “Mister Jack and Missus Jill” from the all-midget epic ''The Terror of Tiny Town''; Bach’s “Toccata and Fugue in D Minor”; Wagner’s “''Die Walkure''"; sundry circus ditties, Sousa marches, and spaghetti-western themes; and Nat King Cole’s “Answer Me.”

An unscripted conversation went on until five a.m. As I sipped coffee from a pentagram-emblazoned mug, we covered such occultic topics as the pyromaniac film ''The Flaming Urge'', miniature-pony farms, and SCTV’s Shmenge Brothers. Basking in LaVey’s genteel misanthropy, I found him to be keen-witted and palpably repulsed by a devolving, illiterate populace. I realized why he’s considered a threat— beneath his shaven pate lies a formidable brain.

But you can’t trust anything I’m saying, because when I wasn’t looking, LaVey slipped some demons— thirteen or fourteen of them, I’m not sure— into my soul. Every Friday night since the interview, after ordering out for Thai food, Debbie and I perform ritual murder. So far, we’ve bagged six preschoolers, two metalheads, and a pregnant woman who was waiting at a bus stop. We recite the Our Father backwards at midnight, and Satan appears to counsel us. He even got us cheaper car insurance!

I’m brainwashed, you see, hoodwinked by the Great Liar. I’m a Satanic zombie, a Mephistophelean marionette controlled by dark angels I never should have fucked with. I started out as a journalist, but now I’m the devil’s mouthpiece. To all ye who dare tread this perditious path, take heed: Satan ensnares minds with his seductively flawless logic. You MUST close your eyes and ears to logic, or it will DEVOUR you!

'''Why does Satan get so much bad press these days?'''

Well, because, I would say a lot of it is the ''threat'' of Satanism is coming closer and closer to the surface. And it’s nothing that can simply be vanquished as a paper tiger, as a convenience, or a theological need, or some kind of entertainment device, but it’s becoming now a very real force, philosophy, concept to be reckoned with. It’s something that holds a mirror up to not only collective identities, but what people like to think of as individual identities. And it’s overlapping, naturally, into many areas of endeavor that people never thought something called “Satanism” could. By that, I mean music, aesthetics of all kinds, literature, popular culture, and it threatens to become something that is, in fact, very threatening to not only the present economy, unless it modifies its machinations to fit, as well as to the social order as we have known it for many, many years. Probably centuries.

'''Comment on the concept of equality.'''

Well, naturally— I say “naturally” as a Satanist— I don’t believe in equality. I don’t believe there’s anything equal. If you’re going to dissect it or analyze it, even in the sense of quality control or something that’s seen under a microscope or if a spectrographic analysis is made, there are going to be tiny differences in everything, even if they’re rubber-stamp-type things or mass-production things. Nothing is really equal. And it might be quite similar, but when we’re dealing, as I assume you’re asking, in human beings, very few human beings are equal. The most equal of human beings, I would say, would be on the lowest level. Because there are, I mean, God must have loved them, ’cause he made so many of them. But when you get higher up on the evolutionary scale— or social order, whichever you prefer— you’re going to find more differentiation in human beings as you ascend. And then, of course, the higher you go, the more equal you find those from the ones at the bottom. What is usually meant by ‘equality’ is really ‘common denominators.’

But I feel that the question that would normally be put to me would be, “Well, who are you to say who is equal and who is not equal, or who’s superior and who is inferior?” And my only answer to that would be simply based on the product or the impact that these individuals have on the cosmology as we know it, our world. And the contrast between the performers and the audience— those who are the performers in life are certainly not equal to the audience, who occupies a much vaster space than the performers onstage. That isn’t to say that everyone has to be a performer, but certainly, as far as inequality is concerned, the performer, or the stimulator, as I like to call him, is someone who does deserve a little more, if you want to call it, subsidizing, than the person who needs stimulation and gains stimulation from that performer. As far as I’m concerned, the greatest need of human life is stimulation. That allows these spores in this great yeast mold to know that they’re alive, that they’re actually functioning. They ''feel'' something. The stimulation is sort of like a cattle prod or a mild shock. Anything will do to give these people an awareness that they are indeed alive— they have a functioning nervous system. I call them people because, to me, the word ‘people’ is not a positive thing. It is very much a derogatory expression.

And the second-most-vital need would be identity. Obviously, collective identities— that is, herd mentalities— seem to be in the majority. And of the herd mentality, people in the world— and again, I use that derogatorily—''people''— there are very few, or fewer, certainly, that are not collective in their identities. In other words, they haven’t gotten their identities from something that’s been prepackaged or mass-produced, but they’ve found something a trifle different to get more of a ''personal'' identity. And this is not to say that it’s less important to them than it is to the people, but it still, to me, is probably the second-most-important human need.

And getting back to equality, or staying with equality, rather: The whole concept, the entire concept of equality is simply one of wishful thinking or flight of fancy that, very much like the concept of reincarnation, will allow the lowest to feel that they are equal to the highest. And the concept of equality, with that in mind, is designed to keep the lowest satisfied, to serve as pap, or serve as a sort of cosmetic indulgence or enticement to the lowest so that they! too, can feel that they are of the same stuff as the highest.

'''We’ve been talking for a while, and you seem well-mannered and reasoned. When are you going to rip my heart out and eat it?'''

Oh, about sacrifice and that sort of thing? Well, I believe in sacrifice, but not necessarily on an unlawful basis, or one by which you would be apprehended, convicted, tried, and prosecuted or executed. This isn’t to say that I’m against human sacrifice, it’s just simply that I’m against the entanglements or the punishments or the social ''inconveniences'' that [laughs] performing human sacrifices might entail. So, when I talk about symbolic human sacrifices, I say it with the awareness that we are living in a world that frowns upon a Darwinian sort of thinning-out of the species, so there ''are'' ways of sacrificing, performing human sacrifices, without necessarily going out with a butcher knife and killing people.

One of these would be to demoralize or to, in some way, fragment the potential victim or victims into feeling their worthlessness or becoming aware of their own uselessness. And by demoralization and the ensuing, I guess you could call it, ''breakdown'' of these kinds of people, then you are in fact performing some sort of human sacrifice. But not cutting the hearts out of people, and if there’s any of that sort of thing to be done, it would be certainly ill-advised to boast of it or to speak of it.

I would say that every society has its anger and hatreds, boiling rages, either individually or collectively. War is a perfect example of that, and that’s an area that intrigues me and perhaps titillates me, even, because it gives entire countries a chance to advocate, if not cutting the hearts out of human victims, certainly shooting them down in wholesale lots or blowing them up. And yet, one need not feel any pangs of conscience when there’s a convenient enemy during times of war by doing this sort of thing. So, when we are drawing comparisons about human sacrifices on a personal scale and on a mass scale, we certainly realize, or must realize, that if these sort of things are done on a grand enough scale, such as war, they’re perfectly acceptable. So it’s, as I assume you mean, on a personal level that we’re treading on a little more, uh, controversial ground [laughs].

'''Based on what you can glean from the New Testament, give a psychoanalytic profile of Jesus. What type of human was he?'''

Yeah, that’s a question that I find interesting in that it changes as far as the needs of the believers are concerned. And if, for example, we’re living in the eighteenth century, the psychological profile of a Jesus type of divinity would be different than the psychological profile that would be analyzed in the twentieth or the twenty-first century. The current trend— I say trend— is to accept a Jesus type or a Christ figure as having some sort of strong drives, a great deal of anger and perhaps rage, and the “New Jesus,” in the sense of the Second Coming type of Christ, would, in all probability, be the kind of guy that would go out and kill a lot of people rather than one who would die on a cross. And that would simply be because of changing needs, changing myth-needs and needs that fit, of course, the social order as it stands. I think the name would not necessarily change, just as often it remains the same throughout the centuries, but there is a distinct possibility — and that’s why I use the term “the Second Coming”— there is a distinct possibility that the need, the myth-need for a new Christ will be transferred to one name that is more conducive to outrageous behavior, or anger, or revenge, or retaliation, or justice in the old sense of ''lex talionis'' [the law of retaliation], and that would be Satan. And that would provide the Christ figure, but in an updated version by a different name. So really, it’s just a question of finding a need and filling it.

'''I guess the gist of the question is, a human being who would say, “Do unto others as you would have them do unto you,” somebody who would say you have to give up all worldly goods and put on sackcloth—give your opinion of the driving forces in a person like that.'''

I can only see that as an extreme form of masochism, whether it’s self-realized or unrealized. To me, Christianity as it has been practiced or advocated is a life-denying, rather than life-affirming, thing. It has been said before, and I’ll say it again, reiterate, that wearing a cross around one’s neck— the cross being the object of the execution or the destruction of the godhead or the spiritual leader— is no different than wearing an electric chair around your neck if he had been electrocuted or a gas chamber around your neck if he died by cyanide eggs. So, venerating the object of one’s hero’s or role model’s death, to me, is rather silly. It always has been. And as far as Satanic “atrocities” go, there’s nothing that can match a child’s first impression when it walks into a room or becomes aware for the first time that what it is seeing on the wall is either a painting or a plaster statue of a man with his chest ripped open, with his entrails coming out, and with his brow torn by what appears to be barbed wire or thorns, that sort of thing. That’s the stuff of which hack-and-slash movies are made. So, I don’t ever want to hear anything about Satanic horror flicks, or any kind of supposed atrocities that are poisoning the minds of young people, because these kind of horrors have been presented by Christianity for centuries to young people, and it’s probably the only taste, as a matter of fact, they’ve got of these kind of things for a long time, until Hollywood.

'''So, I guess, would you be saying that Jesus had maybe a ''sexual'' need to be crucified? He got off on the humiliation and torture?'''

Oh, of course, yeah. I feel with that kind of masochist, rejection, destruction, I mean, self-destruction, and punishment are definitely the things that he would get off on. And the jokes that we hear and we have heard pretty well sum all that up.

Like, one of my favorites is: The guys are standing in the doorway of their little house watching Jesus being whipped and beaten with a big cross on his back up to the hill where he’s going to be crucified. They see his lips moving, and one of the guys says to the other, “What’s he saying?” And he says, “Well, I don’t know." He says, “Why don’t you go up to where you can hear him?” He says, “I don’t know whether I should go up there or not. I don’t want to get hit myself.” And the guy says, “Well, go on, it’s not gonna hurt. Maybe you can get an idea. He’s saying ''something''. I don’t know what he’s saying.” So finally, the guy goes up and sort of quickly sticks his head in front of Jesus before he gets completely past the row of houses, and he hears him singing, “''IIIII love a pa-rade. ...''”

It’s one of those sort of things. And it’s like the other one, where he’s up on the cross, and he’s motioning to Peter and trying, mumbling, to get Peter to come to him. And Peter’s out there in a crowd of centurions, and they’re throwing rocks at Jesus, and they’re trying to torment him as much as possible. And finally, Peter inches his way through the crowd and gets to the foot of his mentor. And he says, “What, what my Lord? What? What is it you have to say to me?” And Jesus looks down at him and he says, “Peter, Peter— I can see your house from here.”

And so, there was no great problem Christ had, I mean, if you’re talking about psychologically. His only problem was what the rest of the world saw in his problem and subsequently took as a role model for their own masochism. But I don’t think he, if he was as he is portrayed, felt that he was unjustly put upon. He probably felt that without this martyrdom, without this kind of masochistic satisfaction, it wouldn’t have all been worth it. Of course, that’s not what we find in latter-day interpretations, psychological interpretations, of Jesus. And I can understand the reinterpretation, because it is essentially to create a more humanized man out of Jesus, one who is not a masochistic martyr, but one who was really put upon and unjustly maligned, and as in the case of some figures of history, like Wilhelm Reich, really crucified. And I think it’s more of a convenience to psychologically see him as that after the fact. It’s not like we suddenly have discovered psychoanalysis, because Freud has been around a long time now. It’s taken a while to sort of catch up to the fact that maybe— or the supposition, it’s not a fact, certainly, but the supposition— that Christ may have been a real ballsy guy and really was struck down in the prime of his life. Or somebody that was essentially Promethean and went against the grain. That could well be. Of course, I don’t accept the reality of Christ as a living man. I accept only the reality of a myth-need, and the Christ figure to me was something that just sort of fit at the time it was promulgated, and he has been historically accepted sort of as a given, contrary to historical evidence that he never even existed.

'''Let’s dear up one of the biggest misconceptions about the Church of Satan— by “Satan,” of course, you mean an anthropomorphic being with horns and a tail, right?'''

To us, Satan is not an anthropomorphic being. Satan is certainly an anthropomorphic ''image'', though, which is a little different from an actual being. And the anthropomorphic image of Satan is pretty well fashioned in that it is bestial as opposed to ethereal, or cherubic, or patriarchal, or avuncular. Satan is seen as somewhat of a dashing, or rakish, or, perhaps, feral animal type of image. And, obviously, these depictions are something very much like talismanic magic conserved to reinforce the concepts of the philosophical ideas behind Satanism. So, I wouldn’t do anything to dispel that image. Satan as a divinity or as a deity with a pitchfork and a tail and cloven hooves and a beard and all that is certainly more viable to imagine than Satan as a guy that looked like a bespectacled accountant that was sitting behind a desk, even though there have been deviations in the public image of Satan.

Sometimes a Satanic figure has been depicted as a very heavy, or corpulent, individual with lewd sort of features— the kind of appearance you might associate with one of the Caesars. And other times, Satan has been seen, certainly ''many'' times, as a woman, or in the body of a sexy woman. And other times, Satan has been seen as a sort of grey or wizened old wizard with little hairs sprouting out of either side of his head, the sort of alchemist look about him. So, there have been other interpretations that are anthropomorphic that do work. And yet, the one we keep returning to, anthropomorphizing Satan, is the guy that looks like the devil, as devils are known. But this isn’t a person, we believe, that’s out there somewhere just sort of waiting to be called forth and appear in a puff of flame and smoke, but rather someone that walks among us and perhaps even walks ''with'' the person who is dedicated to the concept of Satan, so that when someone would ask, “Have you ever seen Satan?” that person might be able to say, “Yes. Every time I get up in the morning and shave and look in the mirror. Or every time I fix my hair or put on my lipstick,” [laughs] or something like that, if it happens to be a woman. And that would be just as valid an answer for the anthropomorphic concept.

'''One of the most profound things that I read that you said was that truth never sets you free, that doubt is much more likely to at least lead to freedom. Can you say why that is? ’Cause when I interviewed Tom Metzger, the White Aryan guy, he said, “I don’t believe in equality. When they say all men are created equal, I laugh, because nobody in power believes that.” And something just clicked. And the same thing happened when I read that, that doubt is—'''

—That’s right. I agree completely with that, that no one in power believes that. ''No'' one in power believes that. They would never be able to admit it except to their cronies, perhaps, in closed rooms. If they were all to get together, I know pretty much what kind of notes they would compare. And believe me, there would be some across-the-board similarities, and one of them would be that there is no such thing as equality. And their constituents, their disciples, would not necessarily be told what they are in public interviews for an audience.

'''About doubt setting you free . . .'''

Yeah, as far as the truth setting one free. Truth is very much a subjective thing. Because there are different kinds of truths, just like there are different kinds of love. I believe truth and love is, or are, words and terms that can almost be used interchangeably, because they bear this attribute, or this quality, of, “Which kind of love do you mean?” Or in other words, you could say, “What kind of truth do you mean?” There’s the kind of love that’s romantic love, maternal or paternal love, filial love, love as an aesthetic expression, like I love a particular object of art or a painting, a design of an automobile, or something like that. And truth is very much to me the same sort of commodity. Truth is able to be seen as the facts as we know hard facts to mean— applied, hard, demonstrable evidence can be said to be the closest thing to the truth. At least, to me it is.

Then there is, of course, more subjective truth, which can be altered or manipulated according to the dictates or the needs of what truth is supposed to be. Propagandists are experts at that sort of thing. So, if we are to believe the truth as we read it in print, or in factual evidence supposedly given by vested interests, should we really accept that as truth simply because it is put down by experts? We’re getting to a sensitive area with me, because I detest experts, or so-called experts. I distrust experts. Anyone that has the word ‘expert’ after their name immediately, to me, conveys the impression of someone who has just sort of hung out his shingle and become self-styled, whatever. And I feel that the truth coming from these kind of people is absolutely invalid.

But I should get to this other definition of the truth, and that is that the real truth that matters is the truth that matters for ''you''. That fills, or fulfills, your particular personal needs. And that could be very negative when we’re talking about masses of people or humanity in general, because what their needs for truth happen to be are fulfilled in the ''National Enquirer'' and TV. That’s as much truth as they need to know, and, of course, that is truth to them. And if it works, then that’s true enough, as true as they need it to be. But it’s a rather important point to me, being a Satanist, looking at these things like truth from a Satanic perspective. Do we ''really'' want to give these people the truth, because if they had the truth, what would they do with it? How would they react or respond to it? Would they be able to live with the truth? I don’t think they would. So, is it really fair to say that the people that print things like the ''National Enquirer'' are fogging people’s brains? What they’re really doing is dealing in fogged brains and brains that are scrambled to start with, and they’re telling them the truth according to the gospel of what their particular role models seem to put forth.

'''The meaning it had for me, too, was that it seems like the people who are most convinced that they’re right are frequently, or almost always, the dumbest people. Maybe the beginning of intelligence is the ability to question what you believe in.'''

Yeah, and the most righteous, the most self-righteous people, I have found, are not only the stupidest people, but the people who want to believe as the truth what most likely isn’t the truth, but simply the truth that fits their own needs. Now, their needs generally are to destroy anything that’s beautiful, anything that’s fine, anything that’s of quality, anything that’s Promethean or pioneering, anything that’s worth preserving— in short, they’re a pretty loutish crew, and anything that’s of value, they really want to rip apart. They will elect a person to office that in the first place is a Hobson’s choice— who is, perhaps, the lesser of two evils. And in the second place, once they have elected that person into office, then they’ll spend the rest of the time, the remaining time of their attention span with this person, trying to destroy him. So I can’t speak too highly of the discriminatory powers of the masses, because they have their own idea of the truth, and they have their own idea of what’s right and self-righteous. And what makes them feel good, or better, or more right, is what they’re gonna opt for in every case.

And as a Satanist, I prefer to attract or to draw out the kind of people that don’t have to wear the mantle of a good guy or self-righteousness but are willing, as you expressed in your own editorial views, willing to stand forth and say, “Look— you know, I’m ''not'' a nice guy. I’m not Simon Pure. I’m not trying to save the world. I don’t want to be a messiah. I don’t wish to pin any good-guy badges on myself. I just want to say things the way I feel it, and the way I want others at least to give me a chance to say them. And if they don’t want to, they can tell me I’m full of shit or whatever, but at least I’ve had the opportunity to express these views without the sanctimonious, hypocritical whitewash or varnish or sugarcoating of trying to say, ‘Well, I’m trying to build a better world by saying these things.’”

'''Isn't the fight against stupidity a losing battle?'''

Yeah. To me, I’ve written my list of the seven deadly sins— how many of them were there?

'''Blanche''': I think there were nine of them.

'''Anton''': Nine. Yeah. I sometimes forget myself. It’s like the old cliche, “I only work here [general laughter].” But the Nine Satanic Sins— the first one, the top of the list, is Stupidity. [''Note: The others are Pretentiousness, Solipsism, Self-Deceit, Herd Conformity, Lack of Perspective, Forgetfulness of Past Orthodoxies, Counterproductive Pride, and Lack of Aesthetics.''] To me, stupidity is the stuff that is needed, obviously, in the world, and the Christian concept would be to say, “Well, we’re all sinners. We are all born or conceived in sin.” To me, I would say, “''You'' are all sinners by Satanic standards. You are conceived in sin, and you are able to plod through your lives in sin, and you will always be sinners.” But to me, the great sin is stupidity. So, you could just, instead of the word ‘sin,’ substitute it with stupidity: “You are conceived in stupidity, you’re born into stupidity, you live out your lives in stupidity. So, therefore, you are sinners.” And I would accuse them, just as a Christ figure would accuse the minions, his minions, of being sinners, I would accuse these minions of being sinners, too.

'''That’s a better concept of original sin, I think: You’re born stupid.'''

Yeah, I think that’s very well put. That’s a much better concept of original sin, that it’s stupidity.

'''Blanche''': Yeah. Born into ignorance and work from there. If you ''choose'' to.

'''Anton''': I mean, I’ve been quoted as saying, “The world is full of stupes,” and I only started saying that after I sort of got tired of saying, “The world is full of creeps.” And there will always be stupid people. There’s a ''need'' for stupid people. The stupider, the better. When Nietzsche said that man, or the overman, must be eviler, I would say, “If that’s the case, then the common

man must be stupider.” Constantly stupider. And this degenerative process is what we’re seeing right NOW, more than at any time in the history of the world, and if it is allowed to run rampant without an alternative or two or three to at least run interference for it, then it’s going to envelop the planet, and we’re going to be a dead planet. But that’s not going to happen, because natural law will always prevail, despite man’s efforts to quash it. So there will always be something like a Satan or a Satanic concept to run interference for this raging overabundance of stupidity.

'''We’ve already seen that Satan dresses better, dances better than God— uh, is he funnier than God, too? How does humor aid the Satanist?'''

I think a Satanic figure that would be humorless would be intolerable. The old adage that “I laughed that I might not cry,” I think [laughs] applies to Satan, or the image of Satan, or the concept of Satan. Because, concerning the sorrows of Satan, his dismay at seeing this fucked-up kind of world, would necessitate that he had to have a sense of humor or some kind of concrete outlet for his dismay or for what would be devastating to him. Because how could such a figure or figurehead be able to live in such a grim world?

I’ve been accused of being an unhappy person deep down inside— a miserable, epical, misanthropic person. I admit that I’m misanthropic. I admit that I’m cynical. And I do admit that I’m often rather miserable, perhaps, to other people. But if I am miserable at times, it’s only because, as Sartre said, “Hell is other people.” Because they make me miserable. And I’m actually a very happy person. I want to be a life-loving, happy person. I just happen to be living in a death-seeking, misery-loving world.

'''I’ve found the most superficially happy-go-lucky people seem to be in a constant state of denial of reality.'''

'''Blanche''': Yeah, there’s also that sanctimony if you compare the images of the white-light religions with Satanic images. Satan never allows himself sanctimony.

'''Where does this need to deny the way things are come from? Is it that if people admitted how shitty things were, they’d just fall apart? I have trouble understanding that myself— what’s this need to gloss over things? If you know deep down that it’s fucked-up, why do you need to think otherwise? What’s the motivation? Is it just an elaborate defense mechanism?'''

'''Blanche (to Anton)''': On the part of most people: Why do they watch Oprah Winfrey and forget about what’s happening to the rest of the world, hmm?

'''Anton''': Because I call it “masochistic America.” Or you could say, “the masochistic Western world.” It varies in some degrees from nation to nation— not much anymore. It’s because their lives are so barren of any personal meaning that the surrogate lives of these shows, of these ongoing digressions, become as real to them, or more real, than their own lives could possibly be. And so, the nature of the show, the nature of the program says it all. Their lives wouldn’t be complete without the stimulation. Again, I use the word ‘stimulation’: of chaos, and disharmony, and problems. There is no way that they could possibly be happy unless they were miserable. And, of course, their miseries are small miseries. Tiny miseries. That still gives them plenty of time to make ''other'' people miserable. Which is, of course, what they do. So, if they had big enough ''real'' problems, then they wouldn’t have time to make other people miserable. And they wouldn’t, perhaps, be as misery-loving.

But they just get stimulation in doses that are palatable. Just enough to satisfy them. By that, I mean eustress, rather than distress. Fun fear, rather than real terror. I think that it would be fun sometimes— I mean, not fun for them— but, certainly, it would be stimulating for me occasionally to see how these people react under true distress. Because I think that’s the only thing that takes them away from their soaps and their theater of disturbance that they seem to crave. And when something really happens, like an earthquake or a plane crash or a disaster or a catastrophe, then it’s no longer eustress. It really gives them what they want, but double or triple in spades. And they can’t deal with that. And that’s when you really see them for what they are, the frightened little creatures that they really are. They want so badly to live in this gradual decline, this gradual imperative to die, but on ''their'' terms, sort of like the epicurean masochist that says, “Hit me here. No— a little higher. Not quite so high, a little bit further down than that. But no, no, that’s too hard.” And that’s the way I sort of feel most people are— they crave eustress, fun fear. And when they get into real ''dis''tress, it’s the sort of thing they can’t take. They might be able to dish out to others, but they can’t take it themselves.

The only thing people generally respond to in the state of distress that they seem to crave, but not be able to cope with when it finally comes, is fear. And pain. Now, I don’t mean fun fear, but I mean TERROR. I mean real fear. And pain— by pain, I mean physical pain. I mean pain like TORTURE. And I believe that most people need periodic doses of fear and pain in order to sort of reinforce the meaning of life for them. They even have coined the term, “No pain, no gain.” And, “The sale begins when the customer says, ‘No.’” And the whole concept of business procedure, where you’re fighting these interminable odds at all times, and if the door slams in your face, it’s a victory, not a defeat. And all success courses and the aggressiveness seminars.

'''Blanche''': Yeah: ''Winning Through Intimidation.''

'''Anton''': And winning-through-intimidation techniques are proof of this. That most people really respond to what is most abrasive and what is most painful and what is most inconvenient. And here’s the real, to me, the blow-off on the whole thing is, without these things— like, these inconveniences, these pains, these turmoils— there’d be no security. That is, verily, their security. It is their habit, it is their security. So, take those things away from them, and you do them a disservice. From time to time, give them REAL pain, and real distress, rather than eustress, and it will be like a rejuvenation for them, a shot in the arm. That’s why wars, catastrophes, disasters, are necessary from time to time. Speaking as a sort of devil [laughs], if I were in that position, I would say, “Well, we’ve gotta have a catastrophe here, a disaster here from time to time, an earthquake, *a tidal wave,” whatever it is. A war. Something to really get people shaken up.

'''I’d like you to comment on what we were talking over dinner about seeing a paradox— that what society would consider the most evil outcasts are invariably the most considerate type of people. For instance, Debbie’s boss is a guy who has a business called [SELF-CENSORSHIP! SELF-CENSORSHIP!], and he speaks in this real glazed voice on the answering machine: “I hope this finds you in a happy and healing place.” And he’s a ruthless bastard! What is the principle behind that, that the most seemingly good people are often the most ruthless— evil in a truly negative sense? And Russ Meyer, yourself, and other people that society in general might consider evil are the most considerate and accommodating type of people. How does that work? I want to understand the physics behind that.'''

Because they don’t have to cover up their meanness or their pettiness or their insecurity or their true dastardly
nature. Because it’s all upfront. I mean, somebody like Russ Meyer— obviously, he’s putting out material, puttingout a product, that mates no pretense about being enlightening or redeeming or in some way a form of salvation, unless you want to say it’s salvation for poor, repressed souls that need to be released. And, obviously, people who are not wearing good-guy badges are more upfront, and they can afford to be nicer, because they’re getting this meanness out, right out in the open. They’re wearing it on their sleeves like an armband. They’re sort of like the black widow spider with the hourglass on its abdomen, saying, “Look— you know, don’t mess with me, because I’m really a pretty mean customer.” Or the rattlesnake when it rattles.

'''Blanche (to Anton)''': You always talk about sleeping on the floor, too.

'''Anton''': Yeah— I always felt that if you sleep on the floor, you never have to worry about falling out of bed. And when you get yourself in this exalted position of self-righteousness, then it’s very easy to drop down a notch into what could be called degradation or disfavor. And so, the pretense has to be kept up even stronger than ever, lest you slip. And that’s why there’s a bigger smile, a more mellifluous voice, and a more godly or saintly approach in a public sense. And it’s failure insurance, really.

'''What pisses you off more than anything else?'''

A lot of things do, and I don’t deny it. I’m not trying to say, “Oh, these things just roll off like water on a duck’s back,” and all that sort of thing, like I don’t pay any attention to these things. I think if you don’t pay any attention to any of these things and they don’t get to you, you don’t get that concentration of energy or that controlled adrenal force or energy that can make magic happen, if you want to call it magic. It has to be for real. You have to really get worked up. It might not be too good for your system— stress is pretty bad for you— but, I mean, let’s face it, it gets things done sometimes if it’s controlled and contained, and this conservation of energy translates. Sometimes a bottling-up of rage and hate, bad feelings about things, anger, is often very powerful, very potent. Because you let a little of it loose, and it’s like a lightning bolt.

And if you’re going around waving your arms wildly and punching at the air like a punch-drunk fighter or raging all the time, that’s not going to really accomplish anything, either. That’s just as bad as taking the self-righteous approach. Like the frothing-at-the-mouth kind of guy with nothing to say but vitriol about everything and anything, that has no sense of aesthetics, that can’t appreciate beauty, appreciate anything in life, that is just totally, “Whatever it is,” like Groucho used to say, “I’m against it.” . . .

Let’s see— what pisses me off? I think the Nine Satanic Sins cover what pisses me off pretty well. Generally, I have my list that would be on a scale from one to ten. Of course, I don’t like shit-disturbers. That would be right up near the top of the list. That would be people who do not have direction or who take the individuals, the institutions, the objects that ''should'' be venerated or should be given consideration, and again, as I said earlier, try to tear these worthwhile things down just simply because they’re better than who the shit-disturber is. And they can’t be allowed to live or flourish, even as simple as their wants may be. Because, however simple the wants of the superior person may be, it’s still the stuff of which resentment is made from the person who wishes to destroy it. . . .

What pisses me off? I don’t like blaming leaders for everything. Leaders are really not anything more than sounding boards for the people that either vote them in or follow them. And when people say, “I was only following orders,” or, “I really don’t feel this way myself, but I was sort of led into this.” People that blame leaders. I don’t care whether the leader is someone like Stalin or someone like Hitler or someone like Manson or someone like a guy that happens to have a group of followers that will just simply — like, Tom Metzger is a perfect example— be blamed for what the knuckleheads or the dunderheads or the stupes do to, perhaps, overextend what they have said. EACH LIVING CREATURE, whether it’s human or otherwise, should be held responsible for ITS actions.

'''OK. I'm sure you’ve been blamed for what the knuckleheads have done.'''

Of course. And I probably will continue and never, never cease to be blamed.

'''What do you think about anarchists?'''

The new self-conscious “anarchists” are humans of little or no value who have turned ineptitude into a movement. They are writers who have nothing worth saying, musicians who have nothing worth playing. Yet they think themselves to be the “cutting edge,” when invariably their blade is a butter knife. I’ve yet to see one with real talent or ability. They resent anyone with plan, purpose, or direction— especially aesthetic discipline and harmony. They’re like the hippies who considered any of the aforementioned “hang-ups.” If you happen to be on their team, when you shit, it’s “performance art.” If you’re otherwise, you could spend a lifetime perfecting a skill and go unnoticed. Anarchists wear their badges of aimless disarray well, though, and silently proclaim, in that manner, how they really want themselves to be. If they want to wear rags, let them toil the fields. Put them in a slave-labor camp for the benefit of the elite.

'''Are animals really more noble than people?'''

I wouldn’t squash a spider, but I could kill a human being. A spider is being the best spider he can be. He’s fulfilling his purpose as a spider. He meshes perfectly with nature’s overall scheme. Nothing in nature is wasted, and I can’t say the same thing about people. ■

File:Answer Me -2.png

2026-09-27T01:58:15Z

Overlord:

Cover of the hate magazine "Answer Me!", No. 2, with art by Nick Bougas.

The Black Flame Vol. 4 No. 3 and No. 4

2026-09-08T06:25:47Z

Overlord: /* Next article */ focusing on Odditorium

Full uncorrected text (3/17/25) of [https://the.satanic.wiki/images/f/f2/The_Black_Flame_4%283-4%29.pdf The Black Flame Vol. 4 No. 3 and No. 4].

<hr>

INSIDE THIS ISSUE:
ANTON LA VEY - INTERVIEW "DESIDERATA SATANICUS" KING DIAMOND - INTERVIEW
"DUELING DUALITIES"
"HERD ELITIST IDEOLOGIES" "EUGENICS AND DYSGENICS" "ODDITORIUM:"
PRINT, MUSIC, VIDEO REVIEWS
AND MUCH MORE!

Editor Peter H Gilmore

Associate Editor Peggy Nadramia

The Black Flame is published by Hell's Kitchen Productions, Inc.

Copyright 1993 C.E. by Hell's Kitchen Productions, Inc. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without written permission is prohibited.

Mailing address: P.O. Box 499, Radio City Station, New York, NY 10101 - 0499 U.S.A.
Double issue price: $6.00 in the U.S.,
$8.00 outside the U.S. Subscriptions: $12.00 in the U.S. for two double issues.
$16.00 outside the U.S. for two double issues.
Single issues and fuck issues are not avaiJahle. Send check, bank draught or money order in U.S. funds only.
Opinions expressed herein are those of the authars al,one.

We accept no responsibility for unsolicited manuscripts. Correspondence requesting a response must be accompanied by an S.A.S.E.

COVER IMAGE: Lance Thimmes

==Desiderata Satanicus==
My worst enemies are those who presume me to be harmless. They cannot imagine how much I resent and disdain them, or just how great a threat they would face if I could get at them. Everything in their behavior speaks of insult and presumptuousness, and for now it is all I can do to make constructive use of my anger toward them. At this time, I just make a list of them and keep a watch on. Some day, with the help of time, space, and circumstance, I will be able to humiliate them properly — not in a manner they would enjoy, but in a style calculated to make them wish that they had never been born.
—Anton Szandor LaVey, 1989

==The Tide Turns==
By Peter H. Gilmore

WE HAVE SEEN IN RECENT MONTHS a trend on the part of academics, picked up by the media, towards refutation of the contemporary urban legend of "Satanic Ritual Abuse" which has been the foundation of entire "consultation" and "therapy" industries. The idiot fundamentalist effort to convince people that a worldwide conspiracy exists (to breed babies from dysfunctional women, spread drugs, pornography, and snuff films in an effort to dominate the globe) is finally being perceived to be a laughable fantasy. How long will it be until the McMartin trial joins the Salem debacle as a symbol of the American "justice" system gone wrong?

Yet during the entire hoohah, real Satanists have been untouched by this "witch hunt." Instead, children of Christian parents have come under the influence ot their pastors and therapists and have accused family members and friends of being Satanists, often ruining their lives. And who can ignore the continuing media-touted scandal of child molestation perpetrated by Christian clergymen? This is all so well deserved. Behold the utter desperation of Christianity in its last gasp to find an enemy which can frighten the gullible into their churches. This enemy is but a projection of their own misdeeds which stem from the heart of their anti-life creed. Let them feed on themselves, as followers of the flaccid Nazarene should.

Church of Satan spokespersons have been going on talk-shows for years, debunking this hysteria, yet now that "official" sources are coming to their senses does anyone look to us and say, "Gee, you were right all along?" Of course not.

We were invited on these shows not as sources of truth, but as freaks, "real live Satanists" at whom the proles could gawk. However, we did not shrink from articulating the unvarnished truth of our beliefs which many label as brutal, fascist, animalistic. If people want to fear us, then let them fear us for the '''correct''' reasons. We made this effort so that there would be an accurate presentation of our beliefs, especially should the time come when we could face legal difficulties because of our affiliations.

The real danger lies in the remaining influence of this mythology on law enforcement agencies. Tax dollars are still being wasted on seminars run by self-proclaimed experts (often retired, moonlighting, or would-be law officers of a decidedly Christian slant) who spread completely bogus information. The gullible local cops, wowed by jargon-laden presentations, swallow this stuff whole as it comes from apparent "experts" and thus they help spread a panic by seeing signs of the Devil's work in minor and typical crimes. Just recently I was called in to examine evidence that Satanic cult activity was the basis for vandalism of a house up for sale that had remained vacant for about a year. Prior to examining the site, I was told that certain Satanic graffiti and an inverted cross had been found, proof positive that this had been done by a local cult. Yeah, right.

When I got to the house, an old structure that is fairly isolated, I examined every room and the entire grounds. What I found was an old mattress in the living room, with a collapsed card table next to it as well as two candles (one green, one pink). A small cross pendant was hung on the edge of the table, which seemed to have been removed by the wearer before going to sleep on the aforementioned mattress (the cross had sharp edges, but was not inverted). The only graffiti were various slogans such as "Nicole loves Mark" (if there is hidden Satanic significance, it escapes me). And in an upstairs room, once belonging to a child as evidenced by the garish sports-figure wall paper, there was a copy of the ''Necronomicon'' and a Ouija board. We all know how essential how essential this paraphernalia is to authentic Satanic ritual - NOT! Outdoors, the squatters had taken the lawn mower from the garage and hot a path through the overgrown grass to a section of the yard surrounded by pine trees. Here they mowed out a roughly circular patch, about eight feet in diameter, in which to sun-bathe. There were no signs of ritualistic activity in this circle. So, here was, at most, teenage dabbler stuff, but hardly evidence of a cult. This sort of incident has been repeated across the nation and has been inflated by the overactive imaginations of the gullible (ofien those with Christian beliefs) into evidence for a broad-based conspiracy. I don't particularly care about the paranoid fantasies of the dysfunctional, but when members of the police are convinced that there are Satanists lurking under the beds of innocent Americans, that is when we must insistently stand up and tell them the truth about our beliefs. And so we have been doing.

I have been active in recent months as a consultant/expert witness regarding the practice of Satanism in cases concerning the religious rights of prisoners (individuals who have become members of the Church of Satan after their incarceration). Numerous prisons are very "liberal" where religious observences (''sic'') are concerned and some even have multi-million dollar complexes to serve the needs of their inmate population, yet when it comes to allowing Satanists to ritualize, or even have their literature, there has been resistance from some institutional authorities. We have been making headway in this area by demonstrating our credentials as a legally-recognized religious organization whose existence must be tolerated along with the other minority religions permitted. We do not seek special treatment for these incarcerated Satanists, simply that they be given equal treatment concerning religious practices.

Also, we assist only those inmates whose professed Satanism is consistent with our philosophy, which has been clearly delineated in our publicly available literature and other media presentations.

It has never been the goal of the Church of Satan to take its place among the other world religions, with dutiful followers and neatly labeled congregations. No, Satanism will permeate the societies of the globe as a secular lifestyle.

Indeed, Satanism '''has''' penetrated the culture in many ways, and obvious imagery has particularly conquered the heavy metal world. Yet our religion is often not taken seriously. This can be used as a strength, for Satanists continue to influence larger cultural movement without being recognized as such, except by the astute - and some of our Christian enemies ''do'' know what we really stand for.

We do '''not''' intend to turn the vast insensate masses into Satanists. Nor do we wish to eliminate those whom we consider to be less than elite (though we'd definitely like to see their numbers reduced from the overwhelming majority they now hold). How then could we predators exercise our prerogative? The masses will do as always and follow their inertia. However, in the growing Satanic Age, we shall find desired situations and objects a bit more easily obtainable, and we shall have direct recourse to justice. In the interim, we will not be treated with any less respect than other religions.

While the Christians have been tilting at straw men, we have continued to extend our influence through society. We have defended real Satanism, and have spread our literature so that our fellows will know by what name they are to be known, Meanwhile, the altruist/egalitarians have continued to force situations into extremes so that even the dullard couch potatoes have come to see the error of this doctrine - ''reductio ad absurdum'' works again!

As always, we remain aloof from the hubub with our cherished objects and individuals, and when the time comes we '''push''' and direct the currents as they should naturally go. Our victory is assured as we are in harmony with Nature-avatars of the Universe's Order. We demand that ''Lex Talionis'' be the rallying cry for a return to justice, and that - as long as this present system lasts - those who are hired to administer justice, and thus act as agents of the state, will leave their religious prejudices at home. Not for nothing did our Satanic founding fathers create a Constitution which demands a separation of church and state.

So enjoy the ringside Colosseum seats and the spectacle of Christians being thrown to Christians, but keep an eye on those gullible constables. As our influence continues, we will see '''real order''' based on Natural law, not the criminal-favoring morass enshrined in today's "justice" system. And don't be surprised if some of those men and women in blue, who aren't the least bit gullible, put on Baphomets when their badges come off.

==Elbow Patch Commandos==
By Blanche Barton

RAN ACROSS A NEW BOOK on the Sociology shelves yesterday - ''Satanic Panic: The Creation of a Contemporary Legend'', by Jeffrey S. Victor. At first glance, it's a much-needed objective debunking of the Satanic hysteria, analyzing it not from a Christian perspective, but from the standpoint of an academically-accredited scholar well-versed in the phenomena of rumor-panics. Upon closer examination, though the book is 310 pages long (minus appendices, notes and references), it is a relatively superficial analysis and adds little to the debunking books already out, such as ''In Pursuit of Satan'', ''Satanism in America'', and ''The Satanism Scare''. Bulk is impressive to those of small minds, however, so I suppose the more anti-hysteria books on the shelves, the better. But there is a fault that is emerging with the "academic" anti-hysteric stance that we, as Satanists, should be aware of and prepared to combat. This article doesn't concern everyone who is in academia; I will use the term "academic" in the perjorative (''sic'') to define only those professors, writers and researchers who are too wrapped-up in their ivory tower cocoons to see what's happening around them.

It seems, in their recent passion for disproving the Christian myth of an international Satanic conspiracy, academics are overlooking the modern Satanic movement altogether. Instead of defining Satanism, and showing where the presuppositions by which we are damned by society are '''false''' (i.e. sacrificing animals and babies, drinking blood, holding weekly Black Masses and orgies), certain academics find it easier to say "there are no Satanists," period. Or, at best, that any "Satanic movement" is limited and inconsequential (therefore, not a threat to society).

In Victor's book, for example, there are only two references to "Anton LeVey" in the index, one of which reads:
"In the 1970s, small groups calling themselves followers of Satanic religion developed. However, they really didn't receive much public attention. Even Anton LeVey (''sic''), who is now touted as the Godfather of Satanism in popular accounts of the subject, was a relative unknown." What rock was this guy under? Didn't he bother to End out when the Church of Satan started? Or call up any media coverage of the occult scene from that time? Anton LaVey was getting '''worldwide''' coverage from 1966 on, hardly a "relative unknown." I don't make this point simply to defend Anton LaVey, but to point out that such glaring errors call an academician's research, objectivity and ego needs into question.

There is an underlying presupposition that pervades works like Victor's that indicates that he is buying into the very myths he is trying to debunk! That is a presupposition that Satanists are baby-sacrificing, blood-drinking muderers (''sic''). But there has been no evidence presented that such miscreants exist so Satanists don't exist. It's easier to write Anton LaVey and modern Satanism out of history than to get into the polemics of exactly what Satanism is and, more importantly, what it is not.

Any Satanist should be deeply offended by this kind of shoddy dismissal of the real issues. It's like saying. "No, these people aren't really Jews who suck the blood out of babies, don't worry." The poor parents accused of abusing their children in Satanic rituals aren't really dirty Satanists. We all know how awful they are. Taking it a step further: "These people aren't really dirty, filthy, buggering queers. It you publically (''sic'') accuse them of such heinous acts, it could mark them for life - ruin their lives and reputations." The presuppositions remain. Especially in today's heavy PC climate, Victor wouldn't dare make those kind of assumptions about gays, or Jews. He never once bothers to define the tenets of modern Satanists, explaining that there is nothing in our philosophy about child sacrificing or animal slaying. He never asks, "'''What would be wrong if they ''were'' Satanists? What's wrong with being a Satanist?'''" He simply dismisses us.

It irks me that academics remained silent for so long. allowing the hysteria to build to such a fever pitch before they stepped in. Perhaps that's why they prefer to overlook us.

Where were they ten years ago? We were yelling our heads off and left to dangle in the wind. Talk shows often didn't want us because we were the real thing and would blow holes in their breeder stories and generational Satanists. After all, what would Satanists know about Satanism? We'd only lie anyway, right? I'm sure you found yourself muttering, as I did, "Where are they? Where are the sociologists, the Freudian psychiatrists, where are the cultural anthropologists? Have we forgotten everything we've learned about mass psychology and the madness of crowds? Why aren't they offended by this madness? Why aren't they speaking out? When we contacted them to back us up, they, safely insulated from the real world, would act as if the phenomenon wasn't happening and that it wasn't worthy of their attention. They didn't want to put themselves on the line. Their precious objectivity might be compromised; their colleagues might jeer. Now, after we've blown a hole in the wall, the academics come along on their white horses to clear up all this horrible mess, without even a nod to Satanists! Victor, for example, never bothered to contact the Church of Satan while writing his book - ostensibly on a topic we might have some experience with. Academicians are safe; they aren't Satanists and they have letters after their names.

Evangelists, at least, go out of their way to explain our vile philosophy, often reprinting the Nine Satanic Statements in their books of rants. The academicians seem to want to pretend we don't even exist. So who is more threatened by our existence? And why? Christians need us. Now, academia needs us too, for our very emergence and growing influence has brought with it '''Reason'''. Yet, academia surely must have a monopoly on "reason." Hence, '''the very grouping that has provided food for study must be purged by the established purveyors of enlightenment'''. No wonder they're pissed off - they're supposed to be the smart ones, not us. Is it so threatening to find that there are other people out there who might know more about the subject than they do? Or are they just too steeped in Judeo-Christian myths ''themselves'', regardless of their sanctimonious posture as defenders of rationality, to understand what true Satanism is? Perhaps we should, as Anton LaVey suggested recently, contemporize the Ninth Satanic Statement to: *Satan is the best friend academia ever had.." There is plenty of ''prurient'' interest evoked by Satanism in the academic community, just as there is in law enforcement circles. It's a lot more fun to spend department money to attend a seminar on "Satanic crimes" than another boring seminar on the finer points of suspects rights or footprint casting. Satanism provides juicy grant opportunities, like studying the sociological and psychological profiles of whores. We've all seen the books by Jeffrey Bunton Russell who managed to write an entire series of at least four doorstop-sized tomes on the subject of historical" Satanism with barely a mention of the Church of Satan.

By neglecting the phenomenen (''sic'') of modern Satanism as defined and refined by Anton LaVey, sociologists and contemporary culture scholars are missing out on some very rich soil to till. They examine Satanic hysteria but neglect to adequately answer the underlying question: '''What prompted''' it? They study the symptom but overlook the first cause itself. The "Satanic panic" is a direct result of the rise in contemporary Satanism and the trappings of Satanism in modern society. Death or black metal music, horror movies and books, fashions, Satanic attitudes, New Age dabblings are all part of a burgeoning Satanic aesthetic. If sociologists or social psychologists want to study Satanism, why don't they ask themselves what the social conditions were and are that instigated the rise in Satanism in the first place - the "death" of God, the slipping away of "moral" underpinnings, the sexual revolution, the technological revolution, the disintegration of the nuclear family, a hunger for metaphors of strength and mastery in a world that is increasingly violent and oppressive... Now that would be a book! There are plenty of avenues of research to bleed grant money with if academics want to study Satanism, but they'll be forced to confront more than nude altars and drug-induced orgies.

As it is, academics who refuse to acknowledge a modern Satanic movement are taking one step forward but two steps back. The two main problems with this stance are:

1) '''In trying to maintain their objective posture, they are compromising the validity of their research.''' As with any witch-hunt phenomenon, academics are afraid that, by explaining what contemporary Satanism is, they themselves would then be labelled Satanists, and their objectivity might be compromised. It is a simpler argument for them to pretend that real Satanism doesn't exist and is therefore no threat, than to get into the polemics of exactly what it is and, more importantly, what it is not. That muddies people's brains too much. Things get complicated. But by '''not''' acknowledging and defining the modern Satanic movement, their research appears superficial and incomplete. Therefore their conclusions '''are''' compromised.

2) It '''perpetuates the problem'''. Showing the Christian agenda behind most of these accusations and exposing the accusers for the liars that they are is half the battle, but it doesn't work toward communicating what Satanism really is. And it doesn't work toward protecting ''our'' religious freedom. Nothing is solved if a distinction isn't forced that there '''are''' a significant number of practicing Satanists, but that we aren't involved in illegal activities and, on the contrary, have a rational and life-loving philosophy. By underplaying our influence, our very existence(!), these "objective researchers" insidiously perpetuate the underlying myths. Then when people are found reading ''The Satanic Bible'', or practicing rituals in the woods or in their own homes, the rumors, panic, and accusations continue. It still leaves a wide-open door for deliberate misunderstanding and righteous persecution. Real Satanists might still be in danger of losing jobs, spouses and perhaps their own children, because of wild, unfounded accusations. But Satanists will triumph. And simply saying we don't exist and therefore there is no Satanic "threat" evades that fact.

We can thank the elbow-patch commandos for their "brave and dauntless" stance, but Satanists, more than ever, need to come forward to kick them in the shins.

==Satanic Witches Ad==
Witches! Have you been touched by Satan?...

..Or perhaps another supematural or alien being? If so, Tid like to hear from you. I'm researching a new book on ''true'' womanly power, contemporary sexual mythology, and connections with Satanism and Evil. I'd like to get some frank answers from women who haven't had a chance to voice certain dark thoughts. Anonymity is assured - names will not be required, but honesty is essential. To receive a questionnaire, please send a self-addressed, stamped envelope to:

Blanche Barton
Post Office Box 210082
San Francisco, CA 94121

==Interview with Anton Szandor Lavey==
By Peter H. Gilmore & Peggy Nadramia

IN LATE SUMMER, SOUTHERN ARIZONA is often buffeted by wild and ferocious electrical storms. Such a display of nature's savagery had just occurred as we began this interview; our little circle was gathered on the covered patio to watch the incredible flashes of lightning and hy to listen to thunder crashing in the nearby mountains. A brisk breeze drove the few remaining storm clouds across a fragment of moon, and brought the scent of creosote bushes and ozone. We sat comfortably on cushioned chairs of old Mexican wrought-iron, the flagstones lit by a single hurricane lamp. The huge black Belgian Shepherd at the High Priest's feet pricked his ears at the far-off yips of foraging coyotes, but was otherwise motionless.

===On Satanism: The Movement, and the role of the Church of Satan -===
Anton Szandor LaVey: Among dedicated Satanists, there will be a direction toward living Satanism and promoting a Satanic lifestyle rather than simply doing rituals and exploring Satanic "theology." No, Satanism won't cease as a religion to become a political movement; rather, it will be activated more as a secular lifestyle than as a religious or theological set of principles.

Man needs ritual, so religious Satanism is an "opener of the way," to foster the eventual ''lifestyle'' of Satanism. We're hoping to develop practitioners versus parishioners. The Church of Satan's role, increasingly, will be to turn the latter into the former.

The present evolutionary stage, the one we're seeing right now, is for Satanism to enter the mainstream, to evolve from a religious to a secular lifestyle. Christianity has done the reverse; it developed from Man's precepts about following an "ethical lifestyle," into an organization, an edifice known as "The Church." It's entrenched. Man looks to the Church for rules, regulations, divine inspiration, redemption.

Blanche Barton: We make people ''self''-dedicated, ''self''-sufficient - the reverse of Christianity.

ASL: The secular powers-that-be know what we're doing, realize that this is the only way human animals can be weaned away from an outmoded belief system. The 1980's witnessed, for real Satanism, only a cosmetic persecution, nothing like the real persecution of the witch hunts.

On the surface, Satanism is economically disastrous. Our people keep things, honor them, cherish them - the expendability of certain goods will lessen a great deal.

But then, humans have been inculcated to be dissatisfied. We can't change them overnight; the workability of this concept will be less than ideal. When Satanism is completely mainstream, planned obsolescence will continue tor a time-business as usual. But there's a trade-off: there's money to be made by applying Satanism to merchandising. The streets are paved with gold.

Humans will buy products that appeal to individualism and reinforce stratification. Satanism won't knock the economy off for the multitudes. For every outmoded economic dinosaur, there will be a new Satanic opportunity. For instance, home architecture - since "anything goes," opportunities will abound for those who can create modular castles, total environments, anything fun, indulgent, childlike. For a popular culture already steeped in the Gothic, the past, the dark - "Dracular vernacular." Music - a return to something that's fading out, a new classicism and lyricism. Movies - where the "villains" are shown to be the "good guys." Stories, novels, a whole new literary realm based on Satanic justice. ''The Most Dangerous Game'' codified. ''Death Wish'' amplified.

All it takes is for the Satanic aesthetic to get out there, not just in anti-hero figures, but in ever-increasing areas like clothing, cars - all kinds of product design. We're living in the Satanic Age now, but there's so much static - the static created by the last rustlings of Judeo Christian ethics and procedures, inherent in the restrictions of our bureaucratic legal system. "When there are too many lawyers, there can be no justice."

===On the role of the Active Members of the Church of Satan ===
ASL: They represent a conscious alternative to herd mentality; they should be viable role models for the rest of society. There is a growth potential for each member and by this, I don't mean that they should all wear black or buy more candles. 1 want most to encourage an individuality within a uniform mode that will benefit the whole. If you live by the Nine Satanic Statements, then you're a living embodiment of Satanism - a true role model. Even though we don't proselytize, true Active Advocates, true Satanists, are proselytizing by what they '''are'''.

They should also recognize opponents of the Church of Satan for what ''they'' are; they should recognize their intent to damage or destroy what we're fighting so hard to develop And vanquish them. Deal with them as they deserve.

===On the role of Magic: Group vs. Personal -===
ASL: Satanic magic differentiates between rites, ceremonies, and rituals or rallies. To rally together as Satanists can be productive - gathering to share and celebrate a common philosophy can reinforce that philosophy.

A ritual, conversely, should involve only one or two people; the presence of others only dilutes the potency and effectiveness. If one wishes to practice Satanic magic and feels he needs a group, it should be noted that the mere presence of others not personally involved in the situation can lessen the potency. In a large group ritual, the generation of energy is confined to the identity needs of the individuals involved, rather than the goal or Is-To-Be the ritual is intended to produce. Better two than twenty - the latter serves certain social and identity needs and can bolster the participants, but does noching to amplify the outcome. A real Greater Magic ritual is about the outcome.

===Addressing claimants to the "Satanic Mandate" -===
ASL: Mandate? Mandate? I never used the word. I thought a mandate was some kind of monkey - a cross between a mandrill and a primate. Or maybe something a spinster looked under the bed for or a gay guy went out cruising for. If you mean a bestowal of authority from a higher, supernatural source, I have no use for such horseshit. A "Satanic Mandate" is a non-sequitur, an oxymoron. I didn't know or care about any Infernal bestowal. 1 presented reasons for a Church of Satan - I wasn't inspired by any external source; I wasn't given "dispensation," or any "honorific." I would never be so presumptuous.

Recognize these claimants for what they are: self-deluded, pretentious goofs who must announce, must proclaim their exalted, self-gratifying status to all.

They lack any true identity; the only way they can have one is by stealing it from us. The Church of Satan's identity is established; they have to pretend it was bestowed by "supernatural" forces. My right I have made for myself. You know how I feel about hypocrisy and Goodguy Badges. Only when needed for one's survival. I don't '''got''' to show you no stinking badges.

But getting back to mandates, you really put a nickel in me on that one. For eighteen years, for example, one obsessive shit-disturber has been trying to undermine and extinguish myself and the Church of Satan - to pretend it's kaput, gone, disappeared. In the guise of receiving a "Satanic Mandate," this nut case endowed a "Temple" based on the supposed revealed word of the Prince of Darkness himself. Those who were suckered into what was really his Christianized warmed-over Madame Blavatsky Egyptoid kind of Rosicrucianism, were fed a self-help, personal success premise - not promise - called "Xeper," which as I understand it means "to become."

While ostensibly "Xepering" and "becoming," the main activities of this outfit consisted of Sons of the Desert type conventions where the supposedly defunct Church of Satan was the bottomless wellspring for gossip. Between conventions, an ongoing barrage prevailed of surly denigration of, yet parasitic dependency on, the Church of Satan and its founder: me - far more contrived than evangelical identity Christians or Wicca types.

Beyond a catalytic burst of notoriety involving alleged child molestation, this mandated "Temple" and its progenitor did absolutely nothing to produce evidence of any remotely Satanic plan, purpose, direction or implementation during its entire existence. At best, just being around provided the media with a readily exploitive alternative to the Church of Satan. In other words, "the ''other'' bunch of Satanists."

My unsolicited advice to this mandated Temple and its supernal potentate is to take your mandate, go out among the world of mere mortals, cease your parasitic dependency upon me and my finest and, if you can, ''do something''. Or at least, as they say, "get a life." You got your goddamned mandate, so Xeper-De-Doo-Dah and either get the show on the road, or fold up your tents and silently steal away - 'cause you can't do business with a surly Temple.

===On "Authentic" Satanists -===
ASL: We must resist any attempts by individuals, groups or agencies - Christian, "Satanic" or otherwise, to differentiate Satanism and Satanists into denominations. Check the copyright dates; there are no ecumenical Satanists!

I'm all for individuality within the scope of Satanism. If anyone wants to start his or her own thing, fine. If it's basically a spin-off of real Satanism, it's still Satanism. If not, it's either Christian "new age" mysticism or Christian blasphemy.

===On fascism -===
It seems apparent that Nazism and fascism sell. It's too horrible to contemplate (smacks lips). 1 could write a book - and maybe will - on the repulsive attraction of tyranny. It would speak of aesthetic imperatives and Jewish doctors and lawyers who drive Mercedes and BMWs and latter-day hippies in VW Beetles and WASP Yuppies whose non-lives are perpetuated by every manner of techno-goody cunningly fashioned by sneaky Jap sub-humans. Of all things fascistic, even greater than the forgetfulness of past orthodoxies, the aesthetic of dominance is making its mark. There'll be a lot more to come.

I won't even get into the clichéd defense of National Socialism: "There were some important things which should be studied - we shouldn't condemn the whole thing without extracting the worthwhile." So what else is new? I think young people are doing a pretty good job of extracting the pay dirt from fascism. Unlike the hypocritical Yuppies, they're plugging into what feels and looks and sounds good about it. No guilts, because they weren't around at the time of World War Two. Their parents, most of whom weren't around either, are the Boomer inheritors of post-war jitters and misgivings who had to yell "peace" and "love" until they were hoarse.

If a neo-fascist look - and outlook - makes for men who look like men and women who look like women, I'm all for it.

===What is the greatest fear people need have of Satanism?===

ASL: That they might have to think for themselves.

“When guns are outlawed, only outlaws will have guns” ...has its parallels. When heterosexual procreative sex is discouraged, only the unfit will produce children.

If you were an exponent of, and participant in, herd behavior and mentality, would you tolerate, much less encourage, the birthright of little enemies of the State?

If beauty is in the eye of the beholder, what the world needs is a new class of beholders. A class with clear vision and undrugged minds who can reaffirm an aesthetic almost lost from sight. An aesthetic standard of sights and sounds proven by the predictable honesty of their forms - forms which will regain the dignity and invigoration of Western Civilization at its zenith. For this, we must resurrect the past at its most stimulating, that it might be presented to a bold young race.

This bold new race will be the vanquishers of muddied mediocrity and economically-induced ugliness - the kind of contrived ugliness masquerading as beauty that only the tasteless, inept and insecure could foist upon an overburdened world.

-Anton Szandor LaVey

==The Nose ad==
Don't miss Issue number 18 of The Nose, that wonderfully iconoclastic magazine, as it features a fashion layout with Dr.
LaVey - "Full Devil Jacket." This includes spiffy photos of Dr. LaVey and the denizens of the Den of Iniquity, as well as two curvaceous blondes - one of whom is Blanche Barton! Images are accompanied by quotations from The Devil's Notebook.

To order, send $5.00 to: '''The Nose Magazine''', P.O. Box 31353, San Francisco, CA 94131.

FOR SALE: 1 paperback copy of ''The Devil's Avenger'' by Burton H. Wolfe. Book will go to the one producing the best offer. CONTACT: Steve Schultz, P.O. Box 11704, Portland OR 97211-0704, U.S.A.

==Answer Me ad==
ANTON LAVEY
Answer Me/Honolulu Baby 7" 45 RPM single

Church of Satan founder Anton LaVey lends his evocative keyboard style and vocal presence to a pair of neglected unes. Beautifully packaged, pressed in blue vinyl, anc trictly limited to 1000 numbered copies.

55.00 + $1.00 shipping.
Make checks payable to Gregg Turkington

send orders to:
AMARILLO RECORDS
P.O. BOX 24433
SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94124 USA

==Pretenders to the Throne: Regarding the Temple of Set==
By Peter H. Gilmore

THROUGHOUT THE TWENTY-EIGHT YEARS of the existence of the Church of Satan, the organization has continued to expand while its character has undergone a number of carefully-planned developmental phases. In the process, we have at times found it necessary to eject individuals who have acted in ways that were not in keeping with our high standards for social behavior. We have also had a small number of individuals freely depart from us, finding our means too challenging to their false images of personal superiority. Neither types are ever missed, as the true elite of talented, highly-motivated, productive, creative, and above all, independent individuals still find their way to us.

There have been those who would attempt to imitate us, but they usually discover that our shoes are far too big to fill. Short-lived spinoffs have included The Church of Satanic Brotherhood, Ordo Templi Satanas, Order of the Black Ram, Church of Lucifer, Thee Orthodox Satanic Church and so on.

None of these has prospered or even affected the course of Satanism, as they have quickly collapsed due to tbe lack of energy or direction. One group formed by ex-members of the Church of Satan which has continued to exist, albeit as a small and fairly clandestine "vanity" organization riding on the fund provided by is "high priest," is the Temple of Set. This bunch is significant only in that they continue to try to ride upon the coattails of the Church of Satan, and indeed even publicly claim to be the "successor to" and "custodian off the Church of Satan. You might have come across some advertisements or writing influenced by these Setians. Don't be fooled; they are not in any way associated with the Church of Satan and their tales of schism are convenient diversions. Let us examine from whence this group appeared and clear away their false claims.

In 1974 C.E. the Church of Satan instituted its fourth phase of development. The thrust of this phase was to re-orient the members at all levels to proceed on a far more independent course. Previously we had issued charters for formal "Grottos" which were small congregations comprised of Satanists in specific geographical regions. It had been discovered that these formal Grottos led certain members to confine their efforts at personal advancement to the realm of the Grotto alone, rather than towards the success in the outside world which is of paramount importance to Satanism. Certain members were far more interested in trying to gain elevated rank yet were merely competing in the Grotto's social arena.

They neglected to develop their talents and forge ahead. Many other members were strong-willed individualists who did not mix well with other Satanists. Rather than functioning as bases for the development of Satanic strategies, these groups often became shields against true advancement, filled with huddlers who were solely interested in internecine strife. Not everyone involved fit this picture, but there were enough to make it obsolete as a system of growth.

The new phase stressed independent functioning, keeping individuals separated to pursue their own goals. If Satanists used their initiative to find their fellows, and they wished to informally create groups for socialization and ritual, that was most acceptable. But the momentum for the existence of these informal groups had to come from the social compatability (''sic'') of the constituent members, not geographical proximity.

This phase of isolation, which laid the groundwork for a much broader base for Satanism as a movement (seen today especially in the commercial acceptance of Satanic imagery in the popular Heavy Metal music business, was upsetting to the pen-pal and "coffee klatsch conclave" members, whom it was basically designed to ease out of the way. Michael A. Aquino, at that time the editor of ''The Cloven Hoof'', had attained the IV° and was injecting a strongly supernaturalist bent to the ''Hoof'''s articles. Mr. Aquino had a history of creating documents which he claimed to have transcribed from superhuman entities. These include the ''Diabolicon'' (1970 C.E.), a series of statements from Satan, Beelzebub, Azazel, Abaddon, As modeus, Astaroth, Belial, and Leviathan, as well as the ''Ninth Solstice Message'' (1974 C.E.) which declared Anton LaVey a "daimon."

Dr. LaVey who, then as now, had a firm grasp on the Church's tiller, began to implement the phase which had slowly been evolving over the previous two years. He had even outlined the basic concepts for this formal phase during the summer of 1972 C.E. in a letter to Aquino, stating that the "social Satanists" and their "limelight loving" priests contribute nothing to Satanism as a movement, and that they would fall by the wayside when they didn't receive the attention they sought by starting their own "churches." LaVey wrote that he had far more respect for his "underground clergy" who were very productive in the real world. Aquino did not accept this, especially Dr. LaVey's awarding of priesthoods to non-esoteric, non-public achievers and thus he would no longer be privy to even the small amount of information regarding underground activities that had previously been given to him.

LaVey was determined that the status of Church members should reflect their standing in the world outside of the organization. Degrees are not reflective of simple book learning and esoteric knowledge, but the actual application of Satanic principles towards personal advancement. To this end, the Church would honor values given to it in kind with degree recognition as would be deemed appropriate by Dr. LaVey.

The achievement of degrees via written tests was not to be abandoned at this time, but this additional means of advancement was now open to the "above groundo" (''sic'') members. This was formalized by the new phase in 1974 C.E. and outlined to Aquino in May; during one of his rare personal meetings with Dr. LaVey.

Aquino did not protest this policy at the meeting and later claimed this alternate route to advancement as a public reason to announce a break with the Church of Satan, accusing Dr. LaVey of "selling" degrees. He wrote letters to his handful of pen-pal cronies, fellow mystics who had also mourned the new phase, and they too resigned to go off with Aquino and form their own group. Aquino had wanted to start a "Second Church of Satan" but was thwarted by copyright laws. Instead, recalling his readings of Egyptian history and mythology, he claimed to have invoked Satan (in whom he literally believed as an entity) and to have been answered instead by Set, the "actual" Prince of Darkness who, through a series of realizations in Aquino's mind, caused him to record as Set's answer a document which he titled the ''Book of Coming Forth by Night''. This "supernatural revelation" supposedly gives him the right to supercede the Church of Satan. Doesn't that sound familiar?

Aquino would like you to believe that the "entire priest-hood" of the Church of Satan followed him in departing. This is untrue, especially as there were many underground members, including priests and higher, of whom he had no knowledge. The Church of Satan was at that time, and still continues to be, a large and highly stratified organization with many discreet individuals placed in positions of power. As Orwell had envisioned in his classic ''1984'', it is not an organization in the usual sense as it is held together by an idea whose time has come, which is indestructible. The departure of less than thirty members can hardly be called a schism. This was instead a welcome housecleaning of an element that had become less than desirable to the future development of the Church of Satan. And thus the fourth phase functioned as planned and Aquino became one of those who, as predicted in 1972 C.E., fell by the wayside.

The ex-Satanists who formed the Temple of Set follow a path quite different from that of the Church of Satan, which has never veered from its dedication to rational self-interest, indulgence, and a glorification of the carnal and material. The belief in Set as an actual entity with whom followers may commune is in marked contrast to our disbelief in '''any''' external diety (''sic'') figures. They have a consuming preoccupation with rank and status within their organization, thus titles and medallions of degree level are eagerly sought by members to affirm their position in the pecking order of the temple's internal world (particularly evident at their "conclaves"). This is not surprising considering Aquino's background - a boyhood steeped in military academies and in pursuit of Boy Scout merit badges. The Church of Satan retains its right to grant degrees, but these are still based on an individual's achievements in the outside world and his level of freedom from herd conformity and independence from forced interaction with the masses. Striving for fancy titles and rankings is not a part of Satanism. The literature of the Church of Satan is published and distributed worldwide to any interested in-dividuals. The Temple of Set prints "private" literature available only to members, and some of it is limited to those of the correct rank. To further learn about these ex-Satanists, you might choose to contact them for information, but be forewarned that real Satanism is not hiding underneath their academic exterior. A worthwhile and informative study by an anthropologist who joined the Temple of Set is ''The Magicians'', by Gini Graham Scott, Ph.D. (New World Books, 308 Spruce St., San Francisco, CA 94118). This will give you insights into their beliefs, practices, and social interactions.

We have dealt here at length with the Temple of Set to lay to rest their propaganda. They are not associated with the Church of Satan in any manner: We do not see them as being in any way significant to the future of Satanism. Dr. LaVey still proudly stands at the helm of the Church of Satan, the flagship of the movement he launched in 1966 C.E., and shall continue to oversee the forces he has put into motion. The Church of Satan is the foundry, forging the iron Will that shall continue to move the minds and hearts of humanity's elite who are even now reaching out to claim the future as their domain. They shall be the inheritors of our legacy as well as the writers of our history for the next twenty-five years, and far beyond.

[Editor's note: This article, in a slightly different form, appeared in ''Dark Lily #13'' as a response to the misinformation being spread by TOS in England at that time. This reprint was occasioned by questions received by our various contacts regarding TOS and its curious, and dubious, claims.]

==Church of Satan ad==
CHURCH OF SATAN

FOR INFORMATION:

SEND A SELF-ADDRESSED

STAMPED ENVELOPE OR FOUR IRC'S TO:

CHURCH OF SATAN

P.O. BOX 210082

SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94121 USA

==My Dark Satanic Love==
By Peggy Nadramia

I SEE A RED DOOR, and I want to paint it black. I'm one of the things that goes "bump!" in the night. I'm a born Satanist. I'm a happy little blob of custard and you can't nail me to any wall; in fact, I'd pull those nails out and aim them at ''you''. Tell me how negative I am; tell me how I'm filled with hate. You're not just stupid - you're wrong.

Dracula loved his brides. Dr. Frankenstein loved his monster. My Satanic love burns fiercely; it's perfect and uncompromising.
Firstly, necessarily, Hove myself. I'm my own God, after all, and I put no Gods before Me. I'm uppermost in my mind; I always bring me flowers. Sometimes I realize I could have done something better; sometimes I make mistakes. It's wonderful how I learn from these things; it's exciting to have an opportunity to be an even better Me. Even when I deny myself something, withhold gratification, it's always in order to enjoy something even more fulfilling and worthwhile down the road. This is why I can hate so purely, so irrevocably, anything that wastes my precious time, energy and attention.

Along with Me, I love He Who Is Not Me, my husband.

He is, for one thing, the consciousness in which I can see a wonderful reflection of my own God, myself. His love for me qualifies him with the very best of taste and discernment, after all; he obviously knows what's good for ''him''. My cells respond to his pheromones, and being around him gives me a heightened feeling of happiness, contentment and well-being.

The shape of his face is the dearest sight in the world to me.

He is my mentor, my master, my very best friend; I have placed with him my perfect trust, and he accepts it as only a real man can. His hopes, dreams, goals are mine; his disappointments are mine, too, and thusly I hate whatever distresses him or gets in his way. This hate, too, is black and pure, like gunpowder; it can burn as brightly and as feverishly as my love.
Next, I love my tribe, my folk, those who are like as me.

They can be friends or family, but in my heart they are simply my tribe, and the Black Flame burns within all of them. They light my days and bring me joy through their achievements and antics; they make the world a more interesting place, and only a Satanist knows what a gift that is. Sometimes they are close enough to share food or warmth or simply company; sometimes they are far away, voices on phone lines, words on a page. But they're always in here, part of me, my folk. I cannot feel indifferent toward those who would distress my tribe. He who attacks them attacks Me; he who places obstacles in their way earns my ire, my enmity, my hate.

As a natural-born Satanist, I'm joyfully free of the Judeo-Christian-Islamic bias against non-human animals, and so have never questioned that what I feel and have felt for my pets is pure and simple love. I love them more than I love many people; I value their lives more highly. The Black Flame of Satan burns dark and soft in animals, at its purest and deepest. I bristle and chafe at the laws that give destructive, unwanted, horrid little children more rights than my dog has. She is my property, and I can only protect her as such. A product of a thousand generations of breeding for domestication, for compatibility with humans, she is nevertheless only a hair's-breadth away from wild. As highly as I treasure her life, so deeply does my hate run for those who would be cruel to her.

I bare my fangs at them.

I love everything that belongs to me, all my stuff. I love my books, my music, my pretty china, my coffee machine, my raincoat, my old, soft green blouse. I hate anybody who would steal, destroy or disorder my precious stuff; why wouldn't I? What value could such a creep have that would exceed that of my heavy stoneware mug, my perfect leather bag?

Contingent on all of this, I love the world. It's so beautiful, so perfect a setting for my God, Me. I love mountains, the sea, acres of trees without a single house, rows of houses all antique and charming, museums, fog, delicious nourishment, quiet afternoons, star-filled nights. If only there weren't all these anti-life bastards who want to fuck it all up, who hate themselves so much they have to destroy the source of their own sustenance. I hate them. Only in the depths of the Black Flame in my heart is it known how much I hate them and what they've done to the world, these library-burners, these child-molesters, these people who, as Charlie said, kill things that are better than they are. When they ask why we hate Christians, can they ever really understand the answer unless they love as we do, love with the dark, Satanic love of life and self?

==Carnivora art==
CARNIVORA #1, BY TIMOTHY PATRICK BUTLER

==Coping With Involuntary Human Contact, Part 1: Grocery Shopping==
By Timothy Patrick Butler

TRY AS ONE MIGHT, there is almost no means by which one can avoid shopping for groceries. Eating is not only pleasurable, it's necessary, and I doubt that most of us have the financial resources to eat at our favorite restaurants every night. Grocery shopping is, therefore, imminent doom on a weekly basis.

All of the Nine Satanic Sins are in painful evidence at the supermarket, no matter where or when you might deign to shop. I always seem to arrive just after a busload of Senior Citizens or retards has come to stock their larders, or I end up going the same day that welfare checks and food stamps have been siphoned from mailboxes, or I arrive when there are no operable carts, when the aisles are crowded with boxes of Toaster Strudel and Velamints, when the line at the delicatessen is 150 yards long and wizened crones bleat that their olive loaf isn't cut thinly enough, when the only packages of meat available are eight pound "econo-paks" for Catholic families, when the only bananas left are pthalo green or black and foetid, when it's triple coupon day, when it's two days before some painful Xtian holiday like Thanksgiving or Xmas, or when someone forgot their checkbook, their credit card, their money, their brain.

I have seen (and this is all taken from actual experiences of the author) a man thumb-fuck a package of chicken breasts as his wife decided which cut of poultry that they'd be consuming that week. I've seen an old man take a plum from a display, put it in his mouth, produce a pit or seed, and throw the pit or seed '''back''' into the display. I've watched as old women have taken from three to five minutes in choosing the right bell pepper for '''them'''. I've seen acne-faced deli boys with colds make sandwiches for store patrons, sniffling and coughing all the while. I've seen tubs of chicken livers left at the register (near Soap Opera Digest) by people who decided at the last crucial minute that they didn't want chicken livers after all. I've seen welfare moms knock a jar of tomato sauce (or apple sauce, or mayonnaise) onto the floor, and keep right on going.

People (meant in as derogatory a sense as possible) consistently make untelegraphed U-turns without looking behind them, their carts inevitably bumping into some fragile, glaze-eyed hag - or '''me'''. People will spend '''hours''' gazing (for I am certain they are not '''reading''') at the labels of every brand of canned beans that the store stocks, and then decide that they never wanted canned beans in the first place. People will squeeze the shit out of the last loaf of your favorite bread and leave it. People will put their oily mitts upon all manner of fruits, vegetables, meats and baked goods without having intended to purchase any of these things. People suck. I hate them.

The corporations that produce all of the stuff in these stores suck, too. There is always some idiot (usually a horrid, maternal type) giving away free samples or coupons in which I am NEVER interested, although they will often go out of their way to insist that I am. I do not use coupons, and I do not want anything free that you want to give to me. Among the things that have been proffered to me: "Weight Watchers" stuff (Whatsa matta, am I too fat?!), little "Pizza-Snax," and diarrhea medicine (my personal favorite).

What's a law-abiding, blood-sucking, Devil-worshipping (''sic'') cultist to do! Here are some suggestions, but I'm sure you all have your own solutions already (like sending someone else or packing an Uzi).

1) Go at night, preferably after ten o'clock. The drawback with this is that many places seem to close their delis and meat counters at night, even if they're a 24-hour operation. There will, however, always be ''some'' good time to go; I've found that the herd's grazing hour (5 - 6 pm) is usually not too crowded.

2) Become a cannibal. This option will not enable you to avoid shopping entirely, however, as you still must purchase condiments and desserts.

3) Look mean. Dress in leather. Scowl. Although an obvious solution Satanically, it is truly inspiring in its effectiveness.

4) When some idiot is blocking your way checking out the maxi-pads or whatever, intone "Excuse me," in as melodious a tone as possible, and if they ignore you, '''ram your cart into them'''. (See Satanic Rule of the Earth #11.)

5) Memorize the store, and buy the same things every week. It's the same fucking store. Get out of this Hellhole as quickly as you can! I am usually able to buy sixty dollars worth of groceries (a week's supply) in about fifteen minutes, if I do not bring my beloved. Bringing your beloved will at least double your time.

6) Put the heavy objects in your order on the conveyor belt first. I cannot emphasize this point strongly enough! The retard (and often enough, it really '''is''' a genuine retard) who bags your groceries '''will not''' be attentive to the various weights and masses of the elements of your purchase, and at least half of your stuff will otherwise be annihilated.
:6) A. Bag your own groceries, you lazy shit!

7) Estimate the cost of your order before you even go to the store. You will thus avoid personal embarrassment, and my wrath, should I be behind you.

And put your goddamned cart back where you got it!

What is described above is the result of a consumer-oriented society, where demand for useless and unnecessary products is created by advertisement. How many different types of sugary cereal do you think there would be if there were no advertisements or promotions for them? Once again, the orchestrators of the Invisible War have turned a basic human need into an arena for the indoctrination of the masses.

Until ''Leviathan's 24-Hour Foode Shoppe'' is opened, our contact with the herd, though involuntary, is necessary. So the next time you need milk or pork or watermelon, growl a bit at the old lady next to you. You'll feel so much better!

==I Hate Everyone==
by Timothy Patrick Butler

1) People are ugly.
2) People are stupid.
3) People are lazy.
4) People are cruel to the wrong entities.
5) People are kind to the wrong entities.
6) People are gullible.
7) People always appreciate a little sarcasm.
8) People have bad taste.
9) People are irresponsible.
10) People have no sense of humor.
11) People insist upon being poorly educated.
12) People insist upon being ripped-off.
13) People insist upon paying high prices for bad food.
15) People do not pay attention to what they are doing.
16) People insist upon living in close proximity to one another.
17) People assume that everyone is everyone else's friend.
18) People assume that relatives should naturally get along with each other.
19) People assume that "going out," getting drunk and having a five minute fuck once per week is not only necessary, but desirable.
20) People are afraid of anything that conflicts with their programming.
21) People assume that one's worth can be discerned by one's occupation.
22) People assume that the more widely a thing is done, the more correct it is.
23) People think that God, UFO's, psychics and horoscopes are real and important.
24) People lie in attempt to cloak their deficiencies.
25) People occupy too much space, use too much raw material, and impinge upon too much of my valuable time.

Why are there so few '''persons'''?

"Why is there so much trouble in this world?"
---
==Lamp of Thoth ad==
THE LAMP OF THOTH 25

SEX MAGIC
STONE CIRCLES
AIDS
CHAOS MAGIC
LEGENDS OF LILLITH
THE KENNEDYS & THE OCCULT REINCARNATION & REGRESSION
CRAFT WAYS KEPT SECRET

'''ALL THESE AND MORE!'''

SUBSCRIPTIONS: £15.95 FOR 6 ISSUES
(£22.60 OVERSEAS)
CURRENT ISSUE: £3.58
(£4.95 OVERSEAS)
[$2.00 = £1.00]

THE LAMP OF THOTH
6-8 BURLEY LODGE RD.
LEEDS LS6 1QP
WEST YORKSHIRE, U.K.

==Dark Lily ad==
DARK LILY
The Reality of the Left Hand Path

The Leading Magazine of the Left Hand Path In the United Kingdom

Published Quarterly
£1.50 per issue, £6.00 annual subscription
Overseas: £2.00 per issue, £8.00 subscription
($2.00=£1.00)

'''BCM/Box 3406, London, WCIN 3XX, U.K.'''

==Does Satan Drive A Pontiac Firebird? An Interview with King Diamond==
by Michael Moynihan

KING DIAMOND MAY BE FAMILIAR to some readers as a popular heavy metal musician with an unmistakable voice, bizarre stage shows and a series of concept albums with allegorical themes. But that's not all - he's also an unrepentant Satanist.

Emerging out of Denmark in the early Eighties with his previous band '''Mercyful Fate''', he's had an undeniable influence on many areras of modern metal. After two initial LPs, he began a rise to prominence with a second band, named simply after his stage persona, '''King Diamond'''. Numerous records (released on the Roadrunner label), world tours and interviews have appeared since then, all the while with King remaining sincere in his beliefs.

A pleasure to speak with, both cordial and articulate, he certainly doesn't fit into any stereotype of the typical rock star.
The following interview took place via telephone in late 1992 from his homestead in Texas.

'''What kinds of music have influenced you over the years?'''

I listen to a lot of different music back home here, all kinds of music - classical too. I try to listen to a lot of different things, but when it comes to playing I only want one thing and that has to come straight from my heart. Exactly what I feel, that's what I want to do.

'''Can you describe what creates that?'''

I think the instruments we use - because we use a lot more than just guitar, bass and drums. We orchestrate a lot of things in '''King Diamond''', even with just guitars, we tend to orchestrate them in what I guess is kind of a classical way - coloring it with a lot of different moods. And then you can really underline it with cellos, violins, harpsichords, good old-fashioned Leslie organs, and that is what we're using quite a bit of in '''King Diamond'''.

'''I've always thought you can draw some comparisons with heavy metal and classical music.'''

Definitely. There are bands that are playing the basic three-chord songs, which can be nice to listen to, but for me to do something I need to satisfy myself and feel that I've gone a step further or that I'm covering a different area than what I've done before - and trying not to repeat myself and not take riffs that I've used before, which is unfortunately the case for some bands. So to really try to do something eise. And also because we're so involved in trying to create different moods, we'll end up with songs on the album that that differ quite a bit from each other. A lot of different tempos - changing the tempo within a song is something that does a lot for me. With many bands you can start a metronome at the beginning of a song and it'll go the whole way through the song - no matter what, they don't change the tempo. And changing the tempo is really hard - you have to stop thinking and start thinking in a different way, which makes it hard to perform. That's satisfying for yourself, to pull that off.

'''So in writing is it still very instinctual, or more a conscious thought process?'''

It's what I feel, you know. Some parts of songs, like the major part, can be super simple, because that's the mood that feels right there. It doesn't need to be complex, that's not the idea. I don't sit down and think, I've got to come up with some complex riffs or otherwise this song won't work. If it works from feeling, then it works.

'''Is there any time of day when you prefer to write?'''

Well, it usually has a better atmosphere in the night, definitely. I do a lot of work in the day too, but I'm not dealing with an open window and the sun coming in - I couldn't work like that! I pull the blinds and turn off all the lights...

'''How did you discover Satanism?'''

A long time back I had some really weird experiences with what I guess you would call "the occult," or the other side, the powers of the unknown... which, there was no way of explaining it - there was nothing like mass-psychosis or any bullshit like that, it really happened. I've had a lot of these experiences but the first time was really weird, because I'd never experienced - and definitely not been aware - of anything like that before. It made me go to the library and get a lot of books about the occult, start reading about it. And whenever you talked about, or heard about, that word "Satan" it was: bad, negative, killing, slaughtering, being evil, evil, evil. And that's probably the way most people see Satanism, ''they have no idea''. They've based it all on what the Church has said in history and unfortunately quite a lot of bands who are dealing with "Satanism" are actually dealing with ''Christian'' Satanism - it's exactly the view that Christians would like people to have on Satanism.

'''I think it's unfortunately just all that these kids know.'''

That's true, exactly. And then one day in an occult bookstore I saw this book that LaVey wrote and I thought, wow, I'll see what this is like and I'll give it a shot. Because I didn't really know, apart from what had been written which was so damn negative. So I thought, I'll find out here the best way, from the source itself. So I read the book and thought, "Hey, this is the way I live my lite - this is the way I tee inside!" It's not like it was a major religion or anything like that, it was a lifestyle that I could relate to 500%. And it's just nice to see your own views and thoughts in words, in a book.

It comforts you in some way. And that is how I felt. Another thing I really like a lot is you're given a big, open space for whatever you want to believe in when it comes to the other side, the afterlife, the before life, or whatever you want to believe in. Whatever you want, you can do what suits you best, without feeling you're doing something bad or something wrong - which is not the case in most religions, where it's like: follow this or you're out! We're all different individuals and we all have our different views, even if it's a simple thing like a car - we don't all like a red car. Some like it red, some like it blue, and it's the same with anything. That's the main thing.

You should also be allowed to have an individual choice, even when it comes to where you're just thinking within about what might be later on, what happens when I die, why am I here. There are a lot of thoughts you have when you're not even putting anything into action directly. You should definitely be able to have a free mind there, and whatever suits you best, you should believe in. Then of course, you ''are'' a certain way, and that comes out into your actions.

'''Christians would like to imagine everything is black and white, according to their own belief structure.'''

Yeah, and that's what I really like here - it's not like a dictatorship religion with "do this" or "do that." It's not even really described, when it comes to beliefs - because it's up to you. If people could only accept each other for being each other and having different views, and then judge each other by 'personality'', which I think we should. Then we'd have a much better world. That was very much what our last album, ''The Eye'', was about - the misuse of power in religion, any kind of religion. Even though it's (fictionally) written, it's actually historically correct. It depicts a lot of stuff that was done in the name of Christ - horrific stuff.

'''Do you remember how long ago it was when you first discovered ''The Satanic Bible''?'''

I think it must have been 1981.

'''And it had an immediate resonance?'''

Oh yeah, and you'll see it reflected in our early lyrics with '''King Diamond''' and '''Mercyful Fate'''. I used the word Satan at that time, and it had a very specific meaning for me-not the one that other people had. So I was involved in misconceptions immediately, from the first thing. A song like "Satan's Fall" from the ''Melissa'' album, for instance, it opens up with exactly that Christian view that I'm talking about, that I don't like bands portraying. But there are only two lines in the whole song that are actually the ''essence'' of it, of the lyric, and it says: ''Use your demon eyes/Uncover the disguise''. And the song opens with "7 Satanic Hell preachers, bringing the blood of a newborn child" - exactly all the stuff I'd read that I was so pissed off about after I had finally found out what it was all really about. But then I say later on that if you really want to put something down - it doesn't matter what it is, it doesn't have to be Satanism or a religion - you should experience it first, or you should at least read about it from the source. You could say, like, a Pontiac Firebird doesn't handle well - some people might say that, some might say the opposite. But how can you say it ''if you never drove one'' - just because you heard some jerk say it? You need to experience things yourself to be able to take a stand - you can't just take everyone else's word.

Because they are individuals too, with their own little viewpoints... you have to be aware of that constantly. And that was brought out in that song, but it was covered up - it was covered up too much in fact. And at that time, not many people knew about these things - it hadn't been described at all to very many people what it was really about. So immediately when they heard the word ''Satan'' or ''Lucifer'' they were scared shitless, hair standing on end everywhere, and "God, this guy's evil!"

'''Well, "evil" is another one of those words that's pretty open-ended.'''

Yeah I know it, and again as I say, it's all individual. It might be evil to somebody to kill a rat in an experiment, to see if we can come up with a drug that will save people. To some it's evil to kill that thing, but other people don't take that view at all - they find it evil to not take that opportunity to try and better the human race. It's a matter of viewpoint, what's good and what's evil. Of course most of the time you have common sense guidelines, but in a lot of examples you can come up with these things where there is no black and white, it doesn't work that way.

'''So would you define your own Satanism as extreme individualism?'''

Pretty much so, but also you recognize who you are, and you appreciate it. You try to get the most out of it, without feeling bad about it. There are so many things, and why should you feel bad about them, because what you're doing is just natural human instinct? So what's so bad about it?

We were made that way, that's the way we came out. We have these human instincts and if we don't go by them we won't survive. It's as simple as that. And those who are trying to tell people: "Hey, go by this book here and you'll be saved forever."... god, you will not be saved! You'll be the easiest victim of all.

'''If these people really followed Jesus' commandments they'd be perpetually stuck on the bottom rung and at the back of the line.'''

We'd still be in the stone age! Fortunately it's a minor part of the population who are like that. There are a lot of people who might consider themselves Christians but they don't act it out like that, according to the book anyway. It's only these preachers who are unfortunately able to get air time on TV. I watch that sometimes, just to get a cheap, good laugh you know - it's amazing, the loss of good actors we have within the field! And again, I'm not sitting here trying to condemn anybody, not at all. I'm saying, if somebody is Christian and is getting something out of it, without hurting anybody, then stick to that belief. Great - though, I don't want you on my team!

'''Were you ever influenced by the pagan religions of Scandinavia?'''

Of course you're influenced by it and you hear about it -- it's deep within the culture of the whole country. The old Vikings, the castles you can go and visit. I've visited a lot of them and I'm very much into this stuff, we've got it all there.
Definitely...

'''How did it come about that you met Dr. LaVey?'''

I ran into his daughter Zeena, in Los Angeles, it must have been in 1988 or something like that. She came to one of our shows, and of course I knew who LaVey was, but suddenly some of our crew guys came up and said, "There's somebody from the Church outside who would like to get in and she says she's Anton Szandor LaVey's daughter." So I said, "Well, let her in, let's see if it's true." And yeah, it actually was.

So she went back to the hotel with me and he knew of me and checked up on all our interviews and music and things like that. And one night we played in San Francisco and a couple of people from the Church came to the show and came up to me and said that he'd like to invite me to come by. And I said, "Wow, I'm not going to pass up that opportunity!"

'''It's very moving to actually speak with him.'''

Definitely. And that made an impression for life, no doubt about it. Spending the night there, just feeling his presence, getting to know the charisma he has, the intelligence and the humor... It's so far from what a lot of people probably imagine him as.

'''He's a true gentleman.'''

Absolutely. And the letters I've received from him... I've been given the privilege of calling him whenever I feel like it, and I haven't used it yet. I don't want to misuse his hospitality.

Some day I might really feel that I need to talk to him about things and then I'll take up the opportunity.

'''Do you consider the music you're playing to have an inherently Satanic content? For example, Dr. LaVey has certain music, especially old songs from the 30's and 40's, which he holds to be particularly powerful.'''

Well, of course that's the music he grew up with, that was some of the input he got. And even still today I, by far, listen mostly to bands from the early 70's. It's just a fact. And I grew up with that stuff. But the main thing I think, if you want to label music Satanic, is you should look at the artist and see, does this stuff really come from the ''inner feelings''? Is this person really letting out his true feelings into this stuff, or is it just a bunch of fake shit to make money? But labelling (''sic'')music is something I don't like very much. A lot of people ask, "How would you label your music?" But I ''never'' label my music - I don't say it's death metal, or Satanic metal, or classical metal, or whatever. I don't care. I write some music, with certain instruments, and this is the way it sounds. If you like it, buy it.

If you don't - too bad!

'''Do you think the fans of '''Mercyful Fate''' and '''King Diamond''' understand some of the ideas you're putting into the music?'''

Well, I make pretty sure that nobody can come and say, "Hey - you are trying to influence people into doing this or doing that," or "You want to convert people" and so on. No way. I raise a lot of questions, definitely. But I try not to give - in straight words - an answer of what I feel about it. You'll never see me doing things like that. People have got to make up their own minds. And if people are not interested in getting anything deeper out of words on an album, that's fine too. We are entertainers - we're not priests. I have my way of life and of course that will influence my music and my lyrics. I put all my feelings into both.

'''What are your future plans?'''

Right at this moment we've started shopping deals for both '''King Diamond''' and '''Mercyful Fate''' [since the time of this conversation Mercyful Fate has signed with Metal Blade and will release an LP titled ''In The Shadows'' on June 22], and they're definitely going to be two separate units, it's only me that will be part of both bands, all the other members are different. And '''Mercyful Fate''' will pursue exactly where we left off, because we definitely left something undone, and that's the feeling of all the old guys. The '''King Diamond''' side of it, the album has already been written, we need the deal and we'll go into the studio and do it. It's 11 songs, the title of the album will be the ''Spider's Lullaby'', and there are only three songs connected lyric-wise into a small trilogy, the rest is individual songs. The reason being that I have enough concept with actually trying to put them and ''Conspiracy'' into book form, which I'm also doing. That's a project that won't be done for some time, but once it is I'll have people into reading horror books read through it and get their input, and if they like it then I'll start pursuing some big publishers and hopefully get the book out sometime. And if the book is a hit - there are a lot of "ifs" here, but you have to be positive - then that might make way for a movie, finally!

==Odditorium==
'''FROM THE PIT''', Volumes 1 & 2, comprising eight issues published throughout 1991, 1992 and 1993. (Available in two compilations, one for each volume, at $8.00 each. Volume Three, #1 at $2.00/$3.00 outside the U.S. Contact: Rev. Michael Rose, P.O. Box 1413, Decatur, AL 35602.)
:Michael Rose is a member of the Church of Satan, and his magazine reflects his own roots in true Satanism. His opinions are forthright, strong and delivered clearly, and I know you'll enjoy his publication.

:Each compilation is digest sized, computer-typeset very readably on grey paper with red covers. Volume One is 64 pages, Volume Two is 76 pages. From Volume One: "Bigotry," an article on "Why Charlie's Not Free," "The Fruits of Egalitarianism," and "Law and Order," as well as many other articles, "Lucifer's Library" (book reviews) and Satanic quotes. Volume Two has more good stuff on "Eugenics," "That Old Time Religion," the writings of Thomas Szasz, as well as an ever-growing review section and more.

:Volume Three, #1, starts with a perceptive editorial examining the conflict of Christians in Waco, and includes an incisive statement concerning the differences between Setians and Satanists, an examination of Objectivism, "Manfred vs. Faust," and an exploration of chandala vs. aristocratic values. This issue is rounded out with a fine review section and Satanic quotes [''sic'']

:'''From The Pit''' is well worth your time and buckage; send for it today.

'''DARK REFLECTIONS #1''', March 1993 ($4.00 per issue, $16.00 for a four-issue sub-scription, all checks and money orders made payable to Jeffrey Deboo, 1442A Walnut Street, #64, Berkeley, CA 94709. Will be bimonthly).
:Twenty-two pages of neat, clear typing plus a red cover stapled on the side. Deboo has authored the entire contents, which include essays, a poem and a list of contacts and publications. Particularly good is the "Satanic Catechism," and "Clash of Judgements: The Case of Sexual Morality." Deboo seems a little disturbed by what he sees as "the fetish for fascism" that "so many Satanists" display. Until a scientific opinion poll of Satanists is taken, I think he's over-reacting to a perception, not an actual majority. Otherwise, very rational, well-thought-out arguments - should prove inspirational to many. Highly recommended.

'''DARK LILY # 15''' (available from BCM/3406, London WCIN 3XX, England. Americans and Canadians: send $4.00 per issue, $16:00 for a four-issue subscription, in US dollars cash or postal money orders in US funds).
:''Dark Lily'' is digest-sized and always has a snappy blue cover, quite a contrast to the many other Satanic 'zines who feel red is the only color of choice. Twelve pages of reduced but readable type containing an article on "Cultural Supremacism and Its Effect on Satanic Belief," a goal and mission statement from Impetus Niger, and an eye-opening account of "The Advantages of Disability," plus an exhaustive listing of other interesting groups, publications and services. Definitely worth your time and $$$.

'''THE LAMP OF THOTH''', Volume 4, Issue #6 ($4.95 for this issue, $22.60 for subscription from the US. Contact: L.O.T., 6-8 Burley Lodge Road, Leeds, LS6 1QP, West Yorkshire, UK).
:Digest-sized, 56 neatly typed pages crammed with articles and contact addresses. The editor is Chris Bray, the proprietor of the Sorcerer's Apprentice, an excellent source of books and magical supplies based in England. This issue has many highlights. First, there's a wonderful editorial by Bray, expressing his fears and doubts about the future of religious freedom for occultists worldwide. "Golem's Gossip" is just that, gossipy and mean but amusing to read. There are well-thought-out articles on astrology, visualization (how to get someone to spring for a drink in a bar), hypnosis and even an "Occult Problem Page." There's a piece entitled "Magic as a Refuge For Failures," along with much more. As a parting shot, the last article is "Laurel and Hardy Satanism," detailing the controversy surrounding Setian David Austen and his participation in the ‘’Cook Report‘’, a Geraldo-esque TV special broadcast several years ago in Britain and produced by fundamentalist Xtians. The people behind this report courted UK occultists without telling them their real agenda, and as a result of the slanderous broadcast, Chris Bray's store was firebombed. John Freedom, the author of the article, further describes Michael Aquino's campaign against other UK Satanic groups. "Americans may fall for Aquino's self-righteous hypocritical double-speak," he contends, "but British Satanists are less gullible. The Temple of Set's UK representative is a dangerous media quisling and publicity junkie." This issue was sent to us along with an amusing button showing Michael Aquino wearing mouse ears.

'''THE HERETIC''' (one year/four issues: $7.00 in New Zealand, $10.00 elsewhere for surface, $15.00 elsewhere for air. Make check/mo payable to Realist Publications, P.O. Box 38-262, Petone, Wellington, NZ).
:K.R. Bolton is the editor/publisher here, and I think it's safe to assume he authors the contents unless otherwise noted; he is a Satanist. The masthead of ‘’The Heretic‘’ declares: "We champion the creative individual above the mass, the defiant above the submissive." October 1992, No. 2. This issue begins with a great lead article on Saddam Hussein and his efforts to create a new Babylon. There is apparently a historical basis for Hussein's role as the heir to Nebuchadnezzar, a heritage preceding Islam. Bolton describes the Iraquis' recent resanctification of the Ishtar Gate and Temple, Nebuchadnezzar's Palace, etc. I wish it had been longer. There is as well a review section featuring Michael Moynihan, a lengthy article on "War & Slavery," and a puzzling piece by Anton Long of the ONA, entitled "The Deceitful Occult Ego." He depicts very accurately the sort of puffed-up intellectuals who haunt the occult community, those displaying "pretension, artifice, the 'I must preserve my own ego by doing down all others' syndrome." But his depiction of the real occultist is scarcely any better, as he stresses hardship, deprivation and the casting-aside of any quest for personal happiness (only an illusion, to Long) to achieve... something that is not clear. I know Long is no Christian, but on the surface this sounds Christian - work, sacrifice, the unwillingness to accept Man as he is.
:
:Also includes lots of news notes, some nice poetry, and a bit of folklore about Herne the Hunter: Only 16 digest-sized pages, reduced photocopies, but there's a good deal here for the money. Definitely one of the better Satanic 'zines.
:
:Issue #3, Jan/Feb/Mar 1993. The lead article details "The Rise of Iron Youth," and mentions Boyd Rice and Michael Moynihan. Includes four pages of reviews, and an update on the BBC exposé of "anti-Satanists," the Christian child abuse scare and its debunkers. The ONA article this time around is clear and inspired; in "Satanism & Race," the author asserts correctly that "Satanism, as part of its sinister strategy, may encourage those forms/beliefs/groups which express this type of Imperium [Satanic goals]. For instance, present day 'extreme Right Wing movements.' In this, Satanists are being sinister - they are not expressing or supporting such views as 'racialism' for instance, because they believe them, but because they know those views may or will aid their Satanic goals, in particular by countering the Nazarene sickness of spirit." Wish some Satanists could see past the ends of their noses to grasp this fact.
:
:Bolton's "Current Comment" is here again, as well as another "Folklore" piece, this time about Wayland the Smith. An article detailing "Australia's Pagan Art" rounds out another fine issue.
:
:Issue #4, April/May/June 1993. With an attractive new logo, this issue starts with an excellent, extensive article on the "Rebirth of the Pagan Ethos" by Karsten O'Rourke. O'Rourke follows the stony path of European paganism from the Roman era through Wagner, Nietzsche, Von List, Von Liebenfels and the New Templars, concluding that "Pagan ideals erected a New Order which was only drowned out by WWII... As the 20th century closes, there rises again these same metapolitical forces. May our end now be success!"
:
:Other articles include "Celtic Left Hand Path" and a piece on the origin of "SAT-TAN" by Tani Jantsang. The other extensive piece is on "The Strange Case of David Austen," a Magister in the Temple of Set and member of its Council of Nine. Bolton's criticisms and observations of Austen are merciless; Austen's responses are cryptic, obtuse and often hilarious. As Bugs Bunny would say, "Whatta maroon!"
:
:The usual reviews, news, poems, and editor Bolton took extra care to get some illustrations into this one.
:
:Issue #5, July/ August/September 1993 This gets off to a fine start documenting the Satanic activities and views of Albert Pike, Confederate Brigadier General. Next Tosser Michael Aquino's response to the previous issue's Austen exposé along with Bolton's reply. Articles on "Satanism & the Cthulhu Mythos," "Vlad Dracula," and more fun at the expense of T/S (including cartoons!) as well as the usual features complete another fine issue.
:
:Also from Realist Publications be sure to examine '''Temple of Set: Behind the Facade''' (NZ - $10, US - $5) which documents in detail the various attempts by T/S to slander various occultists and how it has blown up in their faces. Also of interest is '''The Dark Doctrine''', the principal doctrinal text of the OLHP. This 34 page booklet (NZ- $10, US - $5) covers the Satanic philosophy espoused by this organization and presents several original rituals based on various historically Satanic traditions.

'''BLOOD OF YGGDRASIL: A Pictorial Journey Through the Nine Norse Worlds''' ($8.00 from COWAN, PO Box 15, Altadena, CA 91003 USA. Postage: $1.00 US, $2.00 foreign).

A curious and enchanting little volume of illustrations depicting characters and incidents from the Norse legends. Those involved in Norse and Runic magic will want this, as may any Wagner fans. The book itself is about 6" × 9", 48 heavy pages, clothbound in an antique-looking red. The old-fashioned cover printing is in gold.

When you open these "lids" (for so book covers were once called, when they were all hardbound) you'll find more red pages with black printing, hand-sewn into the heavy binding. The illustrations are good, for the most part, and the introduction emphasizes and encourages a turning-away from the slave religion of Christianity and back to the rich traditions of our pagan ancestors. The publisher has recreated the kind of magical old book you might find in a flea market and take home to wonder over.

'''KING OF INSTRUMENTS, INSTRUMENT OF KINGS''' by Doran Ragnarok ($5.00 from COWAN, PO Box 15, Altadena, CA 91003 USA. Postage: $1.00 US, $2.00 foreign).

A digest-sized pamphlet, but more than a pamphlet, produced with the same quirky care for the beauty and perhaps an air of antiquity, as the volume mentioned above (‘’BLOOD OF YGGDRASIL‘’). Only twelve little red pages, bound into a leather-textured softcover, hand-glued around red "end-papers." The same gold printing and lovely runic design grace the cover. This is the story of the theatre organ, that great roaring orchestra-in-itself that most of our generation has never been able to experience in its native state. Ragnarok's treatment covers the highlights, but it is not meant to be exhaustive, only an introduction pointing the way to more for those who are interested. Some nice illustrations and quality printing.

'''GEEK''' Issue #1, March 1993 (full-sized, 48 pages. $5.00 postpaid, or $20.00 for 5 issues. c/o ACI, P.O. Box 480531, Denver, CO 80248-0531). Michael Moynihan is a Senior Editor here.

''GEEK'' tells us it's "mostly great stuff," and it's true. Firstly, the format is professional and attractive, and it's chock-full of material. There's an overview of the career of Bodil, a Danish porn queen whose specialty was animals and whose early beauty has decayed rapidly; Bodil's fall from a fresh-checked young girl who loved animals (really - she ran her own farm) to the broken-down whore with swollen ankles is pathetic and devastating. One of my favorite pieces was an analysis of potted meat product; I now feel justified in my lifelong aversion to it. But the highlight of the issue is the "Interview With a Bum," conducted by Michael Moynihan and Shaun Partridge of the Partridge Family Temple - the reporters buy a homeless man a McDonald's meal and get him to spill his guts about life on the street. According to him, the biggest problem is all those people who pretend to be homeless; they're just messing it up for everyone. A rather odd sexual encounter comprises "The Tadger Chronicles," and there's another excellent interview with film composer Danny Elfman. F.C. Dobbs contributes a personal experiencepiece on drugs; the issue is rounded out with several pieces of strange fiction which I didn't find particularly interesting, but the editors are promising more, by Paul DiFilippo and Marc Laidlaw, two SF writers of note.

'''ABRASAX''' # 17, 18, 19, 20, edited by James M. Martin ($5.00 each from P.O. Box 1219, Corpus Christi, TX 78403-1219).

Billing itself as an "occult quarterly," ''ABRASAX'' (not to be confused with ‘’ABRAXAS‘’) is mainly concerned with Thelema and Crowley, but is happy to stray into any area of 20th Century magick editor James Martin feels may be of interest to his readers. Articles from these issues include: "Music Magick," "I Spy: Secret Societies & Occult Espionage," "The Rite of the Ankh," and in issue #19, a remembrance of Satanic poet Andre Soly witten by Tani Jantsang.

Of possible interest to Satanists is a regular column by Diane Vera - the Miss Hathaway of Satanism. In her inaugural installment of "From the Darkside," Vera professes to be seeking historical references to Satanic religions prior to the founding of the Church of Satan in 1966 C.E. But when presented with a wealth of such material by the Jantsang/Marsh cabal, she glosses over it quickly in her column in #17, preferring to spend the next seven pages or so discussing 20 year old gossip about Michael Aquino and Anton LaVey that is boring and inaccurate. Vera has her own ad, "Satanism Without Delusions of Grandeur"? "And Without Right-Wing Politics"? It's interesting that Vera constantly professes her ignorance of the Satanic scene, then tries to sum it up in a couple of pat phrases like these: "I'm not qualified to judge them one way or the other." "The word 'spiritual' is admittedly vague..." "I have no way of knowing whose story is true." which only attest to her cluelessness. Presumably Jantsang/Marsh's suggestions would have had her cracking the books for weeks, but instead she appeals, more than once, to the readership for their thoughts on the subjects.
Why? For more gossip, hearsay, unfounded and undocumented assertions?

Vera further asserts that "there's no such thing as a Satanic political philosophy."

Perhaps. But there are certain implications to tenets like "responsibility to the responsible" and smashing your enemies three-fold. If this kind of power philosophy isn't what attracted Vera to Satanism, what did? Maybe she'd like to share her own feelings about Satan as freely as she discusses LaVey's.

Issue #19 sees the premiere of a magickal advice column, "The Sorcerer's Apprentice," which should be of interest to beginners while #20 has a splendid article "Humanism and the Invisible War" which examines Dr. LaVey's influnce [‘’sic‘’] on magic(k) and is a perfect antidote to Vera's meanderings. ‘’ABRASAX‘’ improves with each issue, the last three moving on to laser typesetting and even more interesting graphic art so don't hesitate to subscribe.

This one's a keeper.

'''THE SWORD & SHIELD''' #1 (by the Knights of Satan, 12 pages, no price but $3.00 should do it: P.O. Box 81137, Fiddlers Green Postal Station, Ancaster, Ontario, Canada LIG 4X1).

"Magic: Does it really Work?," poetry by Marguerite Thompson, art, endangered species, articles about "Non-Hollywood," "Young Satanists," "Legends Born of Myths," and "The Reality of Demons." Nice, neat format and some real Satanic spirit here - check it out.

'''BALDER''' July 1992 Issue, 32 digest-sized pages - free to members - editor Jason Bridgehead c/o Order of the Jarls of Baelder, 60 Elmhurst Rd., Reading, Berks. RG1 5HY England).

The cover depicts a rather bucolic scene, ancient Greeks discussing a written document. The tone of ‘’Balder‘’ is equally gentle; while the articles advise us that the elite are at war with things-as-they-are, there is a spirit of community and concern for other members of "The Brotherhood." This magic is not overtly Satan-inspired, although the contents reveal that these brothers do consider themselves Satanists - affiliated orders listed in the back include O.N.A., O.L.H.P., and the O.T.B.

There is a page of letters from members and a discussion of two major runes. Next comes a delightful article on Botticelli, a historical piece on the Berbers, "The Greatest Prize" (an exhortation by a recently-passed-on Elder advocating a coming together of elite folk under ‘’Balder‘’ to battle the Xtian scourge), "The Ethos of Warriors" part 1B lays it all down, stressing respect, "Conquer, Destroy, Create" by the O.N.A.'s Anton Long advocating the destruction of the mediocrity breeding powers-that-be and an exploration of space - though he seems to think happiness and comfort are illusions (perhaps for him ‘’they are‘’), and finally a discussion of the swastika and the Thule Society.

'''SATANISM - A Basic Introduction for Perspective Adherents''', under the auspices of the Order of Nine Angles (Thormynd Press, P.O. Box 700, Shrewsbury, Shropshire, England [no code]. It's $5.00 US cash, $25.00 if paying by US check, 1 £ in the UK).

This is digest-sized, coverless, about 15 pages typewritten. It's an excellent introduction to what the ONA's all about, if you've been reading their work elsewhere and would like a handle on it. The author claims he has the "honour of being the Grand Master representing traditional Satanists." The ONA veers from the Church of Satan in several ways. Firstly, they stress the Satanic path as one that is difficult and fraught with adversity. No one's denying that life can throw you some curves and that you're usually better off when you learn to deal with them. But no Satanist I know seeks pain or the path of greatest resistance; certainly no animal would. ONA also stresses amorality for Satanists, and I agree - but why then do they say "there is also real evil"? Is the judging of something as "evil" not a subjective judgement based on some moral code? The ONA also stresses that a Satanist "desires to evolve... to fulfill the potential of existence, of godhead/divinity latent within them [sic]." Once again, a man is not good enough as he is; he's not permitted to accept himself until he's gone on some journey to fulfillment. To me, this is moving in exactly the wrong direction: most people's biggest problems stem from their inability to live the truth of their flesh, to accept themselves as the animals they are. This striving toward Divinity, is Christian in nature.

'''LIVE!''' (sixteen pages, typewriter type printer sideways in a digest-sized format, $3.00 from P.O. Box 101, St. Boniface Postal Station, Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada R2H 3B4).

The cover is of a laughing young man lounging on a mussed-up bed in someone's attic bedroom; there's a cute l'il [''sic''] devil cartoon in one corner (logo of the Order of Dionysus/Sabazios of which this is an affiliating publication). Issue #2, January 1993, articles include dealing with the "Age of Consent," and another on "The Oppression of Youth." Sandwiched between these are little pearls of wisdom from the editor, whose views on other issues are usually in line with true Satanic principles as put forth in ''The Satanic Bible''. A little pricey for 16 pages, but it's printed very neatly and attractively, and the editor writes well. Issue #3, April 1993, begins with a rather obtuse, four-page explanation that their "cover-youth" is Billy Bob, and he personifies some principle important to the editor.

Youthfulness (and sexuality) is certainly a theme in this little publication; the editorial tells us that "visiting locations where younger guys or gals hang out is obviously essential but not that difficult. You, as the seeker, do not have to be a Boy Scout troop leader, or a Big Brother or Sister, or a Roman Catholic priest or nun, or a school teacher, or the like, though you have a head start if you are." The article "Hypocrisy in Society" also bears this out, as it bemoans society's two-faced approach to youth, stressing its beauty but forbidding its freedom. The best piece is probably "The Human Animal," a lightweight analysis of the progressively greater repression of our instincts in civilized countries. Neatly done, clean and readable, but thin.

'''REJUVENATION MAGAZINE''', Issues 3, 4,5, 6 edited by Joe Aufricht ($4.00 USA, $5.00 elsewhere from P.O. Box 711, Lakewood, OH 44107).

Thirty pages, digest-sized, typewriter typeset, a little difficult to read (a new typewriter is called for, I believe). This publication, edited by the founder of the Order of Dionysus/Sabazios, has a similar focus to that of LIVE/ Teen freedom, sexual freedom in particular, is advocated. In issue #3 topics covered include "Free Will vs. God's Will," "Evolution Theory Isn't Evil," "Drunks Are Not Satanists," and "Future Sex." Issue #4 includes a poem about a young man and his 9-year-old girlfriend, "Self-Sacrifice What For?", and "Let Teens Vote." Issue #5 runs the gamut from "Myths: Psychotherapy and Mental Illness," and "The Threatening Gym Teacher," to Demo reviews. Issue #6 includes youth advocate poetry, "Bowling Alley Bullshit," Death Metal Reviews and a commentary on accusations that their order advocates paedophilia. Each issue contains "Lilith Lustlove's Personals" for those seeking contact. Mr. Aufricht explores areas of Satanism and his particular slant on the maturity and right to freedom of adolescents as well as their ability to "rejuvenate" older individuals through interaction.

'''CALL OF THE RACE: An Epic Poem''' by Kenneth Lloyd Anderson ($3.00 from White Temple Books, P.O. Box 452, Hastings, MN 5503).

A tiny, 4" ×7" pamphlet bound in red, with 26 professionally-typeset pages inside.

Anderson talks, in free verse, about what he views as the roots of the White race's downfall, what's keeping it down, and how Whites must lift themselves up again. One might expect such a "racist" (Anderson prefers the term "racialism") to be illiterate and shallow, but this poem is poignant and moving. "This is still Nietzsche's age," he tells us. "We have run away from what's necessary.. whole men know/That hate is as necessary as love."

'''THELEMIX 1993''', a production of the Ordo Mysterium Baphe-metis, printed in a limited print run of 56 copies, available only by the selection of Grand Mistress MegAstron and Grand Master Megalion.

Digest-sized, thirty-five pages with the ubiquitous red cover. Well-written essays concerning the number of wisdom, "naga," the Serpent, chivalry in the occult world, the Major Greek Gods, the powers of the True Self, "crowns, Sceptres and Thrones," and computers. Not without its own wry humor; finishes with something called "The Emerald 'Tablet." If Thelema is your thing, these people seem very knowledgeable but with their feet on the ground; contact them at P.O. Box 156, W. Nottingham, NH 03291-0156, USA.

'''ONSLAUGHT''', Vol. 4, no. 1, edited by Dragon Undomiel ($5.00 from the Luciferian Light Group, P.O. Box 7207,
Tampa FL 33673).

The LLG is a White Power group that calls itself Satanic; they use Satanic symbols and say that "the Aryan peoples are the true children of Satan." This issue contains a ritual of "Gratitude/Honor Before Satan," some charts of "magickal" elements and correspondences, and a lengthy section of reprinted new articles titled "Dateline: HellA Special Report from Hell's Newsroom." Nice use of graphics here. There are extensive listings and ads of other Satanic groups and publications, as well as an explanation of the "Unified Churches," an attempt to put together several of the self-proclaimed Satanic groups operating right now. This may be already defunct, as this issue was followed up by a bulletin detailing the LLG's split from Embasat. An attractive, neat publication but not much "meat."

'''THE NEW JACKAL''', Vol. 1, Embassy of Lucifer, Chad Ian Miller, presiding, P.O. Box 998, Stewart, BC, VOT 1WO, Canada. (No price given, try $5.00. Fifteen pieces of 8.5'x 11" paper, covered front and back with poorly photocopied, single space dot matrix output.)
Setian Chad starts out by preaching to the converted about how bad Xtianity is.

Then he goes into a long description of the Embassy and its degree system, which must be a real degree system because you get to change the color of your robes and belts a lot. Next a discussion of "Satanic Child Molestation and Animal Sacrifice which barely mentions these topics although the article is six pages in length. Then a treatise about math and magic which Pythagoras would spit upon, followed by a piece on time which is actually about "Creation." Concludes with a very extended dictionary of Demons. Entire contents by Chad.

It was reported to us that Chad has again changed horses and formed an Xtian church, but this is unverified. However, this zine may be unavailable for that reason - inquire.

'''LUCIFER RISING''' #1, yet another new publication by Chad Ian Miller, who changes his projects (and his mind) like other people change their sheets, it would seem. ($6.00 from the Embassy of Lucifer, P.O. Box 998, Stewart, BC VOT 1WO, Canada.)

Typewriter-typeset on goldenrod paper and stapled in one corner, the cover is the god Baphomet, an oft-copied piece of artwork. There's about eight pages of Chad outlining his perspectives on the Satanic scene plus the rules and regulations for his own, much-better-than-new organization.

Then there's the reprinting of a sample issue of ONSLAUGHT, the publication of the Luciferian Light Group (separate from Chad's) and finally the reprinting of some pages from The King in Yellow (hence, perhaps, Chad's choice of paper). Chad claims to be providing a neutral forum for all Satanists, via this publication and his Embassy of Lucifer and Church of Lucifer.

However, he has been a member of the Temple of Set for about eight months, and immediately launches into the spurious story of the "collapse of the Church of Satan" and how Anton LaVey "plagerized" [sic] The Satanic Bible. How neutral does that sound to you? This is warmed-over non-information plus more blathering from Chad; your six bucks would be well-spent elsewhere.

'''ECLECTIC MAGE JOURNAL''', Issue H3, Jan/Feb 1993, edited by H.J. Mowry, Jr. aka Zepher ($3.00 from P.O. Box 6911, Pittsburgh, PA 15212).

Very perky layout with interesting use of scanned graphics, full-sized with eighteen pages, EM's subtitle is "Achieving Goals Through a Diverse System of Magick" Poetry is sandwiched between articles on witchcraft, color magic, etc. This issue is concerned with Satan: "Is He Really a Bad Guy?" The authors demonstrate sympathy for the Devil even if their sources re modern Satanism are more than a bit myopic. We've learned that the editor has become enamored of Aquino's world view so take that into consideration should you have cause to deal with this person.

'''INCREDIBLY STRANGE MUSIC VOL. I''', edited by V. Vale and Andrea Juno (Re/Search, 20 Romolo St., #B, San Francisco, CA 94133 1993; 193 pages, ISBN 0-940642-22-0, $17.99, full-sized softcover).

A series of interviews with record collectors and recording artists, focusing on music from the 50's and 60's. The music they talk about is largely rockabilly and trash bin discoveries, and the emphasis is on what middle class American culture has left behind, deemed "tacky" or "bad." And some of it is bad; how good could a bunch of songs by Rodney Allen Rippy be? Some of these collectors are interested in the obscurity of the recordings themselves, while others genuinely enjoy the sounds; all seem a little disappointed that many others are beginning to discover their finds and are driving up the flea market prices. However, if the underground had never embraced Martin Denny, there wouldn't be the wonderful Exotica release on CD and I wouldn't have been able to enjoy it.The interview with Denny is good, as are the reproductions of album covers throughout the volume.

What interested me Satanically about the book, was the principle of cultural scavenging, roaming through what the status quo has left behind and pulling out the real gems, the truly magical recordings. then returning to your lair to enjoy that magic, to send those vibes out into the ether. You don't have to like these people or their music to learn something about the power of getting off the cultural beaten track. As the editors says in their introduction, "These records become more than a consumeristic product; they become an expression of the collector's inner vision and express an alternate aesthetic philosophy."

The fact that Juno and Vale have termed this "Volume One," gives them an out, I suppose, to explain the glaring omissions of musical preservationists like Anton LaVey, Tiny Tim, Boyd Rice and even Dr. Demento, the latter whose radio show drove me out into the garage sales for 78's when I was only fifteen. I hope Volume Two is a little more adventurous.

'''ANSWER ME!''' Issue 3, edited by Jim Goad (Goad to Hell Ents., 1608 N. Cahuenga Blvd, #666, Hollywood, CA 90028. $5.00
first class; $4.00 third rate).

Long awaited, but worth the wait.

Jim and Debbie have hit their stride with this one, with full color Nazi cover and 131 pages of beautifully-designed mayhem.
Many artists have contributed cartoons and drawings, including John Wayne Gacy, Ottis Toole, Mark David Chapman and Charles Manson, so if you're a serial killer collector, get out your checkbook. Jim does another excellent "encyclopedia," this time about unique and notorious suicides - photos abound. Debbie's tirades are right on the money; particularly touching is "I Hate Being a Jew," wherein she rails against her psychological heritage of being a penny-pinching pessimist. I got the biggest kick of all, though, from Jim's article on guns.

Goad's poison pen was never sharper, and after reading this to myself I read it aloud to others and we laughed until the tears ran.
Combining truth with masterful wit and sarcasm, Jim tells One Man's Gun Story, and includes devastating pro-gun quotes from our founding fathers.

Also included are interviews with Boyd Rice, Al Sharpton, the Underdog Lady, the Kids of Widney High, and Debbie contributes a couple of phony phone calls to Dr. Kevorkian and a suicide prevention hot line. Debbie is great at these things; the call to Kevorkian is chilling.

What's really gonna get Answer Mel #3 on America's shit list, however, is Adam Parfrey's article, "Pederastic Park." This piece takes up the notion that director Steven Spielberg has "short eyes," and analyzes his past film efforts as expressions of this proclivity. Cartoonist Coop supplies the accompanying artwork, which shows Spielberg wielding a "hook" at a bare-butted Peter Pan.

You might find this issue on a newsstand somewhere, or you can order it from See/Hear. I recommend you send out immediately and get it right from the Goads own hot little hands. You need Answer Mel, the misanthropist's balm for cultural ennui.

'''PANTY LINE FEVER #4''', edited by Rick Hall ($4.00 from PLF, 234 E. 7th St., #1FE, New York, NY 10009 - age statement must accompany order; make check/m.o. payable to Rick S. Hall).

The Biannual Bulletin of Sex, Film and Intellectual Smuggery, ''PLF'' is a perky little mag that never fails to satisfy. This time around, an interview with underground comic artist Daniel Clowes, a visit to a Manhattan S&M parlor, a critique of Ken Russell's film ''The Devils'' by Ivan Lerner, Reuben Radding's column "The Final Judgement," lovely lasses with half-clad asses, and more.

'''EVIL: The Newsletter For True Crime Book Fanatics''' edited by Dan Kelly ($1.00 from P.O. Box 476641, Chicago, IL 60647).
I guess the tag title says it all; I know there are such fans in our readership. Editor Kelly gets lots of reviews of true crime books into a slim but well-laid-out and typeset format. This might be the place for you to trade info on new or old books and find out what clinkers to avoid on the bookracks.

'''VAMPIRES ANONYMOUS''', Winter and Summer 1993, edited by Amoura ($5.00 from P.O. Box 803, Langhorne PA, 19047).

Each issue is about 20 pages of manuscript-format poetry and fiction dealing with vampires and vampiric magic. The magazine is produced by the Order of Xanastia, "an Elitist Society for Thelemic heathens of all persuasions, writers, artists, vampire, horror and science fiction fans." The poetry was in the usual romantic, Dark Shadows-esque vein, and I particularly liked the full-page, black and white sigils which would make nice tattoos.

===GUEST REVIEWS===
'''THE MONSTER SHOW: A Cultural History of Horror''' by David J. Skal. (W.W. Norton and Co., 1993, 432 pages, $25.00) William Everisto, Reviewer.

If you're looking for an excellent survey of general horror and its interaction with our culture from the turn of the century to modern chillers like Silence of the Lambs, this is the book for you. Skal dredges up authors and connections from the early days of Dracula, Frankenstein and the Mummy that other writers have neglected. He makes quite a point of the Nazi fascination with wolves and the concurrent American rage of Wolfmen and Cat people movies. From there, he moves deftly through Entertaining Comics vs. Dr. Fredric Wertham, Maila Nurmi as the original "doom, gloom and va-va-voom" TV hostess, and the Japanese 50's Godzilla type screamers which, in Skal's analysis, "put a face on the Bomb."

The book opens with a still from Freaks, setting a tone throughout the book of American horror as sideshow. Skal states that "the motion picture itself had begun its career as a sideshow attraction, a curiosity at the fringes of mainstream entertainment." He credits one man, Tod Browning, with setting the tone with his productions of Dracula and Freaks - a carnival barker's tone that naturally grew from his background in carnivals and vaudeville. Though Skal does a thorough job of showing the influence of Freaks, it's too bad he hadn't contacted Anton LaVey to fill in some gaps regarding its re-release in the late 50's, which LaVey was responsible for.

Skal marks 1931 as the birth of the horror film, with the release of ''Frankenstein'' and ''Dracula'' and neatly closes the book by paralleling the releases of modern versions in 1991: ''Terminator 2'' and ''Silence of the Lambs''.

Throughout this book, he ties our compulsion toward horror to events dominating the mass consciousness at the time - wars, economic collapse, epidemics and political witch-hunts. One particularly pertinent summing quote comes from anti-feminist feminist Camille Paglia: "Horror films are rituals of pagan worship. There Western man obsessively confronts what Christianity has never been able to bury or explain away." Skal's book shows that as long as Man continues his lurchings toward "civilization," there will always be a place for nightmares.

'''FRIGHTEN THE HORSES''', edited by Mark Pritchard (Heat Seeking Publishing, 41 Sutter St. #1108, San Francisco, CA 94104; $5.00 for sample issue, $16.00 for four-issue subscription).

''Jeffrey Deboo, Reviewer.''

Professional-quality quarterly dedicated to the cutting edge of sexuality, especially in its more unorthodox variants. Bondage, fetishism, sadomasochism, gay/bi - whatever you'e into, you'll find it here. Both erotic fantasy fiction and serious articles are featured, along with reviews and a news roundup from the front lines of the depressingly endless battle for sexual freedom against life-hating religious fanatics.

A leftist political undertone sometimes intrudes, but in the main these people skewer the "progressive" P.C. sacred cows as eagerly as those of Christian "traditional family values" - article topics have included the menace of overpopulation, the biological/evolutionary roots of human behavior, an exposé of the myth that AIDS threatens U.S. heterosexuals, and a deliciously ruthless piece on revenge against rapists. It's rough, raw, and gritty, not sweetness-and-light romanticism; a pleasure-loving, life affirming philosophy is evident throughout. Highly recommended.

'''CHRISTIAN CHILD ABUSE: The Reality''' (42 pages, digest-sized, $10.00 from Realist Publications, P.O. Box 38-262, Petone, Wellington, New Zealand).

''Jeffrey Deboo, reviewer.''

After reading this item, you'll be enraged on two counts: first on behalf of all the children molested by the perverts who seem to infest the clergy of almost every branch of Christianity, and second at the colossal nerve of those who have been spreading the "Satanic ritual abuse" myths while the reality of their holy men's depravities outstrips even their '''fantasies''' about us!

The text analyzes why Christianity is a breeding ground of pedophilia (a religion which demands repression of mormal [''sic''] sexual urges, notably Catholicism with its celibate clergy, just bottles up those urges until they explode in some twisted new form) and dissects a few celebrated cases such as the Mt. Cashel Catholic Orphanage in Canada. The rest is accounts culled from news media around the world, in which countless men of God seem almost to vie with one another to see who can heap the worst abuse on any minor in reach. A New Orleans priest carries off the trophy with allegations that he made his dog take part in the molesting sessions (which were sometimes done at gunpoint), accumulated a 160-hour hardcore video library of his acts, and supplied a kiddie-porn magazine with photos of a retarded youth he had victimized.

Worst of all is how, in case after case, higher church authorities actively shield molestors (''sic''). Parents outraged at some clergyman's depredations are told to exercise (yes, you guessed it) the Christian virtue of forgiveness, while the offender is transferred out of trouble and into a new locality where he is unknown and where fresh, unsuspecting victims await.

Now that even the mainstream media are focusing increased attention on this subject, it's clear that our New Zealand brethren have found a potent issue to wield against the sick Nazarene cult befouling our civilization.

'''SATANISM AND WITCHCRAFT''' by Jules Michelet, translated by A.R. Allinson (Citadel Pres, New York, 1992 E.V.; 332 pages, $12.95, paperback).

''Jeffrey Deboo, reviewer.''

Originally written over a century ago and now newly republished, this formidable work (the product of thirty years of research) brings to life the story of Satanism from the birth of the Middle Ages to the Renaissance, in elegant and stately yet easily-devoured prose. This is history as epic rather than dry chronicle, a tapestry of words more moving and revealing than a thousand clinical photographs.

Never, save perhaps in the best of Twain, have the utter misery and squalor and degradation of medieval life been made so vived. Michelet shows how medieval man's hopelessness and desperation, born of a thousand torments rained down upon him by Church and State in the name of God, drove him to seek the aid of the Rebel who was that God's chief adversary - and who, alone of the dieties available to him, would sanction his own rebelliousness against the vile abominations of his masters, rather than telling him to turn the other cheek.

Medieval Satanism took a thousand forms, from the dumb masses' fearful veneration of old women who had managed to preserve the old pharmaceutical knowledge demonized and forgotten by the Church, to the invocation of forbidden arts by the victimized to better their lot and strike back against their oppressors, to the Dionysian abandon of the "Sabbaths" and the solemn blasphemies of the Black Mass. Medieval Satanism was widespread and '''it was real''' - the similarity of accounts from widely separated lands and eras affirms this. The term Satanism (rather than Devil-worship) is appropriately used here, since with rare exceptions the witches and sorcerers of those days saw Satan as an ally and fellow foe of tyranny and injustice, not as a stern and demanding master like Jehovah.

Michelet clearly wrote with no concern about how his prim-and-proper contemporaries would react to the results of his research. He pulls no punches in revealing - even with some sympathy - the frequency of incestuous practices in the Middle Ages, and the intimate links between incest and Satanism in every era. He emphasizes the fully equal and sometimes even pre eminent role of women in Satanism, from the lone witch to the "Sabbath" priestess, in a day when Christianity's byword was still mulier taceat in ecclesia. But interestingly, though medieval witchcraft did indeed preserve many pagan practices, he finds therein no trace of any etherial prehistoric goddess-worship - which will probably make the re-publication of this work something of an unwelcome event among certain groups who have long made a practice of beefing up their own rather wan mythology by ripping off what turns out to be our heritage after all.

But for us, who seek to '''reclaim''' that heritage, it is essential reading - our history retold with all its drama and tragedy shining through.

I cannot close this review without one quote from Michelet's splendid peroration. Asking himself whether Satanism and Christianity can be reconciled in modern times, he proclaims:

:"Is there one science you can name that was not originally a revolt against authority? There is only one way to reconcile the two spirits and unite the two Churches. This is to demolish the new one, the one which, from its earliest beginnings, was declared sinful and damnable. Let us destroy, if we can, all the sciences of nature, demolish the observatory, the museum, the botanic garden, the school of medicine, every library of modern books. Let us burn our legal enactments and our codes. Let us go back to the Canon Law. These novelties, one and all, were Satanic; no progress ever made but was his guilty work...How to expiate all this? ... will Satan undo this great work? Never! for it rests on three eternal foundation-stones, - Reason, Right, and Nature."

This man was one of us in spirit. Even a century late, his book should be read.

'''GLENN DANZIG''', musician and member of the bands '''Samhain''', '''Misfits''' and '''DANZIG'''. (Check larger music stores for albums).

''Ken Gage, reviewer.''

BOMBASTIC MUSIC IS HERE! In a market so glutted with anything-goes mediocrity, the commercial release of Glenn Danzig's ''Black Aria'' is a true Hellsend. ''Black Aria'''s darkly powerful and revisionist sound keeps the album from being categorized with Neo-Classical or New Age music, yet this is no rock album. But this may only be an experimental departure for the musician, whose three DANZIG albums are often described as a blend of R&B and melodious heavy metal, a la John Lee Hooker meets Black Sabbath. Although his early years with Samhain and the Misfits were a punk-rock legend, they can't hold a black candle to DANZIG or his latest - lend an ear to Black Aria. I think you'll discover that your only regret is the album is far, far too short.

'''MINISTRY''', a unique musical group. (Check any large music store).

''Ken Gage, reviewer.''

If you’ve been haunting music stores for a sound that meets His Satanic Majesty's measure, then '''MINISTRY''' has arrivesd (''sic'')! Although the band has been extant since the early 80's, its viscerally distinct industrial/cyberbilly sound didn't blossom until the 1988 release of ''Land of Rape and Honey''. What's cyberbilly, you ponder? - a combination of bluegrass and thrash! Now, don't be frightened by '''MINISTRY''''s semi-commercial viability. (And don't give me any unholier-than-thou lip about melody either! - I'm talking about an overall Devilish musicianship!)

Sporting Ol' Nick's pentagram tattooed on his shoulder, lead vocalist Al Jourgensen gleefully disdains mainstream religion: "It's one giant, false life-insurance policy: 'Pay us money now, we'll promise you'll have a good afterlife.' So they pay their money and happily go off on their own merry little way, making sacrifices on the promise of a better afterlife. Do you know anyone who's come back and complained about their policy? ...It's the biggest insurance scam ever invented." Nothing new to our ears.

'''MINISTRY''''s bassist, Paul Barker, offers his own aphoristic evilspeak in punctuation to Jourgensen's. "So, if you're gonna sin," says Barker, "sin boldly. Because, if you believe, you're gonna have to do something in the long run to make up for it." If you know what he's saying, give the band a listen. But if you don't appreciate '''Psychic TV''', '''Godflesh''', or '''Prong''', this won't be your cup of tea either.

'''TERRA-SHOCK''' ''The Art of Impact'' Demo tape. Contact: Black Mosaic Management, c/o Brent Miller, P.O. Box 1074, Rockland,
ME 04841.

''Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.''

Satanism has greatly influenced the field of heavy metal, from surface imagery to deeper philosphical explorations of Satanic principles. This tape is a fine example of the latter, with well-crafted music whose lyrics investigate the invisible war, social Darwinist thinking, and living apart from the herd.

The five songs herein are professionally performed and well recorded. Under Stefan Blacart's able hand, this demo is a strong start from a band that will certainly be heard from in the near future.

'''RUNNING WITH THE DEVIL, Power, Gender, and Madness in Heavy Metal Music''' by Robert Walser. (Wesleyan University Press, Hanover, NH, 1993; 222 pages, ISBN 0-8195-6260-2, paperback.)

''Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.''

Here at last is a book exploring the subject of heavy metal music without the usual moralistic condemnation or plain condescension so prevalent in other works to touch the subject. Walser is a musician (he's even played with metal bands) and gives a detailed musical analysis whose complexity, and links to such past virtuosic styles as baroque music, might surprise many. Also explored are the sociological factors which have made this such a potent genre in recent years. The author gives some history and confines his work to the more popular and obvious musicians, thus avoiding the more Satanic subgenres and their symbolism and lyrics. Satanism as a motivating philosophy is not part of this book, but the author demolishes arguments against heavy metal made by Carl Raschke in his "academic potboiler," Painted Black.

This book will be an eye-opener and is a great foundation for future works to take this musical genre seriously.

'''HAMMER AGAINST CROSSI''', Issue 2, edited by J.P. Tabone (Poste Restante, 31000 Toulouse R.P., France, 1992; 19 pages, A 4 format, 15 francs, in French).

''Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.''

This graphically beautiful 'zine covers the alternative music scene with a social Darwinist slant. Featured here are interviews with Michael Moynihan (Blood Axis), Sveinbjörn Beinteinsson, Reptilicus, Fire & Ice, and Cthulhu Records. If you can read French and like this style of music, get it.

'''BRIMSTONE PRESS #1''', Spring XXVIII A.S., edited by Earl Hammons (1912 East Cleland, Cabot, AR 72023-9666 USA, 1993;
35 pages, photocopied, 8.5" × 11", side-stapled).

''Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.''

This is a new Death Metal 'zine that features many reviews and interviews with Pale Unearthed, Hands of Filth, Banished, Impetigo, Acheron, Boneyard Press, Crematorial Death, Living Sacrifice, and Peter Gilmore. A good start for Mr. Hammons. No price listed but $4.00 should get you a copy.

'''D.B.N. Magazine #10''', ($2.50 from P.O. Box 3547, Lantana, FL 33465-3547; 40 pages, 8.5" × 11" on newsprint).

''Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.''

Billed as "Your source for subversive entertainment," this 'zine features music reviews and has interviews with such luminaries as G.G. Allin, Alice Donut, White Zombie, and Forced Entry. Has some fine comic art, especially the cover image of Death by Eddie Garcia.

'''SECONDS''', (various issues, $2.95, on newstands everywhere
''Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.''
:Under the capable hands of managing editor George Petros (of EX/T fame) this music magazine has broken ground in their willingness to interview not only the usual bands being promoted to exasperation, but "fringier" folk such as Foetus and Laibach, as well as pioneers like Wendy Carlos and Timothy Leary. At this rate, maybe Norman Conquest will be next? They even criticized Deicide's claim to being Satanic!

'''EXPLODING HEARTS EXPLODING STARS''', The Serial Art & Propaganda of George Petros ($11.95 from Norman Gosney, 208 W. 23rd St., New York, NY 10011, 1992; 96 pages, 11" × 14" paperback).

''Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.''

This oversized compendium of black and white art clearly demonstrates Petros' mastery of the form of narrative graphic propaganda. Pieces herein shatter PC concepts of racism, sexuality, politics, aesthetics and the philosophies that underlie these topics, creating disturbing icons of archetypes long denied, yet now finding a resurgence of power. With a blend of brutality and elegance, Petros challenges his viewers to come to terms with elements of reality that can only be ignored at the peril of the perceiver.

'''SIEGE, The Collected Writings of James Mason''' edited and Introduced by Michael M. Jenkins (Storm Books, P.O. Box 18009,
Denver, CO 80218 U.S.A., 1992; 434 pages, $22.00, paperback).

''Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.''

This book is a monumental achievement. Editor Jenkins took great care to assemble Mason's writings, which had been published in his newsletter SIEGE from 1980-1986, into a coherent progression that charts Mason's thinking on his National Socialist odyssey, from an explorer picking up from his predecessors to the sage with wisdom gained from working to make an effective revolutionary movement in the exacting arena of reality. Mason is most certainly a political extremist, but dear reader, as a Satanist you are also an extremist in the realm of religion and philosophy. This book ofters great insight into the progression and evolution of an extremist movement here in the US. I found remarkable parallels between the types of individuals that Mason encountered in his field to those that I have experienced in the "Satanic scene."

Even amongst his "peers" Mason became a loner as he comprehended the meaning behind the deeds attributed to Charles Manson, and thus founded Universal Order, a concept very much akin to the Satanic view of Man's place in the cosmos. If you are a Satanist and have not gotten a sense of perspective on how your movement fits into American Society, look at this account of the American National Socialist movement and learn. Mason's writing is clear and filled with clarity.

This massive tome is graced with rare photographs of individuals, posters, and documents that are central to the issues covered. It's design is elegant and monolithic, and quite easy to read. Here is the unvarnished thinking of an American radical offered up for you to judge as you see fit. If you are truly aware, this book will give you much to ponder, and if not, it could make a difference in how you view yourself and the world about you. Don't miss it.

'''COSMIC RETRIBUTION, The Infernal Art of Joe Coleman''' (Feral House, P.O. Box 3466, Portland OR 97208-3466, 1992; 135 pages, ISBN (softcover) 0-922915-067 $22.95, ISBN (hardcover) 0-922915-13-X $39.95).

''Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.''

I have had the good fortune to have seen numerous actual Coleman originals on exhibition, and they leave an indelible mark on your visual memory. If you are a connoisseur of images of misanthropia, then this is a portable feast that you must have.
Coleman's paintings and drawings of the human animal at his/her most candidly humane behavior are icons of the Seventh Satanic Statement that leap off of their canvasses to shove their foetid tongues down your throat. And Coleman directs his scrutiny at himself as well as the various strata of "human" society with honesty that is deeply moving.

A handsome volume filled with 32 full color pages and one hundred pages of black and white work, there is an illuminating interview with Coleman that gives the reader a glimpse into the psyche that is the gateway for these extraordinary and indicting pictures. I see Coleman as a lycanthropic shaman, evidenced by his performances wherein he bites the heads off of mice and blows himself up, who crystallizes his deeply felt and penetrating grasp of our species in images of devastating epiphany. Here is truly Satanic art that you will savour for decades. A must for every Satanist.

'''SYMPHONY''' by Adrian Savage (Pocket Books, 1230 Avenue f the Americas, New York, NY 10020, 1992; 277 pages, ISBN O-671-67249-5, $4.99, paperback).

''Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.''

Here's an odd little number, a horror novel in which several of the protagonists are Satanists, from Prometheus Faust - ex-cop and founder of a Satanic Church, Cal Hudson - worshipper of Satan who is working on a symphony comprised of sampled screams of the victims of his brutal and graphically described tortures, and Terry - dabbling with the Children of Belial.

Savage has herein included all the sorts of Satanism claimed to exist by the Christers, but he attempts a partially sympathetic portrait of Faust as a genuine, if masochistic, Satanist. This novel is the stuff of "B" movies, but is entertainingly written. I was disappointed in the lack of pursuit of the idea of the "scream symphony" beyond its mere mention and the change of attitude wrought in Faust by the novel's end, but that is to be expected as the author is a practitioner of Chaos magic. A fun read to fill your spare time.

'''HALF DRESSED, SHE OBEYED''' by Deborah Ryder (Divine Press, P.O. Box 108, Stockport, Cheshire, SK1 4DD, England, 1993; 189 pages, $19.99, trade paperback).

''Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.''

This volume of S&M erotic fiction is well illustrated by Trevor Brown and includes a perceptive forward by Tuppy Owens as well as a prelude by the author, '"Writing Sado-Masochistic Pornography: A Woman's Defence," wherein she does just that with clarity and conviction. If this area of erotica is one you enjoy, or if you'd like to explore an area that is new to you, the tales herein will certainly supply you with archetypal scenarios for fantasy. There are many insights to be gained as well concerning the psyche's of those who belong to this realm, where there are clearly defined roles and no lacking of discipline. Check it out!

'''ARKTOS: The Polar Myth in Science, Symbolism, and Nazi Survival''' by Joscelyn Godwin (Phanes Press, P.O. Box 6114, Grand Rapids, MI 49516, 1993; 260 pages, ISBN 0-933999-46-1, $16.95, trade paperback).

''Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.''

A fascinating volume that brings some needed research and factual grounding to this topic. If you are interested in Thule, The Black Order, Shambhala, Agartha and other Hyperborean subjects, then you must have this book. There is an extensive bibliography as well to point you towards further sources of information.

'''THE FIFTH PATH''', issue 4, edited by Robert Ward (P.O. Box 1632, Carmichael, CA 95609-1632, 1993; 76 pages, full-sized softcover magazine, $6.00).

''Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.''

Once again editor Ward has put together an issue to delight and intrigue. Of particular interest are the interviews with Adam Parfrey of Feral House and Thomas Thorn of the Satanic band The Electric Hellfire Club. Also of note is the very extensive review section which covers audio, video, and print media. We suggest that you subscribe so as not to miss a single issue.

'''PRIMAL CHAOS''', edited by Wendy Van Dusen (1072 Folsom Street, #388, San Francisco, CA 94103, 1993; Current issue #7, $3.00, full-sizes softcover magazine).

''Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.''

We are in possession of Primal Chaos #2 through #7 and have been highly impressed with the growth in quality and depth displayed under the very able helm of editor Wendy Van Dusen. This 'zine has from the start shown a good sense of graphics and fine artwork and poetry. Articles are meant to get one's feet wet in the subjects covered (Odinism, Runology, and Lycanthropy are regular topics of discussion). Each issue also contains an interview with someone of note:

Monte Cazazza (72), Kenneth Grant (#3), Peter Carroll (#4), Nick Bougas (#5), Peter Gilmore (#6), and Z'ev (#7).

Miss Van Dusen is also a musician and her band Neither/Neither World, has produced a darkly lyrical album with 13 songs, Sociopathic Pleasures. This is available as an LP ($8.00 postpaid to: Subterranean Records, P.O. Box 2530, Berkeley, CA 94702) or CD (Funky Mushroom, P.O. Box 100270, Brooklyn, NY 11210). Do be sure to keep up with these endeavors.

'''THE FENRIS WOLF - The Journal Of Contemporary Occultism''', Issue No. 3, edited by Carl Abrahamsson (Psychick Release PCP, P.O. Box 26067, S-100 41, Stockholm, Sweden, 1993; 200 pages, $20, paperback).
''Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.''
:This hefty volume ranges quite widely in material, much of it Satanic, such as: "Tests" by Anton LaVey, "The Demonic Glamour of Cinema" by the editor, "The Left-Handed Path" by The O.N.A., "The Rite of Ragnarök" by Peter Gilmore, "Recognizing Pseudo Satanism" by Nemo, and "Pythagoras, Plato and the Hellenes" by Philip Marsh. There are other articles on magickal topics by Freya Aswynn, Hymenaeus Beta and a reprint of Austin Osman Spare's "Anathema of Zos." There is much here to get you thinking and doing. Don't miss it.

'''PROMETHEAN CIRCLE''', A publication dedicated to Satanism and the path of the strong, edited by John Hiotellis and George Zaharopoulos (P.O. Box 79006, 17202 Himmittos, Athens, Greece, 1993; 28 pages, 825" × 11.75" side stapled).

''Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.''

This is a fine debut issue. Editor Zaharopoulos starts off with a fine blast at Humanism, Faustus Scorpius expounds on
"The Promethean Quest," "Life is War, War is Life" presents philosophy from the Chuch of WAR, Stephen Waters offers insights into
"Wolf Lore," and perhaps most apropos is editor Hiotellis' piece on ancient Hellenic Satanic mythology. There's much material of interest here and the editors seek articles for future issues.

'''DIABOLICAL CREATIONS #1''', edited by Ken Gage (IZM Enterprises, P.O. Box 353, Maple Park, IL 60151, 1993; 42 pages, full-sized, side stapled).

''Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.''

Yet another new Satanic publication that is ballsy and fun. There's pieces on Satanism, Godzilla, Occult themes in Rap, Satan and the Soul, plus poetry, reviews, many ads, and underground comic style artwork. There's even a piece by a Christian providing his proof for his choice in God-belief. A new perspective here that you should enjoy - check it out.

'''THEE INFERNAL TEMPLER, Vol. 1, No. 2''' edited by Varek Ultra (T.O.P.Y. Station 23, P.O. Box 687, Halfway, Sheffield, S19 5UX, England, 1993; 16 pages, A4 format. No price listed).

''Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.''

Having never previously received review materials from T.O.P.Y., I imagine that this issue was sent because the opening article entitled "Satan Is Dead" is a meandering misprision of the Church of Satan and The Black Flame. The balance of the publication is concerned with various Thelemic and Chaosian concerns, as well as reviews of material with a similar bent. A cassette accompanied this, but I was not inspired to listen. If such is your interest, then this is a source for additional material.

'''ESOTERRA, No. 2''', edited by R.F. Paul and Chad Hensley (2116 Guadalupe, #114, Austin, TX 78705, 1992; 40 pages, digest-sized, $5.00).

''Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.''

This is a neat 'zine which commences with a fun piece by Adam Parfrey on "Weird Sex Cults" which is followed by an interview with Parfrey. There are three tarot-esque "Esoteric Images" by David Grimbleby with explanations, an intro to the Esoteric Order of Dagon, an analysis of the symbols in Lovecraft's "The White Ship," an interview with Sleep Chamber, poetry by Frater Orcen, and some very fine art. This is a well done effort that is worth your attention.

'''VILE PEACOCK, issue 2''', edited by Richao Polysorbate 60° (Maggot Bait, 409 North P.C.H. 106, suite 439, Redondo Beach, CA 90277, 1992; 38 pages, digest-sized, $2.00).

''Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.''

This is a zine filled with comics, collages, and collated images of misanthropy.

This collection is not for the squeamish, with both visceral and sexually explicit material. Just a little bit of "human" life.

'''TI-MOV, issue 1''', edited by Richao Polysorbate 60° (Maggot Bait, 409 North P.C.H. 106, suite 439, Redondo Beach, CA 90277, 1992; 24 pages, digest-sized, $1.00).

''Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.''

More of the same kind of material as VILE PEACOCK, which is not surprising since this is called a "first and last breakaway" from that publication. My favorite image is on page three titled "Nature's Kingdom Sees No Evil."

'''THE OHM CLOCK''', issue 1, edited by Aaron Garland (P.O. Box 43894, Las Vegas, NV 89116-1894, 1993; 31 pages, full-sized magazine, $3.00 US, $5.00 foreign, postpaid

''Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.''

This new 'zine is generally focused on alternative music and thus has interviews with the misanthropic band Man Is The Bastard, Kingdom Scum, Anomalous Records, as well as a piece about Richard Wagner plus music reviews. Also interviewed is Robert Ward, editor of The Fifth Path, and there is an article about Ancient Egypt. There is a good blend of material in this first issue.

'''MODERN TABOO, #3''', edited by Mitch F. (P.O. Box 55138, Atlanta, GA 30308-013
1993; 14 pages, full-sized, $2.00).

''Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.''

Included herein are articles on Mantras , The Plecid Foundation, EMBASAT, and interviews with Chad Ian Miller and Jim Goad. There's also a review section of recordings and publications. For some reason there are often handwritten heading for articles and for all the reviews.

'''FLASHBACK, #1''', edited by Jan Axelsson (P.O. Box 676, S-114 79, Stockholm, Sweden, 1993; 80 pages, A4 format, 29 kronor).

''Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.''

A new Swedish music 'zine with explorations of other cultural oddities. Mos interesting is the first part of an article on the Church of Satan by Carl Abrahamsson. Other topics covered: LSD, Film Censorsh in Sweden, Jean-Michel Jarre, Iggy Pop, an more. This is all in Swedish, so it is for those who can speak Swedish.

'''GRAY AREAS, Vol. 1, No. 1''' edited by Netta Gilboa (P.O. 808, Broomall, PA 19008-0808
:''Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.''
:This is a magazine that wishes to examine the "gray areas of life," thus they have a massive review section of alternative products in all media that attempts to one-up that of Factsbeet Five. The production values are very high here, but outside of the incredible reviews the focus seems to be on the Grateful Dead. The reviews are quite clear and supportive and definitely provide an excellent source for your browsing.

PARAPSYCHOLOGY, NEW AGE. AND THE OCCULI, A Source Encyclopedia, edited by Cheryl Klein Lacoff (Reference Press International, P.O.
Box 4126, Greenwich, CT 06830, 1993; 526 pages, full-sized paperback, $24.95).
Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.
This massive reference work has detailed listings of groups, publications, spas, centers, communities, museums, schools biographies, bookstores, distributors, media producers, and even events! I must say that it is skimpy on Satanism (it's not even listed in the "Topics Index") and there are two listings for the Church of Satan, one of which has an old, defunct mailing address.
I found this to be a fun volume to flip through, as you never quite know what you'll come across, though there's a bit too much occultnik stuff to wade through.
There's quite a guide to stores and services which could help folks find local sources for items of interest. It is a very professional publication and quite reasonable at the price.
GO TO HELL #3, Family Values, a video by John Dewey ($9.95 postpaid, Brimstone Ministries, Box 660, Marstons Mills, MA 02648, 1993; 30 minutes, VHS format).
Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.
Once again Daimon Egan is back and seems to have hit his stride with this video.
It begins with some paranoia evoking closeups of Egan, then moves on to the running joke, a returning rondo refrain wherein a priest knocks on Egan's front door (emblazoned with a Halloween witch with a rather phallic nose) with some such pro-Christ blather to which Egan has a snappy comeback. Also included is an interview with Ralph Frasier, who doesn't let blindness stop him from resisting the Christians' smugness, a wonderful take-off on Serrano's Piss Christ, Egan's sermon exposing the namesake of the Gideons, those obnoxious folk who put Bibles in hotel rooms, and also a segment called "The 666 Club," in which Egan and his associate Lucifer Taylor discuss the family values exemplified by the holy men of the Bible.

The tape is finished with Taylor, naked, reciting a statement that was read into the congressional record (on Walpurgisnacht!) which mocks Christian charity. All in all a fun tape and well worth the asking price.
LAISSEZ FAIRE BOOKS CATALOGUE,
(942 Howard Street, San Francisco, CA 94103).
Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.
This is an excellent source for books in the Libertarian vein of thought, and stocks such classic authors as Thomas Szasz, H.L.
Mencken, Mark Twain, Ayn Rand, and many others who you will find fascinating and useful. Contact them for the latest issue.
EXPOSING THE FRAUDS
JOURNAL OF PSYCHOLOGY & THEOLOGY, Fall 1992, Volume 20, Number 3. Special Issue - Satanic Ritual Abuse: The Current State of Knowledge. guest edited by Martha L. Rogers (Biola University, 13800 Biola Avenue, La Mirada, CA 90639-0001, 1992; 172 pages, paperback, $10.00).
Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.
This is a Christian publication wherein those who promote the SRA fraud are taken quite thoroughly to task by some heavy hitters in this field. It seems that the Christian community of intellectuals decided that it was time to clean house. Just as we separate ourselves from misguided dabblers who kill cats and vandalize cemeteries, the mainstream Christians want nothing to do with this Satanic scam fostered by mentally disturbed individuals and the therapists and consultants who've grown fat from this urban legend. There's great ammo in here from Christians to use should you be in a position to need to debunk the hysteria.
Highly recommended.
CORNERSTONE, Volume 21, issue 98, edited by Dawn Herrin (939 W. Wilson Ave., Chicago, IL 60640, 1992; 38 pages, tabloid format, $2.00).
Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.
In this issue, Jon Trott and Mike
Hertenstein shine the light of investigative reporting on Mike Warnke, author of The Satan Seller, and they demolish his claims to having been a member of a Satanic organization and expose his use of his ministry for personal gain. Once again, this is a Christian publication which wishes to get the sleaze out of their corner. Warnke has been making big bucks for years with his phony tales, and now he's been caught and pinned-down. Much usetul into here, should this "clown for Christ" bring his evangelism to your area.
FALSE MEMORY SYNDROME
FOUNDATION, 3508 Market Street - suite 128, Philadelphia, PA 19104.
Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.
Let me quote from an informational pamphlet published by this organization. "It is the purpose of the Foundation: To seek the reasons for the spread of False Memory Syndrome; To work for the prevention of new cases of False Memory Syndrome; and To aid the victims, both primary and secondary, of False Memory Syndrome." Here we have an organization that is working to combat the spread of false memories of sexual abuse in general, which will certainly be of use to smash the hysteria concerning "ritual abuse" that is a subset of this spectator sport. If information is needed to debunk the lies of fundies and Xtian
"therapists," this organization can be of use.
Also, should proponents of the hysteria arise in your locale, alert this organization and put responsible local officials in touch so that they can get a balanced point of view concerning the issue, and not be hoodwinked out of sympathy for those claiming (falsely) to having been the victims of extraordinarily heinous crimes.

==The Taoist==
Sway with the breeze Smell the scent of the trees
Feel the SAT pushing Llfe through you

Smoke drifting along the tides of the moon Surrounded by her presence, my senses swoon Twilight's peace beckons their beastial so

Leopard hunting, gaz.elle dying, a sparrow born in a mere moments passing
Sri Kala Chalcra, nothing is wasted or everlasting

A mere thread in Life's woven weave
His bright cloak shining, Yin gracefully leaves These are the best moments of Life

Andre T. Soly

(1970 - 1992) POET, SATANIST

"That is not dead which can eternal lie, And with strange aeons even death may die."

ANTICHRIST
BY BILL EHMANN,]R..

TANDING IN THE RITUAL CHAMBER, the dim
light of a single brazier does little to dispel the darkness. I stand before the Baphomet and for the duration of this ceremony consciously suspend my disbelief in the reality
of Satan and the infernal demons of Hell.
But as commonly happens when I speak less and pause more, I feel the presence of someone there, someone listening, someone watching.
I feel a benevolent interest and a strange sense of comradeship with this presence. As I continue to move through the ritual and address Satan, I am addressing this presence I feel but do not see. Always, when finished with such a ritual I have the profound sense of having communicated with someone and this communication feels meaningful and unbounded by the limitations imposed by the words which were spoken.
What is more, when I have had these experiences in ritual with others, the other individuals consistently report the same feeling of a presence. In talking with different Satanists about this experience I find they commonly have felt this curious communication.
So what is happening here? Our religion stands solidly based upon the bedrock of doubt not faith. We have rejected exterior gods in favor of recognizing our personal godhood in the present moment. We indulge in the power of belief only within the framework of ritual but agree to cap that powerful drug at ritual's end. We agree to turn on again the light switch of reason. We choose to be the magician and not the rube.
Yet the experience in ritual keeps occurring, like the persistant scratching of a cat who wants to be let in. There remains this powerful sense of feeling that there is someone present in ritual who, once called, has come to visit.
I realiz.e that only two conclusions have been drawn by those who have reported this experience since 1966. They either rejected it as mere fantasy (which does not address the intensity of the experience) or embraced it as belief (which ignores the ambiguity of the experience). I wondered if there might not be a third option.
Experimenting with the elements of ritual I discovered that there are several factors which seem to produce this sense of a visitor. First is darkness. When I have conducted ritual with two or more brightly lit candles in a chamber I have not become aware of this ghostly presence. If the chamber is dimly lit by a single burning lamp of jellied fuel (such as sterno) or even in complete pitch darkness, then the awareness of another is felt.
The second factor is the act of expectation through speech and action. When I correctly enter into the Satanic ritual and address Satan as if He were actually listening and present, then the phenomenon of feeling someone present occurs.
Of course all of this could be explained by suggestion. The dim or dark chamber softens the shapes I can see so that the

aspect of my mind which imposes sensory order is activated to make sense out of what is there. This is the same action the mind takes when we say that our eyes are "playing tricks." One example of this is when we are driving a car and can barely see some indistinct object on the road ahead. As we approach it looks to be a body of an animal until we get close enough to see it actually is a cardboard box. By suspending my disbelief in the context of ritual, I am certainly entering into the same dreamlike world of imagination where the mind creates impressions. Thus this experience could be nothing more than a form of self≠ hypnosis.
Digging deeper, however, I wondered how exactly I am aware of this ense of presence in the ritual. I do not normally see anything (such as a shadowy form). Neither do I hear any voice or breathing or some such. Neither is there a smell, taste nor touch. Yet somehow I kept sensing this presence. How?
I began to experiment in ritual. I would invoke the presence and then (with no small humor at this situation) ask myself how the Hell I knew there was this presence. What was this feeling and how did I know about it?
At one point I decided it must actually be that peculiar subset of the sense of hearing which can detect the physical presence of surrounding objects nearby. Physically blind people have demonstrated this remarkable use of "sonar" to "feel" physical objects and people around them through a subtle awareness of sounds. But I found that the visitor was not felt by me to have a specific physical location. It wasn't so simple.
Finally I came to realiz.e that there is a peculiar difference between how I feel when I am alone and when there is another person present. If you are in a room and someone enters who could be important to you (a friend, for example) there is a special complex of subtle physical shifts that occur which you can feel. You will not feel these shifts if someone enters who is totally unimportant and does not require any degree of social interaction (such as a stranger entering a bus depot where you are reading a book). This feeling of social preparation, of readying oneself to interact with another person, was exactly what I have been experiencing as the visitor phenomenon.
However, even this has not answered the ultimate question. After all, am I sensing this presence because it is actually there or because I have fallen prey to my own suggestive expectations?
And then finally the answer loomed clear and distinct.
Since in ritual, the magic is most effective when the magician suspends disbelief and believes totally and completely in the magical reality of Satan and his minions, and since so many feel this presence in ritual, then the answer is to BELIEVE IT... in ritual; DISBELIEVE IT... outside of ritual.
Just the way it was described in 7he Satanic Bible in 1969.

WHAT If THEY 0AVE A WAR ANDNOBODY CAME?

ON'T BLINK - WATCH 1-IlS HANDS! The hand is
quicker than the eye!" Phrases often heard from an audience observing the artistry of prestidigitation.
Perhaps some of you have uttered similar comments while enjoying a magical entertainer at a circus, cruise ship, Las Vegas or tableside at a restaurant. And the most popular comment: How do they do that? Part of the answer comes from MISDIRECTION.
Come closer. I am about to reveal a secret. The hand IS NOT quicker than the eye! That is why you, the audience, must be made to look elsewhere without realizing that you have been: MISDIRECTED! Fear not! Even with this knowledge you will be hard pressed to catch a pro at his game. So come closer, I shall tell you more.
One particular technique is BOREDOM. Stay awake no,w and I will share an example of one magician who w.as a master at misdirection. His name: MAX MALINI. Born m
1873 in Ostrov (between Poland and Austria); emigrated to New York at age fifteen. His passion and hobby, magic, became his profession, and by age twenty he was one of the nation's top saloon entertainers. Malini went on to perform at major cities in the USA, and from there he entertained world≠ wide. Malini was described as having the airs of an opera star: expensive clothes, cigar, finess and panache. His strongest feats were the appearance of a block of ice in a spectator's hat and blindfolded card tricks. Quite impressive for a man who was described as pudgy with very small hands! In fact, Malini could not hide a playing card in his hand. Yet he still managed_ to do so. Malini knew that if an action is repeated constantly, it becomes BORING and the mind will not pay attention to it. Thus he would repeat the same shuffle several times, then interject a "secret move," right under the proverbial nose of the audience!
And so on, with some other actions safely hidden from
perception. Malini amazed audiences up to the time of his death in the early 1940's. He is buried in Hawaii, the place of his last performance.
Would you like to put this to a test? The next time you are at the dinner table, try this: pick up and lay down your fork in exactly the same way. Look at the fork as you do so, but make no mention of this. Just let the action sink in. Do this three or four times. Then, look at the fork, PRETEND to pick it up. Bring the hand (pretending to hold the fork) towards you and SIMULTANEOUSLY look at someone next to you and say "Could you hold this fork?" If your timing is correct, you will enjoy watching your victim reach for the
non-existing fork! With a little practice, you can do this with coins, salt-shakers and other small objects.
So practice well and please do not drop your fork!

November 1387: A massive army of Tartars appear on the plains outside the city of Ispahan in central Iran.

Their leader, the Turkish war-lord Tammerlaine, dispatches emissaries to announce his arrival and to convey his challenge of battle to commence on the following day.
The Mussaffarid governor of Ispahan, Muzaffar-I-Kashi receives Tammerlaine's emissaries and is informed of the challenge they have come to deliver. He wastes no time in conferring with his ministers of state. The rich mercantile population of the city has little stomach for battle. They lack the necessary courage and fortitude to meet the Tartar challenge with resolve. There must be some other less dangerous course to follow, they plead.
Muzaffar-I-Kashi politely declines the challenge. Instead he offers the keys of the city to Tammerlaine, hoping to placate him.

The inhabitants of Ispahan, oblivious to their impending doom, carry on "business as usual."

Tammerlaine, a seasoned warrior of a hundred desperate battles, can feel no compassion for men so cowardly and indolent as to refuse to defend their own families, city and posessions. To his fierce warrior ethic, this refusal, and subsequent token of submission, is both an insult and an outrage!

Tammerlaine orders the wholesale slaughter of the city's inhabitants. Each of his army units is required to contribute a fixed number of heads to the general "pool."

The horror that ensues is unequalled by even the Golden Horde of Genghiz Khan in the previous century. For the Mongols, despite their ferocity, were but simple savages, whereas Tammerlaine is a cultured Turk.

The city of Ispahan becomes a chaos of thunderous hoofbeats, curved scimitars flashing in arcs beneath a dazzling Arabian sun, cries of terror and pain, and the sickly-sweet fragrance of death lingering in the aftermath.

Tammerlaine decrees that a pyramid reaching many stories high is to be constructed on the following day. It is to be a monument to the once prosperous, but cowardly people of Ispahan. It is to be composed of the 70,CXIJ skulls of the men, women, and children of the city who have perished there that unforgettable day.

R. N. Taylor

INFLUENCE FELT in society. We've seen how many individua1s have launched publications as
platforms for their particular focus and this is a healthy development. The Church of Satan encourages its members to make their influence felt in the real world, and this is a very direct method. We also have seen many new grottos rise, and fall as well, as Satanists attempt to make a social organization that will satisfy the wants of those involved. In this column, we'll focus on several grottos and their activities.

Grotto ODM (P.O. Box 163, Stratford, CT 06497)
Here is a group of Satanists that are organized and having fun too! From their Genera/, Information papers: "Grotto ODM, also referred to as ODM, is an organization whose primary function is the fraternal bonding and mutual support and advancement of individua1s of like interest in magical and related topics, who share the same basic philosophy on the nature of the world and of humans.
"Our name, 'GROTTO ODM,' derives from the Latin 'Oderint Dum Metuant,' 'Let them hate, so long as they fear.' This reflects the esoteric nature of the grotto, which sets itself apart from the social mainstream, and also the general tone of the grotto's philosophy, which disregards opinions of outsiders who do not share nor even understand our beliefs. The motto could be understood to convey the sentiment, in everyday language, 'I don't care if you don't understand me, or even if you hate me - just don't bother me.'
"ODM's pragmatic philosophy is based on the principles set forth in Anton LaVey's The Satanic Bible; familiarity with and understanding of this work are essential for membership. Since our founders are members of Dr. LaVey's Church of Satan, we maintain a 'spiritual affiliation' with the Church.
Membership in the Church is not mandatory for General members of ODM, although it is strongly recommended. There are some Grotto functions which are reserved only for members of the Church of Satan.
"ODM does not evangelize nor proselytize; we don't practice overt recruitment. We welcome inquiry by persons whose interest and participation could be mutually beneficial, and membership is typically by referral. Naturally, any area members of the Church of Satan are welcome to join should they so desire."
This grotto also puts out a newsletter called The Raven which is humorous and insightful with columns on food (From Hell's Kitchen) and drink (Exploring the Spirit World≠ de gustibus non disputandum), as well as commentary. They are open to article submissions.
Do contact them if this sounds to be what you seek.

The Infernal Garrison (7205 Goreway Drive, P.O. Box 59049, Mississauga, Ontario, L4T 4J1, Canada)
Having grown out of the Knights of Satan, from whom we haven't heard much in a while, Doug Richards has here forged an active ensemble promoting real Satanism. The membership package includes "Statutes That Govern The Infernal Garrison," and many fine images drawn by Mr.
Richards as well as his militant Satanic poetry and their initiation ritual. They also have spiffy membership cards. From one of their information sheets:
"The Infernal Garrison was formed in response to the demands of those in the Toronto area... [We] follow the philosophies of the Church of Satan and practice true Satanic magic, not what society 'thinks' is practiced...With determination, perhaps more groups will eventually follow to offer man identity instead of herd conformity."
They've a1so produced a cassette of music for rituals, basically from various soundtracks (Bram Stoker's Dracula) and Orff's Carmina Burana, among others. It is an effective blend Contact them for further information.

The Shiva Grotto (710 1/2 Courtland Ave., Kokomo, IN 46901) The basic intent of the Shiva Grotto, according to James
M. Davis, is to destroy the "Geraldo-satanist" image as well as the over-rated Christian religion. A further goal is to show that when need be, instead of ritualizing for everything, real Satanists get off their asses and employ their natural intelligence and wit in order to make their desires happen. From one of their pamphlets:
"Throughout history, anyone who veers from the mainstream and has obtained any success has been accused of diabolical connections to a darker force. Satanism is not about who can sacrifice the most babies or take the most drugs, it's about living by a set philosophy and calling up the darker forces in nature to exert your Will into the world as you see fit... Satan demands a much harder task than signing over your soul in blood. He demands that you live your life as fully as possible, prosper by your own wits and avoid misery."
Their organization is firmly based on the writings of Anton Szandor LaVey.

Please note: Both William Gidney and the "Infernal Grotto" are no longer associated with the Church of Satan, by decree of the Council of Nine.
Also, there are still pseudo-Satanic organizations out there claiming that the Church of Satan is defunct, bankrupt, or in some way non-existent - and that they are taking over. A bogus history is usually supplied to give credibility to their pedigree.
Ignore them. Innovators succeed while imitators fail!

HELL'S KITCHEN PRODUCTIONS PRESENT
CLOISONNE
SIGIL OF BAPHOMET MEDALLIONS
THE CHURCH OF SATAN
by Blanche Barton

A History Of The World's Most Notorious Religion
Where Satanism has been,
its present state, and where it is going, plus a guide to ritual magic and formation of groups and grottos.
1.75 INCHES IN DIAMETER SILVER SYMBOL BACKED BY
ENAMEL IN BLACK, RED, OR PURPLE
ORDER NOW!
ONLY $30 EACH
(ADD $5.00 EACH, OUTSIDE U.S.)
$8.95 plus $1.50 shipping and handling
($5.00 for overseas orders)
SEND CHECK, MONEY ORDER, OR BANK DRAUGHT IN U.S. FUNDS TO:
HELL'S KITCHEN PRODUCTIONS,
P.O. BOX 499, RADIO CITY STATION, NY, NY 10101-0499 U.S.A.

SPEAK OF TIIE DEVIL: 1HECANONOF ANTONLAVEY

A 90 minute docwnentary featuring all-new interviews with the High Priest of the Church of Satan.
Don't mis.5 the tour of The
Black House, including the forbidden Den of Iniquity.
You'll be dazzled by his keyboard artistry as the Maestro takes you to worlds gone by - soon to be resurrected. Also featuring interviews with other Satanists of note. Don't miss it!
AVAILABLE THIS FALL FROM:

WAVFLENG1HVIDEO,
BOX 1290, BURBANK, CA 91507
Send a self-addressed, stamped envelope for information.

THE FENRIS WOLF #3
Featuring:
"Tests" by Anton LaVey "Pseudo Satanism" by N emo
"Rite of Ragnarok" by Peter Gilmore "Roots of Satanism" by Philip Marsh and other articles of interest.

To order: send U.S. $25 in cash or International Money Order for
150 Swedish Crowns
Coming in 1994:
Den Sataniska Bibeln
(Swedish translation of The Satanic Bible
by Carl Abrahamsson)

for information contact:
Psychick Release PCP, P.0. Box 26067, S-100 41, Stockholm, Sweden

prisons get? People should be laughing WITH the death penalty, not AT it. Those who are laughing at
the death penalty are confused in thinking that it is not a deterrent. A person who is put to death can never harm another innocent person again. A corpse doesn't have a chance for parole, nor does it have any opportunities for escape.
Convicts who have no substantial evidence against them, but who are on death row, are spared (for the time being).
Those criminals who have admitted openly to murder, or who have overwhelming evidence against them, MUST be put to death without reservation. Of course, those who kill in self≠ defense should be spared by the government, and commended by the Satanist.
Capitol Punishment is a euphemism for "destroying low-lifes." If Satanists ruled the government, the degenerates
would go bound and gagged to the victim's family for them to torture, then destroy. Sheer torture would make any would-be perpetrator think twice. Since this isn't going to happen in our world just yet, let the government destroy the degenerates. An end would come to the building of more and more prisons, paying people to "rehabilitate" those beyond rehabilitation, as well as the feeding and health care of these morons.
Whenever someone is put to death, and it is not in your own state, the newspapers print only a very small article about it. I suppose this is to not offend Christians by making a big story out of how the state got rid of someone who would have eaten up the taxpayers money, and "gulp," put someone to death. Some politicians will whine that it costs the state too much money to execute these parasites. (What about the expenses of the court cases, and prison?) Some defense lawyers are suckering the criminal's loved ones into prolonging trials at their, and the taxpayers' expense, knowing full well the criminal will not go free.
When an animal gets impounded, they are either
adopted, or the inevitable happens. A thirty or forty year sentence served in full, would be very unfortunate for the criminal who commits a heinous crime, as they usually get out earlier now.
In our state, a criminal was mistakenly let out of the Maryland State Penitentiary. The result? An innocent boy and girl were shot to death in a convenience store for no reason at all. He said he just did it because the world stinks. He's right there, the world does stink. That's only because the Christian/Humanist government doesn't give a damn and only a Satanic government would have the guts to stand up and say, (as all Dark Heroes) "All wrong doers - You shall perish!" More quality people - less quantity. As the ABRAXAS Foundation states in Apoodyse Culture: "Long Live Death!"

olf nninat £1ljeep unrttu nofngt quorttu 6c i6fl6ttn of Stntia lltimnl l)n9nniam &ietce Snaciam 6e 8fnnl elf nfon 1ije utcij of nt

FOR INFOSEND $6(CASH OR PCl!TAL lllNEY ORDER!TO: CO.UN, PCllT BOX15, AIJ'ADENA, C\ 91MlUSA.
YOUR TIME GROWS SHORT, PREPARE FOR HOLY WAR

PROMETHEAN CIRCLE
Sinister Greetings!
Announcing the birth of a new magazine, dedicated to spreading the Satanic Word, the path of the strong, and the dark side of the human psyche. You are invited to present your ideas and principles through our pages. Please send materials and articles, we will publish original as well as reprints. Thanks in advance.

MIGHT IS RIGHT. HAIL SATAN!
JOHN HIOTELLIS, GEORGE ZAHAROPOULOS
EDITORS
PROMETHEAN CIRCLE
P.O. BOX 79006
17202 HIMITTOS ATHENS,GREECE

THE
INFERNAL GARRISON

BEHOLD AND LET THOSE THAT REGARD LIFE AS THE GREAT AND ULTIMATE INDULGENCE COME FORTH TO a.AIM ITS REWARDS!
SATANISM IS A RECOGNIZED RELIGION, ALLOWING GROUPS AND GROTTOS TO BE FORMED. THESE GARRISONS ARE LED BY FORMIDABLE WITCHES AND WARLOCKS LOYAL TO THE SATANIC MOVEMENT AND ITS GOALS.
HERE IN CANADA ANOTHER ORGANIZATION HAS EMERGED. WE RECOGNIZE THE NEED FOR SATANIC RITUAL AND AS SUCH EXCHANGE METHODS TO BRING THIS INTO MANIFESTATION. WE ARE LOOKING FOR OTHERS WHO SHARE THE SAME PHILOSOPHY AS THE CHURCH OF SATAN.
ANYONE INTERESTED IN MORE INFORMATION MAY WRITE TO:
THE INFERNAL GARRISON P.0.BOX 59049
MISSISSAUGA, ONTARIO L4T 4Jl CANADA

OR CENTURIES, Western society has been dominated by a philosophical system that can be
best described as antagonistic dualism, the belief that the world is comprised of pairs of irreconciliable opposites. Under this system, life is reduced to a series of either/or choices. This worldview is so pervasive that it provides the basis of most of the philosophies which provide the foundations of modem western culture. Since this philosophy touches upon virtually every fac.et of modern life I will not be attempting a comprehensive look at it in this article.
Instead I will touch upon a few examples of the results of such ideas, and touch upon the origins of this insidious philosophy.
The roots of antagonistic dualism go back some 2500-3000 years to ancient Persia. It was there that the Zoroastrians developed what was probably the first religion/ethical system based upon the idea of a metaphysical struggle between good and evil. Today, thanks to the Zoroastrians, people tend to think of good and evil as fixed absolutes, causes rather than effects, but this was not always the case. Many ancient societies thought of this dichotomy quite differently. Generally, good was whatever was beneficial to you, your family or your tribe/nation. Evil on the other hand was simply whatever was harmful to these same groups. Good and evil were seen as effects and not causes. Antagonistic duality lies behind this inversion of ideas. Consider the Greco-Roman, or Germano-Celtic mythologies. You'll find no such notions of ethical dualism as you find in Zoroastrian or Judaic mythology, you simply cannot
compare a figure such as Zeus, or Odin to an
Ahura-Mauia or Yahveh. Contrary to the conventional opinion however, the leap from the Zeuses and Odins to Yahveh and his ilk is hardly an advancement, it is instead a great leap backwards. The ancients all recognized the duality of nature but they did not attach any moral values to such things, they were simply recognized as counterparts in the overall scheme of thin . Antagonistic duality, as manifested first among the Persians and later among the Jews, was bad enough but it was primarily concerned with good and evil. After the idea spread to the decadent philosophers of the late Hellenic period, such as Plato and Socrates, it

broadened it's scope to include almost all of the world in it's pointless divisiveness.
Today, these dichotomies can be generally divided into two categories. The internal dichotomies are the first group and would include such thin as good vs. evil, intellect vs. instinct and reason vs. passion. The second group, the external dichotomies would include such thin as civilization vs. nature, life vs. death and male vs. female. It is with these dichotomies that I will be concerning myself hereafter.
The idea of good vs. evil has a long history in the world, and is central to the Judea-Christian ethic which has so polluted the world. The ideas of this group I have already dealt with, so I'll not repeat all of that. The other internal dichotomies are very similar to the good vs. evil dichotomy in many respects. Each is characterized by a refusal to recognize the totality of man's inner makeup. And each of these groups of people are prone to the same adverse effects which derive from this self-imposed internal conflict.

One of the most common internal dichotomies today is intellect vs. instinct. There are some who bdieve that the only knowledge of any value is intellectual in nature, learned knowledge. These people do not believe that inborn, instinctive understanding is of any value, in fact there are some who deny that man has any instincts. To be sure, man's instincts are not so absolute as the instincts of insects or birds but it would be a mistake to claim that man is devoid of instinct. As a primate, man has a fairly open-ended set of instincts, which leaves a great deal to be learned. There are however deeply felt drives which are inborn. There would be no conflict between instinct and intellect were it not for man's tendency to build up unnatural institutions to make the world more agreeable to his overdelicate sensibilities. When an instinctive drive runs counter to the rules man has established, a new action is taught to replace the instinctive act in the individual's mind. To
claim that all intellect is without value is less prevalent, but equally erroneous. These people follow the Rousseauesque doctrine of the noble savage. The error of these people lies in the fact that the human animal does not come with a complete program as does a

bee, or ant. A human being must acquire a certain degree of intellectual learning in order to survive. Anti-intellectualism may be rooted in a reasonable distrust of inordinate intellectualism, but it goes too far in the other direction. Just as the ultimate end of the intellectualists is a world where everyone does precisely as he has been taught to do, a world where every move is analyzed and spontaneity is a thing of the past, the end of the anti-intellectualists is a world of ignorance, and mistrust of any learning.
A very closely related conflict is reason vs. passion. The worshippers of reason regard reason as the be-all and end-all of human existence. These people fail to recognize that reason is only a tool. This overdependence on reason goes back to Greece, notably the philosopher Aristotle. The ideal of such people is a being that is totally dominated by reason. A being that is not swayed by passion. These people are continually stressing that man is not "just an animal." Their passions remind them of their animal nature and must therefore be done away with. As I see it, their ideal is a bloodless machine. Ultimately, by their very nature these deifiers of reason will fall into the same trap as the overly intellectual. Once again the other side is equally mistaken.
Traditionally, artists fall within the category of those who stress the passions over reason. The virulently anti-rational are a minority in this group. Those who reject reason, and are totally ruled by passions are not taking advantage of some of the unique characteristics of the human animal. These slaves to their passions will often drift aimlessly through life. They will follow their feelin even if they lead to their own destruction.
All of these groups are united in their desire to tear themselves into two parts. Whether that division is between good/evil, reason/passion, or instinct/intellect is ultimately irrelevent. They can all be roughly divided into two types, exterminators and suppresors. Those I call exterminators are driven to purge themselves of every trace of whatever undesireable element they find in their nature. The other group, the suppressors, are less driven. They usually understand that they will never purge themselves entirely of the offensive element and so they are

satisfied in suppre g it as much as possible. These types often believe that in time these offensive traits, if suppressed, will atrophy d die. While both groups are fighting futile battles against themselves, battles which they are doomed to lose, the suppressors can US\lally come through with fewer of the more unpleasant side-effects.
The worst that will befall a suppressor is, more often than not, a few neuroses of varying degree. It is another story with the exterminators. With each failure to destroy the hated element of their nature they will grow more single-minded and fanatical. It is from the ranks of the exterminators that all of the inquisitors, puritans and witch≠ hunters have come. While the suppressor will avoid the middle ground of balance, the exterminator will find it so repellent that he will go to any extreme, even the opposite extreme to avoid it. This is reflected in the well known fact that the quickest to convert to any extremist philosophy are those who, until recently, adhered to the opposing doctrine. Until an exterminator breaks away from his position, which is usually a very sudden decision, they will almost certainly be unwilling to consider any other opinion. It is a fools errand to try to reason with an exterminator, even those who have exalted reason.
The external dichotomies cannot be divided into exterminators and suppressors because they operate in a very different way. These are not struggles of man vs. himself. The external dichotomies are a manifestation of man's struggle against the world around him. These struggles are the same as the internalized ones in this regard, though they are equally pointless. A good example of the kind of idiotic conflict that falls under this heading is civilization vs. nature. The forces of civilization are responsible for the continuing deforestation of the Earth, the extermination of wild animal species to make room for surplus
humans and other domesticated animals, and a general preference for the artificial to the natural. On the other side are more of Rousseau's disciples. These people would delight in restoring an age of innocence which they believe existed in the long ago dim past. They yearn for a return to the garden of Eden, but would only accomplish a return to the cave. While no one can argue that all of the so-called advances of modern civilization are in fact advances, it should be obvious that it is not in our interest to throw it all away in pursuit of a golden age that never did, and never will, exist.

Another of the external dichotomies is life vs. death. Today there is a widely held belief that there is an innate sanctity in human life, and that life, at any level, is better than death. As a direct result of this idea, the human population of the Earth is escalating at an ever increasing rate. As a natural consequence of this overcrowding, famine and pestilence occasionally break out and natural disasters such as earthquakes, hurricanes, and flooding wreak greater havoc. Such things, while they are vital elements of nature's population control system, are violations of man's rules.
Whenever nature intervenes with a famine or somesuch measure, in comes a flood of "humanitarian" aid- food, clothing, and medicine - in an effort to thwart nature's design. If mankind does not change its course, nature will change it for him. You cannot circumvent nature indefinitely. Like it or not, man will have to start playing by nature's rules. On a more personal level, it is not unusual to see people who will cling to life, even a bedridden life dependent upon machines, rather than accept death and go out with a little dignity. What sane person can say that it is better to live as a frail, senile shadow of their former selves than to die when they have reached the logical conclusion of their lives?
Another product of this worldview is the "battle of the sexes." It has promoted a uselessly divisive outlook which has done nothing except create unwarranted hostility and pointless bickering. Each side argues over which sex is superior. You might as well argue over whether a saw is a better tool than a hammer. It is certainly true that nowhere in nature is equality to be found, but inequality does not follow gender lines. We are individuals and must be judged as such. A division of the human race into two uniform gender blocs is ridiculous. It is true that some women are utterly worthless for anything other than childbearing, but there are some that are superior to many men I've known who are useful only for mindless menial labor. No, ultimately gender is not a valid factor in establishing the social hierarchy. Even more insane than the extremists on behalf of either side are what passes for a moderate in this issue. These people would destroy the enmity between male and female through an attempt at destroying the differences. They seek to establish an androgynous, unisex world where the innate differences between the sexes are suppressed through socialization and "test-tube" reproduction. The solution

to the problems brought about through antagonistic dualism is not to be found in the pursuit of a thoroughly unnatural state of affairs, it lies in an understanding of the fact that despite their innate differences, the sexes are not bound into an adversary relationship; an understanding that it is possible to view them as complimentary halves of a larger whole.
Ultimately, though the mind perceives the duality inherent in nature, it seeks to restore a unified whole. Antagonistic dualism, in all its varied forms, believes that only one side of the duality is natural. They believe that the rest is a sort of cancerous growth which must be excised. Their ultimate goal is a world torn in half, a barren monotonous life free of the inner conflict that they themselves have promoted. It is tme for a restoration of that older, healthier view that there is a balance in nature between the duality's halves, a recognition that all are necessary in their place. A good illustration of this is found in the symbology of the sigil of Baphomet. As Dr. LaVey has stated in 1be Saktnic Bibl.e, the horns of the goat symbolize duality. Each horn is separate and distinct from the other, yet both are but part of the goat. Since the goat is a symbol of carnality, and thus of nature, it is therefore seen that everything is part of nature and that to exalt some part of nature above the whole is foolish. It should be obvious to everyone that only by recognizing the totality of nature, including human nature - despite what superficially appear to be contradictions, can life continue in any worthwhile sense. The road which western culture is presently traveling leads only to destruction. Until mankind no longer feels compelled to engage in counterproductive struggles with himself and nature there can be no real progress.
This Persian monster, and its offspring, must be destroyed. If we do not destroy them they will certainly destroy us.

EW THERE ARE WHO HAVE SUCCEEDED in
passing the Barrier to the twilit grotto that shines beyond'. For know ye well, that the dwellers in the
Abyss hunt souls like unto thine to hold in their thrall."
Anton Szandor LaVey,
"Die Elektrischen Vorspiele," The Satanic Ritual/

We are all familiar by now with the uses of alienation in Satanism. The writer of evocative literature is seldom thought of as being a magician. The American Gothic literary genre has produced such marvels as Nathaniel Hawthorne, E.A. Poe,
and H.P. Lovecraft. Few in the world of those Without would understand why these writers might be considered Satanic magicians. Yet each of their stories has exerted a diabolic influence on their readers' imaginations, creating 'rifts' in mass consciousness. For as 'fictional' as their writings are said to be, indeed they have opened the Gates - have they not? Every story can be seen as an exercise in indulgence, each indulgence being a magical Working in its own right.
Geometry, landscaping and weird imagery in the modern horror tale have been used to great effect to create states of alienation within their readers. The Law of the Trapezoid refers to more than just the strange angles of architectural structures. In a literary context this would refer to the bizarre room of Keziah Mason's house in H.P.L.'s "Dreams in the Witch House." The 'Law' also includes geographical areas and landscapings. This was discussed briefly
by Dr. LaVey in his most recent work The Devii's Notebook.2
This article will focus on landscaping and its power to alienate the literary character, as well as the reader. This alienation makes the character the other, whereas it is usually assumed that the "alien beings" of Lovecraft's Mythos are the Outsiders. The protagonist, in fact, becomes alien through a paradigmatic shift. This can be seen as a type of gnosis or "enlightenment."
Within the context of this article 'landscaping' shall mean any geographic area, its size, dimension - any feature, fixture, atmosphere, or phenomenon connected with that area. Also, landscaping refers specifically to nature and its peculiar manifestations.
The use of weird landscapings, unlike the convention of 'Gothic architecture' as found in Walpole's The Castle of Otranto (meaning the geometry of the physical structures within the stories), deserve more attention than they have received.
Author T.E.D. Klein, former editor of The Twilig/Jt Zone magazine, works on a somewhat "Lovecraftian" base. In his short story, "Black Man with a Horn," from Dark Gods (1980), he draws mostly on the Mythos. However, in The

Ceremoni.es (1984) he borrows concepts from Arthur Machen's short story "The White People." Machen was one of H.P.L.'s literary influences. In both of Klein's works there are liberal doses of weird landscapings. In the "Lovecraftian" tradition, images of dark twisted trees, menacing forests, blasted wastelands, whispering lonely fields, as well as savage jungles, frozen arctic environments, and other forlorn extreme manifestations of nature assail us. A heath of odd squatting hills, such as in H.P.L.'s "The Whisperer in Darkness," or Machen's "The Great God Pan," and all such stimuli jar our senses because of their ali.enness. One does not have to travel with his head disconnected to black Yuggoth to find the kind of strangeness which can be found on Earth.
The rough, wild, feral quality of Lovecraftian nature, and indeed, within all Gothic traditional depictions of nature, serve to alienate the reader from the common, to set them up for the story's awful culmination. Within these environments those caught up in them are transformed. Perhaps it can be better said that they adapt to their environment. One example which comes to mind is the goat-like Wilbur Whately in H.P.L.'s "The Dunwich Horror." Dunwich is supposed to be an all-around diconcerting place. It disturbs or adversely affects the protagonist.
This type of imagery is nothing new as a convention in the American Gothic genre. Hawthorne utilized such images as in "Young Goodman Brown," where the Witches' Sabbath takes place in a fiery pine forest. Here the Devil Himself is met on lonesome country roads near the midnight hour. H.P.L.'s "The Colour Out of Space," and "The Shadow Out of Time," present us with places of mystery, darkness and especially of geographical isolation.
It might be said that this proliferation of isolation≠ imagery in the American Gothic genre comes from the nature of early America itself. America was a vast wilderness at one time (before we "became fruitful and multiplied," that is). It is reasonable to assume that this exerted a sizeable influence on writers up until the recent time of mass urbanization.
Currently, the horror story tends to focus itself on the 'concrete jungle,' such as in T.E.D. Klein's "The Children of the Kingdom," and many of us know of H.P.L.'s loathing for New York City. While the city streets have apparently become the new forum of literary alienation, the city environment is still safe. It is predictable because it is a human fabrication. Nature, even unto this hour, remains unconquerable, it is an unknown.
Weird, isolated geography also includes the Nebraska countryside of Stephen King's "The Chidren of the Corn," and the rural neighborhood in Carl Jacobi's "The Unpleasantness at Carver House." Now consider, in light of the above, the

m \/()/,(1;\/J,'./,#.;('.-;

influence of nature/landscapingon the psyche in &ther Forbes' A Mirror for WitdJes (1928). Louis Gross, author of Redefining the American Gothic, gives us a sample of this,
The forest is a place of dark evil for the village, [in Forbes' novel] and as the dwelling of the Indian, a habitation for Satan and his followers.3
What can be said about the above discussed process of
alienating nature? By shifting the perceptual ground upon which we have built our notions of reality, writers like H.P.L. have raped our tunnel-realities by displacing our familiar world, and thrusting us, not into an "Abyss," but into a world we never understood in the first place. One might say that the Akeleys and Robert Blakes have their reality-filter lenses removed and become alien beings to the world. Robert Price, author of "Lovecraft's Artificial Mythology," tells us that,
His [Lovecraft's] aim was not to make the reader feel that supernatural entities (i.e. gods) exist. Such is the misunderstanding of many readers of Lovecraft. Rather, he sought to stimulate the removal of natural limits onhuman perception so as to provide a full view of the horribly empty (naturalistic) cosmos.4
According to Price, Yog-Sothoth, Cthulhu and the gang are supposed to be "the aliens." The essence of what he is saying, as this author interprets it, is that the Old Ones are no mere anomalous disturbances, but are the true inhabitants of a sphere we never really owned (i.e. "the Domain of Man"). We become alien creatures in an existential universe to which we are rudely awakened. The long forbidden realities of this world have turned hostile and demonic through centuries of denial. Stefan Dziemianowicz, author of "Outsiders and Aliens: The Uses of Isolation in Lovecraft's Fiction," backs the observations put forth so far,
This telescoped point of view [refering to the existential quality of H.P.L.'s works] presents an image of mankind as an isolated presence on the "black seas" of an infinite cosmos, a figure dwarfed into insignificance by the vastness of the universe.5
The Gothic genre (in general), being a product of a predominantly Christian culture is going to reflect its anti≠ nature bias. All horrors attributed to the natural world have, in the past, made titillating reading for proper Victorian ladies who were in need of a polite, socially acceptable catharsis - or exorcism, however one cares to look at it.
It is the psychodramatic quality of these works which exert their Satanic influence. As acts of 'black magic,' these above-mentioned works and countless others have served to disturb the complacency of readers, leading them down the Left-Hand-Path. Those less sensitive readers will undoubtedly shrug off the exigency of an H.P.L. work as "just a scary story," denying any heuristic value therein. For those who are not disturbed by what may come to them in the middle of the night, on some lonesome heath (perhaps through a shining

trapezohedron?), the goal of the Working is revealed:
Each of us must find our own way through the wilderness, and like Nietzsche's Zarathustra, must imbue our lives with personal meaning and power. No god, avatar, president or pope will do it for us. We, in fact, must recreate ourselves as the 'O Id Ones.' In The Satanic Rituals Dr. LaVey tells us that,
One can not help speculating upon the reality
suggested by the fantasy - the possibility that the Old Ones are spectres of a future human
. 6
mental1ty.
But for that to happen, we must first AWAKE.
? ? ?
Notes

1. Anton Szandor LaVey, The Satanic Rituals (New York: Avon, 1972), p. 124.
2. Anton Szandor LaVey, The Devil's Notebook
(Portland: Feral House, 1992), p. 116.
3. Louis Gross, Redefining the American Gothic (London: U.M.I. Research Press, 1989), p. 32.
4. Robert Price, "Lovecraft's Artificial Mythology," An Epicure in the Terribk, eds. Schultz & Joshi, (Cranbury: Associated University Presses, 1991), p. 248.
5. Stefan Dziemianowicz, "Outsiders and Aliens: The Uses of Isolation in Lovecraft's Fiction," An Epicure in the Terribk, eds. Schultz & Joshi, (Cranbury: Associated University Presses, 1991), p. 159.
6. LaVey, The Satanic Rituals, P. 178.

S WE WORK THROUGH THE
third decade of modern Satanism, we often find the Devil's "undefiled
wisdom" obscured by a veritable bliz:zard of superficially similar imitators using His name but playing an altogether different game. Like marketing consultants stuck with pushing a dud product, these hangers-on try to flog some tired, unimaginative belief system by scotch-taping an ill-fitting inverse pentagram over it to give it that "alluringly evil" cachet which it could never emanate on its own. Among these are a specific subcategory which I call "herd-elitist" ideologies.
There is no shortage of people and groups with impeccable elitist credentials, if by elitism we mean any assertion that certain specific people are distinct from, and superior to, the rest of humanity. What distinguishes a herd-elitist ideology from a Satanic one is its criterion of superiority: rather than judging each individual independently as superior or inferior on the basis of that individual's unique qualities, the herd-elitist assigns superior or inferior status to people based on their membership in a category. Everybody who happens to fall into Category Xis superior, while everyone in Category Y (which usually, though not always, includes everyone not in Category
X) is inferior - disregarding, in both cases, the individual attributes of each person being assessed.
Herd-elitist ideologies differ from one another mainly in how they define Category
X. Some examples:
Racism: To the white supremacist, a white person, even one devoid of talent or achievement, falls within the definition of the "superior race" and is thus a higher type than any non-white person, even if the latter happens to be of exceptional individual ability. There are also black supremacists and people who confer elite status based on
various other permutations of skin color and facial features, whose beliefs could be equally well described by the preceding sentence with the appropriate term or trems replacing each occurrence of the word "white."
Racistfringe elements have traditionally been associated with hard-line fundamentalist Christianity or with even zanier derivatives thereof, such as the subgroups who hold that the Anglo-Saxons

are descended from the Lost Tribes of Israel. However, reams of their standard simplistic and ungrammatical rhetoricare now availabl.ci'with an alleged "Satanic" imprimatur. The assumption, presumably, is that we individualists will fall for this particular form of group identity just because it happens to be socially unacceptable.
Ethnic nationalism: Similar to racism
but based on cultural groupin rather than physical characteristics. The adherent will point to the glorious achievements "of his nation," ignoring the fact that these are actually achievements of a small number of individuals who came from that nation. Isaac Newton's accomplishments prove that he was a man of exceptional talent; they prove nothing of the sort about any other randomly selected person who happens to have also been born in England.
Cultism: In this category I would put
all the innumerable (usually tiny) organizations who, de facto, define the elite as consisting of those who are members of the organization. Members gather together to reassure each other of their superiority and to sneer at those who are not members of the Cult. The strongest disdain is aimed not at the social mainstream but at those who, instead of belonging to the Cult, belong to some rival cult which in fact is hardly different. Most pseudo-Satanic groups fall into this category; each a small, insular knot of people with little in the way of a philosophical stance except repeated assertions that they are the Real Thing and that all the other similar groups are phonies.
Aristocracy: In most medieval societies, there was a hereditary nobility which wielded power and considered itself superior to the masses, with whom it refrained from intermarrying. Most noble families were descended from some individual founder whose genuine strength and ability enabled him to secure power and wealth and bequeath them to his descendants.
Unfortunately, although there is indeed a large genetic/hereditary component to most forms of talent, mere descent from a great man is a rather poor predicator of quality several generations later; most hereditary aristocracies quickly degenerated into inbred collections of hothouse plants, protected by an aura of superiority rather than its

substance. The doltish character of most European and Mideastern political leadership in the Middle Ages illustrates this, as does the frequency with which ruling dynasties were overthrown by fresh challengers. The main effect of hereditary aristocracies was to prevent creative individuals born to the "lower" social castes -
- part of the true elite, from a Satanic viewpoint - from achieving their potential.
As I discussed earlier in The Black Flame
(see "Naziism, Racism, and Satanism," Volume 3, N 1 & 2), herd-elitist ideologies have a natural appeal to inferior people. It is the person without talents or accomplishments of his own who needs to shore up his ego by focusing on his membership in a supposedly superior race, or by joining some organization made up of a few fellow pretentious losers with a secret handshake among whom he will bear the title of Grand Kolossal Kosmic Supremo.
The creative and successful person is secure in the knowledge of his own individual superiority and has no need for such tripe.
The Satanist identifies fellow members of the elite by their individual qualities and achievements - not by their race, nationality, group affiliation, descent, or any other categorical criterion. There is no form of "hypocritical self-deceit" more insidious than thinking oneself Satanic merely because one has joined a small herd which is out of favor with the big one.

Yampires ctexist !
Join Ifs!
jfor complete i11for11111tio11
on the 11.ibing ((ult of tbc 1lnl:lc11l:1 mhc l\itunls, tf)e mcncbings
ijtlJc l)riestf)ool) of all\
.%cnl:I $5.00 al..s9. to:

memple of tbe 1Jnmptre Jßox 3582--mJßjf I.acep, D 98503

∑ ∑

Photo Portrait of Anton Szandor LaVey

At last you can own a beautiful, black & white poster of the founder and High Priest of the Church of Satan.

Photographer Nick Bougas has captured LaVey and his serpentine friend Boaz in a moment of Satanic communion. At almost life size, this 23" x 29" print is on heavy, glossy poster stock, replete with the High Priest's name in large type across the bottom.
No Satanic lair should be without this handsome item!
Carefully packaged in a crush-proof mailing tube, the poster is only $20.00, plus $5.00
shipping & handling. (Outside the U.S., $20.00 plus $10.00 shipping & handling).

Make checks, money orders or bank draughts in U.S. funds out to:
Hell's Kitchen Productions
P.O. Box 499, Radio City Station, New York, NY 10101-0499, U.S.A.

VERY INDIVIDUAL "MAY BE
REGARDED as rep nting the as≠
cending or descending line of life. When one has decided which, one has there≠ by decided a canon for the value of his egoism. H he rep nts the ascending line his value is in fact extraordinary - and for the sake of the life-<:ollective, which with him takes a step forward, the care expended on his preservation, may even be extreme ff
he represents the descending development, decay, chronic degeneration, sickening then
he can be accorded little value." Nietzsche, Twiligpt of the Idols

Eugenics: Upbreeding through genetic selec≠ tion.
Dysgenics: "Exerting a detrimental effect on later generations."

Nature, left to its own devices, is eugenic. Nature's imperative is to breed higher fonns. Darwin showed that species evolve by selecting those who are of higher quality to survive and thus perpetuate their genes.
Evolution is a struggle for survival - genetic survival. An organism survives largely on the basis of the quality of its genetic in≠ heritance. Those organisms of lesser genetic inheritance fail to find a mate, fall to a predatoi; are too weak to withstand harsh en≠ vironmental conditions, and therefore their genes are not passed on to future generations. Nature, through a combination of factors, weeds and cultivates genetically. This is the basis of evolution, of natural selection.
The same principles apply to humankind. Primitive societies continue to be subjected to genetic selection in much the same way as other mganisms.
Howevei; as a population gene pool is
subjected to the laws of genetic selection, and as it thereby reaches higher biological levels,
naturally does its culture. As a culture develops, a paradox rises: a culture, par≠ ticularly if it rises to a level called "civiliza≠ tion," increasingly eliminates the struggles for survival through its advances in technology and material comfort. The mentally and physically impaired no longer die soon after birth, as they would in a raw state of nature. They are more likely to survive and in turn breed, thus p3$ing their genes on to future generations. A civilization may reach a stage where the selection mechanism is completely

reversed: the most intelligent and creative have fewer or no offspring, and are taxed to support the increasing proliferation of the least intelligent and creative.
Nature's eugenic imperative is replaced by a man-made system which is dysgenic. This situation may continue until there are no longer sufficient numbers of intelligent and creative people to sustain a civilization and it collapses. This is the view of D.r: Elmer Pendell, a foremost population expert. In Why Civiliz.ations Self Destruct (Howard Allen, Florida 1977), Pendell writes: "To un≠ derstand who were deprived of direct descen≠ dants by early death we must first look at human beings in a state of nature, when each individual had to provide for himself in much greater measure than now... Those with fewer of the favourable traits, or more of the unfavourable traits, were much more
likely to die - and die early before they them≠ selves reproduced Death not only removed
a deficient individual from a blossoming roety, but it removed his genes from the gene pool of his tribe. Consequently, the tribe and the species were both improved by nature's program of 'negative eugenics'."
Surveying a number of civilizations, Pendell states: "Why did Egypt's Old Kingdom, a magnificent civilization, 'crumble to the dust before the battering thistledown'? \ery simply, the less capable had the most offspring and a high degree of roal organization permitted this offspring to survive and produce offspring of their own."
This hypothesis on the fall of civiliza≠ tion is plausible for us today, not only due to the present knowledge of genetics and evolu≠ tion, but because we can observe the dys≠ genic impact on Western Civilization before our eyes. Indeed, as our civilization becomes increasingly more technically specialized there is an increasing number of unemploy≠ ables being subsidized by a dwindling ntllD≠ ber of technocrats and other professionals.
\'1Cestern Civilization will shortly reach the point of collapse as have other civilizations.
As Pendell observes in his remarks on the contemporary USA: "There is no dead≠ lier form of self-destruction than forcing the worthy elements of a civilization to become servants of the dross."
"Unless we revise our attitudes towards the 'rights' of those who are dragging us undei; the USA will soon follow the pattern

set by two earlier - and extinct - Western Hemisphere Civilizations - the Mayan and the Incan."
In fact, the population problem is not only within Western Civilization, but on a wider scale than hitherto in history; in the form of the \1"!st's subsidization of the proliferating Third rid (many of whose nations are themselves pitiful vestiges of an≠ cient civilizations which collapsed through dysgenics; e.g. India).
Pendell's answer to the self-destruct mechanism of civilization is for man to inter≠ vene where nature no longer can, by means of sterilization of the lowest genetic specimens, marriage licensing based on eugenic considerations, and State Human Genetics Boards authorizing quotas of chil≠ dren for couples on the basis of IQ.
The only country with the farsighted≠ ness to adopt eugenic social measures is Singapore. Several years ago the then Japanese Prime Minister observed aloud that the reason for the USA's declining economic performance is the decline in the quality of its population. Squeals of protest from out≠ raged liberals in the USA extracted an apol≠ ogy from him, but did nothing to change the facts.
Unless current population trends are reversed the \'1Cestern industrial nations will soon become the hewers of wood and drawers of water for more realistic societies, such as Japan, whose national IQ average has been increasing steadily over the past 50 years.
The Welfare State should start function≠ ing in reverse, in the form of tax incentives and disincentives applied to assist those who are the most intelligent and creative to sire larger families, while encouraging the curtail≠ ing of the numbers of the lower level of society. Sterilization (which could also be en≠ couraged with financial incentives) and eugenically-applied abortion, should also be utilized. Of course such realistic propositions remain utopian so long as the tis dominated by the moral slush of Christianity and liberalism. The battle first has to be fought and won on the ideological front.

"Now it is the higher man's role to pro≠ duce the children of the future. Quality is now more important than quantity."
Anton Szandor La\ey,
1be Satanic Rituals, p. 12.

PRINTS OF DARKNESS

SEND S.A.S.E. OR 2 IRC'S FOR A COMPLETE LISTING OF
HELL'S KITCHEN PRODUCTIONS MERCHANDISE.

---

>I l

I F -/., # 3 c>

-Ancient Roman pr<YVerb-

l like to think of Washington D.C. as an apocalyptic city. It is, in a sense, an end times city, with all the turmoil of conflicting doctrines and political tempests a last days preacher could imagine. Our nation's capitol is a kind of modern day Rome, complete with Emperor (President), senators, wealthy patricians on the take and the plebians who ride on their coattails, not to mention the masses of the unemployed and homeless.
The architecture speaks for itself.
One might even stretch the analogy further by pointing out that America's Rome seems to have its mystery cults and underground societies. Like their ancient counterparts, there are many here who loyally and sometimes desperately cling to their religious or political raison d'etre. With rare exception, most of these Romans need their party line handed down to them on a silver platter from above and in some cases even a lead plate will do. The faithful followers wax their egos with that smug self≠ assurance which comes with "getting involved" or "fighting the power." The leaders glut their egos with the gratification which comes in having control and
influence over others and taking credit for their organization's accomplishments.
Whether it comes from the theologically correct (TC) right wing or the politically correct (PC) left wing, the rhetoric, speeches, tactics and thought molding are basically the same.
So what has all this to do with the price of Satanic tea in China?
As a Satanist I take a sort of detached interest in activism and politics. Why not? One never knows when one might be forced into the arena to face a TC lion or a PC tiger. A sure method of self-defense is to know one's enemy. I try to attend as many demonstrations as possible and to keep at least a modest file on the various local activist groups in D.C.
My favorite target of Satanic espionage is Operation Rescue (OR). Of all the crusading organizations which I despise (and being politically incorrect I despise them all), OR is the one group I deem most worthy of my mischievous prying and monkey wrenching.

OR is truly an ironic phenomenon. It used to be, in the good old days of pagan Rome, that the Christians were the ones fed to the lions. Now, in the days of Christianized Rome, the Christians are the lions who devour women of desperate circumstances and rape victims. If you haven't seen an OR "rescue" with your own eyes, I highly recommend that you do so at least once in your life. Take pictures so you can show your grandchildren when they ask you if such nonsense actually occurred in your day. You'll need proof.
So what does a spy see upon attending an OR rally/"rescue"?
In the D.C. area it usually starts off with a pre-action meeting held on a Thursday or Friday evening, about 7:30 pm. This will be a kind of religious pep rally. I put on my best suit and fix a "Jesus is Lord" pin to the lapel. A Bible in hand will lend more credibility as I mingle with the sheep. The more you can look and speak the part the more chance there is of getting them to take you into their confidence. The rally site will probably be a church, one sympathetic to OR's cause. Once inside, it is sometimes required to surrender one's drivers license, a security precaution of theirs. It will be returned on the way out. I always take a seat near the front. This reduces suspicion and there is a better chance of overhearing something important from one of their leaders who sit in the front pews.
Here is a world where all of history,
philosophy, science, everything is re≠ interpreted by a first-century standard. Here is the world of either/or, where the sons of light ) struggle against the sons of darkness. These stormtroopers of righteousness have a mission - to save this wayward nation from the likely wrath of their fearsome and angry God by putting it back on the proper course
- theocracy.
The church soon fills up and the born again frenzy begins. The typical rally starts out with the singing of hymns which can become quite lively with people clapping, swaying from side to side; some are weeping, others are uplifting their hands to heaven with eyes closed, their faces testifying to the close kinship between religious ecstasy and a good orgasm. The son sometimes sound like battle hymns, for instance:
CHORUS: Lift high the banners of

love, HalleluJah!
Sound the trumpets of war. Christ has given us the victory, Hallelujah!
Jericho must fall.
1. The body of Christ is an army, fighting powers unseen, bringing captives to freedom, in the name of Jesus the King. CHORUS.
2. Brothers, are you sure of your calling? Will you fight for Jesus the King? Are you prepared for this battle, to lay down your lives for your friends?
And on it goes. There will also be prayers, of course. If fortune favors me, these will be led by the OR leaders, if not, then the congregation will break up into groups of five to eight. This is the most difficult part of the night. Each person will be expected to take a turn at a long, drawn out prayer of repentance and calling on God. This is a true test of any would-be spy's acting ability and knowledge of fundamentalist theology. Fortunately for myself, I come from a religious background
and have a degree in theology which helps me to speak the born-again jargon and fake the prayers to righteous satisfaction. It always provides me with a certain amount of amusement when the sheep are instructed to turn to a particular passage in their Bibles.
Now I can see if any of the people sitting next to me are spys from one of the local pro-choice organizations. They'll be the ones who take the longest time to find the text. A dead giveaway to the pro-lifer sitting next to them when they have to refer to the
table of contents to get to the gospel of John.
After the hymns and prayers will come the lively and charismatic speeches by the OR leaders. If it is going to be a major attack the following day, then there will be big name speakers; Randall Terry (founder OR), Rev. Pat Mahoney (Vice Pres. Christian Defense Coalition), Carrol Everett (former abortion clinic owner turned crusading Christian bitch), and any "pro-life" politicians who wish to add their two cents worth, i.e. Ambassador Alan Keyes, congresmian Chris Smith, etcetera.
The mood of an OR rally can vary greatly. Some are terribly serious as the lambs of God prepare themselves to suffer in the following day's activities. Others are little more than comedy acts by Terry and

Mahoney as they spend their entire speech time making jokes from the pulpit. To give credit where due, I must say they can really be quite fwmy at times, like two stand up Christian comedians. Occasionally there will be shown video tapes of Christians being arrested by the police for blocking the clinic doors. The purpose is to make all potential pep talk and indoctrination encourage the flock to "fear God rather than man" and risk arrest to save "the unborn children."
Finally, after the crowd has been whipped into its usual psychological state of righteous indignation over the "sin of child killing" and given a hardened resolve to do whatever is deemed necessary to end abortion, the time and place of tomorrow's gathering will be announced. The army of God then breaks up into groups according to function. Now the atmosphere becomes that of war - onward Christian soldiers!
This is the time when the battalions are to be formed. The main body will spearhead the attack. They consist of the hardcore members, who have been arrested again and again in the past, and however many first≠ timers who have been sucked into the righteous enthusiasm of the moment.
Veterans may be asked to bear the brunt of the arrests. Another battalion is comprised of women acting as "counselors" (guiltmongers). They direct their psychological warfare at any abortion bound woman trying to enter the clinic. These fine examples of Christian womanhood (boring females who all look like Saturday Night Live's "Church Chat" lady) are there to "help" her choose life for her "unborn child."
As in the army, there are the support troops. These are the "prayer warriors" who stand or kneel at the sidelines praying for those Christians being "brutaliud" (arrested) by the police "for simply praying on the sidewalk" (blocking the entrance to a building and terrorizing those trying to get in). The prayer warrior's job is to incessantly call upon the name of Jesus and in general make a grand display of repentance for the six o'clock news.
I once posed as a prayer warrior with an elderly couple who were kind enough to take me on a tour of the 13th century. After a seemingly ceaseless round of prayers for the sins of the nation and forgiveness of their "pro-abort" enemies, the weary couple pulled out a piece of paper and read from it an exorcism. So there we stood, the three of us "casting out abortion demons" from the clinic. And here I thought all that Linda

Blair stuff was just a movie! Later in the day's festivities I saw this same woman weeping and wailing hysterically. She and several other handmaids of the Lord had fallen to the ground in prayerful agony. Another woman behind me was speaking in tongues (babbling in a foreign language one has never learned). The actual wording which she repeated over and over again went like this, "Shun da la ta ta ta ta." I've studied quite a few languages in my time but I have to confess I don't recogniu this one; must
be an angelic language - Archangelese? Gabrielese? Cherubimian?
Christians claim themselves the salt of the earth; small wonder the planet suffers from hypertension.
The remaining support troops will consist of legal observers and those with video cameras for possible use in court.
With the order of battle established, the troops turn in for a few hours sleep. The time is usually about 10 or 11 pm. At this point I deliver any pertinent information to my cohort and best friend who then informs his political contacts among the political opponents of OR. The crucial task of any spy here is to gain as much information about the next day's tactics as well as obtain names and memorize faces. Some of these yahoos are out of state and have outstanding warrants or injunctions still in effect on them. The more one learns about the enemy the greater the chance of guessing their next move or pursuing legal action against them.
The next day's attack begins early, about 6am. The inquisition gathers at the appointed place. Already there are several "pro-choice" shadowers pacing about with walkie-talkies in hand, ready to report on enemy troop movements. The prayer warriors begin their medieval mumb others are softly singing apocalyptic hymns. Some have brought their invalid relatives and friends, paraplegics and quadraplegics in wheel chairs. Some are near mental vegetables who can do little but grunt and moan unintelligibly. See how sacred human
1u:£re. JS.
Then the generals arrive and God's mob gets underway. OR has its chain of command, with the leaders giving orders and the rest following without question. Only those at the top know the location of the clinic to be attacked. The rest are kept ignorant of any battle plans. Usually there will be a ride on the metro (subway) and then they hit the streets. A false attack might be staged by a smaller group at another site in order to draw the opposition from the

intended target.
The pace quickens as the main body approaches its destination. The clinic defenders will consist mostly of members of the Washington Area Clinic Defense Task Force (:IIACDTF) along with members of smaller, less effective organizations as well as a few revolution-mongers from D.C.'s Revolutionary Communist Party (RCP).
Some of these left-wing self-annointed "defenders of individual liberty" wouldn't know what to do with themselves if they didn't have a cause to fight for. I dare say that if the state were magically transformed into a utopia overnight, these "politically aware" individuals would have to create a whole new set of social ills just so they could have something to fight against in the morning.
The mayhem begins with OR's arrival. Clinic defenders lock arms, form a human barricade and brace themselves for the incoming holy salvo. Shouting and chanting soon fill the air. The modem day crusaders assail the infidel fortress by sitting as close as possible to the entrance in an attempt to shut down what they call an "abortion mill." There will be some jostling and surreptitious pushing as well as the occasional arrest for assault.
After the authorities have dilly-dallied for a spell, they then begin their legal masturbations which consist of giving OR members several warnings to vacate the area and the reading of any existing injunctions. Finally they put the taxpayers' money to good use and begin to haul them away.
Don't think that you've seen the last of them though; unlike OR chapters in some other areas of the country the "rescuers" here pay the meager fine and come right back for the next attack.
Eventually a path is cleared and the clinic is reopened. Each side claims victory with the defenders boasting that all the patients got in to their appointments and the attackers bragging that X number of "mothers" chose life for their "unborn child" as a result of their righteous intervention. As for myself, I retreat back into my Medmenham library and add any new information into my slowly growing files.
So why bother with all of this?
It enriches my life, simply this and nothing more. First of all I wish to see first hand what others can only glimpse on their TV screens. The news media is an unreliable source of information and incapable of giving the viewer anything but a portion of the events. Deeper intricacies are usually

""

missed. Therefore I investigate these matters myself. I am, in a way, my own news service. In my political directory are the necessary phone numbers to find out which of the major activist groups are doing what and when.
In the second place it amuses me. I enjoy taking a stroll through the human zoo which politically correct people term a "democracy." A democracy is a sort of free range game preserve where a primatologist such as myself can study the habits of nature's most awkward and embarrassing ape.
Thirdly, I wish to provide
intelligence service to the opposition groups presently fighting the fundamentalist right≠ wing. My best friend and I have a motto to champion our goal - "We take fun out of fundamentalism." Timely reporting on the activities of the inquisition can give the liberal opposition a headstart in making their counter battle plans.
But don't think for a moment that I'm into crusading or Idealism or PC. My reason for activism is pure self-interest and revenge. It's in my self-interest to throw a monkey wrench into the Judeo-Christian machinery whenever the opportunity presents itself and it is also a form of revenge for what these increasingly "concerned" Christians have done to this world and their far-reaching impact which inevitably contaminates the quality and/or quantity of life for us all.
They wish to pry into our private lives? Fine, we'll pry into theirs.
The PC left-wing is certainly useful in providing a counter-balance to the TC right≠ wing. But no self-respecting Satanist wants to live in a society built by the feeble hands of hippies, yippies, pacifists, yuppies, mentally castrated males, testosterized
feminists or any other genetic mutation resulting from nature's failed philosophical experiments.
And when does the battle end?
It doesn't. It goes on and on. War is its own rationale. Think about one possible future for a moment. If the conservative Christians could be ousted from power then the victorious liberals woud become the new and dominant species of herd mentality, therefore the new enemy. Today's allies, tomorrows enemies, and vice versa. Thus the importance of keeping informed on everyone's political progress - everyone's.
Until the realization of the Satanic Empire, I shall continue to play my game of "Deacon Brodie" (Brodie was the real life character upon whom Robert Louis

Stevenson based his novel Dr.Jekyll and Mr. Hyde). My best friend and I shall play up to anyone, repeat any party line, play any political ploy so long as it benefits the Satanic lifestyle, our lifestyle!
Until the earth is once again green and free, as the ffymn of the Satanic Empire states, with a place for you and a place for me, when the shadow of the cross no longer obfuscates and darkens the natural life, when PC and TC are sent away to wander in the desert regions of humanity's intellect, there to die of thirst for the vital waters of recognition; then and only then will I cease my endless flow of cynicism and misanthropy.
Finally, I seek to perfect the art of Satanic espionage because it enriches my life intellectually and culturally. Networking in the political arena has provided some interesting contacts and resources.This avails the fringe benefits of obtaining greater access to hard-to-find books, alternative information, rare music and the undergrowid arts. Building a Satanic library can become an engrossing and rewarding life's passion.
By remaining true to the Renaissance lifestyle, we remain true to life's highest fulfillment and goals. Let the commoners sweat and toil to build a cathedral for their clergy masters while we question the flatness of the Earth and forge trade routes to China!
Life was meant to be lived - for oneself!
Not to be impaled upon the enemy's bayonettes for the sake of any "cause." Martyrs never live to see the bronze monument erected to their memory, if one is ever raised at all.
Nietzsche knew it well, that spirit of the diabolical, when he wrote, "Man is a bridge to the Overman." It is not that the mindless masses have no purpose. They serve their purpose in that they provide the mud and filth from which the genius may arise and shine forth so brilliantly.
The Christian holds the Truth and the Truth has set him free. Give to the Christian his Bible, that he may warm himself by the dying embers of his faith and in his blind rapture, bless you with the kindness he thinks he owes you. But, beware his "love" for in such a "love" there is venom enough for all his enemies.
And give to the addict his heroin, that he may sleep in narcotic bliss and not rob you.
And humor the lwiatic who fancies himself Emperor, for he will treat you to a royal feast someday.
For those of us who enjoy the sword-

play between the various political gladiators there exists here in Rome a kind of circus, and as long as there is the Circus Maximus, I'll be here, either in the grandstands spectating or trying my luck in the arena.
We who are about to LIVE, salute you! Rege Satanas!
Long live LaVey!
Hail the Satanic Empire!

---∑----------

ECENUY MY COUSIN FOUND OUT that I was
a Satanist, and it came as quite a shock to her; after all,
I'm an "A" student, hold a lofty position at work, and am a fairly nice chap. Unfortunately, she sent a copy of an unnamed Christian hysterical account of Satanism to, of all people, my parents! I read the book, and was amazed at how sick-minded these Christians are to come up with these deluded fantasies.
So, I sent a letter questioning her antics. She told me to read Revelations, that her prayer group was praying for me and my family (oh, how nice!), and told me basically to blindly follow Jesus if I wish to accomplish anything! This from a person who leads a tremendously screwed-up life!
So, after reading this unnamable book, a thought occured to me: "Have they ever considered the fact that they may actually have their wishes fulfilled?" I mean, if they remove real books on Satanism (which I've noticed in my area: just try to get one of Dr. LaVey's books here) from the shelves and put these books up for people (kids as well), the thought of what could happen is scary. Hell, these book's covers look more fascinating than any real Satanic books. If a kid (or adult, for that matter) is turned-off by Christianity, as was I, and is looking into Satanism as an alternative, and the only example he can find is in these paranoid books depicting the killing of animals and babies, if he's quite unstable he may well do it.
After all, these are Satanic experts, aren't they? They must know the truth! If they didn't make this stuff up, kids or adults could read something sensible, i.e. Tbe Satanic Bible. But then, how would the poor Christers survive?
Then I decided, "What the Hell, I'll read Revelations again, after all, it is a good fictitious book!" In it, it states that when the Beast rises that every man must take the Mark of the Beast to buy, sell, trade, own property- basically, just to survive. Will the Christians take the Mark? Why of course, I forgot that they already had! They all have Social Security numbers - for you can't legally do any of the aforementioned activities here in the US without it. Your Mark. Which just goes to prove on a theological level (not that need be one) that we are indeed living in the midst of the Satanic Age.
Also, in this nifty little book of Revelations, it seems as if God has something against every tribe. And God has all these creatures around his throne which are described as basic lycanthropes: all are were-beings of one type or another. What fanciful literature! It also shows that sacrifice in a physical sense is definitely a Christian deed, not Satanic.
Not that I'm implying in any way that anyone should believe the words in Revelations; in fact, quite the contrary. One can look back in history, at any time or place and see these prophesies of Revelations in full sway somewhere. My

hope is if there is any one truth to the Bible it is thus: that the Rapture will come, the Christians will disappear, and the Satanist shall rule the Earth.
But, one way or another, this shall happen. Lex Talionisl

TIIE ULTIMATE EXPLANATION
After a long and hair-raising excursion upon our fair freeways, I was struck by diabolical inspiration. In a single devilish moment, I perceived The Ultimate Psychological Explanation of Modern America. I have distilled Paul Fussell's Class and the writings of Albert Ellis to their essence.
Following are the essential philosophical statements of the various classes, revealing The Ultimate Psychological Explanation of Modern America.

Metaphysics (upon the nature of reality): Proles: "I am my car."
Middle Class: "I am my house." Upper Class: "I am my money." X Class: "I am!"

Epistemology (upon the nature of acquiring knowledge): Proles: "'Cause."
Middle Class: "'Cause they say so." Upper Class: "Because Daddums says so." X Class: "Because it's there."

Ethics (upon what to do): Proles: "Sports is good."
Middle Class: "Richer is better." Upper Class: "Old is best."
X Class: "What works for me?"

So there you have it. The Ultimate Psychological Explanation of Modern America. W?at more could you want?
R. Elizabeth Fox

STORM MAIL ORDER
"Supplying the Heretical"
-NOW AVAILABLE-
DEATH IN JUNE SHIRTS

FRONT BACK

These beautiful new shirts are designed by STORM and based on the cover of the masterpiece LP, BUT, WHAT ENDS WHEN THE SYMBOLS SHATTER? Printed on the absolute heaviest, best quality 100% cotton pre-shrunk maroon shirts (like background of album jacket), the stunning front print is in two colors and the back design is printed in black ink. These are the ONLY legitimate Death In June shirts being sold in America, and were produced with the express permission of the band. Limited print run; when these are sold out we will be issuing new designs. ORDER NOW! Size: Available in XL ONLY. Price: $14 plus $2.50 p&h in USA/Can (add $5 for foreign airmail)
OTHER NEW PRODUCTS:
BLOOD AXIS lyric booklet - A limited edition booklet featuring lyrics to the songs on THE LAMP OF THE INVISIBLE LIGHT CD, as well as one song from the upcoming CD "Storm Songs". Also includes photos, background information and details on upcoming releases. Deluxe presentation, with marble covers; each booklet includes a Blood Axis sticker. Price: $2 ppd in USA/Can $3 ppd foreign airmail UNLEASHED - Two CD's are currently available from these Swedish Odinist death metal masters. Warning: this is very loud, violent music. WHERE NO LIFE DWELLS Their first release, with "Into Glory Ride", "Violent Ecstasy" and 9 other tracks
SHADOWS IN THE DEEP The second album featuring "The Immortals", "Land of Ice" and 8 other tracks
Price each: $16 ppd USA/Can $18 ppd foreign airmail
THE GREEN BOOK by Muammar al Qaddafi. In our search for heretical expressions, we have come across a supply of this notorious work by Libya's leader. A valuable explanation of his anti- Western "democracy", tribal social philosophy. Hard to find paperback edition.
Price: $6 ppd in USA/Can $7 ppd foreign airmail
SIEGE
Also due out in January, at long last, is the book SIEGE by James Mason. This incredible tome of heresy has been over three years in the making. Now comprising a massive 400+ pages, it will be one of the final statements on extremism in America. SIEGE represents one man's journey on the farthest fringes of revolutionary ideology, from Hitlerian National Socialism to the lucid thoughts of the world's foremost outlaw, Charles Manson. From a unique insider's perspective it details a philosophy of a truly radical nature, rendering all previous conceptions of Leftist, Rightist and Conservative politics obsolete. Undeniably consistent, SIEGE presents a powerful message of survival, set free from moral constraint and popular delusions. You will never encounter another book such as this in your entire life. STORM is therefore proud to finally issue the first printing of this landmark work. SIEGE has been alternately called "The Mein Kampf of the 90's" and "The mind fuck of the century"- you be the judge. Suffice to say, you will not spot this title on the shelves of you local "alternative" bookshop. Why? Because it decisively flies in the face of everything currently held sacred by humanity. Presently being printed, the finished book is a professional production, with numerous rare and unpublished photos, texts and graphics. We are now accepting advance orders at the cover price of $14.95 plus $2 shipping and handling (foreign orders add $5 for surface, or $10 airmail). All orders received before Feb. 30th, 1993 will receive special autographed copies of the book. These special inscribed copies will not be available after that date.
ALSO COMING FROM STORM:
In January 1993 we will finally be sending out our new catalog, so if you are on the mailing list, expectto receive it soon. We will be offering an extensive selection of new T-shirts (Blood Axis, Allerseelen, and much more), as well as new books (Nietzsche, etc.) and CDs (Ain Soph, Bathory, etc.) Please send $1 to be placed on the mailing list, or two first class stamps (2 IRCs outside USA) for a sample catalog.

i ;i; "
THELAYIOFTH;EFORBIDDEN
NEWBOOKS FROM FERAL HOUSE

The Devil's Notebook
by Anton Szandor LaVey
1be Devil's Notebook is the first original collection of Anton La Vey's
writings to be published in over two decades.
"In a clear polemical style, the good doctor rips into a number of deserving targets ... and imparts wise-ass wisdom that, for me, is worth more than a stack of ancient grimoires. Like 1be Satanic Bible, Tbe Devil 'i Notebook is a tome only the clever among us will appreciate." - 1be Nose
$10.95 ï Trade Paperbackï ISBN: 0-922915-11-3

‘’’Secret and Suppressed: Banned Ideas and Hidden History’’’
:’’Edited by Jim Keith’’

A guidebook to alternative views of contemporary events and world history, Secret and Suppressed confronts the reader with disquieting revelations on mind control, secret societies, media disinformation, cults and elite cabals. The hard evidence supplied by many of these articles is startling. Other entries veer into a twilight realm of paranoia, speculation and horror. If you believe that ignorance is bliss, Secret and Suppressed is sure to make you very unhappy.
$12.95 ï Trade Paperbackï ISBN: 0-922915-14-8

Cosmic Retribution: The Infernal Art of Joe Coleman

This stunningly designed presentation of Joe Coleman's paintings and illustrations reveals the artist's obsessive visions of outlaws, madness and distressed religious impulses. Includes 32 color pages, 110 black and white pages and an incisive interview conducted by Adam Parfrey. "Coleman unleashes a hallucinatory violence of image and content that is unrelenting and unforgettable." -Artfom,m
$22.95 ï Deluxe Paperback Edition ï ISBN: 0-922915-06-7
$39.95 ï Limited Signed Cloth Editionï ISBN: 0-922915-13-X

The Secret Life of a Satanist: The Authorized Biography of Anton LaVey
by Blanche Barton

Now available in paperback, this photo-illustrated biography of "the most dangerous man in America" will stand as the definitive portrait of this influential and fascinating genius.
$1 2.95 ï Trade Paperback ï ISBN: 0-922915-1 2-1
$19.95 ïClothï ISBN: 0-922915-03-2
To order, send check or money order for cost of book(s), plus $1.75 shipping. Send SASE for free catalogue.
Feral House ï PO Box 3466 ï Portland, OR ï 97208

The Black Flame Vol. 4 No. 3 and No. 4

2026-09-02T06:18:53Z

Overlord: /* Church of Satan ad */

Full uncorrected text (3/17/25) of [https://the.satanic.wiki/images/f/f2/The_Black_Flame_4%283-4%29.pdf The Black Flame Vol. 4 No. 3 and No. 4].

<hr>

INSIDE THIS ISSUE:
ANTON LA VEY - INTERVIEW "DESIDERATA SATANICUS" KING DIAMOND - INTERVIEW
"DUELING DUALITIES"
"HERD ELITIST IDEOLOGIES" "EUGENICS AND DYSGENICS" "ODDITORIUM:"
PRINT, MUSIC, VIDEO REVIEWS
AND MUCH MORE!

Editor Peter H Gilmore

Associate Editor Peggy Nadramia

The Black Flame is published by Hell's Kitchen Productions, Inc.

Copyright 1993 C.E. by Hell's Kitchen Productions, Inc. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without written permission is prohibited.

Mailing address: P.O. Box 499, Radio City Station, New York, NY 10101 - 0499 U.S.A.
Double issue price: $6.00 in the U.S.,
$8.00 outside the U.S. Subscriptions: $12.00 in the U.S. for two double issues.
$16.00 outside the U.S. for two double issues.
Single issues and fuck issues are not avaiJahle. Send check, bank draught or money order in U.S. funds only.
Opinions expressed herein are those of the authars al,one.

We accept no responsibility for unsolicited manuscripts. Correspondence requesting a response must be accompanied by an S.A.S.E.

COVER IMAGE: Lance Thimmes

==Desiderata Satanicus==
My worst enemies are those who presume me to be harmless. They cannot imagine how much I resent and disdain them, or just how great a threat they would face if I could get at them. Everything in their behavior speaks of insult and presumptuousness, and for now it is all I can do to make constructive use of my anger toward them. At this time, I just make a list of them and keep a watch on. Some day, with the help of time, space, and circumstance, I will be able to humiliate them properly — not in a manner they would enjoy, but in a style calculated to make them wish that they had never been born.
—Anton Szandor LaVey, 1989

==The Tide Turns==
By Peter H. Gilmore

WE HAVE SEEN IN RECENT MONTHS a trend on the part of academics, picked up by the media, towards refutation of the contemporary urban legend of "Satanic Ritual Abuse" which has been the foundation of entire "consultation" and "therapy" industries. The idiot fundamentalist effort to convince people that a worldwide conspiracy exists (to breed babies from dysfunctional women, spread drugs, pornography, and snuff films in an effort to dominate the globe) is finally being perceived to be a laughable fantasy. How long will it be until the McMartin trial joins the Salem debacle as a symbol of the American "justice" system gone wrong?

Yet during the entire hoohah, real Satanists have been untouched by this "witch hunt." Instead, children of Christian parents have come under the influence ot their pastors and therapists and have accused family members and friends of being Satanists, often ruining their lives. And who can ignore the continuing media-touted scandal of child molestation perpetrated by Christian clergymen? This is all so well deserved. Behold the utter desperation of Christianity in its last gasp to find an enemy which can frighten the gullible into their churches. This enemy is but a projection of their own misdeeds which stem from the heart of their anti-life creed. Let them feed on themselves, as followers of the flaccid Nazarene should.

Church of Satan spokespersons have been going on talk-shows for years, debunking this hysteria, yet now that "official" sources are coming to their senses does anyone look to us and say, "Gee, you were right all along?" Of course not.

We were invited on these shows not as sources of truth, but as freaks, "real live Satanists" at whom the proles could gawk. However, we did not shrink from articulating the unvarnished truth of our beliefs which many label as brutal, fascist, animalistic. If people want to fear us, then let them fear us for the '''correct''' reasons. We made this effort so that there would be an accurate presentation of our beliefs, especially should the time come when we could face legal difficulties because of our affiliations.

The real danger lies in the remaining influence of this mythology on law enforcement agencies. Tax dollars are still being wasted on seminars run by self-proclaimed experts (often retired, moonlighting, or would-be law officers of a decidedly Christian slant) who spread completely bogus information. The gullible local cops, wowed by jargon-laden presentations, swallow this stuff whole as it comes from apparent "experts" and thus they help spread a panic by seeing signs of the Devil's work in minor and typical crimes. Just recently I was called in to examine evidence that Satanic cult activity was the basis for vandalism of a house up for sale that had remained vacant for about a year. Prior to examining the site, I was told that certain Satanic graffiti and an inverted cross had been found, proof positive that this had been done by a local cult. Yeah, right.

When I got to the house, an old structure that is fairly isolated, I examined every room and the entire grounds. What I found was an old mattress in the living room, with a collapsed card table next to it as well as two candles (one green, one pink). A small cross pendant was hung on the edge of the table, which seemed to have been removed by the wearer before going to sleep on the aforementioned mattress (the cross had sharp edges, but was not inverted). The only graffiti were various slogans such as "Nicole loves Mark" (if there is hidden Satanic significance, it escapes me). And in an upstairs room, once belonging to a child as evidenced by the garish sports-figure wall paper, there was a copy of the ''Necronomicon'' and a Ouija board. We all know how essential how essential this paraphernalia is to authentic Satanic ritual - NOT! Outdoors, the squatters had taken the lawn mower from the garage and hot a path through the overgrown grass to a section of the yard surrounded by pine trees. Here they mowed out a roughly circular patch, about eight feet in diameter, in which to sun-bathe. There were no signs of ritualistic activity in this circle. So, here was, at most, teenage dabbler stuff, but hardly evidence of a cult. This sort of incident has been repeated across the nation and has been inflated by the overactive imaginations of the gullible (ofien those with Christian beliefs) into evidence for a broad-based conspiracy. I don't particularly care about the paranoid fantasies of the dysfunctional, but when members of the police are convinced that there are Satanists lurking under the beds of innocent Americans, that is when we must insistently stand up and tell them the truth about our beliefs. And so we have been doing.

I have been active in recent months as a consultant/expert witness regarding the practice of Satanism in cases concerning the religious rights of prisoners (individuals who have become members of the Church of Satan after their incarceration). Numerous prisons are very "liberal" where religious observences (''sic'') are concerned and some even have multi-million dollar complexes to serve the needs of their inmate population, yet when it comes to allowing Satanists to ritualize, or even have their literature, there has been resistance from some institutional authorities. We have been making headway in this area by demonstrating our credentials as a legally-recognized religious organization whose existence must be tolerated along with the other minority religions permitted. We do not seek special treatment for these incarcerated Satanists, simply that they be given equal treatment concerning religious practices.

Also, we assist only those inmates whose professed Satanism is consistent with our philosophy, which has been clearly delineated in our publicly available literature and other media presentations.

It has never been the goal of the Church of Satan to take its place among the other world religions, with dutiful followers and neatly labeled congregations. No, Satanism will permeate the societies of the globe as a secular lifestyle.

Indeed, Satanism '''has''' penetrated the culture in many ways, and obvious imagery has particularly conquered the heavy metal world. Yet our religion is often not taken seriously. This can be used as a strength, for Satanists continue to influence larger cultural movement without being recognized as such, except by the astute - and some of our Christian enemies ''do'' know what we really stand for.

We do '''not''' intend to turn the vast insensate masses into Satanists. Nor do we wish to eliminate those whom we consider to be less than elite (though we'd definitely like to see their numbers reduced from the overwhelming majority they now hold). How then could we predators exercise our prerogative? The masses will do as always and follow their inertia. However, in the growing Satanic Age, we shall find desired situations and objects a bit more easily obtainable, and we shall have direct recourse to justice. In the interim, we will not be treated with any less respect than other religions.

While the Christians have been tilting at straw men, we have continued to extend our influence through society. We have defended real Satanism, and have spread our literature so that our fellows will know by what name they are to be known, Meanwhile, the altruist/egalitarians have continued to force situations into extremes so that even the dullard couch potatoes have come to see the error of this doctrine - ''reductio ad absurdum'' works again!

As always, we remain aloof from the hubub with our cherished objects and individuals, and when the time comes we '''push''' and direct the currents as they should naturally go. Our victory is assured as we are in harmony with Nature-avatars of the Universe's Order. We demand that ''Lex Talionis'' be the rallying cry for a return to justice, and that - as long as this present system lasts - those who are hired to administer justice, and thus act as agents of the state, will leave their religious prejudices at home. Not for nothing did our Satanic founding fathers create a Constitution which demands a separation of church and state.

So enjoy the ringside Colosseum seats and the spectacle of Christians being thrown to Christians, but keep an eye on those gullible constables. As our influence continues, we will see '''real order''' based on Natural law, not the criminal-favoring morass enshrined in today's "justice" system. And don't be surprised if some of those men and women in blue, who aren't the least bit gullible, put on Baphomets when their badges come off.

==Elbow Patch Commandos==
By Blanche Barton

RAN ACROSS A NEW BOOK on the Sociology shelves yesterday - ''Satanic Panic: The Creation of a Contemporary Legend'', by Jeffrey S. Victor. At first glance, it's a much-needed objective debunking of the Satanic hysteria, analyzing it not from a Christian perspective, but from the standpoint of an academically-accredited scholar well-versed in the phenomena of rumor-panics. Upon closer examination, though the book is 310 pages long (minus appendices, notes and references), it is a relatively superficial analysis and adds little to the debunking books already out, such as ''In Pursuit of Satan'', ''Satanism in America'', and ''The Satanism Scare''. Bulk is impressive to those of small minds, however, so I suppose the more anti-hysteria books on the shelves, the better. But there is a fault that is emerging with the "academic" anti-hysteric stance that we, as Satanists, should be aware of and prepared to combat. This article doesn't concern everyone who is in academia; I will use the term "academic" in the perjorative (''sic'') to define only those professors, writers and researchers who are too wrapped-up in their ivory tower cocoons to see what's happening around them.

It seems, in their recent passion for disproving the Christian myth of an international Satanic conspiracy, academics are overlooking the modern Satanic movement altogether. Instead of defining Satanism, and showing where the presuppositions by which we are damned by society are '''false''' (i.e. sacrificing animals and babies, drinking blood, holding weekly Black Masses and orgies), certain academics find it easier to say "there are no Satanists," period. Or, at best, that any "Satanic movement" is limited and inconsequential (therefore, not a threat to society).

In Victor's book, for example, there are only two references to "Anton LeVey" in the index, one of which reads:
"In the 1970s, small groups calling themselves followers of Satanic religion developed. However, they really didn't receive much public attention. Even Anton LeVey (''sic''), who is now touted as the Godfather of Satanism in popular accounts of the subject, was a relative unknown." What rock was this guy under? Didn't he bother to End out when the Church of Satan started? Or call up any media coverage of the occult scene from that time? Anton LaVey was getting '''worldwide''' coverage from 1966 on, hardly a "relative unknown." I don't make this point simply to defend Anton LaVey, but to point out that such glaring errors call an academician's research, objectivity and ego needs into question.

There is an underlying presupposition that pervades works like Victor's that indicates that he is buying into the very myths he is trying to debunk! That is a presupposition that Satanists are baby-sacrificing, blood-drinking muderers (''sic''). But there has been no evidence presented that such miscreants exist so Satanists don't exist. It's easier to write Anton LaVey and modern Satanism out of history than to get into the polemics of exactly what Satanism is and, more importantly, what it is not.

Any Satanist should be deeply offended by this kind of shoddy dismissal of the real issues. It's like saying. "No, these people aren't really Jews who suck the blood out of babies, don't worry." The poor parents accused of abusing their children in Satanic rituals aren't really dirty Satanists. We all know how awful they are. Taking it a step further: "These people aren't really dirty, filthy, buggering queers. It you publically (''sic'') accuse them of such heinous acts, it could mark them for life - ruin their lives and reputations." The presuppositions remain. Especially in today's heavy PC climate, Victor wouldn't dare make those kind of assumptions about gays, or Jews. He never once bothers to define the tenets of modern Satanists, explaining that there is nothing in our philosophy about child sacrificing or animal slaying. He never asks, "'''What would be wrong if they ''were'' Satanists? What's wrong with being a Satanist?'''" He simply dismisses us.

It irks me that academics remained silent for so long. allowing the hysteria to build to such a fever pitch before they stepped in. Perhaps that's why they prefer to overlook us.

Where were they ten years ago? We were yelling our heads off and left to dangle in the wind. Talk shows often didn't want us because we were the real thing and would blow holes in their breeder stories and generational Satanists. After all, what would Satanists know about Satanism? We'd only lie anyway, right? I'm sure you found yourself muttering, as I did, "Where are they? Where are the sociologists, the Freudian psychiatrists, where are the cultural anthropologists? Have we forgotten everything we've learned about mass psychology and the madness of crowds? Why aren't they offended by this madness? Why aren't they speaking out? When we contacted them to back us up, they, safely insulated from the real world, would act as if the phenomenon wasn't happening and that it wasn't worthy of their attention. They didn't want to put themselves on the line. Their precious objectivity might be compromised; their colleagues might jeer. Now, after we've blown a hole in the wall, the academics come along on their white horses to clear up all this horrible mess, without even a nod to Satanists! Victor, for example, never bothered to contact the Church of Satan while writing his book - ostensibly on a topic we might have some experience with. Academicians are safe; they aren't Satanists and they have letters after their names.

Evangelists, at least, go out of their way to explain our vile philosophy, often reprinting the Nine Satanic Statements in their books of rants. The academicians seem to want to pretend we don't even exist. So who is more threatened by our existence? And why? Christians need us. Now, academia needs us too, for our very emergence and growing influence has brought with it '''Reason'''. Yet, academia surely must have a monopoly on "reason." Hence, '''the very grouping that has provided food for study must be purged by the established purveyors of enlightenment'''. No wonder they're pissed off - they're supposed to be the smart ones, not us. Is it so threatening to find that there are other people out there who might know more about the subject than they do? Or are they just too steeped in Judeo-Christian myths ''themselves'', regardless of their sanctimonious posture as defenders of rationality, to understand what true Satanism is? Perhaps we should, as Anton LaVey suggested recently, contemporize the Ninth Satanic Statement to: *Satan is the best friend academia ever had.." There is plenty of ''prurient'' interest evoked by Satanism in the academic community, just as there is in law enforcement circles. It's a lot more fun to spend department money to attend a seminar on "Satanic crimes" than another boring seminar on the finer points of suspects rights or footprint casting. Satanism provides juicy grant opportunities, like studying the sociological and psychological profiles of whores. We've all seen the books by Jeffrey Bunton Russell who managed to write an entire series of at least four doorstop-sized tomes on the subject of historical" Satanism with barely a mention of the Church of Satan.

By neglecting the phenomenen (''sic'') of modern Satanism as defined and refined by Anton LaVey, sociologists and contemporary culture scholars are missing out on some very rich soil to till. They examine Satanic hysteria but neglect to adequately answer the underlying question: '''What prompted''' it? They study the symptom but overlook the first cause itself. The "Satanic panic" is a direct result of the rise in contemporary Satanism and the trappings of Satanism in modern society. Death or black metal music, horror movies and books, fashions, Satanic attitudes, New Age dabblings are all part of a burgeoning Satanic aesthetic. If sociologists or social psychologists want to study Satanism, why don't they ask themselves what the social conditions were and are that instigated the rise in Satanism in the first place - the "death" of God, the slipping away of "moral" underpinnings, the sexual revolution, the technological revolution, the disintegration of the nuclear family, a hunger for metaphors of strength and mastery in a world that is increasingly violent and oppressive... Now that would be a book! There are plenty of avenues of research to bleed grant money with if academics want to study Satanism, but they'll be forced to confront more than nude altars and drug-induced orgies.

As it is, academics who refuse to acknowledge a modern Satanic movement are taking one step forward but two steps back. The two main problems with this stance are:

1) '''In trying to maintain their objective posture, they are compromising the validity of their research.''' As with any witch-hunt phenomenon, academics are afraid that, by explaining what contemporary Satanism is, they themselves would then be labelled Satanists, and their objectivity might be compromised. It is a simpler argument for them to pretend that real Satanism doesn't exist and is therefore no threat, than to get into the polemics of exactly what it is and, more importantly, what it is not. That muddies people's brains too much. Things get complicated. But by '''not''' acknowledging and defining the modern Satanic movement, their research appears superficial and incomplete. Therefore their conclusions '''are''' compromised.

2) It '''perpetuates the problem'''. Showing the Christian agenda behind most of these accusations and exposing the accusers for the liars that they are is half the battle, but it doesn't work toward communicating what Satanism really is. And it doesn't work toward protecting ''our'' religious freedom. Nothing is solved if a distinction isn't forced that there '''are''' a significant number of practicing Satanists, but that we aren't involved in illegal activities and, on the contrary, have a rational and life-loving philosophy. By underplaying our influence, our very existence(!), these "objective researchers" insidiously perpetuate the underlying myths. Then when people are found reading ''The Satanic Bible'', or practicing rituals in the woods or in their own homes, the rumors, panic, and accusations continue. It still leaves a wide-open door for deliberate misunderstanding and righteous persecution. Real Satanists might still be in danger of losing jobs, spouses and perhaps their own children, because of wild, unfounded accusations. But Satanists will triumph. And simply saying we don't exist and therefore there is no Satanic "threat" evades that fact.

We can thank the elbow-patch commandos for their "brave and dauntless" stance, but Satanists, more than ever, need to come forward to kick them in the shins.

==Satanic Witches Ad==
Witches! Have you been touched by Satan?...

..Or perhaps another supematural or alien being? If so, Tid like to hear from you. I'm researching a new book on ''true'' womanly power, contemporary sexual mythology, and connections with Satanism and Evil. I'd like to get some frank answers from women who haven't had a chance to voice certain dark thoughts. Anonymity is assured - names will not be required, but honesty is essential. To receive a questionnaire, please send a self-addressed, stamped envelope to:

Blanche Barton
Post Office Box 210082
San Francisco, CA 94121

==Interview with Anton Szandor Lavey==
By Peter H. Gilmore & Peggy Nadramia

IN LATE SUMMER, SOUTHERN ARIZONA is often buffeted by wild and ferocious electrical storms. Such a display of nature's savagery had just occurred as we began this interview; our little circle was gathered on the covered patio to watch the incredible flashes of lightning and hy to listen to thunder crashing in the nearby mountains. A brisk breeze drove the few remaining storm clouds across a fragment of moon, and brought the scent of creosote bushes and ozone. We sat comfortably on cushioned chairs of old Mexican wrought-iron, the flagstones lit by a single hurricane lamp. The huge black Belgian Shepherd at the High Priest's feet pricked his ears at the far-off yips of foraging coyotes, but was otherwise motionless.

===On Satanism: The Movement, and the role of the Church of Satan -===
Anton Szandor LaVey: Among dedicated Satanists, there will be a direction toward living Satanism and promoting a Satanic lifestyle rather than simply doing rituals and exploring Satanic "theology." No, Satanism won't cease as a religion to become a political movement; rather, it will be activated more as a secular lifestyle than as a religious or theological set of principles.

Man needs ritual, so religious Satanism is an "opener of the way," to foster the eventual ''lifestyle'' of Satanism. We're hoping to develop practitioners versus parishioners. The Church of Satan's role, increasingly, will be to turn the latter into the former.

The present evolutionary stage, the one we're seeing right now, is for Satanism to enter the mainstream, to evolve from a religious to a secular lifestyle. Christianity has done the reverse; it developed from Man's precepts about following an "ethical lifestyle," into an organization, an edifice known as "The Church." It's entrenched. Man looks to the Church for rules, regulations, divine inspiration, redemption.

Blanche Barton: We make people ''self''-dedicated, ''self''-sufficient - the reverse of Christianity.

ASL: The secular powers-that-be know what we're doing, realize that this is the only way human animals can be weaned away from an outmoded belief system. The 1980's witnessed, for real Satanism, only a cosmetic persecution, nothing like the real persecution of the witch hunts.

On the surface, Satanism is economically disastrous. Our people keep things, honor them, cherish them - the expendability of certain goods will lessen a great deal.

But then, humans have been inculcated to be dissatisfied. We can't change them overnight; the workability of this concept will be less than ideal. When Satanism is completely mainstream, planned obsolescence will continue tor a time-business as usual. But there's a trade-off: there's money to be made by applying Satanism to merchandising. The streets are paved with gold.

Humans will buy products that appeal to individualism and reinforce stratification. Satanism won't knock the economy off for the multitudes. For every outmoded economic dinosaur, there will be a new Satanic opportunity. For instance, home architecture - since "anything goes," opportunities will abound for those who can create modular castles, total environments, anything fun, indulgent, childlike. For a popular culture already steeped in the Gothic, the past, the dark - "Dracular vernacular." Music - a return to something that's fading out, a new classicism and lyricism. Movies - where the "villains" are shown to be the "good guys." Stories, novels, a whole new literary realm based on Satanic justice. ''The Most Dangerous Game'' codified. ''Death Wish'' amplified.

All it takes is for the Satanic aesthetic to get out there, not just in anti-hero figures, but in ever-increasing areas like clothing, cars - all kinds of product design. We're living in the Satanic Age now, but there's so much static - the static created by the last rustlings of Judeo Christian ethics and procedures, inherent in the restrictions of our bureaucratic legal system. "When there are too many lawyers, there can be no justice."

===On the role of the Active Members of the Church of Satan ===
ASL: They represent a conscious alternative to herd mentality; they should be viable role models for the rest of society. There is a growth potential for each member and by this, I don't mean that they should all wear black or buy more candles. 1 want most to encourage an individuality within a uniform mode that will benefit the whole. If you live by the Nine Satanic Statements, then you're a living embodiment of Satanism - a true role model. Even though we don't proselytize, true Active Advocates, true Satanists, are proselytizing by what they '''are'''.

They should also recognize opponents of the Church of Satan for what ''they'' are; they should recognize their intent to damage or destroy what we're fighting so hard to develop And vanquish them. Deal with them as they deserve.

===On the role of Magic: Group vs. Personal -===
ASL: Satanic magic differentiates between rites, ceremonies, and rituals or rallies. To rally together as Satanists can be productive - gathering to share and celebrate a common philosophy can reinforce that philosophy.

A ritual, conversely, should involve only one or two people; the presence of others only dilutes the potency and effectiveness. If one wishes to practice Satanic magic and feels he needs a group, it should be noted that the mere presence of others not personally involved in the situation can lessen the potency. In a large group ritual, the generation of energy is confined to the identity needs of the individuals involved, rather than the goal or Is-To-Be the ritual is intended to produce. Better two than twenty - the latter serves certain social and identity needs and can bolster the participants, but does noching to amplify the outcome. A real Greater Magic ritual is about the outcome.

===Addressing claimants to the "Satanic Mandate" -===
ASL: Mandate? Mandate? I never used the word. I thought a mandate was some kind of monkey - a cross between a mandrill and a primate. Or maybe something a spinster looked under the bed for or a gay guy went out cruising for. If you mean a bestowal of authority from a higher, supernatural source, I have no use for such horseshit. A "Satanic Mandate" is a non-sequitur, an oxymoron. I didn't know or care about any Infernal bestowal. 1 presented reasons for a Church of Satan - I wasn't inspired by any external source; I wasn't given "dispensation," or any "honorific." I would never be so presumptuous.

Recognize these claimants for what they are: self-deluded, pretentious goofs who must announce, must proclaim their exalted, self-gratifying status to all.

They lack any true identity; the only way they can have one is by stealing it from us. The Church of Satan's identity is established; they have to pretend it was bestowed by "supernatural" forces. My right I have made for myself. You know how I feel about hypocrisy and Goodguy Badges. Only when needed for one's survival. I don't '''got''' to show you no stinking badges.

But getting back to mandates, you really put a nickel in me on that one. For eighteen years, for example, one obsessive shit-disturber has been trying to undermine and extinguish myself and the Church of Satan - to pretend it's kaput, gone, disappeared. In the guise of receiving a "Satanic Mandate," this nut case endowed a "Temple" based on the supposed revealed word of the Prince of Darkness himself. Those who were suckered into what was really his Christianized warmed-over Madame Blavatsky Egyptoid kind of Rosicrucianism, were fed a self-help, personal success premise - not promise - called "Xeper," which as I understand it means "to become."

While ostensibly "Xepering" and "becoming," the main activities of this outfit consisted of Sons of the Desert type conventions where the supposedly defunct Church of Satan was the bottomless wellspring for gossip. Between conventions, an ongoing barrage prevailed of surly denigration of, yet parasitic dependency on, the Church of Satan and its founder: me - far more contrived than evangelical identity Christians or Wicca types.

Beyond a catalytic burst of notoriety involving alleged child molestation, this mandated "Temple" and its progenitor did absolutely nothing to produce evidence of any remotely Satanic plan, purpose, direction or implementation during its entire existence. At best, just being around provided the media with a readily exploitive alternative to the Church of Satan. In other words, "the ''other'' bunch of Satanists."

My unsolicited advice to this mandated Temple and its supernal potentate is to take your mandate, go out among the world of mere mortals, cease your parasitic dependency upon me and my finest and, if you can, ''do something''. Or at least, as they say, "get a life." You got your goddamned mandate, so Xeper-De-Doo-Dah and either get the show on the road, or fold up your tents and silently steal away - 'cause you can't do business with a surly Temple.

===On "Authentic" Satanists -===
ASL: We must resist any attempts by individuals, groups or agencies - Christian, "Satanic" or otherwise, to differentiate Satanism and Satanists into denominations. Check the copyright dates; there are no ecumenical Satanists!

I'm all for individuality within the scope of Satanism. If anyone wants to start his or her own thing, fine. If it's basically a spin-off of real Satanism, it's still Satanism. If not, it's either Christian "new age" mysticism or Christian blasphemy.

===On fascism -===
It seems apparent that Nazism and fascism sell. It's too horrible to contemplate (smacks lips). 1 could write a book - and maybe will - on the repulsive attraction of tyranny. It would speak of aesthetic imperatives and Jewish doctors and lawyers who drive Mercedes and BMWs and latter-day hippies in VW Beetles and WASP Yuppies whose non-lives are perpetuated by every manner of techno-goody cunningly fashioned by sneaky Jap sub-humans. Of all things fascistic, even greater than the forgetfulness of past orthodoxies, the aesthetic of dominance is making its mark. There'll be a lot more to come.

I won't even get into the clichéd defense of National Socialism: "There were some important things which should be studied - we shouldn't condemn the whole thing without extracting the worthwhile." So what else is new? I think young people are doing a pretty good job of extracting the pay dirt from fascism. Unlike the hypocritical Yuppies, they're plugging into what feels and looks and sounds good about it. No guilts, because they weren't around at the time of World War Two. Their parents, most of whom weren't around either, are the Boomer inheritors of post-war jitters and misgivings who had to yell "peace" and "love" until they were hoarse.

If a neo-fascist look - and outlook - makes for men who look like men and women who look like women, I'm all for it.

===What is the greatest fear people need have of Satanism?===

ASL: That they might have to think for themselves.

“When guns are outlawed, only outlaws will have guns” ...has its parallels. When heterosexual procreative sex is discouraged, only the unfit will produce children.

If you were an exponent of, and participant in, herd behavior and mentality, would you tolerate, much less encourage, the birthright of little enemies of the State?

If beauty is in the eye of the beholder, what the world needs is a new class of beholders. A class with clear vision and undrugged minds who can reaffirm an aesthetic almost lost from sight. An aesthetic standard of sights and sounds proven by the predictable honesty of their forms - forms which will regain the dignity and invigoration of Western Civilization at its zenith. For this, we must resurrect the past at its most stimulating, that it might be presented to a bold young race.

This bold new race will be the vanquishers of muddied mediocrity and economically-induced ugliness - the kind of contrived ugliness masquerading as beauty that only the tasteless, inept and insecure could foist upon an overburdened world.

-Anton Szandor LaVey

==The Nose ad==
Don't miss Issue number 18 of The Nose, that wonderfully iconoclastic magazine, as it features a fashion layout with Dr.
LaVey - "Full Devil Jacket." This includes spiffy photos of Dr. LaVey and the denizens of the Den of Iniquity, as well as two curvaceous blondes - one of whom is Blanche Barton! Images are accompanied by quotations from The Devil's Notebook.

To order, send $5.00 to: '''The Nose Magazine''', P.O. Box 31353, San Francisco, CA 94131.

FOR SALE: 1 paperback copy of ''The Devil's Avenger'' by Burton H. Wolfe. Book will go to the one producing the best offer. CONTACT: Steve Schultz, P.O. Box 11704, Portland OR 97211-0704, U.S.A.

==Answer Me ad==
ANTON LAVEY
Answer Me/Honolulu Baby 7" 45 RPM single

Church of Satan founder Anton LaVey lends his evocative keyboard style and vocal presence to a pair of neglected unes. Beautifully packaged, pressed in blue vinyl, anc trictly limited to 1000 numbered copies.

55.00 + $1.00 shipping.
Make checks payable to Gregg Turkington

send orders to:
AMARILLO RECORDS
P.O. BOX 24433
SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94124 USA

==Pretenders to the Throne: Regarding the Temple of Set==
By Peter H. Gilmore

THROUGHOUT THE TWENTY-EIGHT YEARS of the existence of the Church of Satan, the organization has continued to expand while its character has undergone a number of carefully-planned developmental phases. In the process, we have at times found it necessary to eject individuals who have acted in ways that were not in keeping with our high standards for social behavior. We have also had a small number of individuals freely depart from us, finding our means too challenging to their false images of personal superiority. Neither types are ever missed, as the true elite of talented, highly-motivated, productive, creative, and above all, independent individuals still find their way to us.

There have been those who would attempt to imitate us, but they usually discover that our shoes are far too big to fill. Short-lived spinoffs have included The Church of Satanic Brotherhood, Ordo Templi Satanas, Order of the Black Ram, Church of Lucifer, Thee Orthodox Satanic Church and so on.

None of these has prospered or even affected the course of Satanism, as they have quickly collapsed due to tbe lack of energy or direction. One group formed by ex-members of the Church of Satan which has continued to exist, albeit as a small and fairly clandestine "vanity" organization riding on the fund provided by is "high priest," is the Temple of Set. This bunch is significant only in that they continue to try to ride upon the coattails of the Church of Satan, and indeed even publicly claim to be the "successor to" and "custodian off the Church of Satan. You might have come across some advertisements or writing influenced by these Setians. Don't be fooled; they are not in any way associated with the Church of Satan and their tales of schism are convenient diversions. Let us examine from whence this group appeared and clear away their false claims.

In 1974 C.E. the Church of Satan instituted its fourth phase of development. The thrust of this phase was to re-orient the members at all levels to proceed on a far more independent course. Previously we had issued charters for formal "Grottos" which were small congregations comprised of Satanists in specific geographical regions. It had been discovered that these formal Grottos led certain members to confine their efforts at personal advancement to the realm of the Grotto alone, rather than towards the success in the outside world which is of paramount importance to Satanism. Certain members were far more interested in trying to gain elevated rank yet were merely competing in the Grotto's social arena.

They neglected to develop their talents and forge ahead. Many other members were strong-willed individualists who did not mix well with other Satanists. Rather than functioning as bases for the development of Satanic strategies, these groups often became shields against true advancement, filled with huddlers who were solely interested in internecine strife. Not everyone involved fit this picture, but there were enough to make it obsolete as a system of growth.

The new phase stressed independent functioning, keeping individuals separated to pursue their own goals. If Satanists used their initiative to find their fellows, and they wished to informally create groups for socialization and ritual, that was most acceptable. But the momentum for the existence of these informal groups had to come from the social compatability (''sic'') of the constituent members, not geographical proximity.

This phase of isolation, which laid the groundwork for a much broader base for Satanism as a movement (seen today especially in the commercial acceptance of Satanic imagery in the popular Heavy Metal music business, was upsetting to the pen-pal and "coffee klatsch conclave" members, whom it was basically designed to ease out of the way. Michael A. Aquino, at that time the editor of ''The Cloven Hoof'', had attained the IV° and was injecting a strongly supernaturalist bent to the ''Hoof'''s articles. Mr. Aquino had a history of creating documents which he claimed to have transcribed from superhuman entities. These include the ''Diabolicon'' (1970 C.E.), a series of statements from Satan, Beelzebub, Azazel, Abaddon, As modeus, Astaroth, Belial, and Leviathan, as well as the ''Ninth Solstice Message'' (1974 C.E.) which declared Anton LaVey a "daimon."

Dr. LaVey who, then as now, had a firm grasp on the Church's tiller, began to implement the phase which had slowly been evolving over the previous two years. He had even outlined the basic concepts for this formal phase during the summer of 1972 C.E. in a letter to Aquino, stating that the "social Satanists" and their "limelight loving" priests contribute nothing to Satanism as a movement, and that they would fall by the wayside when they didn't receive the attention they sought by starting their own "churches." LaVey wrote that he had far more respect for his "underground clergy" who were very productive in the real world. Aquino did not accept this, especially Dr. LaVey's awarding of priesthoods to non-esoteric, non-public achievers and thus he would no longer be privy to even the small amount of information regarding underground activities that had previously been given to him.

LaVey was determined that the status of Church members should reflect their standing in the world outside of the organization. Degrees are not reflective of simple book learning and esoteric knowledge, but the actual application of Satanic principles towards personal advancement. To this end, the Church would honor values given to it in kind with degree recognition as would be deemed appropriate by Dr. LaVey.

The achievement of degrees via written tests was not to be abandoned at this time, but this additional means of advancement was now open to the "above groundo" (''sic'') members. This was formalized by the new phase in 1974 C.E. and outlined to Aquino in May; during one of his rare personal meetings with Dr. LaVey.

Aquino did not protest this policy at the meeting and later claimed this alternate route to advancement as a public reason to announce a break with the Church of Satan, accusing Dr. LaVey of "selling" degrees. He wrote letters to his handful of pen-pal cronies, fellow mystics who had also mourned the new phase, and they too resigned to go off with Aquino and form their own group. Aquino had wanted to start a "Second Church of Satan" but was thwarted by copyright laws. Instead, recalling his readings of Egyptian history and mythology, he claimed to have invoked Satan (in whom he literally believed as an entity) and to have been answered instead by Set, the "actual" Prince of Darkness who, through a series of realizations in Aquino's mind, caused him to record as Set's answer a document which he titled the ''Book of Coming Forth by Night''. This "supernatural revelation" supposedly gives him the right to supercede the Church of Satan. Doesn't that sound familiar?

Aquino would like you to believe that the "entire priest-hood" of the Church of Satan followed him in departing. This is untrue, especially as there were many underground members, including priests and higher, of whom he had no knowledge. The Church of Satan was at that time, and still continues to be, a large and highly stratified organization with many discreet individuals placed in positions of power. As Orwell had envisioned in his classic ''1984'', it is not an organization in the usual sense as it is held together by an idea whose time has come, which is indestructible. The departure of less than thirty members can hardly be called a schism. This was instead a welcome housecleaning of an element that had become less than desirable to the future development of the Church of Satan. And thus the fourth phase functioned as planned and Aquino became one of those who, as predicted in 1972 C.E., fell by the wayside.

The ex-Satanists who formed the Temple of Set follow a path quite different from that of the Church of Satan, which has never veered from its dedication to rational self-interest, indulgence, and a glorification of the carnal and material. The belief in Set as an actual entity with whom followers may commune is in marked contrast to our disbelief in '''any''' external diety (''sic'') figures. They have a consuming preoccupation with rank and status within their organization, thus titles and medallions of degree level are eagerly sought by members to affirm their position in the pecking order of the temple's internal world (particularly evident at their "conclaves"). This is not surprising considering Aquino's background - a boyhood steeped in military academies and in pursuit of Boy Scout merit badges. The Church of Satan retains its right to grant degrees, but these are still based on an individual's achievements in the outside world and his level of freedom from herd conformity and independence from forced interaction with the masses. Striving for fancy titles and rankings is not a part of Satanism. The literature of the Church of Satan is published and distributed worldwide to any interested in-dividuals. The Temple of Set prints "private" literature available only to members, and some of it is limited to those of the correct rank. To further learn about these ex-Satanists, you might choose to contact them for information, but be forewarned that real Satanism is not hiding underneath their academic exterior. A worthwhile and informative study by an anthropologist who joined the Temple of Set is ''The Magicians'', by Gini Graham Scott, Ph.D. (New World Books, 308 Spruce St., San Francisco, CA 94118). This will give you insights into their beliefs, practices, and social interactions.

We have dealt here at length with the Temple of Set to lay to rest their propaganda. They are not associated with the Church of Satan in any manner: We do not see them as being in any way significant to the future of Satanism. Dr. LaVey still proudly stands at the helm of the Church of Satan, the flagship of the movement he launched in 1966 C.E., and shall continue to oversee the forces he has put into motion. The Church of Satan is the foundry, forging the iron Will that shall continue to move the minds and hearts of humanity's elite who are even now reaching out to claim the future as their domain. They shall be the inheritors of our legacy as well as the writers of our history for the next twenty-five years, and far beyond.

[Editor's note: This article, in a slightly different form, appeared in ''Dark Lily #13'' as a response to the misinformation being spread by TOS in England at that time. This reprint was occasioned by questions received by our various contacts regarding TOS and its curious, and dubious, claims.]

==Church of Satan ad==
CHURCH OF SATAN

FOR INFORMATION:

SEND A SELF-ADDRESSED

STAMPED ENVELOPE OR FOUR IRC'S TO:

CHURCH OF SATAN

P.O. BOX 210082

SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94121 USA

==My Dark Satanic Love==
By Peggy Nadramia

I SEE A RED DOOR, and I want to paint it black. I'm one of the things that goes "bump!" in the night. I'm a born Satanist. I'm a happy little blob of custard and you can't nail me to any wall; in fact, I'd pull those nails out and aim them at ''you''. Tell me how negative I am; tell me how I'm filled with hate. You're not just stupid - you're wrong.

Dracula loved his brides. Dr. Frankenstein loved his monster. My Satanic love burns fiercely; it's perfect and uncompromising.
Firstly, necessarily, Hove myself. I'm my own God, after all, and I put no Gods before Me. I'm uppermost in my mind; I always bring me flowers. Sometimes I realize I could have done something better; sometimes I make mistakes. It's wonderful how I learn from these things; it's exciting to have an opportunity to be an even better Me. Even when I deny myself something, withhold gratification, it's always in order to enjoy something even more fulfilling and worthwhile down the road. This is why I can hate so purely, so irrevocably, anything that wastes my precious time, energy and attention.

Along with Me, I love He Who Is Not Me, my husband.

He is, for one thing, the consciousness in which I can see a wonderful reflection of my own God, myself. His love for me qualifies him with the very best of taste and discernment, after all; he obviously knows what's good for ''him''. My cells respond to his pheromones, and being around him gives me a heightened feeling of happiness, contentment and well-being.

The shape of his face is the dearest sight in the world to me.

He is my mentor, my master, my very best friend; I have placed with him my perfect trust, and he accepts it as only a real man can. His hopes, dreams, goals are mine; his disappointments are mine, too, and thusly I hate whatever distresses him or gets in his way. This hate, too, is black and pure, like gunpowder; it can burn as brightly and as feverishly as my love.
Next, I love my tribe, my folk, those who are like as me.

They can be friends or family, but in my heart they are simply my tribe, and the Black Flame burns within all of them. They light my days and bring me joy through their achievements and antics; they make the world a more interesting place, and only a Satanist knows what a gift that is. Sometimes they are close enough to share food or warmth or simply company; sometimes they are far away, voices on phone lines, words on a page. But they're always in here, part of me, my folk. I cannot feel indifferent toward those who would distress my tribe. He who attacks them attacks Me; he who places obstacles in their way earns my ire, my enmity, my hate.

As a natural-born Satanist, I'm joyfully free of the Judeo-Christian-Islamic bias against non-human animals, and so have never questioned that what I feel and have felt for my pets is pure and simple love. I love them more than I love many people; I value their lives more highly. The Black Flame of Satan burns dark and soft in animals, at its purest and deepest. I bristle and chafe at the laws that give destructive, unwanted, horrid little children more rights than my dog has. She is my property, and I can only protect her as such. A product of a thousand generations of breeding for domestication, for compatibility with humans, she is nevertheless only a hair's-breadth away from wild. As highly as I treasure her life, so deeply does my hate run for those who would be cruel to her.

I bare my fangs at them.

I love everything that belongs to me, all my stuff. I love my books, my music, my pretty china, my coffee machine, my raincoat, my old, soft green blouse. I hate anybody who would steal, destroy or disorder my precious stuff; why wouldn't I? What value could such a creep have that would exceed that of my heavy stoneware mug, my perfect leather bag?

Contingent on all of this, I love the world. It's so beautiful, so perfect a setting for my God, Me. I love mountains, the sea, acres of trees without a single house, rows of houses all antique and charming, museums, fog, delicious nourishment, quiet afternoons, star-filled nights. If only there weren't all these anti-life bastards who want to fuck it all up, who hate themselves so much they have to destroy the source of their own sustenance. I hate them. Only in the depths of the Black Flame in my heart is it known how much I hate them and what they've done to the world, these library-burners, these child-molesters, these people who, as Charlie said, kill things that are better than they are. When they ask why we hate Christians, can they ever really understand the answer unless they love as we do, love with the dark, Satanic love of life and self?

==Carnivora art==
CARNIVORA #1, BY TIMOTHY PATRICK BUTLER

==Coping With Involuntary Human Contact, Part 1: Grocery Shopping==
By Timothy Patrick Butler

TRY AS ONE MIGHT, there is almost no means by which one can avoid shopping for groceries. Eating is not only pleasurable, it's necessary, and I doubt that most of us have the financial resources to eat at our favorite restaurants every night. Grocery shopping is, therefore, imminent doom on a weekly basis.

All of the Nine Satanic Sins are in painful evidence at the supermarket, no matter where or when you might deign to shop. I always seem to arrive just after a busload of Senior Citizens or retards has come to stock their larders, or I end up going the same day that welfare checks and food stamps have been siphoned from mailboxes, or I arrive when there are no operable carts, when the aisles are crowded with boxes of Toaster Strudel and Velamints, when the line at the delicatessen is 150 yards long and wizened crones bleat that their olive loaf isn't cut thinly enough, when the only packages of meat available are eight pound "econo-paks" for Catholic families, when the only bananas left are pthalo green or black and foetid, when it's triple coupon day, when it's two days before some painful Xtian holiday like Thanksgiving or Xmas, or when someone forgot their checkbook, their credit card, their money, their brain.

I have seen (and this is all taken from actual experiences of the author) a man thumb-fuck a package of chicken breasts as his wife decided which cut of poultry that they'd be consuming that week. I've seen an old man take a plum from a display, put it in his mouth, produce a pit or seed, and throw the pit or seed '''back''' into the display. I've watched as old women have taken from three to five minutes in choosing the right bell pepper for '''them'''. I've seen acne-faced deli boys with colds make sandwiches for store patrons, sniffling and coughing all the while. I've seen tubs of chicken livers left at the register (near Soap Opera Digest) by people who decided at the last crucial minute that they didn't want chicken livers after all. I've seen welfare moms knock a jar of tomato sauce (or apple sauce, or mayonnaise) onto the floor, and keep right on going.

People (meant in as derogatory a sense as possible) consistently make untelegraphed U-turns without looking behind them, their carts inevitably bumping into some fragile, glaze-eyed hag - or '''me'''. People will spend '''hours''' gazing (for I am certain they are not '''reading''') at the labels of every brand of canned beans that the store stocks, and then decide that they never wanted canned beans in the first place. People will squeeze the shit out of the last loaf of your favorite bread and leave it. People will put their oily mitts upon all manner of fruits, vegetables, meats and baked goods without having intended to purchase any of these things. People suck. I hate them.

The corporations that produce all of the stuff in these stores suck, too. There is always some idiot (usually a horrid, maternal type) giving away free samples or coupons in which I am NEVER interested, although they will often go out of their way to insist that I am. I do not use coupons, and I do not want anything free that you want to give to me. Among the things that have been proffered to me: "Weight Watchers" stuff (Whatsa matta, am I too fat?!), little "Pizza-Snax," and diarrhea medicine (my personal favorite).

What's a law-abiding, blood-sucking, Devil-worshipping (''sic'') cultist to do! Here are some suggestions, but I'm sure you all have your own solutions already (like sending someone else or packing an Uzi).

1) Go at night, preferably after ten o'clock. The drawback with this is that many places seem to close their delis and meat counters at night, even if they're a 24-hour operation. There will, however, always be ''some'' good time to go; I've found that the herd's grazing hour (5 - 6 pm) is usually not too crowded.

2) Become a cannibal. This option will not enable you to avoid shopping entirely, however, as you still must purchase condiments and desserts.

3) Look mean. Dress in leather. Scowl. Although an obvious solution Satanically, it is truly inspiring in its effectiveness.

4) When some idiot is blocking your way checking out the maxi-pads or whatever, intone "Excuse me," in as melodious a tone as possible, and if they ignore you, '''ram your cart into them'''. (See Satanic Rule of the Earth #11.)

5) Memorize the store, and buy the same things every week. It's the same fucking store. Get out of this Hellhole as quickly as you can! I am usually able to buy sixty dollars worth of groceries (a week's supply) in about fifteen minutes, if I do not bring my beloved. Bringing your beloved will at least double your time.

6) Put the heavy objects in your order on the conveyor belt first. I cannot emphasize this point strongly enough! The retard (and often enough, it really '''is''' a genuine retard) who bags your groceries '''will not''' be attentive to the various weights and masses of the elements of your purchase, and at least half of your stuff will otherwise be annihilated.
:6) A. Bag your own groceries, you lazy shit!

7) Estimate the cost of your order before you even go to the store. You will thus avoid personal embarrassment, and my wrath, should I be behind you.

And put your goddamned cart back where you got it!

What is described above is the result of a consumer-oriented society, where demand for useless and unnecessary products is created by advertisement. How many different types of sugary cereal do you think there would be if there were no advertisements or promotions for them? Once again, the orchestrators of the Invisible War have turned a basic human need into an arena for the indoctrination of the masses.

Until ''Leviathan's 24-Hour Foode Shoppe'' is opened, our contact with the herd, though involuntary, is necessary. So the next time you need milk or pork or watermelon, growl a bit at the old lady next to you. You'll feel so much better!

==I Hate Everyone==
by Timothy Patrick Butler

1) People are ugly.
2) People are stupid.
3) People are lazy.
4) People are cruel to the wrong entities.
5) People are kind to the wrong entities.
6) People are gullible.
7) People always appreciate a little sarcasm.
8) People have bad taste.
9) People are irresponsible.
10) People have no sense of humor.
11) People insist upon being poorly educated.
12) People insist upon being ripped-off.
13) People insist upon paying high prices for bad food.
15) People do not pay attention to what they are doing.
16) People insist upon living in close proximity to one another.
17) People assume that everyone is everyone else's friend.
18) People assume that relatives should naturally get along with each other.
19) People assume that "going out," getting drunk and having a five minute fuck once per week is not only necessary, but desirable.
20) People are afraid of anything that conflicts with their programming.
21) People assume that one's worth can be discerned by one's occupation.
22) People assume that the more widely a thing is done, the more correct it is.
23) People think that God, UFO's, psychics and horoscopes are real and important.
24) People lie in attempt to cloak their deficiencies.
25) People occupy too much space, use too much raw material, and impinge upon too much of my valuable time.

Why are there so few '''persons'''?

"Why is there so much trouble in this world?"
---
==Lamp of Thoth ad==
THE LAMP OF THOTH 25

SEX MAGIC
STONE CIRCLES
AIDS
CHAOS MAGIC
LEGENDS OF LILLITH
THE KENNEDYS & THE OCCULT REINCARNATION & REGRESSION
CRAFT WAYS KEPT SECRET

'''ALL THESE AND MORE!'''

SUBSCRIPTIONS: £15.95 FOR 6 ISSUES
(£22.60 OVERSEAS)
CURRENT ISSUE: £3.58
(£4.95 OVERSEAS)
[$2.00 = £1.00]

THE LAMP OF THOTH
6-8 BURLEY LODGE RD.
LEEDS LS6 1QP
WEST YORKSHIRE, U.K.

==Dark Lily ad==
DARK LILY
The Reality of the Left Hand Path

The Leading Magazine of the Left Hand Path In the United Kingdom

Published Quarterly
£1.50 per issue, £6.00 annual subscription
Overseas: £2.00 per issue, £8.00 subscription
($2.00=£1.00)

'''BCM/Box 3406, London, WCIN 3XX, U.K.'''

==Does Satan Drive A Pontiac Firebird? An Interview with King Diamond==
by Michael Moynihan

KING DIAMOND MAY BE FAMILIAR to some readers as a popular heavy metal musician with an unmistakable voice, bizarre stage shows and a series of concept albums with allegorical themes. But that's not all - he's also an unrepentant Satanist.

Emerging out of Denmark in the early Eighties with his previous band '''Mercyful Fate''', he's had an undeniable influence on many areras of modern metal. After two initial LPs, he began a rise to prominence with a second band, named simply after his stage persona, '''King Diamond'''. Numerous records (released on the Roadrunner label), world tours and interviews have appeared since then, all the while with King remaining sincere in his beliefs.

A pleasure to speak with, both cordial and articulate, he certainly doesn't fit into any stereotype of the typical rock star.
The following interview took place via telephone in late 1992 from his homestead in Texas.

'''What kinds of music have influenced you over the years?'''

I listen to a lot of different music back home here, all kinds of music - classical too. I try to listen to a lot of different things, but when it comes to playing I only want one thing and that has to come straight from my heart. Exactly what I feel, that's what I want to do.

'''Can you describe what creates that?'''

I think the instruments we use - because we use a lot more than just guitar, bass and drums. We orchestrate a lot of things in '''King Diamond''', even with just guitars, we tend to orchestrate them in what I guess is kind of a classical way - coloring it with a lot of different moods. And then you can really underline it with cellos, violins, harpsichords, good old-fashioned Leslie organs, and that is what we're using quite a bit of in '''King Diamond'''.

'''I've always thought you can draw some comparisons with heavy metal and classical music.'''

Definitely. There are bands that are playing the basic three-chord songs, which can be nice to listen to, but for me to do something I need to satisfy myself and feel that I've gone a step further or that I'm covering a different area than what I've done before - and trying not to repeat myself and not take riffs that I've used before, which is unfortunately the case for some bands. So to really try to do something eise. And also because we're so involved in trying to create different moods, we'll end up with songs on the album that that differ quite a bit from each other. A lot of different tempos - changing the tempo within a song is something that does a lot for me. With many bands you can start a metronome at the beginning of a song and it'll go the whole way through the song - no matter what, they don't change the tempo. And changing the tempo is really hard - you have to stop thinking and start thinking in a different way, which makes it hard to perform. That's satisfying for yourself, to pull that off.

'''So in writing is it still very instinctual, or more a conscious thought process?'''

It's what I feel, you know. Some parts of songs, like the major part, can be super simple, because that's the mood that feels right there. It doesn't need to be complex, that's not the idea. I don't sit down and think, I've got to come up with some complex riffs or otherwise this song won't work. If it works from feeling, then it works.

'''Is there any time of day when you prefer to write?'''

Well, it usually has a better atmosphere in the night, definitely. I do a lot of work in the day too, but I'm not dealing with an open window and the sun coming in - I couldn't work like that! I pull the blinds and turn off all the lights...

'''How did you discover Satanism?'''

A long time back I had some really weird experiences with what I guess you would call "the occult," or the other side, the powers of the unknown... which, there was no way of explaining it - there was nothing like mass-psychosis or any bullshit like that, it really happened. I've had a lot of these experiences but the first time was really weird, because I'd never experienced - and definitely not been aware - of anything like that before. It made me go to the library and get a lot of books about the occult, start reading about it. And whenever you talked about, or heard about, that word "Satan" it was: bad, negative, killing, slaughtering, being evil, evil, evil. And that's probably the way most people see Satanism, ''they have no idea''. They've based it all on what the Church has said in history and unfortunately quite a lot of bands who are dealing with "Satanism" are actually dealing with ''Christian'' Satanism - it's exactly the view that Christians would like people to have on Satanism.

'''I think it's unfortunately just all that these kids know.'''

That's true, exactly. And then one day in an occult bookstore I saw this book that LaVey wrote and I thought, wow, I'll see what this is like and I'll give it a shot. Because I didn't really know, apart from what had been written which was so damn negative. So I thought, I'll find out here the best way, from the source itself. So I read the book and thought, "Hey, this is the way I live my lite - this is the way I tee inside!" It's not like it was a major religion or anything like that, it was a lifestyle that I could relate to 500%. And it's just nice to see your own views and thoughts in words, in a book.

It comforts you in some way. And that is how I felt. Another thing I really like a lot is you're given a big, open space for whatever you want to believe in when it comes to the other side, the afterlife, the before life, or whatever you want to believe in. Whatever you want, you can do what suits you best, without feeling you're doing something bad or something wrong - which is not the case in most religions, where it's like: follow this or you're out! We're all different individuals and we all have our different views, even if it's a simple thing like a car - we don't all like a red car. Some like it red, some like it blue, and it's the same with anything. That's the main thing.

You should also be allowed to have an individual choice, even when it comes to where you're just thinking within about what might be later on, what happens when I die, why am I here. There are a lot of thoughts you have when you're not even putting anything into action directly. You should definitely be able to have a free mind there, and whatever suits you best, you should believe in. Then of course, you ''are'' a certain way, and that comes out into your actions.

'''Christians would like to imagine everything is black and white, according to their own belief structure.'''

Yeah, and that's what I really like here - it's not like a dictatorship religion with "do this" or "do that." It's not even really described, when it comes to beliefs - because it's up to you. If people could only accept each other for being each other and having different views, and then judge each other by 'personality'', which I think we should. Then we'd have a much better world. That was very much what our last album, ''The Eye'', was about - the misuse of power in religion, any kind of religion. Even though it's (fictionally) written, it's actually historically correct. It depicts a lot of stuff that was done in the name of Christ - horrific stuff.

'''Do you remember how long ago it was when you first discovered ''The Satanic Bible''?'''

I think it must have been 1981.

'''And it had an immediate resonance?'''

Oh yeah, and you'll see it reflected in our early lyrics with '''King Diamond''' and '''Mercyful Fate'''. I used the word Satan at that time, and it had a very specific meaning for me-not the one that other people had. So I was involved in misconceptions immediately, from the first thing. A song like "Satan's Fall" from the ''Melissa'' album, for instance, it opens up with exactly that Christian view that I'm talking about, that I don't like bands portraying. But there are only two lines in the whole song that are actually the ''essence'' of it, of the lyric, and it says: ''Use your demon eyes/Uncover the disguise''. And the song opens with "7 Satanic Hell preachers, bringing the blood of a newborn child" - exactly all the stuff I'd read that I was so pissed off about after I had finally found out what it was all really about. But then I say later on that if you really want to put something down - it doesn't matter what it is, it doesn't have to be Satanism or a religion - you should experience it first, or you should at least read about it from the source. You could say, like, a Pontiac Firebird doesn't handle well - some people might say that, some might say the opposite. But how can you say it ''if you never drove one'' - just because you heard some jerk say it? You need to experience things yourself to be able to take a stand - you can't just take everyone else's word.

Because they are individuals too, with their own little viewpoints... you have to be aware of that constantly. And that was brought out in that song, but it was covered up - it was covered up too much in fact. And at that time, not many people knew about these things - it hadn't been described at all to very many people what it was really about. So immediately when they heard the word ''Satan'' or ''Lucifer'' they were scared shitless, hair standing on end everywhere, and "God, this guy's evil!"

'''Well, "evil" is another one of those words that's pretty open-ended.'''

Yeah I know it, and again as I say, it's all individual. It might be evil to somebody to kill a rat in an experiment, to see if we can come up with a drug that will save people. To some it's evil to kill that thing, but other people don't take that view at all - they find it evil to not take that opportunity to try and better the human race. It's a matter of viewpoint, what's good and what's evil. Of course most of the time you have common sense guidelines, but in a lot of examples you can come up with these things where there is no black and white, it doesn't work that way.

'''So would you define your own Satanism as extreme individualism?'''

Pretty much so, but also you recognize who you are, and you appreciate it. You try to get the most out of it, without feeling bad about it. There are so many things, and why should you feel bad about them, because what you're doing is just natural human instinct? So what's so bad about it?

We were made that way, that's the way we came out. We have these human instincts and if we don't go by them we won't survive. It's as simple as that. And those who are trying to tell people: "Hey, go by this book here and you'll be saved forever."... god, you will not be saved! You'll be the easiest victim of all.

'''If these people really followed Jesus' commandments they'd be perpetually stuck on the bottom rung and at the back of the line.'''

We'd still be in the stone age! Fortunately it's a minor part of the population who are like that. There are a lot of people who might consider themselves Christians but they don't act it out like that, according to the book anyway. It's only these preachers who are unfortunately able to get air time on TV. I watch that sometimes, just to get a cheap, good laugh you know - it's amazing, the loss of good actors we have within the field! And again, I'm not sitting here trying to condemn anybody, not at all. I'm saying, if somebody is Christian and is getting something out of it, without hurting anybody, then stick to that belief. Great - though, I don't want you on my team!

'''Were you ever influenced by the pagan religions of Scandinavia?'''

Of course you're influenced by it and you hear about it -- it's deep within the culture of the whole country. The old Vikings, the castles you can go and visit. I've visited a lot of them and I'm very much into this stuff, we've got it all there.
Definitely...

'''How did it come about that you met Dr. LaVey?'''

I ran into his daughter Zeena, in Los Angeles, it must have been in 1988 or something like that. She came to one of our shows, and of course I knew who LaVey was, but suddenly some of our crew guys came up and said, "There's somebody from the Church outside who would like to get in and she says she's Anton Szandor LaVey's daughter." So I said, "Well, let her in, let's see if it's true." And yeah, it actually was.

So she went back to the hotel with me and he knew of me and checked up on all our interviews and music and things like that. And one night we played in San Francisco and a couple of people from the Church came to the show and came up to me and said that he'd like to invite me to come by. And I said, "Wow, I'm not going to pass up that opportunity!"

'''It's very moving to actually speak with him.'''

Definitely. And that made an impression for life, no doubt about it. Spending the night there, just feeling his presence, getting to know the charisma he has, the intelligence and the humor... It's so far from what a lot of people probably imagine him as.

'''He's a true gentleman.'''

Absolutely. And the letters I've received from him... I've been given the privilege of calling him whenever I feel like it, and I haven't used it yet. I don't want to misuse his hospitality.

Some day I might really feel that I need to talk to him about things and then I'll take up the opportunity.

'''Do you consider the music you're playing to have an inherently Satanic content? For example, Dr. LaVey has certain music, especially old songs from the 30's and 40's, which he holds to be particularly powerful.'''

Well, of course that's the music he grew up with, that was some of the input he got. And even still today I, by far, listen mostly to bands from the early 70's. It's just a fact. And I grew up with that stuff. But the main thing I think, if you want to label music Satanic, is you should look at the artist and see, does this stuff really come from the ''inner feelings''? Is this person really letting out his true feelings into this stuff, or is it just a bunch of fake shit to make money? But labelling (''sic'')music is something I don't like very much. A lot of people ask, "How would you label your music?" But I ''never'' label my music - I don't say it's death metal, or Satanic metal, or classical metal, or whatever. I don't care. I write some music, with certain instruments, and this is the way it sounds. If you like it, buy it.

If you don't - too bad!

'''Do you think the fans of '''Mercyful Fate''' and '''King Diamond''' understand some of the ideas you're putting into the music?'''

Well, I make pretty sure that nobody can come and say, "Hey - you are trying to influence people into doing this or doing that," or "You want to convert people" and so on. No way. I raise a lot of questions, definitely. But I try not to give - in straight words - an answer of what I feel about it. You'll never see me doing things like that. People have got to make up their own minds. And if people are not interested in getting anything deeper out of words on an album, that's fine too. We are entertainers - we're not priests. I have my way of life and of course that will influence my music and my lyrics. I put all my feelings into both.

'''What are your future plans?'''

Right at this moment we've started shopping deals for both '''King Diamond''' and '''Mercyful Fate''' [since the time of this conversation Mercyful Fate has signed with Metal Blade and will release an LP titled ''In The Shadows'' on June 22], and they're definitely going to be two separate units, it's only me that will be part of both bands, all the other members are different. And '''Mercyful Fate''' will pursue exactly where we left off, because we definitely left something undone, and that's the feeling of all the old guys. The '''King Diamond''' side of it, the album has already been written, we need the deal and we'll go into the studio and do it. It's 11 songs, the title of the album will be the ''Spider's Lullaby'', and there are only three songs connected lyric-wise into a small trilogy, the rest is individual songs. The reason being that I have enough concept with actually trying to put them and ''Conspiracy'' into book form, which I'm also doing. That's a project that won't be done for some time, but once it is I'll have people into reading horror books read through it and get their input, and if they like it then I'll start pursuing some big publishers and hopefully get the book out sometime. And if the book is a hit - there are a lot of "ifs" here, but you have to be positive - then that might make way for a movie, finally!

==Next article==
FROM TiiE PIT, Volumes 1 & 2, compris≠ ing eight issues published throughout 1991, 1992 and 1993. (Available in two compila≠ tions, one for each volume, at $8.00 each.
Volume Three, #1 at $2.00/$3.00 outside the
U.S. Contact: Rev. Michael Rose, P.O. Box 1413, Decatw; AL 35602.)
Michael Rose is a member of the Church of Satan, and his magazine reflects his own roots in true Satanism. His opinions are forthright, strong and delivered clearly, and I know you'll enjoy his publication.
Each compilation is digest si7.ed, computer≠ typeset very readably on grey paper with red covers. Volume One is 64 pages, Volume Two is 76 pages. From Volume One: "Bigotry," an article on "Why Charlie's Not Free," "The Fruits ofEgalitarianism," and "Law and Order," as well as many other ar≠ ticles, "Lucifer's Library" (book reviews) and Satanic quotes. Volume Two has more good stuff on "Eugenics," "That Old Time Religion," the writings of Thomas Szasz, as well as an ever-growing review section and more.
Volume Three, #1, starts with a
perceptive editorial examining the conflict of Christians in Waco, and includes an incisive statement concerning the differences between Setians and Satanists, an examination of Objectivism, "Manfred vs. Faust," and an exploration of chandala vs. aristocratic values. This issue is rounded out with a fine review section and Satanic quotes
From The Pit is well worth your time and buckage; send for it today.

DARK REFLECTIONS #1, March 1993
($4.00 per issue, $16.00 for a four-issue sub≠ scription, all checks and money orders made payable to Jeffrey Deboo, 1442A Walnut Street, #64, Berkeley, CA 94709. Will be bimonthly).
Twenty-two pages of neat, clear typing plus a red cover stapled on the side. Deboo has authored the entire contents, which in≠ clude essays, a poem and a list of contacts and publications. Particularly good is the "Satanic Catechism," and "Clash of Judge≠ ments: The Case of Sexual Morality." Deboo seems a little disturbed by what he sees as "the fetish for fascism" that "so many Satanists" display. Until a scientific opinion poll of Satanists is taken, I think he's over-

reacting to a perception, not an actual majority. Otherwise, very rational, well≠ thought-ciut arguments - should prove in≠ spirational to many. Highly recommended.

DARK Lill'# 15 (available from BCM/3406, London WC1N 3:XX, England. Americans and Canadians: send $4.00 per issue, $16.00 for a four-issue subscription, in US dollars cash or postal money orders in US funds).
Dark Luy is digest-sized and always has
a snappy blue cover, quite a contrast to the many other Satanic 'zines who feel red is the only color of choice. Twelve pages of reduced but readable type containing an article on "Cultural Supremacism and Its Effect on Satanic Belief," a goal and mission statement from Impetus Niger, and an eye≠ opening account of "The Advantages of Disability," plus an exhaustive listing of other interesting groups, publications and services. Definitely worth your time and $$$.

TIIELAMP OF TiiOTii, Volume 4, Issue #6 ($4.95 for this issue, $22.60 for subscription from the US. Contact: L.O.T., 6-8 Burley Lodge Road, Leeds, LS6 1QP, West Yorkshire, UK).
Digest-si7.ed, 56 neatly typed pages crammed with articles and contact addresses. The editor is Chris Bray, the proprietor of the Sorcerer's Apprentice, an excellent source of books and magical supplies based in England. This issue has many highlights. First, there's a wonderful editorial by Bray, expressing his fears and doubts about the future of religious freedom for occultists worldwide. "Golem's Gossip" is just that, gossipy and mean but amusing to read.
There are well-thought-out articles on astrology, visualization (how to get someone to spring for a drink in a bar), hypnosis and even an "Occult Problem Page." There's a piece entitled "Magic as a Refuge For Failures," along with much more. As a parting shot, the last article is "Laurel and Hardy Satanism," detailing the controversy surrounding Setian David Austen and his participation in the Cook Report, a Geraldo≠ esque TV special broadcast several years ago in Britain and produced by fundamentalist Xtians. The people behind this report courted UK occultists without telling them

their real agenda, and as a result of the slanderous broadcast, Chris Bray's store was firebombed. John Freedom, the author of the article, further describes Michael Aquino's campaign against other UK Satanic groups. "Americans may fall for Aquino's self-righteous hypocritical double-speak," he contends, "but British Satanists are less gullible. The lemple of Set's UK representative is a dangerous media quisling and publicity junkie." This issue was sent to us along with an amusing button showing Michael Aquino wearing mouse ears.

TIIE HERETIC (one year/four issues:
$7.00 in New Zealand, $10.00 elsewhere for surface, $15.00 elsewhere for air. Make check/mo payable to Realist Publications,
P.O. Box 38-262, Petone, Wellington, NZ).
K.R. Bolton is the editor/publisher here, and I think it's safe to assume he authors the contents unless otherwise noted; he is a Satanist. The masthead of The Heretic declares: "We champion the creative individual above the mass, the defiant above the submissive." October 1992, No. 2. This issue begins with a great lead article on Saddam Hussein and his efforts to create a new Babylon. There is apparently a historical basis for Hussein's role as the heir to Nebuchadnezzar, a heritage preceding Islam. Bolton describes the Iraquis' recent resanctification of the Ishtar Gate and lemple, Nebuchadnezzar's Palace, etc. I wish it had been longer. There is as well a review section featuring Michael Moynihan, a lengthy article on "War & Slavery," and a puzzling piece by Anton Long of the ONA, entitled "The Deceitful Occult Ego." He depicts very accurately the sort of puffed-up intellectuals who haunt the occult community, those displaying "pretension, artifice, the 'I must preserve my own ego by doing down all others' syndrome." But his depiction of the real occultist is scarcely any better, as he stresses hardship, deprivation and the casting-aside of any quest for personal happiness (only an illusion, to Long) to achieve... something that is not clear. I know Long is no Christian, but on the surface this sounds Christian - work, sacrifice, the unwillingness to accept Man as he is.
Also includes lots of news notes, some

nice poetry, and a bit of folklore about Herne the Hunter. Only 16 digest-sized pages, reduced photocopies, but there's a good deal here for the money. Definitely one of the better Satanic 'zines.
Issue #3,Jan/Feb/Mar 1993. The lead article details "The Rise of Iron Youth," and mentions Boyd Rice and Michael Moynihan. Includes four pages of reviews, and an update on the BBC expose of "anti≠ Satanists," the Christian child abuse scare and its debunkers. The ONA article this time around is clear and inspired; in "Satanism & Race," the author asserts
correctly that "Satanism, as part of its sinister strategy, may encourage those forms/beliefs/groups which express this type of Imperium [Satanic goals]. For instance, present day 'extreme Right Wing movements.' In this, Satanists are being sinister - they are not expressing or supporting such views as 'racialism' for instance, because they believe them, but because they know those views may or will aid their Satanic goals, in particular by countering the Nazarene sickness of spirit." Wish some Satanists could see past the ends of their noses to grasp this fact.
Bolton's "Current Comment" is here again, as well as another "Folklore" piece, this time about Wayland the Smith. An article detailing"Australia's Pagan Art" rounds out another fine issue.
Issue #4, April/May/June 1993. With an attractive new logo, this issue starts with an excellent, extensive article on the "Rebirth of the Pagan Ethos" by Karsten O'Rourke. O'Rourke follows the stony path of European paganism from the Roman era through Wagnei; Nietzsche, Von List, Von Liebenfels and the New Templars, concluding that "Pagan ideals erected a New Order which was only drowned out by WWII... As the 20th century closes, there rises again these same metapolitical forces.
May our end now be success!"
Other articles include "Celtic Left Hand Path" and a piece on the origin of "SAJ:TAN" by Tani Jantsang. The other extensive piece is.on "The Strange Case of David Austen," a Magister in the Temple of Set and member of its Council of Nine.
∑ Bolton's criticisms and observations of Austen are merciless; Austen's responses are cryptic, obtuse and often hilarious. As B Bunny would say, "Whatta maroon!"
The usual reviews, news, poems, and editor Bolton took extra care to get some illustrations into this one.
Issue #5, July/August/September 1993.

This gets off to a fine start documenting the Satanic activities and views of Albert Pike, Confederate Brigadier General. Next Tosser Michael Aquino's response to the previous issue's Austen expose along with Bolton's reply. Articles on "Satanism & the Cthulhu Mythos," "Vlad Dracula," and more fun at the expense of TIS (including cartoons!) as well as the usual features complete another fine issue.
Also from Realist Publications be sure to examine Temple of Set: Behind the Facade (NZ - $10, US - $5) which documents in detail the various attempts by TIS to slander various occultists and how it has blown up in their faces. Also of interest is The Dark Doctrine, the principal doctrinal text of the OLHP. This 34 page booklet (NZ - $10, US - $5) covers the Satanic philosophy espoused by this organization and presents several original rituals based on various historically Satanic traditions.

BLOOD OF YGGDRASIL: A Pictorial
Journey Through the Nine Norse "Worlds
($8.00 from COWAN, PO Box 15,
Altadena, CA 91003 USA. Postage: $1.00 US, $2.00 foreign).
A curious and enchanting little volume of illustrations depicting characters and incidents from the Norse legends. Those involved in Norse and Runic magic will want this, as may any Wagner fans. The book itself is about 6" x 9", 48 heavy pages, clothbound in an antique-looking red. The old-fashioned cover printing is in gold.
When you open these "lids" (for so book covers were once called, when they were all han:ibound) you'll find more red pages with black printing, hand-sewn into the heavy binding. The illustrations are good, for the most part, and the introduction emphasizes and encourages a turning-away from the slave religion of Christianity and back to the rich traditions of our pagan ancestors. The publisher has recreated the kind of magical old book you might find in a flea market and take home to wonder over.

KING OF INSTRUMENTS, INSTRUMENT OF KINGS by Doran
Ragnarok ($5.00 from COWAN, PO Box 15, Altadena, CA 91003 USA. Postage: $1.00 US, $2.00 foreign).
A digest-sized pamphlet, but more than a pamphle produced with the same quirky care for the beauty and perhaps an air of antiquity, as the volume mentioned above (BLOOD OF YGGDRASIL). Only twelve

little red pages, bound into a leather-textured softcovei; hand-glued around red "end≠ papers." The same gold printing and lovely runic design grace the cover. This is the story of the theatre organ, that great roaring orchestra-in-itself that most of our generation has never been able to experience in its native state. Ragnarok's treatment covers the highlights, but it is not meant to be exhaustive, only an introduction pointing the way to more for those who are interested. Some nice illustrations and quality printing.

GEEK Issue #1, March 1993 (full-sized, 48 pages. $5.00 postpaid, or $20.00 for 5 issues. doACI, P.O. Box 480531,Denvei; CO 80248-0531). Michael Moynihan is a Senior Editor here.
GEEK tells us it's "mostly great stuff," and it's true. Firstly, the format is professional and attractive, and it's chock≠ full of material. There's an overview of the career of Bodi!, a Danish porn queen whose specialty was animals and whose early beauty has decayed rapidly; Bodil's fall from a fresh-cheecked young girl who loved animals (really - she ran her own farm) to the broken-down whore with swollen ankles is pathetic and devastating. One of my favorite pieces was an analysis of potted meat product ; I now feel justified in my lifelong aversion to it. But the highlight of the issue is the "Interview With a Bum," conducted by Michael Moynihan and Shaun Partridge of the Partridge Family 'Iemple - the reporters buy a homeless man a McDonald's meal and get him to spill his guts about life on the street. According to him, the biggest problem is all those people who pretend to be homeless; they're just messing it up for everyone. A rather odd sexual encounter comprises "The ladger Chronicles," and there's another excellent interview with film composer Danny Elfman. F.C. Dobbs contributes a personal experiencepiece on dru the issue is rounded out with several pieces of strange fiction which I didn't find particularly interesting, but the editors are promising more, by Paul Difilippo and Marc Laidlaw, two SF writers of note.

ABRASAX # 17, 18, 19, 20, edited by James M Martin ($5.00 each from P.O. Box 1219, Corpus Christi, TX 78403-1219).
Billing itself as an "occult quarterly," ABRASAX (not to be confused with ABRAXAS) is mainly concerned with Thelema and Crowley, but is happy to stray

into any area of 20th Century magick editor James Martin feels may be of interest to his readers. Articles from these issues include: "Music Magick," "I Spy: Secret Societies & Occult Espionage," "The Rite of the Ankh," and in issue #19, a remembrance of Satanic poet Andre Soly witten by Tun.i Jantsang.
Of possible∑interest to Satanists is a regular column by Diane Vera - the Miss Hathaway of Satanism. In her inaugural installment of "From the Darkside," \era professes to be seeking historical references to Satanic religions prior to the founding of the Church of Satan in 1966 C.E. But when presented with a wealth of such material by the Jantsang/Marsh cabal, she glosses over it quickly in her column in #17, preferring to spend the next seven pages or so discussing 20 year old gossip about Michael Aquino and Anton LaVey that is boring and inaccurate. \era has her own ad, "Satanism Without Delusions of Grandeur"? "And Without Right-Wing Politics"? It's interesting that \era constantly professes her ignorance of the Satanic scene, then tries to sum it up in a couple of pat phrases like these: "I'm not qualified to judge them one way or the other." "The word 'spiritual' is admittedly vague..." "I have no way of knowing whose story is true." which only attest to her cluelessness. Presumably Jantsang/Marsh'ssuggestions would have had her cracking the books for weeks, but instead she appeals, more than once, to the readership for their thoughts on the subjects. Why? For more gossip, hearsay, unfounded and undocumented assertions?
\era further asserts that "there's no such thing as a Satanic political philosophy." Pemaps. But there are certain implications to tenets like "responsibility to the responsible" and smashing your enemies three-fold. If this kind of power philosophy isn't what attracted Vera to Satanism, what did? Maybe she'd like to share her own feelings about Satan as freely as she discusses LaVey's.
Issue #19 sees the premiere of a magickal advice column, "The Sorcerer's Apprentice," which should be of interest to beginners while #20 has a splendid article "Humanism and the Invisible War" which examines Dr. LaVey's influnce on magic(k) and is a perfect antidote to Vera's meanderings. ABRASAX improves with each issue, the last three moving on to laser typesetting and even more interesting graphic art so don't hesitate to subscribe. This one's a keeper.

TIIE SWORD & SHIELD #1 (by the

Knights of Satan, 12 pages, no price but
$3.00 should do it: P.O. Box 81137, Fiddlers Green Postal Station, Ancaster, Ontario, Canada L9G 4X1).
"Magic: Does it really Work?," poetry by Marguerite Thompson, art, endangered species, articles about "Non-Hollywood," "Young Satanists," "Legends Born of Myths," and "The Reality of Demons." Nice, neat format and some real Satanic spirit here - check it out.

BALDER Quly 1992 Issue, 32 digest-sized pages - free to members - editor Jason Bridgehead clo Order of the Jarls of Baelder, 60 Elmhurst Rd., Reading, Berks. RG1 SHY England).
The cover depicts a rather bucolic scene, ancient Greeks discussing a written document. The tone of Balder is equally gentle; while the articles advise us that the elite are at war with things-as-they-are, there is a spirit of community and concern for other members of "The Brothemood." This magic is not overtly Satan-inspired, although the contents reveal that these brothers do consider themselves Satanists - affiliated orders listed in the back include O.N.A., O.L.H.P., and the O.T.B.
There is a page of letters from members and a discussion of two major runes. Next comes a delightful article on Botticelli, a historical piece on the Berbers, "The Greatest Prize" (an exhortation by a recently-passed-on Elder advocating a
coming together of elite folk under Balder to
battle the Xtian scourge), "The Ethos of Warriors" part 1B lays it all down, stressing respect, "Conquer, Destroy, Create" by the O.N.A.'s Anton Long advocating the destruction of the mediocrity breeding powers-that-be and an exploration of space - though he seems to think happiness and comfort are illusions (perhaps for him they are), and finally a discussion of the swastika and the Thule Society.

S.KrANISM - A Basic Introduction for Perspective Adherents, under the auspices of the Order of Nine Angles (Thormynd Press, P.O. Box 700, Shrewsbury, Shropshire, England [no code]. It's $5.00 US cash, $25.00 if paying by US check, 1 £ in the UK).
This is digest-sized, coverless, about 15 pages typewritten. It's an excellent introduction to what the ONA's all about, if you've been reading their work elsewhere and would like a handle on it. The author claims he has the "honour of being the Grand Master representing tr tional

Satanists." The ONA veers from the Church of Satan in several ways. Firstly, they stress the Satanic path as one that is difficult and fraught with adversity. No one's denying that life can throw you some curves and that you're usually better off when you learn to deal with them. But no Satanist I know seeks pain or the path of greatest resistance; certainly no animal would. ONA also stresses amorality for Satanists, and I agree - but why then do they say "there is also real evil"? Is the judging of something as "evil" not a subjective judgement based on some moral code? The ONA also stresses that a Satanist "desires to evolve... to fulfill the potential of existence, of godhead/divinity latent within them [sic]." Once again, a man is not good enough as he is; he's not permitted to accept himself until he's gone on some journey to fulfillment. To me, this is moving in exactly the wrong direction: most people's biggest problems stem from their inability to live the truth of their flesh, to accept themselves as the animals they are. This striving toward Divinity, is Christian in nature.

LIVE! (sixteen pages, typewriter type printer sideways in a digest-sized format, $3.00 from
P.O. Box 101, St. Boniface Postal Station, Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada R2H 3B4).
The cover is of a laughing young man lounging on a mussed-up bed in someone's attic bedroom; there's a cute l'il devil cartoon in one corner ogo of the Order of Dionysus/Sabazios of which this is an affiliating publication). Issue #2, January 1993, articles include dealing with the"Age of Consent," and another on "The Oppression of Youth." Sandwiched between these are little pearls of wisdom from the editor, whose views on other issues are usually in line with true Satanic principles as put forth in The Satanic Bible. A little pricey for 16 pages, but it's printed very neatly and attractively, and the editor writes well. Issue #3, April 1993, begins with a rather obtuse, four-page explanation that their "cover≠ youth" is Billy Bob, and he personifies some principle important to the editor.
Youthfulness (and sexuality) is certainly a theme in this little publication; the editorial tells us that "visiting locations where younger guys or gals hang out is obviously essential but not that difficult. You, as the seeker, do not have to be a Boy Scout troop leader, or a Big Brother or Sister, or a Roman Catholic priest or nun, or a school teacher, or the like, though you have a head start if you are." The article "Hypocrisy in Society"

OFFICIAL JOURNAL of the ABRAXAS FOUNDATION
Enter a brave new world of Social Darwinism, Primal Law, Resurgent Atavism, Blood Mysticism, and much more. At last there is a newspaper wholly devoted to exploring the darkest aspects of man and nature-with an emphasis on how to integrate them into your life and harvest their power as your own.
THE PREMIER ISSUE FEATURES:
NATURE'S ETERNAL FASCISM
An inquiry into the relationship between natural law, violence, and inequality.
LONG LIVE DEATH!
Insightful and inspirational observations extolling the virtues of destructive force.
ABRAXAS SPEAKS
A stirring introduction to the Abraxas Foundation's weltanschauung.
GUSTAVE LEBON: HIS WIT AND WISDOM
LeBon is universally hailed as the father of social psychology, but has been virtually disowned by academia due to his decidedly anti-egalitarian slant. His philosophy is beautifully encapsulated for our readers in a series of hard-hitting aphorisms.
AND A WHOLE LOT MORE...
More anti-humanitarian philosophy and Social Darwinist gnosis from history's most notorious figures-past, present, and future.
Here's the vital information you need, untainted by liberal humanist (aka Judea-Christian) bias.
If you're ready to take one giant step beyond good + evil, WAKE is the journal for youI
$2 ppd per copy/$3 overseas airmail
PRE-ORDERS NOW BEING ACCEPTED
Also Available:
TOTAL WAR (Video)
Avideo document of thelast concert of NON's Japan tour, recorded live inOsaka. 30 exciting minutes of Social Darwinist march music, speeches, and songs. a must for your video library.
$19.69 plus $3 postage/$6 postage for overseas airmail
ABRAXAS ON THE AIR (Cassette Tape)
Lots of laughs as a Foundation spokesman takes on the host of one of the country's most popular christian talk radio programs. Two hours of conflict and controversy.
$5 ppd / $7 ppd overseas airmail
COMING SOON
The Abraxas Foundation television transmission.
Pre production has already begun on this Abraxas Foundation cable T.V. program. Qualified Individuals are invited to submit inquiries regarding how to sponsor this program in your area and have it broadcast via public access cable.
Make checks and money orders payable to WAKE SERVICES.Send all communications to:
THE ABRAXAS FOUNDATION P.O. BOX 300081 DENVER, CO 80203 USA

also bears this out, as it bemoans society's two-faced approach to youth, stressing its beauty but forbidding its freedom. The best piece is probably "The Human Animal," a lightweight analysis of the progressively greater repression of our instincts in civili2.ed countries. Neatly done, clean and readable, but thin. .

REJUVENATION MAGAZINE, Issues 3,
4, 5, 6edited by Joe Aufricht ($4.00 USA,
$5.00 elsewhere from P.O. Box 711∑, Lakewood, OH 44107).
Thirty pages, digest-si2.ed, typewriter typeset, a little difficult to read (a new typewriter is called for, I believe). This publication, edited by the founder of the Order of Dionysus/Sabazios, has a similar focus to that of LIVE,/ Teen freedom, sexual freedom in particular, is advocated. In issue #3 topics covered include "Free Will vs.
God's Will," "Evolution Theory Isn't Evil," "Drunks Are Not Satanists," and "Future Sex." Issue #4 includes a poem about a young man and his 9-year-old girlfriend, "Self-Sacrifice-What For?", and "Let Teens Vote." Issue #5 runs the gamut from "Myths: Psychotherapy and Mental Illness," and "The Threatening Gym Teacher," to Demo reviews. Issue #6 includes youth advocate poetry, "Bowling Alley Bullshit," Death Metal Reviews and a commentary on accusations that their order advocates paedophilia. Each issue contains "Lilith Lustlove's Personals" for those seeking contact. Mr. Aufricht explores areas of Satanism and his particular slant on the maturity and right to freedom of adolescents as well as their ability to "rejuvenate" older individuals through interaction.

CALL OF TiiE RACE: An Epic Poem by Kenneth Lloyd Anderson ($3.00 from White Temple Books, P.O. Box 452, Hastings, MN 5503).
A tiny, 4" x 7" pamphlet bound in red, with 26 professionally-typeset pages inside. Anderson talks, in free verse, about what he views as the roots of the White race's downfall, what's keeping it down, and how Whites must lift themselves up again. One might expect such a "racist" (Anderson prefers the term "racialism") to be illiterate and shallow, but this poem is poignant and moving. "This is still Nietuche's age," he tells us. "We have run away from what's necessary...whole men know/That hate is as necessary as love."

TiiELEMIX 1993, a production of the

Ordo Mysterium Baphe-metis, printed in a limited print run of 56 copies, available only by the selection of Grand Mistress MegAstron and Grand Master Megalion.
Digest-si7.ed, thirty-five pages with the ubiquitous red cover. Well-written essays concerning the number of wisdom, "naga," the Serpent, chivalry in the occult world, the Major Greek Gods, the powers of the Tore Self, "crowns, Sceptres and Thrones," and computers. Not without its own wry humor; finishes with something called "The Emerald Tablet." If Thelema is your thing, these people seem very knowledgeable but with their feet on the ground; contact them at P.O. Box 156, W. Nottingham, NH
03291-0156, USA.

ONSLAUGHT, Vol. 4, no. 1, edited by Draegon Undomiel ($5.00 from the Luciferian Light Group, P.O. Box 7207, Tampa FL 33673).
The LLG is a White Power group that calls itself Satanic; they use Satanic symbols and say that "the Aryan peoples are the true children of Satan." This issue contains a ritual of "Gratitude/Honor Before Satan," some charts of"magickal" elements and correspondences, and a lengthy section of reprinted new articles titled "Dateline: Hell - A Special Report from Hell's Newsroom." Nice use of graphics here. There are extensive listings and ads of other Satanic groups and publications, as well as an explanation of the "Unified Churches," an attempt to put together several of the self≠ proclaimed Satanic groups operating right now. This may be already defunct, as this issue was followed up by a bulletin detailing the LLG's split from Embasat. An attractive, neat publication but not much "meat."

TiiENEW JACKAL, Vol. 1, Embassy of Lucifer, Chad Ian Miller, presiding, P.O. Box 998, Stewart, BC, V0T 1W0, Canada. (No price given, try $5.00. Fifteen pieces of 8.5" x 11" paper, covered front and back with poorly photocopied, single space dot matrix output.)
Setian Chad starts out by preaching to the converted about how bad Xtianity is. Then he goes into a long description of the Embassy and its degree system, which must be a real degree system because you get to change the color of your robes and belts a lot. Next a discussion of "Satanic Child Molestation and Animal Sacrifice" which barely m ntions these topics although the article is six pages in length. Then a treatise about math and magic which Pythagoras would spit upon, followed by a piece on

time which is actually about "Creation." Concludes with a very extended dictionary of Demons. Entire contents by Chad.
It was reported to us that Chad has again changed horses and formed an Xtian church, but this is unverified. However, this 'zine may be unavailable for that reason - mqwre.

LUCIFER RISING #1, yet another new publication by Chad Ian Miller, who changes his projects (and his mind) like other people change their sheets, it would seem. ($6.00 from the Embassy of Lucifer, P.O. Box 998, Stewart, BC V0T 1W0, Canada.)
Typewriter-typeset on goldenrod paper and stapled in one corner, the cover is the god Baphomet, an oft-copied piece of artwork. There's about eight pages of Chad outlining his perspectives on the Satanic scene plus the rules and regulations for his own, much-better-than-new organization. Then there's the reprinting of a sample issue of ONSLAUGH/', the publication of the Luciferian Light Group (separate from Chad's) and fmally the reprinting of some pages from 1be King in"llllow (hence, perhaps, Chad's choice of paper). Chad claims to be providing a neutral forum for all Satanists, via this publication and his Embassy of Lucifer and Church of Lucifer. However, he has been a member of the Temple of Set for about eight months, and immediately launches into the spurious story of the "collapse of the Church of Satan" and how Anton LaVey "plageri2.ed" [sic] 1be Satanic Bible. How neutral does that sound to you? This is warmed-over non≠ information plus more blathering from Chad; your six bucks would be well-spent elsewhere.

ECLECTIC MAGE JOURNAL, Issue #3,
Jan/Feb 1993, edited by H.J. Mowry,
Jr. aka Zepher ($3.00 from P.O. Box 6911, Pittsburgh, PA 15212).
\ery perky layout with interesting use of scanned graphics, full-si2.ed with eighteen pages, £M's subtitle is "Achieving Goals Through a Diverse System of Magick" Poetry is sandwiched between articles on witchcraft, color magic, etc. This issue is concerned with Satan: "Is He Really a Bad Guy?" The authors demonstrate sympathy for the Devil even if their sources re modem Satanism are more than a bit myopic. We've learned that the editor has become enamored of Aquino's world view so take that into consideration should you have cause to deal with this person.

INCREDIBLY STRANGE MUSIC VOL
I, edited by V. Vale and AndreaJuno (Re/Search, 20 Romolo St., #B, San Francisco, CA 94133 1993; 193 pages, ISBN 0-940642-22-0, $17.99, full-sized softcover).
A series of interviews with record collectors and recording artists, focusing on music from the SO's and 60's. The music they talk about is largely rockabilly and trash bin discoveries, and the emphasis is on what middle class American culture has left behind, deemed "tacky" or "bad." And some of it is bad; how good could a bunch of
so by Rodney Allen Rippy be? Some of these collectors are interested in the obscurity of the recordings themselves, while others genuinely enjoy the sounds; all seem a little disappointed that many others are beginning to discover their finds and are driving up the flea market prices. However, if the underground had never embraced Martin Denny, there wouldn't be the wonderful F.xotica release on CD and I wouldn't have been able to enjoy it.The interview with Denny is good, as are the reproductions of album covers throughout the volume.
What interested me Satanically about the book, was the principle of cultural scavenging, roaming through what the status quo has left behind and pulling out the real gems, the truly magical recordings. then returning to your lair to enjoy that magic, to send those vibes out into the ether. You don't have to like these people or their music to learn something about the power of getting off the cultural beaten track. As the editors says in their introduction, "These records become more than a consumeristic product; they become an expression of the collector's inner vision and exp an alternate aesthetic philosophy."
The fact that Juno and Vale have termed this "Volume One," gives them an out, I suppose, to explain the glaring omissions of musical preservationists like Anton LaVey, Tiny Tim, Boyd Rice and even Dr. Demento, the latter whose radio show drove me out into the garage sales for 78's when I was only fifteen. I hope Volume Two is a little more adventurous.

ANSWER ME Issue 3, edited by Jim Goad (Goad to Hell Ents., 1608 N. Cahuenga Blvd, #666, Hollywood, CA 90028. $5.00 first class; $4.00 third rate).
Long awaited, but worth the wait. Jim and Debbie have hit their stride with this one, with full color Nazi cover and 131

pages of beautifully-designed mayhem. Many artists have contributed cartoons and drawings, includingJohn Wayne Gacy, Ottis Toole, Mark David Chapman and Charles Manson, so if you're a serial killer collector, get out your checkbook. Jim does another excellent "encyclopedia," this time about unique and notorious suicides - photos abound. Debbie's tirades are right on the money; particularly touching is "I Hate Being aJew," wherein she rails against her psychological heritage of being a penny≠ pinching pessimist. I got the biggest kick of all, though, from Jim's article on guns.
Goad's poison pen was never sharper, and
after reading this to myself I read it aloud to others and we laughed until the tears ran. Combining truth with masterful wit and sarcasm, Jim tells One Man's Gun Story, and includes devastating pro-gun quotes from our founding fathers.
Also included are interviews with Boyd Rice, Al Sharpton, the Underdog Lady, the Kids of Widney High, and Debbie contributes a couple of phony phone calls to Dr. Kevorkian and a suicide prevention hot line. Debbie is great at these things; the call to Kevorkian is chilling.
What's really gonna get Answer Mel #3 on America's shit list, however, is Adam Parlrey's article, "Pederastic Park." This piece takes up the notion that director Steven Spielberg has "short eyes," and analyzes his past film efforts as expressions of this proclivity. Cartoonist Coop supplies the accompanying artwork, which shows Spielberg wielding a "hook" at a bare-butted Peter Pan.
You might find this issue on a newsstand somewhere, or you can order it from See/Hear. I recommend you send out immediately and get it right from the Goads own hot little hands. You need Answer Me!, the misanthropist's balm for cultural ennui.

PANTY LINE FEVER #4, edited by Rick ∑ Hall ($4.00 from PLF, 234 E. 7th St., #1FE, New York, NY 10009 - age statement must accompany order; make check/m.o. payable
to Rick S. Hall).
The Biannual Bulletin of Sex, Film and Intellectual Smuggery, PLF is a perky little mag that never fails to satisfy. This time around, an interview with underground comic artist Daniel Clowes, a visit to a Manhattan S&M parlor, a critique of Ken Russell's film The Devils by Ivan Lerner, Reuben Radding's column "The Final Judgement," lovely lasses with half-dad asses, and more.

EVIL: The Newsletter For 'Ihle Crime Book Fanatics edited by Dan Kelly ($1.00 from P.O. Box 476641, Chicago, IL 60647).
I guess the tag title says it all; I know there are such fans in our readership. Editor Kelly gets lots of reviews of true crime books into a slim but well-lai out and typeset format. This might be the place for you to trade info on new or old books and find out what clinkers to avoid on the bookracks.

VAMP ANONYMOUS, Winter and Summer 1993, edited by Amoura ($5.00 from P.O. Box 803, Langhorne PA, 19047).
Each issue is about 20 pages of manuscript-format poetry and fiction . dealing with vampires and vampiric magic. The magazine is produced by the Order of Xanastia, "an Elitist Society for Thelemic heathens of all persuasions, writers, artists, vampire, horror and science fiction fans." The poetry was in the usual romantic, Dark Shadows-esque vein, and I particularly liked the full-page, black and white sigils which would make nice tattoos.

GUEST REVIEWS

TIIE MONSTER SHOW: A Cultural
History of Horror by David]. Skal. ,:W.W.
Norton and Co., 1993, 432 pages, $25.00)
Wtlliam Everisto, Reviewer.
If you're looking for an excellent survey of general horror and its interaction with our culture from the tum of the century to modern chillers like Silence of the Lambs, this is the book for you. Skal dredges up authors and connections from the early days of Dracula, Frankenstein and the Mummy that other writers have neglected. He makes quite a point of the Nazi fascination with wolves and the concurrent American rage of Wolfmen and Cat people movies. From there, he moves deftly through Entertaining Comics vs. Dr. Fredric Wertham, Maila Nurmi as the original "doom, gloom and va≠ va-voom" TV hostess, and the Japanese SO's Godzilla type screamers which, in Skal's analysis, "put a face on the Bomb."
The book opens with a still from Freaks,
setting a tone throughout the book of American horror as sideshow. Skal states that "the motion picture itself had begun its career as a sideshow attraction, a curiosity at the fringes of mainstream entertainment." He credits one man, Tod Browning, with setting the tone with his productions of Dracula and Freaks- a carnival barker's tone

Devilish Merchandise for Christian
Hating, Occult Fascist, Elitists!
llltlutUmt

l

Front Design

CD & Cassette
JL America, U.S. Release (Not Turbo Music)

l

Back Design

Send To - Acheron, Order Of The Evil Eye
P.O. Box 272929, Tampa, Fl. 33688, U.S.A.

that naturally grew from his backgrowid in carnivals and vaudeville. Though Skal does a thorough job of showing the influence of Freaks, it's too bad he hadn't contacted Anton LaVey to fill in some gaps regarding its re-release in the late SO's, which LaVey was responsible for.
Skal marks 1931 as the birth of the horror film, with the release of Frankenstein and Dracula and neatly closes the book by paralleling the releases of modern versions in 1991: 1erminatar 2 and Silence of the Lambs. Throughout this book, he ties our compulsion toward horror to events dominating the mass consciousness at the time - wars, economic collapse, epidemics and political witch-hwits. One particularly pertinent summing quote comes from anti≠ feminist feminist Camille Paglia: "Horror films are rituals of pagan worship. There Western man obsessively confronts what Christianity has never been able to bury or explain away." Skal's book shows that as long as Man continues his lurchin toward "civilization," there will always be a place for nightmares.

FRIGIITEN TIIE HORSES, edited by
Mark Pritchard (Heat Seeking Publishing, 41 Sutter St. #1108, San Francisco, CA 94104;
$5.00 for sample issue, $16.00 for four-issue subscription).
Jeffrey Deboo, Re:viewer.
Professional-quality quarterly dedicated to the cutting edge of sexuality, especially in its more unorthodox variants. Bondage, fetishism, sadomasochism, gay/bi -
whatever you'e into, you'll find it here. Both erotic fantasy fiction and serious articles are featured, along with reviews and a news roundup from the front lines of the depressingly endless battle for sexual freedom against life-hating religious fanatics. A leftist political widertone sometimes intrudes, but in the main these people skewer the "progressive" P.C. sacred cows as eagerly as those of Christian "traditional family values" - article topics have included the menace of overpopulation, the biological/evolutionary roots of human behavior, an expose of the myth that AIDS threatens U.S. heterosexuals, and a deliciously ruthless piece on revenge against rapists. It's rough, raw, and gritty, not sweetness-and-light romanticism; a pleasure≠ loving, life-affirming philosophy is evident throughout. Highly recommended.

CHRISTIAN CIIlLD ABUSE: The
Reality (42 pages, digest-siud, $10.00 from

Realist Publications, P.O. Box 38-262, Petone, Wellington, New Zealand).
Jeffrey Deboo, reviewer.
After reading this item, you'll be enraged on two cowits: first on behalf of all the children molested by the perverts who seem to infest the clergy of almost every branch of Christianity, and second at the colossal nerve of those who have been spreading the "Satanic ritual abuse" myths while the reality of their holy men's depravities outstrips even their fantasies about us!
The text analyzes why Christianity is a breeding growid of pedophilia (a religion which demands repression of mormal sexual urges, notably Catholicism with its celibate clergy, just bottles up those urges witil they explode in some twisted new form) and dissects a few celebrated cases such as the Mt. Cashel Catholic Orphanage in Canada. The rest is accowits culled from news media arowid the world, in which cowitless men of God seem almost to vie with one another to see who can heap the worst abuse on any minor in reach. A New Orleans priest carries off the trophy with allegations that he made his dog take part in the molesting sessions (which were sometimes done at gunpoint), accumulated a 160-hour hardcore video library of his acts, and supplied a kiddie-porn magazine with photos of a retarded youth he had victimiud.
Worst of all is how, in case after case, higher church authorities actively shield molestors. Parents outraged at some clergyman's depredations are told to exercise (yes, you guessed it) the Christian virtue of forgiveness, while the offender is transferred out of trouble and into a new locality where he is wiknown and where fresh, unsuspecting victims await.
Now that even the mainstream media are focusing increased attention on this subject, it's clear that our New Zealand brethren have fowid a potent issue to wield against the sick Nazarene cult befouling our civilization.

SATANISM AND WITCHCRAFf by
Jules Michelet, translated by A.R. Allinson (Citadel Pres, New York, 1992 E.V.; 332 pages, $12.95, paperback).
Jeffrey Deboo, reviewer.
Originally written over a century ago and now newly republished, this formidable work (the product of thirty years of research)∑brio to life the story of Satanism from the birth of the Middle Ages to the Renaissance, in elegant and stately yet easily-

devoured prose. This is history as epic rather than dry chronicle, a tapestry of words more moving and revealing than a thousand clinical photographs.
Never; save pemaps in the best of Twain, have the utter misery and squalor and degradation of medieval life been made so vived. Michelet shows how medieval man's hopelessness and desperation, born of a thousand torments rained down upon him by Church and State in the name of God, drove him to seek the aid of the Rebel who was that God's chief adversary - and who, alone of the dieties available to him, would sanction his own rebelliousness against the vile abominations of his masters, rather than telling him to tum the other cheek.
Medieval Satanism took a thousand forms, from the dumb masses' fearful veneration of old women who had managed to preserve the old pharmaceutical knowledge demonized and forgotten by the Church, to the invocation of forbidden arts by the victimiud to better their lot and strike back against their oppressors, to the Dionysian abandon of the "Sabbaths" and the solemn blasphemies of the Black Mass. Medieval Satanism was widespread and it was real- the similarity of accowits from widely separated lands and eras affirms this. The term Satanism (rather than Devil≠ worship) is appropriately used here, since with rare exceptions the witches and sorcerers of those days saw Satan as an ally and fellow foe of tyranny and injustice, not as a stern and demanding master like Jehovah.
Michelet clearly wrote with no concern about how his prim-and-proper contemporaries would react to the results of his research. He pulls no pwiches in revealing - even with some sympathy - the frequency of incestuous practices in the Middle Ages, and the intimate links between incest and Satanism in every era. He emphasizes the fully equal and sometimes even pre-eminent role of women in Satanism, from the lone witch to the "Sabbath" priestess, in a day when Christianity's byword was still mulier taceat in ecclesia. But interestingly, though medieval witchcraft did indeed preserve many pagan practices, he finds therein no trace of any etherial prehistoric goddess-worship - which will probably make the re-publication of this work something of an wiwelcome event among certain groups who have long made a practice of beefing up their own rather wan mythology by ripping, off what turns out to be our heritage after all.

m \/()/,(IMF-I,# 3 c,- -I

But for us, who seek to reclaim that heritage, it is essential reading - our history retold with all its drama and tragedy shining through.
I cannot close this review without one quote from Michelet's splendid peroration. Asking himself whether Satanism and Christianity can be reconciled in modem times, he proclaims:
"Is there one science you can name that was not originally a revolt against authority? There is only one way to reconcile the two spirits and unite the two Churches. This is to demolish the new one, the one which, from its earliest beginnings, was declared sinful and damnable. Let us destroy, if we can, all the sciences of nature, demolish the observatory, the museum, the botanic garden, the school of medicine, every library of modem books. Let us burn our legal enactments and our codes. Let us go back to the Canon Law. These novelties, one and all, were Satanic; no progress ever made but was his guilty work..How to expiate all this? ...will Satan undo this great work? Never! for it rests on three eternal foundation-stones,- Reason, Right, and Nature."
This man was one of us in spirit. Even a century late, his book should be read.

GLENN DANZIG, musician and member of the bands Sarnhain, Misfits and DANZIG. (Check larger music stores for albums).
Ken Gage, reviewer.
BOMBASTIC MUSIC IS HERE! In a
market so glutted with anything-goes mediocrity, the commercial release of Glenn Danzig's BLJck Aria is a true Hellsend. BLJck Aria's darkly powerful and revisionist sound keeps the album from being categorized with Neo-Classical or New Age music, yet this is no rock album. But this may only be an experimental departure for the musician, whose three DANZIG albums are often described as a blend of R&B and melodious heavy metal, a la John Lee Hooker meets Black Sabbath. Although his early years with Sarnhain and the Misfits were a punk≠ rock legend, they can't hold a black candle to DANZIG or his latest - lend an ear to Black Aria. I think you'll discover that your only regret is the album is fa.1; far too short.

MINISTRY, a unique musical group. (Check any large music store).
Ken Gage, reviewer.
If you've been haunting music stores for

a sound that meets His Satanic Majesty's measure, then MINISTRY has arrivesd! Although the band has been extant since the early 80's, its viscerally distinct industrial/cyberbilly sound didn't blossom until the 1988 release of Land of Rape and Honey. What's cyberbilly, you ponder? - a combination of bluegrass and thrash! Now, don't be frightened by MINISTRY's semi≠ commercial viability. (And don't give me any unholier-than-thou lip about melody either!- I'm talking about an overall Devilish musicianship!)
Sporting 01' Nick's pentagram tattooed on his shoulder, lead vocalist Al Jourgensen gleefully disdains mainstream religion: "It's one giant, false life-insurance policy: 'Pay us money now, we'll promise you'll have a good afterlife.' So they pay their money and happily go off on their own merry little way, making sacrifices on the promise of a better afterlife. Do you know anyone who's come back and complained about their policy?
...It's the biggest insurance scam ever invented." Nothing new to our ears.
MINISTRY's bassist, Paul Barker, offers his own aphoristic evilspeak in punctuation to Jourgensen's. "So, if you're gonna sin," says Barker, "sin boldly. Because, if you believe, you're gonna have to do something in the long run to make up for it." If you know what he's saying, give the band a listen. But if you don't appreciate Psychic TV, Godflesh, or Prong, this won't be your cup of tea either.

TERRA-SHOCK 1beArt of Impact Demo tape. Contact: Black Mosaic Management, clo Brent Miller, P.O. Box 1074, Rockland, ME 04841.
Peter H Gilmore, reviewer.
Satanism has greatly influenced the field of heavy metal, from surface imagery to deeper philosphical explorations of Satanic principles. This tape is a fine example of the latter, with well-crafted music whose lyrics investigate the invisible war, social Darwinist thinking, and living apart from the hero.
The five songs herein are professionally performed and well recorded. Under Stefan Blacart's able hand, this demo is a strong start from a band that will certainly be heard from in the near future.

RUNNING WI'IH TIIE DEVIL, Power,
Gender, and Madness in Heavy Metal Music by Robert Walser. (Wesleyan University Press, Hanover, NH, 1993; 222 pages, ISBN 0-8195-6260-2, paperback.)
Peter H Gilmore, reviewer.

Here at last is a book exploring the subject of heavy metal music without the usual moralistic condemnation or plain condescension so prevalent in other works to touch the subject. Walser is a musician (he's even played with metal bands) and gives a detailed musical analysis whose complexity, and links to such past virtuosic styles as baroque music, might surprise many. Also explored are the sociological factors which have made this such a potent genre in recent years. The author gives some history and confines his work to the more popular and obvious musicians, thus avoiding the more Satanic subgenres and their symbolism and lyrics. Satanism as a motivating philosophy is not part of this book, but the author demolishes arguments against heavy metal made by Carl Raschke in his "academic potboiler," Painted Black. This book will be an eye-opener and is a great foundation for future works to take this musical genre seriously.
HAMMER AGAINST CROSS!, Issue 2,
edited by J.P. Tabone (Poste Restante, 31000 Toulouse R.P., France, 1992; 19 pages, A 4 format, 15 francs, in French).
Peter H Gilmore, reviewer.
This graphically beautiful 'zinc covers the alternative music scene with a social Darwinist slant. Featured here are interviews with Michael Moynihan (Blood Axis), Sveinbjom Beinteinsson, Reptilicus, Fire & Ice, and Cthulhu Records. If you can read French and like this style of music, get it.

BRIMSTONE PRESS #1, Spring XXVIII
A.S., edited by Earl Hammons (1912 East Cleland, Cabot, AR 72023-9666 USA, 1993;
35 pages, photocopied, 8.5" x 11", side≠ stapled).
Peter H Gilmore, reviewer.
This is a new Death Metal 'zinc that features many reviews and interviews with Pale Unearthed, Hands of Filth, Banished, Impetigo, Acheron, Boneyaro Press, Crematorial Death, Living Sacrifice, and Peter Gilmore. A good start for Mr.
Hammons. No price listed but $4.00 should get you a copy.

D.B.N. Magazine #10, ($2.50 from P.O. Box 3547, Lantana, FL 33465-3547; 40 pages,
8.5" x 11" on newsprint).
Peter H Gilmore, reviewer.
Billed as "Your source for subversive entertainment," this 'zinc features music reviews and has interviews with such luminaries as G.G. Allin, Alice Donut,

White Zombie, and Forced Entry. Has some fine comic art, especially the cover image of Death by Eddie Garcia.

SECONDS, (various is.sues, $2.95, on
newstands everywhere)
Peter H Gilmore, reviewer.
Under the capable hands of managing editor George Petros (of EXIT fame) this music magazine has broken ground in their willingness to interview not only the usual bands being promoted to exasperation, but "fringier" folk such as Foetus and Laibach, as well as pioneers like Wendy Carlos and Timothy Leary. At this rate, maybe Norman Conquest will be next? They even criticii.ed Deicide's claim to being Satanic!

EXPLODING HEARTS EXPLODING
STARS, The Serial Art & Propaganda of George Petros ($11.95 from Norman Gosney, 208 W. 23.rtl St., New York, NY 10011, 1992; 96 pages, 11" x 14" paperback).
Peter H Gilmore, reviewer.
This oversii.ed compendium of black and white art clearly demonstrates Petros' mastery of the form of narrative graphic propaganda. Pieces herein shatter PC concepts of racism, sexuality, politics, aesthetics and the philosophies that underlie these topics, creating disturbing icons of archetypes long denied, yet now finding a reswgence of power. With a blend of brutality and elegance, Petros challenges his viewers to come to terms with elements of reality that can only be ignored at the peril of the perceiver.

SIEGE, The Collected Writings of James Mason edited and Introduced by Michael M. Jenkins (Storm Books, P.O. Box 18009, Denver; CO 80218 U.S.A., 1992; 434 pages,
$22.0-0, paperback).
Peter H Gilmore, reviewer.
This book is a monumental achievement. Editor Jenkins took great care to assemble Mason's writin which had been published in his newsletter SIEGE from 1980 -1986, into a coherent progression that charts Mason's thinking on his National Socialist odyssey, from an explorer picking up from his predecessors to the sage with wisdom gained from working to make an effective revolutionary movement in the exacting arena of reality. Mason is most certainly a political extremist, but dear reader, as a Satanist you are also an extremist in the realm of religion and philosophy. This book offers great insight into the progression and evolution of an

extremist movement here in the US. I found remarkable parallels between the types of individuals that Mason encountered in his field to those that I have experienced in the "Satanic scene."
Even amongst his "peers" Mason became a loner as he comprehended the meaning behind the deeds attributed to Charles Manson, and thus founded Universal Omer; a concept very much akin to the Satanic view of Man's place in the cosmos. If you are a Satanist and have not

gotten a sense of perspective on how your movement fits into American Society, look at this account of the American National Socialist movement and learn. Mason's writing is clear and filled with clarity.
This massive tome is graced with rare photographs of individuals, posters, and documents that are central to the issues covered. It's design is elegant and monolithic, and quite easy to read. Here is the un≠ varnished thinking of an American radical offered up for you to judge as you see fit. If you are truly aware, this book will give you much to ponder, and if not, it could make a difference in how you view yourself and the world about you. Don't miss it.

COSMIC RETRIBUTION, The Infernal Art of Joe Coleman (Feral House, P.O. Box 3466, Portland OR 97208-3466, 1992; 135
pages, ISBN (softcover) 0-922915-067 $22.95, ISBN (ha.rtlcover) 0-92291 13-X $39.95).
Peter H Gilmore, reviewer.
I have had the good fortune to have seen numerous actual Coleman originals on exhibition, and they leave an indelible mark on your visual memory. If you are a

---
con11-0isseur of images of misanthropia, then this is a portable feast that you must have. Coleman's paintin and drawin of the human animal at his/her most candidly humane behavior are icons of the Seventh Satanic Statement that leap off of their canvasses to shove their foetid tongues down your throat. And Coleman directs his scrutiny at himself as well as the various strata of "human" society with honesty that is deeply moving.
A handsome volume filled with 32 full color pages and one hundred pages of black and white work, there is an illuminating interview with Coleman that gives the reader a glimpse into the psyche that is the gateway for these extrao.rtlinary and indicting pictures. I see Coleman as a lycanthropic shaman, evidenced by his performances wherein he bites the heads off of mice and blows himself up, who crystallii.es his deeply felt and penetrating grasp of our species in images of devastating epiphany. Here is truly Satanic art that you will savour for decades. A must for every Satanist.

SYMPHONY by Adrian Savage (Pocket Books, 1230 Avenue f the Americas, New York, NY 10020, 1992; 277 pages, ISBN 0-
671-67249-5, $4.99, paperback).
Peter H Gilmore, reviewer.
Here's an odd little number, a horror novel in which several of the protagonists
are Satanists, from Prometheus Faust - ex-cop and founder of a Satanic Church, Cal Hudson - worshipper of Satan who is working on a symphony comprised of sampled screams of the victims of his brutal and graphically described tortures, and 'Torry
- dabbling with the Children of Belial. Savage has herein included all the sorts of Satanism claimed to exist by the Christers, but he attempts a partially sympathetic portrait of Faust as a genuine, if masochistic, Satanist. This novel is the stuff of "B" movies, but is entertainingly written. I was disappointed in the lack of pursuit of the idea of the "scream symphony" beyond its mere mention and the change of attitude wrought in Faust by the novel's end, but that is to be expected as the author is a practitioner of Chaos magic. A fun read to fill your spare time.

HALF DRESSED, SHE OBEYED by
Deborah Ryder(Divine Press, P.O. Box 108, Stockport, Cheshire, SK1 4OD, England, 1993; 189 pages, $19.99, trade paperback).
Peter H Gilmore, reviewer.
---

This volume of S&M erotic fiction is well illustrated by∑'Irevor Brown and includes a perceptive forward by Tuppy Owens as well as a prelude by the author, "'Writing SachMasochistic Pornography: A Woman's Defence," wherein she does just that with clarity and conviction. If this area of erotica is one you enjoy, or if you'd like to explore an area that is new to you, the tales herein will certainly supply you with archetypal scenarios for fantasy. There are many insights to be gained as well concern≠ ing the psyche's of those who belong to this realm, where there are clearly defined roles and no lacking of discipline. Check it out!

ARKTOS: The Polar Myth in Science, Symbolism, and Nazi Survival by Joscelyn Godwin (Phanes Press, P.O. Box 6114, Grand Rapids, MI 49516, 1993; 260 pages, ISBN 0-933999-46-1, $16.95, trade
paperback).
Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.
A fascinating volume that brings some needed research and factual grounding to this topic. If you are interefted in Thule, The Black Order, Shambhala, Agartha and other Hyperborean subjects, then you must have this book. There is an extensive
bibliography as well to point you towards further sources of information.

TIIE FIFIH PXIH, issue 4, edited by Robert Ward (P.O. Box 1632, Carmichael, CA 95609-1632, 1993; 76pages, full-siud softcover magazine, $6.00).
Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.
Once again editor Ward has put together an issue to delight and intrigue. Of particular interest are the interviews with Adam Parfrey of Feral, House and Thomas Thom of the Satanic band The FJectric Hellfire Club. Also of note is the very extensive review section which covers audio, video, and print media. We suggest that you subscribe so as not to miss a single issue.

PRIMAL CHAOS, edited by Wendy Van Dusen (1072 Folsom Street, #388, San Francisco, CA 94103, 1993; Current issue Nl,
$3.00, full-sius softcover magazine).
Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.
We are in possession of Primal,Chaos N2 through N7 and have been highly impressed with the growth in quality and depth displayed under the very able helm of editor Wendy Van Dusen. This 'zine has from the start shown a good sense of graphics and fine artwork and poetry. Articles are meant to get one's feet wet in the subjects covered

(Odinism, Runology, and Lycanthropy are regular topics of discussion). Each issue also contains an interview with someone of note: Monte Cazazza (#2), Kenneth Grant (#3), Peter Carroll (#4), Nick Bougas (#5), Peter Gilmore (#6), and Z'ev (N7).
Miss Van Dusen is also a musician and
her band Neither/Neither '\lorld, has produced a darkly lyrical album with 13 son Sociopathic Pleasures. This is available as an LP ($8.00 postpaid to: Subterranean Recotds, P.O. Box 2530, Berkeley, CA 94702) or CD (Funky Mushroom, P.O. Box 100270, Brooklyn, NY 11210). Do be sure to keep up with these endeavors.

TIIE FENRIS WOLF -The Journal Of Contemporary Occultism, Issue No. 3, edited by Carl Abrahamsson (Psychick Release PCP, P.O. Box 26067, S-100 41,
Stockholm, Sweden, 1993; 200 pages, $20, paperback).
Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.
This hefty volume ranges quite widely in material, much of it Satanic, such as: wrests" by Anton LaVey, "The Demonic Glamour of Cinema" by the editor, "The Left-Handed Path" by The O.N.A., "The Rite of Ragnarok" by Peter Gilmore, "Recognizing Pseudo-Satanism" by Nemo, and "Pythagoras, Plato and the Hellenes" by Philip Marsh. There are other articles on magickal topics by Freya Aswynn, Hymenaeus Beta and a reprint of Austin Osman Spare's "Anathema of Zos." There is much here to get you thinking and doing. Don't miss it.

PROMETiiEAN CIR.CLE, A publication dedicated to Satanism and the path of the strong, edited by John Hiotellis and George Zaharopoulos (P.O. Box 79006, 17202
Himmittos, Athens, Greece, 1993; 28 pages,
815" x 11.75" side stapled).
Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.
This is a fine debut issue. Editor Zaharopoulos starts off with a fine blast at Humanism, Faustus Scorpius expounds on "The Promethean Quest," "Life is War, War is Life" presents philosophy from the Chuch of WAR, Stephen Waters offers insights into "Wolf Lore," and perhaps most apropos is editor Hiotellis' piece on ancient Hellenic Satanic mythology. There's much material of interest here and the editors seek articles for future issues.

DIABOLICAL CREATIONS #1, edited
by Ken Gage (IZM Enterprises, P.O. Box 353, Maple Park, IL 60151, 1993; 42 pages,

full-siud, side stapled).
Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.
"let another new Satanic publication that is ballsy and fun. There's pieces on Satanism, Godzilla, Occult themes in Rap, Satan and the Soul, plus poetry, reviews, many ads, and underground comic style artwork. There's even a piece by a Christian providing his proof for his choice in God≠ belief. A new perspective here that you should enjoy - check it out.

THEE INFERNAL TEMPLER, '\bl. 1,
No. 2 edited by Varek Ultra (f.O.P.Y. Station 23, P.O. Box 687, Halfway; Sheffield, S19 5UX, England, 1993; 16 pages, A4 format. No price listed).
Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.
Having never previously received review materials from T.O.P.Y., I imagine that this issue was sent because the opening article entitled "Satan Is Dead" is a meandering misprision of the Chun:h of Satan and The Black Flame. The balance of the publication is concerned with various Thelemic and Chaosian concerns, as well as reviews of material with a similar bent. A cassette accompanied this, but I was not inspired to listen. If such is your interest, then this is a source for additional material.

ESOTERRA, No. 2, edited by R.F. Paul and Chad Hensley(2116 Guadalupe, #114, Austin, TX 78705, 1992; 40 pages, digest≠ siud, $5.00).
Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.
This is a neat 'zine which commences with a fun piece by Adam Parfrey on "Wei.rd Sex Cults" which is followed by an interview with Parfrey. There are three tarot≠ esque "Esoteric Images" by David Grimbleby with explanations, an intro to the Esoteric Order of Dagon, an analysis of the symbols in Lovecraft's "The White Ship," an interview with Sleep Chamber, poetry by Frater Orcen, and some very fine art. This is a well done effort that is worth your attention.

VILE PEACOCK, issue 2, edited by Richao Polysorbate 60∞ (Maggot Bait, 409 North
P.C.H. 106, suite 439, Redondo Beach, CA 90277, 1992; 38 pages, digest- si7.ed, $2.00).
Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.
This is a 'zine filled with comics, collages, and collated images of misanthropy. This collection is not for the squeamish, with both visceral and sexually explicit material. Just a little bit of "human" life.

11-MOV, issue 1, edited by Richao Polysorbate (IJ0 (Maggot Bait, 409 North
P.C.H. 106, suite 439, Redondo Beach, CA 90277, 1992; 24 pages, digest- sized, $1.00).
Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.
More of the same kind of material as VILE. PEACOCK, which is not surprising since this is called a "first and last breakaway" from that publication. My favorite image is on page three titled "Nature's Kingdom Sees No Evil."

TIIE OHM CLOCK, issue 1, edited by Aaron Garland (P.O. Box 43894, Las Vegas, NV 89116-1894, 1993; 31 pages, full-siz.ed magazine, $3.00 US, $5.00 foreign, postpaid).
Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.
This new 'zine is generally focused on alternative music and thus has interviews with the misanthropic band Man Is 1he Bastard, Kingdom Scum, Anomalous Records, as well as a piece about Richard Wagner plus music reviews. Also interviewed is Robert Ward, editor of The Fifth Path, and there is an article about Ancient Egypt. There is a good blend of material in this first issue.

MODERN TABOO, #3, edited by Mitchell E (P.O. Box 55138, Atlanta, GA 30308-0138,
1993; 14 pages, full-si7.ed, $2.00).
Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.
Included herein are articles on Mantras, The Plecid Foundation, EMBASAT, and interviews with Chad Ian Miller and Jim Goad. There's also a review section of recon:iings and publications. For some reason there are often handwritten headings for articles and for all the reviews.

FLASHBACK, #1, edited by Jan Axelsson (P.O. Box 676, S-114 79, Stockholm,
Sweden, 1993; 80 pages, A4 format, 29 krono .
Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.
A new Swedish music 'zine with explorations of other cultural oddities. Most interesting is the first part of an article on the Church of Satan by Carl Abrahamsson.
Other topics covered: LSD, Film Censorship in Sweden, Jean-Michel Jarre, Iggy Pop, and more. This is all in Swedish, so it is for those who can speak Swedish.

GRAY AREAS, \bl. 1, No. 1, edited by Netta Gilboa (P.O. Box 808, Broomall, PA 19008-0808, 1992; 82 pages, soft-cover full≠ sized magazine, $4.50).
Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.
This is a magazine that wishes to

examine the "gray areas of life," thus they have a massive review section of alternative products in all media that attempts to one-up that of Factsheet Five. The production values are very high here, but outside of the incredible reviews the focus seems to be on the Grateful Dead. The reviews are quite clear and supportive and definitely provide an excellent source for your browsing.

PARAPSYCHOLOGY, NEW AGE.
AND TIIE OCCULT, A Source
Encyclopedia, edited by Cheryl Klein Lacoff (Reference Press International, P.O. Box 4126, Greenwich, CT 06830, 1993; 526
pages, full-sized paperback, $24.95).
Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.
This massive reference work has detailed listings of groups, publications, spas, centers, communities, museums, schools biographies, bookstores, distributors, media producers, and even events! I must say that it is skimpy on Satanism (it's not even listed in the "Topics Index") and there are two listings for the Church of Satan, one of which has an old, defunct mailing address.
I found this to be a fun volume to flip through, as you never quite know what you'll come across, though there's a bit too
much occultnik stuff to wade through. There's quite a guide to stores and services which could help folks find local sources for items of interest. It is a very professional publication and quite reasonable at the price.

GO TO HELL #3, Family Values, a video by John Dewey($9.95 postpaid, Brimstone Ministries, Box 6(1J, Marstons Mills, MA 02648, 1993; 30 minutes, VHS format).
Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.
Once again Daimon Egan is back and seems to have hit his stride with this video. It begins with some paranoia evoking close≠ ups of Egan, then moves on to the running joke, a returning rondo refrain wherein a priest knocks on Egan's front door
(emblazoned with a Halloween witch with a rather phallic nose) with some such pro≠ Christ blather to which Egan has a snappy comeback. Also included is an interview with Ralph Frasier, who doesn't let blindness stop him from resisting the Christians' smugness, a wonderful take-off on Serrano's Piss Christ, Egan's sermon
exposing the namesake of the Gideons, those obnoxious folk who put Bibles in hotel rooms, and also a segment called "The 666 Club," in which Egan and his associate Lucifer Tuylor discuss the family values exemplified by the holy men of the Bible.

The tape is finished with Tuylor, naked, reciting a statement that was read into the congressional recon:i (on Walpurgisnacht!) which mocks Christian charity. All in all a fun tape and well worth the asking price.

LAISSEZ FAIRE BOOKS CATALOGUE,
(942 Howard Street, San Francisco, CA 94103).
Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.
This is an excellent source for books in the Libertarian vein of thought, and stocks such classic authors as Thomas Szasz, H.L. Mencken, Mark Twain, Ayn Rand, and many others who you will find fascinating and useful. Contact them for the latest issue.
EXPOSING- THE FRAUDS JOURNAL OF PSYCHOLOGY &
TIIEOLOGY, Fall 1992, '\blume 20, Number 3. Special Issue - Satanic Ritual Abuse: The Current State of Knowledge. guest edited by Martha L. Rogers (Biola University, 13800 Biola Avenue, La Mirada, CA 90639-0001, 1992; 172 pages, paperback,
$10.00).
Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.
This is a Christian publication wherein those who promote the SRA fraud are taken quite thoroughly to task by some heavy hitters in this field. It seems that the Christian community of intellectuals decided that it was time to clean house.Just as we separate ourselves from misguided dabblers who kill cats and vandali7.e cemeteries, the mainstream Christians want
nothing to do with this Satanic scam fostered
by mentally disturbed individuals and the therapists and consultants who've grown fat from this urban legend. There's great ammo in here from Christians to use should you be in a position to need to debunk the hysteria. Highly recommended.

CORNERSTONE, Volume 21, issue 98, edited by Dawn Herrin (939 W. Wilson Ave., Chicago, IL (IJ640, 1992; 38 pages, tabloid format, $2.00).
Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.
In this issue, Jon 'frott and Mike Hertenstein shine the light of investigative reporting on Mike Warnke, author of 1he Satan Seller, and they demolish his claims to having been a member of a Satanic organization and expose his use of his ministry for personal gain. Once again, this is a Christian publication which wishes to get the sleau out of their comer. Warnke has been making big bucks for years with his phony tales, and now he's been caught and

pinned-down. Much useful info here, should this "clown for Christ" bring his evangelism to your area.

FAISEMFMORYSYNDROME
FOUNDATION, 3508 Market Street - suite 128, Philadelphia, PA 19104.
Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.
Let me quote from an informational pamphlet published by this organization. "It is the purpose of the Foundation: To seek the reasons for the spread of False Memory Syndrome; To work for the prevention of new cases of False Memory Syndrome; and To aid the victims, both primary and secondary, of False Memory Syndrome."
Here we have an organization that is working to combat the spread of false memories of sexual abuse in general, which will certainly be of use to smash the hysteria concerning ritual abuse" that is a subset of this spectator sport. If information is needed to debunk the lies of fundies and Xtian "therapists," this organization can be of use. Also, should proponents of the hysteria arise in your locale, alert this organization and
put responsible local officials in touch so that they can get a balanced point of view concerning the issue, and not be
hoodwinked out of sympathy for those claiming (falsely) to having been the victims of extraordinarily heinous crimes.

TIIETAOIST

Sway with the breeze Smell the scent of the trees
Feel the SAT pushing Llfe through you

Smoke drifting along the tides of the moon Surrounded by her presence, my senses swoon Twilight's peace beckons their beastial so

Leopard hunting, gaz.elle dying, a sparrow born in a mere moments passing
Sri Kala Chalcra, nothing is wasted or everlasting

A mere thread in Life's woven weave
His bright cloak shining, Yin gracefully leaves These are the best moments of Life

Andre T. Soly

(1970 - 1992) POET, SATANIST

"That is not dead which can eternal lie, And with strange aeons even death may die."

ANTICHRIST
BY BILL EHMANN,]R..

TANDING IN THE RITUAL CHAMBER, the dim
light of a single brazier does little to dispel the darkness. I stand before the Baphomet and for the duration of this ceremony consciously suspend my disbelief in the reality
of Satan and the infernal demons of Hell.
But as commonly happens when I speak less and pause more, I feel the presence of someone there, someone listening, someone watching.
I feel a benevolent interest and a strange sense of comradeship with this presence. As I continue to move through the ritual and address Satan, I am addressing this presence I feel but do not see. Always, when finished with such a ritual I have the profound sense of having communicated with someone and this communication feels meaningful and unbounded by the limitations imposed by the words which were spoken.
What is more, when I have had these experiences in ritual with others, the other individuals consistently report the same feeling of a presence. In talking with different Satanists about this experience I find they commonly have felt this curious communication.
So what is happening here? Our religion stands solidly based upon the bedrock of doubt not faith. We have rejected exterior gods in favor of recognizing our personal godhood in the present moment. We indulge in the power of belief only within the framework of ritual but agree to cap that powerful drug at ritual's end. We agree to turn on again the light switch of reason. We choose to be the magician and not the rube.
Yet the experience in ritual keeps occurring, like the persistant scratching of a cat who wants to be let in. There remains this powerful sense of feeling that there is someone present in ritual who, once called, has come to visit.
I realiz.e that only two conclusions have been drawn by those who have reported this experience since 1966. They either rejected it as mere fantasy (which does not address the intensity of the experience) or embraced it as belief (which ignores the ambiguity of the experience). I wondered if there might not be a third option.
Experimenting with the elements of ritual I discovered that there are several factors which seem to produce this sense of a visitor. First is darkness. When I have conducted ritual with two or more brightly lit candles in a chamber I have not become aware of this ghostly presence. If the chamber is dimly lit by a single burning lamp of jellied fuel (such as sterno) or even in complete pitch darkness, then the awareness of another is felt.
The second factor is the act of expectation through speech and action. When I correctly enter into the Satanic ritual and address Satan as if He were actually listening and present, then the phenomenon of feeling someone present occurs.
Of course all of this could be explained by suggestion. The dim or dark chamber softens the shapes I can see so that the

aspect of my mind which imposes sensory order is activated to make sense out of what is there. This is the same action the mind takes when we say that our eyes are "playing tricks." One example of this is when we are driving a car and can barely see some indistinct object on the road ahead. As we approach it looks to be a body of an animal until we get close enough to see it actually is a cardboard box. By suspending my disbelief in the context of ritual, I am certainly entering into the same dreamlike world of imagination where the mind creates impressions. Thus this experience could be nothing more than a form of self≠ hypnosis.
Digging deeper, however, I wondered how exactly I am aware of this ense of presence in the ritual. I do not normally see anything (such as a shadowy form). Neither do I hear any voice or breathing or some such. Neither is there a smell, taste nor touch. Yet somehow I kept sensing this presence. How?
I began to experiment in ritual. I would invoke the presence and then (with no small humor at this situation) ask myself how the Hell I knew there was this presence. What was this feeling and how did I know about it?
At one point I decided it must actually be that peculiar subset of the sense of hearing which can detect the physical presence of surrounding objects nearby. Physically blind people have demonstrated this remarkable use of "sonar" to "feel" physical objects and people around them through a subtle awareness of sounds. But I found that the visitor was not felt by me to have a specific physical location. It wasn't so simple.
Finally I came to realiz.e that there is a peculiar difference between how I feel when I am alone and when there is another person present. If you are in a room and someone enters who could be important to you (a friend, for example) there is a special complex of subtle physical shifts that occur which you can feel. You will not feel these shifts if someone enters who is totally unimportant and does not require any degree of social interaction (such as a stranger entering a bus depot where you are reading a book). This feeling of social preparation, of readying oneself to interact with another person, was exactly what I have been experiencing as the visitor phenomenon.
However, even this has not answered the ultimate question. After all, am I sensing this presence because it is actually there or because I have fallen prey to my own suggestive expectations?
And then finally the answer loomed clear and distinct.
Since in ritual, the magic is most effective when the magician suspends disbelief and believes totally and completely in the magical reality of Satan and his minions, and since so many feel this presence in ritual, then the answer is to BELIEVE IT... in ritual; DISBELIEVE IT... outside of ritual.
Just the way it was described in 7he Satanic Bible in 1969.

WHAT If THEY 0AVE A WAR ANDNOBODY CAME?

ON'T BLINK - WATCH 1-IlS HANDS! The hand is
quicker than the eye!" Phrases often heard from an audience observing the artistry of prestidigitation.
Perhaps some of you have uttered similar comments while enjoying a magical entertainer at a circus, cruise ship, Las Vegas or tableside at a restaurant. And the most popular comment: How do they do that? Part of the answer comes from MISDIRECTION.
Come closer. I am about to reveal a secret. The hand IS NOT quicker than the eye! That is why you, the audience, must be made to look elsewhere without realizing that you have been: MISDIRECTED! Fear not! Even with this knowledge you will be hard pressed to catch a pro at his game. So come closer, I shall tell you more.
One particular technique is BOREDOM. Stay awake no,w and I will share an example of one magician who w.as a master at misdirection. His name: MAX MALINI. Born m
1873 in Ostrov (between Poland and Austria); emigrated to New York at age fifteen. His passion and hobby, magic, became his profession, and by age twenty he was one of the nation's top saloon entertainers. Malini went on to perform at major cities in the USA, and from there he entertained world≠ wide. Malini was described as having the airs of an opera star: expensive clothes, cigar, finess and panache. His strongest feats were the appearance of a block of ice in a spectator's hat and blindfolded card tricks. Quite impressive for a man who was described as pudgy with very small hands! In fact, Malini could not hide a playing card in his hand. Yet he still managed_ to do so. Malini knew that if an action is repeated constantly, it becomes BORING and the mind will not pay attention to it. Thus he would repeat the same shuffle several times, then interject a "secret move," right under the proverbial nose of the audience!
And so on, with some other actions safely hidden from
perception. Malini amazed audiences up to the time of his death in the early 1940's. He is buried in Hawaii, the place of his last performance.
Would you like to put this to a test? The next time you are at the dinner table, try this: pick up and lay down your fork in exactly the same way. Look at the fork as you do so, but make no mention of this. Just let the action sink in. Do this three or four times. Then, look at the fork, PRETEND to pick it up. Bring the hand (pretending to hold the fork) towards you and SIMULTANEOUSLY look at someone next to you and say "Could you hold this fork?" If your timing is correct, you will enjoy watching your victim reach for the
non-existing fork! With a little practice, you can do this with coins, salt-shakers and other small objects.
So practice well and please do not drop your fork!

November 1387: A massive army of Tartars appear on the plains outside the city of Ispahan in central Iran.

Their leader, the Turkish war-lord Tammerlaine, dispatches emissaries to announce his arrival and to convey his challenge of battle to commence on the following day.
The Mussaffarid governor of Ispahan, Muzaffar-I-Kashi receives Tammerlaine's emissaries and is informed of the challenge they have come to deliver. He wastes no time in conferring with his ministers of state. The rich mercantile population of the city has little stomach for battle. They lack the necessary courage and fortitude to meet the Tartar challenge with resolve. There must be some other less dangerous course to follow, they plead.
Muzaffar-I-Kashi politely declines the challenge. Instead he offers the keys of the city to Tammerlaine, hoping to placate him.

The inhabitants of Ispahan, oblivious to their impending doom, carry on "business as usual."

Tammerlaine, a seasoned warrior of a hundred desperate battles, can feel no compassion for men so cowardly and indolent as to refuse to defend their own families, city and posessions. To his fierce warrior ethic, this refusal, and subsequent token of submission, is both an insult and an outrage!

Tammerlaine orders the wholesale slaughter of the city's inhabitants. Each of his army units is required to contribute a fixed number of heads to the general "pool."

The horror that ensues is unequalled by even the Golden Horde of Genghiz Khan in the previous century. For the Mongols, despite their ferocity, were but simple savages, whereas Tammerlaine is a cultured Turk.

The city of Ispahan becomes a chaos of thunderous hoofbeats, curved scimitars flashing in arcs beneath a dazzling Arabian sun, cries of terror and pain, and the sickly-sweet fragrance of death lingering in the aftermath.

Tammerlaine decrees that a pyramid reaching many stories high is to be constructed on the following day. It is to be a monument to the once prosperous, but cowardly people of Ispahan. It is to be composed of the 70,CXIJ skulls of the men, women, and children of the city who have perished there that unforgettable day.

R. N. Taylor

INFLUENCE FELT in society. We've seen how many individua1s have launched publications as
platforms for their particular focus and this is a healthy development. The Church of Satan encourages its members to make their influence felt in the real world, and this is a very direct method. We also have seen many new grottos rise, and fall as well, as Satanists attempt to make a social organization that will satisfy the wants of those involved. In this column, we'll focus on several grottos and their activities.

Grotto ODM (P.O. Box 163, Stratford, CT 06497)
Here is a group of Satanists that are organized and having fun too! From their Genera/, Information papers: "Grotto ODM, also referred to as ODM, is an organization whose primary function is the fraternal bonding and mutual support and advancement of individua1s of like interest in magical and related topics, who share the same basic philosophy on the nature of the world and of humans.
"Our name, 'GROTTO ODM,' derives from the Latin 'Oderint Dum Metuant,' 'Let them hate, so long as they fear.' This reflects the esoteric nature of the grotto, which sets itself apart from the social mainstream, and also the general tone of the grotto's philosophy, which disregards opinions of outsiders who do not share nor even understand our beliefs. The motto could be understood to convey the sentiment, in everyday language, 'I don't care if you don't understand me, or even if you hate me - just don't bother me.'
"ODM's pragmatic philosophy is based on the principles set forth in Anton LaVey's The Satanic Bible; familiarity with and understanding of this work are essential for membership. Since our founders are members of Dr. LaVey's Church of Satan, we maintain a 'spiritual affiliation' with the Church.
Membership in the Church is not mandatory for General members of ODM, although it is strongly recommended. There are some Grotto functions which are reserved only for members of the Church of Satan.
"ODM does not evangelize nor proselytize; we don't practice overt recruitment. We welcome inquiry by persons whose interest and participation could be mutually beneficial, and membership is typically by referral. Naturally, any area members of the Church of Satan are welcome to join should they so desire."
This grotto also puts out a newsletter called The Raven which is humorous and insightful with columns on food (From Hell's Kitchen) and drink (Exploring the Spirit World≠ de gustibus non disputandum), as well as commentary. They are open to article submissions.
Do contact them if this sounds to be what you seek.

The Infernal Garrison (7205 Goreway Drive, P.O. Box 59049, Mississauga, Ontario, L4T 4J1, Canada)
Having grown out of the Knights of Satan, from whom we haven't heard much in a while, Doug Richards has here forged an active ensemble promoting real Satanism. The membership package includes "Statutes That Govern The Infernal Garrison," and many fine images drawn by Mr.
Richards as well as his militant Satanic poetry and their initiation ritual. They also have spiffy membership cards. From one of their information sheets:
"The Infernal Garrison was formed in response to the demands of those in the Toronto area... [We] follow the philosophies of the Church of Satan and practice true Satanic magic, not what society 'thinks' is practiced...With determination, perhaps more groups will eventually follow to offer man identity instead of herd conformity."
They've a1so produced a cassette of music for rituals, basically from various soundtracks (Bram Stoker's Dracula) and Orff's Carmina Burana, among others. It is an effective blend Contact them for further information.

The Shiva Grotto (710 1/2 Courtland Ave., Kokomo, IN 46901) The basic intent of the Shiva Grotto, according to James
M. Davis, is to destroy the "Geraldo-satanist" image as well as the over-rated Christian religion. A further goal is to show that when need be, instead of ritualizing for everything, real Satanists get off their asses and employ their natural intelligence and wit in order to make their desires happen. From one of their pamphlets:
"Throughout history, anyone who veers from the mainstream and has obtained any success has been accused of diabolical connections to a darker force. Satanism is not about who can sacrifice the most babies or take the most drugs, it's about living by a set philosophy and calling up the darker forces in nature to exert your Will into the world as you see fit... Satan demands a much harder task than signing over your soul in blood. He demands that you live your life as fully as possible, prosper by your own wits and avoid misery."
Their organization is firmly based on the writings of Anton Szandor LaVey.

Please note: Both William Gidney and the "Infernal Grotto" are no longer associated with the Church of Satan, by decree of the Council of Nine.
Also, there are still pseudo-Satanic organizations out there claiming that the Church of Satan is defunct, bankrupt, or in some way non-existent - and that they are taking over. A bogus history is usually supplied to give credibility to their pedigree.
Ignore them. Innovators succeed while imitators fail!

HELL'S KITCHEN PRODUCTIONS PRESENT
CLOISONNE
SIGIL OF BAPHOMET MEDALLIONS
THE CHURCH OF SATAN
by Blanche Barton

A History Of The World's Most Notorious Religion
Where Satanism has been,
its present state, and where it is going, plus a guide to ritual magic and formation of groups and grottos.
1.75 INCHES IN DIAMETER SILVER SYMBOL BACKED BY
ENAMEL IN BLACK, RED, OR PURPLE
ORDER NOW!
ONLY $30 EACH
(ADD $5.00 EACH, OUTSIDE U.S.)
$8.95 plus $1.50 shipping and handling
($5.00 for overseas orders)
SEND CHECK, MONEY ORDER, OR BANK DRAUGHT IN U.S. FUNDS TO:
HELL'S KITCHEN PRODUCTIONS,
P.O. BOX 499, RADIO CITY STATION, NY, NY 10101-0499 U.S.A.

SPEAK OF TIIE DEVIL: 1HECANONOF ANTONLAVEY

A 90 minute docwnentary featuring all-new interviews with the High Priest of the Church of Satan.
Don't mis.5 the tour of The
Black House, including the forbidden Den of Iniquity.
You'll be dazzled by his keyboard artistry as the Maestro takes you to worlds gone by - soon to be resurrected. Also featuring interviews with other Satanists of note. Don't miss it!
AVAILABLE THIS FALL FROM:

WAVFLENG1HVIDEO,
BOX 1290, BURBANK, CA 91507
Send a self-addressed, stamped envelope for information.

THE FENRIS WOLF #3
Featuring:
"Tests" by Anton LaVey "Pseudo Satanism" by N emo
"Rite of Ragnarok" by Peter Gilmore "Roots of Satanism" by Philip Marsh and other articles of interest.

To order: send U.S. $25 in cash or International Money Order for
150 Swedish Crowns
Coming in 1994:
Den Sataniska Bibeln
(Swedish translation of The Satanic Bible
by Carl Abrahamsson)

for information contact:
Psychick Release PCP, P.0. Box 26067, S-100 41, Stockholm, Sweden

prisons get? People should be laughing WITH the death penalty, not AT it. Those who are laughing at
the death penalty are confused in thinking that it is not a deterrent. A person who is put to death can never harm another innocent person again. A corpse doesn't have a chance for parole, nor does it have any opportunities for escape.
Convicts who have no substantial evidence against them, but who are on death row, are spared (for the time being).
Those criminals who have admitted openly to murder, or who have overwhelming evidence against them, MUST be put to death without reservation. Of course, those who kill in self≠ defense should be spared by the government, and commended by the Satanist.
Capitol Punishment is a euphemism for "destroying low-lifes." If Satanists ruled the government, the degenerates
would go bound and gagged to the victim's family for them to torture, then destroy. Sheer torture would make any would-be perpetrator think twice. Since this isn't going to happen in our world just yet, let the government destroy the degenerates. An end would come to the building of more and more prisons, paying people to "rehabilitate" those beyond rehabilitation, as well as the feeding and health care of these morons.
Whenever someone is put to death, and it is not in your own state, the newspapers print only a very small article about it. I suppose this is to not offend Christians by making a big story out of how the state got rid of someone who would have eaten up the taxpayers money, and "gulp," put someone to death. Some politicians will whine that it costs the state too much money to execute these parasites. (What about the expenses of the court cases, and prison?) Some defense lawyers are suckering the criminal's loved ones into prolonging trials at their, and the taxpayers' expense, knowing full well the criminal will not go free.
When an animal gets impounded, they are either
adopted, or the inevitable happens. A thirty or forty year sentence served in full, would be very unfortunate for the criminal who commits a heinous crime, as they usually get out earlier now.
In our state, a criminal was mistakenly let out of the Maryland State Penitentiary. The result? An innocent boy and girl were shot to death in a convenience store for no reason at all. He said he just did it because the world stinks. He's right there, the world does stink. That's only because the Christian/Humanist government doesn't give a damn and only a Satanic government would have the guts to stand up and say, (as all Dark Heroes) "All wrong doers - You shall perish!" More quality people - less quantity. As the ABRAXAS Foundation states in Apoodyse Culture: "Long Live Death!"

olf nninat £1ljeep unrttu nofngt quorttu 6c i6fl6ttn of Stntia lltimnl l)n9nniam &ietce Snaciam 6e 8fnnl elf nfon 1ije utcij of nt

FOR INFOSEND $6(CASH OR PCl!TAL lllNEY ORDER!TO: CO.UN, PCllT BOX15, AIJ'ADENA, C\ 91MlUSA.
YOUR TIME GROWS SHORT, PREPARE FOR HOLY WAR

PROMETHEAN CIRCLE
Sinister Greetings!
Announcing the birth of a new magazine, dedicated to spreading the Satanic Word, the path of the strong, and the dark side of the human psyche. You are invited to present your ideas and principles through our pages. Please send materials and articles, we will publish original as well as reprints. Thanks in advance.

MIGHT IS RIGHT. HAIL SATAN!
JOHN HIOTELLIS, GEORGE ZAHAROPOULOS
EDITORS
PROMETHEAN CIRCLE
P.O. BOX 79006
17202 HIMITTOS ATHENS,GREECE

THE
INFERNAL GARRISON

BEHOLD AND LET THOSE THAT REGARD LIFE AS THE GREAT AND ULTIMATE INDULGENCE COME FORTH TO a.AIM ITS REWARDS!
SATANISM IS A RECOGNIZED RELIGION, ALLOWING GROUPS AND GROTTOS TO BE FORMED. THESE GARRISONS ARE LED BY FORMIDABLE WITCHES AND WARLOCKS LOYAL TO THE SATANIC MOVEMENT AND ITS GOALS.
HERE IN CANADA ANOTHER ORGANIZATION HAS EMERGED. WE RECOGNIZE THE NEED FOR SATANIC RITUAL AND AS SUCH EXCHANGE METHODS TO BRING THIS INTO MANIFESTATION. WE ARE LOOKING FOR OTHERS WHO SHARE THE SAME PHILOSOPHY AS THE CHURCH OF SATAN.
ANYONE INTERESTED IN MORE INFORMATION MAY WRITE TO:
THE INFERNAL GARRISON P.0.BOX 59049
MISSISSAUGA, ONTARIO L4T 4Jl CANADA

OR CENTURIES, Western society has been dominated by a philosophical system that can be
best described as antagonistic dualism, the belief that the world is comprised of pairs of irreconciliable opposites. Under this system, life is reduced to a series of either/or choices. This worldview is so pervasive that it provides the basis of most of the philosophies which provide the foundations of modem western culture. Since this philosophy touches upon virtually every fac.et of modern life I will not be attempting a comprehensive look at it in this article.
Instead I will touch upon a few examples of the results of such ideas, and touch upon the origins of this insidious philosophy.
The roots of antagonistic dualism go back some 2500-3000 years to ancient Persia. It was there that the Zoroastrians developed what was probably the first religion/ethical system based upon the idea of a metaphysical struggle between good and evil. Today, thanks to the Zoroastrians, people tend to think of good and evil as fixed absolutes, causes rather than effects, but this was not always the case. Many ancient societies thought of this dichotomy quite differently. Generally, good was whatever was beneficial to you, your family or your tribe/nation. Evil on the other hand was simply whatever was harmful to these same groups. Good and evil were seen as effects and not causes. Antagonistic duality lies behind this inversion of ideas. Consider the Greco-Roman, or Germano-Celtic mythologies. You'll find no such notions of ethical dualism as you find in Zoroastrian or Judaic mythology, you simply cannot
compare a figure such as Zeus, or Odin to an
Ahura-Mauia or Yahveh. Contrary to the conventional opinion however, the leap from the Zeuses and Odins to Yahveh and his ilk is hardly an advancement, it is instead a great leap backwards. The ancients all recognized the duality of nature but they did not attach any moral values to such things, they were simply recognized as counterparts in the overall scheme of thin . Antagonistic duality, as manifested first among the Persians and later among the Jews, was bad enough but it was primarily concerned with good and evil. After the idea spread to the decadent philosophers of the late Hellenic period, such as Plato and Socrates, it

broadened it's scope to include almost all of the world in it's pointless divisiveness.
Today, these dichotomies can be generally divided into two categories. The internal dichotomies are the first group and would include such thin as good vs. evil, intellect vs. instinct and reason vs. passion. The second group, the external dichotomies would include such thin as civilization vs. nature, life vs. death and male vs. female. It is with these dichotomies that I will be concerning myself hereafter.
The idea of good vs. evil has a long history in the world, and is central to the Judea-Christian ethic which has so polluted the world. The ideas of this group I have already dealt with, so I'll not repeat all of that. The other internal dichotomies are very similar to the good vs. evil dichotomy in many respects. Each is characterized by a refusal to recognize the totality of man's inner makeup. And each of these groups of people are prone to the same adverse effects which derive from this self-imposed internal conflict.

One of the most common internal dichotomies today is intellect vs. instinct. There are some who bdieve that the only knowledge of any value is intellectual in nature, learned knowledge. These people do not believe that inborn, instinctive understanding is of any value, in fact there are some who deny that man has any instincts. To be sure, man's instincts are not so absolute as the instincts of insects or birds but it would be a mistake to claim that man is devoid of instinct. As a primate, man has a fairly open-ended set of instincts, which leaves a great deal to be learned. There are however deeply felt drives which are inborn. There would be no conflict between instinct and intellect were it not for man's tendency to build up unnatural institutions to make the world more agreeable to his overdelicate sensibilities. When an instinctive drive runs counter to the rules man has established, a new action is taught to replace the instinctive act in the individual's mind. To
claim that all intellect is without value is less prevalent, but equally erroneous. These people follow the Rousseauesque doctrine of the noble savage. The error of these people lies in the fact that the human animal does not come with a complete program as does a

bee, or ant. A human being must acquire a certain degree of intellectual learning in order to survive. Anti-intellectualism may be rooted in a reasonable distrust of inordinate intellectualism, but it goes too far in the other direction. Just as the ultimate end of the intellectualists is a world where everyone does precisely as he has been taught to do, a world where every move is analyzed and spontaneity is a thing of the past, the end of the anti-intellectualists is a world of ignorance, and mistrust of any learning.
A very closely related conflict is reason vs. passion. The worshippers of reason regard reason as the be-all and end-all of human existence. These people fail to recognize that reason is only a tool. This overdependence on reason goes back to Greece, notably the philosopher Aristotle. The ideal of such people is a being that is totally dominated by reason. A being that is not swayed by passion. These people are continually stressing that man is not "just an animal." Their passions remind them of their animal nature and must therefore be done away with. As I see it, their ideal is a bloodless machine. Ultimately, by their very nature these deifiers of reason will fall into the same trap as the overly intellectual. Once again the other side is equally mistaken.
Traditionally, artists fall within the category of those who stress the passions over reason. The virulently anti-rational are a minority in this group. Those who reject reason, and are totally ruled by passions are not taking advantage of some of the unique characteristics of the human animal. These slaves to their passions will often drift aimlessly through life. They will follow their feelin even if they lead to their own destruction.
All of these groups are united in their desire to tear themselves into two parts. Whether that division is between good/evil, reason/passion, or instinct/intellect is ultimately irrelevent. They can all be roughly divided into two types, exterminators and suppresors. Those I call exterminators are driven to purge themselves of every trace of whatever undesireable element they find in their nature. The other group, the suppressors, are less driven. They usually understand that they will never purge themselves entirely of the offensive element and so they are

satisfied in suppre g it as much as possible. These types often believe that in time these offensive traits, if suppressed, will atrophy d die. While both groups are fighting futile battles against themselves, battles which they are doomed to lose, the suppressors can US\lally come through with fewer of the more unpleasant side-effects.
The worst that will befall a suppressor is, more often than not, a few neuroses of varying degree. It is another story with the exterminators. With each failure to destroy the hated element of their nature they will grow more single-minded and fanatical. It is from the ranks of the exterminators that all of the inquisitors, puritans and witch≠ hunters have come. While the suppressor will avoid the middle ground of balance, the exterminator will find it so repellent that he will go to any extreme, even the opposite extreme to avoid it. This is reflected in the well known fact that the quickest to convert to any extremist philosophy are those who, until recently, adhered to the opposing doctrine. Until an exterminator breaks away from his position, which is usually a very sudden decision, they will almost certainly be unwilling to consider any other opinion. It is a fools errand to try to reason with an exterminator, even those who have exalted reason.
The external dichotomies cannot be divided into exterminators and suppressors because they operate in a very different way. These are not struggles of man vs. himself. The external dichotomies are a manifestation of man's struggle against the world around him. These struggles are the same as the internalized ones in this regard, though they are equally pointless. A good example of the kind of idiotic conflict that falls under this heading is civilization vs. nature. The forces of civilization are responsible for the continuing deforestation of the Earth, the extermination of wild animal species to make room for surplus
humans and other domesticated animals, and a general preference for the artificial to the natural. On the other side are more of Rousseau's disciples. These people would delight in restoring an age of innocence which they believe existed in the long ago dim past. They yearn for a return to the garden of Eden, but would only accomplish a return to the cave. While no one can argue that all of the so-called advances of modern civilization are in fact advances, it should be obvious that it is not in our interest to throw it all away in pursuit of a golden age that never did, and never will, exist.

Another of the external dichotomies is life vs. death. Today there is a widely held belief that there is an innate sanctity in human life, and that life, at any level, is better than death. As a direct result of this idea, the human population of the Earth is escalating at an ever increasing rate. As a natural consequence of this overcrowding, famine and pestilence occasionally break out and natural disasters such as earthquakes, hurricanes, and flooding wreak greater havoc. Such things, while they are vital elements of nature's population control system, are violations of man's rules.
Whenever nature intervenes with a famine or somesuch measure, in comes a flood of "humanitarian" aid- food, clothing, and medicine - in an effort to thwart nature's design. If mankind does not change its course, nature will change it for him. You cannot circumvent nature indefinitely. Like it or not, man will have to start playing by nature's rules. On a more personal level, it is not unusual to see people who will cling to life, even a bedridden life dependent upon machines, rather than accept death and go out with a little dignity. What sane person can say that it is better to live as a frail, senile shadow of their former selves than to die when they have reached the logical conclusion of their lives?
Another product of this worldview is the "battle of the sexes." It has promoted a uselessly divisive outlook which has done nothing except create unwarranted hostility and pointless bickering. Each side argues over which sex is superior. You might as well argue over whether a saw is a better tool than a hammer. It is certainly true that nowhere in nature is equality to be found, but inequality does not follow gender lines. We are individuals and must be judged as such. A division of the human race into two uniform gender blocs is ridiculous. It is true that some women are utterly worthless for anything other than childbearing, but there are some that are superior to many men I've known who are useful only for mindless menial labor. No, ultimately gender is not a valid factor in establishing the social hierarchy. Even more insane than the extremists on behalf of either side are what passes for a moderate in this issue. These people would destroy the enmity between male and female through an attempt at destroying the differences. They seek to establish an androgynous, unisex world where the innate differences between the sexes are suppressed through socialization and "test-tube" reproduction. The solution

to the problems brought about through antagonistic dualism is not to be found in the pursuit of a thoroughly unnatural state of affairs, it lies in an understanding of the fact that despite their innate differences, the sexes are not bound into an adversary relationship; an understanding that it is possible to view them as complimentary halves of a larger whole.
Ultimately, though the mind perceives the duality inherent in nature, it seeks to restore a unified whole. Antagonistic dualism, in all its varied forms, believes that only one side of the duality is natural. They believe that the rest is a sort of cancerous growth which must be excised. Their ultimate goal is a world torn in half, a barren monotonous life free of the inner conflict that they themselves have promoted. It is tme for a restoration of that older, healthier view that there is a balance in nature between the duality's halves, a recognition that all are necessary in their place. A good illustration of this is found in the symbology of the sigil of Baphomet. As Dr. LaVey has stated in 1be Saktnic Bibl.e, the horns of the goat symbolize duality. Each horn is separate and distinct from the other, yet both are but part of the goat. Since the goat is a symbol of carnality, and thus of nature, it is therefore seen that everything is part of nature and that to exalt some part of nature above the whole is foolish. It should be obvious to everyone that only by recognizing the totality of nature, including human nature - despite what superficially appear to be contradictions, can life continue in any worthwhile sense. The road which western culture is presently traveling leads only to destruction. Until mankind no longer feels compelled to engage in counterproductive struggles with himself and nature there can be no real progress.
This Persian monster, and its offspring, must be destroyed. If we do not destroy them they will certainly destroy us.

EW THERE ARE WHO HAVE SUCCEEDED in
passing the Barrier to the twilit grotto that shines beyond'. For know ye well, that the dwellers in the
Abyss hunt souls like unto thine to hold in their thrall."
Anton Szandor LaVey,
"Die Elektrischen Vorspiele," The Satanic Ritual/

We are all familiar by now with the uses of alienation in Satanism. The writer of evocative literature is seldom thought of as being a magician. The American Gothic literary genre has produced such marvels as Nathaniel Hawthorne, E.A. Poe,
and H.P. Lovecraft. Few in the world of those Without would understand why these writers might be considered Satanic magicians. Yet each of their stories has exerted a diabolic influence on their readers' imaginations, creating 'rifts' in mass consciousness. For as 'fictional' as their writings are said to be, indeed they have opened the Gates - have they not? Every story can be seen as an exercise in indulgence, each indulgence being a magical Working in its own right.
Geometry, landscaping and weird imagery in the modern horror tale have been used to great effect to create states of alienation within their readers. The Law of the Trapezoid refers to more than just the strange angles of architectural structures. In a literary context this would refer to the bizarre room of Keziah Mason's house in H.P.L.'s "Dreams in the Witch House." The 'Law' also includes geographical areas and landscapings. This was discussed briefly
by Dr. LaVey in his most recent work The Devii's Notebook.2
This article will focus on landscaping and its power to alienate the literary character, as well as the reader. This alienation makes the character the other, whereas it is usually assumed that the "alien beings" of Lovecraft's Mythos are the Outsiders. The protagonist, in fact, becomes alien through a paradigmatic shift. This can be seen as a type of gnosis or "enlightenment."
Within the context of this article 'landscaping' shall mean any geographic area, its size, dimension - any feature, fixture, atmosphere, or phenomenon connected with that area. Also, landscaping refers specifically to nature and its peculiar manifestations.
The use of weird landscapings, unlike the convention of 'Gothic architecture' as found in Walpole's The Castle of Otranto (meaning the geometry of the physical structures within the stories), deserve more attention than they have received.
Author T.E.D. Klein, former editor of The Twilig/Jt Zone magazine, works on a somewhat "Lovecraftian" base. In his short story, "Black Man with a Horn," from Dark Gods (1980), he draws mostly on the Mythos. However, in The

Ceremoni.es (1984) he borrows concepts from Arthur Machen's short story "The White People." Machen was one of H.P.L.'s literary influences. In both of Klein's works there are liberal doses of weird landscapings. In the "Lovecraftian" tradition, images of dark twisted trees, menacing forests, blasted wastelands, whispering lonely fields, as well as savage jungles, frozen arctic environments, and other forlorn extreme manifestations of nature assail us. A heath of odd squatting hills, such as in H.P.L.'s "The Whisperer in Darkness," or Machen's "The Great God Pan," and all such stimuli jar our senses because of their ali.enness. One does not have to travel with his head disconnected to black Yuggoth to find the kind of strangeness which can be found on Earth.
The rough, wild, feral quality of Lovecraftian nature, and indeed, within all Gothic traditional depictions of nature, serve to alienate the reader from the common, to set them up for the story's awful culmination. Within these environments those caught up in them are transformed. Perhaps it can be better said that they adapt to their environment. One example which comes to mind is the goat-like Wilbur Whately in H.P.L.'s "The Dunwich Horror." Dunwich is supposed to be an all-around diconcerting place. It disturbs or adversely affects the protagonist.
This type of imagery is nothing new as a convention in the American Gothic genre. Hawthorne utilized such images as in "Young Goodman Brown," where the Witches' Sabbath takes place in a fiery pine forest. Here the Devil Himself is met on lonesome country roads near the midnight hour. H.P.L.'s "The Colour Out of Space," and "The Shadow Out of Time," present us with places of mystery, darkness and especially of geographical isolation.
It might be said that this proliferation of isolation≠ imagery in the American Gothic genre comes from the nature of early America itself. America was a vast wilderness at one time (before we "became fruitful and multiplied," that is). It is reasonable to assume that this exerted a sizeable influence on writers up until the recent time of mass urbanization.
Currently, the horror story tends to focus itself on the 'concrete jungle,' such as in T.E.D. Klein's "The Children of the Kingdom," and many of us know of H.P.L.'s loathing for New York City. While the city streets have apparently become the new forum of literary alienation, the city environment is still safe. It is predictable because it is a human fabrication. Nature, even unto this hour, remains unconquerable, it is an unknown.
Weird, isolated geography also includes the Nebraska countryside of Stephen King's "The Chidren of the Corn," and the rural neighborhood in Carl Jacobi's "The Unpleasantness at Carver House." Now consider, in light of the above, the

m \/()/,(1;\/J,'./,#.;('.-;

influence of nature/landscapingon the psyche in &ther Forbes' A Mirror for WitdJes (1928). Louis Gross, author of Redefining the American Gothic, gives us a sample of this,
The forest is a place of dark evil for the village, [in Forbes' novel] and as the dwelling of the Indian, a habitation for Satan and his followers.3
What can be said about the above discussed process of
alienating nature? By shifting the perceptual ground upon which we have built our notions of reality, writers like H.P.L. have raped our tunnel-realities by displacing our familiar world, and thrusting us, not into an "Abyss," but into a world we never understood in the first place. One might say that the Akeleys and Robert Blakes have their reality-filter lenses removed and become alien beings to the world. Robert Price, author of "Lovecraft's Artificial Mythology," tells us that,
His [Lovecraft's] aim was not to make the reader feel that supernatural entities (i.e. gods) exist. Such is the misunderstanding of many readers of Lovecraft. Rather, he sought to stimulate the removal of natural limits onhuman perception so as to provide a full view of the horribly empty (naturalistic) cosmos.4
According to Price, Yog-Sothoth, Cthulhu and the gang are supposed to be "the aliens." The essence of what he is saying, as this author interprets it, is that the Old Ones are no mere anomalous disturbances, but are the true inhabitants of a sphere we never really owned (i.e. "the Domain of Man"). We become alien creatures in an existential universe to which we are rudely awakened. The long forbidden realities of this world have turned hostile and demonic through centuries of denial. Stefan Dziemianowicz, author of "Outsiders and Aliens: The Uses of Isolation in Lovecraft's Fiction," backs the observations put forth so far,
This telescoped point of view [refering to the existential quality of H.P.L.'s works] presents an image of mankind as an isolated presence on the "black seas" of an infinite cosmos, a figure dwarfed into insignificance by the vastness of the universe.5
The Gothic genre (in general), being a product of a predominantly Christian culture is going to reflect its anti≠ nature bias. All horrors attributed to the natural world have, in the past, made titillating reading for proper Victorian ladies who were in need of a polite, socially acceptable catharsis - or exorcism, however one cares to look at it.
It is the psychodramatic quality of these works which exert their Satanic influence. As acts of 'black magic,' these above-mentioned works and countless others have served to disturb the complacency of readers, leading them down the Left-Hand-Path. Those less sensitive readers will undoubtedly shrug off the exigency of an H.P.L. work as "just a scary story," denying any heuristic value therein. For those who are not disturbed by what may come to them in the middle of the night, on some lonesome heath (perhaps through a shining

trapezohedron?), the goal of the Working is revealed:
Each of us must find our own way through the wilderness, and like Nietzsche's Zarathustra, must imbue our lives with personal meaning and power. No god, avatar, president or pope will do it for us. We, in fact, must recreate ourselves as the 'O Id Ones.' In The Satanic Rituals Dr. LaVey tells us that,
One can not help speculating upon the reality
suggested by the fantasy - the possibility that the Old Ones are spectres of a future human
. 6
mental1ty.
But for that to happen, we must first AWAKE.
? ? ?
Notes

1. Anton Szandor LaVey, The Satanic Rituals (New York: Avon, 1972), p. 124.
2. Anton Szandor LaVey, The Devil's Notebook
(Portland: Feral House, 1992), p. 116.
3. Louis Gross, Redefining the American Gothic (London: U.M.I. Research Press, 1989), p. 32.
4. Robert Price, "Lovecraft's Artificial Mythology," An Epicure in the Terribk, eds. Schultz & Joshi, (Cranbury: Associated University Presses, 1991), p. 248.
5. Stefan Dziemianowicz, "Outsiders and Aliens: The Uses of Isolation in Lovecraft's Fiction," An Epicure in the Terribk, eds. Schultz & Joshi, (Cranbury: Associated University Presses, 1991), p. 159.
6. LaVey, The Satanic Rituals, P. 178.

S WE WORK THROUGH THE
third decade of modern Satanism, we often find the Devil's "undefiled
wisdom" obscured by a veritable bliz:zard of superficially similar imitators using His name but playing an altogether different game. Like marketing consultants stuck with pushing a dud product, these hangers-on try to flog some tired, unimaginative belief system by scotch-taping an ill-fitting inverse pentagram over it to give it that "alluringly evil" cachet which it could never emanate on its own. Among these are a specific subcategory which I call "herd-elitist" ideologies.
There is no shortage of people and groups with impeccable elitist credentials, if by elitism we mean any assertion that certain specific people are distinct from, and superior to, the rest of humanity. What distinguishes a herd-elitist ideology from a Satanic one is its criterion of superiority: rather than judging each individual independently as superior or inferior on the basis of that individual's unique qualities, the herd-elitist assigns superior or inferior status to people based on their membership in a category. Everybody who happens to fall into Category Xis superior, while everyone in Category Y (which usually, though not always, includes everyone not in Category
X) is inferior - disregarding, in both cases, the individual attributes of each person being assessed.
Herd-elitist ideologies differ from one another mainly in how they define Category
X. Some examples:
Racism: To the white supremacist, a white person, even one devoid of talent or achievement, falls within the definition of the "superior race" and is thus a higher type than any non-white person, even if the latter happens to be of exceptional individual ability. There are also black supremacists and people who confer elite status based on
various other permutations of skin color and facial features, whose beliefs could be equally well described by the preceding sentence with the appropriate term or trems replacing each occurrence of the word "white."
Racistfringe elements have traditionally been associated with hard-line fundamentalist Christianity or with even zanier derivatives thereof, such as the subgroups who hold that the Anglo-Saxons

are descended from the Lost Tribes of Israel. However, reams of their standard simplistic and ungrammatical rhetoricare now availabl.ci'with an alleged "Satanic" imprimatur. The assumption, presumably, is that we individualists will fall for this particular form of group identity just because it happens to be socially unacceptable.
Ethnic nationalism: Similar to racism
but based on cultural groupin rather than physical characteristics. The adherent will point to the glorious achievements "of his nation," ignoring the fact that these are actually achievements of a small number of individuals who came from that nation. Isaac Newton's accomplishments prove that he was a man of exceptional talent; they prove nothing of the sort about any other randomly selected person who happens to have also been born in England.
Cultism: In this category I would put
all the innumerable (usually tiny) organizations who, de facto, define the elite as consisting of those who are members of the organization. Members gather together to reassure each other of their superiority and to sneer at those who are not members of the Cult. The strongest disdain is aimed not at the social mainstream but at those who, instead of belonging to the Cult, belong to some rival cult which in fact is hardly different. Most pseudo-Satanic groups fall into this category; each a small, insular knot of people with little in the way of a philosophical stance except repeated assertions that they are the Real Thing and that all the other similar groups are phonies.
Aristocracy: In most medieval societies, there was a hereditary nobility which wielded power and considered itself superior to the masses, with whom it refrained from intermarrying. Most noble families were descended from some individual founder whose genuine strength and ability enabled him to secure power and wealth and bequeath them to his descendants.
Unfortunately, although there is indeed a large genetic/hereditary component to most forms of talent, mere descent from a great man is a rather poor predicator of quality several generations later; most hereditary aristocracies quickly degenerated into inbred collections of hothouse plants, protected by an aura of superiority rather than its

substance. The doltish character of most European and Mideastern political leadership in the Middle Ages illustrates this, as does the frequency with which ruling dynasties were overthrown by fresh challengers. The main effect of hereditary aristocracies was to prevent creative individuals born to the "lower" social castes -
- part of the true elite, from a Satanic viewpoint - from achieving their potential.
As I discussed earlier in The Black Flame
(see "Naziism, Racism, and Satanism," Volume 3, N 1 & 2), herd-elitist ideologies have a natural appeal to inferior people. It is the person without talents or accomplishments of his own who needs to shore up his ego by focusing on his membership in a supposedly superior race, or by joining some organization made up of a few fellow pretentious losers with a secret handshake among whom he will bear the title of Grand Kolossal Kosmic Supremo.
The creative and successful person is secure in the knowledge of his own individual superiority and has no need for such tripe.
The Satanist identifies fellow members of the elite by their individual qualities and achievements - not by their race, nationality, group affiliation, descent, or any other categorical criterion. There is no form of "hypocritical self-deceit" more insidious than thinking oneself Satanic merely because one has joined a small herd which is out of favor with the big one.

Yampires ctexist !
Join Ifs!
jfor complete i11for11111tio11
on the 11.ibing ((ult of tbc 1lnl:lc11l:1 mhc l\itunls, tf)e mcncbings
ijtlJc l)riestf)ool) of all\
.%cnl:I $5.00 al..s9. to:

memple of tbe 1Jnmptre Jßox 3582--mJßjf I.acep, D 98503

∑ ∑

Photo Portrait of Anton Szandor LaVey

At last you can own a beautiful, black & white poster of the founder and High Priest of the Church of Satan.

Photographer Nick Bougas has captured LaVey and his serpentine friend Boaz in a moment of Satanic communion. At almost life size, this 23" x 29" print is on heavy, glossy poster stock, replete with the High Priest's name in large type across the bottom.
No Satanic lair should be without this handsome item!
Carefully packaged in a crush-proof mailing tube, the poster is only $20.00, plus $5.00
shipping & handling. (Outside the U.S., $20.00 plus $10.00 shipping & handling).

Make checks, money orders or bank draughts in U.S. funds out to:
Hell's Kitchen Productions
P.O. Box 499, Radio City Station, New York, NY 10101-0499, U.S.A.

VERY INDIVIDUAL "MAY BE
REGARDED as rep nting the as≠
cending or descending line of life. When one has decided which, one has there≠ by decided a canon for the value of his egoism. H he rep nts the ascending line his value is in fact extraordinary - and for the sake of the life-<:ollective, which with him takes a step forward, the care expended on his preservation, may even be extreme ff
he represents the descending development, decay, chronic degeneration, sickening then
he can be accorded little value." Nietzsche, Twiligpt of the Idols

Eugenics: Upbreeding through genetic selec≠ tion.
Dysgenics: "Exerting a detrimental effect on later generations."

Nature, left to its own devices, is eugenic. Nature's imperative is to breed higher fonns. Darwin showed that species evolve by selecting those who are of higher quality to survive and thus perpetuate their genes.
Evolution is a struggle for survival - genetic survival. An organism survives largely on the basis of the quality of its genetic in≠ heritance. Those organisms of lesser genetic inheritance fail to find a mate, fall to a predatoi; are too weak to withstand harsh en≠ vironmental conditions, and therefore their genes are not passed on to future generations. Nature, through a combination of factors, weeds and cultivates genetically. This is the basis of evolution, of natural selection.
The same principles apply to humankind. Primitive societies continue to be subjected to genetic selection in much the same way as other mganisms.
Howevei; as a population gene pool is
subjected to the laws of genetic selection, and as it thereby reaches higher biological levels,
naturally does its culture. As a culture develops, a paradox rises: a culture, par≠ ticularly if it rises to a level called "civiliza≠ tion," increasingly eliminates the struggles for survival through its advances in technology and material comfort. The mentally and physically impaired no longer die soon after birth, as they would in a raw state of nature. They are more likely to survive and in turn breed, thus p3$ing their genes on to future generations. A civilization may reach a stage where the selection mechanism is completely

reversed: the most intelligent and creative have fewer or no offspring, and are taxed to support the increasing proliferation of the least intelligent and creative.
Nature's eugenic imperative is replaced by a man-made system which is dysgenic. This situation may continue until there are no longer sufficient numbers of intelligent and creative people to sustain a civilization and it collapses. This is the view of D.r: Elmer Pendell, a foremost population expert. In Why Civiliz.ations Self Destruct (Howard Allen, Florida 1977), Pendell writes: "To un≠ derstand who were deprived of direct descen≠ dants by early death we must first look at human beings in a state of nature, when each individual had to provide for himself in much greater measure than now... Those with fewer of the favourable traits, or more of the unfavourable traits, were much more
likely to die - and die early before they them≠ selves reproduced Death not only removed
a deficient individual from a blossoming roety, but it removed his genes from the gene pool of his tribe. Consequently, the tribe and the species were both improved by nature's program of 'negative eugenics'."
Surveying a number of civilizations, Pendell states: "Why did Egypt's Old Kingdom, a magnificent civilization, 'crumble to the dust before the battering thistledown'? \ery simply, the less capable had the most offspring and a high degree of roal organization permitted this offspring to survive and produce offspring of their own."
This hypothesis on the fall of civiliza≠ tion is plausible for us today, not only due to the present knowledge of genetics and evolu≠ tion, but because we can observe the dys≠ genic impact on Western Civilization before our eyes. Indeed, as our civilization becomes increasingly more technically specialized there is an increasing number of unemploy≠ ables being subsidized by a dwindling ntllD≠ ber of technocrats and other professionals.
\'1Cestern Civilization will shortly reach the point of collapse as have other civilizations.
As Pendell observes in his remarks on the contemporary USA: "There is no dead≠ lier form of self-destruction than forcing the worthy elements of a civilization to become servants of the dross."
"Unless we revise our attitudes towards the 'rights' of those who are dragging us undei; the USA will soon follow the pattern

set by two earlier - and extinct - Western Hemisphere Civilizations - the Mayan and the Incan."
In fact, the population problem is not only within Western Civilization, but on a wider scale than hitherto in history; in the form of the \1"!st's subsidization of the proliferating Third rid (many of whose nations are themselves pitiful vestiges of an≠ cient civilizations which collapsed through dysgenics; e.g. India).
Pendell's answer to the self-destruct mechanism of civilization is for man to inter≠ vene where nature no longer can, by means of sterilization of the lowest genetic specimens, marriage licensing based on eugenic considerations, and State Human Genetics Boards authorizing quotas of chil≠ dren for couples on the basis of IQ.
The only country with the farsighted≠ ness to adopt eugenic social measures is Singapore. Several years ago the then Japanese Prime Minister observed aloud that the reason for the USA's declining economic performance is the decline in the quality of its population. Squeals of protest from out≠ raged liberals in the USA extracted an apol≠ ogy from him, but did nothing to change the facts.
Unless current population trends are reversed the \'1Cestern industrial nations will soon become the hewers of wood and drawers of water for more realistic societies, such as Japan, whose national IQ average has been increasing steadily over the past 50 years.
The Welfare State should start function≠ ing in reverse, in the form of tax incentives and disincentives applied to assist those who are the most intelligent and creative to sire larger families, while encouraging the curtail≠ ing of the numbers of the lower level of society. Sterilization (which could also be en≠ couraged with financial incentives) and eugenically-applied abortion, should also be utilized. Of course such realistic propositions remain utopian so long as the tis dominated by the moral slush of Christianity and liberalism. The battle first has to be fought and won on the ideological front.

"Now it is the higher man's role to pro≠ duce the children of the future. Quality is now more important than quantity."
Anton Szandor La\ey,
1be Satanic Rituals, p. 12.

PRINTS OF DARKNESS

SEND S.A.S.E. OR 2 IRC'S FOR A COMPLETE LISTING OF
HELL'S KITCHEN PRODUCTIONS MERCHANDISE.

---

>I l

I F -/., # 3 c>

-Ancient Roman pr<YVerb-

l like to think of Washington D.C. as an apocalyptic city. It is, in a sense, an end times city, with all the turmoil of conflicting doctrines and political tempests a last days preacher could imagine. Our nation's capitol is a kind of modern day Rome, complete with Emperor (President), senators, wealthy patricians on the take and the plebians who ride on their coattails, not to mention the masses of the unemployed and homeless.
The architecture speaks for itself.
One might even stretch the analogy further by pointing out that America's Rome seems to have its mystery cults and underground societies. Like their ancient counterparts, there are many here who loyally and sometimes desperately cling to their religious or political raison d'etre. With rare exception, most of these Romans need their party line handed down to them on a silver platter from above and in some cases even a lead plate will do. The faithful followers wax their egos with that smug self≠ assurance which comes with "getting involved" or "fighting the power." The leaders glut their egos with the gratification which comes in having control and
influence over others and taking credit for their organization's accomplishments.
Whether it comes from the theologically correct (TC) right wing or the politically correct (PC) left wing, the rhetoric, speeches, tactics and thought molding are basically the same.
So what has all this to do with the price of Satanic tea in China?
As a Satanist I take a sort of detached interest in activism and politics. Why not? One never knows when one might be forced into the arena to face a TC lion or a PC tiger. A sure method of self-defense is to know one's enemy. I try to attend as many demonstrations as possible and to keep at least a modest file on the various local activist groups in D.C.
My favorite target of Satanic espionage is Operation Rescue (OR). Of all the crusading organizations which I despise (and being politically incorrect I despise them all), OR is the one group I deem most worthy of my mischievous prying and monkey wrenching.

OR is truly an ironic phenomenon. It used to be, in the good old days of pagan Rome, that the Christians were the ones fed to the lions. Now, in the days of Christianized Rome, the Christians are the lions who devour women of desperate circumstances and rape victims. If you haven't seen an OR "rescue" with your own eyes, I highly recommend that you do so at least once in your life. Take pictures so you can show your grandchildren when they ask you if such nonsense actually occurred in your day. You'll need proof.
So what does a spy see upon attending an OR rally/"rescue"?
In the D.C. area it usually starts off with a pre-action meeting held on a Thursday or Friday evening, about 7:30 pm. This will be a kind of religious pep rally. I put on my best suit and fix a "Jesus is Lord" pin to the lapel. A Bible in hand will lend more credibility as I mingle with the sheep. The more you can look and speak the part the more chance there is of getting them to take you into their confidence. The rally site will probably be a church, one sympathetic to OR's cause. Once inside, it is sometimes required to surrender one's drivers license, a security precaution of theirs. It will be returned on the way out. I always take a seat near the front. This reduces suspicion and there is a better chance of overhearing something important from one of their leaders who sit in the front pews.
Here is a world where all of history,
philosophy, science, everything is re≠ interpreted by a first-century standard. Here is the world of either/or, where the sons of light ) struggle against the sons of darkness. These stormtroopers of righteousness have a mission - to save this wayward nation from the likely wrath of their fearsome and angry God by putting it back on the proper course
- theocracy.
The church soon fills up and the born again frenzy begins. The typical rally starts out with the singing of hymns which can become quite lively with people clapping, swaying from side to side; some are weeping, others are uplifting their hands to heaven with eyes closed, their faces testifying to the close kinship between religious ecstasy and a good orgasm. The son sometimes sound like battle hymns, for instance:
CHORUS: Lift high the banners of

love, HalleluJah!
Sound the trumpets of war. Christ has given us the victory, Hallelujah!
Jericho must fall.
1. The body of Christ is an army, fighting powers unseen, bringing captives to freedom, in the name of Jesus the King. CHORUS.
2. Brothers, are you sure of your calling? Will you fight for Jesus the King? Are you prepared for this battle, to lay down your lives for your friends?
And on it goes. There will also be prayers, of course. If fortune favors me, these will be led by the OR leaders, if not, then the congregation will break up into groups of five to eight. This is the most difficult part of the night. Each person will be expected to take a turn at a long, drawn out prayer of repentance and calling on God. This is a true test of any would-be spy's acting ability and knowledge of fundamentalist theology. Fortunately for myself, I come from a religious background
and have a degree in theology which helps me to speak the born-again jargon and fake the prayers to righteous satisfaction. It always provides me with a certain amount of amusement when the sheep are instructed to turn to a particular passage in their Bibles.
Now I can see if any of the people sitting next to me are spys from one of the local pro-choice organizations. They'll be the ones who take the longest time to find the text. A dead giveaway to the pro-lifer sitting next to them when they have to refer to the
table of contents to get to the gospel of John.
After the hymns and prayers will come the lively and charismatic speeches by the OR leaders. If it is going to be a major attack the following day, then there will be big name speakers; Randall Terry (founder OR), Rev. Pat Mahoney (Vice Pres. Christian Defense Coalition), Carrol Everett (former abortion clinic owner turned crusading Christian bitch), and any "pro-life" politicians who wish to add their two cents worth, i.e. Ambassador Alan Keyes, congresmian Chris Smith, etcetera.
The mood of an OR rally can vary greatly. Some are terribly serious as the lambs of God prepare themselves to suffer in the following day's activities. Others are little more than comedy acts by Terry and

Mahoney as they spend their entire speech time making jokes from the pulpit. To give credit where due, I must say they can really be quite fwmy at times, like two stand up Christian comedians. Occasionally there will be shown video tapes of Christians being arrested by the police for blocking the clinic doors. The purpose is to make all potential pep talk and indoctrination encourage the flock to "fear God rather than man" and risk arrest to save "the unborn children."
Finally, after the crowd has been whipped into its usual psychological state of righteous indignation over the "sin of child killing" and given a hardened resolve to do whatever is deemed necessary to end abortion, the time and place of tomorrow's gathering will be announced. The army of God then breaks up into groups according to function. Now the atmosphere becomes that of war - onward Christian soldiers!
This is the time when the battalions are to be formed. The main body will spearhead the attack. They consist of the hardcore members, who have been arrested again and again in the past, and however many first≠ timers who have been sucked into the righteous enthusiasm of the moment.
Veterans may be asked to bear the brunt of the arrests. Another battalion is comprised of women acting as "counselors" (guiltmongers). They direct their psychological warfare at any abortion bound woman trying to enter the clinic. These fine examples of Christian womanhood (boring females who all look like Saturday Night Live's "Church Chat" lady) are there to "help" her choose life for her "unborn child."
As in the army, there are the support troops. These are the "prayer warriors" who stand or kneel at the sidelines praying for those Christians being "brutaliud" (arrested) by the police "for simply praying on the sidewalk" (blocking the entrance to a building and terrorizing those trying to get in). The prayer warrior's job is to incessantly call upon the name of Jesus and in general make a grand display of repentance for the six o'clock news.
I once posed as a prayer warrior with an elderly couple who were kind enough to take me on a tour of the 13th century. After a seemingly ceaseless round of prayers for the sins of the nation and forgiveness of their "pro-abort" enemies, the weary couple pulled out a piece of paper and read from it an exorcism. So there we stood, the three of us "casting out abortion demons" from the clinic. And here I thought all that Linda

Blair stuff was just a movie! Later in the day's festivities I saw this same woman weeping and wailing hysterically. She and several other handmaids of the Lord had fallen to the ground in prayerful agony. Another woman behind me was speaking in tongues (babbling in a foreign language one has never learned). The actual wording which she repeated over and over again went like this, "Shun da la ta ta ta ta." I've studied quite a few languages in my time but I have to confess I don't recogniu this one; must
be an angelic language - Archangelese? Gabrielese? Cherubimian?
Christians claim themselves the salt of the earth; small wonder the planet suffers from hypertension.
The remaining support troops will consist of legal observers and those with video cameras for possible use in court.
With the order of battle established, the troops turn in for a few hours sleep. The time is usually about 10 or 11 pm. At this point I deliver any pertinent information to my cohort and best friend who then informs his political contacts among the political opponents of OR. The crucial task of any spy here is to gain as much information about the next day's tactics as well as obtain names and memorize faces. Some of these yahoos are out of state and have outstanding warrants or injunctions still in effect on them. The more one learns about the enemy the greater the chance of guessing their next move or pursuing legal action against them.
The next day's attack begins early, about 6am. The inquisition gathers at the appointed place. Already there are several "pro-choice" shadowers pacing about with walkie-talkies in hand, ready to report on enemy troop movements. The prayer warriors begin their medieval mumb others are softly singing apocalyptic hymns. Some have brought their invalid relatives and friends, paraplegics and quadraplegics in wheel chairs. Some are near mental vegetables who can do little but grunt and moan unintelligibly. See how sacred human
1u:£re. JS.
Then the generals arrive and God's mob gets underway. OR has its chain of command, with the leaders giving orders and the rest following without question. Only those at the top know the location of the clinic to be attacked. The rest are kept ignorant of any battle plans. Usually there will be a ride on the metro (subway) and then they hit the streets. A false attack might be staged by a smaller group at another site in order to draw the opposition from the

intended target.
The pace quickens as the main body approaches its destination. The clinic defenders will consist mostly of members of the Washington Area Clinic Defense Task Force (:IIACDTF) along with members of smaller, less effective organizations as well as a few revolution-mongers from D.C.'s Revolutionary Communist Party (RCP).
Some of these left-wing self-annointed "defenders of individual liberty" wouldn't know what to do with themselves if they didn't have a cause to fight for. I dare say that if the state were magically transformed into a utopia overnight, these "politically aware" individuals would have to create a whole new set of social ills just so they could have something to fight against in the morning.
The mayhem begins with OR's arrival. Clinic defenders lock arms, form a human barricade and brace themselves for the incoming holy salvo. Shouting and chanting soon fill the air. The modem day crusaders assail the infidel fortress by sitting as close as possible to the entrance in an attempt to shut down what they call an "abortion mill." There will be some jostling and surreptitious pushing as well as the occasional arrest for assault.
After the authorities have dilly-dallied for a spell, they then begin their legal masturbations which consist of giving OR members several warnings to vacate the area and the reading of any existing injunctions. Finally they put the taxpayers' money to good use and begin to haul them away.
Don't think that you've seen the last of them though; unlike OR chapters in some other areas of the country the "rescuers" here pay the meager fine and come right back for the next attack.
Eventually a path is cleared and the clinic is reopened. Each side claims victory with the defenders boasting that all the patients got in to their appointments and the attackers bragging that X number of "mothers" chose life for their "unborn child" as a result of their righteous intervention. As for myself, I retreat back into my Medmenham library and add any new information into my slowly growing files.
So why bother with all of this?
It enriches my life, simply this and nothing more. First of all I wish to see first hand what others can only glimpse on their TV screens. The news media is an unreliable source of information and incapable of giving the viewer anything but a portion of the events. Deeper intricacies are usually

""

missed. Therefore I investigate these matters myself. I am, in a way, my own news service. In my political directory are the necessary phone numbers to find out which of the major activist groups are doing what and when.
In the second place it amuses me. I enjoy taking a stroll through the human zoo which politically correct people term a "democracy." A democracy is a sort of free range game preserve where a primatologist such as myself can study the habits of nature's most awkward and embarrassing ape.
Thirdly, I wish to provide
intelligence service to the opposition groups presently fighting the fundamentalist right≠ wing. My best friend and I have a motto to champion our goal - "We take fun out of fundamentalism." Timely reporting on the activities of the inquisition can give the liberal opposition a headstart in making their counter battle plans.
But don't think for a moment that I'm into crusading or Idealism or PC. My reason for activism is pure self-interest and revenge. It's in my self-interest to throw a monkey wrench into the Judeo-Christian machinery whenever the opportunity presents itself and it is also a form of revenge for what these increasingly "concerned" Christians have done to this world and their far-reaching impact which inevitably contaminates the quality and/or quantity of life for us all.
They wish to pry into our private lives? Fine, we'll pry into theirs.
The PC left-wing is certainly useful in providing a counter-balance to the TC right≠ wing. But no self-respecting Satanist wants to live in a society built by the feeble hands of hippies, yippies, pacifists, yuppies, mentally castrated males, testosterized
feminists or any other genetic mutation resulting from nature's failed philosophical experiments.
And when does the battle end?
It doesn't. It goes on and on. War is its own rationale. Think about one possible future for a moment. If the conservative Christians could be ousted from power then the victorious liberals woud become the new and dominant species of herd mentality, therefore the new enemy. Today's allies, tomorrows enemies, and vice versa. Thus the importance of keeping informed on everyone's political progress - everyone's.
Until the realization of the Satanic Empire, I shall continue to play my game of "Deacon Brodie" (Brodie was the real life character upon whom Robert Louis

Stevenson based his novel Dr.Jekyll and Mr. Hyde). My best friend and I shall play up to anyone, repeat any party line, play any political ploy so long as it benefits the Satanic lifestyle, our lifestyle!
Until the earth is once again green and free, as the ffymn of the Satanic Empire states, with a place for you and a place for me, when the shadow of the cross no longer obfuscates and darkens the natural life, when PC and TC are sent away to wander in the desert regions of humanity's intellect, there to die of thirst for the vital waters of recognition; then and only then will I cease my endless flow of cynicism and misanthropy.
Finally, I seek to perfect the art of Satanic espionage because it enriches my life intellectually and culturally. Networking in the political arena has provided some interesting contacts and resources.This avails the fringe benefits of obtaining greater access to hard-to-find books, alternative information, rare music and the undergrowid arts. Building a Satanic library can become an engrossing and rewarding life's passion.
By remaining true to the Renaissance lifestyle, we remain true to life's highest fulfillment and goals. Let the commoners sweat and toil to build a cathedral for their clergy masters while we question the flatness of the Earth and forge trade routes to China!
Life was meant to be lived - for oneself!
Not to be impaled upon the enemy's bayonettes for the sake of any "cause." Martyrs never live to see the bronze monument erected to their memory, if one is ever raised at all.
Nietzsche knew it well, that spirit of the diabolical, when he wrote, "Man is a bridge to the Overman." It is not that the mindless masses have no purpose. They serve their purpose in that they provide the mud and filth from which the genius may arise and shine forth so brilliantly.
The Christian holds the Truth and the Truth has set him free. Give to the Christian his Bible, that he may warm himself by the dying embers of his faith and in his blind rapture, bless you with the kindness he thinks he owes you. But, beware his "love" for in such a "love" there is venom enough for all his enemies.
And give to the addict his heroin, that he may sleep in narcotic bliss and not rob you.
And humor the lwiatic who fancies himself Emperor, for he will treat you to a royal feast someday.
For those of us who enjoy the sword-

play between the various political gladiators there exists here in Rome a kind of circus, and as long as there is the Circus Maximus, I'll be here, either in the grandstands spectating or trying my luck in the arena.
We who are about to LIVE, salute you! Rege Satanas!
Long live LaVey!
Hail the Satanic Empire!

---∑----------

ECENUY MY COUSIN FOUND OUT that I was
a Satanist, and it came as quite a shock to her; after all,
I'm an "A" student, hold a lofty position at work, and am a fairly nice chap. Unfortunately, she sent a copy of an unnamed Christian hysterical account of Satanism to, of all people, my parents! I read the book, and was amazed at how sick-minded these Christians are to come up with these deluded fantasies.
So, I sent a letter questioning her antics. She told me to read Revelations, that her prayer group was praying for me and my family (oh, how nice!), and told me basically to blindly follow Jesus if I wish to accomplish anything! This from a person who leads a tremendously screwed-up life!
So, after reading this unnamable book, a thought occured to me: "Have they ever considered the fact that they may actually have their wishes fulfilled?" I mean, if they remove real books on Satanism (which I've noticed in my area: just try to get one of Dr. LaVey's books here) from the shelves and put these books up for people (kids as well), the thought of what could happen is scary. Hell, these book's covers look more fascinating than any real Satanic books. If a kid (or adult, for that matter) is turned-off by Christianity, as was I, and is looking into Satanism as an alternative, and the only example he can find is in these paranoid books depicting the killing of animals and babies, if he's quite unstable he may well do it.
After all, these are Satanic experts, aren't they? They must know the truth! If they didn't make this stuff up, kids or adults could read something sensible, i.e. Tbe Satanic Bible. But then, how would the poor Christers survive?
Then I decided, "What the Hell, I'll read Revelations again, after all, it is a good fictitious book!" In it, it states that when the Beast rises that every man must take the Mark of the Beast to buy, sell, trade, own property- basically, just to survive. Will the Christians take the Mark? Why of course, I forgot that they already had! They all have Social Security numbers - for you can't legally do any of the aforementioned activities here in the US without it. Your Mark. Which just goes to prove on a theological level (not that need be one) that we are indeed living in the midst of the Satanic Age.
Also, in this nifty little book of Revelations, it seems as if God has something against every tribe. And God has all these creatures around his throne which are described as basic lycanthropes: all are were-beings of one type or another. What fanciful literature! It also shows that sacrifice in a physical sense is definitely a Christian deed, not Satanic.
Not that I'm implying in any way that anyone should believe the words in Revelations; in fact, quite the contrary. One can look back in history, at any time or place and see these prophesies of Revelations in full sway somewhere. My

hope is if there is any one truth to the Bible it is thus: that the Rapture will come, the Christians will disappear, and the Satanist shall rule the Earth.
But, one way or another, this shall happen. Lex Talionisl

TIIE ULTIMATE EXPLANATION
After a long and hair-raising excursion upon our fair freeways, I was struck by diabolical inspiration. In a single devilish moment, I perceived The Ultimate Psychological Explanation of Modern America. I have distilled Paul Fussell's Class and the writings of Albert Ellis to their essence.
Following are the essential philosophical statements of the various classes, revealing The Ultimate Psychological Explanation of Modern America.

Metaphysics (upon the nature of reality): Proles: "I am my car."
Middle Class: "I am my house." Upper Class: "I am my money." X Class: "I am!"

Epistemology (upon the nature of acquiring knowledge): Proles: "'Cause."
Middle Class: "'Cause they say so." Upper Class: "Because Daddums says so." X Class: "Because it's there."

Ethics (upon what to do): Proles: "Sports is good."
Middle Class: "Richer is better." Upper Class: "Old is best."
X Class: "What works for me?"

So there you have it. The Ultimate Psychological Explanation of Modern America. W?at more could you want?
R. Elizabeth Fox

STORM MAIL ORDER
"Supplying the Heretical"
-NOW AVAILABLE-
DEATH IN JUNE SHIRTS

FRONT BACK

These beautiful new shirts are designed by STORM and based on the cover of the masterpiece LP, BUT, WHAT ENDS WHEN THE SYMBOLS SHATTER? Printed on the absolute heaviest, best quality 100% cotton pre-shrunk maroon shirts (like background of album jacket), the stunning front print is in two colors and the back design is printed in black ink. These are the ONLY legitimate Death In June shirts being sold in America, and were produced with the express permission of the band. Limited print run; when these are sold out we will be issuing new designs. ORDER NOW! Size: Available in XL ONLY. Price: $14 plus $2.50 p&h in USA/Can (add $5 for foreign airmail)
OTHER NEW PRODUCTS:
BLOOD AXIS lyric booklet - A limited edition booklet featuring lyrics to the songs on THE LAMP OF THE INVISIBLE LIGHT CD, as well as one song from the upcoming CD "Storm Songs". Also includes photos, background information and details on upcoming releases. Deluxe presentation, with marble covers; each booklet includes a Blood Axis sticker. Price: $2 ppd in USA/Can $3 ppd foreign airmail UNLEASHED - Two CD's are currently available from these Swedish Odinist death metal masters. Warning: this is very loud, violent music. WHERE NO LIFE DWELLS Their first release, with "Into Glory Ride", "Violent Ecstasy" and 9 other tracks
SHADOWS IN THE DEEP The second album featuring "The Immortals", "Land of Ice" and 8 other tracks
Price each: $16 ppd USA/Can $18 ppd foreign airmail
THE GREEN BOOK by Muammar al Qaddafi. In our search for heretical expressions, we have come across a supply of this notorious work by Libya's leader. A valuable explanation of his anti- Western "democracy", tribal social philosophy. Hard to find paperback edition.
Price: $6 ppd in USA/Can $7 ppd foreign airmail
SIEGE
Also due out in January, at long last, is the book SIEGE by James Mason. This incredible tome of heresy has been over three years in the making. Now comprising a massive 400+ pages, it will be one of the final statements on extremism in America. SIEGE represents one man's journey on the farthest fringes of revolutionary ideology, from Hitlerian National Socialism to the lucid thoughts of the world's foremost outlaw, Charles Manson. From a unique insider's perspective it details a philosophy of a truly radical nature, rendering all previous conceptions of Leftist, Rightist and Conservative politics obsolete. Undeniably consistent, SIEGE presents a powerful message of survival, set free from moral constraint and popular delusions. You will never encounter another book such as this in your entire life. STORM is therefore proud to finally issue the first printing of this landmark work. SIEGE has been alternately called "The Mein Kampf of the 90's" and "The mind fuck of the century"- you be the judge. Suffice to say, you will not spot this title on the shelves of you local "alternative" bookshop. Why? Because it decisively flies in the face of everything currently held sacred by humanity. Presently being printed, the finished book is a professional production, with numerous rare and unpublished photos, texts and graphics. We are now accepting advance orders at the cover price of $14.95 plus $2 shipping and handling (foreign orders add $5 for surface, or $10 airmail). All orders received before Feb. 30th, 1993 will receive special autographed copies of the book. These special inscribed copies will not be available after that date.
ALSO COMING FROM STORM:
In January 1993 we will finally be sending out our new catalog, so if you are on the mailing list, expectto receive it soon. We will be offering an extensive selection of new T-shirts (Blood Axis, Allerseelen, and much more), as well as new books (Nietzsche, etc.) and CDs (Ain Soph, Bathory, etc.) Please send $1 to be placed on the mailing list, or two first class stamps (2 IRCs outside USA) for a sample catalog.

i ;i; "
THELAYIOFTH;EFORBIDDEN
NEWBOOKS FROM FERAL HOUSE

The Devil's Notebook
by Anton Szandor LaVey
1be Devil's Notebook is the first original collection of Anton La Vey's
writings to be published in over two decades.
"In a clear polemical style, the good doctor rips into a number of deserving targets ... and imparts wise-ass wisdom that, for me, is worth more than a stack of ancient grimoires. Like 1be Satanic Bible, Tbe Devil 'i Notebook is a tome only the clever among us will appreciate." - 1be Nose
$10.95 ï Trade Paperbackï ISBN: 0-922915-11-3

Secret and Suppressed: Banned Ideas and Hidden History
Edited by Jim Keith
A guidebook to alternative views of contemporary events and world history, Secret and Suppressed confronts the reader with disquieting revelations on mind control, secret societies, media disinformation, cults and elite cabals. The hard evidence supplied by many of these articles is startling. Other entries veer into a twilight realm of paranoia, speculation and horror. If you believe that ignorance is bliss, Secret and Suppressed is sure to make you very unhappy.
$12.95 ï Trade Paperbackï ISBN: 0-922915-14-8

Cosmic Retribution: The Infernal Art of Joe Coleman
This stunningly designed presentation of Joe Coleman's paintings and illustrations reveals the artist's obsessive visions of outlaws, madness and distressed religious impulses. Includes 32 color pages, 110 black and white pages and an incisive interview conducted by Adam Parfrey. "Coleman unleashes a hallucinatory violence of image and content that is unrelenting and unforgettable." -Artfom,m
$22.95 ï Deluxe Paperback Edition ï ISBN: 0-922915-06-7
$39.95 ï Limited Signed Cloth Editionï ISBN: 0-922915-13-X

The Secret Life of a Satanist
The Authorized Biography of Anton LaVey
by Blanche Barton
Now available in paperback, this photo-illustrated biography of "the most dangerous man in America" will stand as the definitive portrait of this influential and fascinating genius.
$1 2.95 ï Trade Paperback ï ISBN: 0-922915-1 2-1
$19.95 ïClothï ISBN: 0-922915-03-2
To order, send check or money order for cost of book(s), plus $1.75 shipping. Send SASE for free catalogue.
Feral House ï PO Box 3466 ï Portland, OR ï 97208

The Black Flame Vol. 4 No. 3 and No. 4

2026-09-02T06:18:14Z

Overlord: /* My Dark Satanic Love */

Full uncorrected text (3/17/25) of [https://the.satanic.wiki/images/f/f2/The_Black_Flame_4%283-4%29.pdf The Black Flame Vol. 4 No. 3 and No. 4].

<hr>

INSIDE THIS ISSUE:
ANTON LA VEY - INTERVIEW "DESIDERATA SATANICUS" KING DIAMOND - INTERVIEW
"DUELING DUALITIES"
"HERD ELITIST IDEOLOGIES" "EUGENICS AND DYSGENICS" "ODDITORIUM:"
PRINT, MUSIC, VIDEO REVIEWS
AND MUCH MORE!

Editor Peter H Gilmore

Associate Editor Peggy Nadramia

The Black Flame is published by Hell's Kitchen Productions, Inc.

Copyright 1993 C.E. by Hell's Kitchen Productions, Inc. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without written permission is prohibited.

Mailing address: P.O. Box 499, Radio City Station, New York, NY 10101 - 0499 U.S.A.
Double issue price: $6.00 in the U.S.,
$8.00 outside the U.S. Subscriptions: $12.00 in the U.S. for two double issues.
$16.00 outside the U.S. for two double issues.
Single issues and fuck issues are not avaiJahle. Send check, bank draught or money order in U.S. funds only.
Opinions expressed herein are those of the authars al,one.

We accept no responsibility for unsolicited manuscripts. Correspondence requesting a response must be accompanied by an S.A.S.E.

COVER IMAGE: Lance Thimmes

==Desiderata Satanicus==
My worst enemies are those who presume me to be harmless. They cannot imagine how much I resent and disdain them, or just how great a threat they would face if I could get at them. Everything in their behavior speaks of insult and presumptuousness, and for now it is all I can do to make constructive use of my anger toward them. At this time, I just make a list of them and keep a watch on. Some day, with the help of time, space, and circumstance, I will be able to humiliate them properly — not in a manner they would enjoy, but in a style calculated to make them wish that they had never been born.
—Anton Szandor LaVey, 1989

==The Tide Turns==
By Peter H. Gilmore

WE HAVE SEEN IN RECENT MONTHS a trend on the part of academics, picked up by the media, towards refutation of the contemporary urban legend of "Satanic Ritual Abuse" which has been the foundation of entire "consultation" and "therapy" industries. The idiot fundamentalist effort to convince people that a worldwide conspiracy exists (to breed babies from dysfunctional women, spread drugs, pornography, and snuff films in an effort to dominate the globe) is finally being perceived to be a laughable fantasy. How long will it be until the McMartin trial joins the Salem debacle as a symbol of the American "justice" system gone wrong?

Yet during the entire hoohah, real Satanists have been untouched by this "witch hunt." Instead, children of Christian parents have come under the influence ot their pastors and therapists and have accused family members and friends of being Satanists, often ruining their lives. And who can ignore the continuing media-touted scandal of child molestation perpetrated by Christian clergymen? This is all so well deserved. Behold the utter desperation of Christianity in its last gasp to find an enemy which can frighten the gullible into their churches. This enemy is but a projection of their own misdeeds which stem from the heart of their anti-life creed. Let them feed on themselves, as followers of the flaccid Nazarene should.

Church of Satan spokespersons have been going on talk-shows for years, debunking this hysteria, yet now that "official" sources are coming to their senses does anyone look to us and say, "Gee, you were right all along?" Of course not.

We were invited on these shows not as sources of truth, but as freaks, "real live Satanists" at whom the proles could gawk. However, we did not shrink from articulating the unvarnished truth of our beliefs which many label as brutal, fascist, animalistic. If people want to fear us, then let them fear us for the '''correct''' reasons. We made this effort so that there would be an accurate presentation of our beliefs, especially should the time come when we could face legal difficulties because of our affiliations.

The real danger lies in the remaining influence of this mythology on law enforcement agencies. Tax dollars are still being wasted on seminars run by self-proclaimed experts (often retired, moonlighting, or would-be law officers of a decidedly Christian slant) who spread completely bogus information. The gullible local cops, wowed by jargon-laden presentations, swallow this stuff whole as it comes from apparent "experts" and thus they help spread a panic by seeing signs of the Devil's work in minor and typical crimes. Just recently I was called in to examine evidence that Satanic cult activity was the basis for vandalism of a house up for sale that had remained vacant for about a year. Prior to examining the site, I was told that certain Satanic graffiti and an inverted cross had been found, proof positive that this had been done by a local cult. Yeah, right.

When I got to the house, an old structure that is fairly isolated, I examined every room and the entire grounds. What I found was an old mattress in the living room, with a collapsed card table next to it as well as two candles (one green, one pink). A small cross pendant was hung on the edge of the table, which seemed to have been removed by the wearer before going to sleep on the aforementioned mattress (the cross had sharp edges, but was not inverted). The only graffiti were various slogans such as "Nicole loves Mark" (if there is hidden Satanic significance, it escapes me). And in an upstairs room, once belonging to a child as evidenced by the garish sports-figure wall paper, there was a copy of the ''Necronomicon'' and a Ouija board. We all know how essential how essential this paraphernalia is to authentic Satanic ritual - NOT! Outdoors, the squatters had taken the lawn mower from the garage and hot a path through the overgrown grass to a section of the yard surrounded by pine trees. Here they mowed out a roughly circular patch, about eight feet in diameter, in which to sun-bathe. There were no signs of ritualistic activity in this circle. So, here was, at most, teenage dabbler stuff, but hardly evidence of a cult. This sort of incident has been repeated across the nation and has been inflated by the overactive imaginations of the gullible (ofien those with Christian beliefs) into evidence for a broad-based conspiracy. I don't particularly care about the paranoid fantasies of the dysfunctional, but when members of the police are convinced that there are Satanists lurking under the beds of innocent Americans, that is when we must insistently stand up and tell them the truth about our beliefs. And so we have been doing.

I have been active in recent months as a consultant/expert witness regarding the practice of Satanism in cases concerning the religious rights of prisoners (individuals who have become members of the Church of Satan after their incarceration). Numerous prisons are very "liberal" where religious observences (''sic'') are concerned and some even have multi-million dollar complexes to serve the needs of their inmate population, yet when it comes to allowing Satanists to ritualize, or even have their literature, there has been resistance from some institutional authorities. We have been making headway in this area by demonstrating our credentials as a legally-recognized religious organization whose existence must be tolerated along with the other minority religions permitted. We do not seek special treatment for these incarcerated Satanists, simply that they be given equal treatment concerning religious practices.

Also, we assist only those inmates whose professed Satanism is consistent with our philosophy, which has been clearly delineated in our publicly available literature and other media presentations.

It has never been the goal of the Church of Satan to take its place among the other world religions, with dutiful followers and neatly labeled congregations. No, Satanism will permeate the societies of the globe as a secular lifestyle.

Indeed, Satanism '''has''' penetrated the culture in many ways, and obvious imagery has particularly conquered the heavy metal world. Yet our religion is often not taken seriously. This can be used as a strength, for Satanists continue to influence larger cultural movement without being recognized as such, except by the astute - and some of our Christian enemies ''do'' know what we really stand for.

We do '''not''' intend to turn the vast insensate masses into Satanists. Nor do we wish to eliminate those whom we consider to be less than elite (though we'd definitely like to see their numbers reduced from the overwhelming majority they now hold). How then could we predators exercise our prerogative? The masses will do as always and follow their inertia. However, in the growing Satanic Age, we shall find desired situations and objects a bit more easily obtainable, and we shall have direct recourse to justice. In the interim, we will not be treated with any less respect than other religions.

While the Christians have been tilting at straw men, we have continued to extend our influence through society. We have defended real Satanism, and have spread our literature so that our fellows will know by what name they are to be known, Meanwhile, the altruist/egalitarians have continued to force situations into extremes so that even the dullard couch potatoes have come to see the error of this doctrine - ''reductio ad absurdum'' works again!

As always, we remain aloof from the hubub with our cherished objects and individuals, and when the time comes we '''push''' and direct the currents as they should naturally go. Our victory is assured as we are in harmony with Nature-avatars of the Universe's Order. We demand that ''Lex Talionis'' be the rallying cry for a return to justice, and that - as long as this present system lasts - those who are hired to administer justice, and thus act as agents of the state, will leave their religious prejudices at home. Not for nothing did our Satanic founding fathers create a Constitution which demands a separation of church and state.

So enjoy the ringside Colosseum seats and the spectacle of Christians being thrown to Christians, but keep an eye on those gullible constables. As our influence continues, we will see '''real order''' based on Natural law, not the criminal-favoring morass enshrined in today's "justice" system. And don't be surprised if some of those men and women in blue, who aren't the least bit gullible, put on Baphomets when their badges come off.

==Elbow Patch Commandos==
By Blanche Barton

RAN ACROSS A NEW BOOK on the Sociology shelves yesterday - ''Satanic Panic: The Creation of a Contemporary Legend'', by Jeffrey S. Victor. At first glance, it's a much-needed objective debunking of the Satanic hysteria, analyzing it not from a Christian perspective, but from the standpoint of an academically-accredited scholar well-versed in the phenomena of rumor-panics. Upon closer examination, though the book is 310 pages long (minus appendices, notes and references), it is a relatively superficial analysis and adds little to the debunking books already out, such as ''In Pursuit of Satan'', ''Satanism in America'', and ''The Satanism Scare''. Bulk is impressive to those of small minds, however, so I suppose the more anti-hysteria books on the shelves, the better. But there is a fault that is emerging with the "academic" anti-hysteric stance that we, as Satanists, should be aware of and prepared to combat. This article doesn't concern everyone who is in academia; I will use the term "academic" in the perjorative (''sic'') to define only those professors, writers and researchers who are too wrapped-up in their ivory tower cocoons to see what's happening around them.

It seems, in their recent passion for disproving the Christian myth of an international Satanic conspiracy, academics are overlooking the modern Satanic movement altogether. Instead of defining Satanism, and showing where the presuppositions by which we are damned by society are '''false''' (i.e. sacrificing animals and babies, drinking blood, holding weekly Black Masses and orgies), certain academics find it easier to say "there are no Satanists," period. Or, at best, that any "Satanic movement" is limited and inconsequential (therefore, not a threat to society).

In Victor's book, for example, there are only two references to "Anton LeVey" in the index, one of which reads:
"In the 1970s, small groups calling themselves followers of Satanic religion developed. However, they really didn't receive much public attention. Even Anton LeVey (''sic''), who is now touted as the Godfather of Satanism in popular accounts of the subject, was a relative unknown." What rock was this guy under? Didn't he bother to End out when the Church of Satan started? Or call up any media coverage of the occult scene from that time? Anton LaVey was getting '''worldwide''' coverage from 1966 on, hardly a "relative unknown." I don't make this point simply to defend Anton LaVey, but to point out that such glaring errors call an academician's research, objectivity and ego needs into question.

There is an underlying presupposition that pervades works like Victor's that indicates that he is buying into the very myths he is trying to debunk! That is a presupposition that Satanists are baby-sacrificing, blood-drinking muderers (''sic''). But there has been no evidence presented that such miscreants exist so Satanists don't exist. It's easier to write Anton LaVey and modern Satanism out of history than to get into the polemics of exactly what Satanism is and, more importantly, what it is not.

Any Satanist should be deeply offended by this kind of shoddy dismissal of the real issues. It's like saying. "No, these people aren't really Jews who suck the blood out of babies, don't worry." The poor parents accused of abusing their children in Satanic rituals aren't really dirty Satanists. We all know how awful they are. Taking it a step further: "These people aren't really dirty, filthy, buggering queers. It you publically (''sic'') accuse them of such heinous acts, it could mark them for life - ruin their lives and reputations." The presuppositions remain. Especially in today's heavy PC climate, Victor wouldn't dare make those kind of assumptions about gays, or Jews. He never once bothers to define the tenets of modern Satanists, explaining that there is nothing in our philosophy about child sacrificing or animal slaying. He never asks, "'''What would be wrong if they ''were'' Satanists? What's wrong with being a Satanist?'''" He simply dismisses us.

It irks me that academics remained silent for so long. allowing the hysteria to build to such a fever pitch before they stepped in. Perhaps that's why they prefer to overlook us.

Where were they ten years ago? We were yelling our heads off and left to dangle in the wind. Talk shows often didn't want us because we were the real thing and would blow holes in their breeder stories and generational Satanists. After all, what would Satanists know about Satanism? We'd only lie anyway, right? I'm sure you found yourself muttering, as I did, "Where are they? Where are the sociologists, the Freudian psychiatrists, where are the cultural anthropologists? Have we forgotten everything we've learned about mass psychology and the madness of crowds? Why aren't they offended by this madness? Why aren't they speaking out? When we contacted them to back us up, they, safely insulated from the real world, would act as if the phenomenon wasn't happening and that it wasn't worthy of their attention. They didn't want to put themselves on the line. Their precious objectivity might be compromised; their colleagues might jeer. Now, after we've blown a hole in the wall, the academics come along on their white horses to clear up all this horrible mess, without even a nod to Satanists! Victor, for example, never bothered to contact the Church of Satan while writing his book - ostensibly on a topic we might have some experience with. Academicians are safe; they aren't Satanists and they have letters after their names.

Evangelists, at least, go out of their way to explain our vile philosophy, often reprinting the Nine Satanic Statements in their books of rants. The academicians seem to want to pretend we don't even exist. So who is more threatened by our existence? And why? Christians need us. Now, academia needs us too, for our very emergence and growing influence has brought with it '''Reason'''. Yet, academia surely must have a monopoly on "reason." Hence, '''the very grouping that has provided food for study must be purged by the established purveyors of enlightenment'''. No wonder they're pissed off - they're supposed to be the smart ones, not us. Is it so threatening to find that there are other people out there who might know more about the subject than they do? Or are they just too steeped in Judeo-Christian myths ''themselves'', regardless of their sanctimonious posture as defenders of rationality, to understand what true Satanism is? Perhaps we should, as Anton LaVey suggested recently, contemporize the Ninth Satanic Statement to: *Satan is the best friend academia ever had.." There is plenty of ''prurient'' interest evoked by Satanism in the academic community, just as there is in law enforcement circles. It's a lot more fun to spend department money to attend a seminar on "Satanic crimes" than another boring seminar on the finer points of suspects rights or footprint casting. Satanism provides juicy grant opportunities, like studying the sociological and psychological profiles of whores. We've all seen the books by Jeffrey Bunton Russell who managed to write an entire series of at least four doorstop-sized tomes on the subject of historical" Satanism with barely a mention of the Church of Satan.

By neglecting the phenomenen (''sic'') of modern Satanism as defined and refined by Anton LaVey, sociologists and contemporary culture scholars are missing out on some very rich soil to till. They examine Satanic hysteria but neglect to adequately answer the underlying question: '''What prompted''' it? They study the symptom but overlook the first cause itself. The "Satanic panic" is a direct result of the rise in contemporary Satanism and the trappings of Satanism in modern society. Death or black metal music, horror movies and books, fashions, Satanic attitudes, New Age dabblings are all part of a burgeoning Satanic aesthetic. If sociologists or social psychologists want to study Satanism, why don't they ask themselves what the social conditions were and are that instigated the rise in Satanism in the first place - the "death" of God, the slipping away of "moral" underpinnings, the sexual revolution, the technological revolution, the disintegration of the nuclear family, a hunger for metaphors of strength and mastery in a world that is increasingly violent and oppressive... Now that would be a book! There are plenty of avenues of research to bleed grant money with if academics want to study Satanism, but they'll be forced to confront more than nude altars and drug-induced orgies.

As it is, academics who refuse to acknowledge a modern Satanic movement are taking one step forward but two steps back. The two main problems with this stance are:

1) '''In trying to maintain their objective posture, they are compromising the validity of their research.''' As with any witch-hunt phenomenon, academics are afraid that, by explaining what contemporary Satanism is, they themselves would then be labelled Satanists, and their objectivity might be compromised. It is a simpler argument for them to pretend that real Satanism doesn't exist and is therefore no threat, than to get into the polemics of exactly what it is and, more importantly, what it is not. That muddies people's brains too much. Things get complicated. But by '''not''' acknowledging and defining the modern Satanic movement, their research appears superficial and incomplete. Therefore their conclusions '''are''' compromised.

2) It '''perpetuates the problem'''. Showing the Christian agenda behind most of these accusations and exposing the accusers for the liars that they are is half the battle, but it doesn't work toward communicating what Satanism really is. And it doesn't work toward protecting ''our'' religious freedom. Nothing is solved if a distinction isn't forced that there '''are''' a significant number of practicing Satanists, but that we aren't involved in illegal activities and, on the contrary, have a rational and life-loving philosophy. By underplaying our influence, our very existence(!), these "objective researchers" insidiously perpetuate the underlying myths. Then when people are found reading ''The Satanic Bible'', or practicing rituals in the woods or in their own homes, the rumors, panic, and accusations continue. It still leaves a wide-open door for deliberate misunderstanding and righteous persecution. Real Satanists might still be in danger of losing jobs, spouses and perhaps their own children, because of wild, unfounded accusations. But Satanists will triumph. And simply saying we don't exist and therefore there is no Satanic "threat" evades that fact.

We can thank the elbow-patch commandos for their "brave and dauntless" stance, but Satanists, more than ever, need to come forward to kick them in the shins.

==Satanic Witches Ad==
Witches! Have you been touched by Satan?...

..Or perhaps another supematural or alien being? If so, Tid like to hear from you. I'm researching a new book on ''true'' womanly power, contemporary sexual mythology, and connections with Satanism and Evil. I'd like to get some frank answers from women who haven't had a chance to voice certain dark thoughts. Anonymity is assured - names will not be required, but honesty is essential. To receive a questionnaire, please send a self-addressed, stamped envelope to:

Blanche Barton
Post Office Box 210082
San Francisco, CA 94121

==Interview with Anton Szandor Lavey==
By Peter H. Gilmore & Peggy Nadramia

IN LATE SUMMER, SOUTHERN ARIZONA is often buffeted by wild and ferocious electrical storms. Such a display of nature's savagery had just occurred as we began this interview; our little circle was gathered on the covered patio to watch the incredible flashes of lightning and hy to listen to thunder crashing in the nearby mountains. A brisk breeze drove the few remaining storm clouds across a fragment of moon, and brought the scent of creosote bushes and ozone. We sat comfortably on cushioned chairs of old Mexican wrought-iron, the flagstones lit by a single hurricane lamp. The huge black Belgian Shepherd at the High Priest's feet pricked his ears at the far-off yips of foraging coyotes, but was otherwise motionless.

===On Satanism: The Movement, and the role of the Church of Satan -===
Anton Szandor LaVey: Among dedicated Satanists, there will be a direction toward living Satanism and promoting a Satanic lifestyle rather than simply doing rituals and exploring Satanic "theology." No, Satanism won't cease as a religion to become a political movement; rather, it will be activated more as a secular lifestyle than as a religious or theological set of principles.

Man needs ritual, so religious Satanism is an "opener of the way," to foster the eventual ''lifestyle'' of Satanism. We're hoping to develop practitioners versus parishioners. The Church of Satan's role, increasingly, will be to turn the latter into the former.

The present evolutionary stage, the one we're seeing right now, is for Satanism to enter the mainstream, to evolve from a religious to a secular lifestyle. Christianity has done the reverse; it developed from Man's precepts about following an "ethical lifestyle," into an organization, an edifice known as "The Church." It's entrenched. Man looks to the Church for rules, regulations, divine inspiration, redemption.

Blanche Barton: We make people ''self''-dedicated, ''self''-sufficient - the reverse of Christianity.

ASL: The secular powers-that-be know what we're doing, realize that this is the only way human animals can be weaned away from an outmoded belief system. The 1980's witnessed, for real Satanism, only a cosmetic persecution, nothing like the real persecution of the witch hunts.

On the surface, Satanism is economically disastrous. Our people keep things, honor them, cherish them - the expendability of certain goods will lessen a great deal.

But then, humans have been inculcated to be dissatisfied. We can't change them overnight; the workability of this concept will be less than ideal. When Satanism is completely mainstream, planned obsolescence will continue tor a time-business as usual. But there's a trade-off: there's money to be made by applying Satanism to merchandising. The streets are paved with gold.

Humans will buy products that appeal to individualism and reinforce stratification. Satanism won't knock the economy off for the multitudes. For every outmoded economic dinosaur, there will be a new Satanic opportunity. For instance, home architecture - since "anything goes," opportunities will abound for those who can create modular castles, total environments, anything fun, indulgent, childlike. For a popular culture already steeped in the Gothic, the past, the dark - "Dracular vernacular." Music - a return to something that's fading out, a new classicism and lyricism. Movies - where the "villains" are shown to be the "good guys." Stories, novels, a whole new literary realm based on Satanic justice. ''The Most Dangerous Game'' codified. ''Death Wish'' amplified.

All it takes is for the Satanic aesthetic to get out there, not just in anti-hero figures, but in ever-increasing areas like clothing, cars - all kinds of product design. We're living in the Satanic Age now, but there's so much static - the static created by the last rustlings of Judeo Christian ethics and procedures, inherent in the restrictions of our bureaucratic legal system. "When there are too many lawyers, there can be no justice."

===On the role of the Active Members of the Church of Satan ===
ASL: They represent a conscious alternative to herd mentality; they should be viable role models for the rest of society. There is a growth potential for each member and by this, I don't mean that they should all wear black or buy more candles. 1 want most to encourage an individuality within a uniform mode that will benefit the whole. If you live by the Nine Satanic Statements, then you're a living embodiment of Satanism - a true role model. Even though we don't proselytize, true Active Advocates, true Satanists, are proselytizing by what they '''are'''.

They should also recognize opponents of the Church of Satan for what ''they'' are; they should recognize their intent to damage or destroy what we're fighting so hard to develop And vanquish them. Deal with them as they deserve.

===On the role of Magic: Group vs. Personal -===
ASL: Satanic magic differentiates between rites, ceremonies, and rituals or rallies. To rally together as Satanists can be productive - gathering to share and celebrate a common philosophy can reinforce that philosophy.

A ritual, conversely, should involve only one or two people; the presence of others only dilutes the potency and effectiveness. If one wishes to practice Satanic magic and feels he needs a group, it should be noted that the mere presence of others not personally involved in the situation can lessen the potency. In a large group ritual, the generation of energy is confined to the identity needs of the individuals involved, rather than the goal or Is-To-Be the ritual is intended to produce. Better two than twenty - the latter serves certain social and identity needs and can bolster the participants, but does noching to amplify the outcome. A real Greater Magic ritual is about the outcome.

===Addressing claimants to the "Satanic Mandate" -===
ASL: Mandate? Mandate? I never used the word. I thought a mandate was some kind of monkey - a cross between a mandrill and a primate. Or maybe something a spinster looked under the bed for or a gay guy went out cruising for. If you mean a bestowal of authority from a higher, supernatural source, I have no use for such horseshit. A "Satanic Mandate" is a non-sequitur, an oxymoron. I didn't know or care about any Infernal bestowal. 1 presented reasons for a Church of Satan - I wasn't inspired by any external source; I wasn't given "dispensation," or any "honorific." I would never be so presumptuous.

Recognize these claimants for what they are: self-deluded, pretentious goofs who must announce, must proclaim their exalted, self-gratifying status to all.

They lack any true identity; the only way they can have one is by stealing it from us. The Church of Satan's identity is established; they have to pretend it was bestowed by "supernatural" forces. My right I have made for myself. You know how I feel about hypocrisy and Goodguy Badges. Only when needed for one's survival. I don't '''got''' to show you no stinking badges.

But getting back to mandates, you really put a nickel in me on that one. For eighteen years, for example, one obsessive shit-disturber has been trying to undermine and extinguish myself and the Church of Satan - to pretend it's kaput, gone, disappeared. In the guise of receiving a "Satanic Mandate," this nut case endowed a "Temple" based on the supposed revealed word of the Prince of Darkness himself. Those who were suckered into what was really his Christianized warmed-over Madame Blavatsky Egyptoid kind of Rosicrucianism, were fed a self-help, personal success premise - not promise - called "Xeper," which as I understand it means "to become."

While ostensibly "Xepering" and "becoming," the main activities of this outfit consisted of Sons of the Desert type conventions where the supposedly defunct Church of Satan was the bottomless wellspring for gossip. Between conventions, an ongoing barrage prevailed of surly denigration of, yet parasitic dependency on, the Church of Satan and its founder: me - far more contrived than evangelical identity Christians or Wicca types.

Beyond a catalytic burst of notoriety involving alleged child molestation, this mandated "Temple" and its progenitor did absolutely nothing to produce evidence of any remotely Satanic plan, purpose, direction or implementation during its entire existence. At best, just being around provided the media with a readily exploitive alternative to the Church of Satan. In other words, "the ''other'' bunch of Satanists."

My unsolicited advice to this mandated Temple and its supernal potentate is to take your mandate, go out among the world of mere mortals, cease your parasitic dependency upon me and my finest and, if you can, ''do something''. Or at least, as they say, "get a life." You got your goddamned mandate, so Xeper-De-Doo-Dah and either get the show on the road, or fold up your tents and silently steal away - 'cause you can't do business with a surly Temple.

===On "Authentic" Satanists -===
ASL: We must resist any attempts by individuals, groups or agencies - Christian, "Satanic" or otherwise, to differentiate Satanism and Satanists into denominations. Check the copyright dates; there are no ecumenical Satanists!

I'm all for individuality within the scope of Satanism. If anyone wants to start his or her own thing, fine. If it's basically a spin-off of real Satanism, it's still Satanism. If not, it's either Christian "new age" mysticism or Christian blasphemy.

===On fascism -===
It seems apparent that Nazism and fascism sell. It's too horrible to contemplate (smacks lips). 1 could write a book - and maybe will - on the repulsive attraction of tyranny. It would speak of aesthetic imperatives and Jewish doctors and lawyers who drive Mercedes and BMWs and latter-day hippies in VW Beetles and WASP Yuppies whose non-lives are perpetuated by every manner of techno-goody cunningly fashioned by sneaky Jap sub-humans. Of all things fascistic, even greater than the forgetfulness of past orthodoxies, the aesthetic of dominance is making its mark. There'll be a lot more to come.

I won't even get into the clichéd defense of National Socialism: "There were some important things which should be studied - we shouldn't condemn the whole thing without extracting the worthwhile." So what else is new? I think young people are doing a pretty good job of extracting the pay dirt from fascism. Unlike the hypocritical Yuppies, they're plugging into what feels and looks and sounds good about it. No guilts, because they weren't around at the time of World War Two. Their parents, most of whom weren't around either, are the Boomer inheritors of post-war jitters and misgivings who had to yell "peace" and "love" until they were hoarse.

If a neo-fascist look - and outlook - makes for men who look like men and women who look like women, I'm all for it.

===What is the greatest fear people need have of Satanism?===

ASL: That they might have to think for themselves.

“When guns are outlawed, only outlaws will have guns” ...has its parallels. When heterosexual procreative sex is discouraged, only the unfit will produce children.

If you were an exponent of, and participant in, herd behavior and mentality, would you tolerate, much less encourage, the birthright of little enemies of the State?

If beauty is in the eye of the beholder, what the world needs is a new class of beholders. A class with clear vision and undrugged minds who can reaffirm an aesthetic almost lost from sight. An aesthetic standard of sights and sounds proven by the predictable honesty of their forms - forms which will regain the dignity and invigoration of Western Civilization at its zenith. For this, we must resurrect the past at its most stimulating, that it might be presented to a bold young race.

This bold new race will be the vanquishers of muddied mediocrity and economically-induced ugliness - the kind of contrived ugliness masquerading as beauty that only the tasteless, inept and insecure could foist upon an overburdened world.

-Anton Szandor LaVey

==The Nose ad==
Don't miss Issue number 18 of The Nose, that wonderfully iconoclastic magazine, as it features a fashion layout with Dr.
LaVey - "Full Devil Jacket." This includes spiffy photos of Dr. LaVey and the denizens of the Den of Iniquity, as well as two curvaceous blondes - one of whom is Blanche Barton! Images are accompanied by quotations from The Devil's Notebook.

To order, send $5.00 to: '''The Nose Magazine''', P.O. Box 31353, San Francisco, CA 94131.

FOR SALE: 1 paperback copy of ''The Devil's Avenger'' by Burton H. Wolfe. Book will go to the one producing the best offer. CONTACT: Steve Schultz, P.O. Box 11704, Portland OR 97211-0704, U.S.A.

==Answer Me ad==
ANTON LAVEY
Answer Me/Honolulu Baby 7" 45 RPM single

Church of Satan founder Anton LaVey lends his evocative keyboard style and vocal presence to a pair of neglected unes. Beautifully packaged, pressed in blue vinyl, anc trictly limited to 1000 numbered copies.

55.00 + $1.00 shipping.
Make checks payable to Gregg Turkington

send orders to:
AMARILLO RECORDS
P.O. BOX 24433
SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94124 USA

==Pretenders to the Throne: Regarding the Temple of Set==
By Peter H. Gilmore

THROUGHOUT THE TWENTY-EIGHT YEARS of the existence of the Church of Satan, the organization has continued to expand while its character has undergone a number of carefully-planned developmental phases. In the process, we have at times found it necessary to eject individuals who have acted in ways that were not in keeping with our high standards for social behavior. We have also had a small number of individuals freely depart from us, finding our means too challenging to their false images of personal superiority. Neither types are ever missed, as the true elite of talented, highly-motivated, productive, creative, and above all, independent individuals still find their way to us.

There have been those who would attempt to imitate us, but they usually discover that our shoes are far too big to fill. Short-lived spinoffs have included The Church of Satanic Brotherhood, Ordo Templi Satanas, Order of the Black Ram, Church of Lucifer, Thee Orthodox Satanic Church and so on.

None of these has prospered or even affected the course of Satanism, as they have quickly collapsed due to tbe lack of energy or direction. One group formed by ex-members of the Church of Satan which has continued to exist, albeit as a small and fairly clandestine "vanity" organization riding on the fund provided by is "high priest," is the Temple of Set. This bunch is significant only in that they continue to try to ride upon the coattails of the Church of Satan, and indeed even publicly claim to be the "successor to" and "custodian off the Church of Satan. You might have come across some advertisements or writing influenced by these Setians. Don't be fooled; they are not in any way associated with the Church of Satan and their tales of schism are convenient diversions. Let us examine from whence this group appeared and clear away their false claims.

In 1974 C.E. the Church of Satan instituted its fourth phase of development. The thrust of this phase was to re-orient the members at all levels to proceed on a far more independent course. Previously we had issued charters for formal "Grottos" which were small congregations comprised of Satanists in specific geographical regions. It had been discovered that these formal Grottos led certain members to confine their efforts at personal advancement to the realm of the Grotto alone, rather than towards the success in the outside world which is of paramount importance to Satanism. Certain members were far more interested in trying to gain elevated rank yet were merely competing in the Grotto's social arena.

They neglected to develop their talents and forge ahead. Many other members were strong-willed individualists who did not mix well with other Satanists. Rather than functioning as bases for the development of Satanic strategies, these groups often became shields against true advancement, filled with huddlers who were solely interested in internecine strife. Not everyone involved fit this picture, but there were enough to make it obsolete as a system of growth.

The new phase stressed independent functioning, keeping individuals separated to pursue their own goals. If Satanists used their initiative to find their fellows, and they wished to informally create groups for socialization and ritual, that was most acceptable. But the momentum for the existence of these informal groups had to come from the social compatability (''sic'') of the constituent members, not geographical proximity.

This phase of isolation, which laid the groundwork for a much broader base for Satanism as a movement (seen today especially in the commercial acceptance of Satanic imagery in the popular Heavy Metal music business, was upsetting to the pen-pal and "coffee klatsch conclave" members, whom it was basically designed to ease out of the way. Michael A. Aquino, at that time the editor of ''The Cloven Hoof'', had attained the IV° and was injecting a strongly supernaturalist bent to the ''Hoof'''s articles. Mr. Aquino had a history of creating documents which he claimed to have transcribed from superhuman entities. These include the ''Diabolicon'' (1970 C.E.), a series of statements from Satan, Beelzebub, Azazel, Abaddon, As modeus, Astaroth, Belial, and Leviathan, as well as the ''Ninth Solstice Message'' (1974 C.E.) which declared Anton LaVey a "daimon."

Dr. LaVey who, then as now, had a firm grasp on the Church's tiller, began to implement the phase which had slowly been evolving over the previous two years. He had even outlined the basic concepts for this formal phase during the summer of 1972 C.E. in a letter to Aquino, stating that the "social Satanists" and their "limelight loving" priests contribute nothing to Satanism as a movement, and that they would fall by the wayside when they didn't receive the attention they sought by starting their own "churches." LaVey wrote that he had far more respect for his "underground clergy" who were very productive in the real world. Aquino did not accept this, especially Dr. LaVey's awarding of priesthoods to non-esoteric, non-public achievers and thus he would no longer be privy to even the small amount of information regarding underground activities that had previously been given to him.

LaVey was determined that the status of Church members should reflect their standing in the world outside of the organization. Degrees are not reflective of simple book learning and esoteric knowledge, but the actual application of Satanic principles towards personal advancement. To this end, the Church would honor values given to it in kind with degree recognition as would be deemed appropriate by Dr. LaVey.

The achievement of degrees via written tests was not to be abandoned at this time, but this additional means of advancement was now open to the "above groundo" (''sic'') members. This was formalized by the new phase in 1974 C.E. and outlined to Aquino in May; during one of his rare personal meetings with Dr. LaVey.

Aquino did not protest this policy at the meeting and later claimed this alternate route to advancement as a public reason to announce a break with the Church of Satan, accusing Dr. LaVey of "selling" degrees. He wrote letters to his handful of pen-pal cronies, fellow mystics who had also mourned the new phase, and they too resigned to go off with Aquino and form their own group. Aquino had wanted to start a "Second Church of Satan" but was thwarted by copyright laws. Instead, recalling his readings of Egyptian history and mythology, he claimed to have invoked Satan (in whom he literally believed as an entity) and to have been answered instead by Set, the "actual" Prince of Darkness who, through a series of realizations in Aquino's mind, caused him to record as Set's answer a document which he titled the ''Book of Coming Forth by Night''. This "supernatural revelation" supposedly gives him the right to supercede the Church of Satan. Doesn't that sound familiar?

Aquino would like you to believe that the "entire priest-hood" of the Church of Satan followed him in departing. This is untrue, especially as there were many underground members, including priests and higher, of whom he had no knowledge. The Church of Satan was at that time, and still continues to be, a large and highly stratified organization with many discreet individuals placed in positions of power. As Orwell had envisioned in his classic ''1984'', it is not an organization in the usual sense as it is held together by an idea whose time has come, which is indestructible. The departure of less than thirty members can hardly be called a schism. This was instead a welcome housecleaning of an element that had become less than desirable to the future development of the Church of Satan. And thus the fourth phase functioned as planned and Aquino became one of those who, as predicted in 1972 C.E., fell by the wayside.

The ex-Satanists who formed the Temple of Set follow a path quite different from that of the Church of Satan, which has never veered from its dedication to rational self-interest, indulgence, and a glorification of the carnal and material. The belief in Set as an actual entity with whom followers may commune is in marked contrast to our disbelief in '''any''' external diety (''sic'') figures. They have a consuming preoccupation with rank and status within their organization, thus titles and medallions of degree level are eagerly sought by members to affirm their position in the pecking order of the temple's internal world (particularly evident at their "conclaves"). This is not surprising considering Aquino's background - a boyhood steeped in military academies and in pursuit of Boy Scout merit badges. The Church of Satan retains its right to grant degrees, but these are still based on an individual's achievements in the outside world and his level of freedom from herd conformity and independence from forced interaction with the masses. Striving for fancy titles and rankings is not a part of Satanism. The literature of the Church of Satan is published and distributed worldwide to any interested in-dividuals. The Temple of Set prints "private" literature available only to members, and some of it is limited to those of the correct rank. To further learn about these ex-Satanists, you might choose to contact them for information, but be forewarned that real Satanism is not hiding underneath their academic exterior. A worthwhile and informative study by an anthropologist who joined the Temple of Set is ''The Magicians'', by Gini Graham Scott, Ph.D. (New World Books, 308 Spruce St., San Francisco, CA 94118). This will give you insights into their beliefs, practices, and social interactions.

We have dealt here at length with the Temple of Set to lay to rest their propaganda. They are not associated with the Church of Satan in any manner: We do not see them as being in any way significant to the future of Satanism. Dr. LaVey still proudly stands at the helm of the Church of Satan, the flagship of the movement he launched in 1966 C.E., and shall continue to oversee the forces he has put into motion. The Church of Satan is the foundry, forging the iron Will that shall continue to move the minds and hearts of humanity's elite who are even now reaching out to claim the future as their domain. They shall be the inheritors of our legacy as well as the writers of our history for the next twenty-five years, and far beyond.

[Editor's note: This article, in a slightly different form, appeared in ''Dark Lily #13'' as a response to the misinformation being spread by TOS in England at that time. This reprint was occasioned by questions received by our various contacts regarding TOS and its curious, and dubious, claims.]

==Church of Satan ad==
CHURCH OF SATAN
FOR INFORMATION:
SEND A SELF-ADDRESSED
STAMPED ENVELOPE OR FOUR IRC'S TO:
CHURCH OF SATAN
P.O. BOX 210082
SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94121 USA

==My Dark Satanic Love==
By Peggy Nadramia

I SEE A RED DOOR, and I want to paint it black. I'm one of the things that goes "bump!" in the night. I'm a born Satanist. I'm a happy little blob of custard and you can't nail me to any wall; in fact, I'd pull those nails out and aim them at ''you''. Tell me how negative I am; tell me how I'm filled with hate. You're not just stupid - you're wrong.

Dracula loved his brides. Dr. Frankenstein loved his monster. My Satanic love burns fiercely; it's perfect and uncompromising.
Firstly, necessarily, Hove myself. I'm my own God, after all, and I put no Gods before Me. I'm uppermost in my mind; I always bring me flowers. Sometimes I realize I could have done something better; sometimes I make mistakes. It's wonderful how I learn from these things; it's exciting to have an opportunity to be an even better Me. Even when I deny myself something, withhold gratification, it's always in order to enjoy something even more fulfilling and worthwhile down the road. This is why I can hate so purely, so irrevocably, anything that wastes my precious time, energy and attention.

Along with Me, I love He Who Is Not Me, my husband.

He is, for one thing, the consciousness in which I can see a wonderful reflection of my own God, myself. His love for me qualifies him with the very best of taste and discernment, after all; he obviously knows what's good for ''him''. My cells respond to his pheromones, and being around him gives me a heightened feeling of happiness, contentment and well-being.

The shape of his face is the dearest sight in the world to me.

He is my mentor, my master, my very best friend; I have placed with him my perfect trust, and he accepts it as only a real man can. His hopes, dreams, goals are mine; his disappointments are mine, too, and thusly I hate whatever distresses him or gets in his way. This hate, too, is black and pure, like gunpowder; it can burn as brightly and as feverishly as my love.
Next, I love my tribe, my folk, those who are like as me.

They can be friends or family, but in my heart they are simply my tribe, and the Black Flame burns within all of them. They light my days and bring me joy through their achievements and antics; they make the world a more interesting place, and only a Satanist knows what a gift that is. Sometimes they are close enough to share food or warmth or simply company; sometimes they are far away, voices on phone lines, words on a page. But they're always in here, part of me, my folk. I cannot feel indifferent toward those who would distress my tribe. He who attacks them attacks Me; he who places obstacles in their way earns my ire, my enmity, my hate.

As a natural-born Satanist, I'm joyfully free of the Judeo-Christian-Islamic bias against non-human animals, and so have never questioned that what I feel and have felt for my pets is pure and simple love. I love them more than I love many people; I value their lives more highly. The Black Flame of Satan burns dark and soft in animals, at its purest and deepest. I bristle and chafe at the laws that give destructive, unwanted, horrid little children more rights than my dog has. She is my property, and I can only protect her as such. A product of a thousand generations of breeding for domestication, for compatibility with humans, she is nevertheless only a hair's-breadth away from wild. As highly as I treasure her life, so deeply does my hate run for those who would be cruel to her.

I bare my fangs at them.

I love everything that belongs to me, all my stuff. I love my books, my music, my pretty china, my coffee machine, my raincoat, my old, soft green blouse. I hate anybody who would steal, destroy or disorder my precious stuff; why wouldn't I? What value could such a creep have that would exceed that of my heavy stoneware mug, my perfect leather bag?

Contingent on all of this, I love the world. It's so beautiful, so perfect a setting for my God, Me. I love mountains, the sea, acres of trees without a single house, rows of houses all antique and charming, museums, fog, delicious nourishment, quiet afternoons, star-filled nights. If only there weren't all these anti-life bastards who want to fuck it all up, who hate themselves so much they have to destroy the source of their own sustenance. I hate them. Only in the depths of the Black Flame in my heart is it known how much I hate them and what they've done to the world, these library-burners, these child-molesters, these people who, as Charlie said, kill things that are better than they are. When they ask why we hate Christians, can they ever really understand the answer unless they love as we do, love with the dark, Satanic love of life and self?

==Carnivora art==
CARNIVORA #1, BY TIMOTHY PATRICK BUTLER

==Coping With Involuntary Human Contact, Part 1: Grocery Shopping==
By Timothy Patrick Butler

TRY AS ONE MIGHT, there is almost no means by which one can avoid shopping for groceries. Eating is not only pleasurable, it's necessary, and I doubt that most of us have the financial resources to eat at our favorite restaurants every night. Grocery shopping is, therefore, imminent doom on a weekly basis.

All of the Nine Satanic Sins are in painful evidence at the supermarket, no matter where or when you might deign to shop. I always seem to arrive just after a busload of Senior Citizens or retards has come to stock their larders, or I end up going the same day that welfare checks and food stamps have been siphoned from mailboxes, or I arrive when there are no operable carts, when the aisles are crowded with boxes of Toaster Strudel and Velamints, when the line at the delicatessen is 150 yards long and wizened crones bleat that their olive loaf isn't cut thinly enough, when the only packages of meat available are eight pound "econo-paks" for Catholic families, when the only bananas left are pthalo green or black and foetid, when it's triple coupon day, when it's two days before some painful Xtian holiday like Thanksgiving or Xmas, or when someone forgot their checkbook, their credit card, their money, their brain.

I have seen (and this is all taken from actual experiences of the author) a man thumb-fuck a package of chicken breasts as his wife decided which cut of poultry that they'd be consuming that week. I've seen an old man take a plum from a display, put it in his mouth, produce a pit or seed, and throw the pit or seed '''back''' into the display. I've watched as old women have taken from three to five minutes in choosing the right bell pepper for '''them'''. I've seen acne-faced deli boys with colds make sandwiches for store patrons, sniffling and coughing all the while. I've seen tubs of chicken livers left at the register (near Soap Opera Digest) by people who decided at the last crucial minute that they didn't want chicken livers after all. I've seen welfare moms knock a jar of tomato sauce (or apple sauce, or mayonnaise) onto the floor, and keep right on going.

People (meant in as derogatory a sense as possible) consistently make untelegraphed U-turns without looking behind them, their carts inevitably bumping into some fragile, glaze-eyed hag - or '''me'''. People will spend '''hours''' gazing (for I am certain they are not '''reading''') at the labels of every brand of canned beans that the store stocks, and then decide that they never wanted canned beans in the first place. People will squeeze the shit out of the last loaf of your favorite bread and leave it. People will put their oily mitts upon all manner of fruits, vegetables, meats and baked goods without having intended to purchase any of these things. People suck. I hate them.

The corporations that produce all of the stuff in these stores suck, too. There is always some idiot (usually a horrid, maternal type) giving away free samples or coupons in which I am NEVER interested, although they will often go out of their way to insist that I am. I do not use coupons, and I do not want anything free that you want to give to me. Among the things that have been proffered to me: "Weight Watchers" stuff (Whatsa matta, am I too fat?!), little "Pizza-Snax," and diarrhea medicine (my personal favorite).

What's a law-abiding, blood-sucking, Devil-worshipping (''sic'') cultist to do! Here are some suggestions, but I'm sure you all have your own solutions already (like sending someone else or packing an Uzi).

1) Go at night, preferably after ten o'clock. The drawback with this is that many places seem to close their delis and meat counters at night, even if they're a 24-hour operation. There will, however, always be ''some'' good time to go; I've found that the herd's grazing hour (5 - 6 pm) is usually not too crowded.

2) Become a cannibal. This option will not enable you to avoid shopping entirely, however, as you still must purchase condiments and desserts.

3) Look mean. Dress in leather. Scowl. Although an obvious solution Satanically, it is truly inspiring in its effectiveness.

4) When some idiot is blocking your way checking out the maxi-pads or whatever, intone "Excuse me," in as melodious a tone as possible, and if they ignore you, '''ram your cart into them'''. (See Satanic Rule of the Earth #11.)

5) Memorize the store, and buy the same things every week. It's the same fucking store. Get out of this Hellhole as quickly as you can! I am usually able to buy sixty dollars worth of groceries (a week's supply) in about fifteen minutes, if I do not bring my beloved. Bringing your beloved will at least double your time.

6) Put the heavy objects in your order on the conveyor belt first. I cannot emphasize this point strongly enough! The retard (and often enough, it really '''is''' a genuine retard) who bags your groceries '''will not''' be attentive to the various weights and masses of the elements of your purchase, and at least half of your stuff will otherwise be annihilated.
:6) A. Bag your own groceries, you lazy shit!

7) Estimate the cost of your order before you even go to the store. You will thus avoid personal embarrassment, and my wrath, should I be behind you.

And put your goddamned cart back where you got it!

What is described above is the result of a consumer-oriented society, where demand for useless and unnecessary products is created by advertisement. How many different types of sugary cereal do you think there would be if there were no advertisements or promotions for them? Once again, the orchestrators of the Invisible War have turned a basic human need into an arena for the indoctrination of the masses.

Until ''Leviathan's 24-Hour Foode Shoppe'' is opened, our contact with the herd, though involuntary, is necessary. So the next time you need milk or pork or watermelon, growl a bit at the old lady next to you. You'll feel so much better!

==I Hate Everyone==
by Timothy Patrick Butler

1) People are ugly.
2) People are stupid.
3) People are lazy.
4) People are cruel to the wrong entities.
5) People are kind to the wrong entities.
6) People are gullible.
7) People always appreciate a little sarcasm.
8) People have bad taste.
9) People are irresponsible.
10) People have no sense of humor.
11) People insist upon being poorly educated.
12) People insist upon being ripped-off.
13) People insist upon paying high prices for bad food.
15) People do not pay attention to what they are doing.
16) People insist upon living in close proximity to one another.
17) People assume that everyone is everyone else's friend.
18) People assume that relatives should naturally get along with each other.
19) People assume that "going out," getting drunk and having a five minute fuck once per week is not only necessary, but desirable.
20) People are afraid of anything that conflicts with their programming.
21) People assume that one's worth can be discerned by one's occupation.
22) People assume that the more widely a thing is done, the more correct it is.
23) People think that God, UFO's, psychics and horoscopes are real and important.
24) People lie in attempt to cloak their deficiencies.
25) People occupy too much space, use too much raw material, and impinge upon too much of my valuable time.

Why are there so few '''persons'''?

"Why is there so much trouble in this world?"
---
==Lamp of Thoth ad==
THE LAMP OF THOTH 25

SEX MAGIC
STONE CIRCLES
AIDS
CHAOS MAGIC
LEGENDS OF LILLITH
THE KENNEDYS & THE OCCULT REINCARNATION & REGRESSION
CRAFT WAYS KEPT SECRET

'''ALL THESE AND MORE!'''

SUBSCRIPTIONS: £15.95 FOR 6 ISSUES
(£22.60 OVERSEAS)
CURRENT ISSUE: £3.58
(£4.95 OVERSEAS)
[$2.00 = £1.00]

THE LAMP OF THOTH
6-8 BURLEY LODGE RD.
LEEDS LS6 1QP
WEST YORKSHIRE, U.K.

==Dark Lily ad==
DARK LILY
The Reality of the Left Hand Path

The Leading Magazine of the Left Hand Path In the United Kingdom

Published Quarterly
£1.50 per issue, £6.00 annual subscription
Overseas: £2.00 per issue, £8.00 subscription
($2.00=£1.00)

'''BCM/Box 3406, London, WCIN 3XX, U.K.'''

==Does Satan Drive A Pontiac Firebird? An Interview with King Diamond==
by Michael Moynihan

KING DIAMOND MAY BE FAMILIAR to some readers as a popular heavy metal musician with an unmistakable voice, bizarre stage shows and a series of concept albums with allegorical themes. But that's not all - he's also an unrepentant Satanist.

Emerging out of Denmark in the early Eighties with his previous band '''Mercyful Fate''', he's had an undeniable influence on many areras of modern metal. After two initial LPs, he began a rise to prominence with a second band, named simply after his stage persona, '''King Diamond'''. Numerous records (released on the Roadrunner label), world tours and interviews have appeared since then, all the while with King remaining sincere in his beliefs.

A pleasure to speak with, both cordial and articulate, he certainly doesn't fit into any stereotype of the typical rock star.
The following interview took place via telephone in late 1992 from his homestead in Texas.

'''What kinds of music have influenced you over the years?'''

I listen to a lot of different music back home here, all kinds of music - classical too. I try to listen to a lot of different things, but when it comes to playing I only want one thing and that has to come straight from my heart. Exactly what I feel, that's what I want to do.

'''Can you describe what creates that?'''

I think the instruments we use - because we use a lot more than just guitar, bass and drums. We orchestrate a lot of things in '''King Diamond''', even with just guitars, we tend to orchestrate them in what I guess is kind of a classical way - coloring it with a lot of different moods. And then you can really underline it with cellos, violins, harpsichords, good old-fashioned Leslie organs, and that is what we're using quite a bit of in '''King Diamond'''.

'''I've always thought you can draw some comparisons with heavy metal and classical music.'''

Definitely. There are bands that are playing the basic three-chord songs, which can be nice to listen to, but for me to do something I need to satisfy myself and feel that I've gone a step further or that I'm covering a different area than what I've done before - and trying not to repeat myself and not take riffs that I've used before, which is unfortunately the case for some bands. So to really try to do something eise. And also because we're so involved in trying to create different moods, we'll end up with songs on the album that that differ quite a bit from each other. A lot of different tempos - changing the tempo within a song is something that does a lot for me. With many bands you can start a metronome at the beginning of a song and it'll go the whole way through the song - no matter what, they don't change the tempo. And changing the tempo is really hard - you have to stop thinking and start thinking in a different way, which makes it hard to perform. That's satisfying for yourself, to pull that off.

'''So in writing is it still very instinctual, or more a conscious thought process?'''

It's what I feel, you know. Some parts of songs, like the major part, can be super simple, because that's the mood that feels right there. It doesn't need to be complex, that's not the idea. I don't sit down and think, I've got to come up with some complex riffs or otherwise this song won't work. If it works from feeling, then it works.

'''Is there any time of day when you prefer to write?'''

Well, it usually has a better atmosphere in the night, definitely. I do a lot of work in the day too, but I'm not dealing with an open window and the sun coming in - I couldn't work like that! I pull the blinds and turn off all the lights...

'''How did you discover Satanism?'''

A long time back I had some really weird experiences with what I guess you would call "the occult," or the other side, the powers of the unknown... which, there was no way of explaining it - there was nothing like mass-psychosis or any bullshit like that, it really happened. I've had a lot of these experiences but the first time was really weird, because I'd never experienced - and definitely not been aware - of anything like that before. It made me go to the library and get a lot of books about the occult, start reading about it. And whenever you talked about, or heard about, that word "Satan" it was: bad, negative, killing, slaughtering, being evil, evil, evil. And that's probably the way most people see Satanism, ''they have no idea''. They've based it all on what the Church has said in history and unfortunately quite a lot of bands who are dealing with "Satanism" are actually dealing with ''Christian'' Satanism - it's exactly the view that Christians would like people to have on Satanism.

'''I think it's unfortunately just all that these kids know.'''

That's true, exactly. And then one day in an occult bookstore I saw this book that LaVey wrote and I thought, wow, I'll see what this is like and I'll give it a shot. Because I didn't really know, apart from what had been written which was so damn negative. So I thought, I'll find out here the best way, from the source itself. So I read the book and thought, "Hey, this is the way I live my lite - this is the way I tee inside!" It's not like it was a major religion or anything like that, it was a lifestyle that I could relate to 500%. And it's just nice to see your own views and thoughts in words, in a book.

It comforts you in some way. And that is how I felt. Another thing I really like a lot is you're given a big, open space for whatever you want to believe in when it comes to the other side, the afterlife, the before life, or whatever you want to believe in. Whatever you want, you can do what suits you best, without feeling you're doing something bad or something wrong - which is not the case in most religions, where it's like: follow this or you're out! We're all different individuals and we all have our different views, even if it's a simple thing like a car - we don't all like a red car. Some like it red, some like it blue, and it's the same with anything. That's the main thing.

You should also be allowed to have an individual choice, even when it comes to where you're just thinking within about what might be later on, what happens when I die, why am I here. There are a lot of thoughts you have when you're not even putting anything into action directly. You should definitely be able to have a free mind there, and whatever suits you best, you should believe in. Then of course, you ''are'' a certain way, and that comes out into your actions.

'''Christians would like to imagine everything is black and white, according to their own belief structure.'''

Yeah, and that's what I really like here - it's not like a dictatorship religion with "do this" or "do that." It's not even really described, when it comes to beliefs - because it's up to you. If people could only accept each other for being each other and having different views, and then judge each other by 'personality'', which I think we should. Then we'd have a much better world. That was very much what our last album, ''The Eye'', was about - the misuse of power in religion, any kind of religion. Even though it's (fictionally) written, it's actually historically correct. It depicts a lot of stuff that was done in the name of Christ - horrific stuff.

'''Do you remember how long ago it was when you first discovered ''The Satanic Bible''?'''

I think it must have been 1981.

'''And it had an immediate resonance?'''

Oh yeah, and you'll see it reflected in our early lyrics with '''King Diamond''' and '''Mercyful Fate'''. I used the word Satan at that time, and it had a very specific meaning for me-not the one that other people had. So I was involved in misconceptions immediately, from the first thing. A song like "Satan's Fall" from the ''Melissa'' album, for instance, it opens up with exactly that Christian view that I'm talking about, that I don't like bands portraying. But there are only two lines in the whole song that are actually the ''essence'' of it, of the lyric, and it says: ''Use your demon eyes/Uncover the disguise''. And the song opens with "7 Satanic Hell preachers, bringing the blood of a newborn child" - exactly all the stuff I'd read that I was so pissed off about after I had finally found out what it was all really about. But then I say later on that if you really want to put something down - it doesn't matter what it is, it doesn't have to be Satanism or a religion - you should experience it first, or you should at least read about it from the source. You could say, like, a Pontiac Firebird doesn't handle well - some people might say that, some might say the opposite. But how can you say it ''if you never drove one'' - just because you heard some jerk say it? You need to experience things yourself to be able to take a stand - you can't just take everyone else's word.

Because they are individuals too, with their own little viewpoints... you have to be aware of that constantly. And that was brought out in that song, but it was covered up - it was covered up too much in fact. And at that time, not many people knew about these things - it hadn't been described at all to very many people what it was really about. So immediately when they heard the word ''Satan'' or ''Lucifer'' they were scared shitless, hair standing on end everywhere, and "God, this guy's evil!"

'''Well, "evil" is another one of those words that's pretty open-ended.'''

Yeah I know it, and again as I say, it's all individual. It might be evil to somebody to kill a rat in an experiment, to see if we can come up with a drug that will save people. To some it's evil to kill that thing, but other people don't take that view at all - they find it evil to not take that opportunity to try and better the human race. It's a matter of viewpoint, what's good and what's evil. Of course most of the time you have common sense guidelines, but in a lot of examples you can come up with these things where there is no black and white, it doesn't work that way.

'''So would you define your own Satanism as extreme individualism?'''

Pretty much so, but also you recognize who you are, and you appreciate it. You try to get the most out of it, without feeling bad about it. There are so many things, and why should you feel bad about them, because what you're doing is just natural human instinct? So what's so bad about it?

We were made that way, that's the way we came out. We have these human instincts and if we don't go by them we won't survive. It's as simple as that. And those who are trying to tell people: "Hey, go by this book here and you'll be saved forever."... god, you will not be saved! You'll be the easiest victim of all.

'''If these people really followed Jesus' commandments they'd be perpetually stuck on the bottom rung and at the back of the line.'''

We'd still be in the stone age! Fortunately it's a minor part of the population who are like that. There are a lot of people who might consider themselves Christians but they don't act it out like that, according to the book anyway. It's only these preachers who are unfortunately able to get air time on TV. I watch that sometimes, just to get a cheap, good laugh you know - it's amazing, the loss of good actors we have within the field! And again, I'm not sitting here trying to condemn anybody, not at all. I'm saying, if somebody is Christian and is getting something out of it, without hurting anybody, then stick to that belief. Great - though, I don't want you on my team!

'''Were you ever influenced by the pagan religions of Scandinavia?'''

Of course you're influenced by it and you hear about it -- it's deep within the culture of the whole country. The old Vikings, the castles you can go and visit. I've visited a lot of them and I'm very much into this stuff, we've got it all there.
Definitely...

'''How did it come about that you met Dr. LaVey?'''

I ran into his daughter Zeena, in Los Angeles, it must have been in 1988 or something like that. She came to one of our shows, and of course I knew who LaVey was, but suddenly some of our crew guys came up and said, "There's somebody from the Church outside who would like to get in and she says she's Anton Szandor LaVey's daughter." So I said, "Well, let her in, let's see if it's true." And yeah, it actually was.

So she went back to the hotel with me and he knew of me and checked up on all our interviews and music and things like that. And one night we played in San Francisco and a couple of people from the Church came to the show and came up to me and said that he'd like to invite me to come by. And I said, "Wow, I'm not going to pass up that opportunity!"

'''It's very moving to actually speak with him.'''

Definitely. And that made an impression for life, no doubt about it. Spending the night there, just feeling his presence, getting to know the charisma he has, the intelligence and the humor... It's so far from what a lot of people probably imagine him as.

'''He's a true gentleman.'''

Absolutely. And the letters I've received from him... I've been given the privilege of calling him whenever I feel like it, and I haven't used it yet. I don't want to misuse his hospitality.

Some day I might really feel that I need to talk to him about things and then I'll take up the opportunity.

'''Do you consider the music you're playing to have an inherently Satanic content? For example, Dr. LaVey has certain music, especially old songs from the 30's and 40's, which he holds to be particularly powerful.'''

Well, of course that's the music he grew up with, that was some of the input he got. And even still today I, by far, listen mostly to bands from the early 70's. It's just a fact. And I grew up with that stuff. But the main thing I think, if you want to label music Satanic, is you should look at the artist and see, does this stuff really come from the ''inner feelings''? Is this person really letting out his true feelings into this stuff, or is it just a bunch of fake shit to make money? But labelling (''sic'')music is something I don't like very much. A lot of people ask, "How would you label your music?" But I ''never'' label my music - I don't say it's death metal, or Satanic metal, or classical metal, or whatever. I don't care. I write some music, with certain instruments, and this is the way it sounds. If you like it, buy it.

If you don't - too bad!

'''Do you think the fans of '''Mercyful Fate''' and '''King Diamond''' understand some of the ideas you're putting into the music?'''

Well, I make pretty sure that nobody can come and say, "Hey - you are trying to influence people into doing this or doing that," or "You want to convert people" and so on. No way. I raise a lot of questions, definitely. But I try not to give - in straight words - an answer of what I feel about it. You'll never see me doing things like that. People have got to make up their own minds. And if people are not interested in getting anything deeper out of words on an album, that's fine too. We are entertainers - we're not priests. I have my way of life and of course that will influence my music and my lyrics. I put all my feelings into both.

'''What are your future plans?'''

Right at this moment we've started shopping deals for both '''King Diamond''' and '''Mercyful Fate''' [since the time of this conversation Mercyful Fate has signed with Metal Blade and will release an LP titled ''In The Shadows'' on June 22], and they're definitely going to be two separate units, it's only me that will be part of both bands, all the other members are different. And '''Mercyful Fate''' will pursue exactly where we left off, because we definitely left something undone, and that's the feeling of all the old guys. The '''King Diamond''' side of it, the album has already been written, we need the deal and we'll go into the studio and do it. It's 11 songs, the title of the album will be the ''Spider's Lullaby'', and there are only three songs connected lyric-wise into a small trilogy, the rest is individual songs. The reason being that I have enough concept with actually trying to put them and ''Conspiracy'' into book form, which I'm also doing. That's a project that won't be done for some time, but once it is I'll have people into reading horror books read through it and get their input, and if they like it then I'll start pursuing some big publishers and hopefully get the book out sometime. And if the book is a hit - there are a lot of "ifs" here, but you have to be positive - then that might make way for a movie, finally!

==Next article==
FROM TiiE PIT, Volumes 1 & 2, compris≠ ing eight issues published throughout 1991, 1992 and 1993. (Available in two compila≠ tions, one for each volume, at $8.00 each.
Volume Three, #1 at $2.00/$3.00 outside the
U.S. Contact: Rev. Michael Rose, P.O. Box 1413, Decatw; AL 35602.)
Michael Rose is a member of the Church of Satan, and his magazine reflects his own roots in true Satanism. His opinions are forthright, strong and delivered clearly, and I know you'll enjoy his publication.
Each compilation is digest si7.ed, computer≠ typeset very readably on grey paper with red covers. Volume One is 64 pages, Volume Two is 76 pages. From Volume One: "Bigotry," an article on "Why Charlie's Not Free," "The Fruits ofEgalitarianism," and "Law and Order," as well as many other ar≠ ticles, "Lucifer's Library" (book reviews) and Satanic quotes. Volume Two has more good stuff on "Eugenics," "That Old Time Religion," the writings of Thomas Szasz, as well as an ever-growing review section and more.
Volume Three, #1, starts with a
perceptive editorial examining the conflict of Christians in Waco, and includes an incisive statement concerning the differences between Setians and Satanists, an examination of Objectivism, "Manfred vs. Faust," and an exploration of chandala vs. aristocratic values. This issue is rounded out with a fine review section and Satanic quotes
From The Pit is well worth your time and buckage; send for it today.

DARK REFLECTIONS #1, March 1993
($4.00 per issue, $16.00 for a four-issue sub≠ scription, all checks and money orders made payable to Jeffrey Deboo, 1442A Walnut Street, #64, Berkeley, CA 94709. Will be bimonthly).
Twenty-two pages of neat, clear typing plus a red cover stapled on the side. Deboo has authored the entire contents, which in≠ clude essays, a poem and a list of contacts and publications. Particularly good is the "Satanic Catechism," and "Clash of Judge≠ ments: The Case of Sexual Morality." Deboo seems a little disturbed by what he sees as "the fetish for fascism" that "so many Satanists" display. Until a scientific opinion poll of Satanists is taken, I think he's over-

reacting to a perception, not an actual majority. Otherwise, very rational, well≠ thought-ciut arguments - should prove in≠ spirational to many. Highly recommended.

DARK Lill'# 15 (available from BCM/3406, London WC1N 3:XX, England. Americans and Canadians: send $4.00 per issue, $16.00 for a four-issue subscription, in US dollars cash or postal money orders in US funds).
Dark Luy is digest-sized and always has
a snappy blue cover, quite a contrast to the many other Satanic 'zines who feel red is the only color of choice. Twelve pages of reduced but readable type containing an article on "Cultural Supremacism and Its Effect on Satanic Belief," a goal and mission statement from Impetus Niger, and an eye≠ opening account of "The Advantages of Disability," plus an exhaustive listing of other interesting groups, publications and services. Definitely worth your time and $$$.

TIIELAMP OF TiiOTii, Volume 4, Issue #6 ($4.95 for this issue, $22.60 for subscription from the US. Contact: L.O.T., 6-8 Burley Lodge Road, Leeds, LS6 1QP, West Yorkshire, UK).
Digest-si7.ed, 56 neatly typed pages crammed with articles and contact addresses. The editor is Chris Bray, the proprietor of the Sorcerer's Apprentice, an excellent source of books and magical supplies based in England. This issue has many highlights. First, there's a wonderful editorial by Bray, expressing his fears and doubts about the future of religious freedom for occultists worldwide. "Golem's Gossip" is just that, gossipy and mean but amusing to read.
There are well-thought-out articles on astrology, visualization (how to get someone to spring for a drink in a bar), hypnosis and even an "Occult Problem Page." There's a piece entitled "Magic as a Refuge For Failures," along with much more. As a parting shot, the last article is "Laurel and Hardy Satanism," detailing the controversy surrounding Setian David Austen and his participation in the Cook Report, a Geraldo≠ esque TV special broadcast several years ago in Britain and produced by fundamentalist Xtians. The people behind this report courted UK occultists without telling them

their real agenda, and as a result of the slanderous broadcast, Chris Bray's store was firebombed. John Freedom, the author of the article, further describes Michael Aquino's campaign against other UK Satanic groups. "Americans may fall for Aquino's self-righteous hypocritical double-speak," he contends, "but British Satanists are less gullible. The lemple of Set's UK representative is a dangerous media quisling and publicity junkie." This issue was sent to us along with an amusing button showing Michael Aquino wearing mouse ears.

TIIE HERETIC (one year/four issues:
$7.00 in New Zealand, $10.00 elsewhere for surface, $15.00 elsewhere for air. Make check/mo payable to Realist Publications,
P.O. Box 38-262, Petone, Wellington, NZ).
K.R. Bolton is the editor/publisher here, and I think it's safe to assume he authors the contents unless otherwise noted; he is a Satanist. The masthead of The Heretic declares: "We champion the creative individual above the mass, the defiant above the submissive." October 1992, No. 2. This issue begins with a great lead article on Saddam Hussein and his efforts to create a new Babylon. There is apparently a historical basis for Hussein's role as the heir to Nebuchadnezzar, a heritage preceding Islam. Bolton describes the Iraquis' recent resanctification of the Ishtar Gate and lemple, Nebuchadnezzar's Palace, etc. I wish it had been longer. There is as well a review section featuring Michael Moynihan, a lengthy article on "War & Slavery," and a puzzling piece by Anton Long of the ONA, entitled "The Deceitful Occult Ego." He depicts very accurately the sort of puffed-up intellectuals who haunt the occult community, those displaying "pretension, artifice, the 'I must preserve my own ego by doing down all others' syndrome." But his depiction of the real occultist is scarcely any better, as he stresses hardship, deprivation and the casting-aside of any quest for personal happiness (only an illusion, to Long) to achieve... something that is not clear. I know Long is no Christian, but on the surface this sounds Christian - work, sacrifice, the unwillingness to accept Man as he is.
Also includes lots of news notes, some

nice poetry, and a bit of folklore about Herne the Hunter. Only 16 digest-sized pages, reduced photocopies, but there's a good deal here for the money. Definitely one of the better Satanic 'zines.
Issue #3,Jan/Feb/Mar 1993. The lead article details "The Rise of Iron Youth," and mentions Boyd Rice and Michael Moynihan. Includes four pages of reviews, and an update on the BBC expose of "anti≠ Satanists," the Christian child abuse scare and its debunkers. The ONA article this time around is clear and inspired; in "Satanism & Race," the author asserts
correctly that "Satanism, as part of its sinister strategy, may encourage those forms/beliefs/groups which express this type of Imperium [Satanic goals]. For instance, present day 'extreme Right Wing movements.' In this, Satanists are being sinister - they are not expressing or supporting such views as 'racialism' for instance, because they believe them, but because they know those views may or will aid their Satanic goals, in particular by countering the Nazarene sickness of spirit." Wish some Satanists could see past the ends of their noses to grasp this fact.
Bolton's "Current Comment" is here again, as well as another "Folklore" piece, this time about Wayland the Smith. An article detailing"Australia's Pagan Art" rounds out another fine issue.
Issue #4, April/May/June 1993. With an attractive new logo, this issue starts with an excellent, extensive article on the "Rebirth of the Pagan Ethos" by Karsten O'Rourke. O'Rourke follows the stony path of European paganism from the Roman era through Wagnei; Nietzsche, Von List, Von Liebenfels and the New Templars, concluding that "Pagan ideals erected a New Order which was only drowned out by WWII... As the 20th century closes, there rises again these same metapolitical forces.
May our end now be success!"
Other articles include "Celtic Left Hand Path" and a piece on the origin of "SAJ:TAN" by Tani Jantsang. The other extensive piece is.on "The Strange Case of David Austen," a Magister in the Temple of Set and member of its Council of Nine.
∑ Bolton's criticisms and observations of Austen are merciless; Austen's responses are cryptic, obtuse and often hilarious. As B Bunny would say, "Whatta maroon!"
The usual reviews, news, poems, and editor Bolton took extra care to get some illustrations into this one.
Issue #5, July/August/September 1993.

This gets off to a fine start documenting the Satanic activities and views of Albert Pike, Confederate Brigadier General. Next Tosser Michael Aquino's response to the previous issue's Austen expose along with Bolton's reply. Articles on "Satanism & the Cthulhu Mythos," "Vlad Dracula," and more fun at the expense of TIS (including cartoons!) as well as the usual features complete another fine issue.
Also from Realist Publications be sure to examine Temple of Set: Behind the Facade (NZ - $10, US - $5) which documents in detail the various attempts by TIS to slander various occultists and how it has blown up in their faces. Also of interest is The Dark Doctrine, the principal doctrinal text of the OLHP. This 34 page booklet (NZ - $10, US - $5) covers the Satanic philosophy espoused by this organization and presents several original rituals based on various historically Satanic traditions.

BLOOD OF YGGDRASIL: A Pictorial
Journey Through the Nine Norse "Worlds
($8.00 from COWAN, PO Box 15,
Altadena, CA 91003 USA. Postage: $1.00 US, $2.00 foreign).
A curious and enchanting little volume of illustrations depicting characters and incidents from the Norse legends. Those involved in Norse and Runic magic will want this, as may any Wagner fans. The book itself is about 6" x 9", 48 heavy pages, clothbound in an antique-looking red. The old-fashioned cover printing is in gold.
When you open these "lids" (for so book covers were once called, when they were all han:ibound) you'll find more red pages with black printing, hand-sewn into the heavy binding. The illustrations are good, for the most part, and the introduction emphasizes and encourages a turning-away from the slave religion of Christianity and back to the rich traditions of our pagan ancestors. The publisher has recreated the kind of magical old book you might find in a flea market and take home to wonder over.

KING OF INSTRUMENTS, INSTRUMENT OF KINGS by Doran
Ragnarok ($5.00 from COWAN, PO Box 15, Altadena, CA 91003 USA. Postage: $1.00 US, $2.00 foreign).
A digest-sized pamphlet, but more than a pamphle produced with the same quirky care for the beauty and perhaps an air of antiquity, as the volume mentioned above (BLOOD OF YGGDRASIL). Only twelve

little red pages, bound into a leather-textured softcovei; hand-glued around red "end≠ papers." The same gold printing and lovely runic design grace the cover. This is the story of the theatre organ, that great roaring orchestra-in-itself that most of our generation has never been able to experience in its native state. Ragnarok's treatment covers the highlights, but it is not meant to be exhaustive, only an introduction pointing the way to more for those who are interested. Some nice illustrations and quality printing.

GEEK Issue #1, March 1993 (full-sized, 48 pages. $5.00 postpaid, or $20.00 for 5 issues. doACI, P.O. Box 480531,Denvei; CO 80248-0531). Michael Moynihan is a Senior Editor here.
GEEK tells us it's "mostly great stuff," and it's true. Firstly, the format is professional and attractive, and it's chock≠ full of material. There's an overview of the career of Bodi!, a Danish porn queen whose specialty was animals and whose early beauty has decayed rapidly; Bodil's fall from a fresh-cheecked young girl who loved animals (really - she ran her own farm) to the broken-down whore with swollen ankles is pathetic and devastating. One of my favorite pieces was an analysis of potted meat product ; I now feel justified in my lifelong aversion to it. But the highlight of the issue is the "Interview With a Bum," conducted by Michael Moynihan and Shaun Partridge of the Partridge Family 'Iemple - the reporters buy a homeless man a McDonald's meal and get him to spill his guts about life on the street. According to him, the biggest problem is all those people who pretend to be homeless; they're just messing it up for everyone. A rather odd sexual encounter comprises "The ladger Chronicles," and there's another excellent interview with film composer Danny Elfman. F.C. Dobbs contributes a personal experiencepiece on dru the issue is rounded out with several pieces of strange fiction which I didn't find particularly interesting, but the editors are promising more, by Paul Difilippo and Marc Laidlaw, two SF writers of note.

ABRASAX # 17, 18, 19, 20, edited by James M Martin ($5.00 each from P.O. Box 1219, Corpus Christi, TX 78403-1219).
Billing itself as an "occult quarterly," ABRASAX (not to be confused with ABRAXAS) is mainly concerned with Thelema and Crowley, but is happy to stray

into any area of 20th Century magick editor James Martin feels may be of interest to his readers. Articles from these issues include: "Music Magick," "I Spy: Secret Societies & Occult Espionage," "The Rite of the Ankh," and in issue #19, a remembrance of Satanic poet Andre Soly witten by Tun.i Jantsang.
Of possible∑interest to Satanists is a regular column by Diane Vera - the Miss Hathaway of Satanism. In her inaugural installment of "From the Darkside," \era professes to be seeking historical references to Satanic religions prior to the founding of the Church of Satan in 1966 C.E. But when presented with a wealth of such material by the Jantsang/Marsh cabal, she glosses over it quickly in her column in #17, preferring to spend the next seven pages or so discussing 20 year old gossip about Michael Aquino and Anton LaVey that is boring and inaccurate. \era has her own ad, "Satanism Without Delusions of Grandeur"? "And Without Right-Wing Politics"? It's interesting that \era constantly professes her ignorance of the Satanic scene, then tries to sum it up in a couple of pat phrases like these: "I'm not qualified to judge them one way or the other." "The word 'spiritual' is admittedly vague..." "I have no way of knowing whose story is true." which only attest to her cluelessness. Presumably Jantsang/Marsh'ssuggestions would have had her cracking the books for weeks, but instead she appeals, more than once, to the readership for their thoughts on the subjects. Why? For more gossip, hearsay, unfounded and undocumented assertions?
\era further asserts that "there's no such thing as a Satanic political philosophy." Pemaps. But there are certain implications to tenets like "responsibility to the responsible" and smashing your enemies three-fold. If this kind of power philosophy isn't what attracted Vera to Satanism, what did? Maybe she'd like to share her own feelings about Satan as freely as she discusses LaVey's.
Issue #19 sees the premiere of a magickal advice column, "The Sorcerer's Apprentice," which should be of interest to beginners while #20 has a splendid article "Humanism and the Invisible War" which examines Dr. LaVey's influnce on magic(k) and is a perfect antidote to Vera's meanderings. ABRASAX improves with each issue, the last three moving on to laser typesetting and even more interesting graphic art so don't hesitate to subscribe. This one's a keeper.

TIIE SWORD & SHIELD #1 (by the

Knights of Satan, 12 pages, no price but
$3.00 should do it: P.O. Box 81137, Fiddlers Green Postal Station, Ancaster, Ontario, Canada L9G 4X1).
"Magic: Does it really Work?," poetry by Marguerite Thompson, art, endangered species, articles about "Non-Hollywood," "Young Satanists," "Legends Born of Myths," and "The Reality of Demons." Nice, neat format and some real Satanic spirit here - check it out.

BALDER Quly 1992 Issue, 32 digest-sized pages - free to members - editor Jason Bridgehead clo Order of the Jarls of Baelder, 60 Elmhurst Rd., Reading, Berks. RG1 SHY England).
The cover depicts a rather bucolic scene, ancient Greeks discussing a written document. The tone of Balder is equally gentle; while the articles advise us that the elite are at war with things-as-they-are, there is a spirit of community and concern for other members of "The Brothemood." This magic is not overtly Satan-inspired, although the contents reveal that these brothers do consider themselves Satanists - affiliated orders listed in the back include O.N.A., O.L.H.P., and the O.T.B.
There is a page of letters from members and a discussion of two major runes. Next comes a delightful article on Botticelli, a historical piece on the Berbers, "The Greatest Prize" (an exhortation by a recently-passed-on Elder advocating a
coming together of elite folk under Balder to
battle the Xtian scourge), "The Ethos of Warriors" part 1B lays it all down, stressing respect, "Conquer, Destroy, Create" by the O.N.A.'s Anton Long advocating the destruction of the mediocrity breeding powers-that-be and an exploration of space - though he seems to think happiness and comfort are illusions (perhaps for him they are), and finally a discussion of the swastika and the Thule Society.

S.KrANISM - A Basic Introduction for Perspective Adherents, under the auspices of the Order of Nine Angles (Thormynd Press, P.O. Box 700, Shrewsbury, Shropshire, England [no code]. It's $5.00 US cash, $25.00 if paying by US check, 1 £ in the UK).
This is digest-sized, coverless, about 15 pages typewritten. It's an excellent introduction to what the ONA's all about, if you've been reading their work elsewhere and would like a handle on it. The author claims he has the "honour of being the Grand Master representing tr tional

Satanists." The ONA veers from the Church of Satan in several ways. Firstly, they stress the Satanic path as one that is difficult and fraught with adversity. No one's denying that life can throw you some curves and that you're usually better off when you learn to deal with them. But no Satanist I know seeks pain or the path of greatest resistance; certainly no animal would. ONA also stresses amorality for Satanists, and I agree - but why then do they say "there is also real evil"? Is the judging of something as "evil" not a subjective judgement based on some moral code? The ONA also stresses that a Satanist "desires to evolve... to fulfill the potential of existence, of godhead/divinity latent within them [sic]." Once again, a man is not good enough as he is; he's not permitted to accept himself until he's gone on some journey to fulfillment. To me, this is moving in exactly the wrong direction: most people's biggest problems stem from their inability to live the truth of their flesh, to accept themselves as the animals they are. This striving toward Divinity, is Christian in nature.

LIVE! (sixteen pages, typewriter type printer sideways in a digest-sized format, $3.00 from
P.O. Box 101, St. Boniface Postal Station, Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada R2H 3B4).
The cover is of a laughing young man lounging on a mussed-up bed in someone's attic bedroom; there's a cute l'il devil cartoon in one corner ogo of the Order of Dionysus/Sabazios of which this is an affiliating publication). Issue #2, January 1993, articles include dealing with the"Age of Consent," and another on "The Oppression of Youth." Sandwiched between these are little pearls of wisdom from the editor, whose views on other issues are usually in line with true Satanic principles as put forth in The Satanic Bible. A little pricey for 16 pages, but it's printed very neatly and attractively, and the editor writes well. Issue #3, April 1993, begins with a rather obtuse, four-page explanation that their "cover≠ youth" is Billy Bob, and he personifies some principle important to the editor.
Youthfulness (and sexuality) is certainly a theme in this little publication; the editorial tells us that "visiting locations where younger guys or gals hang out is obviously essential but not that difficult. You, as the seeker, do not have to be a Boy Scout troop leader, or a Big Brother or Sister, or a Roman Catholic priest or nun, or a school teacher, or the like, though you have a head start if you are." The article "Hypocrisy in Society"

OFFICIAL JOURNAL of the ABRAXAS FOUNDATION
Enter a brave new world of Social Darwinism, Primal Law, Resurgent Atavism, Blood Mysticism, and much more. At last there is a newspaper wholly devoted to exploring the darkest aspects of man and nature-with an emphasis on how to integrate them into your life and harvest their power as your own.
THE PREMIER ISSUE FEATURES:
NATURE'S ETERNAL FASCISM
An inquiry into the relationship between natural law, violence, and inequality.
LONG LIVE DEATH!
Insightful and inspirational observations extolling the virtues of destructive force.
ABRAXAS SPEAKS
A stirring introduction to the Abraxas Foundation's weltanschauung.
GUSTAVE LEBON: HIS WIT AND WISDOM
LeBon is universally hailed as the father of social psychology, but has been virtually disowned by academia due to his decidedly anti-egalitarian slant. His philosophy is beautifully encapsulated for our readers in a series of hard-hitting aphorisms.
AND A WHOLE LOT MORE...
More anti-humanitarian philosophy and Social Darwinist gnosis from history's most notorious figures-past, present, and future.
Here's the vital information you need, untainted by liberal humanist (aka Judea-Christian) bias.
If you're ready to take one giant step beyond good + evil, WAKE is the journal for youI
$2 ppd per copy/$3 overseas airmail
PRE-ORDERS NOW BEING ACCEPTED
Also Available:
TOTAL WAR (Video)
Avideo document of thelast concert of NON's Japan tour, recorded live inOsaka. 30 exciting minutes of Social Darwinist march music, speeches, and songs. a must for your video library.
$19.69 plus $3 postage/$6 postage for overseas airmail
ABRAXAS ON THE AIR (Cassette Tape)
Lots of laughs as a Foundation spokesman takes on the host of one of the country's most popular christian talk radio programs. Two hours of conflict and controversy.
$5 ppd / $7 ppd overseas airmail
COMING SOON
The Abraxas Foundation television transmission.
Pre production has already begun on this Abraxas Foundation cable T.V. program. Qualified Individuals are invited to submit inquiries regarding how to sponsor this program in your area and have it broadcast via public access cable.
Make checks and money orders payable to WAKE SERVICES.Send all communications to:
THE ABRAXAS FOUNDATION P.O. BOX 300081 DENVER, CO 80203 USA

also bears this out, as it bemoans society's two-faced approach to youth, stressing its beauty but forbidding its freedom. The best piece is probably "The Human Animal," a lightweight analysis of the progressively greater repression of our instincts in civili2.ed countries. Neatly done, clean and readable, but thin. .

REJUVENATION MAGAZINE, Issues 3,
4, 5, 6edited by Joe Aufricht ($4.00 USA,
$5.00 elsewhere from P.O. Box 711∑, Lakewood, OH 44107).
Thirty pages, digest-si2.ed, typewriter typeset, a little difficult to read (a new typewriter is called for, I believe). This publication, edited by the founder of the Order of Dionysus/Sabazios, has a similar focus to that of LIVE,/ Teen freedom, sexual freedom in particular, is advocated. In issue #3 topics covered include "Free Will vs.
God's Will," "Evolution Theory Isn't Evil," "Drunks Are Not Satanists," and "Future Sex." Issue #4 includes a poem about a young man and his 9-year-old girlfriend, "Self-Sacrifice-What For?", and "Let Teens Vote." Issue #5 runs the gamut from "Myths: Psychotherapy and Mental Illness," and "The Threatening Gym Teacher," to Demo reviews. Issue #6 includes youth advocate poetry, "Bowling Alley Bullshit," Death Metal Reviews and a commentary on accusations that their order advocates paedophilia. Each issue contains "Lilith Lustlove's Personals" for those seeking contact. Mr. Aufricht explores areas of Satanism and his particular slant on the maturity and right to freedom of adolescents as well as their ability to "rejuvenate" older individuals through interaction.

CALL OF TiiE RACE: An Epic Poem by Kenneth Lloyd Anderson ($3.00 from White Temple Books, P.O. Box 452, Hastings, MN 5503).
A tiny, 4" x 7" pamphlet bound in red, with 26 professionally-typeset pages inside. Anderson talks, in free verse, about what he views as the roots of the White race's downfall, what's keeping it down, and how Whites must lift themselves up again. One might expect such a "racist" (Anderson prefers the term "racialism") to be illiterate and shallow, but this poem is poignant and moving. "This is still Nietuche's age," he tells us. "We have run away from what's necessary...whole men know/That hate is as necessary as love."

TiiELEMIX 1993, a production of the

Ordo Mysterium Baphe-metis, printed in a limited print run of 56 copies, available only by the selection of Grand Mistress MegAstron and Grand Master Megalion.
Digest-si7.ed, thirty-five pages with the ubiquitous red cover. Well-written essays concerning the number of wisdom, "naga," the Serpent, chivalry in the occult world, the Major Greek Gods, the powers of the Tore Self, "crowns, Sceptres and Thrones," and computers. Not without its own wry humor; finishes with something called "The Emerald Tablet." If Thelema is your thing, these people seem very knowledgeable but with their feet on the ground; contact them at P.O. Box 156, W. Nottingham, NH
03291-0156, USA.

ONSLAUGHT, Vol. 4, no. 1, edited by Draegon Undomiel ($5.00 from the Luciferian Light Group, P.O. Box 7207, Tampa FL 33673).
The LLG is a White Power group that calls itself Satanic; they use Satanic symbols and say that "the Aryan peoples are the true children of Satan." This issue contains a ritual of "Gratitude/Honor Before Satan," some charts of"magickal" elements and correspondences, and a lengthy section of reprinted new articles titled "Dateline: Hell - A Special Report from Hell's Newsroom." Nice use of graphics here. There are extensive listings and ads of other Satanic groups and publications, as well as an explanation of the "Unified Churches," an attempt to put together several of the self≠ proclaimed Satanic groups operating right now. This may be already defunct, as this issue was followed up by a bulletin detailing the LLG's split from Embasat. An attractive, neat publication but not much "meat."

TiiENEW JACKAL, Vol. 1, Embassy of Lucifer, Chad Ian Miller, presiding, P.O. Box 998, Stewart, BC, V0T 1W0, Canada. (No price given, try $5.00. Fifteen pieces of 8.5" x 11" paper, covered front and back with poorly photocopied, single space dot matrix output.)
Setian Chad starts out by preaching to the converted about how bad Xtianity is. Then he goes into a long description of the Embassy and its degree system, which must be a real degree system because you get to change the color of your robes and belts a lot. Next a discussion of "Satanic Child Molestation and Animal Sacrifice" which barely m ntions these topics although the article is six pages in length. Then a treatise about math and magic which Pythagoras would spit upon, followed by a piece on

time which is actually about "Creation." Concludes with a very extended dictionary of Demons. Entire contents by Chad.
It was reported to us that Chad has again changed horses and formed an Xtian church, but this is unverified. However, this 'zine may be unavailable for that reason - mqwre.

LUCIFER RISING #1, yet another new publication by Chad Ian Miller, who changes his projects (and his mind) like other people change their sheets, it would seem. ($6.00 from the Embassy of Lucifer, P.O. Box 998, Stewart, BC V0T 1W0, Canada.)
Typewriter-typeset on goldenrod paper and stapled in one corner, the cover is the god Baphomet, an oft-copied piece of artwork. There's about eight pages of Chad outlining his perspectives on the Satanic scene plus the rules and regulations for his own, much-better-than-new organization. Then there's the reprinting of a sample issue of ONSLAUGH/', the publication of the Luciferian Light Group (separate from Chad's) and fmally the reprinting of some pages from 1be King in"llllow (hence, perhaps, Chad's choice of paper). Chad claims to be providing a neutral forum for all Satanists, via this publication and his Embassy of Lucifer and Church of Lucifer. However, he has been a member of the Temple of Set for about eight months, and immediately launches into the spurious story of the "collapse of the Church of Satan" and how Anton LaVey "plageri2.ed" [sic] 1be Satanic Bible. How neutral does that sound to you? This is warmed-over non≠ information plus more blathering from Chad; your six bucks would be well-spent elsewhere.

ECLECTIC MAGE JOURNAL, Issue #3,
Jan/Feb 1993, edited by H.J. Mowry,
Jr. aka Zepher ($3.00 from P.O. Box 6911, Pittsburgh, PA 15212).
\ery perky layout with interesting use of scanned graphics, full-si2.ed with eighteen pages, £M's subtitle is "Achieving Goals Through a Diverse System of Magick" Poetry is sandwiched between articles on witchcraft, color magic, etc. This issue is concerned with Satan: "Is He Really a Bad Guy?" The authors demonstrate sympathy for the Devil even if their sources re modem Satanism are more than a bit myopic. We've learned that the editor has become enamored of Aquino's world view so take that into consideration should you have cause to deal with this person.

INCREDIBLY STRANGE MUSIC VOL
I, edited by V. Vale and AndreaJuno (Re/Search, 20 Romolo St., #B, San Francisco, CA 94133 1993; 193 pages, ISBN 0-940642-22-0, $17.99, full-sized softcover).
A series of interviews with record collectors and recording artists, focusing on music from the SO's and 60's. The music they talk about is largely rockabilly and trash bin discoveries, and the emphasis is on what middle class American culture has left behind, deemed "tacky" or "bad." And some of it is bad; how good could a bunch of
so by Rodney Allen Rippy be? Some of these collectors are interested in the obscurity of the recordings themselves, while others genuinely enjoy the sounds; all seem a little disappointed that many others are beginning to discover their finds and are driving up the flea market prices. However, if the underground had never embraced Martin Denny, there wouldn't be the wonderful F.xotica release on CD and I wouldn't have been able to enjoy it.The interview with Denny is good, as are the reproductions of album covers throughout the volume.
What interested me Satanically about the book, was the principle of cultural scavenging, roaming through what the status quo has left behind and pulling out the real gems, the truly magical recordings. then returning to your lair to enjoy that magic, to send those vibes out into the ether. You don't have to like these people or their music to learn something about the power of getting off the cultural beaten track. As the editors says in their introduction, "These records become more than a consumeristic product; they become an expression of the collector's inner vision and exp an alternate aesthetic philosophy."
The fact that Juno and Vale have termed this "Volume One," gives them an out, I suppose, to explain the glaring omissions of musical preservationists like Anton LaVey, Tiny Tim, Boyd Rice and even Dr. Demento, the latter whose radio show drove me out into the garage sales for 78's when I was only fifteen. I hope Volume Two is a little more adventurous.

ANSWER ME Issue 3, edited by Jim Goad (Goad to Hell Ents., 1608 N. Cahuenga Blvd, #666, Hollywood, CA 90028. $5.00 first class; $4.00 third rate).
Long awaited, but worth the wait. Jim and Debbie have hit their stride with this one, with full color Nazi cover and 131

pages of beautifully-designed mayhem. Many artists have contributed cartoons and drawings, includingJohn Wayne Gacy, Ottis Toole, Mark David Chapman and Charles Manson, so if you're a serial killer collector, get out your checkbook. Jim does another excellent "encyclopedia," this time about unique and notorious suicides - photos abound. Debbie's tirades are right on the money; particularly touching is "I Hate Being aJew," wherein she rails against her psychological heritage of being a penny≠ pinching pessimist. I got the biggest kick of all, though, from Jim's article on guns.
Goad's poison pen was never sharper, and
after reading this to myself I read it aloud to others and we laughed until the tears ran. Combining truth with masterful wit and sarcasm, Jim tells One Man's Gun Story, and includes devastating pro-gun quotes from our founding fathers.
Also included are interviews with Boyd Rice, Al Sharpton, the Underdog Lady, the Kids of Widney High, and Debbie contributes a couple of phony phone calls to Dr. Kevorkian and a suicide prevention hot line. Debbie is great at these things; the call to Kevorkian is chilling.
What's really gonna get Answer Mel #3 on America's shit list, however, is Adam Parlrey's article, "Pederastic Park." This piece takes up the notion that director Steven Spielberg has "short eyes," and analyzes his past film efforts as expressions of this proclivity. Cartoonist Coop supplies the accompanying artwork, which shows Spielberg wielding a "hook" at a bare-butted Peter Pan.
You might find this issue on a newsstand somewhere, or you can order it from See/Hear. I recommend you send out immediately and get it right from the Goads own hot little hands. You need Answer Me!, the misanthropist's balm for cultural ennui.

PANTY LINE FEVER #4, edited by Rick ∑ Hall ($4.00 from PLF, 234 E. 7th St., #1FE, New York, NY 10009 - age statement must accompany order; make check/m.o. payable
to Rick S. Hall).
The Biannual Bulletin of Sex, Film and Intellectual Smuggery, PLF is a perky little mag that never fails to satisfy. This time around, an interview with underground comic artist Daniel Clowes, a visit to a Manhattan S&M parlor, a critique of Ken Russell's film The Devils by Ivan Lerner, Reuben Radding's column "The Final Judgement," lovely lasses with half-dad asses, and more.

EVIL: The Newsletter For 'Ihle Crime Book Fanatics edited by Dan Kelly ($1.00 from P.O. Box 476641, Chicago, IL 60647).
I guess the tag title says it all; I know there are such fans in our readership. Editor Kelly gets lots of reviews of true crime books into a slim but well-lai out and typeset format. This might be the place for you to trade info on new or old books and find out what clinkers to avoid on the bookracks.

VAMP ANONYMOUS, Winter and Summer 1993, edited by Amoura ($5.00 from P.O. Box 803, Langhorne PA, 19047).
Each issue is about 20 pages of manuscript-format poetry and fiction . dealing with vampires and vampiric magic. The magazine is produced by the Order of Xanastia, "an Elitist Society for Thelemic heathens of all persuasions, writers, artists, vampire, horror and science fiction fans." The poetry was in the usual romantic, Dark Shadows-esque vein, and I particularly liked the full-page, black and white sigils which would make nice tattoos.

GUEST REVIEWS

TIIE MONSTER SHOW: A Cultural
History of Horror by David]. Skal. ,:W.W.
Norton and Co., 1993, 432 pages, $25.00)
Wtlliam Everisto, Reviewer.
If you're looking for an excellent survey of general horror and its interaction with our culture from the tum of the century to modern chillers like Silence of the Lambs, this is the book for you. Skal dredges up authors and connections from the early days of Dracula, Frankenstein and the Mummy that other writers have neglected. He makes quite a point of the Nazi fascination with wolves and the concurrent American rage of Wolfmen and Cat people movies. From there, he moves deftly through Entertaining Comics vs. Dr. Fredric Wertham, Maila Nurmi as the original "doom, gloom and va≠ va-voom" TV hostess, and the Japanese SO's Godzilla type screamers which, in Skal's analysis, "put a face on the Bomb."
The book opens with a still from Freaks,
setting a tone throughout the book of American horror as sideshow. Skal states that "the motion picture itself had begun its career as a sideshow attraction, a curiosity at the fringes of mainstream entertainment." He credits one man, Tod Browning, with setting the tone with his productions of Dracula and Freaks- a carnival barker's tone

Devilish Merchandise for Christian
Hating, Occult Fascist, Elitists!
llltlutUmt

l

Front Design

CD & Cassette
JL America, U.S. Release (Not Turbo Music)

l

Back Design

Send To - Acheron, Order Of The Evil Eye
P.O. Box 272929, Tampa, Fl. 33688, U.S.A.

that naturally grew from his backgrowid in carnivals and vaudeville. Though Skal does a thorough job of showing the influence of Freaks, it's too bad he hadn't contacted Anton LaVey to fill in some gaps regarding its re-release in the late SO's, which LaVey was responsible for.
Skal marks 1931 as the birth of the horror film, with the release of Frankenstein and Dracula and neatly closes the book by paralleling the releases of modern versions in 1991: 1erminatar 2 and Silence of the Lambs. Throughout this book, he ties our compulsion toward horror to events dominating the mass consciousness at the time - wars, economic collapse, epidemics and political witch-hwits. One particularly pertinent summing quote comes from anti≠ feminist feminist Camille Paglia: "Horror films are rituals of pagan worship. There Western man obsessively confronts what Christianity has never been able to bury or explain away." Skal's book shows that as long as Man continues his lurchin toward "civilization," there will always be a place for nightmares.

FRIGIITEN TIIE HORSES, edited by
Mark Pritchard (Heat Seeking Publishing, 41 Sutter St. #1108, San Francisco, CA 94104;
$5.00 for sample issue, $16.00 for four-issue subscription).
Jeffrey Deboo, Re:viewer.
Professional-quality quarterly dedicated to the cutting edge of sexuality, especially in its more unorthodox variants. Bondage, fetishism, sadomasochism, gay/bi -
whatever you'e into, you'll find it here. Both erotic fantasy fiction and serious articles are featured, along with reviews and a news roundup from the front lines of the depressingly endless battle for sexual freedom against life-hating religious fanatics. A leftist political widertone sometimes intrudes, but in the main these people skewer the "progressive" P.C. sacred cows as eagerly as those of Christian "traditional family values" - article topics have included the menace of overpopulation, the biological/evolutionary roots of human behavior, an expose of the myth that AIDS threatens U.S. heterosexuals, and a deliciously ruthless piece on revenge against rapists. It's rough, raw, and gritty, not sweetness-and-light romanticism; a pleasure≠ loving, life-affirming philosophy is evident throughout. Highly recommended.

CHRISTIAN CIIlLD ABUSE: The
Reality (42 pages, digest-siud, $10.00 from

Realist Publications, P.O. Box 38-262, Petone, Wellington, New Zealand).
Jeffrey Deboo, reviewer.
After reading this item, you'll be enraged on two cowits: first on behalf of all the children molested by the perverts who seem to infest the clergy of almost every branch of Christianity, and second at the colossal nerve of those who have been spreading the "Satanic ritual abuse" myths while the reality of their holy men's depravities outstrips even their fantasies about us!
The text analyzes why Christianity is a breeding growid of pedophilia (a religion which demands repression of mormal sexual urges, notably Catholicism with its celibate clergy, just bottles up those urges witil they explode in some twisted new form) and dissects a few celebrated cases such as the Mt. Cashel Catholic Orphanage in Canada. The rest is accowits culled from news media arowid the world, in which cowitless men of God seem almost to vie with one another to see who can heap the worst abuse on any minor in reach. A New Orleans priest carries off the trophy with allegations that he made his dog take part in the molesting sessions (which were sometimes done at gunpoint), accumulated a 160-hour hardcore video library of his acts, and supplied a kiddie-porn magazine with photos of a retarded youth he had victimiud.
Worst of all is how, in case after case, higher church authorities actively shield molestors. Parents outraged at some clergyman's depredations are told to exercise (yes, you guessed it) the Christian virtue of forgiveness, while the offender is transferred out of trouble and into a new locality where he is wiknown and where fresh, unsuspecting victims await.
Now that even the mainstream media are focusing increased attention on this subject, it's clear that our New Zealand brethren have fowid a potent issue to wield against the sick Nazarene cult befouling our civilization.

SATANISM AND WITCHCRAFf by
Jules Michelet, translated by A.R. Allinson (Citadel Pres, New York, 1992 E.V.; 332 pages, $12.95, paperback).
Jeffrey Deboo, reviewer.
Originally written over a century ago and now newly republished, this formidable work (the product of thirty years of research)∑brio to life the story of Satanism from the birth of the Middle Ages to the Renaissance, in elegant and stately yet easily-

devoured prose. This is history as epic rather than dry chronicle, a tapestry of words more moving and revealing than a thousand clinical photographs.
Never; save pemaps in the best of Twain, have the utter misery and squalor and degradation of medieval life been made so vived. Michelet shows how medieval man's hopelessness and desperation, born of a thousand torments rained down upon him by Church and State in the name of God, drove him to seek the aid of the Rebel who was that God's chief adversary - and who, alone of the dieties available to him, would sanction his own rebelliousness against the vile abominations of his masters, rather than telling him to tum the other cheek.
Medieval Satanism took a thousand forms, from the dumb masses' fearful veneration of old women who had managed to preserve the old pharmaceutical knowledge demonized and forgotten by the Church, to the invocation of forbidden arts by the victimiud to better their lot and strike back against their oppressors, to the Dionysian abandon of the "Sabbaths" and the solemn blasphemies of the Black Mass. Medieval Satanism was widespread and it was real- the similarity of accowits from widely separated lands and eras affirms this. The term Satanism (rather than Devil≠ worship) is appropriately used here, since with rare exceptions the witches and sorcerers of those days saw Satan as an ally and fellow foe of tyranny and injustice, not as a stern and demanding master like Jehovah.
Michelet clearly wrote with no concern about how his prim-and-proper contemporaries would react to the results of his research. He pulls no pwiches in revealing - even with some sympathy - the frequency of incestuous practices in the Middle Ages, and the intimate links between incest and Satanism in every era. He emphasizes the fully equal and sometimes even pre-eminent role of women in Satanism, from the lone witch to the "Sabbath" priestess, in a day when Christianity's byword was still mulier taceat in ecclesia. But interestingly, though medieval witchcraft did indeed preserve many pagan practices, he finds therein no trace of any etherial prehistoric goddess-worship - which will probably make the re-publication of this work something of an wiwelcome event among certain groups who have long made a practice of beefing up their own rather wan mythology by ripping, off what turns out to be our heritage after all.

m \/()/,(IMF-I,# 3 c,- -I

But for us, who seek to reclaim that heritage, it is essential reading - our history retold with all its drama and tragedy shining through.
I cannot close this review without one quote from Michelet's splendid peroration. Asking himself whether Satanism and Christianity can be reconciled in modem times, he proclaims:
"Is there one science you can name that was not originally a revolt against authority? There is only one way to reconcile the two spirits and unite the two Churches. This is to demolish the new one, the one which, from its earliest beginnings, was declared sinful and damnable. Let us destroy, if we can, all the sciences of nature, demolish the observatory, the museum, the botanic garden, the school of medicine, every library of modem books. Let us burn our legal enactments and our codes. Let us go back to the Canon Law. These novelties, one and all, were Satanic; no progress ever made but was his guilty work..How to expiate all this? ...will Satan undo this great work? Never! for it rests on three eternal foundation-stones,- Reason, Right, and Nature."
This man was one of us in spirit. Even a century late, his book should be read.

GLENN DANZIG, musician and member of the bands Sarnhain, Misfits and DANZIG. (Check larger music stores for albums).
Ken Gage, reviewer.
BOMBASTIC MUSIC IS HERE! In a
market so glutted with anything-goes mediocrity, the commercial release of Glenn Danzig's BLJck Aria is a true Hellsend. BLJck Aria's darkly powerful and revisionist sound keeps the album from being categorized with Neo-Classical or New Age music, yet this is no rock album. But this may only be an experimental departure for the musician, whose three DANZIG albums are often described as a blend of R&B and melodious heavy metal, a la John Lee Hooker meets Black Sabbath. Although his early years with Sarnhain and the Misfits were a punk≠ rock legend, they can't hold a black candle to DANZIG or his latest - lend an ear to Black Aria. I think you'll discover that your only regret is the album is fa.1; far too short.

MINISTRY, a unique musical group. (Check any large music store).
Ken Gage, reviewer.
If you've been haunting music stores for

a sound that meets His Satanic Majesty's measure, then MINISTRY has arrivesd! Although the band has been extant since the early 80's, its viscerally distinct industrial/cyberbilly sound didn't blossom until the 1988 release of Land of Rape and Honey. What's cyberbilly, you ponder? - a combination of bluegrass and thrash! Now, don't be frightened by MINISTRY's semi≠ commercial viability. (And don't give me any unholier-than-thou lip about melody either!- I'm talking about an overall Devilish musicianship!)
Sporting 01' Nick's pentagram tattooed on his shoulder, lead vocalist Al Jourgensen gleefully disdains mainstream religion: "It's one giant, false life-insurance policy: 'Pay us money now, we'll promise you'll have a good afterlife.' So they pay their money and happily go off on their own merry little way, making sacrifices on the promise of a better afterlife. Do you know anyone who's come back and complained about their policy?
...It's the biggest insurance scam ever invented." Nothing new to our ears.
MINISTRY's bassist, Paul Barker, offers his own aphoristic evilspeak in punctuation to Jourgensen's. "So, if you're gonna sin," says Barker, "sin boldly. Because, if you believe, you're gonna have to do something in the long run to make up for it." If you know what he's saying, give the band a listen. But if you don't appreciate Psychic TV, Godflesh, or Prong, this won't be your cup of tea either.

TERRA-SHOCK 1beArt of Impact Demo tape. Contact: Black Mosaic Management, clo Brent Miller, P.O. Box 1074, Rockland, ME 04841.
Peter H Gilmore, reviewer.
Satanism has greatly influenced the field of heavy metal, from surface imagery to deeper philosphical explorations of Satanic principles. This tape is a fine example of the latter, with well-crafted music whose lyrics investigate the invisible war, social Darwinist thinking, and living apart from the hero.
The five songs herein are professionally performed and well recorded. Under Stefan Blacart's able hand, this demo is a strong start from a band that will certainly be heard from in the near future.

RUNNING WI'IH TIIE DEVIL, Power,
Gender, and Madness in Heavy Metal Music by Robert Walser. (Wesleyan University Press, Hanover, NH, 1993; 222 pages, ISBN 0-8195-6260-2, paperback.)
Peter H Gilmore, reviewer.

Here at last is a book exploring the subject of heavy metal music without the usual moralistic condemnation or plain condescension so prevalent in other works to touch the subject. Walser is a musician (he's even played with metal bands) and gives a detailed musical analysis whose complexity, and links to such past virtuosic styles as baroque music, might surprise many. Also explored are the sociological factors which have made this such a potent genre in recent years. The author gives some history and confines his work to the more popular and obvious musicians, thus avoiding the more Satanic subgenres and their symbolism and lyrics. Satanism as a motivating philosophy is not part of this book, but the author demolishes arguments against heavy metal made by Carl Raschke in his "academic potboiler," Painted Black. This book will be an eye-opener and is a great foundation for future works to take this musical genre seriously.
HAMMER AGAINST CROSS!, Issue 2,
edited by J.P. Tabone (Poste Restante, 31000 Toulouse R.P., France, 1992; 19 pages, A 4 format, 15 francs, in French).
Peter H Gilmore, reviewer.
This graphically beautiful 'zinc covers the alternative music scene with a social Darwinist slant. Featured here are interviews with Michael Moynihan (Blood Axis), Sveinbjom Beinteinsson, Reptilicus, Fire & Ice, and Cthulhu Records. If you can read French and like this style of music, get it.

BRIMSTONE PRESS #1, Spring XXVIII
A.S., edited by Earl Hammons (1912 East Cleland, Cabot, AR 72023-9666 USA, 1993;
35 pages, photocopied, 8.5" x 11", side≠ stapled).
Peter H Gilmore, reviewer.
This is a new Death Metal 'zinc that features many reviews and interviews with Pale Unearthed, Hands of Filth, Banished, Impetigo, Acheron, Boneyaro Press, Crematorial Death, Living Sacrifice, and Peter Gilmore. A good start for Mr.
Hammons. No price listed but $4.00 should get you a copy.

D.B.N. Magazine #10, ($2.50 from P.O. Box 3547, Lantana, FL 33465-3547; 40 pages,
8.5" x 11" on newsprint).
Peter H Gilmore, reviewer.
Billed as "Your source for subversive entertainment," this 'zinc features music reviews and has interviews with such luminaries as G.G. Allin, Alice Donut,

White Zombie, and Forced Entry. Has some fine comic art, especially the cover image of Death by Eddie Garcia.

SECONDS, (various is.sues, $2.95, on
newstands everywhere)
Peter H Gilmore, reviewer.
Under the capable hands of managing editor George Petros (of EXIT fame) this music magazine has broken ground in their willingness to interview not only the usual bands being promoted to exasperation, but "fringier" folk such as Foetus and Laibach, as well as pioneers like Wendy Carlos and Timothy Leary. At this rate, maybe Norman Conquest will be next? They even criticii.ed Deicide's claim to being Satanic!

EXPLODING HEARTS EXPLODING
STARS, The Serial Art & Propaganda of George Petros ($11.95 from Norman Gosney, 208 W. 23.rtl St., New York, NY 10011, 1992; 96 pages, 11" x 14" paperback).
Peter H Gilmore, reviewer.
This oversii.ed compendium of black and white art clearly demonstrates Petros' mastery of the form of narrative graphic propaganda. Pieces herein shatter PC concepts of racism, sexuality, politics, aesthetics and the philosophies that underlie these topics, creating disturbing icons of archetypes long denied, yet now finding a reswgence of power. With a blend of brutality and elegance, Petros challenges his viewers to come to terms with elements of reality that can only be ignored at the peril of the perceiver.

SIEGE, The Collected Writings of James Mason edited and Introduced by Michael M. Jenkins (Storm Books, P.O. Box 18009, Denver; CO 80218 U.S.A., 1992; 434 pages,
$22.0-0, paperback).
Peter H Gilmore, reviewer.
This book is a monumental achievement. Editor Jenkins took great care to assemble Mason's writin which had been published in his newsletter SIEGE from 1980 -1986, into a coherent progression that charts Mason's thinking on his National Socialist odyssey, from an explorer picking up from his predecessors to the sage with wisdom gained from working to make an effective revolutionary movement in the exacting arena of reality. Mason is most certainly a political extremist, but dear reader, as a Satanist you are also an extremist in the realm of religion and philosophy. This book offers great insight into the progression and evolution of an

extremist movement here in the US. I found remarkable parallels between the types of individuals that Mason encountered in his field to those that I have experienced in the "Satanic scene."
Even amongst his "peers" Mason became a loner as he comprehended the meaning behind the deeds attributed to Charles Manson, and thus founded Universal Omer; a concept very much akin to the Satanic view of Man's place in the cosmos. If you are a Satanist and have not

gotten a sense of perspective on how your movement fits into American Society, look at this account of the American National Socialist movement and learn. Mason's writing is clear and filled with clarity.
This massive tome is graced with rare photographs of individuals, posters, and documents that are central to the issues covered. It's design is elegant and monolithic, and quite easy to read. Here is the un≠ varnished thinking of an American radical offered up for you to judge as you see fit. If you are truly aware, this book will give you much to ponder, and if not, it could make a difference in how you view yourself and the world about you. Don't miss it.

COSMIC RETRIBUTION, The Infernal Art of Joe Coleman (Feral House, P.O. Box 3466, Portland OR 97208-3466, 1992; 135
pages, ISBN (softcover) 0-922915-067 $22.95, ISBN (ha.rtlcover) 0-92291 13-X $39.95).
Peter H Gilmore, reviewer.
I have had the good fortune to have seen numerous actual Coleman originals on exhibition, and they leave an indelible mark on your visual memory. If you are a

---
con11-0isseur of images of misanthropia, then this is a portable feast that you must have. Coleman's paintin and drawin of the human animal at his/her most candidly humane behavior are icons of the Seventh Satanic Statement that leap off of their canvasses to shove their foetid tongues down your throat. And Coleman directs his scrutiny at himself as well as the various strata of "human" society with honesty that is deeply moving.
A handsome volume filled with 32 full color pages and one hundred pages of black and white work, there is an illuminating interview with Coleman that gives the reader a glimpse into the psyche that is the gateway for these extrao.rtlinary and indicting pictures. I see Coleman as a lycanthropic shaman, evidenced by his performances wherein he bites the heads off of mice and blows himself up, who crystallii.es his deeply felt and penetrating grasp of our species in images of devastating epiphany. Here is truly Satanic art that you will savour for decades. A must for every Satanist.

SYMPHONY by Adrian Savage (Pocket Books, 1230 Avenue f the Americas, New York, NY 10020, 1992; 277 pages, ISBN 0-
671-67249-5, $4.99, paperback).
Peter H Gilmore, reviewer.
Here's an odd little number, a horror novel in which several of the protagonists
are Satanists, from Prometheus Faust - ex-cop and founder of a Satanic Church, Cal Hudson - worshipper of Satan who is working on a symphony comprised of sampled screams of the victims of his brutal and graphically described tortures, and 'Torry
- dabbling with the Children of Belial. Savage has herein included all the sorts of Satanism claimed to exist by the Christers, but he attempts a partially sympathetic portrait of Faust as a genuine, if masochistic, Satanist. This novel is the stuff of "B" movies, but is entertainingly written. I was disappointed in the lack of pursuit of the idea of the "scream symphony" beyond its mere mention and the change of attitude wrought in Faust by the novel's end, but that is to be expected as the author is a practitioner of Chaos magic. A fun read to fill your spare time.

HALF DRESSED, SHE OBEYED by
Deborah Ryder(Divine Press, P.O. Box 108, Stockport, Cheshire, SK1 4OD, England, 1993; 189 pages, $19.99, trade paperback).
Peter H Gilmore, reviewer.
---

This volume of S&M erotic fiction is well illustrated by∑'Irevor Brown and includes a perceptive forward by Tuppy Owens as well as a prelude by the author, "'Writing SachMasochistic Pornography: A Woman's Defence," wherein she does just that with clarity and conviction. If this area of erotica is one you enjoy, or if you'd like to explore an area that is new to you, the tales herein will certainly supply you with archetypal scenarios for fantasy. There are many insights to be gained as well concern≠ ing the psyche's of those who belong to this realm, where there are clearly defined roles and no lacking of discipline. Check it out!

ARKTOS: The Polar Myth in Science, Symbolism, and Nazi Survival by Joscelyn Godwin (Phanes Press, P.O. Box 6114, Grand Rapids, MI 49516, 1993; 260 pages, ISBN 0-933999-46-1, $16.95, trade
paperback).
Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.
A fascinating volume that brings some needed research and factual grounding to this topic. If you are interefted in Thule, The Black Order, Shambhala, Agartha and other Hyperborean subjects, then you must have this book. There is an extensive
bibliography as well to point you towards further sources of information.

TIIE FIFIH PXIH, issue 4, edited by Robert Ward (P.O. Box 1632, Carmichael, CA 95609-1632, 1993; 76pages, full-siud softcover magazine, $6.00).
Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.
Once again editor Ward has put together an issue to delight and intrigue. Of particular interest are the interviews with Adam Parfrey of Feral, House and Thomas Thom of the Satanic band The FJectric Hellfire Club. Also of note is the very extensive review section which covers audio, video, and print media. We suggest that you subscribe so as not to miss a single issue.

PRIMAL CHAOS, edited by Wendy Van Dusen (1072 Folsom Street, #388, San Francisco, CA 94103, 1993; Current issue Nl,
$3.00, full-sius softcover magazine).
Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.
We are in possession of Primal,Chaos N2 through N7 and have been highly impressed with the growth in quality and depth displayed under the very able helm of editor Wendy Van Dusen. This 'zine has from the start shown a good sense of graphics and fine artwork and poetry. Articles are meant to get one's feet wet in the subjects covered

(Odinism, Runology, and Lycanthropy are regular topics of discussion). Each issue also contains an interview with someone of note: Monte Cazazza (#2), Kenneth Grant (#3), Peter Carroll (#4), Nick Bougas (#5), Peter Gilmore (#6), and Z'ev (N7).
Miss Van Dusen is also a musician and
her band Neither/Neither '\lorld, has produced a darkly lyrical album with 13 son Sociopathic Pleasures. This is available as an LP ($8.00 postpaid to: Subterranean Recotds, P.O. Box 2530, Berkeley, CA 94702) or CD (Funky Mushroom, P.O. Box 100270, Brooklyn, NY 11210). Do be sure to keep up with these endeavors.

TIIE FENRIS WOLF -The Journal Of Contemporary Occultism, Issue No. 3, edited by Carl Abrahamsson (Psychick Release PCP, P.O. Box 26067, S-100 41,
Stockholm, Sweden, 1993; 200 pages, $20, paperback).
Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.
This hefty volume ranges quite widely in material, much of it Satanic, such as: wrests" by Anton LaVey, "The Demonic Glamour of Cinema" by the editor, "The Left-Handed Path" by The O.N.A., "The Rite of Ragnarok" by Peter Gilmore, "Recognizing Pseudo-Satanism" by Nemo, and "Pythagoras, Plato and the Hellenes" by Philip Marsh. There are other articles on magickal topics by Freya Aswynn, Hymenaeus Beta and a reprint of Austin Osman Spare's "Anathema of Zos." There is much here to get you thinking and doing. Don't miss it.

PROMETiiEAN CIR.CLE, A publication dedicated to Satanism and the path of the strong, edited by John Hiotellis and George Zaharopoulos (P.O. Box 79006, 17202
Himmittos, Athens, Greece, 1993; 28 pages,
815" x 11.75" side stapled).
Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.
This is a fine debut issue. Editor Zaharopoulos starts off with a fine blast at Humanism, Faustus Scorpius expounds on "The Promethean Quest," "Life is War, War is Life" presents philosophy from the Chuch of WAR, Stephen Waters offers insights into "Wolf Lore," and perhaps most apropos is editor Hiotellis' piece on ancient Hellenic Satanic mythology. There's much material of interest here and the editors seek articles for future issues.

DIABOLICAL CREATIONS #1, edited
by Ken Gage (IZM Enterprises, P.O. Box 353, Maple Park, IL 60151, 1993; 42 pages,

full-siud, side stapled).
Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.
"let another new Satanic publication that is ballsy and fun. There's pieces on Satanism, Godzilla, Occult themes in Rap, Satan and the Soul, plus poetry, reviews, many ads, and underground comic style artwork. There's even a piece by a Christian providing his proof for his choice in God≠ belief. A new perspective here that you should enjoy - check it out.

THEE INFERNAL TEMPLER, '\bl. 1,
No. 2 edited by Varek Ultra (f.O.P.Y. Station 23, P.O. Box 687, Halfway; Sheffield, S19 5UX, England, 1993; 16 pages, A4 format. No price listed).
Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.
Having never previously received review materials from T.O.P.Y., I imagine that this issue was sent because the opening article entitled "Satan Is Dead" is a meandering misprision of the Chun:h of Satan and The Black Flame. The balance of the publication is concerned with various Thelemic and Chaosian concerns, as well as reviews of material with a similar bent. A cassette accompanied this, but I was not inspired to listen. If such is your interest, then this is a source for additional material.

ESOTERRA, No. 2, edited by R.F. Paul and Chad Hensley(2116 Guadalupe, #114, Austin, TX 78705, 1992; 40 pages, digest≠ siud, $5.00).
Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.
This is a neat 'zine which commences with a fun piece by Adam Parfrey on "Wei.rd Sex Cults" which is followed by an interview with Parfrey. There are three tarot≠ esque "Esoteric Images" by David Grimbleby with explanations, an intro to the Esoteric Order of Dagon, an analysis of the symbols in Lovecraft's "The White Ship," an interview with Sleep Chamber, poetry by Frater Orcen, and some very fine art. This is a well done effort that is worth your attention.

VILE PEACOCK, issue 2, edited by Richao Polysorbate 60∞ (Maggot Bait, 409 North
P.C.H. 106, suite 439, Redondo Beach, CA 90277, 1992; 38 pages, digest- si7.ed, $2.00).
Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.
This is a 'zine filled with comics, collages, and collated images of misanthropy. This collection is not for the squeamish, with both visceral and sexually explicit material. Just a little bit of "human" life.

11-MOV, issue 1, edited by Richao Polysorbate (IJ0 (Maggot Bait, 409 North
P.C.H. 106, suite 439, Redondo Beach, CA 90277, 1992; 24 pages, digest- sized, $1.00).
Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.
More of the same kind of material as VILE. PEACOCK, which is not surprising since this is called a "first and last breakaway" from that publication. My favorite image is on page three titled "Nature's Kingdom Sees No Evil."

TIIE OHM CLOCK, issue 1, edited by Aaron Garland (P.O. Box 43894, Las Vegas, NV 89116-1894, 1993; 31 pages, full-siz.ed magazine, $3.00 US, $5.00 foreign, postpaid).
Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.
This new 'zine is generally focused on alternative music and thus has interviews with the misanthropic band Man Is 1he Bastard, Kingdom Scum, Anomalous Records, as well as a piece about Richard Wagner plus music reviews. Also interviewed is Robert Ward, editor of The Fifth Path, and there is an article about Ancient Egypt. There is a good blend of material in this first issue.

MODERN TABOO, #3, edited by Mitchell E (P.O. Box 55138, Atlanta, GA 30308-0138,
1993; 14 pages, full-si7.ed, $2.00).
Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.
Included herein are articles on Mantras, The Plecid Foundation, EMBASAT, and interviews with Chad Ian Miller and Jim Goad. There's also a review section of recon:iings and publications. For some reason there are often handwritten headings for articles and for all the reviews.

FLASHBACK, #1, edited by Jan Axelsson (P.O. Box 676, S-114 79, Stockholm,
Sweden, 1993; 80 pages, A4 format, 29 krono .
Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.
A new Swedish music 'zine with explorations of other cultural oddities. Most interesting is the first part of an article on the Church of Satan by Carl Abrahamsson.
Other topics covered: LSD, Film Censorship in Sweden, Jean-Michel Jarre, Iggy Pop, and more. This is all in Swedish, so it is for those who can speak Swedish.

GRAY AREAS, \bl. 1, No. 1, edited by Netta Gilboa (P.O. Box 808, Broomall, PA 19008-0808, 1992; 82 pages, soft-cover full≠ sized magazine, $4.50).
Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.
This is a magazine that wishes to

examine the "gray areas of life," thus they have a massive review section of alternative products in all media that attempts to one-up that of Factsheet Five. The production values are very high here, but outside of the incredible reviews the focus seems to be on the Grateful Dead. The reviews are quite clear and supportive and definitely provide an excellent source for your browsing.

PARAPSYCHOLOGY, NEW AGE.
AND TIIE OCCULT, A Source
Encyclopedia, edited by Cheryl Klein Lacoff (Reference Press International, P.O. Box 4126, Greenwich, CT 06830, 1993; 526
pages, full-sized paperback, $24.95).
Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.
This massive reference work has detailed listings of groups, publications, spas, centers, communities, museums, schools biographies, bookstores, distributors, media producers, and even events! I must say that it is skimpy on Satanism (it's not even listed in the "Topics Index") and there are two listings for the Church of Satan, one of which has an old, defunct mailing address.
I found this to be a fun volume to flip through, as you never quite know what you'll come across, though there's a bit too
much occultnik stuff to wade through. There's quite a guide to stores and services which could help folks find local sources for items of interest. It is a very professional publication and quite reasonable at the price.

GO TO HELL #3, Family Values, a video by John Dewey($9.95 postpaid, Brimstone Ministries, Box 6(1J, Marstons Mills, MA 02648, 1993; 30 minutes, VHS format).
Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.
Once again Daimon Egan is back and seems to have hit his stride with this video. It begins with some paranoia evoking close≠ ups of Egan, then moves on to the running joke, a returning rondo refrain wherein a priest knocks on Egan's front door
(emblazoned with a Halloween witch with a rather phallic nose) with some such pro≠ Christ blather to which Egan has a snappy comeback. Also included is an interview with Ralph Frasier, who doesn't let blindness stop him from resisting the Christians' smugness, a wonderful take-off on Serrano's Piss Christ, Egan's sermon
exposing the namesake of the Gideons, those obnoxious folk who put Bibles in hotel rooms, and also a segment called "The 666 Club," in which Egan and his associate Lucifer Tuylor discuss the family values exemplified by the holy men of the Bible.

The tape is finished with Tuylor, naked, reciting a statement that was read into the congressional recon:i (on Walpurgisnacht!) which mocks Christian charity. All in all a fun tape and well worth the asking price.

LAISSEZ FAIRE BOOKS CATALOGUE,
(942 Howard Street, San Francisco, CA 94103).
Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.
This is an excellent source for books in the Libertarian vein of thought, and stocks such classic authors as Thomas Szasz, H.L. Mencken, Mark Twain, Ayn Rand, and many others who you will find fascinating and useful. Contact them for the latest issue.
EXPOSING- THE FRAUDS JOURNAL OF PSYCHOLOGY &
TIIEOLOGY, Fall 1992, '\blume 20, Number 3. Special Issue - Satanic Ritual Abuse: The Current State of Knowledge. guest edited by Martha L. Rogers (Biola University, 13800 Biola Avenue, La Mirada, CA 90639-0001, 1992; 172 pages, paperback,
$10.00).
Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.
This is a Christian publication wherein those who promote the SRA fraud are taken quite thoroughly to task by some heavy hitters in this field. It seems that the Christian community of intellectuals decided that it was time to clean house.Just as we separate ourselves from misguided dabblers who kill cats and vandali7.e cemeteries, the mainstream Christians want
nothing to do with this Satanic scam fostered
by mentally disturbed individuals and the therapists and consultants who've grown fat from this urban legend. There's great ammo in here from Christians to use should you be in a position to need to debunk the hysteria. Highly recommended.

CORNERSTONE, Volume 21, issue 98, edited by Dawn Herrin (939 W. Wilson Ave., Chicago, IL (IJ640, 1992; 38 pages, tabloid format, $2.00).
Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.
In this issue, Jon 'frott and Mike Hertenstein shine the light of investigative reporting on Mike Warnke, author of 1he Satan Seller, and they demolish his claims to having been a member of a Satanic organization and expose his use of his ministry for personal gain. Once again, this is a Christian publication which wishes to get the sleau out of their comer. Warnke has been making big bucks for years with his phony tales, and now he's been caught and

pinned-down. Much useful info here, should this "clown for Christ" bring his evangelism to your area.

FAISEMFMORYSYNDROME
FOUNDATION, 3508 Market Street - suite 128, Philadelphia, PA 19104.
Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.
Let me quote from an informational pamphlet published by this organization. "It is the purpose of the Foundation: To seek the reasons for the spread of False Memory Syndrome; To work for the prevention of new cases of False Memory Syndrome; and To aid the victims, both primary and secondary, of False Memory Syndrome."
Here we have an organization that is working to combat the spread of false memories of sexual abuse in general, which will certainly be of use to smash the hysteria concerning ritual abuse" that is a subset of this spectator sport. If information is needed to debunk the lies of fundies and Xtian "therapists," this organization can be of use. Also, should proponents of the hysteria arise in your locale, alert this organization and
put responsible local officials in touch so that they can get a balanced point of view concerning the issue, and not be
hoodwinked out of sympathy for those claiming (falsely) to having been the victims of extraordinarily heinous crimes.

TIIETAOIST

Sway with the breeze Smell the scent of the trees
Feel the SAT pushing Llfe through you

Smoke drifting along the tides of the moon Surrounded by her presence, my senses swoon Twilight's peace beckons their beastial so

Leopard hunting, gaz.elle dying, a sparrow born in a mere moments passing
Sri Kala Chalcra, nothing is wasted or everlasting

A mere thread in Life's woven weave
His bright cloak shining, Yin gracefully leaves These are the best moments of Life

Andre T. Soly

(1970 - 1992) POET, SATANIST

"That is not dead which can eternal lie, And with strange aeons even death may die."

ANTICHRIST
BY BILL EHMANN,]R..

TANDING IN THE RITUAL CHAMBER, the dim
light of a single brazier does little to dispel the darkness. I stand before the Baphomet and for the duration of this ceremony consciously suspend my disbelief in the reality
of Satan and the infernal demons of Hell.
But as commonly happens when I speak less and pause more, I feel the presence of someone there, someone listening, someone watching.
I feel a benevolent interest and a strange sense of comradeship with this presence. As I continue to move through the ritual and address Satan, I am addressing this presence I feel but do not see. Always, when finished with such a ritual I have the profound sense of having communicated with someone and this communication feels meaningful and unbounded by the limitations imposed by the words which were spoken.
What is more, when I have had these experiences in ritual with others, the other individuals consistently report the same feeling of a presence. In talking with different Satanists about this experience I find they commonly have felt this curious communication.
So what is happening here? Our religion stands solidly based upon the bedrock of doubt not faith. We have rejected exterior gods in favor of recognizing our personal godhood in the present moment. We indulge in the power of belief only within the framework of ritual but agree to cap that powerful drug at ritual's end. We agree to turn on again the light switch of reason. We choose to be the magician and not the rube.
Yet the experience in ritual keeps occurring, like the persistant scratching of a cat who wants to be let in. There remains this powerful sense of feeling that there is someone present in ritual who, once called, has come to visit.
I realiz.e that only two conclusions have been drawn by those who have reported this experience since 1966. They either rejected it as mere fantasy (which does not address the intensity of the experience) or embraced it as belief (which ignores the ambiguity of the experience). I wondered if there might not be a third option.
Experimenting with the elements of ritual I discovered that there are several factors which seem to produce this sense of a visitor. First is darkness. When I have conducted ritual with two or more brightly lit candles in a chamber I have not become aware of this ghostly presence. If the chamber is dimly lit by a single burning lamp of jellied fuel (such as sterno) or even in complete pitch darkness, then the awareness of another is felt.
The second factor is the act of expectation through speech and action. When I correctly enter into the Satanic ritual and address Satan as if He were actually listening and present, then the phenomenon of feeling someone present occurs.
Of course all of this could be explained by suggestion. The dim or dark chamber softens the shapes I can see so that the

aspect of my mind which imposes sensory order is activated to make sense out of what is there. This is the same action the mind takes when we say that our eyes are "playing tricks." One example of this is when we are driving a car and can barely see some indistinct object on the road ahead. As we approach it looks to be a body of an animal until we get close enough to see it actually is a cardboard box. By suspending my disbelief in the context of ritual, I am certainly entering into the same dreamlike world of imagination where the mind creates impressions. Thus this experience could be nothing more than a form of self≠ hypnosis.
Digging deeper, however, I wondered how exactly I am aware of this ense of presence in the ritual. I do not normally see anything (such as a shadowy form). Neither do I hear any voice or breathing or some such. Neither is there a smell, taste nor touch. Yet somehow I kept sensing this presence. How?
I began to experiment in ritual. I would invoke the presence and then (with no small humor at this situation) ask myself how the Hell I knew there was this presence. What was this feeling and how did I know about it?
At one point I decided it must actually be that peculiar subset of the sense of hearing which can detect the physical presence of surrounding objects nearby. Physically blind people have demonstrated this remarkable use of "sonar" to "feel" physical objects and people around them through a subtle awareness of sounds. But I found that the visitor was not felt by me to have a specific physical location. It wasn't so simple.
Finally I came to realiz.e that there is a peculiar difference between how I feel when I am alone and when there is another person present. If you are in a room and someone enters who could be important to you (a friend, for example) there is a special complex of subtle physical shifts that occur which you can feel. You will not feel these shifts if someone enters who is totally unimportant and does not require any degree of social interaction (such as a stranger entering a bus depot where you are reading a book). This feeling of social preparation, of readying oneself to interact with another person, was exactly what I have been experiencing as the visitor phenomenon.
However, even this has not answered the ultimate question. After all, am I sensing this presence because it is actually there or because I have fallen prey to my own suggestive expectations?
And then finally the answer loomed clear and distinct.
Since in ritual, the magic is most effective when the magician suspends disbelief and believes totally and completely in the magical reality of Satan and his minions, and since so many feel this presence in ritual, then the answer is to BELIEVE IT... in ritual; DISBELIEVE IT... outside of ritual.
Just the way it was described in 7he Satanic Bible in 1969.

WHAT If THEY 0AVE A WAR ANDNOBODY CAME?

ON'T BLINK - WATCH 1-IlS HANDS! The hand is
quicker than the eye!" Phrases often heard from an audience observing the artistry of prestidigitation.
Perhaps some of you have uttered similar comments while enjoying a magical entertainer at a circus, cruise ship, Las Vegas or tableside at a restaurant. And the most popular comment: How do they do that? Part of the answer comes from MISDIRECTION.
Come closer. I am about to reveal a secret. The hand IS NOT quicker than the eye! That is why you, the audience, must be made to look elsewhere without realizing that you have been: MISDIRECTED! Fear not! Even with this knowledge you will be hard pressed to catch a pro at his game. So come closer, I shall tell you more.
One particular technique is BOREDOM. Stay awake no,w and I will share an example of one magician who w.as a master at misdirection. His name: MAX MALINI. Born m
1873 in Ostrov (between Poland and Austria); emigrated to New York at age fifteen. His passion and hobby, magic, became his profession, and by age twenty he was one of the nation's top saloon entertainers. Malini went on to perform at major cities in the USA, and from there he entertained world≠ wide. Malini was described as having the airs of an opera star: expensive clothes, cigar, finess and panache. His strongest feats were the appearance of a block of ice in a spectator's hat and blindfolded card tricks. Quite impressive for a man who was described as pudgy with very small hands! In fact, Malini could not hide a playing card in his hand. Yet he still managed_ to do so. Malini knew that if an action is repeated constantly, it becomes BORING and the mind will not pay attention to it. Thus he would repeat the same shuffle several times, then interject a "secret move," right under the proverbial nose of the audience!
And so on, with some other actions safely hidden from
perception. Malini amazed audiences up to the time of his death in the early 1940's. He is buried in Hawaii, the place of his last performance.
Would you like to put this to a test? The next time you are at the dinner table, try this: pick up and lay down your fork in exactly the same way. Look at the fork as you do so, but make no mention of this. Just let the action sink in. Do this three or four times. Then, look at the fork, PRETEND to pick it up. Bring the hand (pretending to hold the fork) towards you and SIMULTANEOUSLY look at someone next to you and say "Could you hold this fork?" If your timing is correct, you will enjoy watching your victim reach for the
non-existing fork! With a little practice, you can do this with coins, salt-shakers and other small objects.
So practice well and please do not drop your fork!

November 1387: A massive army of Tartars appear on the plains outside the city of Ispahan in central Iran.

Their leader, the Turkish war-lord Tammerlaine, dispatches emissaries to announce his arrival and to convey his challenge of battle to commence on the following day.
The Mussaffarid governor of Ispahan, Muzaffar-I-Kashi receives Tammerlaine's emissaries and is informed of the challenge they have come to deliver. He wastes no time in conferring with his ministers of state. The rich mercantile population of the city has little stomach for battle. They lack the necessary courage and fortitude to meet the Tartar challenge with resolve. There must be some other less dangerous course to follow, they plead.
Muzaffar-I-Kashi politely declines the challenge. Instead he offers the keys of the city to Tammerlaine, hoping to placate him.

The inhabitants of Ispahan, oblivious to their impending doom, carry on "business as usual."

Tammerlaine, a seasoned warrior of a hundred desperate battles, can feel no compassion for men so cowardly and indolent as to refuse to defend their own families, city and posessions. To his fierce warrior ethic, this refusal, and subsequent token of submission, is both an insult and an outrage!

Tammerlaine orders the wholesale slaughter of the city's inhabitants. Each of his army units is required to contribute a fixed number of heads to the general "pool."

The horror that ensues is unequalled by even the Golden Horde of Genghiz Khan in the previous century. For the Mongols, despite their ferocity, were but simple savages, whereas Tammerlaine is a cultured Turk.

The city of Ispahan becomes a chaos of thunderous hoofbeats, curved scimitars flashing in arcs beneath a dazzling Arabian sun, cries of terror and pain, and the sickly-sweet fragrance of death lingering in the aftermath.

Tammerlaine decrees that a pyramid reaching many stories high is to be constructed on the following day. It is to be a monument to the once prosperous, but cowardly people of Ispahan. It is to be composed of the 70,CXIJ skulls of the men, women, and children of the city who have perished there that unforgettable day.

R. N. Taylor

INFLUENCE FELT in society. We've seen how many individua1s have launched publications as
platforms for their particular focus and this is a healthy development. The Church of Satan encourages its members to make their influence felt in the real world, and this is a very direct method. We also have seen many new grottos rise, and fall as well, as Satanists attempt to make a social organization that will satisfy the wants of those involved. In this column, we'll focus on several grottos and their activities.

Grotto ODM (P.O. Box 163, Stratford, CT 06497)
Here is a group of Satanists that are organized and having fun too! From their Genera/, Information papers: "Grotto ODM, also referred to as ODM, is an organization whose primary function is the fraternal bonding and mutual support and advancement of individua1s of like interest in magical and related topics, who share the same basic philosophy on the nature of the world and of humans.
"Our name, 'GROTTO ODM,' derives from the Latin 'Oderint Dum Metuant,' 'Let them hate, so long as they fear.' This reflects the esoteric nature of the grotto, which sets itself apart from the social mainstream, and also the general tone of the grotto's philosophy, which disregards opinions of outsiders who do not share nor even understand our beliefs. The motto could be understood to convey the sentiment, in everyday language, 'I don't care if you don't understand me, or even if you hate me - just don't bother me.'
"ODM's pragmatic philosophy is based on the principles set forth in Anton LaVey's The Satanic Bible; familiarity with and understanding of this work are essential for membership. Since our founders are members of Dr. LaVey's Church of Satan, we maintain a 'spiritual affiliation' with the Church.
Membership in the Church is not mandatory for General members of ODM, although it is strongly recommended. There are some Grotto functions which are reserved only for members of the Church of Satan.
"ODM does not evangelize nor proselytize; we don't practice overt recruitment. We welcome inquiry by persons whose interest and participation could be mutually beneficial, and membership is typically by referral. Naturally, any area members of the Church of Satan are welcome to join should they so desire."
This grotto also puts out a newsletter called The Raven which is humorous and insightful with columns on food (From Hell's Kitchen) and drink (Exploring the Spirit World≠ de gustibus non disputandum), as well as commentary. They are open to article submissions.
Do contact them if this sounds to be what you seek.

The Infernal Garrison (7205 Goreway Drive, P.O. Box 59049, Mississauga, Ontario, L4T 4J1, Canada)
Having grown out of the Knights of Satan, from whom we haven't heard much in a while, Doug Richards has here forged an active ensemble promoting real Satanism. The membership package includes "Statutes That Govern The Infernal Garrison," and many fine images drawn by Mr.
Richards as well as his militant Satanic poetry and their initiation ritual. They also have spiffy membership cards. From one of their information sheets:
"The Infernal Garrison was formed in response to the demands of those in the Toronto area... [We] follow the philosophies of the Church of Satan and practice true Satanic magic, not what society 'thinks' is practiced...With determination, perhaps more groups will eventually follow to offer man identity instead of herd conformity."
They've a1so produced a cassette of music for rituals, basically from various soundtracks (Bram Stoker's Dracula) and Orff's Carmina Burana, among others. It is an effective blend Contact them for further information.

The Shiva Grotto (710 1/2 Courtland Ave., Kokomo, IN 46901) The basic intent of the Shiva Grotto, according to James
M. Davis, is to destroy the "Geraldo-satanist" image as well as the over-rated Christian religion. A further goal is to show that when need be, instead of ritualizing for everything, real Satanists get off their asses and employ their natural intelligence and wit in order to make their desires happen. From one of their pamphlets:
"Throughout history, anyone who veers from the mainstream and has obtained any success has been accused of diabolical connections to a darker force. Satanism is not about who can sacrifice the most babies or take the most drugs, it's about living by a set philosophy and calling up the darker forces in nature to exert your Will into the world as you see fit... Satan demands a much harder task than signing over your soul in blood. He demands that you live your life as fully as possible, prosper by your own wits and avoid misery."
Their organization is firmly based on the writings of Anton Szandor LaVey.

Please note: Both William Gidney and the "Infernal Grotto" are no longer associated with the Church of Satan, by decree of the Council of Nine.
Also, there are still pseudo-Satanic organizations out there claiming that the Church of Satan is defunct, bankrupt, or in some way non-existent - and that they are taking over. A bogus history is usually supplied to give credibility to their pedigree.
Ignore them. Innovators succeed while imitators fail!

HELL'S KITCHEN PRODUCTIONS PRESENT
CLOISONNE
SIGIL OF BAPHOMET MEDALLIONS
THE CHURCH OF SATAN
by Blanche Barton

A History Of The World's Most Notorious Religion
Where Satanism has been,
its present state, and where it is going, plus a guide to ritual magic and formation of groups and grottos.
1.75 INCHES IN DIAMETER SILVER SYMBOL BACKED BY
ENAMEL IN BLACK, RED, OR PURPLE
ORDER NOW!
ONLY $30 EACH
(ADD $5.00 EACH, OUTSIDE U.S.)
$8.95 plus $1.50 shipping and handling
($5.00 for overseas orders)
SEND CHECK, MONEY ORDER, OR BANK DRAUGHT IN U.S. FUNDS TO:
HELL'S KITCHEN PRODUCTIONS,
P.O. BOX 499, RADIO CITY STATION, NY, NY 10101-0499 U.S.A.

SPEAK OF TIIE DEVIL: 1HECANONOF ANTONLAVEY

A 90 minute docwnentary featuring all-new interviews with the High Priest of the Church of Satan.
Don't mis.5 the tour of The
Black House, including the forbidden Den of Iniquity.
You'll be dazzled by his keyboard artistry as the Maestro takes you to worlds gone by - soon to be resurrected. Also featuring interviews with other Satanists of note. Don't miss it!
AVAILABLE THIS FALL FROM:

WAVFLENG1HVIDEO,
BOX 1290, BURBANK, CA 91507
Send a self-addressed, stamped envelope for information.

THE FENRIS WOLF #3
Featuring:
"Tests" by Anton LaVey "Pseudo Satanism" by N emo
"Rite of Ragnarok" by Peter Gilmore "Roots of Satanism" by Philip Marsh and other articles of interest.

To order: send U.S. $25 in cash or International Money Order for
150 Swedish Crowns
Coming in 1994:
Den Sataniska Bibeln
(Swedish translation of The Satanic Bible
by Carl Abrahamsson)

for information contact:
Psychick Release PCP, P.0. Box 26067, S-100 41, Stockholm, Sweden

prisons get? People should be laughing WITH the death penalty, not AT it. Those who are laughing at
the death penalty are confused in thinking that it is not a deterrent. A person who is put to death can never harm another innocent person again. A corpse doesn't have a chance for parole, nor does it have any opportunities for escape.
Convicts who have no substantial evidence against them, but who are on death row, are spared (for the time being).
Those criminals who have admitted openly to murder, or who have overwhelming evidence against them, MUST be put to death without reservation. Of course, those who kill in self≠ defense should be spared by the government, and commended by the Satanist.
Capitol Punishment is a euphemism for "destroying low-lifes." If Satanists ruled the government, the degenerates
would go bound and gagged to the victim's family for them to torture, then destroy. Sheer torture would make any would-be perpetrator think twice. Since this isn't going to happen in our world just yet, let the government destroy the degenerates. An end would come to the building of more and more prisons, paying people to "rehabilitate" those beyond rehabilitation, as well as the feeding and health care of these morons.
Whenever someone is put to death, and it is not in your own state, the newspapers print only a very small article about it. I suppose this is to not offend Christians by making a big story out of how the state got rid of someone who would have eaten up the taxpayers money, and "gulp," put someone to death. Some politicians will whine that it costs the state too much money to execute these parasites. (What about the expenses of the court cases, and prison?) Some defense lawyers are suckering the criminal's loved ones into prolonging trials at their, and the taxpayers' expense, knowing full well the criminal will not go free.
When an animal gets impounded, they are either
adopted, or the inevitable happens. A thirty or forty year sentence served in full, would be very unfortunate for the criminal who commits a heinous crime, as they usually get out earlier now.
In our state, a criminal was mistakenly let out of the Maryland State Penitentiary. The result? An innocent boy and girl were shot to death in a convenience store for no reason at all. He said he just did it because the world stinks. He's right there, the world does stink. That's only because the Christian/Humanist government doesn't give a damn and only a Satanic government would have the guts to stand up and say, (as all Dark Heroes) "All wrong doers - You shall perish!" More quality people - less quantity. As the ABRAXAS Foundation states in Apoodyse Culture: "Long Live Death!"

olf nninat £1ljeep unrttu nofngt quorttu 6c i6fl6ttn of Stntia lltimnl l)n9nniam &ietce Snaciam 6e 8fnnl elf nfon 1ije utcij of nt

FOR INFOSEND $6(CASH OR PCl!TAL lllNEY ORDER!TO: CO.UN, PCllT BOX15, AIJ'ADENA, C\ 91MlUSA.
YOUR TIME GROWS SHORT, PREPARE FOR HOLY WAR

PROMETHEAN CIRCLE
Sinister Greetings!
Announcing the birth of a new magazine, dedicated to spreading the Satanic Word, the path of the strong, and the dark side of the human psyche. You are invited to present your ideas and principles through our pages. Please send materials and articles, we will publish original as well as reprints. Thanks in advance.

MIGHT IS RIGHT. HAIL SATAN!
JOHN HIOTELLIS, GEORGE ZAHAROPOULOS
EDITORS
PROMETHEAN CIRCLE
P.O. BOX 79006
17202 HIMITTOS ATHENS,GREECE

THE
INFERNAL GARRISON

BEHOLD AND LET THOSE THAT REGARD LIFE AS THE GREAT AND ULTIMATE INDULGENCE COME FORTH TO a.AIM ITS REWARDS!
SATANISM IS A RECOGNIZED RELIGION, ALLOWING GROUPS AND GROTTOS TO BE FORMED. THESE GARRISONS ARE LED BY FORMIDABLE WITCHES AND WARLOCKS LOYAL TO THE SATANIC MOVEMENT AND ITS GOALS.
HERE IN CANADA ANOTHER ORGANIZATION HAS EMERGED. WE RECOGNIZE THE NEED FOR SATANIC RITUAL AND AS SUCH EXCHANGE METHODS TO BRING THIS INTO MANIFESTATION. WE ARE LOOKING FOR OTHERS WHO SHARE THE SAME PHILOSOPHY AS THE CHURCH OF SATAN.
ANYONE INTERESTED IN MORE INFORMATION MAY WRITE TO:
THE INFERNAL GARRISON P.0.BOX 59049
MISSISSAUGA, ONTARIO L4T 4Jl CANADA

OR CENTURIES, Western society has been dominated by a philosophical system that can be
best described as antagonistic dualism, the belief that the world is comprised of pairs of irreconciliable opposites. Under this system, life is reduced to a series of either/or choices. This worldview is so pervasive that it provides the basis of most of the philosophies which provide the foundations of modem western culture. Since this philosophy touches upon virtually every fac.et of modern life I will not be attempting a comprehensive look at it in this article.
Instead I will touch upon a few examples of the results of such ideas, and touch upon the origins of this insidious philosophy.
The roots of antagonistic dualism go back some 2500-3000 years to ancient Persia. It was there that the Zoroastrians developed what was probably the first religion/ethical system based upon the idea of a metaphysical struggle between good and evil. Today, thanks to the Zoroastrians, people tend to think of good and evil as fixed absolutes, causes rather than effects, but this was not always the case. Many ancient societies thought of this dichotomy quite differently. Generally, good was whatever was beneficial to you, your family or your tribe/nation. Evil on the other hand was simply whatever was harmful to these same groups. Good and evil were seen as effects and not causes. Antagonistic duality lies behind this inversion of ideas. Consider the Greco-Roman, or Germano-Celtic mythologies. You'll find no such notions of ethical dualism as you find in Zoroastrian or Judaic mythology, you simply cannot
compare a figure such as Zeus, or Odin to an
Ahura-Mauia or Yahveh. Contrary to the conventional opinion however, the leap from the Zeuses and Odins to Yahveh and his ilk is hardly an advancement, it is instead a great leap backwards. The ancients all recognized the duality of nature but they did not attach any moral values to such things, they were simply recognized as counterparts in the overall scheme of thin . Antagonistic duality, as manifested first among the Persians and later among the Jews, was bad enough but it was primarily concerned with good and evil. After the idea spread to the decadent philosophers of the late Hellenic period, such as Plato and Socrates, it

broadened it's scope to include almost all of the world in it's pointless divisiveness.
Today, these dichotomies can be generally divided into two categories. The internal dichotomies are the first group and would include such thin as good vs. evil, intellect vs. instinct and reason vs. passion. The second group, the external dichotomies would include such thin as civilization vs. nature, life vs. death and male vs. female. It is with these dichotomies that I will be concerning myself hereafter.
The idea of good vs. evil has a long history in the world, and is central to the Judea-Christian ethic which has so polluted the world. The ideas of this group I have already dealt with, so I'll not repeat all of that. The other internal dichotomies are very similar to the good vs. evil dichotomy in many respects. Each is characterized by a refusal to recognize the totality of man's inner makeup. And each of these groups of people are prone to the same adverse effects which derive from this self-imposed internal conflict.

One of the most common internal dichotomies today is intellect vs. instinct. There are some who bdieve that the only knowledge of any value is intellectual in nature, learned knowledge. These people do not believe that inborn, instinctive understanding is of any value, in fact there are some who deny that man has any instincts. To be sure, man's instincts are not so absolute as the instincts of insects or birds but it would be a mistake to claim that man is devoid of instinct. As a primate, man has a fairly open-ended set of instincts, which leaves a great deal to be learned. There are however deeply felt drives which are inborn. There would be no conflict between instinct and intellect were it not for man's tendency to build up unnatural institutions to make the world more agreeable to his overdelicate sensibilities. When an instinctive drive runs counter to the rules man has established, a new action is taught to replace the instinctive act in the individual's mind. To
claim that all intellect is without value is less prevalent, but equally erroneous. These people follow the Rousseauesque doctrine of the noble savage. The error of these people lies in the fact that the human animal does not come with a complete program as does a

bee, or ant. A human being must acquire a certain degree of intellectual learning in order to survive. Anti-intellectualism may be rooted in a reasonable distrust of inordinate intellectualism, but it goes too far in the other direction. Just as the ultimate end of the intellectualists is a world where everyone does precisely as he has been taught to do, a world where every move is analyzed and spontaneity is a thing of the past, the end of the anti-intellectualists is a world of ignorance, and mistrust of any learning.
A very closely related conflict is reason vs. passion. The worshippers of reason regard reason as the be-all and end-all of human existence. These people fail to recognize that reason is only a tool. This overdependence on reason goes back to Greece, notably the philosopher Aristotle. The ideal of such people is a being that is totally dominated by reason. A being that is not swayed by passion. These people are continually stressing that man is not "just an animal." Their passions remind them of their animal nature and must therefore be done away with. As I see it, their ideal is a bloodless machine. Ultimately, by their very nature these deifiers of reason will fall into the same trap as the overly intellectual. Once again the other side is equally mistaken.
Traditionally, artists fall within the category of those who stress the passions over reason. The virulently anti-rational are a minority in this group. Those who reject reason, and are totally ruled by passions are not taking advantage of some of the unique characteristics of the human animal. These slaves to their passions will often drift aimlessly through life. They will follow their feelin even if they lead to their own destruction.
All of these groups are united in their desire to tear themselves into two parts. Whether that division is between good/evil, reason/passion, or instinct/intellect is ultimately irrelevent. They can all be roughly divided into two types, exterminators and suppresors. Those I call exterminators are driven to purge themselves of every trace of whatever undesireable element they find in their nature. The other group, the suppressors, are less driven. They usually understand that they will never purge themselves entirely of the offensive element and so they are

satisfied in suppre g it as much as possible. These types often believe that in time these offensive traits, if suppressed, will atrophy d die. While both groups are fighting futile battles against themselves, battles which they are doomed to lose, the suppressors can US\lally come through with fewer of the more unpleasant side-effects.
The worst that will befall a suppressor is, more often than not, a few neuroses of varying degree. It is another story with the exterminators. With each failure to destroy the hated element of their nature they will grow more single-minded and fanatical. It is from the ranks of the exterminators that all of the inquisitors, puritans and witch≠ hunters have come. While the suppressor will avoid the middle ground of balance, the exterminator will find it so repellent that he will go to any extreme, even the opposite extreme to avoid it. This is reflected in the well known fact that the quickest to convert to any extremist philosophy are those who, until recently, adhered to the opposing doctrine. Until an exterminator breaks away from his position, which is usually a very sudden decision, they will almost certainly be unwilling to consider any other opinion. It is a fools errand to try to reason with an exterminator, even those who have exalted reason.
The external dichotomies cannot be divided into exterminators and suppressors because they operate in a very different way. These are not struggles of man vs. himself. The external dichotomies are a manifestation of man's struggle against the world around him. These struggles are the same as the internalized ones in this regard, though they are equally pointless. A good example of the kind of idiotic conflict that falls under this heading is civilization vs. nature. The forces of civilization are responsible for the continuing deforestation of the Earth, the extermination of wild animal species to make room for surplus
humans and other domesticated animals, and a general preference for the artificial to the natural. On the other side are more of Rousseau's disciples. These people would delight in restoring an age of innocence which they believe existed in the long ago dim past. They yearn for a return to the garden of Eden, but would only accomplish a return to the cave. While no one can argue that all of the so-called advances of modern civilization are in fact advances, it should be obvious that it is not in our interest to throw it all away in pursuit of a golden age that never did, and never will, exist.

Another of the external dichotomies is life vs. death. Today there is a widely held belief that there is an innate sanctity in human life, and that life, at any level, is better than death. As a direct result of this idea, the human population of the Earth is escalating at an ever increasing rate. As a natural consequence of this overcrowding, famine and pestilence occasionally break out and natural disasters such as earthquakes, hurricanes, and flooding wreak greater havoc. Such things, while they are vital elements of nature's population control system, are violations of man's rules.
Whenever nature intervenes with a famine or somesuch measure, in comes a flood of "humanitarian" aid- food, clothing, and medicine - in an effort to thwart nature's design. If mankind does not change its course, nature will change it for him. You cannot circumvent nature indefinitely. Like it or not, man will have to start playing by nature's rules. On a more personal level, it is not unusual to see people who will cling to life, even a bedridden life dependent upon machines, rather than accept death and go out with a little dignity. What sane person can say that it is better to live as a frail, senile shadow of their former selves than to die when they have reached the logical conclusion of their lives?
Another product of this worldview is the "battle of the sexes." It has promoted a uselessly divisive outlook which has done nothing except create unwarranted hostility and pointless bickering. Each side argues over which sex is superior. You might as well argue over whether a saw is a better tool than a hammer. It is certainly true that nowhere in nature is equality to be found, but inequality does not follow gender lines. We are individuals and must be judged as such. A division of the human race into two uniform gender blocs is ridiculous. It is true that some women are utterly worthless for anything other than childbearing, but there are some that are superior to many men I've known who are useful only for mindless menial labor. No, ultimately gender is not a valid factor in establishing the social hierarchy. Even more insane than the extremists on behalf of either side are what passes for a moderate in this issue. These people would destroy the enmity between male and female through an attempt at destroying the differences. They seek to establish an androgynous, unisex world where the innate differences between the sexes are suppressed through socialization and "test-tube" reproduction. The solution

to the problems brought about through antagonistic dualism is not to be found in the pursuit of a thoroughly unnatural state of affairs, it lies in an understanding of the fact that despite their innate differences, the sexes are not bound into an adversary relationship; an understanding that it is possible to view them as complimentary halves of a larger whole.
Ultimately, though the mind perceives the duality inherent in nature, it seeks to restore a unified whole. Antagonistic dualism, in all its varied forms, believes that only one side of the duality is natural. They believe that the rest is a sort of cancerous growth which must be excised. Their ultimate goal is a world torn in half, a barren monotonous life free of the inner conflict that they themselves have promoted. It is tme for a restoration of that older, healthier view that there is a balance in nature between the duality's halves, a recognition that all are necessary in their place. A good illustration of this is found in the symbology of the sigil of Baphomet. As Dr. LaVey has stated in 1be Saktnic Bibl.e, the horns of the goat symbolize duality. Each horn is separate and distinct from the other, yet both are but part of the goat. Since the goat is a symbol of carnality, and thus of nature, it is therefore seen that everything is part of nature and that to exalt some part of nature above the whole is foolish. It should be obvious to everyone that only by recognizing the totality of nature, including human nature - despite what superficially appear to be contradictions, can life continue in any worthwhile sense. The road which western culture is presently traveling leads only to destruction. Until mankind no longer feels compelled to engage in counterproductive struggles with himself and nature there can be no real progress.
This Persian monster, and its offspring, must be destroyed. If we do not destroy them they will certainly destroy us.

EW THERE ARE WHO HAVE SUCCEEDED in
passing the Barrier to the twilit grotto that shines beyond'. For know ye well, that the dwellers in the
Abyss hunt souls like unto thine to hold in their thrall."
Anton Szandor LaVey,
"Die Elektrischen Vorspiele," The Satanic Ritual/

We are all familiar by now with the uses of alienation in Satanism. The writer of evocative literature is seldom thought of as being a magician. The American Gothic literary genre has produced such marvels as Nathaniel Hawthorne, E.A. Poe,
and H.P. Lovecraft. Few in the world of those Without would understand why these writers might be considered Satanic magicians. Yet each of their stories has exerted a diabolic influence on their readers' imaginations, creating 'rifts' in mass consciousness. For as 'fictional' as their writings are said to be, indeed they have opened the Gates - have they not? Every story can be seen as an exercise in indulgence, each indulgence being a magical Working in its own right.
Geometry, landscaping and weird imagery in the modern horror tale have been used to great effect to create states of alienation within their readers. The Law of the Trapezoid refers to more than just the strange angles of architectural structures. In a literary context this would refer to the bizarre room of Keziah Mason's house in H.P.L.'s "Dreams in the Witch House." The 'Law' also includes geographical areas and landscapings. This was discussed briefly
by Dr. LaVey in his most recent work The Devii's Notebook.2
This article will focus on landscaping and its power to alienate the literary character, as well as the reader. This alienation makes the character the other, whereas it is usually assumed that the "alien beings" of Lovecraft's Mythos are the Outsiders. The protagonist, in fact, becomes alien through a paradigmatic shift. This can be seen as a type of gnosis or "enlightenment."
Within the context of this article 'landscaping' shall mean any geographic area, its size, dimension - any feature, fixture, atmosphere, or phenomenon connected with that area. Also, landscaping refers specifically to nature and its peculiar manifestations.
The use of weird landscapings, unlike the convention of 'Gothic architecture' as found in Walpole's The Castle of Otranto (meaning the geometry of the physical structures within the stories), deserve more attention than they have received.
Author T.E.D. Klein, former editor of The Twilig/Jt Zone magazine, works on a somewhat "Lovecraftian" base. In his short story, "Black Man with a Horn," from Dark Gods (1980), he draws mostly on the Mythos. However, in The

Ceremoni.es (1984) he borrows concepts from Arthur Machen's short story "The White People." Machen was one of H.P.L.'s literary influences. In both of Klein's works there are liberal doses of weird landscapings. In the "Lovecraftian" tradition, images of dark twisted trees, menacing forests, blasted wastelands, whispering lonely fields, as well as savage jungles, frozen arctic environments, and other forlorn extreme manifestations of nature assail us. A heath of odd squatting hills, such as in H.P.L.'s "The Whisperer in Darkness," or Machen's "The Great God Pan," and all such stimuli jar our senses because of their ali.enness. One does not have to travel with his head disconnected to black Yuggoth to find the kind of strangeness which can be found on Earth.
The rough, wild, feral quality of Lovecraftian nature, and indeed, within all Gothic traditional depictions of nature, serve to alienate the reader from the common, to set them up for the story's awful culmination. Within these environments those caught up in them are transformed. Perhaps it can be better said that they adapt to their environment. One example which comes to mind is the goat-like Wilbur Whately in H.P.L.'s "The Dunwich Horror." Dunwich is supposed to be an all-around diconcerting place. It disturbs or adversely affects the protagonist.
This type of imagery is nothing new as a convention in the American Gothic genre. Hawthorne utilized such images as in "Young Goodman Brown," where the Witches' Sabbath takes place in a fiery pine forest. Here the Devil Himself is met on lonesome country roads near the midnight hour. H.P.L.'s "The Colour Out of Space," and "The Shadow Out of Time," present us with places of mystery, darkness and especially of geographical isolation.
It might be said that this proliferation of isolation≠ imagery in the American Gothic genre comes from the nature of early America itself. America was a vast wilderness at one time (before we "became fruitful and multiplied," that is). It is reasonable to assume that this exerted a sizeable influence on writers up until the recent time of mass urbanization.
Currently, the horror story tends to focus itself on the 'concrete jungle,' such as in T.E.D. Klein's "The Children of the Kingdom," and many of us know of H.P.L.'s loathing for New York City. While the city streets have apparently become the new forum of literary alienation, the city environment is still safe. It is predictable because it is a human fabrication. Nature, even unto this hour, remains unconquerable, it is an unknown.
Weird, isolated geography also includes the Nebraska countryside of Stephen King's "The Chidren of the Corn," and the rural neighborhood in Carl Jacobi's "The Unpleasantness at Carver House." Now consider, in light of the above, the

m \/()/,(1;\/J,'./,#.;('.-;

influence of nature/landscapingon the psyche in &ther Forbes' A Mirror for WitdJes (1928). Louis Gross, author of Redefining the American Gothic, gives us a sample of this,
The forest is a place of dark evil for the village, [in Forbes' novel] and as the dwelling of the Indian, a habitation for Satan and his followers.3
What can be said about the above discussed process of
alienating nature? By shifting the perceptual ground upon which we have built our notions of reality, writers like H.P.L. have raped our tunnel-realities by displacing our familiar world, and thrusting us, not into an "Abyss," but into a world we never understood in the first place. One might say that the Akeleys and Robert Blakes have their reality-filter lenses removed and become alien beings to the world. Robert Price, author of "Lovecraft's Artificial Mythology," tells us that,
His [Lovecraft's] aim was not to make the reader feel that supernatural entities (i.e. gods) exist. Such is the misunderstanding of many readers of Lovecraft. Rather, he sought to stimulate the removal of natural limits onhuman perception so as to provide a full view of the horribly empty (naturalistic) cosmos.4
According to Price, Yog-Sothoth, Cthulhu and the gang are supposed to be "the aliens." The essence of what he is saying, as this author interprets it, is that the Old Ones are no mere anomalous disturbances, but are the true inhabitants of a sphere we never really owned (i.e. "the Domain of Man"). We become alien creatures in an existential universe to which we are rudely awakened. The long forbidden realities of this world have turned hostile and demonic through centuries of denial. Stefan Dziemianowicz, author of "Outsiders and Aliens: The Uses of Isolation in Lovecraft's Fiction," backs the observations put forth so far,
This telescoped point of view [refering to the existential quality of H.P.L.'s works] presents an image of mankind as an isolated presence on the "black seas" of an infinite cosmos, a figure dwarfed into insignificance by the vastness of the universe.5
The Gothic genre (in general), being a product of a predominantly Christian culture is going to reflect its anti≠ nature bias. All horrors attributed to the natural world have, in the past, made titillating reading for proper Victorian ladies who were in need of a polite, socially acceptable catharsis - or exorcism, however one cares to look at it.
It is the psychodramatic quality of these works which exert their Satanic influence. As acts of 'black magic,' these above-mentioned works and countless others have served to disturb the complacency of readers, leading them down the Left-Hand-Path. Those less sensitive readers will undoubtedly shrug off the exigency of an H.P.L. work as "just a scary story," denying any heuristic value therein. For those who are not disturbed by what may come to them in the middle of the night, on some lonesome heath (perhaps through a shining

trapezohedron?), the goal of the Working is revealed:
Each of us must find our own way through the wilderness, and like Nietzsche's Zarathustra, must imbue our lives with personal meaning and power. No god, avatar, president or pope will do it for us. We, in fact, must recreate ourselves as the 'O Id Ones.' In The Satanic Rituals Dr. LaVey tells us that,
One can not help speculating upon the reality
suggested by the fantasy - the possibility that the Old Ones are spectres of a future human
. 6
mental1ty.
But for that to happen, we must first AWAKE.
? ? ?
Notes

1. Anton Szandor LaVey, The Satanic Rituals (New York: Avon, 1972), p. 124.
2. Anton Szandor LaVey, The Devil's Notebook
(Portland: Feral House, 1992), p. 116.
3. Louis Gross, Redefining the American Gothic (London: U.M.I. Research Press, 1989), p. 32.
4. Robert Price, "Lovecraft's Artificial Mythology," An Epicure in the Terribk, eds. Schultz & Joshi, (Cranbury: Associated University Presses, 1991), p. 248.
5. Stefan Dziemianowicz, "Outsiders and Aliens: The Uses of Isolation in Lovecraft's Fiction," An Epicure in the Terribk, eds. Schultz & Joshi, (Cranbury: Associated University Presses, 1991), p. 159.
6. LaVey, The Satanic Rituals, P. 178.

S WE WORK THROUGH THE
third decade of modern Satanism, we often find the Devil's "undefiled
wisdom" obscured by a veritable bliz:zard of superficially similar imitators using His name but playing an altogether different game. Like marketing consultants stuck with pushing a dud product, these hangers-on try to flog some tired, unimaginative belief system by scotch-taping an ill-fitting inverse pentagram over it to give it that "alluringly evil" cachet which it could never emanate on its own. Among these are a specific subcategory which I call "herd-elitist" ideologies.
There is no shortage of people and groups with impeccable elitist credentials, if by elitism we mean any assertion that certain specific people are distinct from, and superior to, the rest of humanity. What distinguishes a herd-elitist ideology from a Satanic one is its criterion of superiority: rather than judging each individual independently as superior or inferior on the basis of that individual's unique qualities, the herd-elitist assigns superior or inferior status to people based on their membership in a category. Everybody who happens to fall into Category Xis superior, while everyone in Category Y (which usually, though not always, includes everyone not in Category
X) is inferior - disregarding, in both cases, the individual attributes of each person being assessed.
Herd-elitist ideologies differ from one another mainly in how they define Category
X. Some examples:
Racism: To the white supremacist, a white person, even one devoid of talent or achievement, falls within the definition of the "superior race" and is thus a higher type than any non-white person, even if the latter happens to be of exceptional individual ability. There are also black supremacists and people who confer elite status based on
various other permutations of skin color and facial features, whose beliefs could be equally well described by the preceding sentence with the appropriate term or trems replacing each occurrence of the word "white."
Racistfringe elements have traditionally been associated with hard-line fundamentalist Christianity or with even zanier derivatives thereof, such as the subgroups who hold that the Anglo-Saxons

are descended from the Lost Tribes of Israel. However, reams of their standard simplistic and ungrammatical rhetoricare now availabl.ci'with an alleged "Satanic" imprimatur. The assumption, presumably, is that we individualists will fall for this particular form of group identity just because it happens to be socially unacceptable.
Ethnic nationalism: Similar to racism
but based on cultural groupin rather than physical characteristics. The adherent will point to the glorious achievements "of his nation," ignoring the fact that these are actually achievements of a small number of individuals who came from that nation. Isaac Newton's accomplishments prove that he was a man of exceptional talent; they prove nothing of the sort about any other randomly selected person who happens to have also been born in England.
Cultism: In this category I would put
all the innumerable (usually tiny) organizations who, de facto, define the elite as consisting of those who are members of the organization. Members gather together to reassure each other of their superiority and to sneer at those who are not members of the Cult. The strongest disdain is aimed not at the social mainstream but at those who, instead of belonging to the Cult, belong to some rival cult which in fact is hardly different. Most pseudo-Satanic groups fall into this category; each a small, insular knot of people with little in the way of a philosophical stance except repeated assertions that they are the Real Thing and that all the other similar groups are phonies.
Aristocracy: In most medieval societies, there was a hereditary nobility which wielded power and considered itself superior to the masses, with whom it refrained from intermarrying. Most noble families were descended from some individual founder whose genuine strength and ability enabled him to secure power and wealth and bequeath them to his descendants.
Unfortunately, although there is indeed a large genetic/hereditary component to most forms of talent, mere descent from a great man is a rather poor predicator of quality several generations later; most hereditary aristocracies quickly degenerated into inbred collections of hothouse plants, protected by an aura of superiority rather than its

substance. The doltish character of most European and Mideastern political leadership in the Middle Ages illustrates this, as does the frequency with which ruling dynasties were overthrown by fresh challengers. The main effect of hereditary aristocracies was to prevent creative individuals born to the "lower" social castes -
- part of the true elite, from a Satanic viewpoint - from achieving their potential.
As I discussed earlier in The Black Flame
(see "Naziism, Racism, and Satanism," Volume 3, N 1 & 2), herd-elitist ideologies have a natural appeal to inferior people. It is the person without talents or accomplishments of his own who needs to shore up his ego by focusing on his membership in a supposedly superior race, or by joining some organization made up of a few fellow pretentious losers with a secret handshake among whom he will bear the title of Grand Kolossal Kosmic Supremo.
The creative and successful person is secure in the knowledge of his own individual superiority and has no need for such tripe.
The Satanist identifies fellow members of the elite by their individual qualities and achievements - not by their race, nationality, group affiliation, descent, or any other categorical criterion. There is no form of "hypocritical self-deceit" more insidious than thinking oneself Satanic merely because one has joined a small herd which is out of favor with the big one.

Yampires ctexist !
Join Ifs!
jfor complete i11for11111tio11
on the 11.ibing ((ult of tbc 1lnl:lc11l:1 mhc l\itunls, tf)e mcncbings
ijtlJc l)riestf)ool) of all\
.%cnl:I $5.00 al..s9. to:

memple of tbe 1Jnmptre Jßox 3582--mJßjf I.acep, D 98503

∑ ∑

Photo Portrait of Anton Szandor LaVey

At last you can own a beautiful, black & white poster of the founder and High Priest of the Church of Satan.

Photographer Nick Bougas has captured LaVey and his serpentine friend Boaz in a moment of Satanic communion. At almost life size, this 23" x 29" print is on heavy, glossy poster stock, replete with the High Priest's name in large type across the bottom.
No Satanic lair should be without this handsome item!
Carefully packaged in a crush-proof mailing tube, the poster is only $20.00, plus $5.00
shipping & handling. (Outside the U.S., $20.00 plus $10.00 shipping & handling).

Make checks, money orders or bank draughts in U.S. funds out to:
Hell's Kitchen Productions
P.O. Box 499, Radio City Station, New York, NY 10101-0499, U.S.A.

VERY INDIVIDUAL "MAY BE
REGARDED as rep nting the as≠
cending or descending line of life. When one has decided which, one has there≠ by decided a canon for the value of his egoism. H he rep nts the ascending line his value is in fact extraordinary - and for the sake of the life-<:ollective, which with him takes a step forward, the care expended on his preservation, may even be extreme ff
he represents the descending development, decay, chronic degeneration, sickening then
he can be accorded little value." Nietzsche, Twiligpt of the Idols

Eugenics: Upbreeding through genetic selec≠ tion.
Dysgenics: "Exerting a detrimental effect on later generations."

Nature, left to its own devices, is eugenic. Nature's imperative is to breed higher fonns. Darwin showed that species evolve by selecting those who are of higher quality to survive and thus perpetuate their genes.
Evolution is a struggle for survival - genetic survival. An organism survives largely on the basis of the quality of its genetic in≠ heritance. Those organisms of lesser genetic inheritance fail to find a mate, fall to a predatoi; are too weak to withstand harsh en≠ vironmental conditions, and therefore their genes are not passed on to future generations. Nature, through a combination of factors, weeds and cultivates genetically. This is the basis of evolution, of natural selection.
The same principles apply to humankind. Primitive societies continue to be subjected to genetic selection in much the same way as other mganisms.
Howevei; as a population gene pool is
subjected to the laws of genetic selection, and as it thereby reaches higher biological levels,
naturally does its culture. As a culture develops, a paradox rises: a culture, par≠ ticularly if it rises to a level called "civiliza≠ tion," increasingly eliminates the struggles for survival through its advances in technology and material comfort. The mentally and physically impaired no longer die soon after birth, as they would in a raw state of nature. They are more likely to survive and in turn breed, thus p3$ing their genes on to future generations. A civilization may reach a stage where the selection mechanism is completely

reversed: the most intelligent and creative have fewer or no offspring, and are taxed to support the increasing proliferation of the least intelligent and creative.
Nature's eugenic imperative is replaced by a man-made system which is dysgenic. This situation may continue until there are no longer sufficient numbers of intelligent and creative people to sustain a civilization and it collapses. This is the view of D.r: Elmer Pendell, a foremost population expert. In Why Civiliz.ations Self Destruct (Howard Allen, Florida 1977), Pendell writes: "To un≠ derstand who were deprived of direct descen≠ dants by early death we must first look at human beings in a state of nature, when each individual had to provide for himself in much greater measure than now... Those with fewer of the favourable traits, or more of the unfavourable traits, were much more
likely to die - and die early before they them≠ selves reproduced Death not only removed
a deficient individual from a blossoming roety, but it removed his genes from the gene pool of his tribe. Consequently, the tribe and the species were both improved by nature's program of 'negative eugenics'."
Surveying a number of civilizations, Pendell states: "Why did Egypt's Old Kingdom, a magnificent civilization, 'crumble to the dust before the battering thistledown'? \ery simply, the less capable had the most offspring and a high degree of roal organization permitted this offspring to survive and produce offspring of their own."
This hypothesis on the fall of civiliza≠ tion is plausible for us today, not only due to the present knowledge of genetics and evolu≠ tion, but because we can observe the dys≠ genic impact on Western Civilization before our eyes. Indeed, as our civilization becomes increasingly more technically specialized there is an increasing number of unemploy≠ ables being subsidized by a dwindling ntllD≠ ber of technocrats and other professionals.
\'1Cestern Civilization will shortly reach the point of collapse as have other civilizations.
As Pendell observes in his remarks on the contemporary USA: "There is no dead≠ lier form of self-destruction than forcing the worthy elements of a civilization to become servants of the dross."
"Unless we revise our attitudes towards the 'rights' of those who are dragging us undei; the USA will soon follow the pattern

set by two earlier - and extinct - Western Hemisphere Civilizations - the Mayan and the Incan."
In fact, the population problem is not only within Western Civilization, but on a wider scale than hitherto in history; in the form of the \1"!st's subsidization of the proliferating Third rid (many of whose nations are themselves pitiful vestiges of an≠ cient civilizations which collapsed through dysgenics; e.g. India).
Pendell's answer to the self-destruct mechanism of civilization is for man to inter≠ vene where nature no longer can, by means of sterilization of the lowest genetic specimens, marriage licensing based on eugenic considerations, and State Human Genetics Boards authorizing quotas of chil≠ dren for couples on the basis of IQ.
The only country with the farsighted≠ ness to adopt eugenic social measures is Singapore. Several years ago the then Japanese Prime Minister observed aloud that the reason for the USA's declining economic performance is the decline in the quality of its population. Squeals of protest from out≠ raged liberals in the USA extracted an apol≠ ogy from him, but did nothing to change the facts.
Unless current population trends are reversed the \'1Cestern industrial nations will soon become the hewers of wood and drawers of water for more realistic societies, such as Japan, whose national IQ average has been increasing steadily over the past 50 years.
The Welfare State should start function≠ ing in reverse, in the form of tax incentives and disincentives applied to assist those who are the most intelligent and creative to sire larger families, while encouraging the curtail≠ ing of the numbers of the lower level of society. Sterilization (which could also be en≠ couraged with financial incentives) and eugenically-applied abortion, should also be utilized. Of course such realistic propositions remain utopian so long as the tis dominated by the moral slush of Christianity and liberalism. The battle first has to be fought and won on the ideological front.

"Now it is the higher man's role to pro≠ duce the children of the future. Quality is now more important than quantity."
Anton Szandor La\ey,
1be Satanic Rituals, p. 12.

PRINTS OF DARKNESS

SEND S.A.S.E. OR 2 IRC'S FOR A COMPLETE LISTING OF
HELL'S KITCHEN PRODUCTIONS MERCHANDISE.

---

>I l

I F -/., # 3 c>

-Ancient Roman pr<YVerb-

l like to think of Washington D.C. as an apocalyptic city. It is, in a sense, an end times city, with all the turmoil of conflicting doctrines and political tempests a last days preacher could imagine. Our nation's capitol is a kind of modern day Rome, complete with Emperor (President), senators, wealthy patricians on the take and the plebians who ride on their coattails, not to mention the masses of the unemployed and homeless.
The architecture speaks for itself.
One might even stretch the analogy further by pointing out that America's Rome seems to have its mystery cults and underground societies. Like their ancient counterparts, there are many here who loyally and sometimes desperately cling to their religious or political raison d'etre. With rare exception, most of these Romans need their party line handed down to them on a silver platter from above and in some cases even a lead plate will do. The faithful followers wax their egos with that smug self≠ assurance which comes with "getting involved" or "fighting the power." The leaders glut their egos with the gratification which comes in having control and
influence over others and taking credit for their organization's accomplishments.
Whether it comes from the theologically correct (TC) right wing or the politically correct (PC) left wing, the rhetoric, speeches, tactics and thought molding are basically the same.
So what has all this to do with the price of Satanic tea in China?
As a Satanist I take a sort of detached interest in activism and politics. Why not? One never knows when one might be forced into the arena to face a TC lion or a PC tiger. A sure method of self-defense is to know one's enemy. I try to attend as many demonstrations as possible and to keep at least a modest file on the various local activist groups in D.C.
My favorite target of Satanic espionage is Operation Rescue (OR). Of all the crusading organizations which I despise (and being politically incorrect I despise them all), OR is the one group I deem most worthy of my mischievous prying and monkey wrenching.

OR is truly an ironic phenomenon. It used to be, in the good old days of pagan Rome, that the Christians were the ones fed to the lions. Now, in the days of Christianized Rome, the Christians are the lions who devour women of desperate circumstances and rape victims. If you haven't seen an OR "rescue" with your own eyes, I highly recommend that you do so at least once in your life. Take pictures so you can show your grandchildren when they ask you if such nonsense actually occurred in your day. You'll need proof.
So what does a spy see upon attending an OR rally/"rescue"?
In the D.C. area it usually starts off with a pre-action meeting held on a Thursday or Friday evening, about 7:30 pm. This will be a kind of religious pep rally. I put on my best suit and fix a "Jesus is Lord" pin to the lapel. A Bible in hand will lend more credibility as I mingle with the sheep. The more you can look and speak the part the more chance there is of getting them to take you into their confidence. The rally site will probably be a church, one sympathetic to OR's cause. Once inside, it is sometimes required to surrender one's drivers license, a security precaution of theirs. It will be returned on the way out. I always take a seat near the front. This reduces suspicion and there is a better chance of overhearing something important from one of their leaders who sit in the front pews.
Here is a world where all of history,
philosophy, science, everything is re≠ interpreted by a first-century standard. Here is the world of either/or, where the sons of light ) struggle against the sons of darkness. These stormtroopers of righteousness have a mission - to save this wayward nation from the likely wrath of their fearsome and angry God by putting it back on the proper course
- theocracy.
The church soon fills up and the born again frenzy begins. The typical rally starts out with the singing of hymns which can become quite lively with people clapping, swaying from side to side; some are weeping, others are uplifting their hands to heaven with eyes closed, their faces testifying to the close kinship between religious ecstasy and a good orgasm. The son sometimes sound like battle hymns, for instance:
CHORUS: Lift high the banners of

love, HalleluJah!
Sound the trumpets of war. Christ has given us the victory, Hallelujah!
Jericho must fall.
1. The body of Christ is an army, fighting powers unseen, bringing captives to freedom, in the name of Jesus the King. CHORUS.
2. Brothers, are you sure of your calling? Will you fight for Jesus the King? Are you prepared for this battle, to lay down your lives for your friends?
And on it goes. There will also be prayers, of course. If fortune favors me, these will be led by the OR leaders, if not, then the congregation will break up into groups of five to eight. This is the most difficult part of the night. Each person will be expected to take a turn at a long, drawn out prayer of repentance and calling on God. This is a true test of any would-be spy's acting ability and knowledge of fundamentalist theology. Fortunately for myself, I come from a religious background
and have a degree in theology which helps me to speak the born-again jargon and fake the prayers to righteous satisfaction. It always provides me with a certain amount of amusement when the sheep are instructed to turn to a particular passage in their Bibles.
Now I can see if any of the people sitting next to me are spys from one of the local pro-choice organizations. They'll be the ones who take the longest time to find the text. A dead giveaway to the pro-lifer sitting next to them when they have to refer to the
table of contents to get to the gospel of John.
After the hymns and prayers will come the lively and charismatic speeches by the OR leaders. If it is going to be a major attack the following day, then there will be big name speakers; Randall Terry (founder OR), Rev. Pat Mahoney (Vice Pres. Christian Defense Coalition), Carrol Everett (former abortion clinic owner turned crusading Christian bitch), and any "pro-life" politicians who wish to add their two cents worth, i.e. Ambassador Alan Keyes, congresmian Chris Smith, etcetera.
The mood of an OR rally can vary greatly. Some are terribly serious as the lambs of God prepare themselves to suffer in the following day's activities. Others are little more than comedy acts by Terry and

Mahoney as they spend their entire speech time making jokes from the pulpit. To give credit where due, I must say they can really be quite fwmy at times, like two stand up Christian comedians. Occasionally there will be shown video tapes of Christians being arrested by the police for blocking the clinic doors. The purpose is to make all potential pep talk and indoctrination encourage the flock to "fear God rather than man" and risk arrest to save "the unborn children."
Finally, after the crowd has been whipped into its usual psychological state of righteous indignation over the "sin of child killing" and given a hardened resolve to do whatever is deemed necessary to end abortion, the time and place of tomorrow's gathering will be announced. The army of God then breaks up into groups according to function. Now the atmosphere becomes that of war - onward Christian soldiers!
This is the time when the battalions are to be formed. The main body will spearhead the attack. They consist of the hardcore members, who have been arrested again and again in the past, and however many first≠ timers who have been sucked into the righteous enthusiasm of the moment.
Veterans may be asked to bear the brunt of the arrests. Another battalion is comprised of women acting as "counselors" (guiltmongers). They direct their psychological warfare at any abortion bound woman trying to enter the clinic. These fine examples of Christian womanhood (boring females who all look like Saturday Night Live's "Church Chat" lady) are there to "help" her choose life for her "unborn child."
As in the army, there are the support troops. These are the "prayer warriors" who stand or kneel at the sidelines praying for those Christians being "brutaliud" (arrested) by the police "for simply praying on the sidewalk" (blocking the entrance to a building and terrorizing those trying to get in). The prayer warrior's job is to incessantly call upon the name of Jesus and in general make a grand display of repentance for the six o'clock news.
I once posed as a prayer warrior with an elderly couple who were kind enough to take me on a tour of the 13th century. After a seemingly ceaseless round of prayers for the sins of the nation and forgiveness of their "pro-abort" enemies, the weary couple pulled out a piece of paper and read from it an exorcism. So there we stood, the three of us "casting out abortion demons" from the clinic. And here I thought all that Linda

Blair stuff was just a movie! Later in the day's festivities I saw this same woman weeping and wailing hysterically. She and several other handmaids of the Lord had fallen to the ground in prayerful agony. Another woman behind me was speaking in tongues (babbling in a foreign language one has never learned). The actual wording which she repeated over and over again went like this, "Shun da la ta ta ta ta." I've studied quite a few languages in my time but I have to confess I don't recogniu this one; must
be an angelic language - Archangelese? Gabrielese? Cherubimian?
Christians claim themselves the salt of the earth; small wonder the planet suffers from hypertension.
The remaining support troops will consist of legal observers and those with video cameras for possible use in court.
With the order of battle established, the troops turn in for a few hours sleep. The time is usually about 10 or 11 pm. At this point I deliver any pertinent information to my cohort and best friend who then informs his political contacts among the political opponents of OR. The crucial task of any spy here is to gain as much information about the next day's tactics as well as obtain names and memorize faces. Some of these yahoos are out of state and have outstanding warrants or injunctions still in effect on them. The more one learns about the enemy the greater the chance of guessing their next move or pursuing legal action against them.
The next day's attack begins early, about 6am. The inquisition gathers at the appointed place. Already there are several "pro-choice" shadowers pacing about with walkie-talkies in hand, ready to report on enemy troop movements. The prayer warriors begin their medieval mumb others are softly singing apocalyptic hymns. Some have brought their invalid relatives and friends, paraplegics and quadraplegics in wheel chairs. Some are near mental vegetables who can do little but grunt and moan unintelligibly. See how sacred human
1u:£re. JS.
Then the generals arrive and God's mob gets underway. OR has its chain of command, with the leaders giving orders and the rest following without question. Only those at the top know the location of the clinic to be attacked. The rest are kept ignorant of any battle plans. Usually there will be a ride on the metro (subway) and then they hit the streets. A false attack might be staged by a smaller group at another site in order to draw the opposition from the

intended target.
The pace quickens as the main body approaches its destination. The clinic defenders will consist mostly of members of the Washington Area Clinic Defense Task Force (:IIACDTF) along with members of smaller, less effective organizations as well as a few revolution-mongers from D.C.'s Revolutionary Communist Party (RCP).
Some of these left-wing self-annointed "defenders of individual liberty" wouldn't know what to do with themselves if they didn't have a cause to fight for. I dare say that if the state were magically transformed into a utopia overnight, these "politically aware" individuals would have to create a whole new set of social ills just so they could have something to fight against in the morning.
The mayhem begins with OR's arrival. Clinic defenders lock arms, form a human barricade and brace themselves for the incoming holy salvo. Shouting and chanting soon fill the air. The modem day crusaders assail the infidel fortress by sitting as close as possible to the entrance in an attempt to shut down what they call an "abortion mill." There will be some jostling and surreptitious pushing as well as the occasional arrest for assault.
After the authorities have dilly-dallied for a spell, they then begin their legal masturbations which consist of giving OR members several warnings to vacate the area and the reading of any existing injunctions. Finally they put the taxpayers' money to good use and begin to haul them away.
Don't think that you've seen the last of them though; unlike OR chapters in some other areas of the country the "rescuers" here pay the meager fine and come right back for the next attack.
Eventually a path is cleared and the clinic is reopened. Each side claims victory with the defenders boasting that all the patients got in to their appointments and the attackers bragging that X number of "mothers" chose life for their "unborn child" as a result of their righteous intervention. As for myself, I retreat back into my Medmenham library and add any new information into my slowly growing files.
So why bother with all of this?
It enriches my life, simply this and nothing more. First of all I wish to see first hand what others can only glimpse on their TV screens. The news media is an unreliable source of information and incapable of giving the viewer anything but a portion of the events. Deeper intricacies are usually

""

missed. Therefore I investigate these matters myself. I am, in a way, my own news service. In my political directory are the necessary phone numbers to find out which of the major activist groups are doing what and when.
In the second place it amuses me. I enjoy taking a stroll through the human zoo which politically correct people term a "democracy." A democracy is a sort of free range game preserve where a primatologist such as myself can study the habits of nature's most awkward and embarrassing ape.
Thirdly, I wish to provide
intelligence service to the opposition groups presently fighting the fundamentalist right≠ wing. My best friend and I have a motto to champion our goal - "We take fun out of fundamentalism." Timely reporting on the activities of the inquisition can give the liberal opposition a headstart in making their counter battle plans.
But don't think for a moment that I'm into crusading or Idealism or PC. My reason for activism is pure self-interest and revenge. It's in my self-interest to throw a monkey wrench into the Judeo-Christian machinery whenever the opportunity presents itself and it is also a form of revenge for what these increasingly "concerned" Christians have done to this world and their far-reaching impact which inevitably contaminates the quality and/or quantity of life for us all.
They wish to pry into our private lives? Fine, we'll pry into theirs.
The PC left-wing is certainly useful in providing a counter-balance to the TC right≠ wing. But no self-respecting Satanist wants to live in a society built by the feeble hands of hippies, yippies, pacifists, yuppies, mentally castrated males, testosterized
feminists or any other genetic mutation resulting from nature's failed philosophical experiments.
And when does the battle end?
It doesn't. It goes on and on. War is its own rationale. Think about one possible future for a moment. If the conservative Christians could be ousted from power then the victorious liberals woud become the new and dominant species of herd mentality, therefore the new enemy. Today's allies, tomorrows enemies, and vice versa. Thus the importance of keeping informed on everyone's political progress - everyone's.
Until the realization of the Satanic Empire, I shall continue to play my game of "Deacon Brodie" (Brodie was the real life character upon whom Robert Louis

Stevenson based his novel Dr.Jekyll and Mr. Hyde). My best friend and I shall play up to anyone, repeat any party line, play any political ploy so long as it benefits the Satanic lifestyle, our lifestyle!
Until the earth is once again green and free, as the ffymn of the Satanic Empire states, with a place for you and a place for me, when the shadow of the cross no longer obfuscates and darkens the natural life, when PC and TC are sent away to wander in the desert regions of humanity's intellect, there to die of thirst for the vital waters of recognition; then and only then will I cease my endless flow of cynicism and misanthropy.
Finally, I seek to perfect the art of Satanic espionage because it enriches my life intellectually and culturally. Networking in the political arena has provided some interesting contacts and resources.This avails the fringe benefits of obtaining greater access to hard-to-find books, alternative information, rare music and the undergrowid arts. Building a Satanic library can become an engrossing and rewarding life's passion.
By remaining true to the Renaissance lifestyle, we remain true to life's highest fulfillment and goals. Let the commoners sweat and toil to build a cathedral for their clergy masters while we question the flatness of the Earth and forge trade routes to China!
Life was meant to be lived - for oneself!
Not to be impaled upon the enemy's bayonettes for the sake of any "cause." Martyrs never live to see the bronze monument erected to their memory, if one is ever raised at all.
Nietzsche knew it well, that spirit of the diabolical, when he wrote, "Man is a bridge to the Overman." It is not that the mindless masses have no purpose. They serve their purpose in that they provide the mud and filth from which the genius may arise and shine forth so brilliantly.
The Christian holds the Truth and the Truth has set him free. Give to the Christian his Bible, that he may warm himself by the dying embers of his faith and in his blind rapture, bless you with the kindness he thinks he owes you. But, beware his "love" for in such a "love" there is venom enough for all his enemies.
And give to the addict his heroin, that he may sleep in narcotic bliss and not rob you.
And humor the lwiatic who fancies himself Emperor, for he will treat you to a royal feast someday.
For those of us who enjoy the sword-

play between the various political gladiators there exists here in Rome a kind of circus, and as long as there is the Circus Maximus, I'll be here, either in the grandstands spectating or trying my luck in the arena.
We who are about to LIVE, salute you! Rege Satanas!
Long live LaVey!
Hail the Satanic Empire!

---∑----------

ECENUY MY COUSIN FOUND OUT that I was
a Satanist, and it came as quite a shock to her; after all,
I'm an "A" student, hold a lofty position at work, and am a fairly nice chap. Unfortunately, she sent a copy of an unnamed Christian hysterical account of Satanism to, of all people, my parents! I read the book, and was amazed at how sick-minded these Christians are to come up with these deluded fantasies.
So, I sent a letter questioning her antics. She told me to read Revelations, that her prayer group was praying for me and my family (oh, how nice!), and told me basically to blindly follow Jesus if I wish to accomplish anything! This from a person who leads a tremendously screwed-up life!
So, after reading this unnamable book, a thought occured to me: "Have they ever considered the fact that they may actually have their wishes fulfilled?" I mean, if they remove real books on Satanism (which I've noticed in my area: just try to get one of Dr. LaVey's books here) from the shelves and put these books up for people (kids as well), the thought of what could happen is scary. Hell, these book's covers look more fascinating than any real Satanic books. If a kid (or adult, for that matter) is turned-off by Christianity, as was I, and is looking into Satanism as an alternative, and the only example he can find is in these paranoid books depicting the killing of animals and babies, if he's quite unstable he may well do it.
After all, these are Satanic experts, aren't they? They must know the truth! If they didn't make this stuff up, kids or adults could read something sensible, i.e. Tbe Satanic Bible. But then, how would the poor Christers survive?
Then I decided, "What the Hell, I'll read Revelations again, after all, it is a good fictitious book!" In it, it states that when the Beast rises that every man must take the Mark of the Beast to buy, sell, trade, own property- basically, just to survive. Will the Christians take the Mark? Why of course, I forgot that they already had! They all have Social Security numbers - for you can't legally do any of the aforementioned activities here in the US without it. Your Mark. Which just goes to prove on a theological level (not that need be one) that we are indeed living in the midst of the Satanic Age.
Also, in this nifty little book of Revelations, it seems as if God has something against every tribe. And God has all these creatures around his throne which are described as basic lycanthropes: all are were-beings of one type or another. What fanciful literature! It also shows that sacrifice in a physical sense is definitely a Christian deed, not Satanic.
Not that I'm implying in any way that anyone should believe the words in Revelations; in fact, quite the contrary. One can look back in history, at any time or place and see these prophesies of Revelations in full sway somewhere. My

hope is if there is any one truth to the Bible it is thus: that the Rapture will come, the Christians will disappear, and the Satanist shall rule the Earth.
But, one way or another, this shall happen. Lex Talionisl

TIIE ULTIMATE EXPLANATION
After a long and hair-raising excursion upon our fair freeways, I was struck by diabolical inspiration. In a single devilish moment, I perceived The Ultimate Psychological Explanation of Modern America. I have distilled Paul Fussell's Class and the writings of Albert Ellis to their essence.
Following are the essential philosophical statements of the various classes, revealing The Ultimate Psychological Explanation of Modern America.

Metaphysics (upon the nature of reality): Proles: "I am my car."
Middle Class: "I am my house." Upper Class: "I am my money." X Class: "I am!"

Epistemology (upon the nature of acquiring knowledge): Proles: "'Cause."
Middle Class: "'Cause they say so." Upper Class: "Because Daddums says so." X Class: "Because it's there."

Ethics (upon what to do): Proles: "Sports is good."
Middle Class: "Richer is better." Upper Class: "Old is best."
X Class: "What works for me?"

So there you have it. The Ultimate Psychological Explanation of Modern America. W?at more could you want?
R. Elizabeth Fox

STORM MAIL ORDER
"Supplying the Heretical"
-NOW AVAILABLE-
DEATH IN JUNE SHIRTS

FRONT BACK

These beautiful new shirts are designed by STORM and based on the cover of the masterpiece LP, BUT, WHAT ENDS WHEN THE SYMBOLS SHATTER? Printed on the absolute heaviest, best quality 100% cotton pre-shrunk maroon shirts (like background of album jacket), the stunning front print is in two colors and the back design is printed in black ink. These are the ONLY legitimate Death In June shirts being sold in America, and were produced with the express permission of the band. Limited print run; when these are sold out we will be issuing new designs. ORDER NOW! Size: Available in XL ONLY. Price: $14 plus $2.50 p&h in USA/Can (add $5 for foreign airmail)
OTHER NEW PRODUCTS:
BLOOD AXIS lyric booklet - A limited edition booklet featuring lyrics to the songs on THE LAMP OF THE INVISIBLE LIGHT CD, as well as one song from the upcoming CD "Storm Songs". Also includes photos, background information and details on upcoming releases. Deluxe presentation, with marble covers; each booklet includes a Blood Axis sticker. Price: $2 ppd in USA/Can $3 ppd foreign airmail UNLEASHED - Two CD's are currently available from these Swedish Odinist death metal masters. Warning: this is very loud, violent music. WHERE NO LIFE DWELLS Their first release, with "Into Glory Ride", "Violent Ecstasy" and 9 other tracks
SHADOWS IN THE DEEP The second album featuring "The Immortals", "Land of Ice" and 8 other tracks
Price each: $16 ppd USA/Can $18 ppd foreign airmail
THE GREEN BOOK by Muammar al Qaddafi. In our search for heretical expressions, we have come across a supply of this notorious work by Libya's leader. A valuable explanation of his anti- Western "democracy", tribal social philosophy. Hard to find paperback edition.
Price: $6 ppd in USA/Can $7 ppd foreign airmail
SIEGE
Also due out in January, at long last, is the book SIEGE by James Mason. This incredible tome of heresy has been over three years in the making. Now comprising a massive 400+ pages, it will be one of the final statements on extremism in America. SIEGE represents one man's journey on the farthest fringes of revolutionary ideology, from Hitlerian National Socialism to the lucid thoughts of the world's foremost outlaw, Charles Manson. From a unique insider's perspective it details a philosophy of a truly radical nature, rendering all previous conceptions of Leftist, Rightist and Conservative politics obsolete. Undeniably consistent, SIEGE presents a powerful message of survival, set free from moral constraint and popular delusions. You will never encounter another book such as this in your entire life. STORM is therefore proud to finally issue the first printing of this landmark work. SIEGE has been alternately called "The Mein Kampf of the 90's" and "The mind fuck of the century"- you be the judge. Suffice to say, you will not spot this title on the shelves of you local "alternative" bookshop. Why? Because it decisively flies in the face of everything currently held sacred by humanity. Presently being printed, the finished book is a professional production, with numerous rare and unpublished photos, texts and graphics. We are now accepting advance orders at the cover price of $14.95 plus $2 shipping and handling (foreign orders add $5 for surface, or $10 airmail). All orders received before Feb. 30th, 1993 will receive special autographed copies of the book. These special inscribed copies will not be available after that date.
ALSO COMING FROM STORM:
In January 1993 we will finally be sending out our new catalog, so if you are on the mailing list, expectto receive it soon. We will be offering an extensive selection of new T-shirts (Blood Axis, Allerseelen, and much more), as well as new books (Nietzsche, etc.) and CDs (Ain Soph, Bathory, etc.) Please send $1 to be placed on the mailing list, or two first class stamps (2 IRCs outside USA) for a sample catalog.

i ;i; "
THELAYIOFTH;EFORBIDDEN
NEWBOOKS FROM FERAL HOUSE

The Devil's Notebook
by Anton Szandor LaVey
1be Devil's Notebook is the first original collection of Anton La Vey's
writings to be published in over two decades.
"In a clear polemical style, the good doctor rips into a number of deserving targets ... and imparts wise-ass wisdom that, for me, is worth more than a stack of ancient grimoires. Like 1be Satanic Bible, Tbe Devil 'i Notebook is a tome only the clever among us will appreciate." - 1be Nose
$10.95 ï Trade Paperbackï ISBN: 0-922915-11-3

Secret and Suppressed: Banned Ideas and Hidden History
Edited by Jim Keith
A guidebook to alternative views of contemporary events and world history, Secret and Suppressed confronts the reader with disquieting revelations on mind control, secret societies, media disinformation, cults and elite cabals. The hard evidence supplied by many of these articles is startling. Other entries veer into a twilight realm of paranoia, speculation and horror. If you believe that ignorance is bliss, Secret and Suppressed is sure to make you very unhappy.
$12.95 ï Trade Paperbackï ISBN: 0-922915-14-8

Cosmic Retribution: The Infernal Art of Joe Coleman
This stunningly designed presentation of Joe Coleman's paintings and illustrations reveals the artist's obsessive visions of outlaws, madness and distressed religious impulses. Includes 32 color pages, 110 black and white pages and an incisive interview conducted by Adam Parfrey. "Coleman unleashes a hallucinatory violence of image and content that is unrelenting and unforgettable." -Artfom,m
$22.95 ï Deluxe Paperback Edition ï ISBN: 0-922915-06-7
$39.95 ï Limited Signed Cloth Editionï ISBN: 0-922915-13-X

The Secret Life of a Satanist
The Authorized Biography of Anton LaVey
by Blanche Barton
Now available in paperback, this photo-illustrated biography of "the most dangerous man in America" will stand as the definitive portrait of this influential and fascinating genius.
$1 2.95 ï Trade Paperback ï ISBN: 0-922915-1 2-1
$19.95 ïClothï ISBN: 0-922915-03-2
To order, send check or money order for cost of book(s), plus $1.75 shipping. Send SASE for free catalogue.
Feral House ï PO Box 3466 ï Portland, OR ï 97208

The Black Flame Vol. 4 No. 3 and No. 4

2026-09-02T06:17:40Z

Overlord: /* Interview with Anton Szandor Lavey */ removed extra bolding

Full uncorrected text (3/17/25) of [https://the.satanic.wiki/images/f/f2/The_Black_Flame_4%283-4%29.pdf The Black Flame Vol. 4 No. 3 and No. 4].

<hr>

INSIDE THIS ISSUE:
ANTON LA VEY - INTERVIEW "DESIDERATA SATANICUS" KING DIAMOND - INTERVIEW
"DUELING DUALITIES"
"HERD ELITIST IDEOLOGIES" "EUGENICS AND DYSGENICS" "ODDITORIUM:"
PRINT, MUSIC, VIDEO REVIEWS
AND MUCH MORE!

Editor Peter H Gilmore

Associate Editor Peggy Nadramia

The Black Flame is published by Hell's Kitchen Productions, Inc.

Copyright 1993 C.E. by Hell's Kitchen Productions, Inc. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without written permission is prohibited.

Mailing address: P.O. Box 499, Radio City Station, New York, NY 10101 - 0499 U.S.A.
Double issue price: $6.00 in the U.S.,
$8.00 outside the U.S. Subscriptions: $12.00 in the U.S. for two double issues.
$16.00 outside the U.S. for two double issues.
Single issues and fuck issues are not avaiJahle. Send check, bank draught or money order in U.S. funds only.
Opinions expressed herein are those of the authars al,one.

We accept no responsibility for unsolicited manuscripts. Correspondence requesting a response must be accompanied by an S.A.S.E.

COVER IMAGE: Lance Thimmes

==Desiderata Satanicus==
My worst enemies are those who presume me to be harmless. They cannot imagine how much I resent and disdain them, or just how great a threat they would face if I could get at them. Everything in their behavior speaks of insult and presumptuousness, and for now it is all I can do to make constructive use of my anger toward them. At this time, I just make a list of them and keep a watch on. Some day, with the help of time, space, and circumstance, I will be able to humiliate them properly — not in a manner they would enjoy, but in a style calculated to make them wish that they had never been born.
—Anton Szandor LaVey, 1989

==The Tide Turns==
By Peter H. Gilmore

WE HAVE SEEN IN RECENT MONTHS a trend on the part of academics, picked up by the media, towards refutation of the contemporary urban legend of "Satanic Ritual Abuse" which has been the foundation of entire "consultation" and "therapy" industries. The idiot fundamentalist effort to convince people that a worldwide conspiracy exists (to breed babies from dysfunctional women, spread drugs, pornography, and snuff films in an effort to dominate the globe) is finally being perceived to be a laughable fantasy. How long will it be until the McMartin trial joins the Salem debacle as a symbol of the American "justice" system gone wrong?

Yet during the entire hoohah, real Satanists have been untouched by this "witch hunt." Instead, children of Christian parents have come under the influence ot their pastors and therapists and have accused family members and friends of being Satanists, often ruining their lives. And who can ignore the continuing media-touted scandal of child molestation perpetrated by Christian clergymen? This is all so well deserved. Behold the utter desperation of Christianity in its last gasp to find an enemy which can frighten the gullible into their churches. This enemy is but a projection of their own misdeeds which stem from the heart of their anti-life creed. Let them feed on themselves, as followers of the flaccid Nazarene should.

Church of Satan spokespersons have been going on talk-shows for years, debunking this hysteria, yet now that "official" sources are coming to their senses does anyone look to us and say, "Gee, you were right all along?" Of course not.

We were invited on these shows not as sources of truth, but as freaks, "real live Satanists" at whom the proles could gawk. However, we did not shrink from articulating the unvarnished truth of our beliefs which many label as brutal, fascist, animalistic. If people want to fear us, then let them fear us for the '''correct''' reasons. We made this effort so that there would be an accurate presentation of our beliefs, especially should the time come when we could face legal difficulties because of our affiliations.

The real danger lies in the remaining influence of this mythology on law enforcement agencies. Tax dollars are still being wasted on seminars run by self-proclaimed experts (often retired, moonlighting, or would-be law officers of a decidedly Christian slant) who spread completely bogus information. The gullible local cops, wowed by jargon-laden presentations, swallow this stuff whole as it comes from apparent "experts" and thus they help spread a panic by seeing signs of the Devil's work in minor and typical crimes. Just recently I was called in to examine evidence that Satanic cult activity was the basis for vandalism of a house up for sale that had remained vacant for about a year. Prior to examining the site, I was told that certain Satanic graffiti and an inverted cross had been found, proof positive that this had been done by a local cult. Yeah, right.

When I got to the house, an old structure that is fairly isolated, I examined every room and the entire grounds. What I found was an old mattress in the living room, with a collapsed card table next to it as well as two candles (one green, one pink). A small cross pendant was hung on the edge of the table, which seemed to have been removed by the wearer before going to sleep on the aforementioned mattress (the cross had sharp edges, but was not inverted). The only graffiti were various slogans such as "Nicole loves Mark" (if there is hidden Satanic significance, it escapes me). And in an upstairs room, once belonging to a child as evidenced by the garish sports-figure wall paper, there was a copy of the ''Necronomicon'' and a Ouija board. We all know how essential how essential this paraphernalia is to authentic Satanic ritual - NOT! Outdoors, the squatters had taken the lawn mower from the garage and hot a path through the overgrown grass to a section of the yard surrounded by pine trees. Here they mowed out a roughly circular patch, about eight feet in diameter, in which to sun-bathe. There were no signs of ritualistic activity in this circle. So, here was, at most, teenage dabbler stuff, but hardly evidence of a cult. This sort of incident has been repeated across the nation and has been inflated by the overactive imaginations of the gullible (ofien those with Christian beliefs) into evidence for a broad-based conspiracy. I don't particularly care about the paranoid fantasies of the dysfunctional, but when members of the police are convinced that there are Satanists lurking under the beds of innocent Americans, that is when we must insistently stand up and tell them the truth about our beliefs. And so we have been doing.

I have been active in recent months as a consultant/expert witness regarding the practice of Satanism in cases concerning the religious rights of prisoners (individuals who have become members of the Church of Satan after their incarceration). Numerous prisons are very "liberal" where religious observences (''sic'') are concerned and some even have multi-million dollar complexes to serve the needs of their inmate population, yet when it comes to allowing Satanists to ritualize, or even have their literature, there has been resistance from some institutional authorities. We have been making headway in this area by demonstrating our credentials as a legally-recognized religious organization whose existence must be tolerated along with the other minority religions permitted. We do not seek special treatment for these incarcerated Satanists, simply that they be given equal treatment concerning religious practices.

Also, we assist only those inmates whose professed Satanism is consistent with our philosophy, which has been clearly delineated in our publicly available literature and other media presentations.

It has never been the goal of the Church of Satan to take its place among the other world religions, with dutiful followers and neatly labeled congregations. No, Satanism will permeate the societies of the globe as a secular lifestyle.

Indeed, Satanism '''has''' penetrated the culture in many ways, and obvious imagery has particularly conquered the heavy metal world. Yet our religion is often not taken seriously. This can be used as a strength, for Satanists continue to influence larger cultural movement without being recognized as such, except by the astute - and some of our Christian enemies ''do'' know what we really stand for.

We do '''not''' intend to turn the vast insensate masses into Satanists. Nor do we wish to eliminate those whom we consider to be less than elite (though we'd definitely like to see their numbers reduced from the overwhelming majority they now hold). How then could we predators exercise our prerogative? The masses will do as always and follow their inertia. However, in the growing Satanic Age, we shall find desired situations and objects a bit more easily obtainable, and we shall have direct recourse to justice. In the interim, we will not be treated with any less respect than other religions.

While the Christians have been tilting at straw men, we have continued to extend our influence through society. We have defended real Satanism, and have spread our literature so that our fellows will know by what name they are to be known, Meanwhile, the altruist/egalitarians have continued to force situations into extremes so that even the dullard couch potatoes have come to see the error of this doctrine - ''reductio ad absurdum'' works again!

As always, we remain aloof from the hubub with our cherished objects and individuals, and when the time comes we '''push''' and direct the currents as they should naturally go. Our victory is assured as we are in harmony with Nature-avatars of the Universe's Order. We demand that ''Lex Talionis'' be the rallying cry for a return to justice, and that - as long as this present system lasts - those who are hired to administer justice, and thus act as agents of the state, will leave their religious prejudices at home. Not for nothing did our Satanic founding fathers create a Constitution which demands a separation of church and state.

So enjoy the ringside Colosseum seats and the spectacle of Christians being thrown to Christians, but keep an eye on those gullible constables. As our influence continues, we will see '''real order''' based on Natural law, not the criminal-favoring morass enshrined in today's "justice" system. And don't be surprised if some of those men and women in blue, who aren't the least bit gullible, put on Baphomets when their badges come off.

==Elbow Patch Commandos==
By Blanche Barton

RAN ACROSS A NEW BOOK on the Sociology shelves yesterday - ''Satanic Panic: The Creation of a Contemporary Legend'', by Jeffrey S. Victor. At first glance, it's a much-needed objective debunking of the Satanic hysteria, analyzing it not from a Christian perspective, but from the standpoint of an academically-accredited scholar well-versed in the phenomena of rumor-panics. Upon closer examination, though the book is 310 pages long (minus appendices, notes and references), it is a relatively superficial analysis and adds little to the debunking books already out, such as ''In Pursuit of Satan'', ''Satanism in America'', and ''The Satanism Scare''. Bulk is impressive to those of small minds, however, so I suppose the more anti-hysteria books on the shelves, the better. But there is a fault that is emerging with the "academic" anti-hysteric stance that we, as Satanists, should be aware of and prepared to combat. This article doesn't concern everyone who is in academia; I will use the term "academic" in the perjorative (''sic'') to define only those professors, writers and researchers who are too wrapped-up in their ivory tower cocoons to see what's happening around them.

It seems, in their recent passion for disproving the Christian myth of an international Satanic conspiracy, academics are overlooking the modern Satanic movement altogether. Instead of defining Satanism, and showing where the presuppositions by which we are damned by society are '''false''' (i.e. sacrificing animals and babies, drinking blood, holding weekly Black Masses and orgies), certain academics find it easier to say "there are no Satanists," period. Or, at best, that any "Satanic movement" is limited and inconsequential (therefore, not a threat to society).

In Victor's book, for example, there are only two references to "Anton LeVey" in the index, one of which reads:
"In the 1970s, small groups calling themselves followers of Satanic religion developed. However, they really didn't receive much public attention. Even Anton LeVey (''sic''), who is now touted as the Godfather of Satanism in popular accounts of the subject, was a relative unknown." What rock was this guy under? Didn't he bother to End out when the Church of Satan started? Or call up any media coverage of the occult scene from that time? Anton LaVey was getting '''worldwide''' coverage from 1966 on, hardly a "relative unknown." I don't make this point simply to defend Anton LaVey, but to point out that such glaring errors call an academician's research, objectivity and ego needs into question.

There is an underlying presupposition that pervades works like Victor's that indicates that he is buying into the very myths he is trying to debunk! That is a presupposition that Satanists are baby-sacrificing, blood-drinking muderers (''sic''). But there has been no evidence presented that such miscreants exist so Satanists don't exist. It's easier to write Anton LaVey and modern Satanism out of history than to get into the polemics of exactly what Satanism is and, more importantly, what it is not.

Any Satanist should be deeply offended by this kind of shoddy dismissal of the real issues. It's like saying. "No, these people aren't really Jews who suck the blood out of babies, don't worry." The poor parents accused of abusing their children in Satanic rituals aren't really dirty Satanists. We all know how awful they are. Taking it a step further: "These people aren't really dirty, filthy, buggering queers. It you publically (''sic'') accuse them of such heinous acts, it could mark them for life - ruin their lives and reputations." The presuppositions remain. Especially in today's heavy PC climate, Victor wouldn't dare make those kind of assumptions about gays, or Jews. He never once bothers to define the tenets of modern Satanists, explaining that there is nothing in our philosophy about child sacrificing or animal slaying. He never asks, "'''What would be wrong if they ''were'' Satanists? What's wrong with being a Satanist?'''" He simply dismisses us.

It irks me that academics remained silent for so long. allowing the hysteria to build to such a fever pitch before they stepped in. Perhaps that's why they prefer to overlook us.

Where were they ten years ago? We were yelling our heads off and left to dangle in the wind. Talk shows often didn't want us because we were the real thing and would blow holes in their breeder stories and generational Satanists. After all, what would Satanists know about Satanism? We'd only lie anyway, right? I'm sure you found yourself muttering, as I did, "Where are they? Where are the sociologists, the Freudian psychiatrists, where are the cultural anthropologists? Have we forgotten everything we've learned about mass psychology and the madness of crowds? Why aren't they offended by this madness? Why aren't they speaking out? When we contacted them to back us up, they, safely insulated from the real world, would act as if the phenomenon wasn't happening and that it wasn't worthy of their attention. They didn't want to put themselves on the line. Their precious objectivity might be compromised; their colleagues might jeer. Now, after we've blown a hole in the wall, the academics come along on their white horses to clear up all this horrible mess, without even a nod to Satanists! Victor, for example, never bothered to contact the Church of Satan while writing his book - ostensibly on a topic we might have some experience with. Academicians are safe; they aren't Satanists and they have letters after their names.

Evangelists, at least, go out of their way to explain our vile philosophy, often reprinting the Nine Satanic Statements in their books of rants. The academicians seem to want to pretend we don't even exist. So who is more threatened by our existence? And why? Christians need us. Now, academia needs us too, for our very emergence and growing influence has brought with it '''Reason'''. Yet, academia surely must have a monopoly on "reason." Hence, '''the very grouping that has provided food for study must be purged by the established purveyors of enlightenment'''. No wonder they're pissed off - they're supposed to be the smart ones, not us. Is it so threatening to find that there are other people out there who might know more about the subject than they do? Or are they just too steeped in Judeo-Christian myths ''themselves'', regardless of their sanctimonious posture as defenders of rationality, to understand what true Satanism is? Perhaps we should, as Anton LaVey suggested recently, contemporize the Ninth Satanic Statement to: *Satan is the best friend academia ever had.." There is plenty of ''prurient'' interest evoked by Satanism in the academic community, just as there is in law enforcement circles. It's a lot more fun to spend department money to attend a seminar on "Satanic crimes" than another boring seminar on the finer points of suspects rights or footprint casting. Satanism provides juicy grant opportunities, like studying the sociological and psychological profiles of whores. We've all seen the books by Jeffrey Bunton Russell who managed to write an entire series of at least four doorstop-sized tomes on the subject of historical" Satanism with barely a mention of the Church of Satan.

By neglecting the phenomenen (''sic'') of modern Satanism as defined and refined by Anton LaVey, sociologists and contemporary culture scholars are missing out on some very rich soil to till. They examine Satanic hysteria but neglect to adequately answer the underlying question: '''What prompted''' it? They study the symptom but overlook the first cause itself. The "Satanic panic" is a direct result of the rise in contemporary Satanism and the trappings of Satanism in modern society. Death or black metal music, horror movies and books, fashions, Satanic attitudes, New Age dabblings are all part of a burgeoning Satanic aesthetic. If sociologists or social psychologists want to study Satanism, why don't they ask themselves what the social conditions were and are that instigated the rise in Satanism in the first place - the "death" of God, the slipping away of "moral" underpinnings, the sexual revolution, the technological revolution, the disintegration of the nuclear family, a hunger for metaphors of strength and mastery in a world that is increasingly violent and oppressive... Now that would be a book! There are plenty of avenues of research to bleed grant money with if academics want to study Satanism, but they'll be forced to confront more than nude altars and drug-induced orgies.

As it is, academics who refuse to acknowledge a modern Satanic movement are taking one step forward but two steps back. The two main problems with this stance are:

1) '''In trying to maintain their objective posture, they are compromising the validity of their research.''' As with any witch-hunt phenomenon, academics are afraid that, by explaining what contemporary Satanism is, they themselves would then be labelled Satanists, and their objectivity might be compromised. It is a simpler argument for them to pretend that real Satanism doesn't exist and is therefore no threat, than to get into the polemics of exactly what it is and, more importantly, what it is not. That muddies people's brains too much. Things get complicated. But by '''not''' acknowledging and defining the modern Satanic movement, their research appears superficial and incomplete. Therefore their conclusions '''are''' compromised.

2) It '''perpetuates the problem'''. Showing the Christian agenda behind most of these accusations and exposing the accusers for the liars that they are is half the battle, but it doesn't work toward communicating what Satanism really is. And it doesn't work toward protecting ''our'' religious freedom. Nothing is solved if a distinction isn't forced that there '''are''' a significant number of practicing Satanists, but that we aren't involved in illegal activities and, on the contrary, have a rational and life-loving philosophy. By underplaying our influence, our very existence(!), these "objective researchers" insidiously perpetuate the underlying myths. Then when people are found reading ''The Satanic Bible'', or practicing rituals in the woods or in their own homes, the rumors, panic, and accusations continue. It still leaves a wide-open door for deliberate misunderstanding and righteous persecution. Real Satanists might still be in danger of losing jobs, spouses and perhaps their own children, because of wild, unfounded accusations. But Satanists will triumph. And simply saying we don't exist and therefore there is no Satanic "threat" evades that fact.

We can thank the elbow-patch commandos for their "brave and dauntless" stance, but Satanists, more than ever, need to come forward to kick them in the shins.

==Satanic Witches Ad==
Witches! Have you been touched by Satan?...

..Or perhaps another supematural or alien being? If so, Tid like to hear from you. I'm researching a new book on ''true'' womanly power, contemporary sexual mythology, and connections with Satanism and Evil. I'd like to get some frank answers from women who haven't had a chance to voice certain dark thoughts. Anonymity is assured - names will not be required, but honesty is essential. To receive a questionnaire, please send a self-addressed, stamped envelope to:

Blanche Barton
Post Office Box 210082
San Francisco, CA 94121

==Interview with Anton Szandor Lavey==
By Peter H. Gilmore & Peggy Nadramia

IN LATE SUMMER, SOUTHERN ARIZONA is often buffeted by wild and ferocious electrical storms. Such a display of nature's savagery had just occurred as we began this interview; our little circle was gathered on the covered patio to watch the incredible flashes of lightning and hy to listen to thunder crashing in the nearby mountains. A brisk breeze drove the few remaining storm clouds across a fragment of moon, and brought the scent of creosote bushes and ozone. We sat comfortably on cushioned chairs of old Mexican wrought-iron, the flagstones lit by a single hurricane lamp. The huge black Belgian Shepherd at the High Priest's feet pricked his ears at the far-off yips of foraging coyotes, but was otherwise motionless.

===On Satanism: The Movement, and the role of the Church of Satan -===
Anton Szandor LaVey: Among dedicated Satanists, there will be a direction toward living Satanism and promoting a Satanic lifestyle rather than simply doing rituals and exploring Satanic "theology." No, Satanism won't cease as a religion to become a political movement; rather, it will be activated more as a secular lifestyle than as a religious or theological set of principles.

Man needs ritual, so religious Satanism is an "opener of the way," to foster the eventual ''lifestyle'' of Satanism. We're hoping to develop practitioners versus parishioners. The Church of Satan's role, increasingly, will be to turn the latter into the former.

The present evolutionary stage, the one we're seeing right now, is for Satanism to enter the mainstream, to evolve from a religious to a secular lifestyle. Christianity has done the reverse; it developed from Man's precepts about following an "ethical lifestyle," into an organization, an edifice known as "The Church." It's entrenched. Man looks to the Church for rules, regulations, divine inspiration, redemption.

Blanche Barton: We make people ''self''-dedicated, ''self''-sufficient - the reverse of Christianity.

ASL: The secular powers-that-be know what we're doing, realize that this is the only way human animals can be weaned away from an outmoded belief system. The 1980's witnessed, for real Satanism, only a cosmetic persecution, nothing like the real persecution of the witch hunts.

On the surface, Satanism is economically disastrous. Our people keep things, honor them, cherish them - the expendability of certain goods will lessen a great deal.

But then, humans have been inculcated to be dissatisfied. We can't change them overnight; the workability of this concept will be less than ideal. When Satanism is completely mainstream, planned obsolescence will continue tor a time-business as usual. But there's a trade-off: there's money to be made by applying Satanism to merchandising. The streets are paved with gold.

Humans will buy products that appeal to individualism and reinforce stratification. Satanism won't knock the economy off for the multitudes. For every outmoded economic dinosaur, there will be a new Satanic opportunity. For instance, home architecture - since "anything goes," opportunities will abound for those who can create modular castles, total environments, anything fun, indulgent, childlike. For a popular culture already steeped in the Gothic, the past, the dark - "Dracular vernacular." Music - a return to something that's fading out, a new classicism and lyricism. Movies - where the "villains" are shown to be the "good guys." Stories, novels, a whole new literary realm based on Satanic justice. ''The Most Dangerous Game'' codified. ''Death Wish'' amplified.

All it takes is for the Satanic aesthetic to get out there, not just in anti-hero figures, but in ever-increasing areas like clothing, cars - all kinds of product design. We're living in the Satanic Age now, but there's so much static - the static created by the last rustlings of Judeo Christian ethics and procedures, inherent in the restrictions of our bureaucratic legal system. "When there are too many lawyers, there can be no justice."

===On the role of the Active Members of the Church of Satan ===
ASL: They represent a conscious alternative to herd mentality; they should be viable role models for the rest of society. There is a growth potential for each member and by this, I don't mean that they should all wear black or buy more candles. 1 want most to encourage an individuality within a uniform mode that will benefit the whole. If you live by the Nine Satanic Statements, then you're a living embodiment of Satanism - a true role model. Even though we don't proselytize, true Active Advocates, true Satanists, are proselytizing by what they '''are'''.

They should also recognize opponents of the Church of Satan for what ''they'' are; they should recognize their intent to damage or destroy what we're fighting so hard to develop And vanquish them. Deal with them as they deserve.

===On the role of Magic: Group vs. Personal -===
ASL: Satanic magic differentiates between rites, ceremonies, and rituals or rallies. To rally together as Satanists can be productive - gathering to share and celebrate a common philosophy can reinforce that philosophy.

A ritual, conversely, should involve only one or two people; the presence of others only dilutes the potency and effectiveness. If one wishes to practice Satanic magic and feels he needs a group, it should be noted that the mere presence of others not personally involved in the situation can lessen the potency. In a large group ritual, the generation of energy is confined to the identity needs of the individuals involved, rather than the goal or Is-To-Be the ritual is intended to produce. Better two than twenty - the latter serves certain social and identity needs and can bolster the participants, but does noching to amplify the outcome. A real Greater Magic ritual is about the outcome.

===Addressing claimants to the "Satanic Mandate" -===
ASL: Mandate? Mandate? I never used the word. I thought a mandate was some kind of monkey - a cross between a mandrill and a primate. Or maybe something a spinster looked under the bed for or a gay guy went out cruising for. If you mean a bestowal of authority from a higher, supernatural source, I have no use for such horseshit. A "Satanic Mandate" is a non-sequitur, an oxymoron. I didn't know or care about any Infernal bestowal. 1 presented reasons for a Church of Satan - I wasn't inspired by any external source; I wasn't given "dispensation," or any "honorific." I would never be so presumptuous.

Recognize these claimants for what they are: self-deluded, pretentious goofs who must announce, must proclaim their exalted, self-gratifying status to all.

They lack any true identity; the only way they can have one is by stealing it from us. The Church of Satan's identity is established; they have to pretend it was bestowed by "supernatural" forces. My right I have made for myself. You know how I feel about hypocrisy and Goodguy Badges. Only when needed for one's survival. I don't '''got''' to show you no stinking badges.

But getting back to mandates, you really put a nickel in me on that one. For eighteen years, for example, one obsessive shit-disturber has been trying to undermine and extinguish myself and the Church of Satan - to pretend it's kaput, gone, disappeared. In the guise of receiving a "Satanic Mandate," this nut case endowed a "Temple" based on the supposed revealed word of the Prince of Darkness himself. Those who were suckered into what was really his Christianized warmed-over Madame Blavatsky Egyptoid kind of Rosicrucianism, were fed a self-help, personal success premise - not promise - called "Xeper," which as I understand it means "to become."

While ostensibly "Xepering" and "becoming," the main activities of this outfit consisted of Sons of the Desert type conventions where the supposedly defunct Church of Satan was the bottomless wellspring for gossip. Between conventions, an ongoing barrage prevailed of surly denigration of, yet parasitic dependency on, the Church of Satan and its founder: me - far more contrived than evangelical identity Christians or Wicca types.

Beyond a catalytic burst of notoriety involving alleged child molestation, this mandated "Temple" and its progenitor did absolutely nothing to produce evidence of any remotely Satanic plan, purpose, direction or implementation during its entire existence. At best, just being around provided the media with a readily exploitive alternative to the Church of Satan. In other words, "the ''other'' bunch of Satanists."

My unsolicited advice to this mandated Temple and its supernal potentate is to take your mandate, go out among the world of mere mortals, cease your parasitic dependency upon me and my finest and, if you can, ''do something''. Or at least, as they say, "get a life." You got your goddamned mandate, so Xeper-De-Doo-Dah and either get the show on the road, or fold up your tents and silently steal away - 'cause you can't do business with a surly Temple.

===On "Authentic" Satanists -===
ASL: We must resist any attempts by individuals, groups or agencies - Christian, "Satanic" or otherwise, to differentiate Satanism and Satanists into denominations. Check the copyright dates; there are no ecumenical Satanists!

I'm all for individuality within the scope of Satanism. If anyone wants to start his or her own thing, fine. If it's basically a spin-off of real Satanism, it's still Satanism. If not, it's either Christian "new age" mysticism or Christian blasphemy.

===On fascism -===
It seems apparent that Nazism and fascism sell. It's too horrible to contemplate (smacks lips). 1 could write a book - and maybe will - on the repulsive attraction of tyranny. It would speak of aesthetic imperatives and Jewish doctors and lawyers who drive Mercedes and BMWs and latter-day hippies in VW Beetles and WASP Yuppies whose non-lives are perpetuated by every manner of techno-goody cunningly fashioned by sneaky Jap sub-humans. Of all things fascistic, even greater than the forgetfulness of past orthodoxies, the aesthetic of dominance is making its mark. There'll be a lot more to come.

I won't even get into the clichéd defense of National Socialism: "There were some important things which should be studied - we shouldn't condemn the whole thing without extracting the worthwhile." So what else is new? I think young people are doing a pretty good job of extracting the pay dirt from fascism. Unlike the hypocritical Yuppies, they're plugging into what feels and looks and sounds good about it. No guilts, because they weren't around at the time of World War Two. Their parents, most of whom weren't around either, are the Boomer inheritors of post-war jitters and misgivings who had to yell "peace" and "love" until they were hoarse.

If a neo-fascist look - and outlook - makes for men who look like men and women who look like women, I'm all for it.

===What is the greatest fear people need have of Satanism?===

ASL: That they might have to think for themselves.

“When guns are outlawed, only outlaws will have guns” ...has its parallels. When heterosexual procreative sex is discouraged, only the unfit will produce children.

If you were an exponent of, and participant in, herd behavior and mentality, would you tolerate, much less encourage, the birthright of little enemies of the State?

If beauty is in the eye of the beholder, what the world needs is a new class of beholders. A class with clear vision and undrugged minds who can reaffirm an aesthetic almost lost from sight. An aesthetic standard of sights and sounds proven by the predictable honesty of their forms - forms which will regain the dignity and invigoration of Western Civilization at its zenith. For this, we must resurrect the past at its most stimulating, that it might be presented to a bold young race.

This bold new race will be the vanquishers of muddied mediocrity and economically-induced ugliness - the kind of contrived ugliness masquerading as beauty that only the tasteless, inept and insecure could foist upon an overburdened world.

-Anton Szandor LaVey

==The Nose ad==
Don't miss Issue number 18 of The Nose, that wonderfully iconoclastic magazine, as it features a fashion layout with Dr.
LaVey - "Full Devil Jacket." This includes spiffy photos of Dr. LaVey and the denizens of the Den of Iniquity, as well as two curvaceous blondes - one of whom is Blanche Barton! Images are accompanied by quotations from The Devil's Notebook.

To order, send $5.00 to: '''The Nose Magazine''', P.O. Box 31353, San Francisco, CA 94131.

FOR SALE: 1 paperback copy of ''The Devil's Avenger'' by Burton H. Wolfe. Book will go to the one producing the best offer. CONTACT: Steve Schultz, P.O. Box 11704, Portland OR 97211-0704, U.S.A.

==Answer Me ad==
ANTON LAVEY
Answer Me/Honolulu Baby 7" 45 RPM single

Church of Satan founder Anton LaVey lends his evocative keyboard style and vocal presence to a pair of neglected unes. Beautifully packaged, pressed in blue vinyl, anc trictly limited to 1000 numbered copies.

55.00 + $1.00 shipping.
Make checks payable to Gregg Turkington

send orders to:
AMARILLO RECORDS
P.O. BOX 24433
SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94124 USA

==Pretenders to the Throne: Regarding the Temple of Set==
By Peter H. Gilmore

THROUGHOUT THE TWENTY-EIGHT YEARS of the existence of the Church of Satan, the organization has continued to expand while its character has undergone a number of carefully-planned developmental phases. In the process, we have at times found it necessary to eject individuals who have acted in ways that were not in keeping with our high standards for social behavior. We have also had a small number of individuals freely depart from us, finding our means too challenging to their false images of personal superiority. Neither types are ever missed, as the true elite of talented, highly-motivated, productive, creative, and above all, independent individuals still find their way to us.

There have been those who would attempt to imitate us, but they usually discover that our shoes are far too big to fill. Short-lived spinoffs have included The Church of Satanic Brotherhood, Ordo Templi Satanas, Order of the Black Ram, Church of Lucifer, Thee Orthodox Satanic Church and so on.

None of these has prospered or even affected the course of Satanism, as they have quickly collapsed due to tbe lack of energy or direction. One group formed by ex-members of the Church of Satan which has continued to exist, albeit as a small and fairly clandestine "vanity" organization riding on the fund provided by is "high priest," is the Temple of Set. This bunch is significant only in that they continue to try to ride upon the coattails of the Church of Satan, and indeed even publicly claim to be the "successor to" and "custodian off the Church of Satan. You might have come across some advertisements or writing influenced by these Setians. Don't be fooled; they are not in any way associated with the Church of Satan and their tales of schism are convenient diversions. Let us examine from whence this group appeared and clear away their false claims.

In 1974 C.E. the Church of Satan instituted its fourth phase of development. The thrust of this phase was to re-orient the members at all levels to proceed on a far more independent course. Previously we had issued charters for formal "Grottos" which were small congregations comprised of Satanists in specific geographical regions. It had been discovered that these formal Grottos led certain members to confine their efforts at personal advancement to the realm of the Grotto alone, rather than towards the success in the outside world which is of paramount importance to Satanism. Certain members were far more interested in trying to gain elevated rank yet were merely competing in the Grotto's social arena.

They neglected to develop their talents and forge ahead. Many other members were strong-willed individualists who did not mix well with other Satanists. Rather than functioning as bases for the development of Satanic strategies, these groups often became shields against true advancement, filled with huddlers who were solely interested in internecine strife. Not everyone involved fit this picture, but there were enough to make it obsolete as a system of growth.

The new phase stressed independent functioning, keeping individuals separated to pursue their own goals. If Satanists used their initiative to find their fellows, and they wished to informally create groups for socialization and ritual, that was most acceptable. But the momentum for the existence of these informal groups had to come from the social compatability (''sic'') of the constituent members, not geographical proximity.

This phase of isolation, which laid the groundwork for a much broader base for Satanism as a movement (seen today especially in the commercial acceptance of Satanic imagery in the popular Heavy Metal music business, was upsetting to the pen-pal and "coffee klatsch conclave" members, whom it was basically designed to ease out of the way. Michael A. Aquino, at that time the editor of ''The Cloven Hoof'', had attained the IV° and was injecting a strongly supernaturalist bent to the ''Hoof'''s articles. Mr. Aquino had a history of creating documents which he claimed to have transcribed from superhuman entities. These include the ''Diabolicon'' (1970 C.E.), a series of statements from Satan, Beelzebub, Azazel, Abaddon, As modeus, Astaroth, Belial, and Leviathan, as well as the ''Ninth Solstice Message'' (1974 C.E.) which declared Anton LaVey a "daimon."

Dr. LaVey who, then as now, had a firm grasp on the Church's tiller, began to implement the phase which had slowly been evolving over the previous two years. He had even outlined the basic concepts for this formal phase during the summer of 1972 C.E. in a letter to Aquino, stating that the "social Satanists" and their "limelight loving" priests contribute nothing to Satanism as a movement, and that they would fall by the wayside when they didn't receive the attention they sought by starting their own "churches." LaVey wrote that he had far more respect for his "underground clergy" who were very productive in the real world. Aquino did not accept this, especially Dr. LaVey's awarding of priesthoods to non-esoteric, non-public achievers and thus he would no longer be privy to even the small amount of information regarding underground activities that had previously been given to him.

LaVey was determined that the status of Church members should reflect their standing in the world outside of the organization. Degrees are not reflective of simple book learning and esoteric knowledge, but the actual application of Satanic principles towards personal advancement. To this end, the Church would honor values given to it in kind with degree recognition as would be deemed appropriate by Dr. LaVey.

The achievement of degrees via written tests was not to be abandoned at this time, but this additional means of advancement was now open to the "above groundo" (''sic'') members. This was formalized by the new phase in 1974 C.E. and outlined to Aquino in May; during one of his rare personal meetings with Dr. LaVey.

Aquino did not protest this policy at the meeting and later claimed this alternate route to advancement as a public reason to announce a break with the Church of Satan, accusing Dr. LaVey of "selling" degrees. He wrote letters to his handful of pen-pal cronies, fellow mystics who had also mourned the new phase, and they too resigned to go off with Aquino and form their own group. Aquino had wanted to start a "Second Church of Satan" but was thwarted by copyright laws. Instead, recalling his readings of Egyptian history and mythology, he claimed to have invoked Satan (in whom he literally believed as an entity) and to have been answered instead by Set, the "actual" Prince of Darkness who, through a series of realizations in Aquino's mind, caused him to record as Set's answer a document which he titled the ''Book of Coming Forth by Night''. This "supernatural revelation" supposedly gives him the right to supercede the Church of Satan. Doesn't that sound familiar?

Aquino would like you to believe that the "entire priest-hood" of the Church of Satan followed him in departing. This is untrue, especially as there were many underground members, including priests and higher, of whom he had no knowledge. The Church of Satan was at that time, and still continues to be, a large and highly stratified organization with many discreet individuals placed in positions of power. As Orwell had envisioned in his classic ''1984'', it is not an organization in the usual sense as it is held together by an idea whose time has come, which is indestructible. The departure of less than thirty members can hardly be called a schism. This was instead a welcome housecleaning of an element that had become less than desirable to the future development of the Church of Satan. And thus the fourth phase functioned as planned and Aquino became one of those who, as predicted in 1972 C.E., fell by the wayside.

The ex-Satanists who formed the Temple of Set follow a path quite different from that of the Church of Satan, which has never veered from its dedication to rational self-interest, indulgence, and a glorification of the carnal and material. The belief in Set as an actual entity with whom followers may commune is in marked contrast to our disbelief in '''any''' external diety (''sic'') figures. They have a consuming preoccupation with rank and status within their organization, thus titles and medallions of degree level are eagerly sought by members to affirm their position in the pecking order of the temple's internal world (particularly evident at their "conclaves"). This is not surprising considering Aquino's background - a boyhood steeped in military academies and in pursuit of Boy Scout merit badges. The Church of Satan retains its right to grant degrees, but these are still based on an individual's achievements in the outside world and his level of freedom from herd conformity and independence from forced interaction with the masses. Striving for fancy titles and rankings is not a part of Satanism. The literature of the Church of Satan is published and distributed worldwide to any interested in-dividuals. The Temple of Set prints "private" literature available only to members, and some of it is limited to those of the correct rank. To further learn about these ex-Satanists, you might choose to contact them for information, but be forewarned that real Satanism is not hiding underneath their academic exterior. A worthwhile and informative study by an anthropologist who joined the Temple of Set is ''The Magicians'', by Gini Graham Scott, Ph.D. (New World Books, 308 Spruce St., San Francisco, CA 94118). This will give you insights into their beliefs, practices, and social interactions.

We have dealt here at length with the Temple of Set to lay to rest their propaganda. They are not associated with the Church of Satan in any manner: We do not see them as being in any way significant to the future of Satanism. Dr. LaVey still proudly stands at the helm of the Church of Satan, the flagship of the movement he launched in 1966 C.E., and shall continue to oversee the forces he has put into motion. The Church of Satan is the foundry, forging the iron Will that shall continue to move the minds and hearts of humanity's elite who are even now reaching out to claim the future as their domain. They shall be the inheritors of our legacy as well as the writers of our history for the next twenty-five years, and far beyond.

[Editor's note: This article, in a slightly different form, appeared in ''Dark Lily #13'' as a response to the misinformation being spread by TOS in England at that time. This reprint was occasioned by questions received by our various contacts regarding TOS and its curious, and dubious, claims.]

==Church of Satan ad==
CHURCH OF SATAN
FOR INFORMATION:
SEND A SELF-ADDRESSED
STAMPED ENVELOPE OR FOUR IRC'S TO:
CHURCH OF SATAN
P.O. BOX 210082
SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94121 USA

==My Dark Satanic Love==
By Peggy Nadramia

==My Dark Satanic Love==
By Peggy Nadramia

I SEE A RED DOOR, and I want to paint it black. I'm one of the things that goes "bump!" in the night. I'm a born Satanist. I'm a happy little blob of custard and you can't nail me to any wall; in fact, I'd pull those nails out and aim them at ''you''. Tell me how negative I am; tell me how I'm filled with hate. You're not just stupid - you're wrong.

Dracula loved his brides. Dr. Frankenstein loved his monster. My Satanic love burns fiercely; it's perfect and uncompromising.
Firstly, necessarily, Hove myself. I'm my own God, after all, and I put no Gods before Me. I'm uppermost in my mind; I always bring me flowers. Sometimes I realize I could have done something better; sometimes I make mistakes. It's wonderful how I learn from these things; it's exciting to have an opportunity to be an even better Me. Even when I deny myself something, withhold gratification, it's always in order to enjoy something even more fulfilling and worthwhile down the road. This is why I can hate so purely, so irrevocably, anything that wastes my precious time, energy and attention.

Along with Me, I love He Who Is Not Me, my husband.

He is, for one thing, the consciousness in which I can see a wonderful reflection of my own God, myself. His love for me qualifies him with the very best of taste and discernment, after all; he obviously knows what's good for ''him''. My cells respond to his pheromones, and being around him gives me a heightened feeling of happiness, contentment and well-being.

The shape of his face is the dearest sight in the world to me.

He is my mentor, my master, my very best friend; I have placed with him my perfect trust, and he accepts it as only a real man can. His hopes, dreams, goals are mine; his disappointments are mine, too, and thusly I hate whatever distresses him or gets in his way. This hate, too, is black and pure, like gunpowder; it can burn as brightly and as feverishly as my love.
Next, I love my tribe, my folk, those who are like as me.

They can be friends or family, but in my heart they are simply my tribe, and the Black Flame burns within all of them. They light my days and bring me joy through their achievements and antics; they make the world a more interesting place, and only a Satanist knows what a gift that is. Sometimes they are close enough to share food or warmth or simply company; sometimes they are far away, voices on phone lines, words on a page. But they're always in here, part of me, my folk. I cannot feel indifferent toward those who would distress my tribe. He who attacks them attacks Me; he who places obstacles in their way earns my ire, my enmity, my hate.

As a natural-born Satanist, I'm joyfully free of the Judeo-Christian-Islamic bias against non-human animals, and so have never questioned that what I feel and have felt for my pets is pure and simple love. I love them more than I love many people; I value their lives more highly. The Black Flame of Satan burns dark and soft in animals, at its purest and deepest. I bristle and chafe at the laws that give destructive, unwanted, horrid little children more rights than my dog has. She is my property, and I can only protect her as such. A product of a thousand generations of breeding for domestication, for compatibility with humans, she is nevertheless only a hair's-breadth away from wild. As highly as I treasure her life, so deeply does my hate run for those who would be cruel to her.

I bare my fangs at them.

I love everything that belongs to me, all my stuff. I love my books, my music, my pretty china, my coffee machine, my raincoat, my old, soft green blouse. I hate anybody who would steal, destroy or disorder my precious stuff; why wouldn't I? What value could such a creep have that would exceed that of my heavy stoneware mug, my perfect leather bag?

Contingent on all of this, I love the world. It's so beautiful, so perfect a setting for my God, Me. I love mountains, the sea, acres of trees without a single house, rows of houses all antique and charming, museums, fog, delicious nourishment, quiet afternoons, star-filled nights. If only there weren't all these anti-life bastards who want to fuck it all up, who hate themselves so much they have to destroy the source of their own sustenance. I hate them. Only in the depths of the Black Flame in my heart is it known how much I hate them and what they've done to the world, these library-burners, these child-molesters, these people who, as Charlie said, kill things that are better than they are. When they ask why we hate Christians, can they ever really understand the answer unless they love as we do, love with the dark, Satanic love of life and self?

==Carnivora art==
CARNIVORA #1, BY TIMOTHY PATRICK BUTLER

==Coping With Involuntary Human Contact, Part 1: Grocery Shopping==
By Timothy Patrick Butler

TRY AS ONE MIGHT, there is almost no means by which one can avoid shopping for groceries. Eating is not only pleasurable, it's necessary, and I doubt that most of us have the financial resources to eat at our favorite restaurants every night. Grocery shopping is, therefore, imminent doom on a weekly basis.

All of the Nine Satanic Sins are in painful evidence at the supermarket, no matter where or when you might deign to shop. I always seem to arrive just after a busload of Senior Citizens or retards has come to stock their larders, or I end up going the same day that welfare checks and food stamps have been siphoned from mailboxes, or I arrive when there are no operable carts, when the aisles are crowded with boxes of Toaster Strudel and Velamints, when the line at the delicatessen is 150 yards long and wizened crones bleat that their olive loaf isn't cut thinly enough, when the only packages of meat available are eight pound "econo-paks" for Catholic families, when the only bananas left are pthalo green or black and foetid, when it's triple coupon day, when it's two days before some painful Xtian holiday like Thanksgiving or Xmas, or when someone forgot their checkbook, their credit card, their money, their brain.

I have seen (and this is all taken from actual experiences of the author) a man thumb-fuck a package of chicken breasts as his wife decided which cut of poultry that they'd be consuming that week. I've seen an old man take a plum from a display, put it in his mouth, produce a pit or seed, and throw the pit or seed '''back''' into the display. I've watched as old women have taken from three to five minutes in choosing the right bell pepper for '''them'''. I've seen acne-faced deli boys with colds make sandwiches for store patrons, sniffling and coughing all the while. I've seen tubs of chicken livers left at the register (near Soap Opera Digest) by people who decided at the last crucial minute that they didn't want chicken livers after all. I've seen welfare moms knock a jar of tomato sauce (or apple sauce, or mayonnaise) onto the floor, and keep right on going.

People (meant in as derogatory a sense as possible) consistently make untelegraphed U-turns without looking behind them, their carts inevitably bumping into some fragile, glaze-eyed hag - or '''me'''. People will spend '''hours''' gazing (for I am certain they are not '''reading''') at the labels of every brand of canned beans that the store stocks, and then decide that they never wanted canned beans in the first place. People will squeeze the shit out of the last loaf of your favorite bread and leave it. People will put their oily mitts upon all manner of fruits, vegetables, meats and baked goods without having intended to purchase any of these things. People suck. I hate them.

The corporations that produce all of the stuff in these stores suck, too. There is always some idiot (usually a horrid, maternal type) giving away free samples or coupons in which I am NEVER interested, although they will often go out of their way to insist that I am. I do not use coupons, and I do not want anything free that you want to give to me. Among the things that have been proffered to me: "Weight Watchers" stuff (Whatsa matta, am I too fat?!), little "Pizza-Snax," and diarrhea medicine (my personal favorite).

What's a law-abiding, blood-sucking, Devil-worshipping (''sic'') cultist to do! Here are some suggestions, but I'm sure you all have your own solutions already (like sending someone else or packing an Uzi).

1) Go at night, preferably after ten o'clock. The drawback with this is that many places seem to close their delis and meat counters at night, even if they're a 24-hour operation. There will, however, always be ''some'' good time to go; I've found that the herd's grazing hour (5 - 6 pm) is usually not too crowded.

2) Become a cannibal. This option will not enable you to avoid shopping entirely, however, as you still must purchase condiments and desserts.

3) Look mean. Dress in leather. Scowl. Although an obvious solution Satanically, it is truly inspiring in its effectiveness.

4) When some idiot is blocking your way checking out the maxi-pads or whatever, intone "Excuse me," in as melodious a tone as possible, and if they ignore you, '''ram your cart into them'''. (See Satanic Rule of the Earth #11.)

5) Memorize the store, and buy the same things every week. It's the same fucking store. Get out of this Hellhole as quickly as you can! I am usually able to buy sixty dollars worth of groceries (a week's supply) in about fifteen minutes, if I do not bring my beloved. Bringing your beloved will at least double your time.

6) Put the heavy objects in your order on the conveyor belt first. I cannot emphasize this point strongly enough! The retard (and often enough, it really '''is''' a genuine retard) who bags your groceries '''will not''' be attentive to the various weights and masses of the elements of your purchase, and at least half of your stuff will otherwise be annihilated.
:6) A. Bag your own groceries, you lazy shit!

7) Estimate the cost of your order before you even go to the store. You will thus avoid personal embarrassment, and my wrath, should I be behind you.

And put your goddamned cart back where you got it!

What is described above is the result of a consumer-oriented society, where demand for useless and unnecessary products is created by advertisement. How many different types of sugary cereal do you think there would be if there were no advertisements or promotions for them? Once again, the orchestrators of the Invisible War have turned a basic human need into an arena for the indoctrination of the masses.

Until ''Leviathan's 24-Hour Foode Shoppe'' is opened, our contact with the herd, though involuntary, is necessary. So the next time you need milk or pork or watermelon, growl a bit at the old lady next to you. You'll feel so much better!

==I Hate Everyone==
by Timothy Patrick Butler

1) People are ugly.
2) People are stupid.
3) People are lazy.
4) People are cruel to the wrong entities.
5) People are kind to the wrong entities.
6) People are gullible.
7) People always appreciate a little sarcasm.
8) People have bad taste.
9) People are irresponsible.
10) People have no sense of humor.
11) People insist upon being poorly educated.
12) People insist upon being ripped-off.
13) People insist upon paying high prices for bad food.
15) People do not pay attention to what they are doing.
16) People insist upon living in close proximity to one another.
17) People assume that everyone is everyone else's friend.
18) People assume that relatives should naturally get along with each other.
19) People assume that "going out," getting drunk and having a five minute fuck once per week is not only necessary, but desirable.
20) People are afraid of anything that conflicts with their programming.
21) People assume that one's worth can be discerned by one's occupation.
22) People assume that the more widely a thing is done, the more correct it is.
23) People think that God, UFO's, psychics and horoscopes are real and important.
24) People lie in attempt to cloak their deficiencies.
25) People occupy too much space, use too much raw material, and impinge upon too much of my valuable time.

Why are there so few '''persons'''?

"Why is there so much trouble in this world?"
---
==Lamp of Thoth ad==
THE LAMP OF THOTH 25

SEX MAGIC
STONE CIRCLES
AIDS
CHAOS MAGIC
LEGENDS OF LILLITH
THE KENNEDYS & THE OCCULT REINCARNATION & REGRESSION
CRAFT WAYS KEPT SECRET

'''ALL THESE AND MORE!'''

SUBSCRIPTIONS: £15.95 FOR 6 ISSUES
(£22.60 OVERSEAS)
CURRENT ISSUE: £3.58
(£4.95 OVERSEAS)
[$2.00 = £1.00]

THE LAMP OF THOTH
6-8 BURLEY LODGE RD.
LEEDS LS6 1QP
WEST YORKSHIRE, U.K.

==Dark Lily ad==
DARK LILY
The Reality of the Left Hand Path

The Leading Magazine of the Left Hand Path In the United Kingdom

Published Quarterly
£1.50 per issue, £6.00 annual subscription
Overseas: £2.00 per issue, £8.00 subscription
($2.00=£1.00)

'''BCM/Box 3406, London, WCIN 3XX, U.K.'''

==Does Satan Drive A Pontiac Firebird? An Interview with King Diamond==
by Michael Moynihan

KING DIAMOND MAY BE FAMILIAR to some readers as a popular heavy metal musician with an unmistakable voice, bizarre stage shows and a series of concept albums with allegorical themes. But that's not all - he's also an unrepentant Satanist.

Emerging out of Denmark in the early Eighties with his previous band '''Mercyful Fate''', he's had an undeniable influence on many areras of modern metal. After two initial LPs, he began a rise to prominence with a second band, named simply after his stage persona, '''King Diamond'''. Numerous records (released on the Roadrunner label), world tours and interviews have appeared since then, all the while with King remaining sincere in his beliefs.

A pleasure to speak with, both cordial and articulate, he certainly doesn't fit into any stereotype of the typical rock star.
The following interview took place via telephone in late 1992 from his homestead in Texas.

'''What kinds of music have influenced you over the years?'''

I listen to a lot of different music back home here, all kinds of music - classical too. I try to listen to a lot of different things, but when it comes to playing I only want one thing and that has to come straight from my heart. Exactly what I feel, that's what I want to do.

'''Can you describe what creates that?'''

I think the instruments we use - because we use a lot more than just guitar, bass and drums. We orchestrate a lot of things in '''King Diamond''', even with just guitars, we tend to orchestrate them in what I guess is kind of a classical way - coloring it with a lot of different moods. And then you can really underline it with cellos, violins, harpsichords, good old-fashioned Leslie organs, and that is what we're using quite a bit of in '''King Diamond'''.

'''I've always thought you can draw some comparisons with heavy metal and classical music.'''

Definitely. There are bands that are playing the basic three-chord songs, which can be nice to listen to, but for me to do something I need to satisfy myself and feel that I've gone a step further or that I'm covering a different area than what I've done before - and trying not to repeat myself and not take riffs that I've used before, which is unfortunately the case for some bands. So to really try to do something eise. And also because we're so involved in trying to create different moods, we'll end up with songs on the album that that differ quite a bit from each other. A lot of different tempos - changing the tempo within a song is something that does a lot for me. With many bands you can start a metronome at the beginning of a song and it'll go the whole way through the song - no matter what, they don't change the tempo. And changing the tempo is really hard - you have to stop thinking and start thinking in a different way, which makes it hard to perform. That's satisfying for yourself, to pull that off.

'''So in writing is it still very instinctual, or more a conscious thought process?'''

It's what I feel, you know. Some parts of songs, like the major part, can be super simple, because that's the mood that feels right there. It doesn't need to be complex, that's not the idea. I don't sit down and think, I've got to come up with some complex riffs or otherwise this song won't work. If it works from feeling, then it works.

'''Is there any time of day when you prefer to write?'''

Well, it usually has a better atmosphere in the night, definitely. I do a lot of work in the day too, but I'm not dealing with an open window and the sun coming in - I couldn't work like that! I pull the blinds and turn off all the lights...

'''How did you discover Satanism?'''

A long time back I had some really weird experiences with what I guess you would call "the occult," or the other side, the powers of the unknown... which, there was no way of explaining it - there was nothing like mass-psychosis or any bullshit like that, it really happened. I've had a lot of these experiences but the first time was really weird, because I'd never experienced - and definitely not been aware - of anything like that before. It made me go to the library and get a lot of books about the occult, start reading about it. And whenever you talked about, or heard about, that word "Satan" it was: bad, negative, killing, slaughtering, being evil, evil, evil. And that's probably the way most people see Satanism, ''they have no idea''. They've based it all on what the Church has said in history and unfortunately quite a lot of bands who are dealing with "Satanism" are actually dealing with ''Christian'' Satanism - it's exactly the view that Christians would like people to have on Satanism.

'''I think it's unfortunately just all that these kids know.'''

That's true, exactly. And then one day in an occult bookstore I saw this book that LaVey wrote and I thought, wow, I'll see what this is like and I'll give it a shot. Because I didn't really know, apart from what had been written which was so damn negative. So I thought, I'll find out here the best way, from the source itself. So I read the book and thought, "Hey, this is the way I live my lite - this is the way I tee inside!" It's not like it was a major religion or anything like that, it was a lifestyle that I could relate to 500%. And it's just nice to see your own views and thoughts in words, in a book.

It comforts you in some way. And that is how I felt. Another thing I really like a lot is you're given a big, open space for whatever you want to believe in when it comes to the other side, the afterlife, the before life, or whatever you want to believe in. Whatever you want, you can do what suits you best, without feeling you're doing something bad or something wrong - which is not the case in most religions, where it's like: follow this or you're out! We're all different individuals and we all have our different views, even if it's a simple thing like a car - we don't all like a red car. Some like it red, some like it blue, and it's the same with anything. That's the main thing.

You should also be allowed to have an individual choice, even when it comes to where you're just thinking within about what might be later on, what happens when I die, why am I here. There are a lot of thoughts you have when you're not even putting anything into action directly. You should definitely be able to have a free mind there, and whatever suits you best, you should believe in. Then of course, you ''are'' a certain way, and that comes out into your actions.

'''Christians would like to imagine everything is black and white, according to their own belief structure.'''

Yeah, and that's what I really like here - it's not like a dictatorship religion with "do this" or "do that." It's not even really described, when it comes to beliefs - because it's up to you. If people could only accept each other for being each other and having different views, and then judge each other by 'personality'', which I think we should. Then we'd have a much better world. That was very much what our last album, ''The Eye'', was about - the misuse of power in religion, any kind of religion. Even though it's (fictionally) written, it's actually historically correct. It depicts a lot of stuff that was done in the name of Christ - horrific stuff.

'''Do you remember how long ago it was when you first discovered ''The Satanic Bible''?'''

I think it must have been 1981.

'''And it had an immediate resonance?'''

Oh yeah, and you'll see it reflected in our early lyrics with '''King Diamond''' and '''Mercyful Fate'''. I used the word Satan at that time, and it had a very specific meaning for me-not the one that other people had. So I was involved in misconceptions immediately, from the first thing. A song like "Satan's Fall" from the ''Melissa'' album, for instance, it opens up with exactly that Christian view that I'm talking about, that I don't like bands portraying. But there are only two lines in the whole song that are actually the ''essence'' of it, of the lyric, and it says: ''Use your demon eyes/Uncover the disguise''. And the song opens with "7 Satanic Hell preachers, bringing the blood of a newborn child" - exactly all the stuff I'd read that I was so pissed off about after I had finally found out what it was all really about. But then I say later on that if you really want to put something down - it doesn't matter what it is, it doesn't have to be Satanism or a religion - you should experience it first, or you should at least read about it from the source. You could say, like, a Pontiac Firebird doesn't handle well - some people might say that, some might say the opposite. But how can you say it ''if you never drove one'' - just because you heard some jerk say it? You need to experience things yourself to be able to take a stand - you can't just take everyone else's word.

Because they are individuals too, with their own little viewpoints... you have to be aware of that constantly. And that was brought out in that song, but it was covered up - it was covered up too much in fact. And at that time, not many people knew about these things - it hadn't been described at all to very many people what it was really about. So immediately when they heard the word ''Satan'' or ''Lucifer'' they were scared shitless, hair standing on end everywhere, and "God, this guy's evil!"

'''Well, "evil" is another one of those words that's pretty open-ended.'''

Yeah I know it, and again as I say, it's all individual. It might be evil to somebody to kill a rat in an experiment, to see if we can come up with a drug that will save people. To some it's evil to kill that thing, but other people don't take that view at all - they find it evil to not take that opportunity to try and better the human race. It's a matter of viewpoint, what's good and what's evil. Of course most of the time you have common sense guidelines, but in a lot of examples you can come up with these things where there is no black and white, it doesn't work that way.

'''So would you define your own Satanism as extreme individualism?'''

Pretty much so, but also you recognize who you are, and you appreciate it. You try to get the most out of it, without feeling bad about it. There are so many things, and why should you feel bad about them, because what you're doing is just natural human instinct? So what's so bad about it?

We were made that way, that's the way we came out. We have these human instincts and if we don't go by them we won't survive. It's as simple as that. And those who are trying to tell people: "Hey, go by this book here and you'll be saved forever."... god, you will not be saved! You'll be the easiest victim of all.

'''If these people really followed Jesus' commandments they'd be perpetually stuck on the bottom rung and at the back of the line.'''

We'd still be in the stone age! Fortunately it's a minor part of the population who are like that. There are a lot of people who might consider themselves Christians but they don't act it out like that, according to the book anyway. It's only these preachers who are unfortunately able to get air time on TV. I watch that sometimes, just to get a cheap, good laugh you know - it's amazing, the loss of good actors we have within the field! And again, I'm not sitting here trying to condemn anybody, not at all. I'm saying, if somebody is Christian and is getting something out of it, without hurting anybody, then stick to that belief. Great - though, I don't want you on my team!

'''Were you ever influenced by the pagan religions of Scandinavia?'''

Of course you're influenced by it and you hear about it -- it's deep within the culture of the whole country. The old Vikings, the castles you can go and visit. I've visited a lot of them and I'm very much into this stuff, we've got it all there.
Definitely...

'''How did it come about that you met Dr. LaVey?'''

I ran into his daughter Zeena, in Los Angeles, it must have been in 1988 or something like that. She came to one of our shows, and of course I knew who LaVey was, but suddenly some of our crew guys came up and said, "There's somebody from the Church outside who would like to get in and she says she's Anton Szandor LaVey's daughter." So I said, "Well, let her in, let's see if it's true." And yeah, it actually was.

So she went back to the hotel with me and he knew of me and checked up on all our interviews and music and things like that. And one night we played in San Francisco and a couple of people from the Church came to the show and came up to me and said that he'd like to invite me to come by. And I said, "Wow, I'm not going to pass up that opportunity!"

'''It's very moving to actually speak with him.'''

Definitely. And that made an impression for life, no doubt about it. Spending the night there, just feeling his presence, getting to know the charisma he has, the intelligence and the humor... It's so far from what a lot of people probably imagine him as.

'''He's a true gentleman.'''

Absolutely. And the letters I've received from him... I've been given the privilege of calling him whenever I feel like it, and I haven't used it yet. I don't want to misuse his hospitality.

Some day I might really feel that I need to talk to him about things and then I'll take up the opportunity.

'''Do you consider the music you're playing to have an inherently Satanic content? For example, Dr. LaVey has certain music, especially old songs from the 30's and 40's, which he holds to be particularly powerful.'''

Well, of course that's the music he grew up with, that was some of the input he got. And even still today I, by far, listen mostly to bands from the early 70's. It's just a fact. And I grew up with that stuff. But the main thing I think, if you want to label music Satanic, is you should look at the artist and see, does this stuff really come from the ''inner feelings''? Is this person really letting out his true feelings into this stuff, or is it just a bunch of fake shit to make money? But labelling (''sic'')music is something I don't like very much. A lot of people ask, "How would you label your music?" But I ''never'' label my music - I don't say it's death metal, or Satanic metal, or classical metal, or whatever. I don't care. I write some music, with certain instruments, and this is the way it sounds. If you like it, buy it.

If you don't - too bad!

'''Do you think the fans of '''Mercyful Fate''' and '''King Diamond''' understand some of the ideas you're putting into the music?'''

Well, I make pretty sure that nobody can come and say, "Hey - you are trying to influence people into doing this or doing that," or "You want to convert people" and so on. No way. I raise a lot of questions, definitely. But I try not to give - in straight words - an answer of what I feel about it. You'll never see me doing things like that. People have got to make up their own minds. And if people are not interested in getting anything deeper out of words on an album, that's fine too. We are entertainers - we're not priests. I have my way of life and of course that will influence my music and my lyrics. I put all my feelings into both.

'''What are your future plans?'''

Right at this moment we've started shopping deals for both '''King Diamond''' and '''Mercyful Fate''' [since the time of this conversation Mercyful Fate has signed with Metal Blade and will release an LP titled ''In The Shadows'' on June 22], and they're definitely going to be two separate units, it's only me that will be part of both bands, all the other members are different. And '''Mercyful Fate''' will pursue exactly where we left off, because we definitely left something undone, and that's the feeling of all the old guys. The '''King Diamond''' side of it, the album has already been written, we need the deal and we'll go into the studio and do it. It's 11 songs, the title of the album will be the ''Spider's Lullaby'', and there are only three songs connected lyric-wise into a small trilogy, the rest is individual songs. The reason being that I have enough concept with actually trying to put them and ''Conspiracy'' into book form, which I'm also doing. That's a project that won't be done for some time, but once it is I'll have people into reading horror books read through it and get their input, and if they like it then I'll start pursuing some big publishers and hopefully get the book out sometime. And if the book is a hit - there are a lot of "ifs" here, but you have to be positive - then that might make way for a movie, finally!

==Next article==
FROM TiiE PIT, Volumes 1 & 2, compris≠ ing eight issues published throughout 1991, 1992 and 1993. (Available in two compila≠ tions, one for each volume, at $8.00 each.
Volume Three, #1 at $2.00/$3.00 outside the
U.S. Contact: Rev. Michael Rose, P.O. Box 1413, Decatw; AL 35602.)
Michael Rose is a member of the Church of Satan, and his magazine reflects his own roots in true Satanism. His opinions are forthright, strong and delivered clearly, and I know you'll enjoy his publication.
Each compilation is digest si7.ed, computer≠ typeset very readably on grey paper with red covers. Volume One is 64 pages, Volume Two is 76 pages. From Volume One: "Bigotry," an article on "Why Charlie's Not Free," "The Fruits ofEgalitarianism," and "Law and Order," as well as many other ar≠ ticles, "Lucifer's Library" (book reviews) and Satanic quotes. Volume Two has more good stuff on "Eugenics," "That Old Time Religion," the writings of Thomas Szasz, as well as an ever-growing review section and more.
Volume Three, #1, starts with a
perceptive editorial examining the conflict of Christians in Waco, and includes an incisive statement concerning the differences between Setians and Satanists, an examination of Objectivism, "Manfred vs. Faust," and an exploration of chandala vs. aristocratic values. This issue is rounded out with a fine review section and Satanic quotes
From The Pit is well worth your time and buckage; send for it today.

DARK REFLECTIONS #1, March 1993
($4.00 per issue, $16.00 for a four-issue sub≠ scription, all checks and money orders made payable to Jeffrey Deboo, 1442A Walnut Street, #64, Berkeley, CA 94709. Will be bimonthly).
Twenty-two pages of neat, clear typing plus a red cover stapled on the side. Deboo has authored the entire contents, which in≠ clude essays, a poem and a list of contacts and publications. Particularly good is the "Satanic Catechism," and "Clash of Judge≠ ments: The Case of Sexual Morality." Deboo seems a little disturbed by what he sees as "the fetish for fascism" that "so many Satanists" display. Until a scientific opinion poll of Satanists is taken, I think he's over-

reacting to a perception, not an actual majority. Otherwise, very rational, well≠ thought-ciut arguments - should prove in≠ spirational to many. Highly recommended.

DARK Lill'# 15 (available from BCM/3406, London WC1N 3:XX, England. Americans and Canadians: send $4.00 per issue, $16.00 for a four-issue subscription, in US dollars cash or postal money orders in US funds).
Dark Luy is digest-sized and always has
a snappy blue cover, quite a contrast to the many other Satanic 'zines who feel red is the only color of choice. Twelve pages of reduced but readable type containing an article on "Cultural Supremacism and Its Effect on Satanic Belief," a goal and mission statement from Impetus Niger, and an eye≠ opening account of "The Advantages of Disability," plus an exhaustive listing of other interesting groups, publications and services. Definitely worth your time and $$$.

TIIELAMP OF TiiOTii, Volume 4, Issue #6 ($4.95 for this issue, $22.60 for subscription from the US. Contact: L.O.T., 6-8 Burley Lodge Road, Leeds, LS6 1QP, West Yorkshire, UK).
Digest-si7.ed, 56 neatly typed pages crammed with articles and contact addresses. The editor is Chris Bray, the proprietor of the Sorcerer's Apprentice, an excellent source of books and magical supplies based in England. This issue has many highlights. First, there's a wonderful editorial by Bray, expressing his fears and doubts about the future of religious freedom for occultists worldwide. "Golem's Gossip" is just that, gossipy and mean but amusing to read.
There are well-thought-out articles on astrology, visualization (how to get someone to spring for a drink in a bar), hypnosis and even an "Occult Problem Page." There's a piece entitled "Magic as a Refuge For Failures," along with much more. As a parting shot, the last article is "Laurel and Hardy Satanism," detailing the controversy surrounding Setian David Austen and his participation in the Cook Report, a Geraldo≠ esque TV special broadcast several years ago in Britain and produced by fundamentalist Xtians. The people behind this report courted UK occultists without telling them

their real agenda, and as a result of the slanderous broadcast, Chris Bray's store was firebombed. John Freedom, the author of the article, further describes Michael Aquino's campaign against other UK Satanic groups. "Americans may fall for Aquino's self-righteous hypocritical double-speak," he contends, "but British Satanists are less gullible. The lemple of Set's UK representative is a dangerous media quisling and publicity junkie." This issue was sent to us along with an amusing button showing Michael Aquino wearing mouse ears.

TIIE HERETIC (one year/four issues:
$7.00 in New Zealand, $10.00 elsewhere for surface, $15.00 elsewhere for air. Make check/mo payable to Realist Publications,
P.O. Box 38-262, Petone, Wellington, NZ).
K.R. Bolton is the editor/publisher here, and I think it's safe to assume he authors the contents unless otherwise noted; he is a Satanist. The masthead of The Heretic declares: "We champion the creative individual above the mass, the defiant above the submissive." October 1992, No. 2. This issue begins with a great lead article on Saddam Hussein and his efforts to create a new Babylon. There is apparently a historical basis for Hussein's role as the heir to Nebuchadnezzar, a heritage preceding Islam. Bolton describes the Iraquis' recent resanctification of the Ishtar Gate and lemple, Nebuchadnezzar's Palace, etc. I wish it had been longer. There is as well a review section featuring Michael Moynihan, a lengthy article on "War & Slavery," and a puzzling piece by Anton Long of the ONA, entitled "The Deceitful Occult Ego." He depicts very accurately the sort of puffed-up intellectuals who haunt the occult community, those displaying "pretension, artifice, the 'I must preserve my own ego by doing down all others' syndrome." But his depiction of the real occultist is scarcely any better, as he stresses hardship, deprivation and the casting-aside of any quest for personal happiness (only an illusion, to Long) to achieve... something that is not clear. I know Long is no Christian, but on the surface this sounds Christian - work, sacrifice, the unwillingness to accept Man as he is.
Also includes lots of news notes, some

nice poetry, and a bit of folklore about Herne the Hunter. Only 16 digest-sized pages, reduced photocopies, but there's a good deal here for the money. Definitely one of the better Satanic 'zines.
Issue #3,Jan/Feb/Mar 1993. The lead article details "The Rise of Iron Youth," and mentions Boyd Rice and Michael Moynihan. Includes four pages of reviews, and an update on the BBC expose of "anti≠ Satanists," the Christian child abuse scare and its debunkers. The ONA article this time around is clear and inspired; in "Satanism & Race," the author asserts
correctly that "Satanism, as part of its sinister strategy, may encourage those forms/beliefs/groups which express this type of Imperium [Satanic goals]. For instance, present day 'extreme Right Wing movements.' In this, Satanists are being sinister - they are not expressing or supporting such views as 'racialism' for instance, because they believe them, but because they know those views may or will aid their Satanic goals, in particular by countering the Nazarene sickness of spirit." Wish some Satanists could see past the ends of their noses to grasp this fact.
Bolton's "Current Comment" is here again, as well as another "Folklore" piece, this time about Wayland the Smith. An article detailing"Australia's Pagan Art" rounds out another fine issue.
Issue #4, April/May/June 1993. With an attractive new logo, this issue starts with an excellent, extensive article on the "Rebirth of the Pagan Ethos" by Karsten O'Rourke. O'Rourke follows the stony path of European paganism from the Roman era through Wagnei; Nietzsche, Von List, Von Liebenfels and the New Templars, concluding that "Pagan ideals erected a New Order which was only drowned out by WWII... As the 20th century closes, there rises again these same metapolitical forces.
May our end now be success!"
Other articles include "Celtic Left Hand Path" and a piece on the origin of "SAJ:TAN" by Tani Jantsang. The other extensive piece is.on "The Strange Case of David Austen," a Magister in the Temple of Set and member of its Council of Nine.
∑ Bolton's criticisms and observations of Austen are merciless; Austen's responses are cryptic, obtuse and often hilarious. As B Bunny would say, "Whatta maroon!"
The usual reviews, news, poems, and editor Bolton took extra care to get some illustrations into this one.
Issue #5, July/August/September 1993.

This gets off to a fine start documenting the Satanic activities and views of Albert Pike, Confederate Brigadier General. Next Tosser Michael Aquino's response to the previous issue's Austen expose along with Bolton's reply. Articles on "Satanism & the Cthulhu Mythos," "Vlad Dracula," and more fun at the expense of TIS (including cartoons!) as well as the usual features complete another fine issue.
Also from Realist Publications be sure to examine Temple of Set: Behind the Facade (NZ - $10, US - $5) which documents in detail the various attempts by TIS to slander various occultists and how it has blown up in their faces. Also of interest is The Dark Doctrine, the principal doctrinal text of the OLHP. This 34 page booklet (NZ - $10, US - $5) covers the Satanic philosophy espoused by this organization and presents several original rituals based on various historically Satanic traditions.

BLOOD OF YGGDRASIL: A Pictorial
Journey Through the Nine Norse "Worlds
($8.00 from COWAN, PO Box 15,
Altadena, CA 91003 USA. Postage: $1.00 US, $2.00 foreign).
A curious and enchanting little volume of illustrations depicting characters and incidents from the Norse legends. Those involved in Norse and Runic magic will want this, as may any Wagner fans. The book itself is about 6" x 9", 48 heavy pages, clothbound in an antique-looking red. The old-fashioned cover printing is in gold.
When you open these "lids" (for so book covers were once called, when they were all han:ibound) you'll find more red pages with black printing, hand-sewn into the heavy binding. The illustrations are good, for the most part, and the introduction emphasizes and encourages a turning-away from the slave religion of Christianity and back to the rich traditions of our pagan ancestors. The publisher has recreated the kind of magical old book you might find in a flea market and take home to wonder over.

KING OF INSTRUMENTS, INSTRUMENT OF KINGS by Doran
Ragnarok ($5.00 from COWAN, PO Box 15, Altadena, CA 91003 USA. Postage: $1.00 US, $2.00 foreign).
A digest-sized pamphlet, but more than a pamphle produced with the same quirky care for the beauty and perhaps an air of antiquity, as the volume mentioned above (BLOOD OF YGGDRASIL). Only twelve

little red pages, bound into a leather-textured softcovei; hand-glued around red "end≠ papers." The same gold printing and lovely runic design grace the cover. This is the story of the theatre organ, that great roaring orchestra-in-itself that most of our generation has never been able to experience in its native state. Ragnarok's treatment covers the highlights, but it is not meant to be exhaustive, only an introduction pointing the way to more for those who are interested. Some nice illustrations and quality printing.

GEEK Issue #1, March 1993 (full-sized, 48 pages. $5.00 postpaid, or $20.00 for 5 issues. doACI, P.O. Box 480531,Denvei; CO 80248-0531). Michael Moynihan is a Senior Editor here.
GEEK tells us it's "mostly great stuff," and it's true. Firstly, the format is professional and attractive, and it's chock≠ full of material. There's an overview of the career of Bodi!, a Danish porn queen whose specialty was animals and whose early beauty has decayed rapidly; Bodil's fall from a fresh-cheecked young girl who loved animals (really - she ran her own farm) to the broken-down whore with swollen ankles is pathetic and devastating. One of my favorite pieces was an analysis of potted meat product ; I now feel justified in my lifelong aversion to it. But the highlight of the issue is the "Interview With a Bum," conducted by Michael Moynihan and Shaun Partridge of the Partridge Family 'Iemple - the reporters buy a homeless man a McDonald's meal and get him to spill his guts about life on the street. According to him, the biggest problem is all those people who pretend to be homeless; they're just messing it up for everyone. A rather odd sexual encounter comprises "The ladger Chronicles," and there's another excellent interview with film composer Danny Elfman. F.C. Dobbs contributes a personal experiencepiece on dru the issue is rounded out with several pieces of strange fiction which I didn't find particularly interesting, but the editors are promising more, by Paul Difilippo and Marc Laidlaw, two SF writers of note.

ABRASAX # 17, 18, 19, 20, edited by James M Martin ($5.00 each from P.O. Box 1219, Corpus Christi, TX 78403-1219).
Billing itself as an "occult quarterly," ABRASAX (not to be confused with ABRAXAS) is mainly concerned with Thelema and Crowley, but is happy to stray

into any area of 20th Century magick editor James Martin feels may be of interest to his readers. Articles from these issues include: "Music Magick," "I Spy: Secret Societies & Occult Espionage," "The Rite of the Ankh," and in issue #19, a remembrance of Satanic poet Andre Soly witten by Tun.i Jantsang.
Of possible∑interest to Satanists is a regular column by Diane Vera - the Miss Hathaway of Satanism. In her inaugural installment of "From the Darkside," \era professes to be seeking historical references to Satanic religions prior to the founding of the Church of Satan in 1966 C.E. But when presented with a wealth of such material by the Jantsang/Marsh cabal, she glosses over it quickly in her column in #17, preferring to spend the next seven pages or so discussing 20 year old gossip about Michael Aquino and Anton LaVey that is boring and inaccurate. \era has her own ad, "Satanism Without Delusions of Grandeur"? "And Without Right-Wing Politics"? It's interesting that \era constantly professes her ignorance of the Satanic scene, then tries to sum it up in a couple of pat phrases like these: "I'm not qualified to judge them one way or the other." "The word 'spiritual' is admittedly vague..." "I have no way of knowing whose story is true." which only attest to her cluelessness. Presumably Jantsang/Marsh'ssuggestions would have had her cracking the books for weeks, but instead she appeals, more than once, to the readership for their thoughts on the subjects. Why? For more gossip, hearsay, unfounded and undocumented assertions?
\era further asserts that "there's no such thing as a Satanic political philosophy." Pemaps. But there are certain implications to tenets like "responsibility to the responsible" and smashing your enemies three-fold. If this kind of power philosophy isn't what attracted Vera to Satanism, what did? Maybe she'd like to share her own feelings about Satan as freely as she discusses LaVey's.
Issue #19 sees the premiere of a magickal advice column, "The Sorcerer's Apprentice," which should be of interest to beginners while #20 has a splendid article "Humanism and the Invisible War" which examines Dr. LaVey's influnce on magic(k) and is a perfect antidote to Vera's meanderings. ABRASAX improves with each issue, the last three moving on to laser typesetting and even more interesting graphic art so don't hesitate to subscribe. This one's a keeper.

TIIE SWORD & SHIELD #1 (by the

Knights of Satan, 12 pages, no price but
$3.00 should do it: P.O. Box 81137, Fiddlers Green Postal Station, Ancaster, Ontario, Canada L9G 4X1).
"Magic: Does it really Work?," poetry by Marguerite Thompson, art, endangered species, articles about "Non-Hollywood," "Young Satanists," "Legends Born of Myths," and "The Reality of Demons." Nice, neat format and some real Satanic spirit here - check it out.

BALDER Quly 1992 Issue, 32 digest-sized pages - free to members - editor Jason Bridgehead clo Order of the Jarls of Baelder, 60 Elmhurst Rd., Reading, Berks. RG1 SHY England).
The cover depicts a rather bucolic scene, ancient Greeks discussing a written document. The tone of Balder is equally gentle; while the articles advise us that the elite are at war with things-as-they-are, there is a spirit of community and concern for other members of "The Brothemood." This magic is not overtly Satan-inspired, although the contents reveal that these brothers do consider themselves Satanists - affiliated orders listed in the back include O.N.A., O.L.H.P., and the O.T.B.
There is a page of letters from members and a discussion of two major runes. Next comes a delightful article on Botticelli, a historical piece on the Berbers, "The Greatest Prize" (an exhortation by a recently-passed-on Elder advocating a
coming together of elite folk under Balder to
battle the Xtian scourge), "The Ethos of Warriors" part 1B lays it all down, stressing respect, "Conquer, Destroy, Create" by the O.N.A.'s Anton Long advocating the destruction of the mediocrity breeding powers-that-be and an exploration of space - though he seems to think happiness and comfort are illusions (perhaps for him they are), and finally a discussion of the swastika and the Thule Society.

S.KrANISM - A Basic Introduction for Perspective Adherents, under the auspices of the Order of Nine Angles (Thormynd Press, P.O. Box 700, Shrewsbury, Shropshire, England [no code]. It's $5.00 US cash, $25.00 if paying by US check, 1 £ in the UK).
This is digest-sized, coverless, about 15 pages typewritten. It's an excellent introduction to what the ONA's all about, if you've been reading their work elsewhere and would like a handle on it. The author claims he has the "honour of being the Grand Master representing tr tional

Satanists." The ONA veers from the Church of Satan in several ways. Firstly, they stress the Satanic path as one that is difficult and fraught with adversity. No one's denying that life can throw you some curves and that you're usually better off when you learn to deal with them. But no Satanist I know seeks pain or the path of greatest resistance; certainly no animal would. ONA also stresses amorality for Satanists, and I agree - but why then do they say "there is also real evil"? Is the judging of something as "evil" not a subjective judgement based on some moral code? The ONA also stresses that a Satanist "desires to evolve... to fulfill the potential of existence, of godhead/divinity latent within them [sic]." Once again, a man is not good enough as he is; he's not permitted to accept himself until he's gone on some journey to fulfillment. To me, this is moving in exactly the wrong direction: most people's biggest problems stem from their inability to live the truth of their flesh, to accept themselves as the animals they are. This striving toward Divinity, is Christian in nature.

LIVE! (sixteen pages, typewriter type printer sideways in a digest-sized format, $3.00 from
P.O. Box 101, St. Boniface Postal Station, Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada R2H 3B4).
The cover is of a laughing young man lounging on a mussed-up bed in someone's attic bedroom; there's a cute l'il devil cartoon in one corner ogo of the Order of Dionysus/Sabazios of which this is an affiliating publication). Issue #2, January 1993, articles include dealing with the"Age of Consent," and another on "The Oppression of Youth." Sandwiched between these are little pearls of wisdom from the editor, whose views on other issues are usually in line with true Satanic principles as put forth in The Satanic Bible. A little pricey for 16 pages, but it's printed very neatly and attractively, and the editor writes well. Issue #3, April 1993, begins with a rather obtuse, four-page explanation that their "cover≠ youth" is Billy Bob, and he personifies some principle important to the editor.
Youthfulness (and sexuality) is certainly a theme in this little publication; the editorial tells us that "visiting locations where younger guys or gals hang out is obviously essential but not that difficult. You, as the seeker, do not have to be a Boy Scout troop leader, or a Big Brother or Sister, or a Roman Catholic priest or nun, or a school teacher, or the like, though you have a head start if you are." The article "Hypocrisy in Society"

OFFICIAL JOURNAL of the ABRAXAS FOUNDATION
Enter a brave new world of Social Darwinism, Primal Law, Resurgent Atavism, Blood Mysticism, and much more. At last there is a newspaper wholly devoted to exploring the darkest aspects of man and nature-with an emphasis on how to integrate them into your life and harvest their power as your own.
THE PREMIER ISSUE FEATURES:
NATURE'S ETERNAL FASCISM
An inquiry into the relationship between natural law, violence, and inequality.
LONG LIVE DEATH!
Insightful and inspirational observations extolling the virtues of destructive force.
ABRAXAS SPEAKS
A stirring introduction to the Abraxas Foundation's weltanschauung.
GUSTAVE LEBON: HIS WIT AND WISDOM
LeBon is universally hailed as the father of social psychology, but has been virtually disowned by academia due to his decidedly anti-egalitarian slant. His philosophy is beautifully encapsulated for our readers in a series of hard-hitting aphorisms.
AND A WHOLE LOT MORE...
More anti-humanitarian philosophy and Social Darwinist gnosis from history's most notorious figures-past, present, and future.
Here's the vital information you need, untainted by liberal humanist (aka Judea-Christian) bias.
If you're ready to take one giant step beyond good + evil, WAKE is the journal for youI
$2 ppd per copy/$3 overseas airmail
PRE-ORDERS NOW BEING ACCEPTED
Also Available:
TOTAL WAR (Video)
Avideo document of thelast concert of NON's Japan tour, recorded live inOsaka. 30 exciting minutes of Social Darwinist march music, speeches, and songs. a must for your video library.
$19.69 plus $3 postage/$6 postage for overseas airmail
ABRAXAS ON THE AIR (Cassette Tape)
Lots of laughs as a Foundation spokesman takes on the host of one of the country's most popular christian talk radio programs. Two hours of conflict and controversy.
$5 ppd / $7 ppd overseas airmail
COMING SOON
The Abraxas Foundation television transmission.
Pre production has already begun on this Abraxas Foundation cable T.V. program. Qualified Individuals are invited to submit inquiries regarding how to sponsor this program in your area and have it broadcast via public access cable.
Make checks and money orders payable to WAKE SERVICES.Send all communications to:
THE ABRAXAS FOUNDATION P.O. BOX 300081 DENVER, CO 80203 USA

also bears this out, as it bemoans society's two-faced approach to youth, stressing its beauty but forbidding its freedom. The best piece is probably "The Human Animal," a lightweight analysis of the progressively greater repression of our instincts in civili2.ed countries. Neatly done, clean and readable, but thin. .

REJUVENATION MAGAZINE, Issues 3,
4, 5, 6edited by Joe Aufricht ($4.00 USA,
$5.00 elsewhere from P.O. Box 711∑, Lakewood, OH 44107).
Thirty pages, digest-si2.ed, typewriter typeset, a little difficult to read (a new typewriter is called for, I believe). This publication, edited by the founder of the Order of Dionysus/Sabazios, has a similar focus to that of LIVE,/ Teen freedom, sexual freedom in particular, is advocated. In issue #3 topics covered include "Free Will vs.
God's Will," "Evolution Theory Isn't Evil," "Drunks Are Not Satanists," and "Future Sex." Issue #4 includes a poem about a young man and his 9-year-old girlfriend, "Self-Sacrifice-What For?", and "Let Teens Vote." Issue #5 runs the gamut from "Myths: Psychotherapy and Mental Illness," and "The Threatening Gym Teacher," to Demo reviews. Issue #6 includes youth advocate poetry, "Bowling Alley Bullshit," Death Metal Reviews and a commentary on accusations that their order advocates paedophilia. Each issue contains "Lilith Lustlove's Personals" for those seeking contact. Mr. Aufricht explores areas of Satanism and his particular slant on the maturity and right to freedom of adolescents as well as their ability to "rejuvenate" older individuals through interaction.

CALL OF TiiE RACE: An Epic Poem by Kenneth Lloyd Anderson ($3.00 from White Temple Books, P.O. Box 452, Hastings, MN 5503).
A tiny, 4" x 7" pamphlet bound in red, with 26 professionally-typeset pages inside. Anderson talks, in free verse, about what he views as the roots of the White race's downfall, what's keeping it down, and how Whites must lift themselves up again. One might expect such a "racist" (Anderson prefers the term "racialism") to be illiterate and shallow, but this poem is poignant and moving. "This is still Nietuche's age," he tells us. "We have run away from what's necessary...whole men know/That hate is as necessary as love."

TiiELEMIX 1993, a production of the

Ordo Mysterium Baphe-metis, printed in a limited print run of 56 copies, available only by the selection of Grand Mistress MegAstron and Grand Master Megalion.
Digest-si7.ed, thirty-five pages with the ubiquitous red cover. Well-written essays concerning the number of wisdom, "naga," the Serpent, chivalry in the occult world, the Major Greek Gods, the powers of the Tore Self, "crowns, Sceptres and Thrones," and computers. Not without its own wry humor; finishes with something called "The Emerald Tablet." If Thelema is your thing, these people seem very knowledgeable but with their feet on the ground; contact them at P.O. Box 156, W. Nottingham, NH
03291-0156, USA.

ONSLAUGHT, Vol. 4, no. 1, edited by Draegon Undomiel ($5.00 from the Luciferian Light Group, P.O. Box 7207, Tampa FL 33673).
The LLG is a White Power group that calls itself Satanic; they use Satanic symbols and say that "the Aryan peoples are the true children of Satan." This issue contains a ritual of "Gratitude/Honor Before Satan," some charts of"magickal" elements and correspondences, and a lengthy section of reprinted new articles titled "Dateline: Hell - A Special Report from Hell's Newsroom." Nice use of graphics here. There are extensive listings and ads of other Satanic groups and publications, as well as an explanation of the "Unified Churches," an attempt to put together several of the self≠ proclaimed Satanic groups operating right now. This may be already defunct, as this issue was followed up by a bulletin detailing the LLG's split from Embasat. An attractive, neat publication but not much "meat."

TiiENEW JACKAL, Vol. 1, Embassy of Lucifer, Chad Ian Miller, presiding, P.O. Box 998, Stewart, BC, V0T 1W0, Canada. (No price given, try $5.00. Fifteen pieces of 8.5" x 11" paper, covered front and back with poorly photocopied, single space dot matrix output.)
Setian Chad starts out by preaching to the converted about how bad Xtianity is. Then he goes into a long description of the Embassy and its degree system, which must be a real degree system because you get to change the color of your robes and belts a lot. Next a discussion of "Satanic Child Molestation and Animal Sacrifice" which barely m ntions these topics although the article is six pages in length. Then a treatise about math and magic which Pythagoras would spit upon, followed by a piece on

time which is actually about "Creation." Concludes with a very extended dictionary of Demons. Entire contents by Chad.
It was reported to us that Chad has again changed horses and formed an Xtian church, but this is unverified. However, this 'zine may be unavailable for that reason - mqwre.

LUCIFER RISING #1, yet another new publication by Chad Ian Miller, who changes his projects (and his mind) like other people change their sheets, it would seem. ($6.00 from the Embassy of Lucifer, P.O. Box 998, Stewart, BC V0T 1W0, Canada.)
Typewriter-typeset on goldenrod paper and stapled in one corner, the cover is the god Baphomet, an oft-copied piece of artwork. There's about eight pages of Chad outlining his perspectives on the Satanic scene plus the rules and regulations for his own, much-better-than-new organization. Then there's the reprinting of a sample issue of ONSLAUGH/', the publication of the Luciferian Light Group (separate from Chad's) and fmally the reprinting of some pages from 1be King in"llllow (hence, perhaps, Chad's choice of paper). Chad claims to be providing a neutral forum for all Satanists, via this publication and his Embassy of Lucifer and Church of Lucifer. However, he has been a member of the Temple of Set for about eight months, and immediately launches into the spurious story of the "collapse of the Church of Satan" and how Anton LaVey "plageri2.ed" [sic] 1be Satanic Bible. How neutral does that sound to you? This is warmed-over non≠ information plus more blathering from Chad; your six bucks would be well-spent elsewhere.

ECLECTIC MAGE JOURNAL, Issue #3,
Jan/Feb 1993, edited by H.J. Mowry,
Jr. aka Zepher ($3.00 from P.O. Box 6911, Pittsburgh, PA 15212).
\ery perky layout with interesting use of scanned graphics, full-si2.ed with eighteen pages, £M's subtitle is "Achieving Goals Through a Diverse System of Magick" Poetry is sandwiched between articles on witchcraft, color magic, etc. This issue is concerned with Satan: "Is He Really a Bad Guy?" The authors demonstrate sympathy for the Devil even if their sources re modem Satanism are more than a bit myopic. We've learned that the editor has become enamored of Aquino's world view so take that into consideration should you have cause to deal with this person.

INCREDIBLY STRANGE MUSIC VOL
I, edited by V. Vale and AndreaJuno (Re/Search, 20 Romolo St., #B, San Francisco, CA 94133 1993; 193 pages, ISBN 0-940642-22-0, $17.99, full-sized softcover).
A series of interviews with record collectors and recording artists, focusing on music from the SO's and 60's. The music they talk about is largely rockabilly and trash bin discoveries, and the emphasis is on what middle class American culture has left behind, deemed "tacky" or "bad." And some of it is bad; how good could a bunch of
so by Rodney Allen Rippy be? Some of these collectors are interested in the obscurity of the recordings themselves, while others genuinely enjoy the sounds; all seem a little disappointed that many others are beginning to discover their finds and are driving up the flea market prices. However, if the underground had never embraced Martin Denny, there wouldn't be the wonderful F.xotica release on CD and I wouldn't have been able to enjoy it.The interview with Denny is good, as are the reproductions of album covers throughout the volume.
What interested me Satanically about the book, was the principle of cultural scavenging, roaming through what the status quo has left behind and pulling out the real gems, the truly magical recordings. then returning to your lair to enjoy that magic, to send those vibes out into the ether. You don't have to like these people or their music to learn something about the power of getting off the cultural beaten track. As the editors says in their introduction, "These records become more than a consumeristic product; they become an expression of the collector's inner vision and exp an alternate aesthetic philosophy."
The fact that Juno and Vale have termed this "Volume One," gives them an out, I suppose, to explain the glaring omissions of musical preservationists like Anton LaVey, Tiny Tim, Boyd Rice and even Dr. Demento, the latter whose radio show drove me out into the garage sales for 78's when I was only fifteen. I hope Volume Two is a little more adventurous.

ANSWER ME Issue 3, edited by Jim Goad (Goad to Hell Ents., 1608 N. Cahuenga Blvd, #666, Hollywood, CA 90028. $5.00 first class; $4.00 third rate).
Long awaited, but worth the wait. Jim and Debbie have hit their stride with this one, with full color Nazi cover and 131

pages of beautifully-designed mayhem. Many artists have contributed cartoons and drawings, includingJohn Wayne Gacy, Ottis Toole, Mark David Chapman and Charles Manson, so if you're a serial killer collector, get out your checkbook. Jim does another excellent "encyclopedia," this time about unique and notorious suicides - photos abound. Debbie's tirades are right on the money; particularly touching is "I Hate Being aJew," wherein she rails against her psychological heritage of being a penny≠ pinching pessimist. I got the biggest kick of all, though, from Jim's article on guns.
Goad's poison pen was never sharper, and
after reading this to myself I read it aloud to others and we laughed until the tears ran. Combining truth with masterful wit and sarcasm, Jim tells One Man's Gun Story, and includes devastating pro-gun quotes from our founding fathers.
Also included are interviews with Boyd Rice, Al Sharpton, the Underdog Lady, the Kids of Widney High, and Debbie contributes a couple of phony phone calls to Dr. Kevorkian and a suicide prevention hot line. Debbie is great at these things; the call to Kevorkian is chilling.
What's really gonna get Answer Mel #3 on America's shit list, however, is Adam Parlrey's article, "Pederastic Park." This piece takes up the notion that director Steven Spielberg has "short eyes," and analyzes his past film efforts as expressions of this proclivity. Cartoonist Coop supplies the accompanying artwork, which shows Spielberg wielding a "hook" at a bare-butted Peter Pan.
You might find this issue on a newsstand somewhere, or you can order it from See/Hear. I recommend you send out immediately and get it right from the Goads own hot little hands. You need Answer Me!, the misanthropist's balm for cultural ennui.

PANTY LINE FEVER #4, edited by Rick ∑ Hall ($4.00 from PLF, 234 E. 7th St., #1FE, New York, NY 10009 - age statement must accompany order; make check/m.o. payable
to Rick S. Hall).
The Biannual Bulletin of Sex, Film and Intellectual Smuggery, PLF is a perky little mag that never fails to satisfy. This time around, an interview with underground comic artist Daniel Clowes, a visit to a Manhattan S&M parlor, a critique of Ken Russell's film The Devils by Ivan Lerner, Reuben Radding's column "The Final Judgement," lovely lasses with half-dad asses, and more.

EVIL: The Newsletter For 'Ihle Crime Book Fanatics edited by Dan Kelly ($1.00 from P.O. Box 476641, Chicago, IL 60647).
I guess the tag title says it all; I know there are such fans in our readership. Editor Kelly gets lots of reviews of true crime books into a slim but well-lai out and typeset format. This might be the place for you to trade info on new or old books and find out what clinkers to avoid on the bookracks.

VAMP ANONYMOUS, Winter and Summer 1993, edited by Amoura ($5.00 from P.O. Box 803, Langhorne PA, 19047).
Each issue is about 20 pages of manuscript-format poetry and fiction . dealing with vampires and vampiric magic. The magazine is produced by the Order of Xanastia, "an Elitist Society for Thelemic heathens of all persuasions, writers, artists, vampire, horror and science fiction fans." The poetry was in the usual romantic, Dark Shadows-esque vein, and I particularly liked the full-page, black and white sigils which would make nice tattoos.

GUEST REVIEWS

TIIE MONSTER SHOW: A Cultural
History of Horror by David]. Skal. ,:W.W.
Norton and Co., 1993, 432 pages, $25.00)
Wtlliam Everisto, Reviewer.
If you're looking for an excellent survey of general horror and its interaction with our culture from the tum of the century to modern chillers like Silence of the Lambs, this is the book for you. Skal dredges up authors and connections from the early days of Dracula, Frankenstein and the Mummy that other writers have neglected. He makes quite a point of the Nazi fascination with wolves and the concurrent American rage of Wolfmen and Cat people movies. From there, he moves deftly through Entertaining Comics vs. Dr. Fredric Wertham, Maila Nurmi as the original "doom, gloom and va≠ va-voom" TV hostess, and the Japanese SO's Godzilla type screamers which, in Skal's analysis, "put a face on the Bomb."
The book opens with a still from Freaks,
setting a tone throughout the book of American horror as sideshow. Skal states that "the motion picture itself had begun its career as a sideshow attraction, a curiosity at the fringes of mainstream entertainment." He credits one man, Tod Browning, with setting the tone with his productions of Dracula and Freaks- a carnival barker's tone

Devilish Merchandise for Christian
Hating, Occult Fascist, Elitists!
llltlutUmt

l

Front Design

CD & Cassette
JL America, U.S. Release (Not Turbo Music)

l

Back Design

Send To - Acheron, Order Of The Evil Eye
P.O. Box 272929, Tampa, Fl. 33688, U.S.A.

that naturally grew from his backgrowid in carnivals and vaudeville. Though Skal does a thorough job of showing the influence of Freaks, it's too bad he hadn't contacted Anton LaVey to fill in some gaps regarding its re-release in the late SO's, which LaVey was responsible for.
Skal marks 1931 as the birth of the horror film, with the release of Frankenstein and Dracula and neatly closes the book by paralleling the releases of modern versions in 1991: 1erminatar 2 and Silence of the Lambs. Throughout this book, he ties our compulsion toward horror to events dominating the mass consciousness at the time - wars, economic collapse, epidemics and political witch-hwits. One particularly pertinent summing quote comes from anti≠ feminist feminist Camille Paglia: "Horror films are rituals of pagan worship. There Western man obsessively confronts what Christianity has never been able to bury or explain away." Skal's book shows that as long as Man continues his lurchin toward "civilization," there will always be a place for nightmares.

FRIGIITEN TIIE HORSES, edited by
Mark Pritchard (Heat Seeking Publishing, 41 Sutter St. #1108, San Francisco, CA 94104;
$5.00 for sample issue, $16.00 for four-issue subscription).
Jeffrey Deboo, Re:viewer.
Professional-quality quarterly dedicated to the cutting edge of sexuality, especially in its more unorthodox variants. Bondage, fetishism, sadomasochism, gay/bi -
whatever you'e into, you'll find it here. Both erotic fantasy fiction and serious articles are featured, along with reviews and a news roundup from the front lines of the depressingly endless battle for sexual freedom against life-hating religious fanatics. A leftist political widertone sometimes intrudes, but in the main these people skewer the "progressive" P.C. sacred cows as eagerly as those of Christian "traditional family values" - article topics have included the menace of overpopulation, the biological/evolutionary roots of human behavior, an expose of the myth that AIDS threatens U.S. heterosexuals, and a deliciously ruthless piece on revenge against rapists. It's rough, raw, and gritty, not sweetness-and-light romanticism; a pleasure≠ loving, life-affirming philosophy is evident throughout. Highly recommended.

CHRISTIAN CIIlLD ABUSE: The
Reality (42 pages, digest-siud, $10.00 from

Realist Publications, P.O. Box 38-262, Petone, Wellington, New Zealand).
Jeffrey Deboo, reviewer.
After reading this item, you'll be enraged on two cowits: first on behalf of all the children molested by the perverts who seem to infest the clergy of almost every branch of Christianity, and second at the colossal nerve of those who have been spreading the "Satanic ritual abuse" myths while the reality of their holy men's depravities outstrips even their fantasies about us!
The text analyzes why Christianity is a breeding growid of pedophilia (a religion which demands repression of mormal sexual urges, notably Catholicism with its celibate clergy, just bottles up those urges witil they explode in some twisted new form) and dissects a few celebrated cases such as the Mt. Cashel Catholic Orphanage in Canada. The rest is accowits culled from news media arowid the world, in which cowitless men of God seem almost to vie with one another to see who can heap the worst abuse on any minor in reach. A New Orleans priest carries off the trophy with allegations that he made his dog take part in the molesting sessions (which were sometimes done at gunpoint), accumulated a 160-hour hardcore video library of his acts, and supplied a kiddie-porn magazine with photos of a retarded youth he had victimiud.
Worst of all is how, in case after case, higher church authorities actively shield molestors. Parents outraged at some clergyman's depredations are told to exercise (yes, you guessed it) the Christian virtue of forgiveness, while the offender is transferred out of trouble and into a new locality where he is wiknown and where fresh, unsuspecting victims await.
Now that even the mainstream media are focusing increased attention on this subject, it's clear that our New Zealand brethren have fowid a potent issue to wield against the sick Nazarene cult befouling our civilization.

SATANISM AND WITCHCRAFf by
Jules Michelet, translated by A.R. Allinson (Citadel Pres, New York, 1992 E.V.; 332 pages, $12.95, paperback).
Jeffrey Deboo, reviewer.
Originally written over a century ago and now newly republished, this formidable work (the product of thirty years of research)∑brio to life the story of Satanism from the birth of the Middle Ages to the Renaissance, in elegant and stately yet easily-

devoured prose. This is history as epic rather than dry chronicle, a tapestry of words more moving and revealing than a thousand clinical photographs.
Never; save pemaps in the best of Twain, have the utter misery and squalor and degradation of medieval life been made so vived. Michelet shows how medieval man's hopelessness and desperation, born of a thousand torments rained down upon him by Church and State in the name of God, drove him to seek the aid of the Rebel who was that God's chief adversary - and who, alone of the dieties available to him, would sanction his own rebelliousness against the vile abominations of his masters, rather than telling him to tum the other cheek.
Medieval Satanism took a thousand forms, from the dumb masses' fearful veneration of old women who had managed to preserve the old pharmaceutical knowledge demonized and forgotten by the Church, to the invocation of forbidden arts by the victimiud to better their lot and strike back against their oppressors, to the Dionysian abandon of the "Sabbaths" and the solemn blasphemies of the Black Mass. Medieval Satanism was widespread and it was real- the similarity of accowits from widely separated lands and eras affirms this. The term Satanism (rather than Devil≠ worship) is appropriately used here, since with rare exceptions the witches and sorcerers of those days saw Satan as an ally and fellow foe of tyranny and injustice, not as a stern and demanding master like Jehovah.
Michelet clearly wrote with no concern about how his prim-and-proper contemporaries would react to the results of his research. He pulls no pwiches in revealing - even with some sympathy - the frequency of incestuous practices in the Middle Ages, and the intimate links between incest and Satanism in every era. He emphasizes the fully equal and sometimes even pre-eminent role of women in Satanism, from the lone witch to the "Sabbath" priestess, in a day when Christianity's byword was still mulier taceat in ecclesia. But interestingly, though medieval witchcraft did indeed preserve many pagan practices, he finds therein no trace of any etherial prehistoric goddess-worship - which will probably make the re-publication of this work something of an wiwelcome event among certain groups who have long made a practice of beefing up their own rather wan mythology by ripping, off what turns out to be our heritage after all.

m \/()/,(IMF-I,# 3 c,- -I

But for us, who seek to reclaim that heritage, it is essential reading - our history retold with all its drama and tragedy shining through.
I cannot close this review without one quote from Michelet's splendid peroration. Asking himself whether Satanism and Christianity can be reconciled in modem times, he proclaims:
"Is there one science you can name that was not originally a revolt against authority? There is only one way to reconcile the two spirits and unite the two Churches. This is to demolish the new one, the one which, from its earliest beginnings, was declared sinful and damnable. Let us destroy, if we can, all the sciences of nature, demolish the observatory, the museum, the botanic garden, the school of medicine, every library of modem books. Let us burn our legal enactments and our codes. Let us go back to the Canon Law. These novelties, one and all, were Satanic; no progress ever made but was his guilty work..How to expiate all this? ...will Satan undo this great work? Never! for it rests on three eternal foundation-stones,- Reason, Right, and Nature."
This man was one of us in spirit. Even a century late, his book should be read.

GLENN DANZIG, musician and member of the bands Sarnhain, Misfits and DANZIG. (Check larger music stores for albums).
Ken Gage, reviewer.
BOMBASTIC MUSIC IS HERE! In a
market so glutted with anything-goes mediocrity, the commercial release of Glenn Danzig's BLJck Aria is a true Hellsend. BLJck Aria's darkly powerful and revisionist sound keeps the album from being categorized with Neo-Classical or New Age music, yet this is no rock album. But this may only be an experimental departure for the musician, whose three DANZIG albums are often described as a blend of R&B and melodious heavy metal, a la John Lee Hooker meets Black Sabbath. Although his early years with Sarnhain and the Misfits were a punk≠ rock legend, they can't hold a black candle to DANZIG or his latest - lend an ear to Black Aria. I think you'll discover that your only regret is the album is fa.1; far too short.

MINISTRY, a unique musical group. (Check any large music store).
Ken Gage, reviewer.
If you've been haunting music stores for

a sound that meets His Satanic Majesty's measure, then MINISTRY has arrivesd! Although the band has been extant since the early 80's, its viscerally distinct industrial/cyberbilly sound didn't blossom until the 1988 release of Land of Rape and Honey. What's cyberbilly, you ponder? - a combination of bluegrass and thrash! Now, don't be frightened by MINISTRY's semi≠ commercial viability. (And don't give me any unholier-than-thou lip about melody either!- I'm talking about an overall Devilish musicianship!)
Sporting 01' Nick's pentagram tattooed on his shoulder, lead vocalist Al Jourgensen gleefully disdains mainstream religion: "It's one giant, false life-insurance policy: 'Pay us money now, we'll promise you'll have a good afterlife.' So they pay their money and happily go off on their own merry little way, making sacrifices on the promise of a better afterlife. Do you know anyone who's come back and complained about their policy?
...It's the biggest insurance scam ever invented." Nothing new to our ears.
MINISTRY's bassist, Paul Barker, offers his own aphoristic evilspeak in punctuation to Jourgensen's. "So, if you're gonna sin," says Barker, "sin boldly. Because, if you believe, you're gonna have to do something in the long run to make up for it." If you know what he's saying, give the band a listen. But if you don't appreciate Psychic TV, Godflesh, or Prong, this won't be your cup of tea either.

TERRA-SHOCK 1beArt of Impact Demo tape. Contact: Black Mosaic Management, clo Brent Miller, P.O. Box 1074, Rockland, ME 04841.
Peter H Gilmore, reviewer.
Satanism has greatly influenced the field of heavy metal, from surface imagery to deeper philosphical explorations of Satanic principles. This tape is a fine example of the latter, with well-crafted music whose lyrics investigate the invisible war, social Darwinist thinking, and living apart from the hero.
The five songs herein are professionally performed and well recorded. Under Stefan Blacart's able hand, this demo is a strong start from a band that will certainly be heard from in the near future.

RUNNING WI'IH TIIE DEVIL, Power,
Gender, and Madness in Heavy Metal Music by Robert Walser. (Wesleyan University Press, Hanover, NH, 1993; 222 pages, ISBN 0-8195-6260-2, paperback.)
Peter H Gilmore, reviewer.

Here at last is a book exploring the subject of heavy metal music without the usual moralistic condemnation or plain condescension so prevalent in other works to touch the subject. Walser is a musician (he's even played with metal bands) and gives a detailed musical analysis whose complexity, and links to such past virtuosic styles as baroque music, might surprise many. Also explored are the sociological factors which have made this such a potent genre in recent years. The author gives some history and confines his work to the more popular and obvious musicians, thus avoiding the more Satanic subgenres and their symbolism and lyrics. Satanism as a motivating philosophy is not part of this book, but the author demolishes arguments against heavy metal made by Carl Raschke in his "academic potboiler," Painted Black. This book will be an eye-opener and is a great foundation for future works to take this musical genre seriously.
HAMMER AGAINST CROSS!, Issue 2,
edited by J.P. Tabone (Poste Restante, 31000 Toulouse R.P., France, 1992; 19 pages, A 4 format, 15 francs, in French).
Peter H Gilmore, reviewer.
This graphically beautiful 'zinc covers the alternative music scene with a social Darwinist slant. Featured here are interviews with Michael Moynihan (Blood Axis), Sveinbjom Beinteinsson, Reptilicus, Fire & Ice, and Cthulhu Records. If you can read French and like this style of music, get it.

BRIMSTONE PRESS #1, Spring XXVIII
A.S., edited by Earl Hammons (1912 East Cleland, Cabot, AR 72023-9666 USA, 1993;
35 pages, photocopied, 8.5" x 11", side≠ stapled).
Peter H Gilmore, reviewer.
This is a new Death Metal 'zinc that features many reviews and interviews with Pale Unearthed, Hands of Filth, Banished, Impetigo, Acheron, Boneyaro Press, Crematorial Death, Living Sacrifice, and Peter Gilmore. A good start for Mr.
Hammons. No price listed but $4.00 should get you a copy.

D.B.N. Magazine #10, ($2.50 from P.O. Box 3547, Lantana, FL 33465-3547; 40 pages,
8.5" x 11" on newsprint).
Peter H Gilmore, reviewer.
Billed as "Your source for subversive entertainment," this 'zinc features music reviews and has interviews with such luminaries as G.G. Allin, Alice Donut,

White Zombie, and Forced Entry. Has some fine comic art, especially the cover image of Death by Eddie Garcia.

SECONDS, (various is.sues, $2.95, on
newstands everywhere)
Peter H Gilmore, reviewer.
Under the capable hands of managing editor George Petros (of EXIT fame) this music magazine has broken ground in their willingness to interview not only the usual bands being promoted to exasperation, but "fringier" folk such as Foetus and Laibach, as well as pioneers like Wendy Carlos and Timothy Leary. At this rate, maybe Norman Conquest will be next? They even criticii.ed Deicide's claim to being Satanic!

EXPLODING HEARTS EXPLODING
STARS, The Serial Art & Propaganda of George Petros ($11.95 from Norman Gosney, 208 W. 23.rtl St., New York, NY 10011, 1992; 96 pages, 11" x 14" paperback).
Peter H Gilmore, reviewer.
This oversii.ed compendium of black and white art clearly demonstrates Petros' mastery of the form of narrative graphic propaganda. Pieces herein shatter PC concepts of racism, sexuality, politics, aesthetics and the philosophies that underlie these topics, creating disturbing icons of archetypes long denied, yet now finding a reswgence of power. With a blend of brutality and elegance, Petros challenges his viewers to come to terms with elements of reality that can only be ignored at the peril of the perceiver.

SIEGE, The Collected Writings of James Mason edited and Introduced by Michael M. Jenkins (Storm Books, P.O. Box 18009, Denver; CO 80218 U.S.A., 1992; 434 pages,
$22.0-0, paperback).
Peter H Gilmore, reviewer.
This book is a monumental achievement. Editor Jenkins took great care to assemble Mason's writin which had been published in his newsletter SIEGE from 1980 -1986, into a coherent progression that charts Mason's thinking on his National Socialist odyssey, from an explorer picking up from his predecessors to the sage with wisdom gained from working to make an effective revolutionary movement in the exacting arena of reality. Mason is most certainly a political extremist, but dear reader, as a Satanist you are also an extremist in the realm of religion and philosophy. This book offers great insight into the progression and evolution of an

extremist movement here in the US. I found remarkable parallels between the types of individuals that Mason encountered in his field to those that I have experienced in the "Satanic scene."
Even amongst his "peers" Mason became a loner as he comprehended the meaning behind the deeds attributed to Charles Manson, and thus founded Universal Omer; a concept very much akin to the Satanic view of Man's place in the cosmos. If you are a Satanist and have not

gotten a sense of perspective on how your movement fits into American Society, look at this account of the American National Socialist movement and learn. Mason's writing is clear and filled with clarity.
This massive tome is graced with rare photographs of individuals, posters, and documents that are central to the issues covered. It's design is elegant and monolithic, and quite easy to read. Here is the un≠ varnished thinking of an American radical offered up for you to judge as you see fit. If you are truly aware, this book will give you much to ponder, and if not, it could make a difference in how you view yourself and the world about you. Don't miss it.

COSMIC RETRIBUTION, The Infernal Art of Joe Coleman (Feral House, P.O. Box 3466, Portland OR 97208-3466, 1992; 135
pages, ISBN (softcover) 0-922915-067 $22.95, ISBN (ha.rtlcover) 0-92291 13-X $39.95).
Peter H Gilmore, reviewer.
I have had the good fortune to have seen numerous actual Coleman originals on exhibition, and they leave an indelible mark on your visual memory. If you are a

---
con11-0isseur of images of misanthropia, then this is a portable feast that you must have. Coleman's paintin and drawin of the human animal at his/her most candidly humane behavior are icons of the Seventh Satanic Statement that leap off of their canvasses to shove their foetid tongues down your throat. And Coleman directs his scrutiny at himself as well as the various strata of "human" society with honesty that is deeply moving.
A handsome volume filled with 32 full color pages and one hundred pages of black and white work, there is an illuminating interview with Coleman that gives the reader a glimpse into the psyche that is the gateway for these extrao.rtlinary and indicting pictures. I see Coleman as a lycanthropic shaman, evidenced by his performances wherein he bites the heads off of mice and blows himself up, who crystallii.es his deeply felt and penetrating grasp of our species in images of devastating epiphany. Here is truly Satanic art that you will savour for decades. A must for every Satanist.

SYMPHONY by Adrian Savage (Pocket Books, 1230 Avenue f the Americas, New York, NY 10020, 1992; 277 pages, ISBN 0-
671-67249-5, $4.99, paperback).
Peter H Gilmore, reviewer.
Here's an odd little number, a horror novel in which several of the protagonists
are Satanists, from Prometheus Faust - ex-cop and founder of a Satanic Church, Cal Hudson - worshipper of Satan who is working on a symphony comprised of sampled screams of the victims of his brutal and graphically described tortures, and 'Torry
- dabbling with the Children of Belial. Savage has herein included all the sorts of Satanism claimed to exist by the Christers, but he attempts a partially sympathetic portrait of Faust as a genuine, if masochistic, Satanist. This novel is the stuff of "B" movies, but is entertainingly written. I was disappointed in the lack of pursuit of the idea of the "scream symphony" beyond its mere mention and the change of attitude wrought in Faust by the novel's end, but that is to be expected as the author is a practitioner of Chaos magic. A fun read to fill your spare time.

HALF DRESSED, SHE OBEYED by
Deborah Ryder(Divine Press, P.O. Box 108, Stockport, Cheshire, SK1 4OD, England, 1993; 189 pages, $19.99, trade paperback).
Peter H Gilmore, reviewer.
---

This volume of S&M erotic fiction is well illustrated by∑'Irevor Brown and includes a perceptive forward by Tuppy Owens as well as a prelude by the author, "'Writing SachMasochistic Pornography: A Woman's Defence," wherein she does just that with clarity and conviction. If this area of erotica is one you enjoy, or if you'd like to explore an area that is new to you, the tales herein will certainly supply you with archetypal scenarios for fantasy. There are many insights to be gained as well concern≠ ing the psyche's of those who belong to this realm, where there are clearly defined roles and no lacking of discipline. Check it out!

ARKTOS: The Polar Myth in Science, Symbolism, and Nazi Survival by Joscelyn Godwin (Phanes Press, P.O. Box 6114, Grand Rapids, MI 49516, 1993; 260 pages, ISBN 0-933999-46-1, $16.95, trade
paperback).
Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.
A fascinating volume that brings some needed research and factual grounding to this topic. If you are interefted in Thule, The Black Order, Shambhala, Agartha and other Hyperborean subjects, then you must have this book. There is an extensive
bibliography as well to point you towards further sources of information.

TIIE FIFIH PXIH, issue 4, edited by Robert Ward (P.O. Box 1632, Carmichael, CA 95609-1632, 1993; 76pages, full-siud softcover magazine, $6.00).
Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.
Once again editor Ward has put together an issue to delight and intrigue. Of particular interest are the interviews with Adam Parfrey of Feral, House and Thomas Thom of the Satanic band The FJectric Hellfire Club. Also of note is the very extensive review section which covers audio, video, and print media. We suggest that you subscribe so as not to miss a single issue.

PRIMAL CHAOS, edited by Wendy Van Dusen (1072 Folsom Street, #388, San Francisco, CA 94103, 1993; Current issue Nl,
$3.00, full-sius softcover magazine).
Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.
We are in possession of Primal,Chaos N2 through N7 and have been highly impressed with the growth in quality and depth displayed under the very able helm of editor Wendy Van Dusen. This 'zine has from the start shown a good sense of graphics and fine artwork and poetry. Articles are meant to get one's feet wet in the subjects covered

(Odinism, Runology, and Lycanthropy are regular topics of discussion). Each issue also contains an interview with someone of note: Monte Cazazza (#2), Kenneth Grant (#3), Peter Carroll (#4), Nick Bougas (#5), Peter Gilmore (#6), and Z'ev (N7).
Miss Van Dusen is also a musician and
her band Neither/Neither '\lorld, has produced a darkly lyrical album with 13 son Sociopathic Pleasures. This is available as an LP ($8.00 postpaid to: Subterranean Recotds, P.O. Box 2530, Berkeley, CA 94702) or CD (Funky Mushroom, P.O. Box 100270, Brooklyn, NY 11210). Do be sure to keep up with these endeavors.

TIIE FENRIS WOLF -The Journal Of Contemporary Occultism, Issue No. 3, edited by Carl Abrahamsson (Psychick Release PCP, P.O. Box 26067, S-100 41,
Stockholm, Sweden, 1993; 200 pages, $20, paperback).
Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.
This hefty volume ranges quite widely in material, much of it Satanic, such as: wrests" by Anton LaVey, "The Demonic Glamour of Cinema" by the editor, "The Left-Handed Path" by The O.N.A., "The Rite of Ragnarok" by Peter Gilmore, "Recognizing Pseudo-Satanism" by Nemo, and "Pythagoras, Plato and the Hellenes" by Philip Marsh. There are other articles on magickal topics by Freya Aswynn, Hymenaeus Beta and a reprint of Austin Osman Spare's "Anathema of Zos." There is much here to get you thinking and doing. Don't miss it.

PROMETiiEAN CIR.CLE, A publication dedicated to Satanism and the path of the strong, edited by John Hiotellis and George Zaharopoulos (P.O. Box 79006, 17202
Himmittos, Athens, Greece, 1993; 28 pages,
815" x 11.75" side stapled).
Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.
This is a fine debut issue. Editor Zaharopoulos starts off with a fine blast at Humanism, Faustus Scorpius expounds on "The Promethean Quest," "Life is War, War is Life" presents philosophy from the Chuch of WAR, Stephen Waters offers insights into "Wolf Lore," and perhaps most apropos is editor Hiotellis' piece on ancient Hellenic Satanic mythology. There's much material of interest here and the editors seek articles for future issues.

DIABOLICAL CREATIONS #1, edited
by Ken Gage (IZM Enterprises, P.O. Box 353, Maple Park, IL 60151, 1993; 42 pages,

full-siud, side stapled).
Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.
"let another new Satanic publication that is ballsy and fun. There's pieces on Satanism, Godzilla, Occult themes in Rap, Satan and the Soul, plus poetry, reviews, many ads, and underground comic style artwork. There's even a piece by a Christian providing his proof for his choice in God≠ belief. A new perspective here that you should enjoy - check it out.

THEE INFERNAL TEMPLER, '\bl. 1,
No. 2 edited by Varek Ultra (f.O.P.Y. Station 23, P.O. Box 687, Halfway; Sheffield, S19 5UX, England, 1993; 16 pages, A4 format. No price listed).
Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.
Having never previously received review materials from T.O.P.Y., I imagine that this issue was sent because the opening article entitled "Satan Is Dead" is a meandering misprision of the Chun:h of Satan and The Black Flame. The balance of the publication is concerned with various Thelemic and Chaosian concerns, as well as reviews of material with a similar bent. A cassette accompanied this, but I was not inspired to listen. If such is your interest, then this is a source for additional material.

ESOTERRA, No. 2, edited by R.F. Paul and Chad Hensley(2116 Guadalupe, #114, Austin, TX 78705, 1992; 40 pages, digest≠ siud, $5.00).
Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.
This is a neat 'zine which commences with a fun piece by Adam Parfrey on "Wei.rd Sex Cults" which is followed by an interview with Parfrey. There are three tarot≠ esque "Esoteric Images" by David Grimbleby with explanations, an intro to the Esoteric Order of Dagon, an analysis of the symbols in Lovecraft's "The White Ship," an interview with Sleep Chamber, poetry by Frater Orcen, and some very fine art. This is a well done effort that is worth your attention.

VILE PEACOCK, issue 2, edited by Richao Polysorbate 60∞ (Maggot Bait, 409 North
P.C.H. 106, suite 439, Redondo Beach, CA 90277, 1992; 38 pages, digest- si7.ed, $2.00).
Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.
This is a 'zine filled with comics, collages, and collated images of misanthropy. This collection is not for the squeamish, with both visceral and sexually explicit material. Just a little bit of "human" life.

11-MOV, issue 1, edited by Richao Polysorbate (IJ0 (Maggot Bait, 409 North
P.C.H. 106, suite 439, Redondo Beach, CA 90277, 1992; 24 pages, digest- sized, $1.00).
Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.
More of the same kind of material as VILE. PEACOCK, which is not surprising since this is called a "first and last breakaway" from that publication. My favorite image is on page three titled "Nature's Kingdom Sees No Evil."

TIIE OHM CLOCK, issue 1, edited by Aaron Garland (P.O. Box 43894, Las Vegas, NV 89116-1894, 1993; 31 pages, full-siz.ed magazine, $3.00 US, $5.00 foreign, postpaid).
Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.
This new 'zine is generally focused on alternative music and thus has interviews with the misanthropic band Man Is 1he Bastard, Kingdom Scum, Anomalous Records, as well as a piece about Richard Wagner plus music reviews. Also interviewed is Robert Ward, editor of The Fifth Path, and there is an article about Ancient Egypt. There is a good blend of material in this first issue.

MODERN TABOO, #3, edited by Mitchell E (P.O. Box 55138, Atlanta, GA 30308-0138,
1993; 14 pages, full-si7.ed, $2.00).
Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.
Included herein are articles on Mantras, The Plecid Foundation, EMBASAT, and interviews with Chad Ian Miller and Jim Goad. There's also a review section of recon:iings and publications. For some reason there are often handwritten headings for articles and for all the reviews.

FLASHBACK, #1, edited by Jan Axelsson (P.O. Box 676, S-114 79, Stockholm,
Sweden, 1993; 80 pages, A4 format, 29 krono .
Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.
A new Swedish music 'zine with explorations of other cultural oddities. Most interesting is the first part of an article on the Church of Satan by Carl Abrahamsson.
Other topics covered: LSD, Film Censorship in Sweden, Jean-Michel Jarre, Iggy Pop, and more. This is all in Swedish, so it is for those who can speak Swedish.

GRAY AREAS, \bl. 1, No. 1, edited by Netta Gilboa (P.O. Box 808, Broomall, PA 19008-0808, 1992; 82 pages, soft-cover full≠ sized magazine, $4.50).
Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.
This is a magazine that wishes to

examine the "gray areas of life," thus they have a massive review section of alternative products in all media that attempts to one-up that of Factsheet Five. The production values are very high here, but outside of the incredible reviews the focus seems to be on the Grateful Dead. The reviews are quite clear and supportive and definitely provide an excellent source for your browsing.

PARAPSYCHOLOGY, NEW AGE.
AND TIIE OCCULT, A Source
Encyclopedia, edited by Cheryl Klein Lacoff (Reference Press International, P.O. Box 4126, Greenwich, CT 06830, 1993; 526
pages, full-sized paperback, $24.95).
Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.
This massive reference work has detailed listings of groups, publications, spas, centers, communities, museums, schools biographies, bookstores, distributors, media producers, and even events! I must say that it is skimpy on Satanism (it's not even listed in the "Topics Index") and there are two listings for the Church of Satan, one of which has an old, defunct mailing address.
I found this to be a fun volume to flip through, as you never quite know what you'll come across, though there's a bit too
much occultnik stuff to wade through. There's quite a guide to stores and services which could help folks find local sources for items of interest. It is a very professional publication and quite reasonable at the price.

GO TO HELL #3, Family Values, a video by John Dewey($9.95 postpaid, Brimstone Ministries, Box 6(1J, Marstons Mills, MA 02648, 1993; 30 minutes, VHS format).
Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.
Once again Daimon Egan is back and seems to have hit his stride with this video. It begins with some paranoia evoking close≠ ups of Egan, then moves on to the running joke, a returning rondo refrain wherein a priest knocks on Egan's front door
(emblazoned with a Halloween witch with a rather phallic nose) with some such pro≠ Christ blather to which Egan has a snappy comeback. Also included is an interview with Ralph Frasier, who doesn't let blindness stop him from resisting the Christians' smugness, a wonderful take-off on Serrano's Piss Christ, Egan's sermon
exposing the namesake of the Gideons, those obnoxious folk who put Bibles in hotel rooms, and also a segment called "The 666 Club," in which Egan and his associate Lucifer Tuylor discuss the family values exemplified by the holy men of the Bible.

The tape is finished with Tuylor, naked, reciting a statement that was read into the congressional recon:i (on Walpurgisnacht!) which mocks Christian charity. All in all a fun tape and well worth the asking price.

LAISSEZ FAIRE BOOKS CATALOGUE,
(942 Howard Street, San Francisco, CA 94103).
Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.
This is an excellent source for books in the Libertarian vein of thought, and stocks such classic authors as Thomas Szasz, H.L. Mencken, Mark Twain, Ayn Rand, and many others who you will find fascinating and useful. Contact them for the latest issue.
EXPOSING- THE FRAUDS JOURNAL OF PSYCHOLOGY &
TIIEOLOGY, Fall 1992, '\blume 20, Number 3. Special Issue - Satanic Ritual Abuse: The Current State of Knowledge. guest edited by Martha L. Rogers (Biola University, 13800 Biola Avenue, La Mirada, CA 90639-0001, 1992; 172 pages, paperback,
$10.00).
Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.
This is a Christian publication wherein those who promote the SRA fraud are taken quite thoroughly to task by some heavy hitters in this field. It seems that the Christian community of intellectuals decided that it was time to clean house.Just as we separate ourselves from misguided dabblers who kill cats and vandali7.e cemeteries, the mainstream Christians want
nothing to do with this Satanic scam fostered
by mentally disturbed individuals and the therapists and consultants who've grown fat from this urban legend. There's great ammo in here from Christians to use should you be in a position to need to debunk the hysteria. Highly recommended.

CORNERSTONE, Volume 21, issue 98, edited by Dawn Herrin (939 W. Wilson Ave., Chicago, IL (IJ640, 1992; 38 pages, tabloid format, $2.00).
Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.
In this issue, Jon 'frott and Mike Hertenstein shine the light of investigative reporting on Mike Warnke, author of 1he Satan Seller, and they demolish his claims to having been a member of a Satanic organization and expose his use of his ministry for personal gain. Once again, this is a Christian publication which wishes to get the sleau out of their comer. Warnke has been making big bucks for years with his phony tales, and now he's been caught and

pinned-down. Much useful info here, should this "clown for Christ" bring his evangelism to your area.

FAISEMFMORYSYNDROME
FOUNDATION, 3508 Market Street - suite 128, Philadelphia, PA 19104.
Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.
Let me quote from an informational pamphlet published by this organization. "It is the purpose of the Foundation: To seek the reasons for the spread of False Memory Syndrome; To work for the prevention of new cases of False Memory Syndrome; and To aid the victims, both primary and secondary, of False Memory Syndrome."
Here we have an organization that is working to combat the spread of false memories of sexual abuse in general, which will certainly be of use to smash the hysteria concerning ritual abuse" that is a subset of this spectator sport. If information is needed to debunk the lies of fundies and Xtian "therapists," this organization can be of use. Also, should proponents of the hysteria arise in your locale, alert this organization and
put responsible local officials in touch so that they can get a balanced point of view concerning the issue, and not be
hoodwinked out of sympathy for those claiming (falsely) to having been the victims of extraordinarily heinous crimes.

TIIETAOIST

Sway with the breeze Smell the scent of the trees
Feel the SAT pushing Llfe through you

Smoke drifting along the tides of the moon Surrounded by her presence, my senses swoon Twilight's peace beckons their beastial so

Leopard hunting, gaz.elle dying, a sparrow born in a mere moments passing
Sri Kala Chalcra, nothing is wasted or everlasting

A mere thread in Life's woven weave
His bright cloak shining, Yin gracefully leaves These are the best moments of Life

Andre T. Soly

(1970 - 1992) POET, SATANIST

"That is not dead which can eternal lie, And with strange aeons even death may die."

ANTICHRIST
BY BILL EHMANN,]R..

TANDING IN THE RITUAL CHAMBER, the dim
light of a single brazier does little to dispel the darkness. I stand before the Baphomet and for the duration of this ceremony consciously suspend my disbelief in the reality
of Satan and the infernal demons of Hell.
But as commonly happens when I speak less and pause more, I feel the presence of someone there, someone listening, someone watching.
I feel a benevolent interest and a strange sense of comradeship with this presence. As I continue to move through the ritual and address Satan, I am addressing this presence I feel but do not see. Always, when finished with such a ritual I have the profound sense of having communicated with someone and this communication feels meaningful and unbounded by the limitations imposed by the words which were spoken.
What is more, when I have had these experiences in ritual with others, the other individuals consistently report the same feeling of a presence. In talking with different Satanists about this experience I find they commonly have felt this curious communication.
So what is happening here? Our religion stands solidly based upon the bedrock of doubt not faith. We have rejected exterior gods in favor of recognizing our personal godhood in the present moment. We indulge in the power of belief only within the framework of ritual but agree to cap that powerful drug at ritual's end. We agree to turn on again the light switch of reason. We choose to be the magician and not the rube.
Yet the experience in ritual keeps occurring, like the persistant scratching of a cat who wants to be let in. There remains this powerful sense of feeling that there is someone present in ritual who, once called, has come to visit.
I realiz.e that only two conclusions have been drawn by those who have reported this experience since 1966. They either rejected it as mere fantasy (which does not address the intensity of the experience) or embraced it as belief (which ignores the ambiguity of the experience). I wondered if there might not be a third option.
Experimenting with the elements of ritual I discovered that there are several factors which seem to produce this sense of a visitor. First is darkness. When I have conducted ritual with two or more brightly lit candles in a chamber I have not become aware of this ghostly presence. If the chamber is dimly lit by a single burning lamp of jellied fuel (such as sterno) or even in complete pitch darkness, then the awareness of another is felt.
The second factor is the act of expectation through speech and action. When I correctly enter into the Satanic ritual and address Satan as if He were actually listening and present, then the phenomenon of feeling someone present occurs.
Of course all of this could be explained by suggestion. The dim or dark chamber softens the shapes I can see so that the

aspect of my mind which imposes sensory order is activated to make sense out of what is there. This is the same action the mind takes when we say that our eyes are "playing tricks." One example of this is when we are driving a car and can barely see some indistinct object on the road ahead. As we approach it looks to be a body of an animal until we get close enough to see it actually is a cardboard box. By suspending my disbelief in the context of ritual, I am certainly entering into the same dreamlike world of imagination where the mind creates impressions. Thus this experience could be nothing more than a form of self≠ hypnosis.
Digging deeper, however, I wondered how exactly I am aware of this ense of presence in the ritual. I do not normally see anything (such as a shadowy form). Neither do I hear any voice or breathing or some such. Neither is there a smell, taste nor touch. Yet somehow I kept sensing this presence. How?
I began to experiment in ritual. I would invoke the presence and then (with no small humor at this situation) ask myself how the Hell I knew there was this presence. What was this feeling and how did I know about it?
At one point I decided it must actually be that peculiar subset of the sense of hearing which can detect the physical presence of surrounding objects nearby. Physically blind people have demonstrated this remarkable use of "sonar" to "feel" physical objects and people around them through a subtle awareness of sounds. But I found that the visitor was not felt by me to have a specific physical location. It wasn't so simple.
Finally I came to realiz.e that there is a peculiar difference between how I feel when I am alone and when there is another person present. If you are in a room and someone enters who could be important to you (a friend, for example) there is a special complex of subtle physical shifts that occur which you can feel. You will not feel these shifts if someone enters who is totally unimportant and does not require any degree of social interaction (such as a stranger entering a bus depot where you are reading a book). This feeling of social preparation, of readying oneself to interact with another person, was exactly what I have been experiencing as the visitor phenomenon.
However, even this has not answered the ultimate question. After all, am I sensing this presence because it is actually there or because I have fallen prey to my own suggestive expectations?
And then finally the answer loomed clear and distinct.
Since in ritual, the magic is most effective when the magician suspends disbelief and believes totally and completely in the magical reality of Satan and his minions, and since so many feel this presence in ritual, then the answer is to BELIEVE IT... in ritual; DISBELIEVE IT... outside of ritual.
Just the way it was described in 7he Satanic Bible in 1969.

WHAT If THEY 0AVE A WAR ANDNOBODY CAME?

ON'T BLINK - WATCH 1-IlS HANDS! The hand is
quicker than the eye!" Phrases often heard from an audience observing the artistry of prestidigitation.
Perhaps some of you have uttered similar comments while enjoying a magical entertainer at a circus, cruise ship, Las Vegas or tableside at a restaurant. And the most popular comment: How do they do that? Part of the answer comes from MISDIRECTION.
Come closer. I am about to reveal a secret. The hand IS NOT quicker than the eye! That is why you, the audience, must be made to look elsewhere without realizing that you have been: MISDIRECTED! Fear not! Even with this knowledge you will be hard pressed to catch a pro at his game. So come closer, I shall tell you more.
One particular technique is BOREDOM. Stay awake no,w and I will share an example of one magician who w.as a master at misdirection. His name: MAX MALINI. Born m
1873 in Ostrov (between Poland and Austria); emigrated to New York at age fifteen. His passion and hobby, magic, became his profession, and by age twenty he was one of the nation's top saloon entertainers. Malini went on to perform at major cities in the USA, and from there he entertained world≠ wide. Malini was described as having the airs of an opera star: expensive clothes, cigar, finess and panache. His strongest feats were the appearance of a block of ice in a spectator's hat and blindfolded card tricks. Quite impressive for a man who was described as pudgy with very small hands! In fact, Malini could not hide a playing card in his hand. Yet he still managed_ to do so. Malini knew that if an action is repeated constantly, it becomes BORING and the mind will not pay attention to it. Thus he would repeat the same shuffle several times, then interject a "secret move," right under the proverbial nose of the audience!
And so on, with some other actions safely hidden from
perception. Malini amazed audiences up to the time of his death in the early 1940's. He is buried in Hawaii, the place of his last performance.
Would you like to put this to a test? The next time you are at the dinner table, try this: pick up and lay down your fork in exactly the same way. Look at the fork as you do so, but make no mention of this. Just let the action sink in. Do this three or four times. Then, look at the fork, PRETEND to pick it up. Bring the hand (pretending to hold the fork) towards you and SIMULTANEOUSLY look at someone next to you and say "Could you hold this fork?" If your timing is correct, you will enjoy watching your victim reach for the
non-existing fork! With a little practice, you can do this with coins, salt-shakers and other small objects.
So practice well and please do not drop your fork!

November 1387: A massive army of Tartars appear on the plains outside the city of Ispahan in central Iran.

Their leader, the Turkish war-lord Tammerlaine, dispatches emissaries to announce his arrival and to convey his challenge of battle to commence on the following day.
The Mussaffarid governor of Ispahan, Muzaffar-I-Kashi receives Tammerlaine's emissaries and is informed of the challenge they have come to deliver. He wastes no time in conferring with his ministers of state. The rich mercantile population of the city has little stomach for battle. They lack the necessary courage and fortitude to meet the Tartar challenge with resolve. There must be some other less dangerous course to follow, they plead.
Muzaffar-I-Kashi politely declines the challenge. Instead he offers the keys of the city to Tammerlaine, hoping to placate him.

The inhabitants of Ispahan, oblivious to their impending doom, carry on "business as usual."

Tammerlaine, a seasoned warrior of a hundred desperate battles, can feel no compassion for men so cowardly and indolent as to refuse to defend their own families, city and posessions. To his fierce warrior ethic, this refusal, and subsequent token of submission, is both an insult and an outrage!

Tammerlaine orders the wholesale slaughter of the city's inhabitants. Each of his army units is required to contribute a fixed number of heads to the general "pool."

The horror that ensues is unequalled by even the Golden Horde of Genghiz Khan in the previous century. For the Mongols, despite their ferocity, were but simple savages, whereas Tammerlaine is a cultured Turk.

The city of Ispahan becomes a chaos of thunderous hoofbeats, curved scimitars flashing in arcs beneath a dazzling Arabian sun, cries of terror and pain, and the sickly-sweet fragrance of death lingering in the aftermath.

Tammerlaine decrees that a pyramid reaching many stories high is to be constructed on the following day. It is to be a monument to the once prosperous, but cowardly people of Ispahan. It is to be composed of the 70,CXIJ skulls of the men, women, and children of the city who have perished there that unforgettable day.

R. N. Taylor

INFLUENCE FELT in society. We've seen how many individua1s have launched publications as
platforms for their particular focus and this is a healthy development. The Church of Satan encourages its members to make their influence felt in the real world, and this is a very direct method. We also have seen many new grottos rise, and fall as well, as Satanists attempt to make a social organization that will satisfy the wants of those involved. In this column, we'll focus on several grottos and their activities.

Grotto ODM (P.O. Box 163, Stratford, CT 06497)
Here is a group of Satanists that are organized and having fun too! From their Genera/, Information papers: "Grotto ODM, also referred to as ODM, is an organization whose primary function is the fraternal bonding and mutual support and advancement of individua1s of like interest in magical and related topics, who share the same basic philosophy on the nature of the world and of humans.
"Our name, 'GROTTO ODM,' derives from the Latin 'Oderint Dum Metuant,' 'Let them hate, so long as they fear.' This reflects the esoteric nature of the grotto, which sets itself apart from the social mainstream, and also the general tone of the grotto's philosophy, which disregards opinions of outsiders who do not share nor even understand our beliefs. The motto could be understood to convey the sentiment, in everyday language, 'I don't care if you don't understand me, or even if you hate me - just don't bother me.'
"ODM's pragmatic philosophy is based on the principles set forth in Anton LaVey's The Satanic Bible; familiarity with and understanding of this work are essential for membership. Since our founders are members of Dr. LaVey's Church of Satan, we maintain a 'spiritual affiliation' with the Church.
Membership in the Church is not mandatory for General members of ODM, although it is strongly recommended. There are some Grotto functions which are reserved only for members of the Church of Satan.
"ODM does not evangelize nor proselytize; we don't practice overt recruitment. We welcome inquiry by persons whose interest and participation could be mutually beneficial, and membership is typically by referral. Naturally, any area members of the Church of Satan are welcome to join should they so desire."
This grotto also puts out a newsletter called The Raven which is humorous and insightful with columns on food (From Hell's Kitchen) and drink (Exploring the Spirit World≠ de gustibus non disputandum), as well as commentary. They are open to article submissions.
Do contact them if this sounds to be what you seek.

The Infernal Garrison (7205 Goreway Drive, P.O. Box 59049, Mississauga, Ontario, L4T 4J1, Canada)
Having grown out of the Knights of Satan, from whom we haven't heard much in a while, Doug Richards has here forged an active ensemble promoting real Satanism. The membership package includes "Statutes That Govern The Infernal Garrison," and many fine images drawn by Mr.
Richards as well as his militant Satanic poetry and their initiation ritual. They also have spiffy membership cards. From one of their information sheets:
"The Infernal Garrison was formed in response to the demands of those in the Toronto area... [We] follow the philosophies of the Church of Satan and practice true Satanic magic, not what society 'thinks' is practiced...With determination, perhaps more groups will eventually follow to offer man identity instead of herd conformity."
They've a1so produced a cassette of music for rituals, basically from various soundtracks (Bram Stoker's Dracula) and Orff's Carmina Burana, among others. It is an effective blend Contact them for further information.

The Shiva Grotto (710 1/2 Courtland Ave., Kokomo, IN 46901) The basic intent of the Shiva Grotto, according to James
M. Davis, is to destroy the "Geraldo-satanist" image as well as the over-rated Christian religion. A further goal is to show that when need be, instead of ritualizing for everything, real Satanists get off their asses and employ their natural intelligence and wit in order to make their desires happen. From one of their pamphlets:
"Throughout history, anyone who veers from the mainstream and has obtained any success has been accused of diabolical connections to a darker force. Satanism is not about who can sacrifice the most babies or take the most drugs, it's about living by a set philosophy and calling up the darker forces in nature to exert your Will into the world as you see fit... Satan demands a much harder task than signing over your soul in blood. He demands that you live your life as fully as possible, prosper by your own wits and avoid misery."
Their organization is firmly based on the writings of Anton Szandor LaVey.

Please note: Both William Gidney and the "Infernal Grotto" are no longer associated with the Church of Satan, by decree of the Council of Nine.
Also, there are still pseudo-Satanic organizations out there claiming that the Church of Satan is defunct, bankrupt, or in some way non-existent - and that they are taking over. A bogus history is usually supplied to give credibility to their pedigree.
Ignore them. Innovators succeed while imitators fail!

HELL'S KITCHEN PRODUCTIONS PRESENT
CLOISONNE
SIGIL OF BAPHOMET MEDALLIONS
THE CHURCH OF SATAN
by Blanche Barton

A History Of The World's Most Notorious Religion
Where Satanism has been,
its present state, and where it is going, plus a guide to ritual magic and formation of groups and grottos.
1.75 INCHES IN DIAMETER SILVER SYMBOL BACKED BY
ENAMEL IN BLACK, RED, OR PURPLE
ORDER NOW!
ONLY $30 EACH
(ADD $5.00 EACH, OUTSIDE U.S.)
$8.95 plus $1.50 shipping and handling
($5.00 for overseas orders)
SEND CHECK, MONEY ORDER, OR BANK DRAUGHT IN U.S. FUNDS TO:
HELL'S KITCHEN PRODUCTIONS,
P.O. BOX 499, RADIO CITY STATION, NY, NY 10101-0499 U.S.A.

SPEAK OF TIIE DEVIL: 1HECANONOF ANTONLAVEY

A 90 minute docwnentary featuring all-new interviews with the High Priest of the Church of Satan.
Don't mis.5 the tour of The
Black House, including the forbidden Den of Iniquity.
You'll be dazzled by his keyboard artistry as the Maestro takes you to worlds gone by - soon to be resurrected. Also featuring interviews with other Satanists of note. Don't miss it!
AVAILABLE THIS FALL FROM:

WAVFLENG1HVIDEO,
BOX 1290, BURBANK, CA 91507
Send a self-addressed, stamped envelope for information.

THE FENRIS WOLF #3
Featuring:
"Tests" by Anton LaVey "Pseudo Satanism" by N emo
"Rite of Ragnarok" by Peter Gilmore "Roots of Satanism" by Philip Marsh and other articles of interest.

To order: send U.S. $25 in cash or International Money Order for
150 Swedish Crowns
Coming in 1994:
Den Sataniska Bibeln
(Swedish translation of The Satanic Bible
by Carl Abrahamsson)

for information contact:
Psychick Release PCP, P.0. Box 26067, S-100 41, Stockholm, Sweden

prisons get? People should be laughing WITH the death penalty, not AT it. Those who are laughing at
the death penalty are confused in thinking that it is not a deterrent. A person who is put to death can never harm another innocent person again. A corpse doesn't have a chance for parole, nor does it have any opportunities for escape.
Convicts who have no substantial evidence against them, but who are on death row, are spared (for the time being).
Those criminals who have admitted openly to murder, or who have overwhelming evidence against them, MUST be put to death without reservation. Of course, those who kill in self≠ defense should be spared by the government, and commended by the Satanist.
Capitol Punishment is a euphemism for "destroying low-lifes." If Satanists ruled the government, the degenerates
would go bound and gagged to the victim's family for them to torture, then destroy. Sheer torture would make any would-be perpetrator think twice. Since this isn't going to happen in our world just yet, let the government destroy the degenerates. An end would come to the building of more and more prisons, paying people to "rehabilitate" those beyond rehabilitation, as well as the feeding and health care of these morons.
Whenever someone is put to death, and it is not in your own state, the newspapers print only a very small article about it. I suppose this is to not offend Christians by making a big story out of how the state got rid of someone who would have eaten up the taxpayers money, and "gulp," put someone to death. Some politicians will whine that it costs the state too much money to execute these parasites. (What about the expenses of the court cases, and prison?) Some defense lawyers are suckering the criminal's loved ones into prolonging trials at their, and the taxpayers' expense, knowing full well the criminal will not go free.
When an animal gets impounded, they are either
adopted, or the inevitable happens. A thirty or forty year sentence served in full, would be very unfortunate for the criminal who commits a heinous crime, as they usually get out earlier now.
In our state, a criminal was mistakenly let out of the Maryland State Penitentiary. The result? An innocent boy and girl were shot to death in a convenience store for no reason at all. He said he just did it because the world stinks. He's right there, the world does stink. That's only because the Christian/Humanist government doesn't give a damn and only a Satanic government would have the guts to stand up and say, (as all Dark Heroes) "All wrong doers - You shall perish!" More quality people - less quantity. As the ABRAXAS Foundation states in Apoodyse Culture: "Long Live Death!"

olf nninat £1ljeep unrttu nofngt quorttu 6c i6fl6ttn of Stntia lltimnl l)n9nniam &ietce Snaciam 6e 8fnnl elf nfon 1ije utcij of nt

FOR INFOSEND $6(CASH OR PCl!TAL lllNEY ORDER!TO: CO.UN, PCllT BOX15, AIJ'ADENA, C\ 91MlUSA.
YOUR TIME GROWS SHORT, PREPARE FOR HOLY WAR

PROMETHEAN CIRCLE
Sinister Greetings!
Announcing the birth of a new magazine, dedicated to spreading the Satanic Word, the path of the strong, and the dark side of the human psyche. You are invited to present your ideas and principles through our pages. Please send materials and articles, we will publish original as well as reprints. Thanks in advance.

MIGHT IS RIGHT. HAIL SATAN!
JOHN HIOTELLIS, GEORGE ZAHAROPOULOS
EDITORS
PROMETHEAN CIRCLE
P.O. BOX 79006
17202 HIMITTOS ATHENS,GREECE

THE
INFERNAL GARRISON

BEHOLD AND LET THOSE THAT REGARD LIFE AS THE GREAT AND ULTIMATE INDULGENCE COME FORTH TO a.AIM ITS REWARDS!
SATANISM IS A RECOGNIZED RELIGION, ALLOWING GROUPS AND GROTTOS TO BE FORMED. THESE GARRISONS ARE LED BY FORMIDABLE WITCHES AND WARLOCKS LOYAL TO THE SATANIC MOVEMENT AND ITS GOALS.
HERE IN CANADA ANOTHER ORGANIZATION HAS EMERGED. WE RECOGNIZE THE NEED FOR SATANIC RITUAL AND AS SUCH EXCHANGE METHODS TO BRING THIS INTO MANIFESTATION. WE ARE LOOKING FOR OTHERS WHO SHARE THE SAME PHILOSOPHY AS THE CHURCH OF SATAN.
ANYONE INTERESTED IN MORE INFORMATION MAY WRITE TO:
THE INFERNAL GARRISON P.0.BOX 59049
MISSISSAUGA, ONTARIO L4T 4Jl CANADA

OR CENTURIES, Western society has been dominated by a philosophical system that can be
best described as antagonistic dualism, the belief that the world is comprised of pairs of irreconciliable opposites. Under this system, life is reduced to a series of either/or choices. This worldview is so pervasive that it provides the basis of most of the philosophies which provide the foundations of modem western culture. Since this philosophy touches upon virtually every fac.et of modern life I will not be attempting a comprehensive look at it in this article.
Instead I will touch upon a few examples of the results of such ideas, and touch upon the origins of this insidious philosophy.
The roots of antagonistic dualism go back some 2500-3000 years to ancient Persia. It was there that the Zoroastrians developed what was probably the first religion/ethical system based upon the idea of a metaphysical struggle between good and evil. Today, thanks to the Zoroastrians, people tend to think of good and evil as fixed absolutes, causes rather than effects, but this was not always the case. Many ancient societies thought of this dichotomy quite differently. Generally, good was whatever was beneficial to you, your family or your tribe/nation. Evil on the other hand was simply whatever was harmful to these same groups. Good and evil were seen as effects and not causes. Antagonistic duality lies behind this inversion of ideas. Consider the Greco-Roman, or Germano-Celtic mythologies. You'll find no such notions of ethical dualism as you find in Zoroastrian or Judaic mythology, you simply cannot
compare a figure such as Zeus, or Odin to an
Ahura-Mauia or Yahveh. Contrary to the conventional opinion however, the leap from the Zeuses and Odins to Yahveh and his ilk is hardly an advancement, it is instead a great leap backwards. The ancients all recognized the duality of nature but they did not attach any moral values to such things, they were simply recognized as counterparts in the overall scheme of thin . Antagonistic duality, as manifested first among the Persians and later among the Jews, was bad enough but it was primarily concerned with good and evil. After the idea spread to the decadent philosophers of the late Hellenic period, such as Plato and Socrates, it

broadened it's scope to include almost all of the world in it's pointless divisiveness.
Today, these dichotomies can be generally divided into two categories. The internal dichotomies are the first group and would include such thin as good vs. evil, intellect vs. instinct and reason vs. passion. The second group, the external dichotomies would include such thin as civilization vs. nature, life vs. death and male vs. female. It is with these dichotomies that I will be concerning myself hereafter.
The idea of good vs. evil has a long history in the world, and is central to the Judea-Christian ethic which has so polluted the world. The ideas of this group I have already dealt with, so I'll not repeat all of that. The other internal dichotomies are very similar to the good vs. evil dichotomy in many respects. Each is characterized by a refusal to recognize the totality of man's inner makeup. And each of these groups of people are prone to the same adverse effects which derive from this self-imposed internal conflict.

One of the most common internal dichotomies today is intellect vs. instinct. There are some who bdieve that the only knowledge of any value is intellectual in nature, learned knowledge. These people do not believe that inborn, instinctive understanding is of any value, in fact there are some who deny that man has any instincts. To be sure, man's instincts are not so absolute as the instincts of insects or birds but it would be a mistake to claim that man is devoid of instinct. As a primate, man has a fairly open-ended set of instincts, which leaves a great deal to be learned. There are however deeply felt drives which are inborn. There would be no conflict between instinct and intellect were it not for man's tendency to build up unnatural institutions to make the world more agreeable to his overdelicate sensibilities. When an instinctive drive runs counter to the rules man has established, a new action is taught to replace the instinctive act in the individual's mind. To
claim that all intellect is without value is less prevalent, but equally erroneous. These people follow the Rousseauesque doctrine of the noble savage. The error of these people lies in the fact that the human animal does not come with a complete program as does a

bee, or ant. A human being must acquire a certain degree of intellectual learning in order to survive. Anti-intellectualism may be rooted in a reasonable distrust of inordinate intellectualism, but it goes too far in the other direction. Just as the ultimate end of the intellectualists is a world where everyone does precisely as he has been taught to do, a world where every move is analyzed and spontaneity is a thing of the past, the end of the anti-intellectualists is a world of ignorance, and mistrust of any learning.
A very closely related conflict is reason vs. passion. The worshippers of reason regard reason as the be-all and end-all of human existence. These people fail to recognize that reason is only a tool. This overdependence on reason goes back to Greece, notably the philosopher Aristotle. The ideal of such people is a being that is totally dominated by reason. A being that is not swayed by passion. These people are continually stressing that man is not "just an animal." Their passions remind them of their animal nature and must therefore be done away with. As I see it, their ideal is a bloodless machine. Ultimately, by their very nature these deifiers of reason will fall into the same trap as the overly intellectual. Once again the other side is equally mistaken.
Traditionally, artists fall within the category of those who stress the passions over reason. The virulently anti-rational are a minority in this group. Those who reject reason, and are totally ruled by passions are not taking advantage of some of the unique characteristics of the human animal. These slaves to their passions will often drift aimlessly through life. They will follow their feelin even if they lead to their own destruction.
All of these groups are united in their desire to tear themselves into two parts. Whether that division is between good/evil, reason/passion, or instinct/intellect is ultimately irrelevent. They can all be roughly divided into two types, exterminators and suppresors. Those I call exterminators are driven to purge themselves of every trace of whatever undesireable element they find in their nature. The other group, the suppressors, are less driven. They usually understand that they will never purge themselves entirely of the offensive element and so they are

satisfied in suppre g it as much as possible. These types often believe that in time these offensive traits, if suppressed, will atrophy d die. While both groups are fighting futile battles against themselves, battles which they are doomed to lose, the suppressors can US\lally come through with fewer of the more unpleasant side-effects.
The worst that will befall a suppressor is, more often than not, a few neuroses of varying degree. It is another story with the exterminators. With each failure to destroy the hated element of their nature they will grow more single-minded and fanatical. It is from the ranks of the exterminators that all of the inquisitors, puritans and witch≠ hunters have come. While the suppressor will avoid the middle ground of balance, the exterminator will find it so repellent that he will go to any extreme, even the opposite extreme to avoid it. This is reflected in the well known fact that the quickest to convert to any extremist philosophy are those who, until recently, adhered to the opposing doctrine. Until an exterminator breaks away from his position, which is usually a very sudden decision, they will almost certainly be unwilling to consider any other opinion. It is a fools errand to try to reason with an exterminator, even those who have exalted reason.
The external dichotomies cannot be divided into exterminators and suppressors because they operate in a very different way. These are not struggles of man vs. himself. The external dichotomies are a manifestation of man's struggle against the world around him. These struggles are the same as the internalized ones in this regard, though they are equally pointless. A good example of the kind of idiotic conflict that falls under this heading is civilization vs. nature. The forces of civilization are responsible for the continuing deforestation of the Earth, the extermination of wild animal species to make room for surplus
humans and other domesticated animals, and a general preference for the artificial to the natural. On the other side are more of Rousseau's disciples. These people would delight in restoring an age of innocence which they believe existed in the long ago dim past. They yearn for a return to the garden of Eden, but would only accomplish a return to the cave. While no one can argue that all of the so-called advances of modern civilization are in fact advances, it should be obvious that it is not in our interest to throw it all away in pursuit of a golden age that never did, and never will, exist.

Another of the external dichotomies is life vs. death. Today there is a widely held belief that there is an innate sanctity in human life, and that life, at any level, is better than death. As a direct result of this idea, the human population of the Earth is escalating at an ever increasing rate. As a natural consequence of this overcrowding, famine and pestilence occasionally break out and natural disasters such as earthquakes, hurricanes, and flooding wreak greater havoc. Such things, while they are vital elements of nature's population control system, are violations of man's rules.
Whenever nature intervenes with a famine or somesuch measure, in comes a flood of "humanitarian" aid- food, clothing, and medicine - in an effort to thwart nature's design. If mankind does not change its course, nature will change it for him. You cannot circumvent nature indefinitely. Like it or not, man will have to start playing by nature's rules. On a more personal level, it is not unusual to see people who will cling to life, even a bedridden life dependent upon machines, rather than accept death and go out with a little dignity. What sane person can say that it is better to live as a frail, senile shadow of their former selves than to die when they have reached the logical conclusion of their lives?
Another product of this worldview is the "battle of the sexes." It has promoted a uselessly divisive outlook which has done nothing except create unwarranted hostility and pointless bickering. Each side argues over which sex is superior. You might as well argue over whether a saw is a better tool than a hammer. It is certainly true that nowhere in nature is equality to be found, but inequality does not follow gender lines. We are individuals and must be judged as such. A division of the human race into two uniform gender blocs is ridiculous. It is true that some women are utterly worthless for anything other than childbearing, but there are some that are superior to many men I've known who are useful only for mindless menial labor. No, ultimately gender is not a valid factor in establishing the social hierarchy. Even more insane than the extremists on behalf of either side are what passes for a moderate in this issue. These people would destroy the enmity between male and female through an attempt at destroying the differences. They seek to establish an androgynous, unisex world where the innate differences between the sexes are suppressed through socialization and "test-tube" reproduction. The solution

to the problems brought about through antagonistic dualism is not to be found in the pursuit of a thoroughly unnatural state of affairs, it lies in an understanding of the fact that despite their innate differences, the sexes are not bound into an adversary relationship; an understanding that it is possible to view them as complimentary halves of a larger whole.
Ultimately, though the mind perceives the duality inherent in nature, it seeks to restore a unified whole. Antagonistic dualism, in all its varied forms, believes that only one side of the duality is natural. They believe that the rest is a sort of cancerous growth which must be excised. Their ultimate goal is a world torn in half, a barren monotonous life free of the inner conflict that they themselves have promoted. It is tme for a restoration of that older, healthier view that there is a balance in nature between the duality's halves, a recognition that all are necessary in their place. A good illustration of this is found in the symbology of the sigil of Baphomet. As Dr. LaVey has stated in 1be Saktnic Bibl.e, the horns of the goat symbolize duality. Each horn is separate and distinct from the other, yet both are but part of the goat. Since the goat is a symbol of carnality, and thus of nature, it is therefore seen that everything is part of nature and that to exalt some part of nature above the whole is foolish. It should be obvious to everyone that only by recognizing the totality of nature, including human nature - despite what superficially appear to be contradictions, can life continue in any worthwhile sense. The road which western culture is presently traveling leads only to destruction. Until mankind no longer feels compelled to engage in counterproductive struggles with himself and nature there can be no real progress.
This Persian monster, and its offspring, must be destroyed. If we do not destroy them they will certainly destroy us.

EW THERE ARE WHO HAVE SUCCEEDED in
passing the Barrier to the twilit grotto that shines beyond'. For know ye well, that the dwellers in the
Abyss hunt souls like unto thine to hold in their thrall."
Anton Szandor LaVey,
"Die Elektrischen Vorspiele," The Satanic Ritual/

We are all familiar by now with the uses of alienation in Satanism. The writer of evocative literature is seldom thought of as being a magician. The American Gothic literary genre has produced such marvels as Nathaniel Hawthorne, E.A. Poe,
and H.P. Lovecraft. Few in the world of those Without would understand why these writers might be considered Satanic magicians. Yet each of their stories has exerted a diabolic influence on their readers' imaginations, creating 'rifts' in mass consciousness. For as 'fictional' as their writings are said to be, indeed they have opened the Gates - have they not? Every story can be seen as an exercise in indulgence, each indulgence being a magical Working in its own right.
Geometry, landscaping and weird imagery in the modern horror tale have been used to great effect to create states of alienation within their readers. The Law of the Trapezoid refers to more than just the strange angles of architectural structures. In a literary context this would refer to the bizarre room of Keziah Mason's house in H.P.L.'s "Dreams in the Witch House." The 'Law' also includes geographical areas and landscapings. This was discussed briefly
by Dr. LaVey in his most recent work The Devii's Notebook.2
This article will focus on landscaping and its power to alienate the literary character, as well as the reader. This alienation makes the character the other, whereas it is usually assumed that the "alien beings" of Lovecraft's Mythos are the Outsiders. The protagonist, in fact, becomes alien through a paradigmatic shift. This can be seen as a type of gnosis or "enlightenment."
Within the context of this article 'landscaping' shall mean any geographic area, its size, dimension - any feature, fixture, atmosphere, or phenomenon connected with that area. Also, landscaping refers specifically to nature and its peculiar manifestations.
The use of weird landscapings, unlike the convention of 'Gothic architecture' as found in Walpole's The Castle of Otranto (meaning the geometry of the physical structures within the stories), deserve more attention than they have received.
Author T.E.D. Klein, former editor of The Twilig/Jt Zone magazine, works on a somewhat "Lovecraftian" base. In his short story, "Black Man with a Horn," from Dark Gods (1980), he draws mostly on the Mythos. However, in The

Ceremoni.es (1984) he borrows concepts from Arthur Machen's short story "The White People." Machen was one of H.P.L.'s literary influences. In both of Klein's works there are liberal doses of weird landscapings. In the "Lovecraftian" tradition, images of dark twisted trees, menacing forests, blasted wastelands, whispering lonely fields, as well as savage jungles, frozen arctic environments, and other forlorn extreme manifestations of nature assail us. A heath of odd squatting hills, such as in H.P.L.'s "The Whisperer in Darkness," or Machen's "The Great God Pan," and all such stimuli jar our senses because of their ali.enness. One does not have to travel with his head disconnected to black Yuggoth to find the kind of strangeness which can be found on Earth.
The rough, wild, feral quality of Lovecraftian nature, and indeed, within all Gothic traditional depictions of nature, serve to alienate the reader from the common, to set them up for the story's awful culmination. Within these environments those caught up in them are transformed. Perhaps it can be better said that they adapt to their environment. One example which comes to mind is the goat-like Wilbur Whately in H.P.L.'s "The Dunwich Horror." Dunwich is supposed to be an all-around diconcerting place. It disturbs or adversely affects the protagonist.
This type of imagery is nothing new as a convention in the American Gothic genre. Hawthorne utilized such images as in "Young Goodman Brown," where the Witches' Sabbath takes place in a fiery pine forest. Here the Devil Himself is met on lonesome country roads near the midnight hour. H.P.L.'s "The Colour Out of Space," and "The Shadow Out of Time," present us with places of mystery, darkness and especially of geographical isolation.
It might be said that this proliferation of isolation≠ imagery in the American Gothic genre comes from the nature of early America itself. America was a vast wilderness at one time (before we "became fruitful and multiplied," that is). It is reasonable to assume that this exerted a sizeable influence on writers up until the recent time of mass urbanization.
Currently, the horror story tends to focus itself on the 'concrete jungle,' such as in T.E.D. Klein's "The Children of the Kingdom," and many of us know of H.P.L.'s loathing for New York City. While the city streets have apparently become the new forum of literary alienation, the city environment is still safe. It is predictable because it is a human fabrication. Nature, even unto this hour, remains unconquerable, it is an unknown.
Weird, isolated geography also includes the Nebraska countryside of Stephen King's "The Chidren of the Corn," and the rural neighborhood in Carl Jacobi's "The Unpleasantness at Carver House." Now consider, in light of the above, the

m \/()/,(1;\/J,'./,#.;('.-;

influence of nature/landscapingon the psyche in &ther Forbes' A Mirror for WitdJes (1928). Louis Gross, author of Redefining the American Gothic, gives us a sample of this,
The forest is a place of dark evil for the village, [in Forbes' novel] and as the dwelling of the Indian, a habitation for Satan and his followers.3
What can be said about the above discussed process of
alienating nature? By shifting the perceptual ground upon which we have built our notions of reality, writers like H.P.L. have raped our tunnel-realities by displacing our familiar world, and thrusting us, not into an "Abyss," but into a world we never understood in the first place. One might say that the Akeleys and Robert Blakes have their reality-filter lenses removed and become alien beings to the world. Robert Price, author of "Lovecraft's Artificial Mythology," tells us that,
His [Lovecraft's] aim was not to make the reader feel that supernatural entities (i.e. gods) exist. Such is the misunderstanding of many readers of Lovecraft. Rather, he sought to stimulate the removal of natural limits onhuman perception so as to provide a full view of the horribly empty (naturalistic) cosmos.4
According to Price, Yog-Sothoth, Cthulhu and the gang are supposed to be "the aliens." The essence of what he is saying, as this author interprets it, is that the Old Ones are no mere anomalous disturbances, but are the true inhabitants of a sphere we never really owned (i.e. "the Domain of Man"). We become alien creatures in an existential universe to which we are rudely awakened. The long forbidden realities of this world have turned hostile and demonic through centuries of denial. Stefan Dziemianowicz, author of "Outsiders and Aliens: The Uses of Isolation in Lovecraft's Fiction," backs the observations put forth so far,
This telescoped point of view [refering to the existential quality of H.P.L.'s works] presents an image of mankind as an isolated presence on the "black seas" of an infinite cosmos, a figure dwarfed into insignificance by the vastness of the universe.5
The Gothic genre (in general), being a product of a predominantly Christian culture is going to reflect its anti≠ nature bias. All horrors attributed to the natural world have, in the past, made titillating reading for proper Victorian ladies who were in need of a polite, socially acceptable catharsis - or exorcism, however one cares to look at it.
It is the psychodramatic quality of these works which exert their Satanic influence. As acts of 'black magic,' these above-mentioned works and countless others have served to disturb the complacency of readers, leading them down the Left-Hand-Path. Those less sensitive readers will undoubtedly shrug off the exigency of an H.P.L. work as "just a scary story," denying any heuristic value therein. For those who are not disturbed by what may come to them in the middle of the night, on some lonesome heath (perhaps through a shining

trapezohedron?), the goal of the Working is revealed:
Each of us must find our own way through the wilderness, and like Nietzsche's Zarathustra, must imbue our lives with personal meaning and power. No god, avatar, president or pope will do it for us. We, in fact, must recreate ourselves as the 'O Id Ones.' In The Satanic Rituals Dr. LaVey tells us that,
One can not help speculating upon the reality
suggested by the fantasy - the possibility that the Old Ones are spectres of a future human
. 6
mental1ty.
But for that to happen, we must first AWAKE.
? ? ?
Notes

1. Anton Szandor LaVey, The Satanic Rituals (New York: Avon, 1972), p. 124.
2. Anton Szandor LaVey, The Devil's Notebook
(Portland: Feral House, 1992), p. 116.
3. Louis Gross, Redefining the American Gothic (London: U.M.I. Research Press, 1989), p. 32.
4. Robert Price, "Lovecraft's Artificial Mythology," An Epicure in the Terribk, eds. Schultz & Joshi, (Cranbury: Associated University Presses, 1991), p. 248.
5. Stefan Dziemianowicz, "Outsiders and Aliens: The Uses of Isolation in Lovecraft's Fiction," An Epicure in the Terribk, eds. Schultz & Joshi, (Cranbury: Associated University Presses, 1991), p. 159.
6. LaVey, The Satanic Rituals, P. 178.

S WE WORK THROUGH THE
third decade of modern Satanism, we often find the Devil's "undefiled
wisdom" obscured by a veritable bliz:zard of superficially similar imitators using His name but playing an altogether different game. Like marketing consultants stuck with pushing a dud product, these hangers-on try to flog some tired, unimaginative belief system by scotch-taping an ill-fitting inverse pentagram over it to give it that "alluringly evil" cachet which it could never emanate on its own. Among these are a specific subcategory which I call "herd-elitist" ideologies.
There is no shortage of people and groups with impeccable elitist credentials, if by elitism we mean any assertion that certain specific people are distinct from, and superior to, the rest of humanity. What distinguishes a herd-elitist ideology from a Satanic one is its criterion of superiority: rather than judging each individual independently as superior or inferior on the basis of that individual's unique qualities, the herd-elitist assigns superior or inferior status to people based on their membership in a category. Everybody who happens to fall into Category Xis superior, while everyone in Category Y (which usually, though not always, includes everyone not in Category
X) is inferior - disregarding, in both cases, the individual attributes of each person being assessed.
Herd-elitist ideologies differ from one another mainly in how they define Category
X. Some examples:
Racism: To the white supremacist, a white person, even one devoid of talent or achievement, falls within the definition of the "superior race" and is thus a higher type than any non-white person, even if the latter happens to be of exceptional individual ability. There are also black supremacists and people who confer elite status based on
various other permutations of skin color and facial features, whose beliefs could be equally well described by the preceding sentence with the appropriate term or trems replacing each occurrence of the word "white."
Racistfringe elements have traditionally been associated with hard-line fundamentalist Christianity or with even zanier derivatives thereof, such as the subgroups who hold that the Anglo-Saxons

are descended from the Lost Tribes of Israel. However, reams of their standard simplistic and ungrammatical rhetoricare now availabl.ci'with an alleged "Satanic" imprimatur. The assumption, presumably, is that we individualists will fall for this particular form of group identity just because it happens to be socially unacceptable.
Ethnic nationalism: Similar to racism
but based on cultural groupin rather than physical characteristics. The adherent will point to the glorious achievements "of his nation," ignoring the fact that these are actually achievements of a small number of individuals who came from that nation. Isaac Newton's accomplishments prove that he was a man of exceptional talent; they prove nothing of the sort about any other randomly selected person who happens to have also been born in England.
Cultism: In this category I would put
all the innumerable (usually tiny) organizations who, de facto, define the elite as consisting of those who are members of the organization. Members gather together to reassure each other of their superiority and to sneer at those who are not members of the Cult. The strongest disdain is aimed not at the social mainstream but at those who, instead of belonging to the Cult, belong to some rival cult which in fact is hardly different. Most pseudo-Satanic groups fall into this category; each a small, insular knot of people with little in the way of a philosophical stance except repeated assertions that they are the Real Thing and that all the other similar groups are phonies.
Aristocracy: In most medieval societies, there was a hereditary nobility which wielded power and considered itself superior to the masses, with whom it refrained from intermarrying. Most noble families were descended from some individual founder whose genuine strength and ability enabled him to secure power and wealth and bequeath them to his descendants.
Unfortunately, although there is indeed a large genetic/hereditary component to most forms of talent, mere descent from a great man is a rather poor predicator of quality several generations later; most hereditary aristocracies quickly degenerated into inbred collections of hothouse plants, protected by an aura of superiority rather than its

substance. The doltish character of most European and Mideastern political leadership in the Middle Ages illustrates this, as does the frequency with which ruling dynasties were overthrown by fresh challengers. The main effect of hereditary aristocracies was to prevent creative individuals born to the "lower" social castes -
- part of the true elite, from a Satanic viewpoint - from achieving their potential.
As I discussed earlier in The Black Flame
(see "Naziism, Racism, and Satanism," Volume 3, N 1 & 2), herd-elitist ideologies have a natural appeal to inferior people. It is the person without talents or accomplishments of his own who needs to shore up his ego by focusing on his membership in a supposedly superior race, or by joining some organization made up of a few fellow pretentious losers with a secret handshake among whom he will bear the title of Grand Kolossal Kosmic Supremo.
The creative and successful person is secure in the knowledge of his own individual superiority and has no need for such tripe.
The Satanist identifies fellow members of the elite by their individual qualities and achievements - not by their race, nationality, group affiliation, descent, or any other categorical criterion. There is no form of "hypocritical self-deceit" more insidious than thinking oneself Satanic merely because one has joined a small herd which is out of favor with the big one.

Yampires ctexist !
Join Ifs!
jfor complete i11for11111tio11
on the 11.ibing ((ult of tbc 1lnl:lc11l:1 mhc l\itunls, tf)e mcncbings
ijtlJc l)riestf)ool) of all\
.%cnl:I $5.00 al..s9. to:

memple of tbe 1Jnmptre Jßox 3582--mJßjf I.acep, D 98503

∑ ∑

Photo Portrait of Anton Szandor LaVey

At last you can own a beautiful, black & white poster of the founder and High Priest of the Church of Satan.

Photographer Nick Bougas has captured LaVey and his serpentine friend Boaz in a moment of Satanic communion. At almost life size, this 23" x 29" print is on heavy, glossy poster stock, replete with the High Priest's name in large type across the bottom.
No Satanic lair should be without this handsome item!
Carefully packaged in a crush-proof mailing tube, the poster is only $20.00, plus $5.00
shipping & handling. (Outside the U.S., $20.00 plus $10.00 shipping & handling).

Make checks, money orders or bank draughts in U.S. funds out to:
Hell's Kitchen Productions
P.O. Box 499, Radio City Station, New York, NY 10101-0499, U.S.A.

VERY INDIVIDUAL "MAY BE
REGARDED as rep nting the as≠
cending or descending line of life. When one has decided which, one has there≠ by decided a canon for the value of his egoism. H he rep nts the ascending line his value is in fact extraordinary - and for the sake of the life-<:ollective, which with him takes a step forward, the care expended on his preservation, may even be extreme ff
he represents the descending development, decay, chronic degeneration, sickening then
he can be accorded little value." Nietzsche, Twiligpt of the Idols

Eugenics: Upbreeding through genetic selec≠ tion.
Dysgenics: "Exerting a detrimental effect on later generations."

Nature, left to its own devices, is eugenic. Nature's imperative is to breed higher fonns. Darwin showed that species evolve by selecting those who are of higher quality to survive and thus perpetuate their genes.
Evolution is a struggle for survival - genetic survival. An organism survives largely on the basis of the quality of its genetic in≠ heritance. Those organisms of lesser genetic inheritance fail to find a mate, fall to a predatoi; are too weak to withstand harsh en≠ vironmental conditions, and therefore their genes are not passed on to future generations. Nature, through a combination of factors, weeds and cultivates genetically. This is the basis of evolution, of natural selection.
The same principles apply to humankind. Primitive societies continue to be subjected to genetic selection in much the same way as other mganisms.
Howevei; as a population gene pool is
subjected to the laws of genetic selection, and as it thereby reaches higher biological levels,
naturally does its culture. As a culture develops, a paradox rises: a culture, par≠ ticularly if it rises to a level called "civiliza≠ tion," increasingly eliminates the struggles for survival through its advances in technology and material comfort. The mentally and physically impaired no longer die soon after birth, as they would in a raw state of nature. They are more likely to survive and in turn breed, thus p3$ing their genes on to future generations. A civilization may reach a stage where the selection mechanism is completely

reversed: the most intelligent and creative have fewer or no offspring, and are taxed to support the increasing proliferation of the least intelligent and creative.
Nature's eugenic imperative is replaced by a man-made system which is dysgenic. This situation may continue until there are no longer sufficient numbers of intelligent and creative people to sustain a civilization and it collapses. This is the view of D.r: Elmer Pendell, a foremost population expert. In Why Civiliz.ations Self Destruct (Howard Allen, Florida 1977), Pendell writes: "To un≠ derstand who were deprived of direct descen≠ dants by early death we must first look at human beings in a state of nature, when each individual had to provide for himself in much greater measure than now... Those with fewer of the favourable traits, or more of the unfavourable traits, were much more
likely to die - and die early before they them≠ selves reproduced Death not only removed
a deficient individual from a blossoming roety, but it removed his genes from the gene pool of his tribe. Consequently, the tribe and the species were both improved by nature's program of 'negative eugenics'."
Surveying a number of civilizations, Pendell states: "Why did Egypt's Old Kingdom, a magnificent civilization, 'crumble to the dust before the battering thistledown'? \ery simply, the less capable had the most offspring and a high degree of roal organization permitted this offspring to survive and produce offspring of their own."
This hypothesis on the fall of civiliza≠ tion is plausible for us today, not only due to the present knowledge of genetics and evolu≠ tion, but because we can observe the dys≠ genic impact on Western Civilization before our eyes. Indeed, as our civilization becomes increasingly more technically specialized there is an increasing number of unemploy≠ ables being subsidized by a dwindling ntllD≠ ber of technocrats and other professionals.
\'1Cestern Civilization will shortly reach the point of collapse as have other civilizations.
As Pendell observes in his remarks on the contemporary USA: "There is no dead≠ lier form of self-destruction than forcing the worthy elements of a civilization to become servants of the dross."
"Unless we revise our attitudes towards the 'rights' of those who are dragging us undei; the USA will soon follow the pattern

set by two earlier - and extinct - Western Hemisphere Civilizations - the Mayan and the Incan."
In fact, the population problem is not only within Western Civilization, but on a wider scale than hitherto in history; in the form of the \1"!st's subsidization of the proliferating Third rid (many of whose nations are themselves pitiful vestiges of an≠ cient civilizations which collapsed through dysgenics; e.g. India).
Pendell's answer to the self-destruct mechanism of civilization is for man to inter≠ vene where nature no longer can, by means of sterilization of the lowest genetic specimens, marriage licensing based on eugenic considerations, and State Human Genetics Boards authorizing quotas of chil≠ dren for couples on the basis of IQ.
The only country with the farsighted≠ ness to adopt eugenic social measures is Singapore. Several years ago the then Japanese Prime Minister observed aloud that the reason for the USA's declining economic performance is the decline in the quality of its population. Squeals of protest from out≠ raged liberals in the USA extracted an apol≠ ogy from him, but did nothing to change the facts.
Unless current population trends are reversed the \'1Cestern industrial nations will soon become the hewers of wood and drawers of water for more realistic societies, such as Japan, whose national IQ average has been increasing steadily over the past 50 years.
The Welfare State should start function≠ ing in reverse, in the form of tax incentives and disincentives applied to assist those who are the most intelligent and creative to sire larger families, while encouraging the curtail≠ ing of the numbers of the lower level of society. Sterilization (which could also be en≠ couraged with financial incentives) and eugenically-applied abortion, should also be utilized. Of course such realistic propositions remain utopian so long as the tis dominated by the moral slush of Christianity and liberalism. The battle first has to be fought and won on the ideological front.

"Now it is the higher man's role to pro≠ duce the children of the future. Quality is now more important than quantity."
Anton Szandor La\ey,
1be Satanic Rituals, p. 12.

PRINTS OF DARKNESS

SEND S.A.S.E. OR 2 IRC'S FOR A COMPLETE LISTING OF
HELL'S KITCHEN PRODUCTIONS MERCHANDISE.

---

>I l

I F -/., # 3 c>

-Ancient Roman pr<YVerb-

l like to think of Washington D.C. as an apocalyptic city. It is, in a sense, an end times city, with all the turmoil of conflicting doctrines and political tempests a last days preacher could imagine. Our nation's capitol is a kind of modern day Rome, complete with Emperor (President), senators, wealthy patricians on the take and the plebians who ride on their coattails, not to mention the masses of the unemployed and homeless.
The architecture speaks for itself.
One might even stretch the analogy further by pointing out that America's Rome seems to have its mystery cults and underground societies. Like their ancient counterparts, there are many here who loyally and sometimes desperately cling to their religious or political raison d'etre. With rare exception, most of these Romans need their party line handed down to them on a silver platter from above and in some cases even a lead plate will do. The faithful followers wax their egos with that smug self≠ assurance which comes with "getting involved" or "fighting the power." The leaders glut their egos with the gratification which comes in having control and
influence over others and taking credit for their organization's accomplishments.
Whether it comes from the theologically correct (TC) right wing or the politically correct (PC) left wing, the rhetoric, speeches, tactics and thought molding are basically the same.
So what has all this to do with the price of Satanic tea in China?
As a Satanist I take a sort of detached interest in activism and politics. Why not? One never knows when one might be forced into the arena to face a TC lion or a PC tiger. A sure method of self-defense is to know one's enemy. I try to attend as many demonstrations as possible and to keep at least a modest file on the various local activist groups in D.C.
My favorite target of Satanic espionage is Operation Rescue (OR). Of all the crusading organizations which I despise (and being politically incorrect I despise them all), OR is the one group I deem most worthy of my mischievous prying and monkey wrenching.

OR is truly an ironic phenomenon. It used to be, in the good old days of pagan Rome, that the Christians were the ones fed to the lions. Now, in the days of Christianized Rome, the Christians are the lions who devour women of desperate circumstances and rape victims. If you haven't seen an OR "rescue" with your own eyes, I highly recommend that you do so at least once in your life. Take pictures so you can show your grandchildren when they ask you if such nonsense actually occurred in your day. You'll need proof.
So what does a spy see upon attending an OR rally/"rescue"?
In the D.C. area it usually starts off with a pre-action meeting held on a Thursday or Friday evening, about 7:30 pm. This will be a kind of religious pep rally. I put on my best suit and fix a "Jesus is Lord" pin to the lapel. A Bible in hand will lend more credibility as I mingle with the sheep. The more you can look and speak the part the more chance there is of getting them to take you into their confidence. The rally site will probably be a church, one sympathetic to OR's cause. Once inside, it is sometimes required to surrender one's drivers license, a security precaution of theirs. It will be returned on the way out. I always take a seat near the front. This reduces suspicion and there is a better chance of overhearing something important from one of their leaders who sit in the front pews.
Here is a world where all of history,
philosophy, science, everything is re≠ interpreted by a first-century standard. Here is the world of either/or, where the sons of light ) struggle against the sons of darkness. These stormtroopers of righteousness have a mission - to save this wayward nation from the likely wrath of their fearsome and angry God by putting it back on the proper course
- theocracy.
The church soon fills up and the born again frenzy begins. The typical rally starts out with the singing of hymns which can become quite lively with people clapping, swaying from side to side; some are weeping, others are uplifting their hands to heaven with eyes closed, their faces testifying to the close kinship between religious ecstasy and a good orgasm. The son sometimes sound like battle hymns, for instance:
CHORUS: Lift high the banners of

love, HalleluJah!
Sound the trumpets of war. Christ has given us the victory, Hallelujah!
Jericho must fall.
1. The body of Christ is an army, fighting powers unseen, bringing captives to freedom, in the name of Jesus the King. CHORUS.
2. Brothers, are you sure of your calling? Will you fight for Jesus the King? Are you prepared for this battle, to lay down your lives for your friends?
And on it goes. There will also be prayers, of course. If fortune favors me, these will be led by the OR leaders, if not, then the congregation will break up into groups of five to eight. This is the most difficult part of the night. Each person will be expected to take a turn at a long, drawn out prayer of repentance and calling on God. This is a true test of any would-be spy's acting ability and knowledge of fundamentalist theology. Fortunately for myself, I come from a religious background
and have a degree in theology which helps me to speak the born-again jargon and fake the prayers to righteous satisfaction. It always provides me with a certain amount of amusement when the sheep are instructed to turn to a particular passage in their Bibles.
Now I can see if any of the people sitting next to me are spys from one of the local pro-choice organizations. They'll be the ones who take the longest time to find the text. A dead giveaway to the pro-lifer sitting next to them when they have to refer to the
table of contents to get to the gospel of John.
After the hymns and prayers will come the lively and charismatic speeches by the OR leaders. If it is going to be a major attack the following day, then there will be big name speakers; Randall Terry (founder OR), Rev. Pat Mahoney (Vice Pres. Christian Defense Coalition), Carrol Everett (former abortion clinic owner turned crusading Christian bitch), and any "pro-life" politicians who wish to add their two cents worth, i.e. Ambassador Alan Keyes, congresmian Chris Smith, etcetera.
The mood of an OR rally can vary greatly. Some are terribly serious as the lambs of God prepare themselves to suffer in the following day's activities. Others are little more than comedy acts by Terry and

Mahoney as they spend their entire speech time making jokes from the pulpit. To give credit where due, I must say they can really be quite fwmy at times, like two stand up Christian comedians. Occasionally there will be shown video tapes of Christians being arrested by the police for blocking the clinic doors. The purpose is to make all potential pep talk and indoctrination encourage the flock to "fear God rather than man" and risk arrest to save "the unborn children."
Finally, after the crowd has been whipped into its usual psychological state of righteous indignation over the "sin of child killing" and given a hardened resolve to do whatever is deemed necessary to end abortion, the time and place of tomorrow's gathering will be announced. The army of God then breaks up into groups according to function. Now the atmosphere becomes that of war - onward Christian soldiers!
This is the time when the battalions are to be formed. The main body will spearhead the attack. They consist of the hardcore members, who have been arrested again and again in the past, and however many first≠ timers who have been sucked into the righteous enthusiasm of the moment.
Veterans may be asked to bear the brunt of the arrests. Another battalion is comprised of women acting as "counselors" (guiltmongers). They direct their psychological warfare at any abortion bound woman trying to enter the clinic. These fine examples of Christian womanhood (boring females who all look like Saturday Night Live's "Church Chat" lady) are there to "help" her choose life for her "unborn child."
As in the army, there are the support troops. These are the "prayer warriors" who stand or kneel at the sidelines praying for those Christians being "brutaliud" (arrested) by the police "for simply praying on the sidewalk" (blocking the entrance to a building and terrorizing those trying to get in). The prayer warrior's job is to incessantly call upon the name of Jesus and in general make a grand display of repentance for the six o'clock news.
I once posed as a prayer warrior with an elderly couple who were kind enough to take me on a tour of the 13th century. After a seemingly ceaseless round of prayers for the sins of the nation and forgiveness of their "pro-abort" enemies, the weary couple pulled out a piece of paper and read from it an exorcism. So there we stood, the three of us "casting out abortion demons" from the clinic. And here I thought all that Linda

Blair stuff was just a movie! Later in the day's festivities I saw this same woman weeping and wailing hysterically. She and several other handmaids of the Lord had fallen to the ground in prayerful agony. Another woman behind me was speaking in tongues (babbling in a foreign language one has never learned). The actual wording which she repeated over and over again went like this, "Shun da la ta ta ta ta." I've studied quite a few languages in my time but I have to confess I don't recogniu this one; must
be an angelic language - Archangelese? Gabrielese? Cherubimian?
Christians claim themselves the salt of the earth; small wonder the planet suffers from hypertension.
The remaining support troops will consist of legal observers and those with video cameras for possible use in court.
With the order of battle established, the troops turn in for a few hours sleep. The time is usually about 10 or 11 pm. At this point I deliver any pertinent information to my cohort and best friend who then informs his political contacts among the political opponents of OR. The crucial task of any spy here is to gain as much information about the next day's tactics as well as obtain names and memorize faces. Some of these yahoos are out of state and have outstanding warrants or injunctions still in effect on them. The more one learns about the enemy the greater the chance of guessing their next move or pursuing legal action against them.
The next day's attack begins early, about 6am. The inquisition gathers at the appointed place. Already there are several "pro-choice" shadowers pacing about with walkie-talkies in hand, ready to report on enemy troop movements. The prayer warriors begin their medieval mumb others are softly singing apocalyptic hymns. Some have brought their invalid relatives and friends, paraplegics and quadraplegics in wheel chairs. Some are near mental vegetables who can do little but grunt and moan unintelligibly. See how sacred human
1u:£re. JS.
Then the generals arrive and God's mob gets underway. OR has its chain of command, with the leaders giving orders and the rest following without question. Only those at the top know the location of the clinic to be attacked. The rest are kept ignorant of any battle plans. Usually there will be a ride on the metro (subway) and then they hit the streets. A false attack might be staged by a smaller group at another site in order to draw the opposition from the

intended target.
The pace quickens as the main body approaches its destination. The clinic defenders will consist mostly of members of the Washington Area Clinic Defense Task Force (:IIACDTF) along with members of smaller, less effective organizations as well as a few revolution-mongers from D.C.'s Revolutionary Communist Party (RCP).
Some of these left-wing self-annointed "defenders of individual liberty" wouldn't know what to do with themselves if they didn't have a cause to fight for. I dare say that if the state were magically transformed into a utopia overnight, these "politically aware" individuals would have to create a whole new set of social ills just so they could have something to fight against in the morning.
The mayhem begins with OR's arrival. Clinic defenders lock arms, form a human barricade and brace themselves for the incoming holy salvo. Shouting and chanting soon fill the air. The modem day crusaders assail the infidel fortress by sitting as close as possible to the entrance in an attempt to shut down what they call an "abortion mill." There will be some jostling and surreptitious pushing as well as the occasional arrest for assault.
After the authorities have dilly-dallied for a spell, they then begin their legal masturbations which consist of giving OR members several warnings to vacate the area and the reading of any existing injunctions. Finally they put the taxpayers' money to good use and begin to haul them away.
Don't think that you've seen the last of them though; unlike OR chapters in some other areas of the country the "rescuers" here pay the meager fine and come right back for the next attack.
Eventually a path is cleared and the clinic is reopened. Each side claims victory with the defenders boasting that all the patients got in to their appointments and the attackers bragging that X number of "mothers" chose life for their "unborn child" as a result of their righteous intervention. As for myself, I retreat back into my Medmenham library and add any new information into my slowly growing files.
So why bother with all of this?
It enriches my life, simply this and nothing more. First of all I wish to see first hand what others can only glimpse on their TV screens. The news media is an unreliable source of information and incapable of giving the viewer anything but a portion of the events. Deeper intricacies are usually

""

missed. Therefore I investigate these matters myself. I am, in a way, my own news service. In my political directory are the necessary phone numbers to find out which of the major activist groups are doing what and when.
In the second place it amuses me. I enjoy taking a stroll through the human zoo which politically correct people term a "democracy." A democracy is a sort of free range game preserve where a primatologist such as myself can study the habits of nature's most awkward and embarrassing ape.
Thirdly, I wish to provide
intelligence service to the opposition groups presently fighting the fundamentalist right≠ wing. My best friend and I have a motto to champion our goal - "We take fun out of fundamentalism." Timely reporting on the activities of the inquisition can give the liberal opposition a headstart in making their counter battle plans.
But don't think for a moment that I'm into crusading or Idealism or PC. My reason for activism is pure self-interest and revenge. It's in my self-interest to throw a monkey wrench into the Judeo-Christian machinery whenever the opportunity presents itself and it is also a form of revenge for what these increasingly "concerned" Christians have done to this world and their far-reaching impact which inevitably contaminates the quality and/or quantity of life for us all.
They wish to pry into our private lives? Fine, we'll pry into theirs.
The PC left-wing is certainly useful in providing a counter-balance to the TC right≠ wing. But no self-respecting Satanist wants to live in a society built by the feeble hands of hippies, yippies, pacifists, yuppies, mentally castrated males, testosterized
feminists or any other genetic mutation resulting from nature's failed philosophical experiments.
And when does the battle end?
It doesn't. It goes on and on. War is its own rationale. Think about one possible future for a moment. If the conservative Christians could be ousted from power then the victorious liberals woud become the new and dominant species of herd mentality, therefore the new enemy. Today's allies, tomorrows enemies, and vice versa. Thus the importance of keeping informed on everyone's political progress - everyone's.
Until the realization of the Satanic Empire, I shall continue to play my game of "Deacon Brodie" (Brodie was the real life character upon whom Robert Louis

Stevenson based his novel Dr.Jekyll and Mr. Hyde). My best friend and I shall play up to anyone, repeat any party line, play any political ploy so long as it benefits the Satanic lifestyle, our lifestyle!
Until the earth is once again green and free, as the ffymn of the Satanic Empire states, with a place for you and a place for me, when the shadow of the cross no longer obfuscates and darkens the natural life, when PC and TC are sent away to wander in the desert regions of humanity's intellect, there to die of thirst for the vital waters of recognition; then and only then will I cease my endless flow of cynicism and misanthropy.
Finally, I seek to perfect the art of Satanic espionage because it enriches my life intellectually and culturally. Networking in the political arena has provided some interesting contacts and resources.This avails the fringe benefits of obtaining greater access to hard-to-find books, alternative information, rare music and the undergrowid arts. Building a Satanic library can become an engrossing and rewarding life's passion.
By remaining true to the Renaissance lifestyle, we remain true to life's highest fulfillment and goals. Let the commoners sweat and toil to build a cathedral for their clergy masters while we question the flatness of the Earth and forge trade routes to China!
Life was meant to be lived - for oneself!
Not to be impaled upon the enemy's bayonettes for the sake of any "cause." Martyrs never live to see the bronze monument erected to their memory, if one is ever raised at all.
Nietzsche knew it well, that spirit of the diabolical, when he wrote, "Man is a bridge to the Overman." It is not that the mindless masses have no purpose. They serve their purpose in that they provide the mud and filth from which the genius may arise and shine forth so brilliantly.
The Christian holds the Truth and the Truth has set him free. Give to the Christian his Bible, that he may warm himself by the dying embers of his faith and in his blind rapture, bless you with the kindness he thinks he owes you. But, beware his "love" for in such a "love" there is venom enough for all his enemies.
And give to the addict his heroin, that he may sleep in narcotic bliss and not rob you.
And humor the lwiatic who fancies himself Emperor, for he will treat you to a royal feast someday.
For those of us who enjoy the sword-

play between the various political gladiators there exists here in Rome a kind of circus, and as long as there is the Circus Maximus, I'll be here, either in the grandstands spectating or trying my luck in the arena.
We who are about to LIVE, salute you! Rege Satanas!
Long live LaVey!
Hail the Satanic Empire!

---∑----------

ECENUY MY COUSIN FOUND OUT that I was
a Satanist, and it came as quite a shock to her; after all,
I'm an "A" student, hold a lofty position at work, and am a fairly nice chap. Unfortunately, she sent a copy of an unnamed Christian hysterical account of Satanism to, of all people, my parents! I read the book, and was amazed at how sick-minded these Christians are to come up with these deluded fantasies.
So, I sent a letter questioning her antics. She told me to read Revelations, that her prayer group was praying for me and my family (oh, how nice!), and told me basically to blindly follow Jesus if I wish to accomplish anything! This from a person who leads a tremendously screwed-up life!
So, after reading this unnamable book, a thought occured to me: "Have they ever considered the fact that they may actually have their wishes fulfilled?" I mean, if they remove real books on Satanism (which I've noticed in my area: just try to get one of Dr. LaVey's books here) from the shelves and put these books up for people (kids as well), the thought of what could happen is scary. Hell, these book's covers look more fascinating than any real Satanic books. If a kid (or adult, for that matter) is turned-off by Christianity, as was I, and is looking into Satanism as an alternative, and the only example he can find is in these paranoid books depicting the killing of animals and babies, if he's quite unstable he may well do it.
After all, these are Satanic experts, aren't they? They must know the truth! If they didn't make this stuff up, kids or adults could read something sensible, i.e. Tbe Satanic Bible. But then, how would the poor Christers survive?
Then I decided, "What the Hell, I'll read Revelations again, after all, it is a good fictitious book!" In it, it states that when the Beast rises that every man must take the Mark of the Beast to buy, sell, trade, own property- basically, just to survive. Will the Christians take the Mark? Why of course, I forgot that they already had! They all have Social Security numbers - for you can't legally do any of the aforementioned activities here in the US without it. Your Mark. Which just goes to prove on a theological level (not that need be one) that we are indeed living in the midst of the Satanic Age.
Also, in this nifty little book of Revelations, it seems as if God has something against every tribe. And God has all these creatures around his throne which are described as basic lycanthropes: all are were-beings of one type or another. What fanciful literature! It also shows that sacrifice in a physical sense is definitely a Christian deed, not Satanic.
Not that I'm implying in any way that anyone should believe the words in Revelations; in fact, quite the contrary. One can look back in history, at any time or place and see these prophesies of Revelations in full sway somewhere. My

hope is if there is any one truth to the Bible it is thus: that the Rapture will come, the Christians will disappear, and the Satanist shall rule the Earth.
But, one way or another, this shall happen. Lex Talionisl

TIIE ULTIMATE EXPLANATION
After a long and hair-raising excursion upon our fair freeways, I was struck by diabolical inspiration. In a single devilish moment, I perceived The Ultimate Psychological Explanation of Modern America. I have distilled Paul Fussell's Class and the writings of Albert Ellis to their essence.
Following are the essential philosophical statements of the various classes, revealing The Ultimate Psychological Explanation of Modern America.

Metaphysics (upon the nature of reality): Proles: "I am my car."
Middle Class: "I am my house." Upper Class: "I am my money." X Class: "I am!"

Epistemology (upon the nature of acquiring knowledge): Proles: "'Cause."
Middle Class: "'Cause they say so." Upper Class: "Because Daddums says so." X Class: "Because it's there."

Ethics (upon what to do): Proles: "Sports is good."
Middle Class: "Richer is better." Upper Class: "Old is best."
X Class: "What works for me?"

So there you have it. The Ultimate Psychological Explanation of Modern America. W?at more could you want?
R. Elizabeth Fox

STORM MAIL ORDER
"Supplying the Heretical"
-NOW AVAILABLE-
DEATH IN JUNE SHIRTS

FRONT BACK

These beautiful new shirts are designed by STORM and based on the cover of the masterpiece LP, BUT, WHAT ENDS WHEN THE SYMBOLS SHATTER? Printed on the absolute heaviest, best quality 100% cotton pre-shrunk maroon shirts (like background of album jacket), the stunning front print is in two colors and the back design is printed in black ink. These are the ONLY legitimate Death In June shirts being sold in America, and were produced with the express permission of the band. Limited print run; when these are sold out we will be issuing new designs. ORDER NOW! Size: Available in XL ONLY. Price: $14 plus $2.50 p&h in USA/Can (add $5 for foreign airmail)
OTHER NEW PRODUCTS:
BLOOD AXIS lyric booklet - A limited edition booklet featuring lyrics to the songs on THE LAMP OF THE INVISIBLE LIGHT CD, as well as one song from the upcoming CD "Storm Songs". Also includes photos, background information and details on upcoming releases. Deluxe presentation, with marble covers; each booklet includes a Blood Axis sticker. Price: $2 ppd in USA/Can $3 ppd foreign airmail UNLEASHED - Two CD's are currently available from these Swedish Odinist death metal masters. Warning: this is very loud, violent music. WHERE NO LIFE DWELLS Their first release, with "Into Glory Ride", "Violent Ecstasy" and 9 other tracks
SHADOWS IN THE DEEP The second album featuring "The Immortals", "Land of Ice" and 8 other tracks
Price each: $16 ppd USA/Can $18 ppd foreign airmail
THE GREEN BOOK by Muammar al Qaddafi. In our search for heretical expressions, we have come across a supply of this notorious work by Libya's leader. A valuable explanation of his anti- Western "democracy", tribal social philosophy. Hard to find paperback edition.
Price: $6 ppd in USA/Can $7 ppd foreign airmail
SIEGE
Also due out in January, at long last, is the book SIEGE by James Mason. This incredible tome of heresy has been over three years in the making. Now comprising a massive 400+ pages, it will be one of the final statements on extremism in America. SIEGE represents one man's journey on the farthest fringes of revolutionary ideology, from Hitlerian National Socialism to the lucid thoughts of the world's foremost outlaw, Charles Manson. From a unique insider's perspective it details a philosophy of a truly radical nature, rendering all previous conceptions of Leftist, Rightist and Conservative politics obsolete. Undeniably consistent, SIEGE presents a powerful message of survival, set free from moral constraint and popular delusions. You will never encounter another book such as this in your entire life. STORM is therefore proud to finally issue the first printing of this landmark work. SIEGE has been alternately called "The Mein Kampf of the 90's" and "The mind fuck of the century"- you be the judge. Suffice to say, you will not spot this title on the shelves of you local "alternative" bookshop. Why? Because it decisively flies in the face of everything currently held sacred by humanity. Presently being printed, the finished book is a professional production, with numerous rare and unpublished photos, texts and graphics. We are now accepting advance orders at the cover price of $14.95 plus $2 shipping and handling (foreign orders add $5 for surface, or $10 airmail). All orders received before Feb. 30th, 1993 will receive special autographed copies of the book. These special inscribed copies will not be available after that date.
ALSO COMING FROM STORM:
In January 1993 we will finally be sending out our new catalog, so if you are on the mailing list, expectto receive it soon. We will be offering an extensive selection of new T-shirts (Blood Axis, Allerseelen, and much more), as well as new books (Nietzsche, etc.) and CDs (Ain Soph, Bathory, etc.) Please send $1 to be placed on the mailing list, or two first class stamps (2 IRCs outside USA) for a sample catalog.

i ;i; "
THELAYIOFTH;EFORBIDDEN
NEWBOOKS FROM FERAL HOUSE

The Devil's Notebook
by Anton Szandor LaVey
1be Devil's Notebook is the first original collection of Anton La Vey's
writings to be published in over two decades.
"In a clear polemical style, the good doctor rips into a number of deserving targets ... and imparts wise-ass wisdom that, for me, is worth more than a stack of ancient grimoires. Like 1be Satanic Bible, Tbe Devil 'i Notebook is a tome only the clever among us will appreciate." - 1be Nose
$10.95 ï Trade Paperbackï ISBN: 0-922915-11-3

Secret and Suppressed: Banned Ideas and Hidden History
Edited by Jim Keith
A guidebook to alternative views of contemporary events and world history, Secret and Suppressed confronts the reader with disquieting revelations on mind control, secret societies, media disinformation, cults and elite cabals. The hard evidence supplied by many of these articles is startling. Other entries veer into a twilight realm of paranoia, speculation and horror. If you believe that ignorance is bliss, Secret and Suppressed is sure to make you very unhappy.
$12.95 ï Trade Paperbackï ISBN: 0-922915-14-8

Cosmic Retribution: The Infernal Art of Joe Coleman
This stunningly designed presentation of Joe Coleman's paintings and illustrations reveals the artist's obsessive visions of outlaws, madness and distressed religious impulses. Includes 32 color pages, 110 black and white pages and an incisive interview conducted by Adam Parfrey. "Coleman unleashes a hallucinatory violence of image and content that is unrelenting and unforgettable." -Artfom,m
$22.95 ï Deluxe Paperback Edition ï ISBN: 0-922915-06-7
$39.95 ï Limited Signed Cloth Editionï ISBN: 0-922915-13-X

The Secret Life of a Satanist
The Authorized Biography of Anton LaVey
by Blanche Barton
Now available in paperback, this photo-illustrated biography of "the most dangerous man in America" will stand as the definitive portrait of this influential and fascinating genius.
$1 2.95 ï Trade Paperback ï ISBN: 0-922915-1 2-1
$19.95 ïClothï ISBN: 0-922915-03-2
To order, send check or money order for cost of book(s), plus $1.75 shipping. Send SASE for free catalogue.
Feral House ï PO Box 3466 ï Portland, OR ï 97208

The Black Flame Vol. 4 No. 3 and No. 4

2026-09-02T06:15:25Z

Overlord: adding in next section

Full uncorrected text (3/17/25) of [https://the.satanic.wiki/images/f/f2/The_Black_Flame_4%283-4%29.pdf The Black Flame Vol. 4 No. 3 and No. 4].

<hr>

INSIDE THIS ISSUE:
ANTON LA VEY - INTERVIEW "DESIDERATA SATANICUS" KING DIAMOND - INTERVIEW
"DUELING DUALITIES"
"HERD ELITIST IDEOLOGIES" "EUGENICS AND DYSGENICS" "ODDITORIUM:"
PRINT, MUSIC, VIDEO REVIEWS
AND MUCH MORE!

Editor Peter H Gilmore

Associate Editor Peggy Nadramia

The Black Flame is published by Hell's Kitchen Productions, Inc.

Copyright 1993 C.E. by Hell's Kitchen Productions, Inc. All rights reserved. Reproduction in whole or in part without written permission is prohibited.

Mailing address: P.O. Box 499, Radio City Station, New York, NY 10101 - 0499 U.S.A.
Double issue price: $6.00 in the U.S.,
$8.00 outside the U.S. Subscriptions: $12.00 in the U.S. for two double issues.
$16.00 outside the U.S. for two double issues.
Single issues and fuck issues are not avaiJahle. Send check, bank draught or money order in U.S. funds only.
Opinions expressed herein are those of the authars al,one.

We accept no responsibility for unsolicited manuscripts. Correspondence requesting a response must be accompanied by an S.A.S.E.

COVER IMAGE: Lance Thimmes

==Desiderata Satanicus==
My worst enemies are those who presume me to be harmless. They cannot imagine how much I resent and disdain them, or just how great a threat they would face if I could get at them. Everything in their behavior speaks of insult and presumptuousness, and for now it is all I can do to make constructive use of my anger toward them. At this time, I just make a list of them and keep a watch on. Some day, with the help of time, space, and circumstance, I will be able to humiliate them properly — not in a manner they would enjoy, but in a style calculated to make them wish that they had never been born.
—Anton Szandor LaVey, 1989

==The Tide Turns==
By Peter H. Gilmore

WE HAVE SEEN IN RECENT MONTHS a trend on the part of academics, picked up by the media, towards refutation of the contemporary urban legend of "Satanic Ritual Abuse" which has been the foundation of entire "consultation" and "therapy" industries. The idiot fundamentalist effort to convince people that a worldwide conspiracy exists (to breed babies from dysfunctional women, spread drugs, pornography, and snuff films in an effort to dominate the globe) is finally being perceived to be a laughable fantasy. How long will it be until the McMartin trial joins the Salem debacle as a symbol of the American "justice" system gone wrong?

Yet during the entire hoohah, real Satanists have been untouched by this "witch hunt." Instead, children of Christian parents have come under the influence ot their pastors and therapists and have accused family members and friends of being Satanists, often ruining their lives. And who can ignore the continuing media-touted scandal of child molestation perpetrated by Christian clergymen? This is all so well deserved. Behold the utter desperation of Christianity in its last gasp to find an enemy which can frighten the gullible into their churches. This enemy is but a projection of their own misdeeds which stem from the heart of their anti-life creed. Let them feed on themselves, as followers of the flaccid Nazarene should.

Church of Satan spokespersons have been going on talk-shows for years, debunking this hysteria, yet now that "official" sources are coming to their senses does anyone look to us and say, "Gee, you were right all along?" Of course not.

We were invited on these shows not as sources of truth, but as freaks, "real live Satanists" at whom the proles could gawk. However, we did not shrink from articulating the unvarnished truth of our beliefs which many label as brutal, fascist, animalistic. If people want to fear us, then let them fear us for the '''correct''' reasons. We made this effort so that there would be an accurate presentation of our beliefs, especially should the time come when we could face legal difficulties because of our affiliations.

The real danger lies in the remaining influence of this mythology on law enforcement agencies. Tax dollars are still being wasted on seminars run by self-proclaimed experts (often retired, moonlighting, or would-be law officers of a decidedly Christian slant) who spread completely bogus information. The gullible local cops, wowed by jargon-laden presentations, swallow this stuff whole as it comes from apparent "experts" and thus they help spread a panic by seeing signs of the Devil's work in minor and typical crimes. Just recently I was called in to examine evidence that Satanic cult activity was the basis for vandalism of a house up for sale that had remained vacant for about a year. Prior to examining the site, I was told that certain Satanic graffiti and an inverted cross had been found, proof positive that this had been done by a local cult. Yeah, right.

When I got to the house, an old structure that is fairly isolated, I examined every room and the entire grounds. What I found was an old mattress in the living room, with a collapsed card table next to it as well as two candles (one green, one pink). A small cross pendant was hung on the edge of the table, which seemed to have been removed by the wearer before going to sleep on the aforementioned mattress (the cross had sharp edges, but was not inverted). The only graffiti were various slogans such as "Nicole loves Mark" (if there is hidden Satanic significance, it escapes me). And in an upstairs room, once belonging to a child as evidenced by the garish sports-figure wall paper, there was a copy of the ''Necronomicon'' and a Ouija board. We all know how essential how essential this paraphernalia is to authentic Satanic ritual - NOT! Outdoors, the squatters had taken the lawn mower from the garage and hot a path through the overgrown grass to a section of the yard surrounded by pine trees. Here they mowed out a roughly circular patch, about eight feet in diameter, in which to sun-bathe. There were no signs of ritualistic activity in this circle. So, here was, at most, teenage dabbler stuff, but hardly evidence of a cult. This sort of incident has been repeated across the nation and has been inflated by the overactive imaginations of the gullible (ofien those with Christian beliefs) into evidence for a broad-based conspiracy. I don't particularly care about the paranoid fantasies of the dysfunctional, but when members of the police are convinced that there are Satanists lurking under the beds of innocent Americans, that is when we must insistently stand up and tell them the truth about our beliefs. And so we have been doing.

I have been active in recent months as a consultant/expert witness regarding the practice of Satanism in cases concerning the religious rights of prisoners (individuals who have become members of the Church of Satan after their incarceration). Numerous prisons are very "liberal" where religious observences (''sic'') are concerned and some even have multi-million dollar complexes to serve the needs of their inmate population, yet when it comes to allowing Satanists to ritualize, or even have their literature, there has been resistance from some institutional authorities. We have been making headway in this area by demonstrating our credentials as a legally-recognized religious organization whose existence must be tolerated along with the other minority religions permitted. We do not seek special treatment for these incarcerated Satanists, simply that they be given equal treatment concerning religious practices.

Also, we assist only those inmates whose professed Satanism is consistent with our philosophy, which has been clearly delineated in our publicly available literature and other media presentations.

It has never been the goal of the Church of Satan to take its place among the other world religions, with dutiful followers and neatly labeled congregations. No, Satanism will permeate the societies of the globe as a secular lifestyle.

Indeed, Satanism '''has''' penetrated the culture in many ways, and obvious imagery has particularly conquered the heavy metal world. Yet our religion is often not taken seriously. This can be used as a strength, for Satanists continue to influence larger cultural movement without being recognized as such, except by the astute - and some of our Christian enemies ''do'' know what we really stand for.

We do '''not''' intend to turn the vast insensate masses into Satanists. Nor do we wish to eliminate those whom we consider to be less than elite (though we'd definitely like to see their numbers reduced from the overwhelming majority they now hold). How then could we predators exercise our prerogative? The masses will do as always and follow their inertia. However, in the growing Satanic Age, we shall find desired situations and objects a bit more easily obtainable, and we shall have direct recourse to justice. In the interim, we will not be treated with any less respect than other religions.

While the Christians have been tilting at straw men, we have continued to extend our influence through society. We have defended real Satanism, and have spread our literature so that our fellows will know by what name they are to be known, Meanwhile, the altruist/egalitarians have continued to force situations into extremes so that even the dullard couch potatoes have come to see the error of this doctrine - ''reductio ad absurdum'' works again!

As always, we remain aloof from the hubub with our cherished objects and individuals, and when the time comes we '''push''' and direct the currents as they should naturally go. Our victory is assured as we are in harmony with Nature-avatars of the Universe's Order. We demand that ''Lex Talionis'' be the rallying cry for a return to justice, and that - as long as this present system lasts - those who are hired to administer justice, and thus act as agents of the state, will leave their religious prejudices at home. Not for nothing did our Satanic founding fathers create a Constitution which demands a separation of church and state.

So enjoy the ringside Colosseum seats and the spectacle of Christians being thrown to Christians, but keep an eye on those gullible constables. As our influence continues, we will see '''real order''' based on Natural law, not the criminal-favoring morass enshrined in today's "justice" system. And don't be surprised if some of those men and women in blue, who aren't the least bit gullible, put on Baphomets when their badges come off.

==Elbow Patch Commandos==
By Blanche Barton

RAN ACROSS A NEW BOOK on the Sociology shelves yesterday - ''Satanic Panic: The Creation of a Contemporary Legend'', by Jeffrey S. Victor. At first glance, it's a much-needed objective debunking of the Satanic hysteria, analyzing it not from a Christian perspective, but from the standpoint of an academically-accredited scholar well-versed in the phenomena of rumor-panics. Upon closer examination, though the book is 310 pages long (minus appendices, notes and references), it is a relatively superficial analysis and adds little to the debunking books already out, such as ''In Pursuit of Satan'', ''Satanism in America'', and ''The Satanism Scare''. Bulk is impressive to those of small minds, however, so I suppose the more anti-hysteria books on the shelves, the better. But there is a fault that is emerging with the "academic" anti-hysteric stance that we, as Satanists, should be aware of and prepared to combat. This article doesn't concern everyone who is in academia; I will use the term "academic" in the perjorative (''sic'') to define only those professors, writers and researchers who are too wrapped-up in their ivory tower cocoons to see what's happening around them.

It seems, in their recent passion for disproving the Christian myth of an international Satanic conspiracy, academics are overlooking the modern Satanic movement altogether. Instead of defining Satanism, and showing where the presuppositions by which we are damned by society are '''false''' (i.e. sacrificing animals and babies, drinking blood, holding weekly Black Masses and orgies), certain academics find it easier to say "there are no Satanists," period. Or, at best, that any "Satanic movement" is limited and inconsequential (therefore, not a threat to society).

In Victor's book, for example, there are only two references to "Anton LeVey" in the index, one of which reads:
"In the 1970s, small groups calling themselves followers of Satanic religion developed. However, they really didn't receive much public attention. Even Anton LeVey (''sic''), who is now touted as the Godfather of Satanism in popular accounts of the subject, was a relative unknown." What rock was this guy under? Didn't he bother to End out when the Church of Satan started? Or call up any media coverage of the occult scene from that time? Anton LaVey was getting '''worldwide''' coverage from 1966 on, hardly a "relative unknown." I don't make this point simply to defend Anton LaVey, but to point out that such glaring errors call an academician's research, objectivity and ego needs into question.

There is an underlying presupposition that pervades works like Victor's that indicates that he is buying into the very myths he is trying to debunk! That is a presupposition that Satanists are baby-sacrificing, blood-drinking muderers (''sic''). But there has been no evidence presented that such miscreants exist so Satanists don't exist. It's easier to write Anton LaVey and modern Satanism out of history than to get into the polemics of exactly what Satanism is and, more importantly, what it is not.

Any Satanist should be deeply offended by this kind of shoddy dismissal of the real issues. It's like saying. "No, these people aren't really Jews who suck the blood out of babies, don't worry." The poor parents accused of abusing their children in Satanic rituals aren't really dirty Satanists. We all know how awful they are. Taking it a step further: "These people aren't really dirty, filthy, buggering queers. It you publically (''sic'') accuse them of such heinous acts, it could mark them for life - ruin their lives and reputations." The presuppositions remain. Especially in today's heavy PC climate, Victor wouldn't dare make those kind of assumptions about gays, or Jews. He never once bothers to define the tenets of modern Satanists, explaining that there is nothing in our philosophy about child sacrificing or animal slaying. He never asks, "'''What would be wrong if they ''were'' Satanists? What's wrong with being a Satanist?'''" He simply dismisses us.

It irks me that academics remained silent for so long. allowing the hysteria to build to such a fever pitch before they stepped in. Perhaps that's why they prefer to overlook us.

Where were they ten years ago? We were yelling our heads off and left to dangle in the wind. Talk shows often didn't want us because we were the real thing and would blow holes in their breeder stories and generational Satanists. After all, what would Satanists know about Satanism? We'd only lie anyway, right? I'm sure you found yourself muttering, as I did, "Where are they? Where are the sociologists, the Freudian psychiatrists, where are the cultural anthropologists? Have we forgotten everything we've learned about mass psychology and the madness of crowds? Why aren't they offended by this madness? Why aren't they speaking out? When we contacted them to back us up, they, safely insulated from the real world, would act as if the phenomenon wasn't happening and that it wasn't worthy of their attention. They didn't want to put themselves on the line. Their precious objectivity might be compromised; their colleagues might jeer. Now, after we've blown a hole in the wall, the academics come along on their white horses to clear up all this horrible mess, without even a nod to Satanists! Victor, for example, never bothered to contact the Church of Satan while writing his book - ostensibly on a topic we might have some experience with. Academicians are safe; they aren't Satanists and they have letters after their names.

Evangelists, at least, go out of their way to explain our vile philosophy, often reprinting the Nine Satanic Statements in their books of rants. The academicians seem to want to pretend we don't even exist. So who is more threatened by our existence? And why? Christians need us. Now, academia needs us too, for our very emergence and growing influence has brought with it '''Reason'''. Yet, academia surely must have a monopoly on "reason." Hence, '''the very grouping that has provided food for study must be purged by the established purveyors of enlightenment'''. No wonder they're pissed off - they're supposed to be the smart ones, not us. Is it so threatening to find that there are other people out there who might know more about the subject than they do? Or are they just too steeped in Judeo-Christian myths ''themselves'', regardless of their sanctimonious posture as defenders of rationality, to understand what true Satanism is? Perhaps we should, as Anton LaVey suggested recently, contemporize the Ninth Satanic Statement to: *Satan is the best friend academia ever had.." There is plenty of ''prurient'' interest evoked by Satanism in the academic community, just as there is in law enforcement circles. It's a lot more fun to spend department money to attend a seminar on "Satanic crimes" than another boring seminar on the finer points of suspects rights or footprint casting. Satanism provides juicy grant opportunities, like studying the sociological and psychological profiles of whores. We've all seen the books by Jeffrey Bunton Russell who managed to write an entire series of at least four doorstop-sized tomes on the subject of historical" Satanism with barely a mention of the Church of Satan.

By neglecting the phenomenen (''sic'') of modern Satanism as defined and refined by Anton LaVey, sociologists and contemporary culture scholars are missing out on some very rich soil to till. They examine Satanic hysteria but neglect to adequately answer the underlying question: '''What prompted''' it? They study the symptom but overlook the first cause itself. The "Satanic panic" is a direct result of the rise in contemporary Satanism and the trappings of Satanism in modern society. Death or black metal music, horror movies and books, fashions, Satanic attitudes, New Age dabblings are all part of a burgeoning Satanic aesthetic. If sociologists or social psychologists want to study Satanism, why don't they ask themselves what the social conditions were and are that instigated the rise in Satanism in the first place - the "death" of God, the slipping away of "moral" underpinnings, the sexual revolution, the technological revolution, the disintegration of the nuclear family, a hunger for metaphors of strength and mastery in a world that is increasingly violent and oppressive... Now that would be a book! There are plenty of avenues of research to bleed grant money with if academics want to study Satanism, but they'll be forced to confront more than nude altars and drug-induced orgies.

As it is, academics who refuse to acknowledge a modern Satanic movement are taking one step forward but two steps back. The two main problems with this stance are:

1) '''In trying to maintain their objective posture, they are compromising the validity of their research.''' As with any witch-hunt phenomenon, academics are afraid that, by explaining what contemporary Satanism is, they themselves would then be labelled Satanists, and their objectivity might be compromised. It is a simpler argument for them to pretend that real Satanism doesn't exist and is therefore no threat, than to get into the polemics of exactly what it is and, more importantly, what it is not. That muddies people's brains too much. Things get complicated. But by '''not''' acknowledging and defining the modern Satanic movement, their research appears superficial and incomplete. Therefore their conclusions '''are''' compromised.

2) It '''perpetuates the problem'''. Showing the Christian agenda behind most of these accusations and exposing the accusers for the liars that they are is half the battle, but it doesn't work toward communicating what Satanism really is. And it doesn't work toward protecting ''our'' religious freedom. Nothing is solved if a distinction isn't forced that there '''are''' a significant number of practicing Satanists, but that we aren't involved in illegal activities and, on the contrary, have a rational and life-loving philosophy. By underplaying our influence, our very existence(!), these "objective researchers" insidiously perpetuate the underlying myths. Then when people are found reading ''The Satanic Bible'', or practicing rituals in the woods or in their own homes, the rumors, panic, and accusations continue. It still leaves a wide-open door for deliberate misunderstanding and righteous persecution. Real Satanists might still be in danger of losing jobs, spouses and perhaps their own children, because of wild, unfounded accusations. But Satanists will triumph. And simply saying we don't exist and therefore there is no Satanic "threat" evades that fact.

We can thank the elbow-patch commandos for their "brave and dauntless" stance, but Satanists, more than ever, need to come forward to kick them in the shins.

==Satanic Witches Ad==
Witches! Have you been touched by Satan?...

..Or perhaps another supematural or alien being? If so, Tid like to hear from you. I'm researching a new book on ''true'' womanly power, contemporary sexual mythology, and connections with Satanism and Evil. I'd like to get some frank answers from women who haven't had a chance to voice certain dark thoughts. Anonymity is assured - names will not be required, but honesty is essential. To receive a questionnaire, please send a self-addressed, stamped envelope to:

Blanche Barton
Post Office Box 210082
San Francisco, CA 94121

==Interview with Anton Szandor Lavey==
By Peter H. Gilmore & Peggy Nadramia

IN LATE SUMMER, SOUTHERN ARIZONA is often buffeted by wild and ferocious electrical storms. Such a display of nature's savagery had just occurred as we began this interview; our little circle was gathered on the covered patio to watch the incredible flashes of lightning and hy to listen to thunder crashing in the nearby mountains. A brisk breeze drove the few remaining storm clouds across a fragment of moon, and brought the scent of creosote bushes and ozone. We sat comfortably on cushioned chairs of old Mexican wrought-iron, the flagstones lit by a single hurricane lamp. The huge black Belgian Shepherd at the High Priest's feet pricked his ears at the far-off yips of foraging coyotes, but was otherwise motionless.

==='''On Satanism: The Movement, and the role of the Church of Satan -'''===
Anton Szandor LaVey: Among dedicated Satanists, there will be a direction toward living Satanism and promoting a Satanic lifestyle rather than simply doing rituals and exploring Satanic "theology." No, Satanism won't cease as a religion to become a political movement; rather, it will be activated more as a secular lifestyle than as a religious or theological set of principles.

Man needs ritual, so religious Satanism is an "opener of the way," to foster the eventual ''lifestyle'' of Satanism. We're hoping to develop practitioners versus parishioners. The Church of Satan's role, increasingly, will be to turn the latter into the former.

The present evolutionary stage, the one we're seeing right now, is for Satanism to enter the mainstream, to evolve from a religious to a secular lifestyle. Christianity has done the reverse; it developed from Man's precepts about following an "ethical lifestyle," into an organization, an edifice known as "The Church." It's entrenched. Man looks to the Church for rules, regulations, divine inspiration, redemption.

Blanche Barton: We make people ''self''-dedicated, ''self''-sufficient - the reverse of Christianity.

ASL: The secular powers-that-be know what we're doing, realize that this is the only way human animals can be weaned away from an outmoded belief system. The 1980's witnessed, for real Satanism, only a cosmetic persecution, nothing like the real persecution of the witch hunts.

On the surface, Satanism is economically disastrous. Our people keep things, honor them, cherish them - the expendability of certain goods will lessen a great deal.

But then, humans have been inculcated to be dissatisfied. We can't change them overnight; the workability of this concept will be less than ideal. When Satanism is completely mainstream, planned obsolescence will continue tor a time-business as usual. But there's a trade-off: there's money to be made by applying Satanism to merchandising. The streets are paved with gold.

Humans will buy products that appeal to individualism and reinforce stratification. Satanism won't knock the economy off for the multitudes. For every outmoded economic dinosaur, there will be a new Satanic opportunity. For instance, home architecture - since "anything goes," opportunities will abound for those who can create modular castles, total environments, anything fun, indulgent, childlike. For a popular culture already steeped in the Gothic, the past, the dark - "Dracular vernacular." Music - a return to something that's fading out, a new classicism and lyricism. Movies - where the "villains" are shown to be the "good guys." Stories, novels, a whole new literary realm based on Satanic justice. ''The Most Dangerous Game'' codified. ''Death Wish'' amplified.

All it takes is for the Satanic aesthetic to get out there, not just in anti-hero figures, but in ever-increasing areas like clothing, cars - all kinds of product design. We're living in the Satanic Age now, but there's so much static - the static created by the last rustlings of Judeo Christian ethics and procedures, inherent in the restrictions of our bureaucratic legal system. "When there are too many lawyers, there can be no justice."

==='''On the role of the Active Members of the Church of Satan -'''===
ASL: They represent a conscious alternative to herd mentality; they should be viable role models for the rest of society. There is a growth potential for each member and by this, I don't mean that they should all wear black or buy more candles. 1 want most to encourage an individuality within a uniform mode that will benefit the whole. If you live by the Nine Satanic Statements, then you're a living embodiment of Satanism - a true role model. Even though we don't proselytize, true Active Advocates, true Satanists, are proselytizing by what they '''are'''.

They should also recognize opponents of the Church of Satan for what ''they'' are; they should recognize their intent to damage or destroy what we're fighting so hard to develop And vanquish them. Deal with them as they deserve.

==='''On the role of Magic: Group vs. Personal -''' ===
ASL: Satanic magic differentiates between rites, ceremonies, and rituals or rallies. To rally together as Satanists can be productive - gathering to share and celebrate a common philosophy can reinforce that philosophy.

A ritual, conversely, should involve only one or two people; the presence of others only dilutes the potency and effectiveness. If one wishes to practice Satanic magic and feels he needs a group, it should be noted that the mere presence of others not personally involved in the situation can lessen the potency. In a large group ritual, the generation of energy is confined to the identity needs of the individuals involved, rather than the goal or Is-To-Be the ritual is intended to produce. Better two than twenty - the latter serves certain social and identity needs and can bolster the participants, but does noching to amplify the outcome. A real Greater Magic ritual is about the outcome.

==='''Addressing claimants to the "Satanic Mandate" -'''===
ASL: Mandate? Mandate? I never used the word. I thought a mandate was some kind of monkey - a cross between a mandrill and a primate. Or maybe something a spinster looked under the bed for or a gay guy went out cruising for. If you mean a bestowal of authority from a higher, supernatural source, I have no use for such horseshit. A "Satanic Mandate" is a non-sequitur, an oxymoron. I didn't know or care about any Infernal bestowal. 1 presented reasons for a Church of Satan - I wasn't inspired by any external source; I wasn't given "dispensation," or any "honorific." I would never be so presumptuous.

Recognize these claimants for what they are: self-deluded, pretentious goofs who must announce, must proclaim their exalted, self-gratifying status to all.

They lack any true identity; the only way they can have one is by stealing it from us. The Church of Satan's identity is established; they have to pretend it was bestowed by "supernatural" forces. My right I have made for myself. You know how I feel about hypocrisy and Goodguy Badges. Only when needed for one's survival. I don't '''got''' to show you no stinking badges.

But getting back to mandates, you really put a nickel in me on that one. For eighteen years, for example, one obsessive shit-disturber has been trying to undermine and extinguish myself and the Church of Satan - to pretend it's kaput, gone, disappeared. In the guise of receiving a "Satanic Mandate," this nut case endowed a "Temple" based on the supposed revealed word of the Prince of Darkness himself. Those who were suckered into what was really his Christianized warmed-over Madame Blavatsky Egyptoid kind of Rosicrucianism, were fed a self-help, personal success premise - not promise - called "Xeper," which as I understand it means "to become."

While ostensibly "Xepering" and "becoming," the main activities of this outfit consisted of Sons of the Desert type conventions where the supposedly defunct Church of Satan was the bottomless wellspring for gossip. Between conventions, an ongoing barrage prevailed of surly denigration of, yet parasitic dependency on, the Church of Satan and its founder: me - far more contrived than evangelical identity Christians or Wicca types.

Beyond a catalytic burst of notoriety involving alleged child molestation, this mandated "Temple" and its progenitor did absolutely nothing to produce evidence of any remotely Satanic plan, purpose, direction or implementation during its entire existence. At best, just being around provided the media with a readily exploitive alternative to the Church of Satan. In other words, "the ''other'' bunch of Satanists."

My unsolicited advice to this mandated Temple and its supernal potentate is to take your mandate, go out among the world of mere mortals, cease your parasitic dependency upon me and my finest and, if you can, ''do something''. Or at least, as they say, "get a life." You got your goddamned mandate, so Xeper-De-Doo-Dah and either get the show on the road, or fold up your tents and silently steal away - 'cause you can't do business with a surly Temple.

==='''On "Authentic" Satanists -'''===
ASL: We must resist any attempts by individuals, groups or agencies - Christian, "Satanic" or otherwise, to differentiate Satanism and Satanists into denominations. Check the copyright dates; there are no ecumenical Satanists!

I'm all for individuality within the scope of Satanism. If anyone wants to start his or her own thing, fine. If it's basically a spin-off of real Satanism, it's still Satanism. If not, it's either Christian "new age" mysticism or Christian blasphemy.

==='''On fascism -'''===
It seems apparent that Nazism and fascism sell. It's too horrible to contemplate (smacks lips). 1 could write a book - and maybe will - on the repulsive attraction of tyranny. It would speak of aesthetic imperatives and Jewish doctors and lawyers who drive Mercedes and BMWs and latter-day hippies in VW Beetles and WASP Yuppies whose non-lives are perpetuated by every manner of techno-goody cunningly fashioned by sneaky Jap sub-humans. Of all things fascistic, even greater than the forgetfulness of past orthodoxies, the aesthetic of dominance is making its mark. There'll be a lot more to come.

I won't even get into the clichéd defense of National Socialism: "There were some important things which should be studied - we shouldn't condemn the whole thing without extracting the worthwhile." So what else is new? I think young people are doing a pretty good job of extracting the pay dirt from fascism. Unlike the hypocritical Yuppies, they're plugging into what feels and looks and sounds good about it. No guilts, because they weren't around at the time of World War Two. Their parents, most of whom weren't around either, are the Boomer inheritors of post-war jitters and misgivings who had to yell "peace" and "love" until they were hoarse.

If a neo-fascist look - and outlook - makes for men who look like men and women who look like women, I'm all for it.

==='''What is the greatest fear people need have of Satanism?'''===

ASL: That they might have to think for themselves.

“When guns are outlawed, only outlaws will have guns” ...has its parallels. When heterosexual procreative sex is discouraged, only the unfit will produce children.

If you were an exponent of, and participant in, herd behavior and mentality, would you tolerate, much less encourage, the birthright of little enemies of the State?

If beauty is in the eye of the beholder, what the world needs is a new class of beholders. A class with clear vision and undrugged minds who can reaffirm an aesthetic almost lost from sight. An aesthetic standard of sights and sounds proven by the predictable honesty of their forms - forms which will regain the dignity and invigoration of Western Civilization at its zenith. For this, we must resurrect the past at its most stimulating, that it might be presented to a bold young race.

This bold new race will be the vanquishers of muddied mediocrity and economically-induced ugliness - the kind of contrived ugliness masquerading as beauty that only the tasteless, inept and insecure could foist upon an overburdened world.

-Anton Szandor LaVey

==The Nose ad==
Don't miss Issue number 18 of The Nose, that wonderfully iconoclastic magazine, as it features a fashion layout with Dr.
LaVey - "Full Devil Jacket." This includes spiffy photos of Dr. LaVey and the denizens of the Den of Iniquity, as well as two curvaceous blondes - one of whom is Blanche Barton! Images are accompanied by quotations from The Devil's Notebook.

To order, send $5.00 to: '''The Nose Magazine''', P.O. Box 31353, San Francisco, CA 94131.

FOR SALE: 1 paperback copy of ''The Devil's Avenger'' by Burton H. Wolfe. Book will go to the one producing the best offer. CONTACT: Steve Schultz, P.O. Box 11704, Portland OR 97211-0704, U.S.A.

==Answer Me ad==
ANTON LAVEY
Answer Me/Honolulu Baby 7" 45 RPM single

Church of Satan founder Anton LaVey lends his evocative keyboard style and vocal presence to a pair of neglected unes. Beautifully packaged, pressed in blue vinyl, anc trictly limited to 1000 numbered copies.

55.00 + $1.00 shipping.
Make checks payable to Gregg Turkington

send orders to:
AMARILLO RECORDS
P.O. BOX 24433
SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94124 USA

==Pretenders to the Throne: Regarding the Temple of Set==
By Peter H. Gilmore

THROUGHOUT THE TWENTY-EIGHT YEARS of the existence of the Church of Satan, the organization has continued to expand while its character has undergone a number of carefully-planned developmental phases. In the process, we have at times found it necessary to eject individuals who have acted in ways that were not in keeping with our high standards for social behavior. We have also had a small number of individuals freely depart from us, finding our means too challenging to their false images of personal superiority. Neither types are ever missed, as the true elite of talented, highly-motivated, productive, creative, and above all, independent individuals still find their way to us.

There have been those who would attempt to imitate us, but they usually discover that our shoes are far too big to fill. Short-lived spinoffs have included The Church of Satanic Brotherhood, Ordo Templi Satanas, Order of the Black Ram, Church of Lucifer, Thee Orthodox Satanic Church and so on.

None of these has prospered or even affected the course of Satanism, as they have quickly collapsed due to tbe lack of energy or direction. One group formed by ex-members of the Church of Satan which has continued to exist, albeit as a small and fairly clandestine "vanity" organization riding on the fund provided by is "high priest," is the Temple of Set. This bunch is significant only in that they continue to try to ride upon the coattails of the Church of Satan, and indeed even publicly claim to be the "successor to" and "custodian off the Church of Satan. You might have come across some advertisements or writing influenced by these Setians. Don't be fooled; they are not in any way associated with the Church of Satan and their tales of schism are convenient diversions. Let us examine from whence this group appeared and clear away their false claims.

In 1974 C.E. the Church of Satan instituted its fourth phase of development. The thrust of this phase was to re-orient the members at all levels to proceed on a far more independent course. Previously we had issued charters for formal "Grottos" which were small congregations comprised of Satanists in specific geographical regions. It had been discovered that these formal Grottos led certain members to confine their efforts at personal advancement to the realm of the Grotto alone, rather than towards the success in the outside world which is of paramount importance to Satanism. Certain members were far more interested in trying to gain elevated rank yet were merely competing in the Grotto's social arena.

They neglected to develop their talents and forge ahead. Many other members were strong-willed individualists who did not mix well with other Satanists. Rather than functioning as bases for the development of Satanic strategies, these groups often became shields against true advancement, filled with huddlers who were solely interested in internecine strife. Not everyone involved fit this picture, but there were enough to make it obsolete as a system of growth.

The new phase stressed independent functioning, keeping individuals separated to pursue their own goals. If Satanists used their initiative to find their fellows, and they wished to informally create groups for socialization and ritual, that was most acceptable. But the momentum for the existence of these informal groups had to come from the social compatability (''sic'') of the constituent members, not geographical proximity.

This phase of isolation, which laid the groundwork for a much broader base for Satanism as a movement (seen today especially in the commercial acceptance of Satanic imagery in the popular Heavy Metal music business, was upsetting to the pen-pal and "coffee klatsch conclave" members, whom it was basically designed to ease out of the way. Michael A. Aquino, at that time the editor of ''The Cloven Hoof'', had attained the IV° and was injecting a strongly supernaturalist bent to the ''Hoof'''s articles. Mr. Aquino had a history of creating documents which he claimed to have transcribed from superhuman entities. These include the ''Diabolicon'' (1970 C.E.), a series of statements from Satan, Beelzebub, Azazel, Abaddon, As modeus, Astaroth, Belial, and Leviathan, as well as the ''Ninth Solstice Message'' (1974 C.E.) which declared Anton LaVey a "daimon."

Dr. LaVey who, then as now, had a firm grasp on the Church's tiller, began to implement the phase which had slowly been evolving over the previous two years. He had even outlined the basic concepts for this formal phase during the summer of 1972 C.E. in a letter to Aquino, stating that the "social Satanists" and their "limelight loving" priests contribute nothing to Satanism as a movement, and that they would fall by the wayside when they didn't receive the attention they sought by starting their own "churches." LaVey wrote that he had far more respect for his "underground clergy" who were very productive in the real world. Aquino did not accept this, especially Dr. LaVey's awarding of priesthoods to non-esoteric, non-public achievers and thus he would no longer be privy to even the small amount of information regarding underground activities that had previously been given to him.

LaVey was determined that the status of Church members should reflect their standing in the world outside of the organization. Degrees are not reflective of simple book learning and esoteric knowledge, but the actual application of Satanic principles towards personal advancement. To this end, the Church would honor values given to it in kind with degree recognition as would be deemed appropriate by Dr. LaVey.

The achievement of degrees via written tests was not to be abandoned at this time, but this additional means of advancement was now open to the "above groundo" (''sic'') members. This was formalized by the new phase in 1974 C.E. and outlined to Aquino in May; during one of his rare personal meetings with Dr. LaVey.

Aquino did not protest this policy at the meeting and later claimed this alternate route to advancement as a public reason to announce a break with the Church of Satan, accusing Dr. LaVey of "selling" degrees. He wrote letters to his handful of pen-pal cronies, fellow mystics who had also mourned the new phase, and they too resigned to go off with Aquino and form their own group. Aquino had wanted to start a "Second Church of Satan" but was thwarted by copyright laws. Instead, recalling his readings of Egyptian history and mythology, he claimed to have invoked Satan (in whom he literally believed as an entity) and to have been answered instead by Set, the "actual" Prince of Darkness who, through a series of realizations in Aquino's mind, caused him to record as Set's answer a document which he titled the ''Book of Coming Forth by Night''. This "supernatural revelation" supposedly gives him the right to supercede the Church of Satan. Doesn't that sound familiar?

Aquino would like you to believe that the "entire priest-hood" of the Church of Satan followed him in departing. This is untrue, especially as there were many underground members, including priests and higher, of whom he had no knowledge. The Church of Satan was at that time, and still continues to be, a large and highly stratified organization with many discreet individuals placed in positions of power. As Orwell had envisioned in his classic ''1984'', it is not an organization in the usual sense as it is held together by an idea whose time has come, which is indestructible. The departure of less than thirty members can hardly be called a schism. This was instead a welcome housecleaning of an element that had become less than desirable to the future development of the Church of Satan. And thus the fourth phase functioned as planned and Aquino became one of those who, as predicted in 1972 C.E., fell by the wayside.

The ex-Satanists who formed the Temple of Set follow a path quite different from that of the Church of Satan, which has never veered from its dedication to rational self-interest, indulgence, and a glorification of the carnal and material. The belief in Set as an actual entity with whom followers may commune is in marked contrast to our disbelief in '''any''' external diety (''sic'') figures. They have a consuming preoccupation with rank and status within their organization, thus titles and medallions of degree level are eagerly sought by members to affirm their position in the pecking order of the temple's internal world (particularly evident at their "conclaves"). This is not surprising considering Aquino's background - a boyhood steeped in military academies and in pursuit of Boy Scout merit badges. The Church of Satan retains its right to grant degrees, but these are still based on an individual's achievements in the outside world and his level of freedom from herd conformity and independence from forced interaction with the masses. Striving for fancy titles and rankings is not a part of Satanism. The literature of the Church of Satan is published and distributed worldwide to any interested in-dividuals. The Temple of Set prints "private" literature available only to members, and some of it is limited to those of the correct rank. To further learn about these ex-Satanists, you might choose to contact them for information, but be forewarned that real Satanism is not hiding underneath their academic exterior. A worthwhile and informative study by an anthropologist who joined the Temple of Set is ''The Magicians'', by Gini Graham Scott, Ph.D. (New World Books, 308 Spruce St., San Francisco, CA 94118). This will give you insights into their beliefs, practices, and social interactions.

We have dealt here at length with the Temple of Set to lay to rest their propaganda. They are not associated with the Church of Satan in any manner: We do not see them as being in any way significant to the future of Satanism. Dr. LaVey still proudly stands at the helm of the Church of Satan, the flagship of the movement he launched in 1966 C.E., and shall continue to oversee the forces he has put into motion. The Church of Satan is the foundry, forging the iron Will that shall continue to move the minds and hearts of humanity's elite who are even now reaching out to claim the future as their domain. They shall be the inheritors of our legacy as well as the writers of our history for the next twenty-five years, and far beyond.

[Editor's note: This article, in a slightly different form, appeared in ''Dark Lily #13'' as a response to the misinformation being spread by TOS in England at that time. This reprint was occasioned by questions received by our various contacts regarding TOS and its curious, and dubious, claims.]

==Church of Satan ad==
CHURCH OF SATAN
FOR INFORMATION:
SEND A SELF-ADDRESSED
STAMPED ENVELOPE OR FOUR IRC'S TO:
CHURCH OF SATAN
P.O. BOX 210082
SAN FRANCISCO, CA 94121 USA

==My Dark Satanic Love==
By Peggy Nadramia

==My Dark Satanic Love==
By Peggy Nadramia

I SEE A RED DOOR, and I want to paint it black. I'm one of the things that goes "bump!" in the night. I'm a born Satanist. I'm a happy little blob of custard and you can't nail me to any wall; in fact, I'd pull those nails out and aim them at ''you''. Tell me how negative I am; tell me how I'm filled with hate. You're not just stupid - you're wrong.

Dracula loved his brides. Dr. Frankenstein loved his monster. My Satanic love burns fiercely; it's perfect and uncompromising.
Firstly, necessarily, Hove myself. I'm my own God, after all, and I put no Gods before Me. I'm uppermost in my mind; I always bring me flowers. Sometimes I realize I could have done something better; sometimes I make mistakes. It's wonderful how I learn from these things; it's exciting to have an opportunity to be an even better Me. Even when I deny myself something, withhold gratification, it's always in order to enjoy something even more fulfilling and worthwhile down the road. This is why I can hate so purely, so irrevocably, anything that wastes my precious time, energy and attention.

Along with Me, I love He Who Is Not Me, my husband.

He is, for one thing, the consciousness in which I can see a wonderful reflection of my own God, myself. His love for me qualifies him with the very best of taste and discernment, after all; he obviously knows what's good for ''him''. My cells respond to his pheromones, and being around him gives me a heightened feeling of happiness, contentment and well-being.

The shape of his face is the dearest sight in the world to me.

He is my mentor, my master, my very best friend; I have placed with him my perfect trust, and he accepts it as only a real man can. His hopes, dreams, goals are mine; his disappointments are mine, too, and thusly I hate whatever distresses him or gets in his way. This hate, too, is black and pure, like gunpowder; it can burn as brightly and as feverishly as my love.
Next, I love my tribe, my folk, those who are like as me.

They can be friends or family, but in my heart they are simply my tribe, and the Black Flame burns within all of them. They light my days and bring me joy through their achievements and antics; they make the world a more interesting place, and only a Satanist knows what a gift that is. Sometimes they are close enough to share food or warmth or simply company; sometimes they are far away, voices on phone lines, words on a page. But they're always in here, part of me, my folk. I cannot feel indifferent toward those who would distress my tribe. He who attacks them attacks Me; he who places obstacles in their way earns my ire, my enmity, my hate.

As a natural-born Satanist, I'm joyfully free of the Judeo-Christian-Islamic bias against non-human animals, and so have never questioned that what I feel and have felt for my pets is pure and simple love. I love them more than I love many people; I value their lives more highly. The Black Flame of Satan burns dark and soft in animals, at its purest and deepest. I bristle and chafe at the laws that give destructive, unwanted, horrid little children more rights than my dog has. She is my property, and I can only protect her as such. A product of a thousand generations of breeding for domestication, for compatibility with humans, she is nevertheless only a hair's-breadth away from wild. As highly as I treasure her life, so deeply does my hate run for those who would be cruel to her.

I bare my fangs at them.

I love everything that belongs to me, all my stuff. I love my books, my music, my pretty china, my coffee machine, my raincoat, my old, soft green blouse. I hate anybody who would steal, destroy or disorder my precious stuff; why wouldn't I? What value could such a creep have that would exceed that of my heavy stoneware mug, my perfect leather bag?

Contingent on all of this, I love the world. It's so beautiful, so perfect a setting for my God, Me. I love mountains, the sea, acres of trees without a single house, rows of houses all antique and charming, museums, fog, delicious nourishment, quiet afternoons, star-filled nights. If only there weren't all these anti-life bastards who want to fuck it all up, who hate themselves so much they have to destroy the source of their own sustenance. I hate them. Only in the depths of the Black Flame in my heart is it known how much I hate them and what they've done to the world, these library-burners, these child-molesters, these people who, as Charlie said, kill things that are better than they are. When they ask why we hate Christians, can they ever really understand the answer unless they love as we do, love with the dark, Satanic love of life and self?

==Carnivora art==
CARNIVORA #1, BY TIMOTHY PATRICK BUTLER

==Coping With Involuntary Human Contact, Part 1: Grocery Shopping==
By Timothy Patrick Butler

TRY AS ONE MIGHT, there is almost no means by which one can avoid shopping for groceries. Eating is not only pleasurable, it's necessary, and I doubt that most of us have the financial resources to eat at our favorite restaurants every night. Grocery shopping is, therefore, imminent doom on a weekly basis.

All of the Nine Satanic Sins are in painful evidence at the supermarket, no matter where or when you might deign to shop. I always seem to arrive just after a busload of Senior Citizens or retards has come to stock their larders, or I end up going the same day that welfare checks and food stamps have been siphoned from mailboxes, or I arrive when there are no operable carts, when the aisles are crowded with boxes of Toaster Strudel and Velamints, when the line at the delicatessen is 150 yards long and wizened crones bleat that their olive loaf isn't cut thinly enough, when the only packages of meat available are eight pound "econo-paks" for Catholic families, when the only bananas left are pthalo green or black and foetid, when it's triple coupon day, when it's two days before some painful Xtian holiday like Thanksgiving or Xmas, or when someone forgot their checkbook, their credit card, their money, their brain.

I have seen (and this is all taken from actual experiences of the author) a man thumb-fuck a package of chicken breasts as his wife decided which cut of poultry that they'd be consuming that week. I've seen an old man take a plum from a display, put it in his mouth, produce a pit or seed, and throw the pit or seed '''back''' into the display. I've watched as old women have taken from three to five minutes in choosing the right bell pepper for '''them'''. I've seen acne-faced deli boys with colds make sandwiches for store patrons, sniffling and coughing all the while. I've seen tubs of chicken livers left at the register (near Soap Opera Digest) by people who decided at the last crucial minute that they didn't want chicken livers after all. I've seen welfare moms knock a jar of tomato sauce (or apple sauce, or mayonnaise) onto the floor, and keep right on going.

People (meant in as derogatory a sense as possible) consistently make untelegraphed U-turns without looking behind them, their carts inevitably bumping into some fragile, glaze-eyed hag - or '''me'''. People will spend '''hours''' gazing (for I am certain they are not '''reading''') at the labels of every brand of canned beans that the store stocks, and then decide that they never wanted canned beans in the first place. People will squeeze the shit out of the last loaf of your favorite bread and leave it. People will put their oily mitts upon all manner of fruits, vegetables, meats and baked goods without having intended to purchase any of these things. People suck. I hate them.

The corporations that produce all of the stuff in these stores suck, too. There is always some idiot (usually a horrid, maternal type) giving away free samples or coupons in which I am NEVER interested, although they will often go out of their way to insist that I am. I do not use coupons, and I do not want anything free that you want to give to me. Among the things that have been proffered to me: "Weight Watchers" stuff (Whatsa matta, am I too fat?!), little "Pizza-Snax," and diarrhea medicine (my personal favorite).

What's a law-abiding, blood-sucking, Devil-worshipping (''sic'') cultist to do! Here are some suggestions, but I'm sure you all have your own solutions already (like sending someone else or packing an Uzi).

1) Go at night, preferably after ten o'clock. The drawback with this is that many places seem to close their delis and meat counters at night, even if they're a 24-hour operation. There will, however, always be ''some'' good time to go; I've found that the herd's grazing hour (5 - 6 pm) is usually not too crowded.

2) Become a cannibal. This option will not enable you to avoid shopping entirely, however, as you still must purchase condiments and desserts.

3) Look mean. Dress in leather. Scowl. Although an obvious solution Satanically, it is truly inspiring in its effectiveness.

4) When some idiot is blocking your way checking out the maxi-pads or whatever, intone "Excuse me," in as melodious a tone as possible, and if they ignore you, '''ram your cart into them'''. (See Satanic Rule of the Earth #11.)

5) Memorize the store, and buy the same things every week. It's the same fucking store. Get out of this Hellhole as quickly as you can! I am usually able to buy sixty dollars worth of groceries (a week's supply) in about fifteen minutes, if I do not bring my beloved. Bringing your beloved will at least double your time.

6) Put the heavy objects in your order on the conveyor belt first. I cannot emphasize this point strongly enough! The retard (and often enough, it really '''is''' a genuine retard) who bags your groceries '''will not''' be attentive to the various weights and masses of the elements of your purchase, and at least half of your stuff will otherwise be annihilated.
:6) A. Bag your own groceries, you lazy shit!

7) Estimate the cost of your order before you even go to the store. You will thus avoid personal embarrassment, and my wrath, should I be behind you.

And put your goddamned cart back where you got it!

What is described above is the result of a consumer-oriented society, where demand for useless and unnecessary products is created by advertisement. How many different types of sugary cereal do you think there would be if there were no advertisements or promotions for them? Once again, the orchestrators of the Invisible War have turned a basic human need into an arena for the indoctrination of the masses.

Until ''Leviathan's 24-Hour Foode Shoppe'' is opened, our contact with the herd, though involuntary, is necessary. So the next time you need milk or pork or watermelon, growl a bit at the old lady next to you. You'll feel so much better!

==I Hate Everyone==
by Timothy Patrick Butler

1) People are ugly.
2) People are stupid.
3) People are lazy.
4) People are cruel to the wrong entities.
5) People are kind to the wrong entities.
6) People are gullible.
7) People always appreciate a little sarcasm.
8) People have bad taste.
9) People are irresponsible.
10) People have no sense of humor.
11) People insist upon being poorly educated.
12) People insist upon being ripped-off.
13) People insist upon paying high prices for bad food.
15) People do not pay attention to what they are doing.
16) People insist upon living in close proximity to one another.
17) People assume that everyone is everyone else's friend.
18) People assume that relatives should naturally get along with each other.
19) People assume that "going out," getting drunk and having a five minute fuck once per week is not only necessary, but desirable.
20) People are afraid of anything that conflicts with their programming.
21) People assume that one's worth can be discerned by one's occupation.
22) People assume that the more widely a thing is done, the more correct it is.
23) People think that God, UFO's, psychics and horoscopes are real and important.
24) People lie in attempt to cloak their deficiencies.
25) People occupy too much space, use too much raw material, and impinge upon too much of my valuable time.

Why are there so few '''persons'''?

"Why is there so much trouble in this world?"
---
==Lamp of Thoth ad==
THE LAMP OF THOTH 25

SEX MAGIC
STONE CIRCLES
AIDS
CHAOS MAGIC
LEGENDS OF LILLITH
THE KENNEDYS & THE OCCULT REINCARNATION & REGRESSION
CRAFT WAYS KEPT SECRET

'''ALL THESE AND MORE!'''

SUBSCRIPTIONS: £15.95 FOR 6 ISSUES
(£22.60 OVERSEAS)
CURRENT ISSUE: £3.58
(£4.95 OVERSEAS)
[$2.00 = £1.00]

THE LAMP OF THOTH
6-8 BURLEY LODGE RD.
LEEDS LS6 1QP
WEST YORKSHIRE, U.K.

==Dark Lily ad==
DARK LILY
The Reality of the Left Hand Path

The Leading Magazine of the Left Hand Path In the United Kingdom

Published Quarterly
£1.50 per issue, £6.00 annual subscription
Overseas: £2.00 per issue, £8.00 subscription
($2.00=£1.00)

'''BCM/Box 3406, London, WCIN 3XX, U.K.'''

==Does Satan Drive A Pontiac Firebird? An Interview with King Diamond==
by Michael Moynihan

KING DIAMOND MAY BE FAMILIAR to some readers as a popular heavy metal musician with an unmistakable voice, bizarre stage shows and a series of concept albums with allegorical themes. But that's not all - he's also an unrepentant Satanist.

Emerging out of Denmark in the early Eighties with his previous band '''Mercyful Fate''', he's had an undeniable influence on many areras of modern metal. After two initial LPs, he began a rise to prominence with a second band, named simply after his stage persona, '''King Diamond'''. Numerous records (released on the Roadrunner label), world tours and interviews have appeared since then, all the while with King remaining sincere in his beliefs.

A pleasure to speak with, both cordial and articulate, he certainly doesn't fit into any stereotype of the typical rock star.
The following interview took place via telephone in late 1992 from his homestead in Texas.

'''What kinds of music have influenced you over the years?'''

I listen to a lot of different music back home here, all kinds of music - classical too. I try to listen to a lot of different things, but when it comes to playing I only want one thing and that has to come straight from my heart. Exactly what I feel, that's what I want to do.

'''Can you describe what creates that?'''

I think the instruments we use - because we use a lot more than just guitar, bass and drums. We orchestrate a lot of things in '''King Diamond''', even with just guitars, we tend to orchestrate them in what I guess is kind of a classical way - coloring it with a lot of different moods. And then you can really underline it with cellos, violins, harpsichords, good old-fashioned Leslie organs, and that is what we're using quite a bit of in '''King Diamond'''.

'''I've always thought you can draw some comparisons with heavy metal and classical music.'''

Definitely. There are bands that are playing the basic three-chord songs, which can be nice to listen to, but for me to do something I need to satisfy myself and feel that I've gone a step further or that I'm covering a different area than what I've done before - and trying not to repeat myself and not take riffs that I've used before, which is unfortunately the case for some bands. So to really try to do something eise. And also because we're so involved in trying to create different moods, we'll end up with songs on the album that that differ quite a bit from each other. A lot of different tempos - changing the tempo within a song is something that does a lot for me. With many bands you can start a metronome at the beginning of a song and it'll go the whole way through the song - no matter what, they don't change the tempo. And changing the tempo is really hard - you have to stop thinking and start thinking in a different way, which makes it hard to perform. That's satisfying for yourself, to pull that off.

'''So in writing is it still very instinctual, or more a conscious thought process?'''

It's what I feel, you know. Some parts of songs, like the major part, can be super simple, because that's the mood that feels right there. It doesn't need to be complex, that's not the idea. I don't sit down and think, I've got to come up with some complex riffs or otherwise this song won't work. If it works from feeling, then it works.

'''Is there any time of day when you prefer to write?'''

Well, it usually has a better atmosphere in the night, definitely. I do a lot of work in the day too, but I'm not dealing with an open window and the sun coming in - I couldn't work like that! I pull the blinds and turn off all the lights...

'''How did you discover Satanism?'''

A long time back I had some really weird experiences with what I guess you would call "the occult," or the other side, the powers of the unknown... which, there was no way of explaining it - there was nothing like mass-psychosis or any bullshit like that, it really happened. I've had a lot of these experiences but the first time was really weird, because I'd never experienced - and definitely not been aware - of anything like that before. It made me go to the library and get a lot of books about the occult, start reading about it. And whenever you talked about, or heard about, that word "Satan" it was: bad, negative, killing, slaughtering, being evil, evil, evil. And that's probably the way most people see Satanism, ''they have no idea''. They've based it all on what the Church has said in history and unfortunately quite a lot of bands who are dealing with "Satanism" are actually dealing with ''Christian'' Satanism - it's exactly the view that Christians would like people to have on Satanism.

'''I think it's unfortunately just all that these kids know.'''

That's true, exactly. And then one day in an occult bookstore I saw this book that LaVey wrote and I thought, wow, I'll see what this is like and I'll give it a shot. Because I didn't really know, apart from what had been written which was so damn negative. So I thought, I'll find out here the best way, from the source itself. So I read the book and thought, "Hey, this is the way I live my lite - this is the way I tee inside!" It's not like it was a major religion or anything like that, it was a lifestyle that I could relate to 500%. And it's just nice to see your own views and thoughts in words, in a book.

It comforts you in some way. And that is how I felt. Another thing I really like a lot is you're given a big, open space for whatever you want to believe in when it comes to the other side, the afterlife, the before life, or whatever you want to believe in. Whatever you want, you can do what suits you best, without feeling you're doing something bad or something wrong - which is not the case in most religions, where it's like: follow this or you're out! We're all different individuals and we all have our different views, even if it's a simple thing like a car - we don't all like a red car. Some like it red, some like it blue, and it's the same with anything. That's the main thing.

You should also be allowed to have an individual choice, even when it comes to where you're just thinking within about what might be later on, what happens when I die, why am I here. There are a lot of thoughts you have when you're not even putting anything into action directly. You should definitely be able to have a free mind there, and whatever suits you best, you should believe in. Then of course, you ''are'' a certain way, and that comes out into your actions.

'''Christians would like to imagine everything is black and white, according to their own belief structure.'''

Yeah, and that's what I really like here - it's not like a dictatorship religion with "do this" or "do that." It's not even really described, when it comes to beliefs - because it's up to you. If people could only accept each other for being each other and having different views, and then judge each other by 'personality'', which I think we should. Then we'd have a much better world. That was very much what our last album, ''The Eye'', was about - the misuse of power in religion, any kind of religion. Even though it's (fictionally) written, it's actually historically correct. It depicts a lot of stuff that was done in the name of Christ - horrific stuff.

'''Do you remember how long ago it was when you first discovered ''The Satanic Bible''?'''

I think it must have been 1981.

'''And it had an immediate resonance?'''

Oh yeah, and you'll see it reflected in our early lyrics with '''King Diamond''' and '''Mercyful Fate'''. I used the word Satan at that time, and it had a very specific meaning for me-not the one that other people had. So I was involved in misconceptions immediately, from the first thing. A song like "Satan's Fall" from the ''Melissa'' album, for instance, it opens up with exactly that Christian view that I'm talking about, that I don't like bands portraying. But there are only two lines in the whole song that are actually the ''essence'' of it, of the lyric, and it says: ''Use your demon eyes/Uncover the disguise''. And the song opens with "7 Satanic Hell preachers, bringing the blood of a newborn child" - exactly all the stuff I'd read that I was so pissed off about after I had finally found out what it was all really about. But then I say later on that if you really want to put something down - it doesn't matter what it is, it doesn't have to be Satanism or a religion - you should experience it first, or you should at least read about it from the source. You could say, like, a Pontiac Firebird doesn't handle well - some people might say that, some might say the opposite. But how can you say it ''if you never drove one'' - just because you heard some jerk say it? You need to experience things yourself to be able to take a stand - you can't just take everyone else's word.

Because they are individuals too, with their own little viewpoints... you have to be aware of that constantly. And that was brought out in that song, but it was covered up - it was covered up too much in fact. And at that time, not many people knew about these things - it hadn't been described at all to very many people what it was really about. So immediately when they heard the word ''Satan'' or ''Lucifer'' they were scared shitless, hair standing on end everywhere, and "God, this guy's evil!"

'''Well, "evil" is another one of those words that's pretty open-ended.'''

Yeah I know it, and again as I say, it's all individual. It might be evil to somebody to kill a rat in an experiment, to see if we can come up with a drug that will save people. To some it's evil to kill that thing, but other people don't take that view at all - they find it evil to not take that opportunity to try and better the human race. It's a matter of viewpoint, what's good and what's evil. Of course most of the time you have common sense guidelines, but in a lot of examples you can come up with these things where there is no black and white, it doesn't work that way.

'''So would you define your own Satanism as extreme individualism?'''

Pretty much so, but also you recognize who you are, and you appreciate it. You try to get the most out of it, without feeling bad about it. There are so many things, and why should you feel bad about them, because what you're doing is just natural human instinct? So what's so bad about it?

We were made that way, that's the way we came out. We have these human instincts and if we don't go by them we won't survive. It's as simple as that. And those who are trying to tell people: "Hey, go by this book here and you'll be saved forever."... god, you will not be saved! You'll be the easiest victim of all.

'''If these people really followed Jesus' commandments they'd be perpetually stuck on the bottom rung and at the back of the line.'''

We'd still be in the stone age! Fortunately it's a minor part of the population who are like that. There are a lot of people who might consider themselves Christians but they don't act it out like that, according to the book anyway. It's only these preachers who are unfortunately able to get air time on TV. I watch that sometimes, just to get a cheap, good laugh you know - it's amazing, the loss of good actors we have within the field! And again, I'm not sitting here trying to condemn anybody, not at all. I'm saying, if somebody is Christian and is getting something out of it, without hurting anybody, then stick to that belief. Great - though, I don't want you on my team!

'''Were you ever influenced by the pagan religions of Scandinavia?'''

Of course you're influenced by it and you hear about it -- it's deep within the culture of the whole country. The old Vikings, the castles you can go and visit. I've visited a lot of them and I'm very much into this stuff, we've got it all there.
Definitely...

'''How did it come about that you met Dr. LaVey?'''

I ran into his daughter Zeena, in Los Angeles, it must have been in 1988 or something like that. She came to one of our shows, and of course I knew who LaVey was, but suddenly some of our crew guys came up and said, "There's somebody from the Church outside who would like to get in and she says she's Anton Szandor LaVey's daughter." So I said, "Well, let her in, let's see if it's true." And yeah, it actually was.

So she went back to the hotel with me and he knew of me and checked up on all our interviews and music and things like that. And one night we played in San Francisco and a couple of people from the Church came to the show and came up to me and said that he'd like to invite me to come by. And I said, "Wow, I'm not going to pass up that opportunity!"

'''It's very moving to actually speak with him.'''

Definitely. And that made an impression for life, no doubt about it. Spending the night there, just feeling his presence, getting to know the charisma he has, the intelligence and the humor... It's so far from what a lot of people probably imagine him as.

'''He's a true gentleman.'''

Absolutely. And the letters I've received from him... I've been given the privilege of calling him whenever I feel like it, and I haven't used it yet. I don't want to misuse his hospitality.

Some day I might really feel that I need to talk to him about things and then I'll take up the opportunity.

'''Do you consider the music you're playing to have an inherently Satanic content? For example, Dr. LaVey has certain music, especially old songs from the 30's and 40's, which he holds to be particularly powerful.'''

Well, of course that's the music he grew up with, that was some of the input he got. And even still today I, by far, listen mostly to bands from the early 70's. It's just a fact. And I grew up with that stuff. But the main thing I think, if you want to label music Satanic, is you should look at the artist and see, does this stuff really come from the ''inner feelings''? Is this person really letting out his true feelings into this stuff, or is it just a bunch of fake shit to make money? But labelling (''sic'')music is something I don't like very much. A lot of people ask, "How would you label your music?" But I ''never'' label my music - I don't say it's death metal, or Satanic metal, or classical metal, or whatever. I don't care. I write some music, with certain instruments, and this is the way it sounds. If you like it, buy it.

If you don't - too bad!

'''Do you think the fans of '''Mercyful Fate''' and '''King Diamond''' understand some of the ideas you're putting into the music?'''

Well, I make pretty sure that nobody can come and say, "Hey - you are trying to influence people into doing this or doing that," or "You want to convert people" and so on. No way. I raise a lot of questions, definitely. But I try not to give - in straight words - an answer of what I feel about it. You'll never see me doing things like that. People have got to make up their own minds. And if people are not interested in getting anything deeper out of words on an album, that's fine too. We are entertainers - we're not priests. I have my way of life and of course that will influence my music and my lyrics. I put all my feelings into both.

'''What are your future plans?'''

Right at this moment we've started shopping deals for both '''King Diamond''' and '''Mercyful Fate''' [since the time of this conversation Mercyful Fate has signed with Metal Blade and will release an LP titled ''In The Shadows'' on June 22], and they're definitely going to be two separate units, it's only me that will be part of both bands, all the other members are different. And '''Mercyful Fate''' will pursue exactly where we left off, because we definitely left something undone, and that's the feeling of all the old guys. The '''King Diamond''' side of it, the album has already been written, we need the deal and we'll go into the studio and do it. It's 11 songs, the title of the album will be the ''Spider's Lullaby'', and there are only three songs connected lyric-wise into a small trilogy, the rest is individual songs. The reason being that I have enough concept with actually trying to put them and ''Conspiracy'' into book form, which I'm also doing. That's a project that won't be done for some time, but once it is I'll have people into reading horror books read through it and get their input, and if they like it then I'll start pursuing some big publishers and hopefully get the book out sometime. And if the book is a hit - there are a lot of "ifs" here, but you have to be positive - then that might make way for a movie, finally!

==Next article==
FROM TiiE PIT, Volumes 1 & 2, compris≠ ing eight issues published throughout 1991, 1992 and 1993. (Available in two compila≠ tions, one for each volume, at $8.00 each.
Volume Three, #1 at $2.00/$3.00 outside the
U.S. Contact: Rev. Michael Rose, P.O. Box 1413, Decatw; AL 35602.)
Michael Rose is a member of the Church of Satan, and his magazine reflects his own roots in true Satanism. His opinions are forthright, strong and delivered clearly, and I know you'll enjoy his publication.
Each compilation is digest si7.ed, computer≠ typeset very readably on grey paper with red covers. Volume One is 64 pages, Volume Two is 76 pages. From Volume One: "Bigotry," an article on "Why Charlie's Not Free," "The Fruits ofEgalitarianism," and "Law and Order," as well as many other ar≠ ticles, "Lucifer's Library" (book reviews) and Satanic quotes. Volume Two has more good stuff on "Eugenics," "That Old Time Religion," the writings of Thomas Szasz, as well as an ever-growing review section and more.
Volume Three, #1, starts with a
perceptive editorial examining the conflict of Christians in Waco, and includes an incisive statement concerning the differences between Setians and Satanists, an examination of Objectivism, "Manfred vs. Faust," and an exploration of chandala vs. aristocratic values. This issue is rounded out with a fine review section and Satanic quotes
From The Pit is well worth your time and buckage; send for it today.

DARK REFLECTIONS #1, March 1993
($4.00 per issue, $16.00 for a four-issue sub≠ scription, all checks and money orders made payable to Jeffrey Deboo, 1442A Walnut Street, #64, Berkeley, CA 94709. Will be bimonthly).
Twenty-two pages of neat, clear typing plus a red cover stapled on the side. Deboo has authored the entire contents, which in≠ clude essays, a poem and a list of contacts and publications. Particularly good is the "Satanic Catechism," and "Clash of Judge≠ ments: The Case of Sexual Morality." Deboo seems a little disturbed by what he sees as "the fetish for fascism" that "so many Satanists" display. Until a scientific opinion poll of Satanists is taken, I think he's over-

reacting to a perception, not an actual majority. Otherwise, very rational, well≠ thought-ciut arguments - should prove in≠ spirational to many. Highly recommended.

DARK Lill'# 15 (available from BCM/3406, London WC1N 3:XX, England. Americans and Canadians: send $4.00 per issue, $16.00 for a four-issue subscription, in US dollars cash or postal money orders in US funds).
Dark Luy is digest-sized and always has
a snappy blue cover, quite a contrast to the many other Satanic 'zines who feel red is the only color of choice. Twelve pages of reduced but readable type containing an article on "Cultural Supremacism and Its Effect on Satanic Belief," a goal and mission statement from Impetus Niger, and an eye≠ opening account of "The Advantages of Disability," plus an exhaustive listing of other interesting groups, publications and services. Definitely worth your time and $$$.

TIIELAMP OF TiiOTii, Volume 4, Issue #6 ($4.95 for this issue, $22.60 for subscription from the US. Contact: L.O.T., 6-8 Burley Lodge Road, Leeds, LS6 1QP, West Yorkshire, UK).
Digest-si7.ed, 56 neatly typed pages crammed with articles and contact addresses. The editor is Chris Bray, the proprietor of the Sorcerer's Apprentice, an excellent source of books and magical supplies based in England. This issue has many highlights. First, there's a wonderful editorial by Bray, expressing his fears and doubts about the future of religious freedom for occultists worldwide. "Golem's Gossip" is just that, gossipy and mean but amusing to read.
There are well-thought-out articles on astrology, visualization (how to get someone to spring for a drink in a bar), hypnosis and even an "Occult Problem Page." There's a piece entitled "Magic as a Refuge For Failures," along with much more. As a parting shot, the last article is "Laurel and Hardy Satanism," detailing the controversy surrounding Setian David Austen and his participation in the Cook Report, a Geraldo≠ esque TV special broadcast several years ago in Britain and produced by fundamentalist Xtians. The people behind this report courted UK occultists without telling them

their real agenda, and as a result of the slanderous broadcast, Chris Bray's store was firebombed. John Freedom, the author of the article, further describes Michael Aquino's campaign against other UK Satanic groups. "Americans may fall for Aquino's self-righteous hypocritical double-speak," he contends, "but British Satanists are less gullible. The lemple of Set's UK representative is a dangerous media quisling and publicity junkie." This issue was sent to us along with an amusing button showing Michael Aquino wearing mouse ears.

TIIE HERETIC (one year/four issues:
$7.00 in New Zealand, $10.00 elsewhere for surface, $15.00 elsewhere for air. Make check/mo payable to Realist Publications,
P.O. Box 38-262, Petone, Wellington, NZ).
K.R. Bolton is the editor/publisher here, and I think it's safe to assume he authors the contents unless otherwise noted; he is a Satanist. The masthead of The Heretic declares: "We champion the creative individual above the mass, the defiant above the submissive." October 1992, No. 2. This issue begins with a great lead article on Saddam Hussein and his efforts to create a new Babylon. There is apparently a historical basis for Hussein's role as the heir to Nebuchadnezzar, a heritage preceding Islam. Bolton describes the Iraquis' recent resanctification of the Ishtar Gate and lemple, Nebuchadnezzar's Palace, etc. I wish it had been longer. There is as well a review section featuring Michael Moynihan, a lengthy article on "War & Slavery," and a puzzling piece by Anton Long of the ONA, entitled "The Deceitful Occult Ego." He depicts very accurately the sort of puffed-up intellectuals who haunt the occult community, those displaying "pretension, artifice, the 'I must preserve my own ego by doing down all others' syndrome." But his depiction of the real occultist is scarcely any better, as he stresses hardship, deprivation and the casting-aside of any quest for personal happiness (only an illusion, to Long) to achieve... something that is not clear. I know Long is no Christian, but on the surface this sounds Christian - work, sacrifice, the unwillingness to accept Man as he is.
Also includes lots of news notes, some

nice poetry, and a bit of folklore about Herne the Hunter. Only 16 digest-sized pages, reduced photocopies, but there's a good deal here for the money. Definitely one of the better Satanic 'zines.
Issue #3,Jan/Feb/Mar 1993. The lead article details "The Rise of Iron Youth," and mentions Boyd Rice and Michael Moynihan. Includes four pages of reviews, and an update on the BBC expose of "anti≠ Satanists," the Christian child abuse scare and its debunkers. The ONA article this time around is clear and inspired; in "Satanism & Race," the author asserts
correctly that "Satanism, as part of its sinister strategy, may encourage those forms/beliefs/groups which express this type of Imperium [Satanic goals]. For instance, present day 'extreme Right Wing movements.' In this, Satanists are being sinister - they are not expressing or supporting such views as 'racialism' for instance, because they believe them, but because they know those views may or will aid their Satanic goals, in particular by countering the Nazarene sickness of spirit." Wish some Satanists could see past the ends of their noses to grasp this fact.
Bolton's "Current Comment" is here again, as well as another "Folklore" piece, this time about Wayland the Smith. An article detailing"Australia's Pagan Art" rounds out another fine issue.
Issue #4, April/May/June 1993. With an attractive new logo, this issue starts with an excellent, extensive article on the "Rebirth of the Pagan Ethos" by Karsten O'Rourke. O'Rourke follows the stony path of European paganism from the Roman era through Wagnei; Nietzsche, Von List, Von Liebenfels and the New Templars, concluding that "Pagan ideals erected a New Order which was only drowned out by WWII... As the 20th century closes, there rises again these same metapolitical forces.
May our end now be success!"
Other articles include "Celtic Left Hand Path" and a piece on the origin of "SAJ:TAN" by Tani Jantsang. The other extensive piece is.on "The Strange Case of David Austen," a Magister in the Temple of Set and member of its Council of Nine.
∑ Bolton's criticisms and observations of Austen are merciless; Austen's responses are cryptic, obtuse and often hilarious. As B Bunny would say, "Whatta maroon!"
The usual reviews, news, poems, and editor Bolton took extra care to get some illustrations into this one.
Issue #5, July/August/September 1993.

This gets off to a fine start documenting the Satanic activities and views of Albert Pike, Confederate Brigadier General. Next Tosser Michael Aquino's response to the previous issue's Austen expose along with Bolton's reply. Articles on "Satanism & the Cthulhu Mythos," "Vlad Dracula," and more fun at the expense of TIS (including cartoons!) as well as the usual features complete another fine issue.
Also from Realist Publications be sure to examine Temple of Set: Behind the Facade (NZ - $10, US - $5) which documents in detail the various attempts by TIS to slander various occultists and how it has blown up in their faces. Also of interest is The Dark Doctrine, the principal doctrinal text of the OLHP. This 34 page booklet (NZ - $10, US - $5) covers the Satanic philosophy espoused by this organization and presents several original rituals based on various historically Satanic traditions.

BLOOD OF YGGDRASIL: A Pictorial
Journey Through the Nine Norse "Worlds
($8.00 from COWAN, PO Box 15,
Altadena, CA 91003 USA. Postage: $1.00 US, $2.00 foreign).
A curious and enchanting little volume of illustrations depicting characters and incidents from the Norse legends. Those involved in Norse and Runic magic will want this, as may any Wagner fans. The book itself is about 6" x 9", 48 heavy pages, clothbound in an antique-looking red. The old-fashioned cover printing is in gold.
When you open these "lids" (for so book covers were once called, when they were all han:ibound) you'll find more red pages with black printing, hand-sewn into the heavy binding. The illustrations are good, for the most part, and the introduction emphasizes and encourages a turning-away from the slave religion of Christianity and back to the rich traditions of our pagan ancestors. The publisher has recreated the kind of magical old book you might find in a flea market and take home to wonder over.

KING OF INSTRUMENTS, INSTRUMENT OF KINGS by Doran
Ragnarok ($5.00 from COWAN, PO Box 15, Altadena, CA 91003 USA. Postage: $1.00 US, $2.00 foreign).
A digest-sized pamphlet, but more than a pamphle produced with the same quirky care for the beauty and perhaps an air of antiquity, as the volume mentioned above (BLOOD OF YGGDRASIL). Only twelve

little red pages, bound into a leather-textured softcovei; hand-glued around red "end≠ papers." The same gold printing and lovely runic design grace the cover. This is the story of the theatre organ, that great roaring orchestra-in-itself that most of our generation has never been able to experience in its native state. Ragnarok's treatment covers the highlights, but it is not meant to be exhaustive, only an introduction pointing the way to more for those who are interested. Some nice illustrations and quality printing.

GEEK Issue #1, March 1993 (full-sized, 48 pages. $5.00 postpaid, or $20.00 for 5 issues. doACI, P.O. Box 480531,Denvei; CO 80248-0531). Michael Moynihan is a Senior Editor here.
GEEK tells us it's "mostly great stuff," and it's true. Firstly, the format is professional and attractive, and it's chock≠ full of material. There's an overview of the career of Bodi!, a Danish porn queen whose specialty was animals and whose early beauty has decayed rapidly; Bodil's fall from a fresh-cheecked young girl who loved animals (really - she ran her own farm) to the broken-down whore with swollen ankles is pathetic and devastating. One of my favorite pieces was an analysis of potted meat product ; I now feel justified in my lifelong aversion to it. But the highlight of the issue is the "Interview With a Bum," conducted by Michael Moynihan and Shaun Partridge of the Partridge Family 'Iemple - the reporters buy a homeless man a McDonald's meal and get him to spill his guts about life on the street. According to him, the biggest problem is all those people who pretend to be homeless; they're just messing it up for everyone. A rather odd sexual encounter comprises "The ladger Chronicles," and there's another excellent interview with film composer Danny Elfman. F.C. Dobbs contributes a personal experiencepiece on dru the issue is rounded out with several pieces of strange fiction which I didn't find particularly interesting, but the editors are promising more, by Paul Difilippo and Marc Laidlaw, two SF writers of note.

ABRASAX # 17, 18, 19, 20, edited by James M Martin ($5.00 each from P.O. Box 1219, Corpus Christi, TX 78403-1219).
Billing itself as an "occult quarterly," ABRASAX (not to be confused with ABRAXAS) is mainly concerned with Thelema and Crowley, but is happy to stray

into any area of 20th Century magick editor James Martin feels may be of interest to his readers. Articles from these issues include: "Music Magick," "I Spy: Secret Societies & Occult Espionage," "The Rite of the Ankh," and in issue #19, a remembrance of Satanic poet Andre Soly witten by Tun.i Jantsang.
Of possible∑interest to Satanists is a regular column by Diane Vera - the Miss Hathaway of Satanism. In her inaugural installment of "From the Darkside," \era professes to be seeking historical references to Satanic religions prior to the founding of the Church of Satan in 1966 C.E. But when presented with a wealth of such material by the Jantsang/Marsh cabal, she glosses over it quickly in her column in #17, preferring to spend the next seven pages or so discussing 20 year old gossip about Michael Aquino and Anton LaVey that is boring and inaccurate. \era has her own ad, "Satanism Without Delusions of Grandeur"? "And Without Right-Wing Politics"? It's interesting that \era constantly professes her ignorance of the Satanic scene, then tries to sum it up in a couple of pat phrases like these: "I'm not qualified to judge them one way or the other." "The word 'spiritual' is admittedly vague..." "I have no way of knowing whose story is true." which only attest to her cluelessness. Presumably Jantsang/Marsh'ssuggestions would have had her cracking the books for weeks, but instead she appeals, more than once, to the readership for their thoughts on the subjects. Why? For more gossip, hearsay, unfounded and undocumented assertions?
\era further asserts that "there's no such thing as a Satanic political philosophy." Pemaps. But there are certain implications to tenets like "responsibility to the responsible" and smashing your enemies three-fold. If this kind of power philosophy isn't what attracted Vera to Satanism, what did? Maybe she'd like to share her own feelings about Satan as freely as she discusses LaVey's.
Issue #19 sees the premiere of a magickal advice column, "The Sorcerer's Apprentice," which should be of interest to beginners while #20 has a splendid article "Humanism and the Invisible War" which examines Dr. LaVey's influnce on magic(k) and is a perfect antidote to Vera's meanderings. ABRASAX improves with each issue, the last three moving on to laser typesetting and even more interesting graphic art so don't hesitate to subscribe. This one's a keeper.

TIIE SWORD & SHIELD #1 (by the

Knights of Satan, 12 pages, no price but
$3.00 should do it: P.O. Box 81137, Fiddlers Green Postal Station, Ancaster, Ontario, Canada L9G 4X1).
"Magic: Does it really Work?," poetry by Marguerite Thompson, art, endangered species, articles about "Non-Hollywood," "Young Satanists," "Legends Born of Myths," and "The Reality of Demons." Nice, neat format and some real Satanic spirit here - check it out.

BALDER Quly 1992 Issue, 32 digest-sized pages - free to members - editor Jason Bridgehead clo Order of the Jarls of Baelder, 60 Elmhurst Rd., Reading, Berks. RG1 SHY England).
The cover depicts a rather bucolic scene, ancient Greeks discussing a written document. The tone of Balder is equally gentle; while the articles advise us that the elite are at war with things-as-they-are, there is a spirit of community and concern for other members of "The Brothemood." This magic is not overtly Satan-inspired, although the contents reveal that these brothers do consider themselves Satanists - affiliated orders listed in the back include O.N.A., O.L.H.P., and the O.T.B.
There is a page of letters from members and a discussion of two major runes. Next comes a delightful article on Botticelli, a historical piece on the Berbers, "The Greatest Prize" (an exhortation by a recently-passed-on Elder advocating a
coming together of elite folk under Balder to
battle the Xtian scourge), "The Ethos of Warriors" part 1B lays it all down, stressing respect, "Conquer, Destroy, Create" by the O.N.A.'s Anton Long advocating the destruction of the mediocrity breeding powers-that-be and an exploration of space - though he seems to think happiness and comfort are illusions (perhaps for him they are), and finally a discussion of the swastika and the Thule Society.

S.KrANISM - A Basic Introduction for Perspective Adherents, under the auspices of the Order of Nine Angles (Thormynd Press, P.O. Box 700, Shrewsbury, Shropshire, England [no code]. It's $5.00 US cash, $25.00 if paying by US check, 1 £ in the UK).
This is digest-sized, coverless, about 15 pages typewritten. It's an excellent introduction to what the ONA's all about, if you've been reading their work elsewhere and would like a handle on it. The author claims he has the "honour of being the Grand Master representing tr tional

Satanists." The ONA veers from the Church of Satan in several ways. Firstly, they stress the Satanic path as one that is difficult and fraught with adversity. No one's denying that life can throw you some curves and that you're usually better off when you learn to deal with them. But no Satanist I know seeks pain or the path of greatest resistance; certainly no animal would. ONA also stresses amorality for Satanists, and I agree - but why then do they say "there is also real evil"? Is the judging of something as "evil" not a subjective judgement based on some moral code? The ONA also stresses that a Satanist "desires to evolve... to fulfill the potential of existence, of godhead/divinity latent within them [sic]." Once again, a man is not good enough as he is; he's not permitted to accept himself until he's gone on some journey to fulfillment. To me, this is moving in exactly the wrong direction: most people's biggest problems stem from their inability to live the truth of their flesh, to accept themselves as the animals they are. This striving toward Divinity, is Christian in nature.

LIVE! (sixteen pages, typewriter type printer sideways in a digest-sized format, $3.00 from
P.O. Box 101, St. Boniface Postal Station, Winnipeg, Manitoba, Canada R2H 3B4).
The cover is of a laughing young man lounging on a mussed-up bed in someone's attic bedroom; there's a cute l'il devil cartoon in one corner ogo of the Order of Dionysus/Sabazios of which this is an affiliating publication). Issue #2, January 1993, articles include dealing with the"Age of Consent," and another on "The Oppression of Youth." Sandwiched between these are little pearls of wisdom from the editor, whose views on other issues are usually in line with true Satanic principles as put forth in The Satanic Bible. A little pricey for 16 pages, but it's printed very neatly and attractively, and the editor writes well. Issue #3, April 1993, begins with a rather obtuse, four-page explanation that their "cover≠ youth" is Billy Bob, and he personifies some principle important to the editor.
Youthfulness (and sexuality) is certainly a theme in this little publication; the editorial tells us that "visiting locations where younger guys or gals hang out is obviously essential but not that difficult. You, as the seeker, do not have to be a Boy Scout troop leader, or a Big Brother or Sister, or a Roman Catholic priest or nun, or a school teacher, or the like, though you have a head start if you are." The article "Hypocrisy in Society"

OFFICIAL JOURNAL of the ABRAXAS FOUNDATION
Enter a brave new world of Social Darwinism, Primal Law, Resurgent Atavism, Blood Mysticism, and much more. At last there is a newspaper wholly devoted to exploring the darkest aspects of man and nature-with an emphasis on how to integrate them into your life and harvest their power as your own.
THE PREMIER ISSUE FEATURES:
NATURE'S ETERNAL FASCISM
An inquiry into the relationship between natural law, violence, and inequality.
LONG LIVE DEATH!
Insightful and inspirational observations extolling the virtues of destructive force.
ABRAXAS SPEAKS
A stirring introduction to the Abraxas Foundation's weltanschauung.
GUSTAVE LEBON: HIS WIT AND WISDOM
LeBon is universally hailed as the father of social psychology, but has been virtually disowned by academia due to his decidedly anti-egalitarian slant. His philosophy is beautifully encapsulated for our readers in a series of hard-hitting aphorisms.
AND A WHOLE LOT MORE...
More anti-humanitarian philosophy and Social Darwinist gnosis from history's most notorious figures-past, present, and future.
Here's the vital information you need, untainted by liberal humanist (aka Judea-Christian) bias.
If you're ready to take one giant step beyond good + evil, WAKE is the journal for youI
$2 ppd per copy/$3 overseas airmail
PRE-ORDERS NOW BEING ACCEPTED
Also Available:
TOTAL WAR (Video)
Avideo document of thelast concert of NON's Japan tour, recorded live inOsaka. 30 exciting minutes of Social Darwinist march music, speeches, and songs. a must for your video library.
$19.69 plus $3 postage/$6 postage for overseas airmail
ABRAXAS ON THE AIR (Cassette Tape)
Lots of laughs as a Foundation spokesman takes on the host of one of the country's most popular christian talk radio programs. Two hours of conflict and controversy.
$5 ppd / $7 ppd overseas airmail
COMING SOON
The Abraxas Foundation television transmission.
Pre production has already begun on this Abraxas Foundation cable T.V. program. Qualified Individuals are invited to submit inquiries regarding how to sponsor this program in your area and have it broadcast via public access cable.
Make checks and money orders payable to WAKE SERVICES.Send all communications to:
THE ABRAXAS FOUNDATION P.O. BOX 300081 DENVER, CO 80203 USA

also bears this out, as it bemoans society's two-faced approach to youth, stressing its beauty but forbidding its freedom. The best piece is probably "The Human Animal," a lightweight analysis of the progressively greater repression of our instincts in civili2.ed countries. Neatly done, clean and readable, but thin. .

REJUVENATION MAGAZINE, Issues 3,
4, 5, 6edited by Joe Aufricht ($4.00 USA,
$5.00 elsewhere from P.O. Box 711∑, Lakewood, OH 44107).
Thirty pages, digest-si2.ed, typewriter typeset, a little difficult to read (a new typewriter is called for, I believe). This publication, edited by the founder of the Order of Dionysus/Sabazios, has a similar focus to that of LIVE,/ Teen freedom, sexual freedom in particular, is advocated. In issue #3 topics covered include "Free Will vs.
God's Will," "Evolution Theory Isn't Evil," "Drunks Are Not Satanists," and "Future Sex." Issue #4 includes a poem about a young man and his 9-year-old girlfriend, "Self-Sacrifice-What For?", and "Let Teens Vote." Issue #5 runs the gamut from "Myths: Psychotherapy and Mental Illness," and "The Threatening Gym Teacher," to Demo reviews. Issue #6 includes youth advocate poetry, "Bowling Alley Bullshit," Death Metal Reviews and a commentary on accusations that their order advocates paedophilia. Each issue contains "Lilith Lustlove's Personals" for those seeking contact. Mr. Aufricht explores areas of Satanism and his particular slant on the maturity and right to freedom of adolescents as well as their ability to "rejuvenate" older individuals through interaction.

CALL OF TiiE RACE: An Epic Poem by Kenneth Lloyd Anderson ($3.00 from White Temple Books, P.O. Box 452, Hastings, MN 5503).
A tiny, 4" x 7" pamphlet bound in red, with 26 professionally-typeset pages inside. Anderson talks, in free verse, about what he views as the roots of the White race's downfall, what's keeping it down, and how Whites must lift themselves up again. One might expect such a "racist" (Anderson prefers the term "racialism") to be illiterate and shallow, but this poem is poignant and moving. "This is still Nietuche's age," he tells us. "We have run away from what's necessary...whole men know/That hate is as necessary as love."

TiiELEMIX 1993, a production of the

Ordo Mysterium Baphe-metis, printed in a limited print run of 56 copies, available only by the selection of Grand Mistress MegAstron and Grand Master Megalion.
Digest-si7.ed, thirty-five pages with the ubiquitous red cover. Well-written essays concerning the number of wisdom, "naga," the Serpent, chivalry in the occult world, the Major Greek Gods, the powers of the Tore Self, "crowns, Sceptres and Thrones," and computers. Not without its own wry humor; finishes with something called "The Emerald Tablet." If Thelema is your thing, these people seem very knowledgeable but with their feet on the ground; contact them at P.O. Box 156, W. Nottingham, NH
03291-0156, USA.

ONSLAUGHT, Vol. 4, no. 1, edited by Draegon Undomiel ($5.00 from the Luciferian Light Group, P.O. Box 7207, Tampa FL 33673).
The LLG is a White Power group that calls itself Satanic; they use Satanic symbols and say that "the Aryan peoples are the true children of Satan." This issue contains a ritual of "Gratitude/Honor Before Satan," some charts of"magickal" elements and correspondences, and a lengthy section of reprinted new articles titled "Dateline: Hell - A Special Report from Hell's Newsroom." Nice use of graphics here. There are extensive listings and ads of other Satanic groups and publications, as well as an explanation of the "Unified Churches," an attempt to put together several of the self≠ proclaimed Satanic groups operating right now. This may be already defunct, as this issue was followed up by a bulletin detailing the LLG's split from Embasat. An attractive, neat publication but not much "meat."

TiiENEW JACKAL, Vol. 1, Embassy of Lucifer, Chad Ian Miller, presiding, P.O. Box 998, Stewart, BC, V0T 1W0, Canada. (No price given, try $5.00. Fifteen pieces of 8.5" x 11" paper, covered front and back with poorly photocopied, single space dot matrix output.)
Setian Chad starts out by preaching to the converted about how bad Xtianity is. Then he goes into a long description of the Embassy and its degree system, which must be a real degree system because you get to change the color of your robes and belts a lot. Next a discussion of "Satanic Child Molestation and Animal Sacrifice" which barely m ntions these topics although the article is six pages in length. Then a treatise about math and magic which Pythagoras would spit upon, followed by a piece on

time which is actually about "Creation." Concludes with a very extended dictionary of Demons. Entire contents by Chad.
It was reported to us that Chad has again changed horses and formed an Xtian church, but this is unverified. However, this 'zine may be unavailable for that reason - mqwre.

LUCIFER RISING #1, yet another new publication by Chad Ian Miller, who changes his projects (and his mind) like other people change their sheets, it would seem. ($6.00 from the Embassy of Lucifer, P.O. Box 998, Stewart, BC V0T 1W0, Canada.)
Typewriter-typeset on goldenrod paper and stapled in one corner, the cover is the god Baphomet, an oft-copied piece of artwork. There's about eight pages of Chad outlining his perspectives on the Satanic scene plus the rules and regulations for his own, much-better-than-new organization. Then there's the reprinting of a sample issue of ONSLAUGH/', the publication of the Luciferian Light Group (separate from Chad's) and fmally the reprinting of some pages from 1be King in"llllow (hence, perhaps, Chad's choice of paper). Chad claims to be providing a neutral forum for all Satanists, via this publication and his Embassy of Lucifer and Church of Lucifer. However, he has been a member of the Temple of Set for about eight months, and immediately launches into the spurious story of the "collapse of the Church of Satan" and how Anton LaVey "plageri2.ed" [sic] 1be Satanic Bible. How neutral does that sound to you? This is warmed-over non≠ information plus more blathering from Chad; your six bucks would be well-spent elsewhere.

ECLECTIC MAGE JOURNAL, Issue #3,
Jan/Feb 1993, edited by H.J. Mowry,
Jr. aka Zepher ($3.00 from P.O. Box 6911, Pittsburgh, PA 15212).
\ery perky layout with interesting use of scanned graphics, full-si2.ed with eighteen pages, £M's subtitle is "Achieving Goals Through a Diverse System of Magick" Poetry is sandwiched between articles on witchcraft, color magic, etc. This issue is concerned with Satan: "Is He Really a Bad Guy?" The authors demonstrate sympathy for the Devil even if their sources re modem Satanism are more than a bit myopic. We've learned that the editor has become enamored of Aquino's world view so take that into consideration should you have cause to deal with this person.

INCREDIBLY STRANGE MUSIC VOL
I, edited by V. Vale and AndreaJuno (Re/Search, 20 Romolo St., #B, San Francisco, CA 94133 1993; 193 pages, ISBN 0-940642-22-0, $17.99, full-sized softcover).
A series of interviews with record collectors and recording artists, focusing on music from the SO's and 60's. The music they talk about is largely rockabilly and trash bin discoveries, and the emphasis is on what middle class American culture has left behind, deemed "tacky" or "bad." And some of it is bad; how good could a bunch of
so by Rodney Allen Rippy be? Some of these collectors are interested in the obscurity of the recordings themselves, while others genuinely enjoy the sounds; all seem a little disappointed that many others are beginning to discover their finds and are driving up the flea market prices. However, if the underground had never embraced Martin Denny, there wouldn't be the wonderful F.xotica release on CD and I wouldn't have been able to enjoy it.The interview with Denny is good, as are the reproductions of album covers throughout the volume.
What interested me Satanically about the book, was the principle of cultural scavenging, roaming through what the status quo has left behind and pulling out the real gems, the truly magical recordings. then returning to your lair to enjoy that magic, to send those vibes out into the ether. You don't have to like these people or their music to learn something about the power of getting off the cultural beaten track. As the editors says in their introduction, "These records become more than a consumeristic product; they become an expression of the collector's inner vision and exp an alternate aesthetic philosophy."
The fact that Juno and Vale have termed this "Volume One," gives them an out, I suppose, to explain the glaring omissions of musical preservationists like Anton LaVey, Tiny Tim, Boyd Rice and even Dr. Demento, the latter whose radio show drove me out into the garage sales for 78's when I was only fifteen. I hope Volume Two is a little more adventurous.

ANSWER ME Issue 3, edited by Jim Goad (Goad to Hell Ents., 1608 N. Cahuenga Blvd, #666, Hollywood, CA 90028. $5.00 first class; $4.00 third rate).
Long awaited, but worth the wait. Jim and Debbie have hit their stride with this one, with full color Nazi cover and 131

pages of beautifully-designed mayhem. Many artists have contributed cartoons and drawings, includingJohn Wayne Gacy, Ottis Toole, Mark David Chapman and Charles Manson, so if you're a serial killer collector, get out your checkbook. Jim does another excellent "encyclopedia," this time about unique and notorious suicides - photos abound. Debbie's tirades are right on the money; particularly touching is "I Hate Being aJew," wherein she rails against her psychological heritage of being a penny≠ pinching pessimist. I got the biggest kick of all, though, from Jim's article on guns.
Goad's poison pen was never sharper, and
after reading this to myself I read it aloud to others and we laughed until the tears ran. Combining truth with masterful wit and sarcasm, Jim tells One Man's Gun Story, and includes devastating pro-gun quotes from our founding fathers.
Also included are interviews with Boyd Rice, Al Sharpton, the Underdog Lady, the Kids of Widney High, and Debbie contributes a couple of phony phone calls to Dr. Kevorkian and a suicide prevention hot line. Debbie is great at these things; the call to Kevorkian is chilling.
What's really gonna get Answer Mel #3 on America's shit list, however, is Adam Parlrey's article, "Pederastic Park." This piece takes up the notion that director Steven Spielberg has "short eyes," and analyzes his past film efforts as expressions of this proclivity. Cartoonist Coop supplies the accompanying artwork, which shows Spielberg wielding a "hook" at a bare-butted Peter Pan.
You might find this issue on a newsstand somewhere, or you can order it from See/Hear. I recommend you send out immediately and get it right from the Goads own hot little hands. You need Answer Me!, the misanthropist's balm for cultural ennui.

PANTY LINE FEVER #4, edited by Rick ∑ Hall ($4.00 from PLF, 234 E. 7th St., #1FE, New York, NY 10009 - age statement must accompany order; make check/m.o. payable
to Rick S. Hall).
The Biannual Bulletin of Sex, Film and Intellectual Smuggery, PLF is a perky little mag that never fails to satisfy. This time around, an interview with underground comic artist Daniel Clowes, a visit to a Manhattan S&M parlor, a critique of Ken Russell's film The Devils by Ivan Lerner, Reuben Radding's column "The Final Judgement," lovely lasses with half-dad asses, and more.

EVIL: The Newsletter For 'Ihle Crime Book Fanatics edited by Dan Kelly ($1.00 from P.O. Box 476641, Chicago, IL 60647).
I guess the tag title says it all; I know there are such fans in our readership. Editor Kelly gets lots of reviews of true crime books into a slim but well-lai out and typeset format. This might be the place for you to trade info on new or old books and find out what clinkers to avoid on the bookracks.

VAMP ANONYMOUS, Winter and Summer 1993, edited by Amoura ($5.00 from P.O. Box 803, Langhorne PA, 19047).
Each issue is about 20 pages of manuscript-format poetry and fiction . dealing with vampires and vampiric magic. The magazine is produced by the Order of Xanastia, "an Elitist Society for Thelemic heathens of all persuasions, writers, artists, vampire, horror and science fiction fans." The poetry was in the usual romantic, Dark Shadows-esque vein, and I particularly liked the full-page, black and white sigils which would make nice tattoos.

GUEST REVIEWS

TIIE MONSTER SHOW: A Cultural
History of Horror by David]. Skal. ,:W.W.
Norton and Co., 1993, 432 pages, $25.00)
Wtlliam Everisto, Reviewer.
If you're looking for an excellent survey of general horror and its interaction with our culture from the tum of the century to modern chillers like Silence of the Lambs, this is the book for you. Skal dredges up authors and connections from the early days of Dracula, Frankenstein and the Mummy that other writers have neglected. He makes quite a point of the Nazi fascination with wolves and the concurrent American rage of Wolfmen and Cat people movies. From there, he moves deftly through Entertaining Comics vs. Dr. Fredric Wertham, Maila Nurmi as the original "doom, gloom and va≠ va-voom" TV hostess, and the Japanese SO's Godzilla type screamers which, in Skal's analysis, "put a face on the Bomb."
The book opens with a still from Freaks,
setting a tone throughout the book of American horror as sideshow. Skal states that "the motion picture itself had begun its career as a sideshow attraction, a curiosity at the fringes of mainstream entertainment." He credits one man, Tod Browning, with setting the tone with his productions of Dracula and Freaks- a carnival barker's tone

Devilish Merchandise for Christian
Hating, Occult Fascist, Elitists!
llltlutUmt

l

Front Design

CD & Cassette
JL America, U.S. Release (Not Turbo Music)

l

Back Design

Send To - Acheron, Order Of The Evil Eye
P.O. Box 272929, Tampa, Fl. 33688, U.S.A.

that naturally grew from his backgrowid in carnivals and vaudeville. Though Skal does a thorough job of showing the influence of Freaks, it's too bad he hadn't contacted Anton LaVey to fill in some gaps regarding its re-release in the late SO's, which LaVey was responsible for.
Skal marks 1931 as the birth of the horror film, with the release of Frankenstein and Dracula and neatly closes the book by paralleling the releases of modern versions in 1991: 1erminatar 2 and Silence of the Lambs. Throughout this book, he ties our compulsion toward horror to events dominating the mass consciousness at the time - wars, economic collapse, epidemics and political witch-hwits. One particularly pertinent summing quote comes from anti≠ feminist feminist Camille Paglia: "Horror films are rituals of pagan worship. There Western man obsessively confronts what Christianity has never been able to bury or explain away." Skal's book shows that as long as Man continues his lurchin toward "civilization," there will always be a place for nightmares.

FRIGIITEN TIIE HORSES, edited by
Mark Pritchard (Heat Seeking Publishing, 41 Sutter St. #1108, San Francisco, CA 94104;
$5.00 for sample issue, $16.00 for four-issue subscription).
Jeffrey Deboo, Re:viewer.
Professional-quality quarterly dedicated to the cutting edge of sexuality, especially in its more unorthodox variants. Bondage, fetishism, sadomasochism, gay/bi -
whatever you'e into, you'll find it here. Both erotic fantasy fiction and serious articles are featured, along with reviews and a news roundup from the front lines of the depressingly endless battle for sexual freedom against life-hating religious fanatics. A leftist political widertone sometimes intrudes, but in the main these people skewer the "progressive" P.C. sacred cows as eagerly as those of Christian "traditional family values" - article topics have included the menace of overpopulation, the biological/evolutionary roots of human behavior, an expose of the myth that AIDS threatens U.S. heterosexuals, and a deliciously ruthless piece on revenge against rapists. It's rough, raw, and gritty, not sweetness-and-light romanticism; a pleasure≠ loving, life-affirming philosophy is evident throughout. Highly recommended.

CHRISTIAN CIIlLD ABUSE: The
Reality (42 pages, digest-siud, $10.00 from

Realist Publications, P.O. Box 38-262, Petone, Wellington, New Zealand).
Jeffrey Deboo, reviewer.
After reading this item, you'll be enraged on two cowits: first on behalf of all the children molested by the perverts who seem to infest the clergy of almost every branch of Christianity, and second at the colossal nerve of those who have been spreading the "Satanic ritual abuse" myths while the reality of their holy men's depravities outstrips even their fantasies about us!
The text analyzes why Christianity is a breeding growid of pedophilia (a religion which demands repression of mormal sexual urges, notably Catholicism with its celibate clergy, just bottles up those urges witil they explode in some twisted new form) and dissects a few celebrated cases such as the Mt. Cashel Catholic Orphanage in Canada. The rest is accowits culled from news media arowid the world, in which cowitless men of God seem almost to vie with one another to see who can heap the worst abuse on any minor in reach. A New Orleans priest carries off the trophy with allegations that he made his dog take part in the molesting sessions (which were sometimes done at gunpoint), accumulated a 160-hour hardcore video library of his acts, and supplied a kiddie-porn magazine with photos of a retarded youth he had victimiud.
Worst of all is how, in case after case, higher church authorities actively shield molestors. Parents outraged at some clergyman's depredations are told to exercise (yes, you guessed it) the Christian virtue of forgiveness, while the offender is transferred out of trouble and into a new locality where he is wiknown and where fresh, unsuspecting victims await.
Now that even the mainstream media are focusing increased attention on this subject, it's clear that our New Zealand brethren have fowid a potent issue to wield against the sick Nazarene cult befouling our civilization.

SATANISM AND WITCHCRAFf by
Jules Michelet, translated by A.R. Allinson (Citadel Pres, New York, 1992 E.V.; 332 pages, $12.95, paperback).
Jeffrey Deboo, reviewer.
Originally written over a century ago and now newly republished, this formidable work (the product of thirty years of research)∑brio to life the story of Satanism from the birth of the Middle Ages to the Renaissance, in elegant and stately yet easily-

devoured prose. This is history as epic rather than dry chronicle, a tapestry of words more moving and revealing than a thousand clinical photographs.
Never; save pemaps in the best of Twain, have the utter misery and squalor and degradation of medieval life been made so vived. Michelet shows how medieval man's hopelessness and desperation, born of a thousand torments rained down upon him by Church and State in the name of God, drove him to seek the aid of the Rebel who was that God's chief adversary - and who, alone of the dieties available to him, would sanction his own rebelliousness against the vile abominations of his masters, rather than telling him to tum the other cheek.
Medieval Satanism took a thousand forms, from the dumb masses' fearful veneration of old women who had managed to preserve the old pharmaceutical knowledge demonized and forgotten by the Church, to the invocation of forbidden arts by the victimiud to better their lot and strike back against their oppressors, to the Dionysian abandon of the "Sabbaths" and the solemn blasphemies of the Black Mass. Medieval Satanism was widespread and it was real- the similarity of accowits from widely separated lands and eras affirms this. The term Satanism (rather than Devil≠ worship) is appropriately used here, since with rare exceptions the witches and sorcerers of those days saw Satan as an ally and fellow foe of tyranny and injustice, not as a stern and demanding master like Jehovah.
Michelet clearly wrote with no concern about how his prim-and-proper contemporaries would react to the results of his research. He pulls no pwiches in revealing - even with some sympathy - the frequency of incestuous practices in the Middle Ages, and the intimate links between incest and Satanism in every era. He emphasizes the fully equal and sometimes even pre-eminent role of women in Satanism, from the lone witch to the "Sabbath" priestess, in a day when Christianity's byword was still mulier taceat in ecclesia. But interestingly, though medieval witchcraft did indeed preserve many pagan practices, he finds therein no trace of any etherial prehistoric goddess-worship - which will probably make the re-publication of this work something of an wiwelcome event among certain groups who have long made a practice of beefing up their own rather wan mythology by ripping, off what turns out to be our heritage after all.

m \/()/,(IMF-I,# 3 c,- -I

But for us, who seek to reclaim that heritage, it is essential reading - our history retold with all its drama and tragedy shining through.
I cannot close this review without one quote from Michelet's splendid peroration. Asking himself whether Satanism and Christianity can be reconciled in modem times, he proclaims:
"Is there one science you can name that was not originally a revolt against authority? There is only one way to reconcile the two spirits and unite the two Churches. This is to demolish the new one, the one which, from its earliest beginnings, was declared sinful and damnable. Let us destroy, if we can, all the sciences of nature, demolish the observatory, the museum, the botanic garden, the school of medicine, every library of modem books. Let us burn our legal enactments and our codes. Let us go back to the Canon Law. These novelties, one and all, were Satanic; no progress ever made but was his guilty work..How to expiate all this? ...will Satan undo this great work? Never! for it rests on three eternal foundation-stones,- Reason, Right, and Nature."
This man was one of us in spirit. Even a century late, his book should be read.

GLENN DANZIG, musician and member of the bands Sarnhain, Misfits and DANZIG. (Check larger music stores for albums).
Ken Gage, reviewer.
BOMBASTIC MUSIC IS HERE! In a
market so glutted with anything-goes mediocrity, the commercial release of Glenn Danzig's BLJck Aria is a true Hellsend. BLJck Aria's darkly powerful and revisionist sound keeps the album from being categorized with Neo-Classical or New Age music, yet this is no rock album. But this may only be an experimental departure for the musician, whose three DANZIG albums are often described as a blend of R&B and melodious heavy metal, a la John Lee Hooker meets Black Sabbath. Although his early years with Sarnhain and the Misfits were a punk≠ rock legend, they can't hold a black candle to DANZIG or his latest - lend an ear to Black Aria. I think you'll discover that your only regret is the album is fa.1; far too short.

MINISTRY, a unique musical group. (Check any large music store).
Ken Gage, reviewer.
If you've been haunting music stores for

a sound that meets His Satanic Majesty's measure, then MINISTRY has arrivesd! Although the band has been extant since the early 80's, its viscerally distinct industrial/cyberbilly sound didn't blossom until the 1988 release of Land of Rape and Honey. What's cyberbilly, you ponder? - a combination of bluegrass and thrash! Now, don't be frightened by MINISTRY's semi≠ commercial viability. (And don't give me any unholier-than-thou lip about melody either!- I'm talking about an overall Devilish musicianship!)
Sporting 01' Nick's pentagram tattooed on his shoulder, lead vocalist Al Jourgensen gleefully disdains mainstream religion: "It's one giant, false life-insurance policy: 'Pay us money now, we'll promise you'll have a good afterlife.' So they pay their money and happily go off on their own merry little way, making sacrifices on the promise of a better afterlife. Do you know anyone who's come back and complained about their policy?
...It's the biggest insurance scam ever invented." Nothing new to our ears.
MINISTRY's bassist, Paul Barker, offers his own aphoristic evilspeak in punctuation to Jourgensen's. "So, if you're gonna sin," says Barker, "sin boldly. Because, if you believe, you're gonna have to do something in the long run to make up for it." If you know what he's saying, give the band a listen. But if you don't appreciate Psychic TV, Godflesh, or Prong, this won't be your cup of tea either.

TERRA-SHOCK 1beArt of Impact Demo tape. Contact: Black Mosaic Management, clo Brent Miller, P.O. Box 1074, Rockland, ME 04841.
Peter H Gilmore, reviewer.
Satanism has greatly influenced the field of heavy metal, from surface imagery to deeper philosphical explorations of Satanic principles. This tape is a fine example of the latter, with well-crafted music whose lyrics investigate the invisible war, social Darwinist thinking, and living apart from the hero.
The five songs herein are professionally performed and well recorded. Under Stefan Blacart's able hand, this demo is a strong start from a band that will certainly be heard from in the near future.

RUNNING WI'IH TIIE DEVIL, Power,
Gender, and Madness in Heavy Metal Music by Robert Walser. (Wesleyan University Press, Hanover, NH, 1993; 222 pages, ISBN 0-8195-6260-2, paperback.)
Peter H Gilmore, reviewer.

Here at last is a book exploring the subject of heavy metal music without the usual moralistic condemnation or plain condescension so prevalent in other works to touch the subject. Walser is a musician (he's even played with metal bands) and gives a detailed musical analysis whose complexity, and links to such past virtuosic styles as baroque music, might surprise many. Also explored are the sociological factors which have made this such a potent genre in recent years. The author gives some history and confines his work to the more popular and obvious musicians, thus avoiding the more Satanic subgenres and their symbolism and lyrics. Satanism as a motivating philosophy is not part of this book, but the author demolishes arguments against heavy metal made by Carl Raschke in his "academic potboiler," Painted Black. This book will be an eye-opener and is a great foundation for future works to take this musical genre seriously.
HAMMER AGAINST CROSS!, Issue 2,
edited by J.P. Tabone (Poste Restante, 31000 Toulouse R.P., France, 1992; 19 pages, A 4 format, 15 francs, in French).
Peter H Gilmore, reviewer.
This graphically beautiful 'zinc covers the alternative music scene with a social Darwinist slant. Featured here are interviews with Michael Moynihan (Blood Axis), Sveinbjom Beinteinsson, Reptilicus, Fire & Ice, and Cthulhu Records. If you can read French and like this style of music, get it.

BRIMSTONE PRESS #1, Spring XXVIII
A.S., edited by Earl Hammons (1912 East Cleland, Cabot, AR 72023-9666 USA, 1993;
35 pages, photocopied, 8.5" x 11", side≠ stapled).
Peter H Gilmore, reviewer.
This is a new Death Metal 'zinc that features many reviews and interviews with Pale Unearthed, Hands of Filth, Banished, Impetigo, Acheron, Boneyaro Press, Crematorial Death, Living Sacrifice, and Peter Gilmore. A good start for Mr.
Hammons. No price listed but $4.00 should get you a copy.

D.B.N. Magazine #10, ($2.50 from P.O. Box 3547, Lantana, FL 33465-3547; 40 pages,
8.5" x 11" on newsprint).
Peter H Gilmore, reviewer.
Billed as "Your source for subversive entertainment," this 'zinc features music reviews and has interviews with such luminaries as G.G. Allin, Alice Donut,

White Zombie, and Forced Entry. Has some fine comic art, especially the cover image of Death by Eddie Garcia.

SECONDS, (various is.sues, $2.95, on
newstands everywhere)
Peter H Gilmore, reviewer.
Under the capable hands of managing editor George Petros (of EXIT fame) this music magazine has broken ground in their willingness to interview not only the usual bands being promoted to exasperation, but "fringier" folk such as Foetus and Laibach, as well as pioneers like Wendy Carlos and Timothy Leary. At this rate, maybe Norman Conquest will be next? They even criticii.ed Deicide's claim to being Satanic!

EXPLODING HEARTS EXPLODING
STARS, The Serial Art & Propaganda of George Petros ($11.95 from Norman Gosney, 208 W. 23.rtl St., New York, NY 10011, 1992; 96 pages, 11" x 14" paperback).
Peter H Gilmore, reviewer.
This oversii.ed compendium of black and white art clearly demonstrates Petros' mastery of the form of narrative graphic propaganda. Pieces herein shatter PC concepts of racism, sexuality, politics, aesthetics and the philosophies that underlie these topics, creating disturbing icons of archetypes long denied, yet now finding a reswgence of power. With a blend of brutality and elegance, Petros challenges his viewers to come to terms with elements of reality that can only be ignored at the peril of the perceiver.

SIEGE, The Collected Writings of James Mason edited and Introduced by Michael M. Jenkins (Storm Books, P.O. Box 18009, Denver; CO 80218 U.S.A., 1992; 434 pages,
$22.0-0, paperback).
Peter H Gilmore, reviewer.
This book is a monumental achievement. Editor Jenkins took great care to assemble Mason's writin which had been published in his newsletter SIEGE from 1980 -1986, into a coherent progression that charts Mason's thinking on his National Socialist odyssey, from an explorer picking up from his predecessors to the sage with wisdom gained from working to make an effective revolutionary movement in the exacting arena of reality. Mason is most certainly a political extremist, but dear reader, as a Satanist you are also an extremist in the realm of religion and philosophy. This book offers great insight into the progression and evolution of an

extremist movement here in the US. I found remarkable parallels between the types of individuals that Mason encountered in his field to those that I have experienced in the "Satanic scene."
Even amongst his "peers" Mason became a loner as he comprehended the meaning behind the deeds attributed to Charles Manson, and thus founded Universal Omer; a concept very much akin to the Satanic view of Man's place in the cosmos. If you are a Satanist and have not

gotten a sense of perspective on how your movement fits into American Society, look at this account of the American National Socialist movement and learn. Mason's writing is clear and filled with clarity.
This massive tome is graced with rare photographs of individuals, posters, and documents that are central to the issues covered. It's design is elegant and monolithic, and quite easy to read. Here is the un≠ varnished thinking of an American radical offered up for you to judge as you see fit. If you are truly aware, this book will give you much to ponder, and if not, it could make a difference in how you view yourself and the world about you. Don't miss it.

COSMIC RETRIBUTION, The Infernal Art of Joe Coleman (Feral House, P.O. Box 3466, Portland OR 97208-3466, 1992; 135
pages, ISBN (softcover) 0-922915-067 $22.95, ISBN (ha.rtlcover) 0-92291 13-X $39.95).
Peter H Gilmore, reviewer.
I have had the good fortune to have seen numerous actual Coleman originals on exhibition, and they leave an indelible mark on your visual memory. If you are a

---
con11-0isseur of images of misanthropia, then this is a portable feast that you must have. Coleman's paintin and drawin of the human animal at his/her most candidly humane behavior are icons of the Seventh Satanic Statement that leap off of their canvasses to shove their foetid tongues down your throat. And Coleman directs his scrutiny at himself as well as the various strata of "human" society with honesty that is deeply moving.
A handsome volume filled with 32 full color pages and one hundred pages of black and white work, there is an illuminating interview with Coleman that gives the reader a glimpse into the psyche that is the gateway for these extrao.rtlinary and indicting pictures. I see Coleman as a lycanthropic shaman, evidenced by his performances wherein he bites the heads off of mice and blows himself up, who crystallii.es his deeply felt and penetrating grasp of our species in images of devastating epiphany. Here is truly Satanic art that you will savour for decades. A must for every Satanist.

SYMPHONY by Adrian Savage (Pocket Books, 1230 Avenue f the Americas, New York, NY 10020, 1992; 277 pages, ISBN 0-
671-67249-5, $4.99, paperback).
Peter H Gilmore, reviewer.
Here's an odd little number, a horror novel in which several of the protagonists
are Satanists, from Prometheus Faust - ex-cop and founder of a Satanic Church, Cal Hudson - worshipper of Satan who is working on a symphony comprised of sampled screams of the victims of his brutal and graphically described tortures, and 'Torry
- dabbling with the Children of Belial. Savage has herein included all the sorts of Satanism claimed to exist by the Christers, but he attempts a partially sympathetic portrait of Faust as a genuine, if masochistic, Satanist. This novel is the stuff of "B" movies, but is entertainingly written. I was disappointed in the lack of pursuit of the idea of the "scream symphony" beyond its mere mention and the change of attitude wrought in Faust by the novel's end, but that is to be expected as the author is a practitioner of Chaos magic. A fun read to fill your spare time.

HALF DRESSED, SHE OBEYED by
Deborah Ryder(Divine Press, P.O. Box 108, Stockport, Cheshire, SK1 4OD, England, 1993; 189 pages, $19.99, trade paperback).
Peter H Gilmore, reviewer.
---

This volume of S&M erotic fiction is well illustrated by∑'Irevor Brown and includes a perceptive forward by Tuppy Owens as well as a prelude by the author, "'Writing SachMasochistic Pornography: A Woman's Defence," wherein she does just that with clarity and conviction. If this area of erotica is one you enjoy, or if you'd like to explore an area that is new to you, the tales herein will certainly supply you with archetypal scenarios for fantasy. There are many insights to be gained as well concern≠ ing the psyche's of those who belong to this realm, where there are clearly defined roles and no lacking of discipline. Check it out!

ARKTOS: The Polar Myth in Science, Symbolism, and Nazi Survival by Joscelyn Godwin (Phanes Press, P.O. Box 6114, Grand Rapids, MI 49516, 1993; 260 pages, ISBN 0-933999-46-1, $16.95, trade
paperback).
Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.
A fascinating volume that brings some needed research and factual grounding to this topic. If you are interefted in Thule, The Black Order, Shambhala, Agartha and other Hyperborean subjects, then you must have this book. There is an extensive
bibliography as well to point you towards further sources of information.

TIIE FIFIH PXIH, issue 4, edited by Robert Ward (P.O. Box 1632, Carmichael, CA 95609-1632, 1993; 76pages, full-siud softcover magazine, $6.00).
Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.
Once again editor Ward has put together an issue to delight and intrigue. Of particular interest are the interviews with Adam Parfrey of Feral, House and Thomas Thom of the Satanic band The FJectric Hellfire Club. Also of note is the very extensive review section which covers audio, video, and print media. We suggest that you subscribe so as not to miss a single issue.

PRIMAL CHAOS, edited by Wendy Van Dusen (1072 Folsom Street, #388, San Francisco, CA 94103, 1993; Current issue Nl,
$3.00, full-sius softcover magazine).
Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.
We are in possession of Primal,Chaos N2 through N7 and have been highly impressed with the growth in quality and depth displayed under the very able helm of editor Wendy Van Dusen. This 'zine has from the start shown a good sense of graphics and fine artwork and poetry. Articles are meant to get one's feet wet in the subjects covered

(Odinism, Runology, and Lycanthropy are regular topics of discussion). Each issue also contains an interview with someone of note: Monte Cazazza (#2), Kenneth Grant (#3), Peter Carroll (#4), Nick Bougas (#5), Peter Gilmore (#6), and Z'ev (N7).
Miss Van Dusen is also a musician and
her band Neither/Neither '\lorld, has produced a darkly lyrical album with 13 son Sociopathic Pleasures. This is available as an LP ($8.00 postpaid to: Subterranean Recotds, P.O. Box 2530, Berkeley, CA 94702) or CD (Funky Mushroom, P.O. Box 100270, Brooklyn, NY 11210). Do be sure to keep up with these endeavors.

TIIE FENRIS WOLF -The Journal Of Contemporary Occultism, Issue No. 3, edited by Carl Abrahamsson (Psychick Release PCP, P.O. Box 26067, S-100 41,
Stockholm, Sweden, 1993; 200 pages, $20, paperback).
Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.
This hefty volume ranges quite widely in material, much of it Satanic, such as: wrests" by Anton LaVey, "The Demonic Glamour of Cinema" by the editor, "The Left-Handed Path" by The O.N.A., "The Rite of Ragnarok" by Peter Gilmore, "Recognizing Pseudo-Satanism" by Nemo, and "Pythagoras, Plato and the Hellenes" by Philip Marsh. There are other articles on magickal topics by Freya Aswynn, Hymenaeus Beta and a reprint of Austin Osman Spare's "Anathema of Zos." There is much here to get you thinking and doing. Don't miss it.

PROMETiiEAN CIR.CLE, A publication dedicated to Satanism and the path of the strong, edited by John Hiotellis and George Zaharopoulos (P.O. Box 79006, 17202
Himmittos, Athens, Greece, 1993; 28 pages,
815" x 11.75" side stapled).
Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.
This is a fine debut issue. Editor Zaharopoulos starts off with a fine blast at Humanism, Faustus Scorpius expounds on "The Promethean Quest," "Life is War, War is Life" presents philosophy from the Chuch of WAR, Stephen Waters offers insights into "Wolf Lore," and perhaps most apropos is editor Hiotellis' piece on ancient Hellenic Satanic mythology. There's much material of interest here and the editors seek articles for future issues.

DIABOLICAL CREATIONS #1, edited
by Ken Gage (IZM Enterprises, P.O. Box 353, Maple Park, IL 60151, 1993; 42 pages,

full-siud, side stapled).
Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.
"let another new Satanic publication that is ballsy and fun. There's pieces on Satanism, Godzilla, Occult themes in Rap, Satan and the Soul, plus poetry, reviews, many ads, and underground comic style artwork. There's even a piece by a Christian providing his proof for his choice in God≠ belief. A new perspective here that you should enjoy - check it out.

THEE INFERNAL TEMPLER, '\bl. 1,
No. 2 edited by Varek Ultra (f.O.P.Y. Station 23, P.O. Box 687, Halfway; Sheffield, S19 5UX, England, 1993; 16 pages, A4 format. No price listed).
Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.
Having never previously received review materials from T.O.P.Y., I imagine that this issue was sent because the opening article entitled "Satan Is Dead" is a meandering misprision of the Chun:h of Satan and The Black Flame. The balance of the publication is concerned with various Thelemic and Chaosian concerns, as well as reviews of material with a similar bent. A cassette accompanied this, but I was not inspired to listen. If such is your interest, then this is a source for additional material.

ESOTERRA, No. 2, edited by R.F. Paul and Chad Hensley(2116 Guadalupe, #114, Austin, TX 78705, 1992; 40 pages, digest≠ siud, $5.00).
Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.
This is a neat 'zine which commences with a fun piece by Adam Parfrey on "Wei.rd Sex Cults" which is followed by an interview with Parfrey. There are three tarot≠ esque "Esoteric Images" by David Grimbleby with explanations, an intro to the Esoteric Order of Dagon, an analysis of the symbols in Lovecraft's "The White Ship," an interview with Sleep Chamber, poetry by Frater Orcen, and some very fine art. This is a well done effort that is worth your attention.

VILE PEACOCK, issue 2, edited by Richao Polysorbate 60∞ (Maggot Bait, 409 North
P.C.H. 106, suite 439, Redondo Beach, CA 90277, 1992; 38 pages, digest- si7.ed, $2.00).
Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.
This is a 'zine filled with comics, collages, and collated images of misanthropy. This collection is not for the squeamish, with both visceral and sexually explicit material. Just a little bit of "human" life.

11-MOV, issue 1, edited by Richao Polysorbate (IJ0 (Maggot Bait, 409 North
P.C.H. 106, suite 439, Redondo Beach, CA 90277, 1992; 24 pages, digest- sized, $1.00).
Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.
More of the same kind of material as VILE. PEACOCK, which is not surprising since this is called a "first and last breakaway" from that publication. My favorite image is on page three titled "Nature's Kingdom Sees No Evil."

TIIE OHM CLOCK, issue 1, edited by Aaron Garland (P.O. Box 43894, Las Vegas, NV 89116-1894, 1993; 31 pages, full-siz.ed magazine, $3.00 US, $5.00 foreign, postpaid).
Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.
This new 'zine is generally focused on alternative music and thus has interviews with the misanthropic band Man Is 1he Bastard, Kingdom Scum, Anomalous Records, as well as a piece about Richard Wagner plus music reviews. Also interviewed is Robert Ward, editor of The Fifth Path, and there is an article about Ancient Egypt. There is a good blend of material in this first issue.

MODERN TABOO, #3, edited by Mitchell E (P.O. Box 55138, Atlanta, GA 30308-0138,
1993; 14 pages, full-si7.ed, $2.00).
Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.
Included herein are articles on Mantras, The Plecid Foundation, EMBASAT, and interviews with Chad Ian Miller and Jim Goad. There's also a review section of recon:iings and publications. For some reason there are often handwritten headings for articles and for all the reviews.

FLASHBACK, #1, edited by Jan Axelsson (P.O. Box 676, S-114 79, Stockholm,
Sweden, 1993; 80 pages, A4 format, 29 krono .
Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.
A new Swedish music 'zine with explorations of other cultural oddities. Most interesting is the first part of an article on the Church of Satan by Carl Abrahamsson.
Other topics covered: LSD, Film Censorship in Sweden, Jean-Michel Jarre, Iggy Pop, and more. This is all in Swedish, so it is for those who can speak Swedish.

GRAY AREAS, \bl. 1, No. 1, edited by Netta Gilboa (P.O. Box 808, Broomall, PA 19008-0808, 1992; 82 pages, soft-cover full≠ sized magazine, $4.50).
Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.
This is a magazine that wishes to

examine the "gray areas of life," thus they have a massive review section of alternative products in all media that attempts to one-up that of Factsheet Five. The production values are very high here, but outside of the incredible reviews the focus seems to be on the Grateful Dead. The reviews are quite clear and supportive and definitely provide an excellent source for your browsing.

PARAPSYCHOLOGY, NEW AGE.
AND TIIE OCCULT, A Source
Encyclopedia, edited by Cheryl Klein Lacoff (Reference Press International, P.O. Box 4126, Greenwich, CT 06830, 1993; 526
pages, full-sized paperback, $24.95).
Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.
This massive reference work has detailed listings of groups, publications, spas, centers, communities, museums, schools biographies, bookstores, distributors, media producers, and even events! I must say that it is skimpy on Satanism (it's not even listed in the "Topics Index") and there are two listings for the Church of Satan, one of which has an old, defunct mailing address.
I found this to be a fun volume to flip through, as you never quite know what you'll come across, though there's a bit too
much occultnik stuff to wade through. There's quite a guide to stores and services which could help folks find local sources for items of interest. It is a very professional publication and quite reasonable at the price.

GO TO HELL #3, Family Values, a video by John Dewey($9.95 postpaid, Brimstone Ministries, Box 6(1J, Marstons Mills, MA 02648, 1993; 30 minutes, VHS format).
Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.
Once again Daimon Egan is back and seems to have hit his stride with this video. It begins with some paranoia evoking close≠ ups of Egan, then moves on to the running joke, a returning rondo refrain wherein a priest knocks on Egan's front door
(emblazoned with a Halloween witch with a rather phallic nose) with some such pro≠ Christ blather to which Egan has a snappy comeback. Also included is an interview with Ralph Frasier, who doesn't let blindness stop him from resisting the Christians' smugness, a wonderful take-off on Serrano's Piss Christ, Egan's sermon
exposing the namesake of the Gideons, those obnoxious folk who put Bibles in hotel rooms, and also a segment called "The 666 Club," in which Egan and his associate Lucifer Tuylor discuss the family values exemplified by the holy men of the Bible.

The tape is finished with Tuylor, naked, reciting a statement that was read into the congressional recon:i (on Walpurgisnacht!) which mocks Christian charity. All in all a fun tape and well worth the asking price.

LAISSEZ FAIRE BOOKS CATALOGUE,
(942 Howard Street, San Francisco, CA 94103).
Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.
This is an excellent source for books in the Libertarian vein of thought, and stocks such classic authors as Thomas Szasz, H.L. Mencken, Mark Twain, Ayn Rand, and many others who you will find fascinating and useful. Contact them for the latest issue.
EXPOSING- THE FRAUDS JOURNAL OF PSYCHOLOGY &
TIIEOLOGY, Fall 1992, '\blume 20, Number 3. Special Issue - Satanic Ritual Abuse: The Current State of Knowledge. guest edited by Martha L. Rogers (Biola University, 13800 Biola Avenue, La Mirada, CA 90639-0001, 1992; 172 pages, paperback,
$10.00).
Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.
This is a Christian publication wherein those who promote the SRA fraud are taken quite thoroughly to task by some heavy hitters in this field. It seems that the Christian community of intellectuals decided that it was time to clean house.Just as we separate ourselves from misguided dabblers who kill cats and vandali7.e cemeteries, the mainstream Christians want
nothing to do with this Satanic scam fostered
by mentally disturbed individuals and the therapists and consultants who've grown fat from this urban legend. There's great ammo in here from Christians to use should you be in a position to need to debunk the hysteria. Highly recommended.

CORNERSTONE, Volume 21, issue 98, edited by Dawn Herrin (939 W. Wilson Ave., Chicago, IL (IJ640, 1992; 38 pages, tabloid format, $2.00).
Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.
In this issue, Jon 'frott and Mike Hertenstein shine the light of investigative reporting on Mike Warnke, author of 1he Satan Seller, and they demolish his claims to having been a member of a Satanic organization and expose his use of his ministry for personal gain. Once again, this is a Christian publication which wishes to get the sleau out of their comer. Warnke has been making big bucks for years with his phony tales, and now he's been caught and

pinned-down. Much useful info here, should this "clown for Christ" bring his evangelism to your area.

FAISEMFMORYSYNDROME
FOUNDATION, 3508 Market Street - suite 128, Philadelphia, PA 19104.
Peter H. Gilmore, reviewer.
Let me quote from an informational pamphlet published by this organization. "It is the purpose of the Foundation: To seek the reasons for the spread of False Memory Syndrome; To work for the prevention of new cases of False Memory Syndrome; and To aid the victims, both primary and secondary, of False Memory Syndrome."
Here we have an organization that is working to combat the spread of false memories of sexual abuse in general, which will certainly be of use to smash the hysteria concerning ritual abuse" that is a subset of this spectator sport. If information is needed to debunk the lies of fundies and Xtian "therapists," this organization can be of use. Also, should proponents of the hysteria arise in your locale, alert this organization and
put responsible local officials in touch so that they can get a balanced point of view concerning the issue, and not be
hoodwinked out of sympathy for those claiming (falsely) to having been the victims of extraordinarily heinous crimes.

TIIETAOIST

Sway with the breeze Smell the scent of the trees
Feel the SAT pushing Llfe through you

Smoke drifting along the tides of the moon Surrounded by her presence, my senses swoon Twilight's peace beckons their beastial so

Leopard hunting, gaz.elle dying, a sparrow born in a mere moments passing
Sri Kala Chalcra, nothing is wasted or everlasting

A mere thread in Life's woven weave
His bright cloak shining, Yin gracefully leaves These are the best moments of Life

Andre T. Soly

(1970 - 1992) POET, SATANIST

"That is not dead which can eternal lie, And with strange aeons even death may die."

ANTICHRIST
BY BILL EHMANN,]R..

TANDING IN THE RITUAL CHAMBER, the dim
light of a single brazier does little to dispel the darkness. I stand before the Baphomet and for the duration of this ceremony consciously suspend my disbelief in the reality
of Satan and the infernal demons of Hell.
But as commonly happens when I speak less and pause more, I feel the presence of someone there, someone listening, someone watching.
I feel a benevolent interest and a strange sense of comradeship with this presence. As I continue to move through the ritual and address Satan, I am addressing this presence I feel but do not see. Always, when finished with such a ritual I have the profound sense of having communicated with someone and this communication feels meaningful and unbounded by the limitations imposed by the words which were spoken.
What is more, when I have had these experiences in ritual with others, the other individuals consistently report the same feeling of a presence. In talking with different Satanists about this experience I find they commonly have felt this curious communication.
So what is happening here? Our religion stands solidly based upon the bedrock of doubt not faith. We have rejected exterior gods in favor of recognizing our personal godhood in the present moment. We indulge in the power of belief only within the framework of ritual but agree to cap that powerful drug at ritual's end. We agree to turn on again the light switch of reason. We choose to be the magician and not the rube.
Yet the experience in ritual keeps occurring, like the persistant scratching of a cat who wants to be let in. There remains this powerful sense of feeling that there is someone present in ritual who, once called, has come to visit.
I realiz.e that only two conclusions have been drawn by those who have reported this experience since 1966. They either rejected it as mere fantasy (which does not address the intensity of the experience) or embraced it as belief (which ignores the ambiguity of the experience). I wondered if there might not be a third option.
Experimenting with the elements of ritual I discovered that there are several factors which seem to produce this sense of a visitor. First is darkness. When I have conducted ritual with two or more brightly lit candles in a chamber I have not become aware of this ghostly presence. If the chamber is dimly lit by a single burning lamp of jellied fuel (such as sterno) or even in complete pitch darkness, then the awareness of another is felt.
The second factor is the act of expectation through speech and action. When I correctly enter into the Satanic ritual and address Satan as if He were actually listening and present, then the phenomenon of feeling someone present occurs.
Of course all of this could be explained by suggestion. The dim or dark chamber softens the shapes I can see so that the

aspect of my mind which imposes sensory order is activated to make sense out of what is there. This is the same action the mind takes when we say that our eyes are "playing tricks." One example of this is when we are driving a car and can barely see some indistinct object on the road ahead. As we approach it looks to be a body of an animal until we get close enough to see it actually is a cardboard box. By suspending my disbelief in the context of ritual, I am certainly entering into the same dreamlike world of imagination where the mind creates impressions. Thus this experience could be nothing more than a form of self≠ hypnosis.
Digging deeper, however, I wondered how exactly I am aware of this ense of presence in the ritual. I do not normally see anything (such as a shadowy form). Neither do I hear any voice or breathing or some such. Neither is there a smell, taste nor touch. Yet somehow I kept sensing this presence. How?
I began to experiment in ritual. I would invoke the presence and then (with no small humor at this situation) ask myself how the Hell I knew there was this presence. What was this feeling and how did I know about it?
At one point I decided it must actually be that peculiar subset of the sense of hearing which can detect the physical presence of surrounding objects nearby. Physically blind people have demonstrated this remarkable use of "sonar" to "feel" physical objects and people around them through a subtle awareness of sounds. But I found that the visitor was not felt by me to have a specific physical location. It wasn't so simple.
Finally I came to realiz.e that there is a peculiar difference between how I feel when I am alone and when there is another person present. If you are in a room and someone enters who could be important to you (a friend, for example) there is a special complex of subtle physical shifts that occur which you can feel. You will not feel these shifts if someone enters who is totally unimportant and does not require any degree of social interaction (such as a stranger entering a bus depot where you are reading a book). This feeling of social preparation, of readying oneself to interact with another person, was exactly what I have been experiencing as the visitor phenomenon.
However, even this has not answered the ultimate question. After all, am I sensing this presence because it is actually there or because I have fallen prey to my own suggestive expectations?
And then finally the answer loomed clear and distinct.
Since in ritual, the magic is most effective when the magician suspends disbelief and believes totally and completely in the magical reality of Satan and his minions, and since so many feel this presence in ritual, then the answer is to BELIEVE IT... in ritual; DISBELIEVE IT... outside of ritual.
Just the way it was described in 7he Satanic Bible in 1969.

WHAT If THEY 0AVE A WAR ANDNOBODY CAME?

ON'T BLINK - WATCH 1-IlS HANDS! The hand is
quicker than the eye!" Phrases often heard from an audience observing the artistry of prestidigitation.
Perhaps some of you have uttered similar comments while enjoying a magical entertainer at a circus, cruise ship, Las Vegas or tableside at a restaurant. And the most popular comment: How do they do that? Part of the answer comes from MISDIRECTION.
Come closer. I am about to reveal a secret. The hand IS NOT quicker than the eye! That is why you, the audience, must be made to look elsewhere without realizing that you have been: MISDIRECTED! Fear not! Even with this knowledge you will be hard pressed to catch a pro at his game. So come closer, I shall tell you more.
One particular technique is BOREDOM. Stay awake no,w and I will share an example of one magician who w.as a master at misdirection. His name: MAX MALINI. Born m
1873 in Ostrov (between Poland and Austria); emigrated to New York at age fifteen. His passion and hobby, magic, became his profession, and by age twenty he was one of the nation's top saloon entertainers. Malini went on to perform at major cities in the USA, and from there he entertained world≠ wide. Malini was described as having the airs of an opera star: expensive clothes, cigar, finess and panache. His strongest feats were the appearance of a block of ice in a spectator's hat and blindfolded card tricks. Quite impressive for a man who was described as pudgy with very small hands! In fact, Malini could not hide a playing card in his hand. Yet he still managed_ to do so. Malini knew that if an action is repeated constantly, it becomes BORING and the mind will not pay attention to it. Thus he would repeat the same shuffle several times, then interject a "secret move," right under the proverbial nose of the audience!
And so on, with some other actions safely hidden from
perception. Malini amazed audiences up to the time of his death in the early 1940's. He is buried in Hawaii, the place of his last performance.
Would you like to put this to a test? The next time you are at the dinner table, try this: pick up and lay down your fork in exactly the same way. Look at the fork as you do so, but make no mention of this. Just let the action sink in. Do this three or four times. Then, look at the fork, PRETEND to pick it up. Bring the hand (pretending to hold the fork) towards you and SIMULTANEOUSLY look at someone next to you and say "Could you hold this fork?" If your timing is correct, you will enjoy watching your victim reach for the
non-existing fork! With a little practice, you can do this with coins, salt-shakers and other small objects.
So practice well and please do not drop your fork!

November 1387: A massive army of Tartars appear on the plains outside the city of Ispahan in central Iran.

Their leader, the Turkish war-lord Tammerlaine, dispatches emissaries to announce his arrival and to convey his challenge of battle to commence on the following day.
The Mussaffarid governor of Ispahan, Muzaffar-I-Kashi receives Tammerlaine's emissaries and is informed of the challenge they have come to deliver. He wastes no time in conferring with his ministers of state. The rich mercantile population of the city has little stomach for battle. They lack the necessary courage and fortitude to meet the Tartar challenge with resolve. There must be some other less dangerous course to follow, they plead.
Muzaffar-I-Kashi politely declines the challenge. Instead he offers the keys of the city to Tammerlaine, hoping to placate him.

The inhabitants of Ispahan, oblivious to their impending doom, carry on "business as usual."

Tammerlaine, a seasoned warrior of a hundred desperate battles, can feel no compassion for men so cowardly and indolent as to refuse to defend their own families, city and posessions. To his fierce warrior ethic, this refusal, and subsequent token of submission, is both an insult and an outrage!

Tammerlaine orders the wholesale slaughter of the city's inhabitants. Each of his army units is required to contribute a fixed number of heads to the general "pool."

The horror that ensues is unequalled by even the Golden Horde of Genghiz Khan in the previous century. For the Mongols, despite their ferocity, were but simple savages, whereas Tammerlaine is a cultured Turk.

The city of Ispahan becomes a chaos of thunderous hoofbeats, curved scimitars flashing in arcs beneath a dazzling Arabian sun, cries of terror and pain, and the sickly-sweet fragrance of death lingering in the aftermath.

Tammerlaine decrees that a pyramid reaching many stories high is to be constructed on the following day. It is to be a monument to the once prosperous, but cowardly people of Ispahan. It is to be composed of the 70,CXIJ skulls of the men, women, and children of the city who have perished there that unforgettable day.

R. N. Taylor

INFLUENCE FELT in society. We've seen how many individua1s have launched publications as
platforms for their particular focus and this is a healthy development. The Church of Satan encourages its members to make their influence felt in the real world, and this is a very direct method. We also have seen many new grottos rise, and fall as well, as Satanists attempt to make a social organization that will satisfy the wants of those involved. In this column, we'll focus on several grottos and their activities.

Grotto ODM (P.O. Box 163, Stratford, CT 06497)
Here is a group of Satanists that are organized and having fun too! From their Genera/, Information papers: "Grotto ODM, also referred to as ODM, is an organization whose primary function is the fraternal bonding and mutual support and advancement of individua1s of like interest in magical and related topics, who share the same basic philosophy on the nature of the world and of humans.
"Our name, 'GROTTO ODM,' derives from the Latin 'Oderint Dum Metuant,' 'Let them hate, so long as they fear.' This reflects the esoteric nature of the grotto, which sets itself apart from the social mainstream, and also the general tone of the grotto's philosophy, which disregards opinions of outsiders who do not share nor even understand our beliefs. The motto could be understood to convey the sentiment, in everyday language, 'I don't care if you don't understand me, or even if you hate me - just don't bother me.'
"ODM's pragmatic philosophy is based on the principles set forth in Anton LaVey's The Satanic Bible; familiarity with and understanding of this work are essential for membership. Since our founders are members of Dr. LaVey's Church of Satan, we maintain a 'spiritual affiliation' with the Church.
Membership in the Church is not mandatory for General members of ODM, although it is strongly recommended. There are some Grotto functions which are reserved only for members of the Church of Satan.
"ODM does not evangelize nor proselytize; we don't practice overt recruitment. We welcome inquiry by persons whose interest and participation could be mutually beneficial, and membership is typically by referral. Naturally, any area members of the Church of Satan are welcome to join should they so desire."
This grotto also puts out a newsletter called The Raven which is humorous and insightful with columns on food (From Hell's Kitchen) and drink (Exploring the Spirit World≠ de gustibus non disputandum), as well as commentary. They are open to article submissions.
Do contact them if this sounds to be what you seek.

The Infernal Garrison (7205 Goreway Drive, P.O. Box 59049, Mississauga, Ontario, L4T 4J1, Canada)
Having grown out of the Knights of Satan, from whom we haven't heard much in a while, Doug Richards has here forged an active ensemble promoting real Satanism. The membership package includes "Statutes That Govern The Infernal Garrison," and many fine images drawn by Mr.
Richards as well as his militant Satanic poetry and their initiation ritual. They also have spiffy membership cards. From one of their information sheets:
"The Infernal Garrison was formed in response to the demands of those in the Toronto area... [We] follow the philosophies of the Church of Satan and practice true Satanic magic, not what society 'thinks' is practiced...With determination, perhaps more groups will eventually follow to offer man identity instead of herd conformity."
They've a1so produced a cassette of music for rituals, basically from various soundtracks (Bram Stoker's Dracula) and Orff's Carmina Burana, among others. It is an effective blend Contact them for further information.

The Shiva Grotto (710 1/2 Courtland Ave., Kokomo, IN 46901) The basic intent of the Shiva Grotto, according to James
M. Davis, is to destroy the "Geraldo-satanist" image as well as the over-rated Christian religion. A further goal is to show that when need be, instead of ritualizing for everything, real Satanists get off their asses and employ their natural intelligence and wit in order to make their desires happen. From one of their pamphlets:
"Throughout history, anyone who veers from the mainstream and has obtained any success has been accused of diabolical connections to a darker force. Satanism is not about who can sacrifice the most babies or take the most drugs, it's about living by a set philosophy and calling up the darker forces in nature to exert your Will into the world as you see fit... Satan demands a much harder task than signing over your soul in blood. He demands that you live your life as fully as possible, prosper by your own wits and avoid misery."
Their organization is firmly based on the writings of Anton Szandor LaVey.

Please note: Both William Gidney and the "Infernal Grotto" are no longer associated with the Church of Satan, by decree of the Council of Nine.
Also, there are still pseudo-Satanic organizations out there claiming that the Church of Satan is defunct, bankrupt, or in some way non-existent - and that they are taking over. A bogus history is usually supplied to give credibility to their pedigree.
Ignore them. Innovators succeed while imitators fail!

HELL'S KITCHEN PRODUCTIONS PRESENT
CLOISONNE
SIGIL OF BAPHOMET MEDALLIONS
THE CHURCH OF SATAN
by Blanche Barton

A History Of The World's Most Notorious Religion
Where Satanism has been,
its present state, and where it is going, plus a guide to ritual magic and formation of groups and grottos.
1.75 INCHES IN DIAMETER SILVER SYMBOL BACKED BY
ENAMEL IN BLACK, RED, OR PURPLE
ORDER NOW!
ONLY $30 EACH
(ADD $5.00 EACH, OUTSIDE U.S.)
$8.95 plus $1.50 shipping and handling
($5.00 for overseas orders)
SEND CHECK, MONEY ORDER, OR BANK DRAUGHT IN U.S. FUNDS TO:
HELL'S KITCHEN PRODUCTIONS,
P.O. BOX 499, RADIO CITY STATION, NY, NY 10101-0499 U.S.A.

SPEAK OF TIIE DEVIL: 1HECANONOF ANTONLAVEY

A 90 minute docwnentary featuring all-new interviews with the High Priest of the Church of Satan.
Don't mis.5 the tour of The
Black House, including the forbidden Den of Iniquity.
You'll be dazzled by his keyboard artistry as the Maestro takes you to worlds gone by - soon to be resurrected. Also featuring interviews with other Satanists of note. Don't miss it!
AVAILABLE THIS FALL FROM:

WAVFLENG1HVIDEO,
BOX 1290, BURBANK, CA 91507
Send a self-addressed, stamped envelope for information.

THE FENRIS WOLF #3
Featuring:
"Tests" by Anton LaVey "Pseudo Satanism" by N emo
"Rite of Ragnarok" by Peter Gilmore "Roots of Satanism" by Philip Marsh and other articles of interest.

To order: send U.S. $25 in cash or International Money Order for
150 Swedish Crowns
Coming in 1994:
Den Sataniska Bibeln
(Swedish translation of The Satanic Bible
by Carl Abrahamsson)

for information contact:
Psychick Release PCP, P.0. Box 26067, S-100 41, Stockholm, Sweden

prisons get? People should be laughing WITH the death penalty, not AT it. Those who are laughing at
the death penalty are confused in thinking that it is not a deterrent. A person who is put to death can never harm another innocent person again. A corpse doesn't have a chance for parole, nor does it have any opportunities for escape.
Convicts who have no substantial evidence against them, but who are on death row, are spared (for the time being).
Those criminals who have admitted openly to murder, or who have overwhelming evidence against them, MUST be put to death without reservation. Of course, those who kill in self≠ defense should be spared by the government, and commended by the Satanist.
Capitol Punishment is a euphemism for "destroying low-lifes." If Satanists ruled the government, the degenerates
would go bound and gagged to the victim's family for them to torture, then destroy. Sheer torture would make any would-be perpetrator think twice. Since this isn't going to happen in our world just yet, let the government destroy the degenerates. An end would come to the building of more and more prisons, paying people to "rehabilitate" those beyond rehabilitation, as well as the feeding and health care of these morons.
Whenever someone is put to death, and it is not in your own state, the newspapers print only a very small article about it. I suppose this is to not offend Christians by making a big story out of how the state got rid of someone who would have eaten up the taxpayers money, and "gulp," put someone to death. Some politicians will whine that it costs the state too much money to execute these parasites. (What about the expenses of the court cases, and prison?) Some defense lawyers are suckering the criminal's loved ones into prolonging trials at their, and the taxpayers' expense, knowing full well the criminal will not go free.
When an animal gets impounded, they are either
adopted, or the inevitable happens. A thirty or forty year sentence served in full, would be very unfortunate for the criminal who commits a heinous crime, as they usually get out earlier now.
In our state, a criminal was mistakenly let out of the Maryland State Penitentiary. The result? An innocent boy and girl were shot to death in a convenience store for no reason at all. He said he just did it because the world stinks. He's right there, the world does stink. That's only because the Christian/Humanist government doesn't give a damn and only a Satanic government would have the guts to stand up and say, (as all Dark Heroes) "All wrong doers - You shall perish!" More quality people - less quantity. As the ABRAXAS Foundation states in Apoodyse Culture: "Long Live Death!"

olf nninat £1ljeep unrttu nofngt quorttu 6c i6fl6ttn of Stntia lltimnl l)n9nniam &ietce Snaciam 6e 8fnnl elf nfon 1ije utcij of nt

FOR INFOSEND $6(CASH OR PCl!TAL lllNEY ORDER!TO: CO.UN, PCllT BOX15, AIJ'ADENA, C\ 91MlUSA.
YOUR TIME GROWS SHORT, PREPARE FOR HOLY WAR

PROMETHEAN CIRCLE
Sinister Greetings!
Announcing the birth of a new magazine, dedicated to spreading the Satanic Word, the path of the strong, and the dark side of the human psyche. You are invited to present your ideas and principles through our pages. Please send materials and articles, we will publish original as well as reprints. Thanks in advance.

MIGHT IS RIGHT. HAIL SATAN!
JOHN HIOTELLIS, GEORGE ZAHAROPOULOS
EDITORS
PROMETHEAN CIRCLE
P.O. BOX 79006
17202 HIMITTOS ATHENS,GREECE

THE
INFERNAL GARRISON

BEHOLD AND LET THOSE THAT REGARD LIFE AS THE GREAT AND ULTIMATE INDULGENCE COME FORTH TO a.AIM ITS REWARDS!
SATANISM IS A RECOGNIZED RELIGION, ALLOWING GROUPS AND GROTTOS TO BE FORMED. THESE GARRISONS ARE LED BY FORMIDABLE WITCHES AND WARLOCKS LOYAL TO THE SATANIC MOVEMENT AND ITS GOALS.
HERE IN CANADA ANOTHER ORGANIZATION HAS EMERGED. WE RECOGNIZE THE NEED FOR SATANIC RITUAL AND AS SUCH EXCHANGE METHODS TO BRING THIS INTO MANIFESTATION. WE ARE LOOKING FOR OTHERS WHO SHARE THE SAME PHILOSOPHY AS THE CHURCH OF SATAN.
ANYONE INTERESTED IN MORE INFORMATION MAY WRITE TO:
THE INFERNAL GARRISON P.0.BOX 59049
MISSISSAUGA, ONTARIO L4T 4Jl CANADA

OR CENTURIES, Western society has been dominated by a philosophical system that can be
best described as antagonistic dualism, the belief that the world is comprised of pairs of irreconciliable opposites. Under this system, life is reduced to a series of either/or choices. This worldview is so pervasive that it provides the basis of most of the philosophies which provide the foundations of modem western culture. Since this philosophy touches upon virtually every fac.et of modern life I will not be attempting a comprehensive look at it in this article.
Instead I will touch upon a few examples of the results of such ideas, and touch upon the origins of this insidious philosophy.
The roots of antagonistic dualism go back some 2500-3000 years to ancient Persia. It was there that the Zoroastrians developed what was probably the first religion/ethical system based upon the idea of a metaphysical struggle between good and evil. Today, thanks to the Zoroastrians, people tend to think of good and evil as fixed absolutes, causes rather than effects, but this was not always the case. Many ancient societies thought of this dichotomy quite differently. Generally, good was whatever was beneficial to you, your family or your tribe/nation. Evil on the other hand was simply whatever was harmful to these same groups. Good and evil were seen as effects and not causes. Antagonistic duality lies behind this inversion of ideas. Consider the Greco-Roman, or Germano-Celtic mythologies. You'll find no such notions of ethical dualism as you find in Zoroastrian or Judaic mythology, you simply cannot
compare a figure such as Zeus, or Odin to an
Ahura-Mauia or Yahveh. Contrary to the conventional opinion however, the leap from the Zeuses and Odins to Yahveh and his ilk is hardly an advancement, it is instead a great leap backwards. The ancients all recognized the duality of nature but they did not attach any moral values to such things, they were simply recognized as counterparts in the overall scheme of thin . Antagonistic duality, as manifested first among the Persians and later among the Jews, was bad enough but it was primarily concerned with good and evil. After the idea spread to the decadent philosophers of the late Hellenic period, such as Plato and Socrates, it

broadened it's scope to include almost all of the world in it's pointless divisiveness.
Today, these dichotomies can be generally divided into two categories. The internal dichotomies are the first group and would include such thin as good vs. evil, intellect vs. instinct and reason vs. passion. The second group, the external dichotomies would include such thin as civilization vs. nature, life vs. death and male vs. female. It is with these dichotomies that I will be concerning myself hereafter.
The idea of good vs. evil has a long history in the world, and is central to the Judea-Christian ethic which has so polluted the world. The ideas of this group I have already dealt with, so I'll not repeat all of that. The other internal dichotomies are very similar to the good vs. evil dichotomy in many respects. Each is characterized by a refusal to recognize the totality of man's inner makeup. And each of these groups of people are prone to the same adverse effects which derive from this self-imposed internal conflict.

One of the most common internal dichotomies today is intellect vs. instinct. There are some who bdieve that the only knowledge of any value is intellectual in nature, learned knowledge. These people do not believe that inborn, instinctive understanding is of any value, in fact there are some who deny that man has any instincts. To be sure, man's instincts are not so absolute as the instincts of insects or birds but it would be a mistake to claim that man is devoid of instinct. As a primate, man has a fairly open-ended set of instincts, which leaves a great deal to be learned. There are however deeply felt drives which are inborn. There would be no conflict between instinct and intellect were it not for man's tendency to build up unnatural institutions to make the world more agreeable to his overdelicate sensibilities. When an instinctive drive runs counter to the rules man has established, a new action is taught to replace the instinctive act in the individual's mind. To
claim that all intellect is without value is less prevalent, but equally erroneous. These people follow the Rousseauesque doctrine of the noble savage. The error of these people lies in the fact that the human animal does not come with a complete program as does a

bee, or ant. A human being must acquire a certain degree of intellectual learning in order to survive. Anti-intellectualism may be rooted in a reasonable distrust of inordinate intellectualism, but it goes too far in the other direction. Just as the ultimate end of the intellectualists is a world where everyone does precisely as he has been taught to do, a world where every move is analyzed and spontaneity is a thing of the past, the end of the anti-intellectualists is a world of ignorance, and mistrust of any learning.
A very closely related conflict is reason vs. passion. The worshippers of reason regard reason as the be-all and end-all of human existence. These people fail to recognize that reason is only a tool. This overdependence on reason goes back to Greece, notably the philosopher Aristotle. The ideal of such people is a being that is totally dominated by reason. A being that is not swayed by passion. These people are continually stressing that man is not "just an animal." Their passions remind them of their animal nature and must therefore be done away with. As I see it, their ideal is a bloodless machine. Ultimately, by their very nature these deifiers of reason will fall into the same trap as the overly intellectual. Once again the other side is equally mistaken.
Traditionally, artists fall within the category of those who stress the passions over reason. The virulently anti-rational are a minority in this group. Those who reject reason, and are totally ruled by passions are not taking advantage of some of the unique characteristics of the human animal. These slaves to their passions will often drift aimlessly through life. They will follow their feelin even if they lead to their own destruction.
All of these groups are united in their desire to tear themselves into two parts. Whether that division is between good/evil, reason/passion, or instinct/intellect is ultimately irrelevent. They can all be roughly divided into two types, exterminators and suppresors. Those I call exterminators are driven to purge themselves of every trace of whatever undesireable element they find in their nature. The other group, the suppressors, are less driven. They usually understand that they will never purge themselves entirely of the offensive element and so they are

satisfied in suppre g it as much as possible. These types often believe that in time these offensive traits, if suppressed, will atrophy d die. While both groups are fighting futile battles against themselves, battles which they are doomed to lose, the suppressors can US\lally come through with fewer of the more unpleasant side-effects.
The worst that will befall a suppressor is, more often than not, a few neuroses of varying degree. It is another story with the exterminators. With each failure to destroy the hated element of their nature they will grow more single-minded and fanatical. It is from the ranks of the exterminators that all of the inquisitors, puritans and witch≠ hunters have come. While the suppressor will avoid the middle ground of balance, the exterminator will find it so repellent that he will go to any extreme, even the opposite extreme to avoid it. This is reflected in the well known fact that the quickest to convert to any extremist philosophy are those who, until recently, adhered to the opposing doctrine. Until an exterminator breaks away from his position, which is usually a very sudden decision, they will almost certainly be unwilling to consider any other opinion. It is a fools errand to try to reason with an exterminator, even those who have exalted reason.
The external dichotomies cannot be divided into exterminators and suppressors because they operate in a very different way. These are not struggles of man vs. himself. The external dichotomies are a manifestation of man's struggle against the world around him. These struggles are the same as the internalized ones in this regard, though they are equally pointless. A good example of the kind of idiotic conflict that falls under this heading is civilization vs. nature. The forces of civilization are responsible for the continuing deforestation of the Earth, the extermination of wild animal species to make room for surplus
humans and other domesticated animals, and a general preference for the artificial to the natural. On the other side are more of Rousseau's disciples. These people would delight in restoring an age of innocence which they believe existed in the long ago dim past. They yearn for a return to the garden of Eden, but would only accomplish a return to the cave. While no one can argue that all of the so-called advances of modern civilization are in fact advances, it should be obvious that it is not in our interest to throw it all away in pursuit of a golden age that never did, and never will, exist.

Another of the external dichotomies is life vs. death. Today there is a widely held belief that there is an innate sanctity in human life, and that life, at any level, is better than death. As a direct result of this idea, the human population of the Earth is escalating at an ever increasing rate. As a natural consequence of this overcrowding, famine and pestilence occasionally break out and natural disasters such as earthquakes, hurricanes, and flooding wreak greater havoc. Such things, while they are vital elements of nature's population control system, are violations of man's rules.
Whenever nature intervenes with a famine or somesuch measure, in comes a flood of "humanitarian" aid- food, clothing, and medicine - in an effort to thwart nature's design. If mankind does not change its course, nature will change it for him. You cannot circumvent nature indefinitely. Like it or not, man will have to start playing by nature's rules. On a more personal level, it is not unusual to see people who will cling to life, even a bedridden life dependent upon machines, rather than accept death and go out with a little dignity. What sane person can say that it is better to live as a frail, senile shadow of their former selves than to die when they have reached the logical conclusion of their lives?
Another product of this worldview is the "battle of the sexes." It has promoted a uselessly divisive outlook which has done nothing except create unwarranted hostility and pointless bickering. Each side argues over which sex is superior. You might as well argue over whether a saw is a better tool than a hammer. It is certainly true that nowhere in nature is equality to be found, but inequality does not follow gender lines. We are individuals and must be judged as such. A division of the human race into two uniform gender blocs is ridiculous. It is true that some women are utterly worthless for anything other than childbearing, but there are some that are superior to many men I've known who are useful only for mindless menial labor. No, ultimately gender is not a valid factor in establishing the social hierarchy. Even more insane than the extremists on behalf of either side are what passes for a moderate in this issue. These people would destroy the enmity between male and female through an attempt at destroying the differences. They seek to establish an androgynous, unisex world where the innate differences between the sexes are suppressed through socialization and "test-tube" reproduction. The solution

to the problems brought about through antagonistic dualism is not to be found in the pursuit of a thoroughly unnatural state of affairs, it lies in an understanding of the fact that despite their innate differences, the sexes are not bound into an adversary relationship; an understanding that it is possible to view them as complimentary halves of a larger whole.
Ultimately, though the mind perceives the duality inherent in nature, it seeks to restore a unified whole. Antagonistic dualism, in all its varied forms, believes that only one side of the duality is natural. They believe that the rest is a sort of cancerous growth which must be excised. Their ultimate goal is a world torn in half, a barren monotonous life free of the inner conflict that they themselves have promoted. It is tme for a restoration of that older, healthier view that there is a balance in nature between the duality's halves, a recognition that all are necessary in their place. A good illustration of this is found in the symbology of the sigil of Baphomet. As Dr. LaVey has stated in 1be Saktnic Bibl.e, the horns of the goat symbolize duality. Each horn is separate and distinct from the other, yet both are but part of the goat. Since the goat is a symbol of carnality, and thus of nature, it is therefore seen that everything is part of nature and that to exalt some part of nature above the whole is foolish. It should be obvious to everyone that only by recognizing the totality of nature, including human nature - despite what superficially appear to be contradictions, can life continue in any worthwhile sense. The road which western culture is presently traveling leads only to destruction. Until mankind no longer feels compelled to engage in counterproductive struggles with himself and nature there can be no real progress.
This Persian monster, and its offspring, must be destroyed. If we do not destroy them they will certainly destroy us.

EW THERE ARE WHO HAVE SUCCEEDED in
passing the Barrier to the twilit grotto that shines beyond'. For know ye well, that the dwellers in the
Abyss hunt souls like unto thine to hold in their thrall."
Anton Szandor LaVey,
"Die Elektrischen Vorspiele," The Satanic Ritual/

We are all familiar by now with the uses of alienation in Satanism. The writer of evocative literature is seldom thought of as being a magician. The American Gothic literary genre has produced such marvels as Nathaniel Hawthorne, E.A. Poe,
and H.P. Lovecraft. Few in the world of those Without would understand why these writers might be considered Satanic magicians. Yet each of their stories has exerted a diabolic influence on their readers' imaginations, creating 'rifts' in mass consciousness. For as 'fictional' as their writings are said to be, indeed they have opened the Gates - have they not? Every story can be seen as an exercise in indulgence, each indulgence being a magical Working in its own right.
Geometry, landscaping and weird imagery in the modern horror tale have been used to great effect to create states of alienation within their readers. The Law of the Trapezoid refers to more than just the strange angles of architectural structures. In a literary context this would refer to the bizarre room of Keziah Mason's house in H.P.L.'s "Dreams in the Witch House." The 'Law' also includes geographical areas and landscapings. This was discussed briefly
by Dr. LaVey in his most recent work The Devii's Notebook.2
This article will focus on landscaping and its power to alienate the literary character, as well as the reader. This alienation makes the character the other, whereas it is usually assumed that the "alien beings" of Lovecraft's Mythos are the Outsiders. The protagonist, in fact, becomes alien through a paradigmatic shift. This can be seen as a type of gnosis or "enlightenment."
Within the context of this article 'landscaping' shall mean any geographic area, its size, dimension - any feature, fixture, atmosphere, or phenomenon connected with that area. Also, landscaping refers specifically to nature and its peculiar manifestations.
The use of weird landscapings, unlike the convention of 'Gothic architecture' as found in Walpole's The Castle of Otranto (meaning the geometry of the physical structures within the stories), deserve more attention than they have received.
Author T.E.D. Klein, former editor of The Twilig/Jt Zone magazine, works on a somewhat "Lovecraftian" base. In his short story, "Black Man with a Horn," from Dark Gods (1980), he draws mostly on the Mythos. However, in The

Ceremoni.es (1984) he borrows concepts from Arthur Machen's short story "The White People." Machen was one of H.P.L.'s literary influences. In both of Klein's works there are liberal doses of weird landscapings. In the "Lovecraftian" tradition, images of dark twisted trees, menacing forests, blasted wastelands, whispering lonely fields, as well as savage jungles, frozen arctic environments, and other forlorn extreme manifestations of nature assail us. A heath of odd squatting hills, such as in H.P.L.'s "The Whisperer in Darkness," or Machen's "The Great God Pan," and all such stimuli jar our senses because of their ali.enness. One does not have to travel with his head disconnected to black Yuggoth to find the kind of strangeness which can be found on Earth.
The rough, wild, feral quality of Lovecraftian nature, and indeed, within all Gothic traditional depictions of nature, serve to alienate the reader from the common, to set them up for the story's awful culmination. Within these environments those caught up in them are transformed. Perhaps it can be better said that they adapt to their environment. One example which comes to mind is the goat-like Wilbur Whately in H.P.L.'s "The Dunwich Horror." Dunwich is supposed to be an all-around diconcerting place. It disturbs or adversely affects the protagonist.
This type of imagery is nothing new as a convention in the American Gothic genre. Hawthorne utilized such images as in "Young Goodman Brown," where the Witches' Sabbath takes place in a fiery pine forest. Here the Devil Himself is met on lonesome country roads near the midnight hour. H.P.L.'s "The Colour Out of Space," and "The Shadow Out of Time," present us with places of mystery, darkness and especially of geographical isolation.
It might be said that this proliferation of isolation≠ imagery in the American Gothic genre comes from the nature of early America itself. America was a vast wilderness at one time (before we "became fruitful and multiplied," that is). It is reasonable to assume that this exerted a sizeable influence on writers up until the recent time of mass urbanization.
Currently, the horror story tends to focus itself on the 'concrete jungle,' such as in T.E.D. Klein's "The Children of the Kingdom," and many of us know of H.P.L.'s loathing for New York City. While the city streets have apparently become the new forum of literary alienation, the city environment is still safe. It is predictable because it is a human fabrication. Nature, even unto this hour, remains unconquerable, it is an unknown.
Weird, isolated geography also includes the Nebraska countryside of Stephen King's "The Chidren of the Corn," and the rural neighborhood in Carl Jacobi's "The Unpleasantness at Carver House." Now consider, in light of the above, the

m \/()/,(1;\/J,'./,#.;('.-;

influence of nature/landscapingon the psyche in &ther Forbes' A Mirror for WitdJes (1928). Louis Gross, author of Redefining the American Gothic, gives us a sample of this,
The forest is a place of dark evil for the village, [in Forbes' novel] and as the dwelling of the Indian, a habitation for Satan and his followers.3
What can be said about the above discussed process of
alienating nature? By shifting the perceptual ground upon which we have built our notions of reality, writers like H.P.L. have raped our tunnel-realities by displacing our familiar world, and thrusting us, not into an "Abyss," but into a world we never understood in the first place. One might say that the Akeleys and Robert Blakes have their reality-filter lenses removed and become alien beings to the world. Robert Price, author of "Lovecraft's Artificial Mythology," tells us that,
His [Lovecraft's] aim was not to make the reader feel that supernatural entities (i.e. gods) exist. Such is the misunderstanding of many readers of Lovecraft. Rather, he sought to stimulate the removal of natural limits onhuman perception so as to provide a full view of the horribly empty (naturalistic) cosmos.4
According to Price, Yog-Sothoth, Cthulhu and the gang are supposed to be "the aliens." The essence of what he is saying, as this author interprets it, is that the Old Ones are no mere anomalous disturbances, but are the true inhabitants of a sphere we never really owned (i.e. "the Domain of Man"). We become alien creatures in an existential universe to which we are rudely awakened. The long forbidden realities of this world have turned hostile and demonic through centuries of denial. Stefan Dziemianowicz, author of "Outsiders and Aliens: The Uses of Isolation in Lovecraft's Fiction," backs the observations put forth so far,
This telescoped point of view [refering to the existential quality of H.P.L.'s works] presents an image of mankind as an isolated presence on the "black seas" of an infinite cosmos, a figure dwarfed into insignificance by the vastness of the universe.5
The Gothic genre (in general), being a product of a predominantly Christian culture is going to reflect its anti≠ nature bias. All horrors attributed to the natural world have, in the past, made titillating reading for proper Victorian ladies who were in need of a polite, socially acceptable catharsis - or exorcism, however one cares to look at it.
It is the psychodramatic quality of these works which exert their Satanic influence. As acts of 'black magic,' these above-mentioned works and countless others have served to disturb the complacency of readers, leading them down the Left-Hand-Path. Those less sensitive readers will undoubtedly shrug off the exigency of an H.P.L. work as "just a scary story," denying any heuristic value therein. For those who are not disturbed by what may come to them in the middle of the night, on some lonesome heath (perhaps through a shining

trapezohedron?), the goal of the Working is revealed:
Each of us must find our own way through the wilderness, and like Nietzsche's Zarathustra, must imbue our lives with personal meaning and power. No god, avatar, president or pope will do it for us. We, in fact, must recreate ourselves as the 'O Id Ones.' In The Satanic Rituals Dr. LaVey tells us that,
One can not help speculating upon the reality
suggested by the fantasy - the possibility that the Old Ones are spectres of a future human
. 6
mental1ty.
But for that to happen, we must first AWAKE.
? ? ?
Notes

1. Anton Szandor LaVey, The Satanic Rituals (New York: Avon, 1972), p. 124.
2. Anton Szandor LaVey, The Devil's Notebook
(Portland: Feral House, 1992), p. 116.
3. Louis Gross, Redefining the American Gothic (London: U.M.I. Research Press, 1989), p. 32.
4. Robert Price, "Lovecraft's Artificial Mythology," An Epicure in the Terribk, eds. Schultz & Joshi, (Cranbury: Associated University Presses, 1991), p. 248.
5. Stefan Dziemianowicz, "Outsiders and Aliens: The Uses of Isolation in Lovecraft's Fiction," An Epicure in the Terribk, eds. Schultz & Joshi, (Cranbury: Associated University Presses, 1991), p. 159.
6. LaVey, The Satanic Rituals, P. 178.

S WE WORK THROUGH THE
third decade of modern Satanism, we often find the Devil's "undefiled
wisdom" obscured by a veritable bliz:zard of superficially similar imitators using His name but playing an altogether different game. Like marketing consultants stuck with pushing a dud product, these hangers-on try to flog some tired, unimaginative belief system by scotch-taping an ill-fitting inverse pentagram over it to give it that "alluringly evil" cachet which it could never emanate on its own. Among these are a specific subcategory which I call "herd-elitist" ideologies.
There is no shortage of people and groups with impeccable elitist credentials, if by elitism we mean any assertion that certain specific people are distinct from, and superior to, the rest of humanity. What distinguishes a herd-elitist ideology from a Satanic one is its criterion of superiority: rather than judging each individual independently as superior or inferior on the basis of that individual's unique qualities, the herd-elitist assigns superior or inferior status to people based on their membership in a category. Everybody who happens to fall into Category Xis superior, while everyone in Category Y (which usually, though not always, includes everyone not in Category
X) is inferior - disregarding, in both cases, the individual attributes of each person being assessed.
Herd-elitist ideologies differ from one another mainly in how they define Category
X. Some examples:
Racism: To the white supremacist, a white person, even one devoid of talent or achievement, falls within the definition of the "superior race" and is thus a higher type than any non-white person, even if the latter happens to be of exceptional individual ability. There are also black supremacists and people who confer elite status based on
various other permutations of skin color and facial features, whose beliefs could be equally well described by the preceding sentence with the appropriate term or trems replacing each occurrence of the word "white."
Racistfringe elements have traditionally been associated with hard-line fundamentalist Christianity or with even zanier derivatives thereof, such as the subgroups who hold that the Anglo-Saxons

are descended from the Lost Tribes of Israel. However, reams of their standard simplistic and ungrammatical rhetoricare now availabl.ci'with an alleged "Satanic" imprimatur. The assumption, presumably, is that we individualists will fall for this particular form of group identity just because it happens to be socially unacceptable.
Ethnic nationalism: Similar to racism
but based on cultural groupin rather than physical characteristics. The adherent will point to the glorious achievements "of his nation," ignoring the fact that these are actually achievements of a small number of individuals who came from that nation. Isaac Newton's accomplishments prove that he was a man of exceptional talent; they prove nothing of the sort about any other randomly selected person who happens to have also been born in England.
Cultism: In this category I would put
all the innumerable (usually tiny) organizations who, de facto, define the elite as consisting of those who are members of the organization. Members gather together to reassure each other of their superiority and to sneer at those who are not members of the Cult. The strongest disdain is aimed not at the social mainstream but at those who, instead of belonging to the Cult, belong to some rival cult which in fact is hardly different. Most pseudo-Satanic groups fall into this category; each a small, insular knot of people with little in the way of a philosophical stance except repeated assertions that they are the Real Thing and that all the other similar groups are phonies.
Aristocracy: In most medieval societies, there was a hereditary nobility which wielded power and considered itself superior to the masses, with whom it refrained from intermarrying. Most noble families were descended from some individual founder whose genuine strength and ability enabled him to secure power and wealth and bequeath them to his descendants.
Unfortunately, although there is indeed a large genetic/hereditary component to most forms of talent, mere descent from a great man is a rather poor predicator of quality several generations later; most hereditary aristocracies quickly degenerated into inbred collections of hothouse plants, protected by an aura of superiority rather than its

substance. The doltish character of most European and Mideastern political leadership in the Middle Ages illustrates this, as does the frequency with which ruling dynasties were overthrown by fresh challengers. The main effect of hereditary aristocracies was to prevent creative individuals born to the "lower" social castes -
- part of the true elite, from a Satanic viewpoint - from achieving their potential.
As I discussed earlier in The Black Flame
(see "Naziism, Racism, and Satanism," Volume 3, N 1 & 2), herd-elitist ideologies have a natural appeal to inferior people. It is the person without talents or accomplishments of his own who needs to shore up his ego by focusing on his membership in a supposedly superior race, or by joining some organization made up of a few fellow pretentious losers with a secret handshake among whom he will bear the title of Grand Kolossal Kosmic Supremo.
The creative and successful person is secure in the knowledge of his own individual superiority and has no need for such tripe.
The Satanist identifies fellow members of the elite by their individual qualities and achievements - not by their race, nationality, group affiliation, descent, or any other categorical criterion. There is no form of "hypocritical self-deceit" more insidious than thinking oneself Satanic merely because one has joined a small herd which is out of favor with the big one.

Yampires ctexist !
Join Ifs!
jfor complete i11for11111tio11
on the 11.ibing ((ult of tbc 1lnl:lc11l:1 mhc l\itunls, tf)e mcncbings
ijtlJc l)riestf)ool) of all\
.%cnl:I $5.00 al..s9. to:

memple of tbe 1Jnmptre Jßox 3582--mJßjf I.acep, D 98503

∑ ∑

Photo Portrait of Anton Szandor LaVey

At last you can own a beautiful, black & white poster of the founder and High Priest of the Church of Satan.

Photographer Nick Bougas has captured LaVey and his serpentine friend Boaz in a moment of Satanic communion. At almost life size, this 23" x 29" print is on heavy, glossy poster stock, replete with the High Priest's name in large type across the bottom.
No Satanic lair should be without this handsome item!
Carefully packaged in a crush-proof mailing tube, the poster is only $20.00, plus $5.00
shipping & handling. (Outside the U.S., $20.00 plus $10.00 shipping & handling).

Make checks, money orders or bank draughts in U.S. funds out to:
Hell's Kitchen Productions
P.O. Box 499, Radio City Station, New York, NY 10101-0499, U.S.A.

VERY INDIVIDUAL "MAY BE
REGARDED as rep nting the as≠
cending or descending line of life. When one has decided which, one has there≠ by decided a canon for the value of his egoism. H he rep nts the ascending line his value is in fact extraordinary - and for the sake of the life-<:ollective, which with him takes a step forward, the care expended on his preservation, may even be extreme ff
he represents the descending development, decay, chronic degeneration, sickening then
he can be accorded little value." Nietzsche, Twiligpt of the Idols

Eugenics: Upbreeding through genetic selec≠ tion.
Dysgenics: "Exerting a detrimental effect on later generations."

Nature, left to its own devices, is eugenic. Nature's imperative is to breed higher fonns. Darwin showed that species evolve by selecting those who are of higher quality to survive and thus perpetuate their genes.
Evolution is a struggle for survival - genetic survival. An organism survives largely on the basis of the quality of its genetic in≠ heritance. Those organisms of lesser genetic inheritance fail to find a mate, fall to a predatoi; are too weak to withstand harsh en≠ vironmental conditions, and therefore their genes are not passed on to future generations. Nature, through a combination of factors, weeds and cultivates genetically. This is the basis of evolution, of natural selection.
The same principles apply to humankind. Primitive societies continue to be subjected to genetic selection in much the same way as other mganisms.
Howevei; as a population gene pool is
subjected to the laws of genetic selection, and as it thereby reaches higher biological levels,
naturally does its culture. As a culture develops, a paradox rises: a culture, par≠ ticularly if it rises to a level called "civiliza≠ tion," increasingly eliminates the struggles for survival through its advances in technology and material comfort. The mentally and physically impaired no longer die soon after birth, as they would in a raw state of nature. They are more likely to survive and in turn breed, thus p3$ing their genes on to future generations. A civilization may reach a stage where the selection mechanism is completely

reversed: the most intelligent and creative have fewer or no offspring, and are taxed to support the increasing proliferation of the least intelligent and creative.
Nature's eugenic imperative is replaced by a man-made system which is dysgenic. This situation may continue until there are no longer sufficient numbers of intelligent and creative people to sustain a civilization and it collapses. This is the view of D.r: Elmer Pendell, a foremost population expert. In Why Civiliz.ations Self Destruct (Howard Allen, Florida 1977), Pendell writes: "To un≠ derstand who were deprived of direct descen≠ dants by early death we must first look at human beings in a state of nature, when each individual had to provide for himself in much greater measure than now... Those with fewer of the favourable traits, or more of the unfavourable traits, were much more
likely to die - and die early before they them≠ selves reproduced Death not only removed
a deficient individual from a blossoming roety, but it removed his genes from the gene pool of his tribe. Consequently, the tribe and the species were both improved by nature's program of 'negative eugenics'."
Surveying a number of civilizations, Pendell states: "Why did Egypt's Old Kingdom, a magnificent civilization, 'crumble to the dust before the battering thistledown'? \ery simply, the less capable had the most offspring and a high degree of roal organization permitted this offspring to survive and produce offspring of their own."
This hypothesis on the fall of civiliza≠ tion is plausible for us today, not only due to the present knowledge of genetics and evolu≠ tion, but because we can observe the dys≠ genic impact on Western Civilization before our eyes. Indeed, as our civilization becomes increasingly more technically specialized there is an increasing number of unemploy≠ ables being subsidized by a dwindling ntllD≠ ber of technocrats and other professionals.
\'1Cestern Civilization will shortly reach the point of collapse as have other civilizations.
As Pendell observes in his remarks on the contemporary USA: "There is no dead≠ lier form of self-destruction than forcing the worthy elements of a civilization to become servants of the dross."
"Unless we revise our attitudes towards the 'rights' of those who are dragging us undei; the USA will soon follow the pattern

set by two earlier - and extinct - Western Hemisphere Civilizations - the Mayan and the Incan."
In fact, the population problem is not only within Western Civilization, but on a wider scale than hitherto in history; in the form of the \1"!st's subsidization of the proliferating Third rid (many of whose nations are themselves pitiful vestiges of an≠ cient civilizations which collapsed through dysgenics; e.g. India).
Pendell's answer to the self-destruct mechanism of civilization is for man to inter≠ vene where nature no longer can, by means of sterilization of the lowest genetic specimens, marriage licensing based on eugenic considerations, and State Human Genetics Boards authorizing quotas of chil≠ dren for couples on the basis of IQ.
The only country with the farsighted≠ ness to adopt eugenic social measures is Singapore. Several years ago the then Japanese Prime Minister observed aloud that the reason for the USA's declining economic performance is the decline in the quality of its population. Squeals of protest from out≠ raged liberals in the USA extracted an apol≠ ogy from him, but did nothing to change the facts.
Unless current population trends are reversed the \'1Cestern industrial nations will soon become the hewers of wood and drawers of water for more realistic societies, such as Japan, whose national IQ average has been increasing steadily over the past 50 years.
The Welfare State should start function≠ ing in reverse, in the form of tax incentives and disincentives applied to assist those who are the most intelligent and creative to sire larger families, while encouraging the curtail≠ ing of the numbers of the lower level of society. Sterilization (which could also be en≠ couraged with financial incentives) and eugenically-applied abortion, should also be utilized. Of course such realistic propositions remain utopian so long as the tis dominated by the moral slush of Christianity and liberalism. The battle first has to be fought and won on the ideological front.

"Now it is the higher man's role to pro≠ duce the children of the future. Quality is now more important than quantity."
Anton Szandor La\ey,
1be Satanic Rituals, p. 12.

PRINTS OF DARKNESS

SEND S.A.S.E. OR 2 IRC'S FOR A COMPLETE LISTING OF
HELL'S KITCHEN PRODUCTIONS MERCHANDISE.

---

>I l

I F -/., # 3 c>

-Ancient Roman pr<YVerb-

l like to think of Washington D.C. as an apocalyptic city. It is, in a sense, an end times city, with all the turmoil of conflicting doctrines and political tempests a last days preacher could imagine. Our nation's capitol is a kind of modern day Rome, complete with Emperor (President), senators, wealthy patricians on the take and the plebians who ride on their coattails, not to mention the masses of the unemployed and homeless.
The architecture speaks for itself.
One might even stretch the analogy further by pointing out that America's Rome seems to have its mystery cults and underground societies. Like their ancient counterparts, there are many here who loyally and sometimes desperately cling to their religious or political raison d'etre. With rare exception, most of these Romans need their party line handed down to them on a silver platter from above and in some cases even a lead plate will do. The faithful followers wax their egos with that smug self≠ assurance which comes with "getting involved" or "fighting the power." The leaders glut their egos with the gratification which comes in having control and
influence over others and taking credit for their organization's accomplishments.
Whether it comes from the theologically correct (TC) right wing or the politically correct (PC) left wing, the rhetoric, speeches, tactics and thought molding are basically the same.
So what has all this to do with the price of Satanic tea in China?
As a Satanist I take a sort of detached interest in activism and politics. Why not? One never knows when one might be forced into the arena to face a TC lion or a PC tiger. A sure method of self-defense is to know one's enemy. I try to attend as many demonstrations as possible and to keep at least a modest file on the various local activist groups in D.C.
My favorite target of Satanic espionage is Operation Rescue (OR). Of all the crusading organizations which I despise (and being politically incorrect I despise them all), OR is the one group I deem most worthy of my mischievous prying and monkey wrenching.

OR is truly an ironic phenomenon. It used to be, in the good old days of pagan Rome, that the Christians were the ones fed to the lions. Now, in the days of Christianized Rome, the Christians are the lions who devour women of desperate circumstances and rape victims. If you haven't seen an OR "rescue" with your own eyes, I highly recommend that you do so at least once in your life. Take pictures so you can show your grandchildren when they ask you if such nonsense actually occurred in your day. You'll need proof.
So what does a spy see upon attending an OR rally/"rescue"?
In the D.C. area it usually starts off with a pre-action meeting held on a Thursday or Friday evening, about 7:30 pm. This will be a kind of religious pep rally. I put on my best suit and fix a "Jesus is Lord" pin to the lapel. A Bible in hand will lend more credibility as I mingle with the sheep. The more you can look and speak the part the more chance there is of getting them to take you into their confidence. The rally site will probably be a church, one sympathetic to OR's cause. Once inside, it is sometimes required to surrender one's drivers license, a security precaution of theirs. It will be returned on the way out. I always take a seat near the front. This reduces suspicion and there is a better chance of overhearing something important from one of their leaders who sit in the front pews.
Here is a world where all of history,
philosophy, science, everything is re≠ interpreted by a first-century standard. Here is the world of either/or, where the sons of light ) struggle against the sons of darkness. These stormtroopers of righteousness have a mission - to save this wayward nation from the likely wrath of their fearsome and angry God by putting it back on the proper course
- theocracy.
The church soon fills up and the born again frenzy begins. The typical rally starts out with the singing of hymns which can become quite lively with people clapping, swaying from side to side; some are weeping, others are uplifting their hands to heaven with eyes closed, their faces testifying to the close kinship between religious ecstasy and a good orgasm. The son sometimes sound like battle hymns, for instance:
CHORUS: Lift high the banners of

love, HalleluJah!
Sound the trumpets of war. Christ has given us the victory, Hallelujah!
Jericho must fall.
1. The body of Christ is an army, fighting powers unseen, bringing captives to freedom, in the name of Jesus the King. CHORUS.
2. Brothers, are you sure of your calling? Will you fight for Jesus the King? Are you prepared for this battle, to lay down your lives for your friends?
And on it goes. There will also be prayers, of course. If fortune favors me, these will be led by the OR leaders, if not, then the congregation will break up into groups of five to eight. This is the most difficult part of the night. Each person will be expected to take a turn at a long, drawn out prayer of repentance and calling on God. This is a true test of any would-be spy's acting ability and knowledge of fundamentalist theology. Fortunately for myself, I come from a religious background
and have a degree in theology which helps me to speak the born-again jargon and fake the prayers to righteous satisfaction. It always provides me with a certain amount of amusement when the sheep are instructed to turn to a particular passage in their Bibles.
Now I can see if any of the people sitting next to me are spys from one of the local pro-choice organizations. They'll be the ones who take the longest time to find the text. A dead giveaway to the pro-lifer sitting next to them when they have to refer to the
table of contents to get to the gospel of John.
After the hymns and prayers will come the lively and charismatic speeches by the OR leaders. If it is going to be a major attack the following day, then there will be big name speakers; Randall Terry (founder OR), Rev. Pat Mahoney (Vice Pres. Christian Defense Coalition), Carrol Everett (former abortion clinic owner turned crusading Christian bitch), and any "pro-life" politicians who wish to add their two cents worth, i.e. Ambassador Alan Keyes, congresmian Chris Smith, etcetera.
The mood of an OR rally can vary greatly. Some are terribly serious as the lambs of God prepare themselves to suffer in the following day's activities. Others are little more than comedy acts by Terry and

Mahoney as they spend their entire speech time making jokes from the pulpit. To give credit where due, I must say they can really be quite fwmy at times, like two stand up Christian comedians. Occasionally there will be shown video tapes of Christians being arrested by the police for blocking the clinic doors. The purpose is to make all potential pep talk and indoctrination encourage the flock to "fear God rather than man" and risk arrest to save "the unborn children."
Finally, after the crowd has been whipped into its usual psychological state of righteous indignation over the "sin of child killing" and given a hardened resolve to do whatever is deemed necessary to end abortion, the time and place of tomorrow's gathering will be announced. The army of God then breaks up into groups according to function. Now the atmosphere becomes that of war - onward Christian soldiers!
This is the time when the battalions are to be formed. The main body will spearhead the attack. They consist of the hardcore members, who have been arrested again and again in the past, and however many first≠ timers who have been sucked into the righteous enthusiasm of the moment.
Veterans may be asked to bear the brunt of the arrests. Another battalion is comprised of women acting as "counselors" (guiltmongers). They direct their psychological warfare at any abortion bound woman trying to enter the clinic. These fine examples of Christian womanhood (boring females who all look like Saturday Night Live's "Church Chat" lady) are there to "help" her choose life for her "unborn child."
As in the army, there are the support troops. These are the "prayer warriors" who stand or kneel at the sidelines praying for those Christians being "brutaliud" (arrested) by the police "for simply praying on the sidewalk" (blocking the entrance to a building and terrorizing those trying to get in). The prayer warrior's job is to incessantly call upon the name of Jesus and in general make a grand display of repentance for the six o'clock news.
I once posed as a prayer warrior with an elderly couple who were kind enough to take me on a tour of the 13th century. After a seemingly ceaseless round of prayers for the sins of the nation and forgiveness of their "pro-abort" enemies, the weary couple pulled out a piece of paper and read from it an exorcism. So there we stood, the three of us "casting out abortion demons" from the clinic. And here I thought all that Linda

Blair stuff was just a movie! Later in the day's festivities I saw this same woman weeping and wailing hysterically. She and several other handmaids of the Lord had fallen to the ground in prayerful agony. Another woman behind me was speaking in tongues (babbling in a foreign language one has never learned). The actual wording which she repeated over and over again went like this, "Shun da la ta ta ta ta." I've studied quite a few languages in my time but I have to confess I don't recogniu this one; must
be an angelic language - Archangelese? Gabrielese? Cherubimian?
Christians claim themselves the salt of the earth; small wonder the planet suffers from hypertension.
The remaining support troops will consist of legal observers and those with video cameras for possible use in court.
With the order of battle established, the troops turn in for a few hours sleep. The time is usually about 10 or 11 pm. At this point I deliver any pertinent information to my cohort and best friend who then informs his political contacts among the political opponents of OR. The crucial task of any spy here is to gain as much information about the next day's tactics as well as obtain names and memorize faces. Some of these yahoos are out of state and have outstanding warrants or injunctions still in effect on them. The more one learns about the enemy the greater the chance of guessing their next move or pursuing legal action against them.
The next day's attack begins early, about 6am. The inquisition gathers at the appointed place. Already there are several "pro-choice" shadowers pacing about with walkie-talkies in hand, ready to report on enemy troop movements. The prayer warriors begin their medieval mumb others are softly singing apocalyptic hymns. Some have brought their invalid relatives and friends, paraplegics and quadraplegics in wheel chairs. Some are near mental vegetables who can do little but grunt and moan unintelligibly. See how sacred human
1u:£re. JS.
Then the generals arrive and God's mob gets underway. OR has its chain of command, with the leaders giving orders and the rest following without question. Only those at the top know the location of the clinic to be attacked. The rest are kept ignorant of any battle plans. Usually there will be a ride on the metro (subway) and then they hit the streets. A false attack might be staged by a smaller group at another site in order to draw the opposition from the

intended target.
The pace quickens as the main body approaches its destination. The clinic defenders will consist mostly of members of the Washington Area Clinic Defense Task Force (:IIACDTF) along with members of smaller, less effective organizations as well as a few revolution-mongers from D.C.'s Revolutionary Communist Party (RCP).
Some of these left-wing self-annointed "defenders of individual liberty" wouldn't know what to do with themselves if they didn't have a cause to fight for. I dare say that if the state were magically transformed into a utopia overnight, these "politically aware" individuals would have to create a whole new set of social ills just so they could have something to fight against in the morning.
The mayhem begins with OR's arrival. Clinic defenders lock arms, form a human barricade and brace themselves for the incoming holy salvo. Shouting and chanting soon fill the air. The modem day crusaders assail the infidel fortress by sitting as close as possible to the entrance in an attempt to shut down what they call an "abortion mill." There will be some jostling and surreptitious pushing as well as the occasional arrest for assault.
After the authorities have dilly-dallied for a spell, they then begin their legal masturbations which consist of giving OR members several warnings to vacate the area and the reading of any existing injunctions. Finally they put the taxpayers' money to good use and begin to haul them away.
Don't think that you've seen the last of them though; unlike OR chapters in some other areas of the country the "rescuers" here pay the meager fine and come right back for the next attack.
Eventually a path is cleared and the clinic is reopened. Each side claims victory with the defenders boasting that all the patients got in to their appointments and the attackers bragging that X number of "mothers" chose life for their "unborn child" as a result of their righteous intervention. As for myself, I retreat back into my Medmenham library and add any new information into my slowly growing files.
So why bother with all of this?
It enriches my life, simply this and nothing more. First of all I wish to see first hand what others can only glimpse on their TV screens. The news media is an unreliable source of information and incapable of giving the viewer anything but a portion of the events. Deeper intricacies are usually

""

missed. Therefore I investigate these matters myself. I am, in a way, my own news service. In my political directory are the necessary phone numbers to find out which of the major activist groups are doing what and when.
In the second place it amuses me. I enjoy taking a stroll through the human zoo which politically correct people term a "democracy." A democracy is a sort of free range game preserve where a primatologist such as myself can study the habits of nature's most awkward and embarrassing ape.
Thirdly, I wish to provide
intelligence service to the opposition groups presently fighting the fundamentalist right≠ wing. My best friend and I have a motto to champion our goal - "We take fun out of fundamentalism." Timely reporting on the activities of the inquisition can give the liberal opposition a headstart in making their counter battle plans.
But don't think for a moment that I'm into crusading or Idealism or PC. My reason for activism is pure self-interest and revenge. It's in my self-interest to throw a monkey wrench into the Judeo-Christian machinery whenever the opportunity presents itself and it is also a form of revenge for what these increasingly "concerned" Christians have done to this world and their far-reaching impact which inevitably contaminates the quality and/or quantity of life for us all.
They wish to pry into our private lives? Fine, we'll pry into theirs.
The PC left-wing is certainly useful in providing a counter-balance to the TC right≠ wing. But no self-respecting Satanist wants to live in a society built by the feeble hands of hippies, yippies, pacifists, yuppies, mentally castrated males, testosterized
feminists or any other genetic mutation resulting from nature's failed philosophical experiments.
And when does the battle end?
It doesn't. It goes on and on. War is its own rationale. Think about one possible future for a moment. If the conservative Christians could be ousted from power then the victorious liberals woud become the new and dominant species of herd mentality, therefore the new enemy. Today's allies, tomorrows enemies, and vice versa. Thus the importance of keeping informed on everyone's political progress - everyone's.
Until the realization of the Satanic Empire, I shall continue to play my game of "Deacon Brodie" (Brodie was the real life character upon whom Robert Louis

Stevenson based his novel Dr.Jekyll and Mr. Hyde). My best friend and I shall play up to anyone, repeat any party line, play any political ploy so long as it benefits the Satanic lifestyle, our lifestyle!
Until the earth is once again green and free, as the ffymn of the Satanic Empire states, with a place for you and a place for me, when the shadow of the cross no longer obfuscates and darkens the natural life, when PC and TC are sent away to wander in the desert regions of humanity's intellect, there to die of thirst for the vital waters of recognition; then and only then will I cease my endless flow of cynicism and misanthropy.
Finally, I seek to perfect the art of Satanic espionage because it enriches my life intellectually and culturally. Networking in the political arena has provided some interesting contacts and resources.This avails the fringe benefits of obtaining greater access to hard-to-find books, alternative information, rare music and the undergrowid arts. Building a Satanic library can become an engrossing and rewarding life's passion.
By remaining true to the Renaissance lifestyle, we remain true to life's highest fulfillment and goals. Let the commoners sweat and toil to build a cathedral for their clergy masters while we question the flatness of the Earth and forge trade routes to China!
Life was meant to be lived - for oneself!
Not to be impaled upon the enemy's bayonettes for the sake of any "cause." Martyrs never live to see the bronze monument erected to their memory, if one is ever raised at all.
Nietzsche knew it well, that spirit of the diabolical, when he wrote, "Man is a bridge to the Overman." It is not that the mindless masses have no purpose. They serve their purpose in that they provide the mud and filth from which the genius may arise and shine forth so brilliantly.
The Christian holds the Truth and the Truth has set him free. Give to the Christian his Bible, that he may warm himself by the dying embers of his faith and in his blind rapture, bless you with the kindness he thinks he owes you. But, beware his "love" for in such a "love" there is venom enough for all his enemies.
And give to the addict his heroin, that he may sleep in narcotic bliss and not rob you.
And humor the lwiatic who fancies himself Emperor, for he will treat you to a royal feast someday.
For those of us who enjoy the sword-

play between the various political gladiators there exists here in Rome a kind of circus, and as long as there is the Circus Maximus, I'll be here, either in the grandstands spectating or trying my luck in the arena.
We who are about to LIVE, salute you! Rege Satanas!
Long live LaVey!
Hail the Satanic Empire!

---∑----------

ECENUY MY COUSIN FOUND OUT that I was
a Satanist, and it came as quite a shock to her; after all,
I'm an "A" student, hold a lofty position at work, and am a fairly nice chap. Unfortunately, she sent a copy of an unnamed Christian hysterical account of Satanism to, of all people, my parents! I read the book, and was amazed at how sick-minded these Christians are to come up with these deluded fantasies.
So, I sent a letter questioning her antics. She told me to read Revelations, that her prayer group was praying for me and my family (oh, how nice!), and told me basically to blindly follow Jesus if I wish to accomplish anything! This from a person who leads a tremendously screwed-up life!
So, after reading this unnamable book, a thought occured to me: "Have they ever considered the fact that they may actually have their wishes fulfilled?" I mean, if they remove real books on Satanism (which I've noticed in my area: just try to get one of Dr. LaVey's books here) from the shelves and put these books up for people (kids as well), the thought of what could happen is scary. Hell, these book's covers look more fascinating than any real Satanic books. If a kid (or adult, for that matter) is turned-off by Christianity, as was I, and is looking into Satanism as an alternative, and the only example he can find is in these paranoid books depicting the killing of animals and babies, if he's quite unstable he may well do it.
After all, these are Satanic experts, aren't they? They must know the truth! If they didn't make this stuff up, kids or adults could read something sensible, i.e. Tbe Satanic Bible. But then, how would the poor Christers survive?
Then I decided, "What the Hell, I'll read Revelations again, after all, it is a good fictitious book!" In it, it states that when the Beast rises that every man must take the Mark of the Beast to buy, sell, trade, own property- basically, just to survive. Will the Christians take the Mark? Why of course, I forgot that they already had! They all have Social Security numbers - for you can't legally do any of the aforementioned activities here in the US without it. Your Mark. Which just goes to prove on a theological level (not that need be one) that we are indeed living in the midst of the Satanic Age.
Also, in this nifty little book of Revelations, it seems as if God has something against every tribe. And God has all these creatures around his throne which are described as basic lycanthropes: all are were-beings of one type or another. What fanciful literature! It also shows that sacrifice in a physical sense is definitely a Christian deed, not Satanic.
Not that I'm implying in any way that anyone should believe the words in Revelations; in fact, quite the contrary. One can look back in history, at any time or place and see these prophesies of Revelations in full sway somewhere. My

hope is if there is any one truth to the Bible it is thus: that the Rapture will come, the Christians will disappear, and the Satanist shall rule the Earth.
But, one way or another, this shall happen. Lex Talionisl

TIIE ULTIMATE EXPLANATION
After a long and hair-raising excursion upon our fair freeways, I was struck by diabolical inspiration. In a single devilish moment, I perceived The Ultimate Psychological Explanation of Modern America. I have distilled Paul Fussell's Class and the writings of Albert Ellis to their essence.
Following are the essential philosophical statements of the various classes, revealing The Ultimate Psychological Explanation of Modern America.

Metaphysics (upon the nature of reality): Proles: "I am my car."
Middle Class: "I am my house." Upper Class: "I am my money." X Class: "I am!"

Epistemology (upon the nature of acquiring knowledge): Proles: "'Cause."
Middle Class: "'Cause they say so." Upper Class: "Because Daddums says so." X Class: "Because it's there."

Ethics (upon what to do): Proles: "Sports is good."
Middle Class: "Richer is better." Upper Class: "Old is best."
X Class: "What works for me?"

So there you have it. The Ultimate Psychological Explanation of Modern America. W?at more could you want?
R. Elizabeth Fox

STORM MAIL ORDER
"Supplying the Heretical"
-NOW AVAILABLE-
DEATH IN JUNE SHIRTS

FRONT BACK

These beautiful new shirts are designed by STORM and based on the cover of the masterpiece LP, BUT, WHAT ENDS WHEN THE SYMBOLS SHATTER? Printed on the absolute heaviest, best quality 100% cotton pre-shrunk maroon shirts (like background of album jacket), the stunning front print is in two colors and the back design is printed in black ink. These are the ONLY legitimate Death In June shirts being sold in America, and were produced with the express permission of the band. Limited print run; when these are sold out we will be issuing new designs. ORDER NOW! Size: Available in XL ONLY. Price: $14 plus $2.50 p&h in USA/Can (add $5 for foreign airmail)
OTHER NEW PRODUCTS:
BLOOD AXIS lyric booklet - A limited edition booklet featuring lyrics to the songs on THE LAMP OF THE INVISIBLE LIGHT CD, as well as one song from the upcoming CD "Storm Songs". Also includes photos, background information and details on upcoming releases. Deluxe presentation, with marble covers; each booklet includes a Blood Axis sticker. Price: $2 ppd in USA/Can $3 ppd foreign airmail UNLEASHED - Two CD's are currently available from these Swedish Odinist death metal masters. Warning: this is very loud, violent music. WHERE NO LIFE DWELLS Their first release, with "Into Glory Ride", "Violent Ecstasy" and 9 other tracks
SHADOWS IN THE DEEP The second album featuring "The Immortals", "Land of Ice" and 8 other tracks
Price each: $16 ppd USA/Can $18 ppd foreign airmail
THE GREEN BOOK by Muammar al Qaddafi. In our search for heretical expressions, we have come across a supply of this notorious work by Libya's leader. A valuable explanation of his anti- Western "democracy", tribal social philosophy. Hard to find paperback edition.
Price: $6 ppd in USA/Can $7 ppd foreign airmail
SIEGE
Also due out in January, at long last, is the book SIEGE by James Mason. This incredible tome of heresy has been over three years in the making. Now comprising a massive 400+ pages, it will be one of the final statements on extremism in America. SIEGE represents one man's journey on the farthest fringes of revolutionary ideology, from Hitlerian National Socialism to the lucid thoughts of the world's foremost outlaw, Charles Manson. From a unique insider's perspective it details a philosophy of a truly radical nature, rendering all previous conceptions of Leftist, Rightist and Conservative politics obsolete. Undeniably consistent, SIEGE presents a powerful message of survival, set free from moral constraint and popular delusions. You will never encounter another book such as this in your entire life. STORM is therefore proud to finally issue the first printing of this landmark work. SIEGE has been alternately called "The Mein Kampf of the 90's" and "The mind fuck of the century"- you be the judge. Suffice to say, you will not spot this title on the shelves of you local "alternative" bookshop. Why? Because it decisively flies in the face of everything currently held sacred by humanity. Presently being printed, the finished book is a professional production, with numerous rare and unpublished photos, texts and graphics. We are now accepting advance orders at the cover price of $14.95 plus $2 shipping and handling (foreign orders add $5 for surface, or $10 airmail). All orders received before Feb. 30th, 1993 will receive special autographed copies of the book. These special inscribed copies will not be available after that date.
ALSO COMING FROM STORM:
In January 1993 we will finally be sending out our new catalog, so if you are on the mailing list, expectto receive it soon. We will be offering an extensive selection of new T-shirts (Blood Axis, Allerseelen, and much more), as well as new books (Nietzsche, etc.) and CDs (Ain Soph, Bathory, etc.) Please send $1 to be placed on the mailing list, or two first class stamps (2 IRCs outside USA) for a sample catalog.

i ;i; "
THELAYIOFTH;EFORBIDDEN
NEWBOOKS FROM FERAL HOUSE

The Devil's Notebook
by Anton Szandor LaVey
1be Devil's Notebook is the first original collection of Anton La Vey's
writings to be published in over two decades.
"In a clear polemical style, the good doctor rips into a number of deserving targets ... and imparts wise-ass wisdom that, for me, is worth more than a stack of ancient grimoires. Like 1be Satanic Bible, Tbe Devil 'i Notebook is a tome only the clever among us will appreciate." - 1be Nose
$10.95 ï Trade Paperbackï ISBN: 0-922915-11-3

Secret and Suppressed: Banned Ideas and Hidden History
Edited by Jim Keith
A guidebook to alternative views of contemporary events and world history, Secret and Suppressed confronts the reader with disquieting revelations on mind control, secret societies, media disinformation, cults and elite cabals. The hard evidence supplied by many of these articles is startling. Other entries veer into a twilight realm of paranoia, speculation and horror. If you believe that ignorance is bliss, Secret and Suppressed is sure to make you very unhappy.
$12.95 ï Trade Paperbackï ISBN: 0-922915-14-8

Cosmic Retribution: The Infernal Art of Joe Coleman
This stunningly designed presentation of Joe Coleman's paintings and illustrations reveals the artist's obsessive visions of outlaws, madness and distressed religious impulses. Includes 32 color pages, 110 black and white pages and an incisive interview conducted by Adam Parfrey. "Coleman unleashes a hallucinatory violence of image and content that is unrelenting and unforgettable." -Artfom,m
$22.95 ï Deluxe Paperback Edition ï ISBN: 0-922915-06-7
$39.95 ï Limited Signed Cloth Editionï ISBN: 0-922915-13-X

The Secret Life of a Satanist
The Authorized Biography of Anton LaVey
by Blanche Barton
Now available in paperback, this photo-illustrated biography of "the most dangerous man in America" will stand as the definitive portrait of this influential and fascinating genius.
$1 2.95 ï Trade Paperback ï ISBN: 0-922915-1 2-1
$19.95 ïClothï ISBN: 0-922915-03-2
To order, send check or money order for cost of book(s), plus $1.75 shipping. Send SASE for free catalogue.
Feral House ï PO Box 3466 ï Portland, OR ï 97208